^. ^!it^ IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) V. .^^ ^ ^ 1.0 1.1 I2£ ■a 12.8 ■i^ lii 12.2 ^ 1^ 12.0 U£ \ Ib III— 11^ < 6" ^ Jl^ ^>. ^^' ^ Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WIST MAIN STRKT WIBSTIR.N.Y. MSN (716) S72-4S03 ^>^ .«t^ K^ ^^o CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHIVI/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques O^ J Tachnical and Bibliographic Notaa/Notaa tachniquaa at bibliographiquaa Tha Instituta haa attamptad to obtain tha baat original copy available for filming. Faaturaa of thia copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua. which may altar any of tha imagaa in tha raproduction, or which may aignif icantly changa tha uaual mathod of filming, ara chackad balow. D D a D D D Colourad covara/ Couvartura da coulaur I I Covara damagad/ Couvartura endommagAa Covara raatorad and/or laminatad/ Couvartura raataurAa at/ou palliculAa I I Covar titia miaaing/ La titra da couvartura manqua Colourad mapa/ Cartaa gAographiquas an coulaur □ Colourad Inic (i.a. othar than blua or black)/ Encra da coulaur (i.a. autra qua blaua ou noira) I I Colourad plataa and/or iiluatrationa/ Planchaa at/ou iiluatrationa an coulaur Bound with othar matariai/ RaliA avac d'autraa documanta [~T| Tight binding may cauaa ahadowa or diatortion along intarior margin/ La re liure sarrde paut cauaar da I'ombra ou da la diatortion la long da la marga Int6riaura Blank laavas added during raatoratlon may appear within the text. Whenever poaaible. theae have been omitted from filming/ II ae peut que certainaa pagea blanchea ajouttea lore d'une reatauration apparaiaaent dana la taxte, mala, loraqua cela ttait poaaible. cea pagea n'ont paa 4t6 filmiaa. Additional commenta:/ Commentairea suppl^mantairea.- L'Inatitut a microfilm* la meilleur exemplaire qu'il lul a it* poaaible de ae procurer. Lea details da cat exemplaire qui aont paut-Atre uniquea du point de vue bibliocraphiqua. qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dana la mAthode normala de filmaga aont indiquia ci-daaaoua. r~y| Coloured pagea/ Pagea de couleur Pages damaged/ Pagea andommagiaa Pagea restored and/oi Pagea rastauries at/ou pelliculies r^ Pages damaged/ I I Pagea restored and/or laminated/ p~n Pagea diacoiourad, stained or foxed/ I'^l Pagea dicolor^as, tacheties ou piqu6es v/ Paqes detached/ Pagea d6tach6es Th to lY pc of fil Oi bi th ai( ot fir ait or [~T| Showthrough/ Tranaparence Quality of prir Qualiti in6gala de I'impresslon Includes supplementary matarit Comprend du material aupplAmantaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I I Quality of print variea/ r~*1 Includes supplementary material/ I I Only edition available/ Tl ah Tl w M di ar b« rif re D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to ensure the best possible Image/ Lea pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure, etc., ont 6t6 filmies A nouveau de fa^on A obtenir la meilieure image possible. This item is filmed at tha reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiquA ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X V 12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X X^'" I' Th« copy filmed h«r« hat b—n reproduced thanks to the generosity of: MoriiMt Library University of Ottawa The images appearing here ere the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the originel copy and in Iceeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the bacic cover when appropriate. Ail other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or lilustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ^ (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. IMaps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames ss required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: 1 2 3 L'exemplaire fiimi fut reproduit grice A la gAnArosit* da: Bibliothiqua Morinat Unlvartit* d'Ottawa Las Images suivantes ont At* reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettet* de l'exemplaire film*, et en conformity avac las conditions du contrat de fiimage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est ImprimAe sont f limAs en commenpant par ie premier plet et en terminant soit par ia dernlAre page qui comports une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont fiimAs en commen9ant par la premlAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration at en terminant par la derniire pege qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un dee symboles suivants apparattra sur ia dernlAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ► signifie "A SUIVRE", ie symbols V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre fllmis A des taux de rAduction diffArents. Lorsque ie document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul clichA, il est f limA A partir de I'angle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite. et de haut en bas, en prenant ie nombre d'imagas nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrent ia mAthode. 1 2 3 4 5 6 iiii«^iifiwpiilKMi| i i iii.ii mmm ^^ COMPENDIUM 99 MODERN GEOGRAPHY: WITH ' REMARKS ON THM PHYSIOAI. PICULIAlirTICS, PilOOUCnOIfl, 00innUU», AN9 OOVSRNMKNT OF THB TARIOOS COUNTMU ; QUESTIONS FOR EXAMINATION AT THB CMO OP BACH DIVISION ; AND DESCRIPTIVE TABLES, IN WHICH ARB OIVBN THN PRONUNCIATrON, AND A OONCItB ACCOVNT OP NTKRY PLACS OP lUPORTANCB THROOOHOOT TBS WORUk TO WHICH ARK NOW ADDRO * THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE. AND f OUTLINES OF MATHEMATICAL 'GEOGRAPHY, ASTRONOMY, ( AND PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY^ ^J!"!^i—i ■■■> BY THE BET. ALEXANDtfl^E\^ET3')|D., v4 "1 /j INCLUDINO A COLOURED CHART j W. AND A. K. JOHN^TOtly" Mm ISTBR OP DpUftfifB. A^ TBOBOUQHLT RB^8^ 's^n- EDINBURGH : OLIVER & BOYD, TWEEDDALE COURT. LONDON : 8IMPKIN, MARSHALL, « CO. 1866. (Price Three Shilllngt and Sfxpenee boondO ■>'_!: /A/»«ii'^'ifthi ADYERTISJIMUNT TO THE THIRTEENTH EDITION. tk the last two Editions of the Work the FubHshers were able to give the Population of places in Great Britain and Ireland from the lately pubUshed Census, and to state at the same time the population of places in France and the United States of America from the most recent and authentic sources. The Edition now submitted to the public has been dil- igently revised throughout, so as to bring down the information to the present day, and to exhibit the political and geographical changes which have been effected since the book was last sent to press. \ BBOOMUBKDED BY THH OOHMITTEE OV COUHCIL OV IDOOATIOIT . FOB USE IN THE OOVEBNlf EKT SCHOOLS. pftnmo B1K OLrniB and boti>, TW9BDD4UI OOl^Wtf imilBI^OlL '*» '^WIFrrT^- FBEFAOE TO THE BIHTH BDIIIOH 4'' In iBSuing another Edition of this Popular GompendiuiQ, the Publishers may state, that it has been improved and extended to such a degree as to render it more than ever worthy of the high reputation it has hitherto enjoyed. Besides being carefully and minutely revbed, much additional matter has been interspersed throughout the volume; and at the end of the Ordinary or Political Geography are given the Geography of Palestine OB THE Holy Land ; an Outline of Mathematical Geography and Astronomy, and a treatise on Phy- sical Geography, illustrated by a coloured Chart of thB Globe executed by Messrs W. & A. K. Johnston. These additions extend to '^ hundred pages ; and con- sidering the great interest now taken in Astronomy and Physical Geography, it is hoped that the articles will ^roye useful both to the student and the general reader. . No labour has been spared to render the work in every respect useful and interesting ; and it contains a great deal of new and valuable information with regard to the geographical and territorial changes in both hemi- spheres, all derived from the most recent and authentic sources. The Publishers therefore feel assured th?t, in its improvedand extended form, it will be found well h .:M,iiM!S,uk* -i. ^ A* . ^^^7|[\^'^s»'^ ' ' * v^ " 1 V ■ -* '"Im^ t^T^J 4 nm»AxnL entitled to ocoapj the foremost rank *moia« pjabUcAtioni of Aeimllar nature. The Hepi are strictly adapted to tt«,|^ i^id Inohide all the latest dlscoreries. . ..a?. k^, ^ in In snbmittiog a suggestion concerning the manner of teaching bj this Compendium, the Author recommends that the Pupil should read over the DESCRiFnvB TAnLES, in such portions as the Teacher may find conyenient, before committing to memory the geographical detail of the countries to which they respectively refer. Young persons will thus acquire the correct pronunciation of th^ names ot the places in the text ; and the ideas asso- ciated with these names wUl facilitate the task of learn* ingthem. /:.Jii-; ,-...' .;:«.:-. .J, '•■>.»■•■/«"< I mer of imends enienty itail of Young tion of Basso- leam- Jfa. eir 'Siii' I OOKIINIS. hMgMMiiM:::.:.;J....~2. .•... r? G«ii«f«l PMUmiiuirj Definltioiif,^.. ....•.•*...••••«».•.' 8 Genenl Dirisioni, •••••••...<.. SO EUBOPR— Page 21-196. England and Wales, • 24 Sootland, ........••..•• 46 Ireland........... 61 Nonray, •• 72 Sweden, .„ 78 Denmaifk,.... ^ 82 Holland, 87 Belgium, 94 Franoe, 99 Spain, .116 Portugal, 126 Switzerland, 129 Italy, 188 Torkey in Europe, .145 Greece, ......152 Russia in Europe, 156 Prussia, m>,. 168 'Germany, 175 The Austrian Empire...... 188 ASIA.— 196-259. Turkey in Asia, % 199 AraWa,, 201 Persia, /. 203 Afghanistan (including Beloochistan), 204 Hindostan, 206 The Eastern Peninsula, 2U China, 212 Tibet, 216 Qiinese Tartaiy, 217 Independent Tartary or Turkestan, ...219 Adatio Rusitia, .220 \t ^MUmiimiakmmmi'mou^ 6 G0MTBMT8. JapAB, tn AfUtio Idandf or the Indian AiohlpeUgo, 914 AnilnlMU, tf9 Anitaiu, ne Van Diemon'f Ifland or TunumU, m New Zealand, 837 Pdyneiia, 881 DMOBimm Tablb or Asia, • 88^ AFRICA.— Page 259-282. BarBaiy, 368 Western AiHca, 864 floathem Africa, 865 Eaatem Africa, 867 ^ Egjrpt, Nubia, and Abyssinia, »868 '; Central Africa, 871 ^ African Islands, 878 DasoRXPTirB Tablb of Afbxoa, 878 AMERICA.—282.829. KoBTH Ambsica, 884 British America, 885 Russian America, 889 The United States, 890 Mexico, 895 Central America, 897 The West India Islands, 898 Greenland, 802 DisoBiFTiyB Tablb of Nobth Ambbioa, , 803 South Ambbioa, 819 Dbscbiptivb Tablb of South Ambbioa, 888 Paubstinb OB THB HoLT Ijand ..;.829 Terrestrial Globe, 848 Problems on ihe Terrestrial Globe, 848 CelBStial Globe, ,....858 Problems on the Celestial Globe, 854 table of Longitude, .M...860 OuTUNB OF Matrbmatioal Gboorapht and AaTBOiroMr,*..861 PHTS^OALGBOaRAPHT,.. .....i408 il. .212 .224 .226 .226 ,227 .227 ,281 ,282 262 264 265 267 .268 .271 .278 .278 ,284 ,285 289 290 295 298 802 803 f< INTBODUOTION. Tub term Geoorapht is derived from two Greek wordiii and signifies a description of the earth. The earth is not, as was long believed, a vast ex- tended plain. It is a ball or globe, a little flatter at two points called the Poles, than at any other part of its circumference. Its globular form is proved by the fol- lowingfacts : — 1. When a ship sails from us, the lower parts first disappear, and the to^-masts go last out of view. In like manner, when a ship approaches, the sails and masts first appear, and the hull comes last into view. These fikcts prove that the earth is convex, — ^that is, bulges out between an observer and distant objects; and, as t^s happens everywhere, it follows that the world is not a flat plain, but round. 2. The world has been sailed round, first by MSf ellan, in the years 1518-21 ; and afterwards by Drake, Anson, Cook, and other navigators. 8. The sun does not give light to all the sur£use of the earth at once ; but to only a part. To places in the east, his time of rising is earlier than to places in the west. Froin this it is evident that the earth*s surface is not flat, but convex, or round, from east to west. 4. The pole-star appears higher and higher in the heavens the farther we go north ; and sinks in the same proportion lower the fiirther we go south. This, which would not happen were the earth an extended plaiD, shows that it is round from north to south. 5. In eclipses of the moon, the earth^s shadow hat ' ^.i'^yx^ '** "tt-*" ft' ~^ iliTjRODiiidTibif. idwm a «irciiliir edge; and it fi( '(Ma^W'ifoiM jbe^ ifldm can in every position ffive # e^nsmaf iilut4<^r ^r ^ ^ fi^ce tne ^artli ia a round body/ It Ib ^dEe8|anr,:f€J|r the proper il^iidy of geography, to iMln some 6£^ the pi^^:' perties of round bodies, and the m^aSiaM M ;^^ tenna that are used in describing them*^-^^ ' -^^ '-^ -*5v; aft Genebal Preuminaby DE^i^rndKs. A SPHERE is a round dodvj every point on the surface of which is at the same distance from a pomt withi^, CaQed THE CENTRE. ' A citeCLE is a round or curved linej every point in wMch is at the same distance from a point witnin, called 1*UB CENTRE. Considered with respect to the enclosed surface, th^ curved line which contains it is often called the cm^' GUMFEEENCE. ^ A QIAHETER of a sphere, or of a circle, is a straight line from any point on the surface of the sphere, or in the circumference of the circle, passing through the centre to the opposite side. The RADIUS of a circle, or of a sphere, is a strai^ line drawn from the centre to the sunace of the sphere, or ^^umference of the circle. A& radii of the same circle, or same sphere, are equ^ to each other, and each is lialf of the diameter. A diameter divides its cirde into two equal parts, Cidled SEMICIRCLES. An ARC is any portion of the circumference. A PLANE is a fiat surface, such as that of a tlible, mirror, or the walls of a room. An ANGLE is the opening between two straight lineil which meet, but are not in the same straight line. When one straight; line stands upon another, ho as to make the angles on each side equal to each other, thai is, neither leaning to one side nor to the others it k oaQed a perpendicular; and each of the, angles is a mani' ANGLE. H .When two planes are everywhere at the siune distaneil, or iriffin two mies are everywhere lit the same dislai^i they iure said to be parallel to each other. i ;< ptg i op iyoii^i^ii a pairts, ^^^ , ft.; C I8< its ce^tM, 0«^«^<^t %m ©very point of the- circuo^er* ence. GA, CB, CD, GEyareradii. ADisa diameter. A OH £B ifi a semicircle ; also thecfirveABD. The opening between AB and A C is an angle, called the angle BAG, the point where the lines moet (angular point) heing placed in the middle in naauog the angle. G E O, A C E, A B C, A G B, are ang)e£ BCD and B C A are right angles; also GDK and the acy>eent angle. BG is perpendicular to AD; GD is perpendicular to E D. B G and E^ D are paraUi^. Forthe purpose of measuring or describing distanoes on circles, the circumference is supposed to oe dividjSd into 360 equal parts. These are called degrees, and are marked thus Q — 70** means 70 degrees. To express still unaller parts, each degree is divided into 60 eqnal parts, called ihnijtes, and marked (0— and each minufe IS subdivided into 60 equal parts, called seconds, and naairked H- Thus, 35** W 57" means iMrtyrfioe degreety forty-six mimUeSf andffty-aeven aeconda. In a semicircle there are 180 degrees ; in half a semi- circle, called a quadrant, 90 degrees. . ^ . .. An angle is measured by making its sides radii of a cii^de, t|ie ai^ular point being the centre, and taking the length of the arc on which it stands in degrees, mi-* niites, and seconds. The arc on which the angle stands is the portion of the circumference, between the extremi- ties of the rSfdM which contain the angle. In the above %nr8, the angles A G E and D G E are measured by the number of degrees in the arcs A H E and D E, on which they stand: tlie angle AGE by the arc A HE; the angle D C E by the arc D E. We thus speak of an an^Ls as pf sOf many degrees, minutes, &c. in magnitude. TmtMi^ Be D, whose arc B t) is a quadrant^ or fbuxth 1^1 piit oTthe Circumference, is an angle of 90^ Theang^g m _'0i' 10 nnrRODtotum. D C £ must be considerably less — aboat GO'^-^the augle A C E about 12a\ O An angle of 90** is a right-angle. The PLANG of a ciROLE, or other curved line, is the imagmary flat surface which would touch eterjr point in that line. It may be supposed to be produced ever so fjBir beyond the line whose plane it is called. A GREAT CIRCLE of a SPHERE is a Circle drawn upon the sphere whose plane passes through the centre of the sphere. A great circle of a sphere divides the sphere into two equal parts, called hemispheres. All great circles of a sphere are equal to each other ; cross each other twice ; and divide each Other into two equal semicircles. A SMALL circle of a sphere is a curcle drawn upon its surface, the plane of which does not pass through the centre of the sphere. Asmall circle divides the sphere into two unequal parts. A spheroid is a figure like a sphere, but having its surface flattened at the two extremities of one of its dia- meters, like an orange. That diameter is the shortest ; and the diameter at right-angles to that one is the longest diameter of the spheroid. Rotation is the act of a body turning on itself with- out moving out of its position ; as when a top sleeps in spinning. The body is then said to rotate or revolve. 'yYhen a body rotates, there is a line in it which keeps the same place — every other part describing a circle round that line, which is called the axis of rotation, or, shortly, the axis. A body may have a motion of translatmiy that is, be continuaUy changing its place, at the same time that it has one of rotation ; as the wheel of a carriage in motion ; and other motions than these may also be combing in a body at the same time. £XEBCISBS. What is the meaning of the term Geography? Of what fi^pire is the earth? Mention some of the proora that the earth is a round body and not a plain. What is a sphere ? What is a circle ? What is tne diameter of a sphere or circle ? What is the sSdius ? Describe an arc, a plane, and an angle. Into how many parts is a drde divided, and what are they called ? Describe the plans of a drde. What is the difference between a great and a small dhde of « sphere ? What is a spheroid ? What is meant by rotation ? omoDOonoif. II /" 1 I GBOaRAPHIOAL DEFINITZOM0. I. D^fimtionSf Sb, in MiUhematiedl Qtography* Ths eirth^s a continual motion of rotation, which ia peHormed once in fivery twenty-four hours, and ia called its DIUBNAL MOnOK. In rotating^ it turns upon one of its diameters, which is called its axis. The extremities of the axis* that is, the points where it meets the suriaee, are called poles. The pole nearest Europe is called the north pole ; the other is called the south pole. A great circle roimd the world, equidistant from hoth poles, is called the equator. The equator divides the world into two equal hemi- spheres, called the northern hemisphere, and the southern hemisphere. The people who live at the equator have equal day and mgnt during the whole of the year. A MERIDIAN CIRCLE is a great circle round the earth passing through both poles. A MERIDIAN is that half of a meridian circle between the poles ; or a semicircle from pole to pole. A meridian is called the meridian of any place through which it passes. It is called a meridian, from the Latin word mmdies (midday), because it is middaj, or noon, at any place when the sun, being above the horizon, is in the plane of its meridian ; that is, at the greatest ele- vation in the sky which the sun reaches at that place. The sun is then said to be on ^ mericUan, Parallels of latitude, shortly called parallels, are small cu'cles round the earth parallel to the equator. Every meridian crosses the equator and every pa- rallel at right-angles. The jworld is most correctly represented by a fflobe, which has nearly the same form, and upon whicn the various lines above named are drawn, as well as the various seas and countries. But it is also desirable to have the surface of the earth and the various countries represented on maps which are flat. As the world is round, there must be many inaccuracies in such a repres^entation of it, and 12 iNTRomJcnoii. tiiese inaccnraciet will be greater the lir^rtlie portidn of the earth*8 surface we attempt to exhibit on a plane. A small portion of the earth's sur&ce, as a countv, oi^ OTon one considerable country, is very nearly a plane) and we may make a tolerably correct picture of it on a flat sheet. We cannot do so with a picture Of the whole world. In maps, the whole world is usually represented by two circular surfaces, joined to each other at one point only^ as in the frontispiece. Each surface exhibits one hemisphere, that is, as much as a person can see of a globe when it is set before him. In the map of the world, in the frontispiece, in each of the four figures at the cor- ners, and m the figure below, each circular flat surface is intended to represent the whole of the round or con- vex surface of a hemisphere. The upper part of a map is called the North ; the lower the South J the right side the Eastj the left side the West A place is said to be north of one below it i 8outh of one above it ; east of a place at the left of it; west of a place at its right. In this description we are looking towards the north. Fig. 2. eo Z 75 75 n 60 4 ;ii^ •1 INTOODUOnOM* 18 r con- I In 0|(|ure 2,#l^ jrepve^ents the nor^h pole of the earth, and S Its south pole, then the line E Q, equidistant £rom N and S» indU be the equator — or rather one half of the equator, the other half being on the other side of the world. The half that is seen appears to be a straight line; whereas it is a semicircle, and appears so when proi>erly represented on a globe. See the equator in full in the frontispiece. All the lines from N to S are meridians, and should be semicircles ; whereas the middle one appears as a straight line, and of the others, only two are true semi- circles, the two parts of the outer circle, N E S and N Q S. Meriduuis are also shown in the figure at the right hand, lower comer of the fiontispiece. The meridians run due north and south. The lines extending between the corresponding num- bers on each side, and also the dotted lines ZA, Jbo, a5, m», are parallels, or the halves of parallels. Each should be a semicircle. Parallels are also shown in the figure at the left-hand lower comer in the frontispiece. T^e parallels run due east and west. North, South, East, and West are easily found out on the earth by means of the sun, the pole-star, or the ma- riner*s compass. As each meridian runs due north and south, if we look at the sun when he is on the meridian, that is at noon, we shall be looking due south ; north will be behind ; east at the left hand ; west at the right hand. Those in the southern hemisphere will see the sun in the north at their midday. The method of finding north, &c. by the pole-star will be described in the Astronomy. Latitude is the distance of a place north or south from the equator. It is measured in degrees, minutes, &c. along the meridian of the place. As each parallel is ever3rwnere at the same distance from the equator, all the places on it have the same lati- tude; and' it is sufficient to mark its distance from the equator* The latitude of each parallel that is drawn is marked in degrees on the sides of the map. Thus, if we wish to find jthe latitude of the point c in figure 2, we look along the parallel passing through it^ and find it marked 30. This means tliat c is m north latitude 30^, or, shortly, 30^ N. L. In like manner, « is in south latitude 30^ or SO'S. L, 14 mtnomcTioK. IiOiiOTrnDB is thft jUstancemf a ploee east ovwmI from foine meridian agreed iqpon, called tkt Jirwi markHm, Tb» BrHiah measure longitude from the meridian wliidi passes through the Ro}^ Observatory at Greenf?rich; the French from the meridian of Park. Longitude is measured in degrees, minutes, &c. along the piwaUel of the place. As each meridian is. eT«nr« wheore, the same number of degrees, &e. distant nrom tne first^meridian, it is sufficient to mark that number of de- grees where it crosses the equator; the number there shows the longitude of ever}^ place through which that mcoidian passes ; or the longitude of a meridian is shown at the top of the map. Thus, in figure 2, if the meridian N S represent the meridian of Greenwich, r is in 45* E. L. (east longitude), as found by tracing its meridian to the equator, tmder which, in the figure, longitude is marked; e is in 60° W. L. (west longitude). Longitude is reckoned east and west ; so that the great- est longitude of a place is 180 E. or W., beine m the meridiui opposite to that of Greenwich, or in tne other half of the same meridian-circle. When the world is shown in two hemispheres, as in the frontismece, it is usual to make the meridian-circle, 20 W. ana 160 E., the ike of separation between the two henuspheres. This separation might be made any- where. By taking this line, the Old Wobld is mduded in one hemisphere, at the right, called the eastern HEMISPHERE ; and the New World, discovered by Co- lumbus, in the years 1492-97, is included in the other, called the WESTERN HEIOSPHERE. The HORIZON, or sensible horizon, of a place, is that circle all round where the earth and sky appear to meet. It bounds or limits our view; and takes its name from a Gredc word with this si^ification. The sur£Mse of a liquid, when still, is parallel to the plane of the horizon ; and planes or lines which are so are eaUed horizontal ; as floors when properly made, &c. Any straight line or plane that is perpendicular to tiie plane of the horizon is said to be tertioal ; as a cord with a weight at its lower end freely suc^raded) the Walls of houses, &c. vKlv ^;J -When the sun is right over head at anjr place^ his raVs fidl on it so as to be at right-angles to the plane of tm mnoDuoTioii* 16 itmAgm of that place, tlistit, fidl MrlM«%; he li tlien •aid te be verHcm at that place. The part of the aky right above the head of the ob- aerrer ia tialled the zsnith. It means the wun^ whether we say that the sim is in the zenith of a place or Verti- cal at that place. The sun^s rays extend 90" all lound from the place at which he is vertical. Within that limit there is light- beyond it, darkness. The line between light and dark- ness is a great circle, and is called the termc^atob. It is the boimdary line between night and day. The suii is never vertical at any place north of the parallel of latitude, nearly ^3^"* N. He is vertical there about the 21st of June ; and that parallel is called the TROPIC OF Cancer. It is shown by the dotted line k o in figure 2 ; and is seen also in the frontispiece. The sun is never vertiod at any place south of the parallel of latitude, 23^° S. He is vertical there about the 21st of December; and that parallel is called the TROPIC OP Capricorn. It is shown by the dotted line a 6 in figure 2 ; and may be seen also in the frontispiece. The part of the earth's surface between the tropics is called tne torrid zone. It is about 47° in breadtn, and is the only part of the earth's surface where the sun is ever vertical. It is distinguished by excessive heat, from which it takes its name ; and the days and nights are nearly equal there. As the terminator lies 90** all round from where the sun is vertical, when he is vertical at the tropic of Can- cer, which is 23^" N. of the equator, the terminator will be 23^'' beyond the north pole, and will fall 23^^" short of the south pole. These are the greatest distances at which the terdiinator ever is4rom the poles, and the parallels at these distances from the poles are called the pOiiiAR circles ; that 23^° from the north pole the arc- tic cmci«E;vthat 23^° from the south pole the Antarctic CIRCLE. Z ^ in figure 2 is the arctic circle ; m n the ant- arctic circle. They are also shown in the frontispiece. The parts of the earth's surface between the tropica aiid pouir circles are called temperate zones, north and south. The parts north of the arctic and south of th# aiitarQtio (Murdes, (or within the polar eircles) are eafiled FBiQio zones, north and south. 16 DITIlODUCTIOIir In the firigid and temperate sonei the tan la never yerttcal. In the frigid zones, the cold is extreme ; and at timei the sun is for several days together above the horiconi or several days below the horizon. ,Y^ In the torrid and temperate zones, the sn^ Is never a whole day (24 hours) above or below the horizon. In the temperate zones, the climate is mild, — ^neither very cold nor very warm ; from which they take their name. Each is about 43° in breadth. The earth is not a perfect sphere. It is a bpheroid, being a little flattened at the poles. The polar diame- ter or axis is about 7899 miles in lensth ; the equatorial diameter about 26 miles more, or 7925 mUes. The MBAN DIAMETER OF THE EARTH IS ABOUT 7912 MILES ; and iti circumference, that is, the len^h of a meridian circle, is 24,856 mUes. The equator is a little longer — ^24,o96 miles. The surface of the earth contains about 197,000,000 square miles. A degree of latitude is about 69 miles 70 yards. In consequence of the earth being a spheroid, and not a true sphere, a decree of latitude is slightly different at different places, mcreasing in length a little from the equator towards the poles. In consequence of the parallels decreasing from the equator, wliere they are longest, to the poles, where thev are reduced to nothing, degrees of longitude diminish greatly as the latitude mereases. At the equator, a de- gree of longitude is about 69 miles 280 yards long ; at ancer, about 64 miles ; at London, about 43 miles ; at the polar circles, about 28 miles. See the Table follow- ing the Problems on the Celestial Globe. In the frontispiece, and on the globe, a great circle may be seen extending obliquely between the tropics, and there called THE ECLIPTIC. \. The true meaning of the ecliptic 1)3, a great circle round the heaverUf representing the path which the sun^s centre appears to describe in a year. The line on the earth's surface, called the eclipti tion of the earth's surface be correctly represented on a map? How are the north, south, east, and west distinguished? What are tiie latitude and longitude of a place ? What is meant by the horizon? What is the zenith ? Into how many zones is the earth divided? What are the boundaries of the torrid zone? Is the earth a perfect sphere? What is a spheroid? What are the polar, equatorial, and mean diameters of the earth? What is its oiroumference? Uow many square miles does it contain? What is the length of a degree of latitude ? What is the ecliptic ? What are its northern andsouthern boundaries ? When is the sun said to cross the eij^uator, and what then takes place ? What is the cause of the daily apparent motion of the sun, moon, and stars? n. Definitions in Natural and Political Geography, The surface of the earth presents the two grand divi- sions of Land and Water. These divisions are compre- hended under the following names :- Land. Water. * Continent Ocean. < Country. Sea. Island. Kiver. F^^ninsula. Lake. Promontory. Gulf. Cape. Iswmus. Bay. Creek. Coast or Strait. Shore. Channel. * i^nrther particulars as to the causes of these circles bdng at 28|® from the equator a&d poles are given in the Astronomy } — foraier detail as to climate in the Physical Geography. In tiie mean timet the pupil should not be taught these circles, zones, &^|yijsome uttle knowledge being imparted of the reasons for OMMli tnd of some phenomena connected with them. B 18 INTRODUCTIOir. 8XRT0H, ILLUSTRATING THE OEOORAPBIOAL FBATUBB8 OF TUB OXiOBS. IMTBODUOnOM. 19 A coMnKENT is an extensive portion of land compre- hending several countries. A COUNTRY is a smaller portion of land distingnished by a particular name, people, and form of government. An ISLAND is land entirely surrounded bv water. A PENINBCLA is land almost surrounded by water. A PROMONTORY is a portion of land stretching into the sea. A CAPE is a portion of land stretching into the sea, and appearing to terminate in a point. An ISTHMUS is a narrow neck of land joining two con- tinents, or a peninsula and a continent. A COAST or SHORE is that part of the land which bor- ders on the sea. An OCEAN is a very lar^e portion of salt water. A SEA is a smaller portion of salt water. A RIVER is a stream of fresh water falling into a sea or lake. A LAKE is a body of water wholly surrounded bv land.* A GULF is a portion of water almost surrounded by land. A BAY is a portion of water running into the land, with a wider opening than a gulf. A CREEK is a narrow portion of water running into the land. A STRAIT is a narrow passage of water connecting two seas. When a strait is so shallow that it may be fathomed it is called a bound. A CHANNEL is a longer and broader passage between two seas than a strait.j The political divisions of the earth are chiefly empires, kingdoms, and republics. * Lakes are often in Ireland called loughs^ and in Scotland loeAt; though these terms are freqaentlj, in both countries, applied to arms of the sea. t Small portions of the sea are also distinguished by the terms roM, gort^ narbour^ haven. A road affords anchorage at a short distance from the land, with shelter from winds. A. port, Aoven, or hcuhour^ is a place where ships may lie in security. The mouth of a river, when it widens into an arm of the sea, is called an eahtary ot frith. Some of these definitions, it must be confessed, are not very precise, though we have endeavoured to^state them as aQcuratelj as possible. Thus, gulf and ha^^ promonlory and oope, and some others, are often used as convertible terms, from their not possessing any established magnitude or figure. MvU- fUMse, fies9, head^ and poini, are aJso often 'used as nearly syno- nymous with cops. W'S* 80 lllTRODUOTIOlf. ;. ( An empire consists of several countries or states united under one sovereign, who is usually styled an emperor. A KINGDOM is a country governed by a king. A REPUBLIC is a country which is governed by rulers chosen by the people. General Divisions. The great continents of the globe are Europe, Abia, Africa, North America, and South America.* Europe, Asia, and Africa hre sometimes called the Eastern Uontinent or Old World; and North ^ ni«jririft and South America, the Western Continent or ^'e j v^ : • 4-. The great oceans are, the Atlantic Oc3iti.. thf» Paci- fic Ocean, the Indian Ocean, the Norttu'.rn 01 AlRCTIC Ocean, and the Southern or ANTA^tcT* Ocean. ^ The habitable parts of the eartli may bo estimated at^ 51^ millions of square miles, and the population at 80() millions. Of these, about a third part are Christians, a sixth Mohammedans, four or five millions Jews, and the remainder Pagans. Of the Christians, nbcut 139 millions are Roman Catholics, 62 millions are of the Oreek Church, and 60 or 70 millions are Protestants. EXERCISES. Wliat t.ru the two grand divisions of the surface of the earth V What m a continent, a country, an island, a peninsula, a promon- tory, a cape, on isthmus, a coast or shore, an ocean, a sea, a river, a lake, a gulA a bay, a creek, a strait, a channel ? What are the political dtvisions of the earth? What is an empire, a kingdom, a republic? Mention the great continents of the globe. How are tnese sometimes distinguished ? What are the names of the great oceans? What is the estimated extent of the habitable parts of the globe ? What is the number of the population? * Till of late years, in Systems of Geography, the earth was considered as divided into ' ' v '-ar^ers — Europn, Auiv Africa, «adAmer*'n. Other classifir^t; \'>nowco) yn — ^a8,E!Uropet Asia, Africa, America, and « \'fi'At>\^, . ^'hich laist comprehends uie East Indian Islands or the hiihan Archipelago, the larj^e island (^ Australia, with the numerous smaller islands lying in the great ocean between America, Asia, and Africa. According to another division, it is formed into six parts, viz. Europe, Asia, AfrioSi North America, South America, and Attstralada which oompre* hands Australia and the adjacent islands. The islands Spattered ov jT the broad expanse of the Pacific Ocean are reckoned a seventh p»rt\ called Polynesia, or ttatet ityled M It *"^ s by nilerf 'B, Asia, .■ K* ■ illfd ;hc 1 ^ i'.i'.jTA-'ia ■ c/' »ivry.i. ■ ' 1^ Pacx- I Arctic 1 nated at^ 1 11 at 80() I stians, a ■ and the ■ milliona ^ ■ • Church) e earthV promon- ■ , , a riyer, tare the dngdom, « • }. How ' '-' I 8 of the labitablo on? 1 irth was ■ . "-' Africa, « 1 fiHrope, ends the »laiidof le great another ■•* Africa, Bompre- lettered seventh ttmiAxavKia trr oiovbr ftj // mmfm^m firaijxamsja bt ouvbr SeBOTj>.j^oiwvB.oti. iiw l • ■ mi l ■■■■i* TVTT.r"^-^-"'"--^,"' INTBODUCTION. f ' IttTBOPE. 91 Countries. Capitals. Portu^'al Lisbon. Switiserland Berne. Italy Rome. Turkey Constantinople. Qreece Athens. . Kussia St Petersburg. Prussia Berlin. Germany- Frankfort. Austria Vieima. EUROPE Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean; W. by the At- lantic Ocean ; S. by the Mediterranean, the Archipelago, the Sea of Marmora, the Black Sea, the Sea of Azov, and Mount Caucasus; £. by the Caspian Sea, the River Ural, and the Ural Mountains. The superficial area is about 3,750,000 square milei; and the population 250 millions. Countries. Capitals. England London. Scotland Edinburgh. Ireland Dublin. Norway Christiania. Sweden Stockholm. Denmark Copenhagen. Holland Amsterdam. Belgium Brussels. France Paris. Spain Madrid. Islands. — ^In the Northern Ocean, Nova Zembla, Spitzbergen ; in the Atlantic Ocean, Iceland, Great Bri- tain, Ireland, the Azores; in the Cattegat, Zealand, Fu- nen; in the Baltic, Oland, Gothland; in the Mediter> ranean, Majorca, Minorca, Ivi9a, Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, Malta, the Ionian Islands, Candia ; in the Archipelago, Negropont, the Cyclades. .Peninsulas. — Spain and Portugal, Italy, Norway and Sweden ; Jutland, in Denmark ; Morea, in Greece ; Cri- mea, in the south of Russia. Isthmuses. — Isthmus of Corinth, joining the Morea to northern Greece; Isthmus of Perekop, joining the Crimea to Russia. Capes. — North Cape, in the north of Norway ; Naze, in the south of Norway ; Skaw, in the north of Denmark ; Duncansbay-head, in the north of Scotland ; Cape Clear, in the south of Ireland ; Land^s End, in the south-west of England ; Cape la Hogue, in the north-west of France ; Cape Oitegal, and Ojape Finisterre, in the north-west of Spain ; Cape St Vinfcent, in the south-west of Portugal ; Cape Spartivento, in the south of Italy ; Cape Matapan, in the south of Greece. Mountains. — ^Alps, separating Italy from Germany, WfT s-lf.itj*^"- n BUKO^E. dWitcerland, and JF*rance; I^en(6e8,t)etween IFhiiibie ikd Sj^aii^; Apennines, in Italy; Hsemus or Batkan Motuii- tains, in Turkey ; Carpatnian Mountains, in Austria ; Gnonj^ians, in Scotland ; Dofrines or Dovrefi^M Mot|n- tidhs, in Norway ; the Kolen Mountains, between ,Nor- waj^ and Sweden ; Ural Mountains, between Europe and Asia. *■ Seas and Gui.ps. — ^White Sea, in the north of Kussia; Skager Back, between Denmark and Norway ; Cattegat, between Denmark and Sweden ; Baltic, separating Swe- den from Germany, Prussia, and Bussia ; Gulf of Biga, and Gulf of Finmnd, in the west of Bussia; Guljf of Bothnia, between Sweden and Bussia; North Sea or German Ocean, between Great Britain and the Continent ; St George's Channel, and Irish Sea, between Great Bri-> tain and Ireland ; English Channel, between England! and France ; Bay of Biscay, on the west of France and north of Spain ; Mediterranean Sea, between Europe and Africa; Gulf of Lyons, in the south of France; Gulf of Genoa, in the north-'west of Italy ; Gulf of Taranto, in the south of Italy ; Adriatic Sea, between Italy and Tur- key ; Archipelago, between Greece and Turkey in Asia; Sea of Marmora, between Turkey in Europe and Turkey Jn Asia ; Black Sea, between Bussia and Turkey in Asia ; Sea of Azov, in the south of Bussia. Straits.— The Sound, between Sweden and Zealand ; Great Belt, between Zealand and Funen; Little Belt, between Funen and Jutland; Straits of Dover, joining the German Ocean and the English Channel ; Straits of Gibraltar, joining the Atlantic and the Mediterranean ; Straits of Boniracio, between Corsica and Sardinia ; Straits of Messina, between Italy and Sicily ; the Helles- pont or Straits of the Dardanelles, joining the Archi- pelago and the Sea of Marmora ; Straits of Constanti- nople, joining the Sea of Marmora and the Black Sea ; Straits of Enikal^, joining the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov. Lakes. — Lake Ladoga, and Lake Onega, in Bussia ; Lake Wener, and Lake Wetter, in Sweden; Lake of Geneva, in Switzerland; Lake of Constance, l^etween Switzerland and Germany. BiVBRfl.— The Tagus, m Spain and Portugal, falls into the Atlantic Ocean ; the Ebro, in the north-east of Spain, EUBOPE. 91 fiiUff intQ tbe Mediterranean Sea ; the Rhone, in the eonth of France, falls into the Gulf of Lyons ; the I4lre, in the w^ of France, falls into the Bay of Biscay ; the Sebe, in the north of France, falls into the Engush Channel; the "rhames, in the soath of Enj^land, falls into the Ger- man Ocean; ihe Rhine, in Switzerland, Germany, end Hdlland, falls into the German Ocean; the Elbe, in Germany, falls into the German Ocean; the Oder^ in Prussia, and the Vistula, in Poland and Prussia, fall mto the Baltic Sea; the Dnieper, in Russia, falls into the Black Sea; the Don, in Russia, faUs into the Sea of Azov ; . the Vol^, in Russia, falls into the Caspian Sea ; the Danube, in Germany, Austria, and Turkey, falls into the Black Sea ; the Po, in the north of Italy, falls into the Adriatic Sea. BEUABKS. Europe extends firom 86" 2V to 71° 10' N; lat.; and from 9*" 30" W. to 68** (T E. long. Its greatest length, from Cape Rooa in Portugal to the E. termination of Mount Caucasus on the shores of the Caspian Sea, is 3000 miles; and its greatest breadth, from Cape Tarifa in Spain tio the Korth Cape in Lapland, is 2400 miles. Although the smallest of the |p»nd divisions of the woiid, Europe is the second in population, and b^ far the most im« iKNrtant, from the ingenuity, industry, and intelligence of iti inhabitants, and their progress in learning, science, and arts. It is situated almost entirely within the temperate zone, and enjoys a climate more favourable for the preservation of tii6 human frame in health and vigour than that of any other ec^ual portion of the earth. The coast-line, too, formed by wide projecting promontories, alternating with deep bays, presents, in proportion to its surface, a much greater extent of coast than any other of the great divisions of the globe* Hence spring manypeculiar faciuties for commerce and navi- gation, benendal effects upon climate, and natural products. ^ The Christian religion, comprehended under we three divisions of the Protestant, the Roman-catholic, and the Greek Churches, prevails in eveiy part of Europe, except Turkey, whe^ the Mohammedan faim is dominant, although a large proportion of the inhabitants are Christians of the Greek Church. The following are the political divisions of Europe : — ISamsa EuraiE, comprehending England, Scotland, and Ireland; SwKDEN, including Norway; Denmakk; Houakd; Bteoirat; Fbaioe; Spain; Pobtuoal; SwxrzERLAirn ; iU ..%, 24 ENGLAND AND WALES. Itauak States, comprehending the States of the Church, the Grand Duchy of Tuscany, and several smaller principalities; Two Sicilies, comprehending the kingdom of Naples and the island of Sicily ; Sakdinia, comprehending the north-west of Italyand the island of Sardinia; Turkey in Europe; Grebob; Russia, including the modem kingdom of Poland ; Prussia, comprehendmg Prussia Proper, part of Germany, and part of Poland ; Germany, comprehending Saxony, Bavaria, Hanover, Wurtember^, and a number of small principalities ; Austria, comprehendmg Hungary, part of Germany, part of Poland, and part of Italy. EXERCISES. Name the boundaries of Europe. What is its superficial area? What countries does it contain? Name its principal islands. Point them out. Name and point out its peninsulas. Name its capes, and point out their situation. Describe the situation of its prmcipal mountains. Name its seas and gulfs. Point them out on the map. Name its straits. Point them out. Name and point out its principal lakes. Name its principal rivers, and trace them on the map. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situated ? What are its length and breadth? What proportion does Europe bear, in extent and population, to the other gi'and divisions of the globe ? In what respects is it the most important ? What advan- tage does it possess m point of climate? What facilities does it S assess for commerce and navi^tion ? What are the three leading visions of the Christian religion in Europe ? What is the only ponntry of Europe whe^e the Christian religion is not established ? , '■ ENGLAND AND WALES Are bounded N. by Scotland; W. by the Irish Sea and St George's Channel ; S. by the English Channel ; E. by the German Ocean or Nortli Sea. Extent and Population.— The superficial area is 68,320 square miles. The population in 1851 was 17,927,609. -^ - England is divided into forty counties : — Counties. Chief Towns. Northumberland... Newcastle, Alnwick, Berwick, Morpeth, Tyne- mouth. North Shields. Cumberland Carlisle, Whitehaven, Pemith, Workington, Keswick. Durham Durham, Sunderland, Stockton, South Shields, Darlington. Westmoreland Appleby, Kendal, Ambleside. ilSiurch, the ncipalitiea; les and the rth'west of 3; GREEoa; ; Prussia, Etnd part of I, Hanover, ; AusTRu, of Poland, ficial area? >al islands. Name its ation of its ; them out J and point trace them I: situated ? les Europe ions of the hat advan- es does it ee leading s the only tablished? area is 51 was #3UAIi:» 3 nutrkgd. thiu . m JiT m^ bridge. tmoi iroverr" Tftm- mpsuuiiiB R otdvam m «cm, am Dnnm If Ea,£Ta««d. tayuk'^^ht . Edinfatirf^ mowiHD BT OMVMm If MOTB, MOiKmvm&m. <.W)i BNOLAMD AMD f4rj» H Coimliflf. Chief T rn§. LnmMrt, LtncMter, Lir«rpool, Manch'' BmN% Bolton, Blnckbum, Wigiiti, «m, ^1? rington,Uochttale,Ashton-uucit iijfie,Dk^» Burnley York York, Leedn, Sheffield, Hull, flal' jt, Pmr- borough, Bradford, Huddort or Boathiunpton ington, Qoinport, Newport. Dontt Donmester, Weymoath, Poole, Ljme Regie. Somtnet. Bath, WoUe, Teuntou, Bridgewater. Froma. DfTon Exeter, PlTinoath, Devonport, Baniataplef Tavbtock, Tiverton, Dartnionth. Oomwall Bodmin, Truro, Launoeaton, Falmoath, 8t Ives, Penzance, Bedrutb. Wales is divided into twelve counties .*— Flint Mold, Flint, Holywell, Bt Asaph. Denbigh Denbigh, wrexKiun, Llangollen, Buthin. Carnarvon Gamarvou, Bangor, Conwinr. ▲ngleeea Beaumaris, Holyhead, Amlwch. Merioneth Dolgelly, Bala. Montgomery Montgomery, Welshpool, Newtown, Llan- idloes. Radnor New Radnor, Presteign, Knighton. Brecknock Brecknock or Brecon, Builth, Hay. Cardigan Cardigan, Aberystwith. Pembroke Pembroke, Haverfordwest, Tenby, 8t Davids. Carmarthen Carmarthen, LUuielly, Kidwelly. Glamorgan Cardifif, Merthyr Tyavil, Swansea, Llandaff. Islands. — Man, in which are the towns of Douglas, Ramsey, Peel, and Castletown ; Anglesea (a county of Wales); Scilly Isles, the principal of which is St Mary's; Isle of Wight, in which are Newport, Cowes, and Ryde; Jersey, Guernsey, Aldemey, and Sark, — in the two first are St Helier and St Pierre ; Sheppey ; Thanet ; Coquet; Holy Island. Says and Straits. — Bridlington Bay, Humber Mouth, the Wash, Yarmouth Roads, the Downs, Straits of Dover, Spithead, Torbay, Mounts Bay, Bristol Chan- nel, Swansea Bay, Carmarthen Bay, Miiford Haven, St Brides Bay, Cardigan Bay, Carnarvon Bay, the Menai Strait, Morecambe Bay, Solway Frith. . Sandbanks. — ^Dog^er Bank, in the German Ocean, between the Yorkshire coast and Jutland ; Gopdwin Sands, on the east of Kent. Capes. — Flamborough Head, Spurn Head, North Foreland, South Foreland, Dungeness, Beachy Head, Needles, St Albans Head, Portland Point, Start Point, Lizard Point, Land's End, Hartland Point, Worms Head, St Govens Head, St Davids Head, Sthunble Head, Great Ormes Head, St Bees Head. ENGLAND AMD WALBl. tl MoUMTAiNfl-CheTiot Hill% Bkiddaw, SoafeU, Htl- veUm Whtmaide. Ingleborouch, Pennyguit. the PMk, the Wrekin, Snowdon, Arran Fowddy, Oader Idrii, PUn- limmon, Brecknock Beacon. Lakes.— Derwentwater or Keswick Lake, Ulliwattr^ Windermere, Wit^leseamere. Rivers. — ^Tyno, Wear, Tees, Eden, Yorkahire Ovie, Humber, Mersey, Dee, Wye, Severn, Trent. Witham, Great Ouse, Thames, Medway, Itchen, Test, Avon, £ze, Lower Avon. British Colonies and Foreign Possessions. —In Europe — Heligoland, Gibraltar, Malta and Gozo, Ionian Islands. Asia-— India and its dependencies ; Ceylon, Penang, Singapore, Hong-Kong, Labuan, Andaman Islands, Aden. Africa — Sierra Leone, Gambia, Can*" Coast Castle, Accra, St Helena, Ascension, Cape < Good Hope and Natal, Mauritius and Seychelles IsIanuKi. North America — Canada, Hudson's Bay Territories, New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, Newfoundland, Cape Breton, Prince Edward Island, Honduras, Vancouver's Island. West Indies— Jamaica, Antigua, Barbadoes, Dominica, Grenada, Montserrat, Nevis, St Christopher, St Lucia, St Vincent, Tobago, Tortola, Anguilla, Trini- dad, Bahamas, Bermudas. SOUTH America — British Guiana, comprehending Demerara, EssequibcK and Ber- bice; Falkland Islands. Australasia — New SouUi Wales, Victoria (late Port Phillip), South Australia, Western Australia, Tasmania or Van Diemen's Land, New Zealand, Norfolk Island, Auckland Islands. BEMARKS. England, including Wales, extends from 49* 58' to 66" 46' N. lat., and from 6*^40' W. to V 46' E. long. Its lengi, from Berwick to the Isle of Wight is 360 miles, and its breadth, from the North Foreland in Kent to the Land's End in Cornwall, is 800 miles. Although England cannot he considered a mountainous country, its aspect is sufficiently varied to exliibit every feature requisite to beauty in landscape. The tendency to moisture in the climate clothes the plams in dmost perpetual verdure; while luxuriant plantations and rich corn-fields give to the cultivated districts an air of comfort and opulence. In Wales, Which may be regarded as the Highlands of South Britain, mountain scenery of the most picturesque descrip- 28 ENGLAND AND WALES. tion every where occurs ; and the lakes of (Aujaherland and Westmoreland vie in heauty, if not in magnificence, with the enchanting lochs which give so romantic a character to some districts in Scotland. The climate of England, owing to its insular situation, is extremely variable. The western counties are exposed to heavy and frequent rains from the Atlantic ; the eastern enjoy a drier atmosphere, but suffer, on the other hand, from cold and ungenial east winds. In consequence of this difference of climate, pasturage is more attended to in the west, and tillage in tfae east. In every part of England the effect of industrious and skilful cultm-e is apparent ; and there are few countries where so small a portion of the soil is allowed to lie waste and un- productive. The mines of coal and iron in the northern coun- ties and in South Wales are almost inexhaustible, and have contributed largely to the national wealth. Those of lead, copper, and tin, are also very considerable. The industry which has thus enriched and adorned the country, has produced still more astonishing effects in man- ufiEictures and commerce. By the invention of machinery, every species of manufacture has been increased to an extent which enables England to supply alljparts of the globe with articles of luxury and convenience. The value of the annual exports of cotton manufactures, including jam, is about £33,000,000 ; of woollen manufactures, including yam, about £12,000,000 ; of iron and steel, £10,800,000 ; of linen manu- factures, including yam, £6,000,000 ; of hardwares and cut- lery, £3,500,000 ; of haberdashery and millinery, £4,000,000. .In all, there are annually exported from the United King- dom, commodities of its produce or manufacture, of the value of about £100,000,000. In return, the merchandise of every foreign clime is wafted to her ports ; and England has at- tained such a degree of maritime greatness, that her navy constitutes the great bulwark of the nation. She has more than 30,000 merchant ships, measuring about 4,500,000 tons, and navigated by about 250,000 men. She has thus been enabled to establish colonies and acquire large foreign posses- sions ; and although, in the extent of her home territory and the amount of her population, England is inferior to some European states, her other dominions, with a population esti- mated at 150 millions, place her high in the scale of nations; whUe, in the magnitude of her resources, and the intelligence and activity of her inhabitants, she holds the first rank. To a great commercial country, such as Eneland, impiOYod facilities by internal communication are of the first import- ance; and, perhaps, nothing has tended more to her prot- perity than tlie canals and railways which have been con- ENGLAND AND WALES. 29 Btrncted, most of them within little more than hair a contorj. 'The Dnke of Bridgewater's Canal, executed in 1766, was highly snccessful, and first ronsed the nation fully to appre- ciate the advantages of canal navigation. It was followed in 1777 by the Grand Trunk Canal, which, by uniting the Trent and the Mersey, connected Liverpool with Hull, and the eastern with the western seas, and opened a communi- cation with the great mineral and manufacturing districts. The Grand Junction Canal, at an expense of £2,000,000, completed the inland navigation by the Thames, thp Severn, the Trent, and the Mersey, thereby facilitating the commer- towns in the west ana nortn. i ne first preai railway of Liverpool and Manchester, opened m 1830 ; since which, this kind of communication has been carried to such an im- mense extent thisit there are now more than 8000 miles com- pleted in the United Kingdom, at a cost of upwards of £300,000,000. The number of passengers conveyed by them exceeds 111,000,000, and the total receipts from their traffic of all kinds amount to more than £20,000,000 yearly. Many of the advantages enjoyed by Britain result from her unrivaued constitution, which is a mixed or limited monarchy, — combining the excellencies of the regal, aristocratical, and republican forms of government, without their defects. The queen is the head of the state, the fountain of dignitr)r and power, and through her ministers carries on the whole execu- tive administration. All laws are published in her name ; but they must previously have been passed by parliament, con- sistmg of the House of Lords, which represents the nobility, and the House of Commons, which represents the people. •The established religion of England is Protestant Episco- pacy, — ^but the greatest freedom is allowed to all other forms of religious worship. There ai'e two archbishops, those of Canterbury and York, and twenty-six bishops. The Arch- bishop of Canterbury is the Primate of all England. In their manners, the English are frank and sincere, more disposed to gravity than gayety. Their favourite amuse- ments are horse-racing, the chase, and the theatre. In their dealings they are fair and honourable, and the character of an English merchant is held in universal respect for integr.ityi . liberahty, and intelligence. All the arts that are conducive to the comfort and elegance of life are cultivated with the greatest success. In every depaitment of science and literar ture, England can boast of the most illustrious names. To her Newton, her Bacon, her Milton, her Shakspearo, few eciualt and no superiors can be found in ancient or in modem tunes. I / 30 ENGLAND AMD WALES. /l lOEBOXSES. What are the boundaries of England and Wales ? What is the superficial area? Name the counties in England. Kame the counties in Wales. What are the principal towns of Northnm- berhind ? Of Cumberland ? Of Durham ? &o. Where is North Shields, Workington, Yarmouth, Chepstow, Shrewsbmy, Brent- ford, Bkekbum, stoc^ort, Liverpool, Stockton, Brighton, Bridge- north, Whiteliaven, Chichester, Chelmsford, Eton, Bristol, Bux- ton, Boston, LeedSj Manchester, Harwich, Launceston, Morpeth, Portsmouth, Leommster, Lynn Begis, Kidderminster, Maidstone, Truro, St Neots, Wellington, London, Tewkesbury, Ware, Ips- Mrich, Exeter, South Shields, Hastings, Chatham, Pljmoutli, Dover? &o. What are the principal towns in Flintshire ? In Denbighshire, in Carnarvonshire ? &c. Where is Welshpool, Bala, Builth, Holywell, Presteign, Hay, Wrexham, St Davids, Bangor, Kidwelly, St Asaph, Haverford- west, Llandaff, Aberystwith, Dolgelly, Swansea? &c. What are the principal islands ? What are the towns of Man? Where is St Pierre? Where is Cowes? Where is St Helier? Where is Newport? Point out the islands on the map. Name the bays, and their situation. Point them out on the map. Name the sandbanks, and their situation. Name the capes. Point them out. What are the principal mountains, and where are they situated ? What are the principal lakes ? "What are the principal rivers? Where is Milford Haven? Where is Flamborough Head? Wliat is the course of the Tyne ? Of the Thames? Of the Great Ouse? Of the Medway? Of the Severn? Of the Trent? Where is Plinlimmon, Scafell, Start Point, Spurn Head, St Govens Head, Land's End, Whemside, Cader Idris, Arran Fowddy, Portland Point? &c. Name the colonies and foreign possessions of Great Britain in Europe. Name her possessions in Asia; in Africa: in North America ; in the West Indies ; in South America ; in Australasia. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is England situated ? What are its length and breadth ? What is its general aspect ? What appearance does the tendency to moisture in the clunate ^ve to the plains ? What is the appearance of the cul- tivated districts ? What is remarkable in the scenery of Wales? What is the principal feature in the scenery of Cumberland aal Westmoreland? What difference is observable in the climates of the western and eastern counties ? What is the conseq[uence of this difference of climate? In what state is agriculture in England ? What is the ^neral quality of the soil ? In what do her principal mines consist ? In what state are the manufactures and commerce of England ? What is her largest manufiacture ? What is the con- sequence of her extensive commerce ? What has her maritime greatness enabled her to do? Is England inferior to soiiie Euro- pean states ill the extent of her home territory and the amount of ENOLAKD AKD WALES. 81 her popuktion ? By what oircunstances is she nifed to the fint rank iu the scale of nations ? What has materially tra4ed to the prosperity of Endand? What great eauals have been constructed since the miadl^ of the last century? At nrhat expense was the Qrand Junction Canal completed ? What intercourse has it facilitated ? To what extent has railway communication been carried ? What is the form of her political constitution? How is the au^rity of the queen restrained? What is the established re- ligion of England? What is the number of archbishops and bishops ? Which of these is primate of all England ? What is peculiar in the manners of the English? What are their favourite amusements ? By what qualities are they oharao- terized in their mercantile dealings? Is much attention paid to the arts in England ? Can this country boast of numy illustrious names in science and literature ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. [In thif and the foUowinflr Tablet we Iiave endeavoured to give the most approved pronunciation ot the namei of places, by marking the aeeented S liable, and in those words where the pronunciation differs materially from e orthography, by adi^ting the spelling (within parentheses) as nesr as possible to the soiuid ; while in other cases, the silent letters, with the exception of final e, are printed in Italiet.^ ttom the solid rock, capable of eon- taining 30 vessels of 800 tons. Fw» 31fl9.-«3, 25 N. 4, SO W. An'dover, a town in HampiUrCb on the Ande. Pop. 5S9S. An'giesea, an island and county of Wales, joined to the mainland by the Menai Suspension and the Britannia Tubular Bridges. It possesses rich mines of copper and lead , and is noted as on ancient seat of the Druids. Pop. 67,987.-03, 18 N. 4, 80 W. Ap^pleby, the county town of Westmoreland, on the Bden. Fop* 8709 p. Ar'ran-Fowddy (You'thee), a mountain in Merionethshire. Wales, 2955 feet high. Ar'undel, a town In Sunea, on the Arun. Pop. 8748. As'aph, St, an ancient city and bishop% see In Flint. Pop. 8041. Arii'burton, a town in Devonshire Pop. 3432. Ash'by-de-la-Zouch (Zooch). a town in Leicester, near the oonflnee ofDerbyshbre. Pop. 3762. Ash'ton-under«Lyne, a mannfiio- turing town In Lancashire. Pop. 30,678. Ath'elney, an island In SonMnst- ABERGAYEN'NY (pr. Aber- gain'y), an ancient town in Mon- moutlidiire, at the confluence of the Oavenny with the Uslc Population 4797-— 61* 4^ N. lat. 3» 1' W. long. Aberyst'with (Aberust'ith), a sear port in Cardiganshire, at the mouth of tiie Ystwith. It Is a much fre- quented watering-place. Pop. 5231. Ab'ingdon, a town in Berltshire, on the Tliames. Pop. 5954. Arbans, St, a town in Herts, near the site of the ancient Verulam, and containing a vary fine old church. Pop. 7U0U. Ai'bans Head, Bt, a cape on the eoast of Dorset.— M, 34 N. 2, 3 W. Ai'demey, an island in t^e Bnglish Channel, famous for a breed of small oows. Pop. 3333.-49, 41 N. 8, 15 W. Aln'wick (An'nik), a town of Nor- thumberland, near which is Alnwick Castle, the magnificent seat of the Duke of Northumberland. P. 6231. Amni>leaide, a town of Westmore- -land, nearLakeWindermere. P. 1592. Ames'bury,* a town in Wilts, on the Avon, the birthplace of Addison. Pop. 1172 p.t Am'lwch (AmOuek), a seaport In Ani^flsea, with a harboor excavated * Boxy la pronounced aa if written berrp. t The letter Py annexed to the number, mdlcates that the population given is that of the pariah in which the town la situate. 32 ENGLAND AND WALES. h: V •hlfs, formed by the Tone and the Fftrret. A'von» a river which rises on the borders of Gloueestershire, flows throuffh Wiltshire, and, passing liath and Bristol, falls into tue Severn 8 miles below the latter city ;— another fromWarwicIc, which Joins the Severn at Tewkesbury;— a river in Hants, which flows into the filnglish Clian- nel i — ariver in N. Wales, which falls into Origan iiay ;— another in S. Wales, which flows intoSwanseaBay. Ayles'bury, a town in Bucliing- hamshire. Pop. 26,794. BAXA, a town in Merinneth- shire, situated at the extremity of a lake called Bala-Pool, tlirough which flows the Dee. Ban'bury, a town in Oxfordshire, on the Cherwell, in a fertile vale. Pop. 87IA. Ban'gor, a city and bishop's see in Carnarvon, near the N. entrance of the M6nai Strait. Pop. (3338. Bams'ley, a manufacturing town In the W. R. of Yorkshire, witli ex- tensive iron-foundries. Pop. 13,437. Bam'8taple,atown in Devonsliire, on the Taw. Pop. 1 1 ,37 1 . Bath, tlie Aqua Solis of the Ro- mans, a l>eautifui city, the capital of Somersetshire, celebrated for its medicinal waters. Pop. B\,2A0— fil , 24 N. 2, 22 W. Beach'y Head, a promontory on the coast of Sussex,— the highest land on the S. coast of Britain.— 50, 44 N. 0, 14 E. Beauma'ris (Boma'ris), a seaport, the county town of Anglesea, situ- ate on the Menai Strait Fop. 2599. —53. 17 N. 4, 5 W. Bed'fordshire,* an inland county, large numbers of the female popula- tion of which are employed in tlie strawplait and thread-lace manufac- tures. Pop. 124,478. Bed'ford, the county town of Bed- fordshire, on the Ouse, distinguished for its charitable institutions. Pop. llfflOS. Bees Head,St,acape ontheW.coast of Cumberland.— 54, 31 N. 3, 40 W. BeKper, a town in Derbysltire, en the Derwent, noted for its cotton- mills. Pop. 10,082. Berk'shireor Berks, a county sepa- fated by the Thames from those of Oxford and Buckingham. P. 170,00$. Ber'irick. a fortifled town near tha mouth of the Tweed. Though aadgn- ed to Northumberland, it enioys the privileges of a county by its m In the wars between Enghind and Scotland, its importance, as a key to both king>> doms, rendered this town and its neighbourliood the scene of perpetual contest and bloodshed. Pop. 15.094. -.55, 4f> N. 2, W. Bev'erley, a handsome town in the E. R. of Yorkshure, near the HulL Pop. 10,05a Bewd'ley, a town in Worcester- shire, on the Severn. Pop. 7318. Bil'ston, a town in Staffordshire, in the vicinity of great coal and iron mines. Pup. 23.527. Bing'ley. a town in the N. R. of Yorkshire, on tlie Aire, with con- siderable worsted manufactures. Pop. 5019. Bir'kenheiad, a seaport of Cheshire, on the Mersey, opposite Liverpool, recently become or considerable im-^ portance. P. 24,285.-53, 24 N. 3,2W. Bir'mingham, a flourishhig town in Warwickshire, celebrated for its immense hardware manufactures. Pop. 232,841.-52, 28 N. 1, 53 W. Black'bum, a manufacturing town In Lancashire. Pop. 46,536. Bod'min, the county town of Corn- wall, with a manufacture of serges. Pop. 63.37. Bol'ton, a large manufacturing town in Lancashire. Pop. 61,171. Bos'ton, a seaport in Lmcolnshire, situate on both sides of the Witham, a place of considerable trade. Its Gotliic church is one of tlie finest in the kingdom. Pop. 17.518.— 52, 59 N. 0, 2 W. Bos' worth. Market, a town in Leicester.-liire, near which was fought a memorable battle between Richard III. and the Earl of Richmond, after- wards Henry VIL, in which Richard fell. Pop. 1U58. Brad'ford. a manufacturing town in the W. R. of Yorkshire, on the Aire. Pop. 103,778.— A ,town in Wilts, on the Avon, noted for its manufacture of fine cloths. Pop.4240. Breck'nockshire, a mountainous county of South Wales. Pop. 61 .471. Breck'nockor Bre'con,the county town of Brecknockshire, at the con- fluence of Uie Usk and Honddu. Pop. 6070. * Sbire, when Joined to the name. Is pronounced short, as If written Mf r. .<' ENGLAND AND WALES. 33 rrittenMJr. Breek'nock Beacon, a mountain BreeknockBhire, 8863 feet high. I Brent'ford, a town in Middlesex, Ion the Thames, divided into Uld and INew Brentford. Pop. 8870. I Brides Bay, St. in 8t George's [Channel, on theW. of Pembroke, l Bddge'north.atowninSliropsliire, [intersected by the Severn. P. 761(». . Uridge'water, a town in Sonierset- [ihira, on the Parret. Pop. 10,317. Brid'lington, a town in the E. R, I of Yorkshire, situate on the buy of I the same name, having Flamboruugli [BeadtotheN. £. Pop. 2432. Brid'port, a seaport in Dorsetshire, I on tlie English Channel. Pop. 75<)(>. I— «0,44N. 2,45 W. Bri^At'on, a seaport in Sussex,— a favourite residence of George IV., ' and a place of fashinnabie resort for sea-bathing. Pop. 69,073.— .50, 50 N. 0, 9 W. Bris'tol, a seaport in Gloucester- shire, formerly second only to Lon- don, though now surpassed by Liver- pool, is situate on tlie Lower Avon, near the head of the channel whicti bears its name. Its mineral waters are much esteemed. Pop. 137,328. —61, 27 N. 2, 36 W. Bris'tol Chan'nel, an estuary stretch- ing l^tween the coast of Wales and the counties of Somerset and Devon. Buck'inghamshire or Bucks, a fer- tile midland county. Pop. 163,723. Buck'ingham, the county town of Bucks, on the Great Ouse. P. 8069. Builth (Beelth), a town in Breck- nock, on the Wye. Pop. 1158 p. Bun'gay, a town in Suffolk, on the Waveney, carries on a considerable trade.. Pop. 3841. Bum'ley, a town in Lancashire, with manufactures of woollen and cotton. Pop. 20,828. Burs'lem, a town in Staffordshire, a principal seat of the potteries. Pop. 15,954. finr'ton, an ancient town in Staf- fordshire, on the Trent, over which is bridge of 37 arches ;— it is famous for ale. Pop. 7934. Bury (Ber'ry), a manufacturing \ town m Lancashire, on the Irwell. Pop. 31,262. Bury St Edmunds, a town in Suf- I folk, on the Larke, with a great com and cattle market. Its abbey whs one of the richest and most magnificent fin Britain. Pop. 13,900. But'termero, a small lake in Cum- berland. Bux'ton, a town in Derbyahlrt, celebrated for its mineral sprinst. Pop. 12.35. CA'DER-I'DKIS, a mountain in Merionethshire, 2914 feet high. Calne, an ancient town 5i Wilt- shire. Pop. 5195. Cam'bridgeshire (Calm), an inland countyintheS.E. of England. Pop. 185.405. Cam'bridge, the capital of Cam-, bridgeshire, on the Cam or Granta, the seat of a celebrated university. Pop. 27.815.— 52, 13 N. (», 7 E. Can terbury, the Durovemum of the Romans, a city in Kent, on the Stonr, and the metropolitan see of all England. It has a magnifi- cent cathedral, in which Thomas d Becket was murdered before tiie altar in 1170. Pop. 18,398.-51, 17 N. 1 , 4 E. Car'diff, the county town of Gla- murgansliire, on the Taafe. In the ca>N. 3, 11 W. Car'diganshire, a maritime county of South Wales, Pop. 70,796. Cardigan, the county town of Car- diganhhire, on a steep bank near the mouth of the Teify. Pop. 3876. Car'dii(an Bay, a large bay on the W. of Cardigansliire. Car'li«le, the capital of Cumber- land, and a bishop's see, on the Eden, with an ancient castle and cathedral, and formerly surrounded by walls. Pop. 26,310.-54, 53 N. 8, 56 W. Carmar'thenshbe, a fertile county in South Wales. Pop. 110,632. Carmar'then, a flourishing seaport, and the county town of Carmarthen- shire, on the Towy. Pop. 10,624. Carmar'thcn Bay, in the Bristol Channel, S. of Carmarthenshire. Carnar'vonsliire, a county of North Wales. Pop. 87,870. Camar'von, the county t^own of Carnarvonshire, on the Menai Strait; its splendid castle, now in ruins, was built by Edward. I. Pop. 8674. Camar'von Bay, in 8t George's Channel, washes the coast of Au- glesea and Carnarvon. CaDfletown, a considerable town on the S. coast of the Isle of Man. Pop. 2531. Chard, a town in Somersetshire. Pop. 2291. Chat'Aam, a town in Kent, on the C 84 ENGLAND AND WALES. ; Madway. one of the prtnelpal naTal itetloM in England. Pop. 28,424.— 51,23N.O, 35E. Chelnu'ford, the county town of B«ies, on the Chelmer. Pop. 6033. Chel'sea, a town of Middleaex, on the Thames, now a suburb of Lon- don, where is a grand national asy- lum i called Chelsea Hospital, for decayed and wounded soldiers. Pop. £6,538. Cheltenham (Chelt'nam), an ele- nnt town in Oloucestershire, much frequented for its mineral springs and for the picturesque beauty of its Bcenwy. Pop. 35,051.-51, 54 N. 2, 4W. Chep'stotir, a seaport in Mon- mouthshire, on the >Vve, with the magniflcent remains of an ancient oastle. Pop. 4295. Chesh'ire, a county bordering on Wales, celebrated for its cheese and itslarge mines of rock-salt. P. 455,725. Ches'ter, the Deva of the Romans, the capital of Cheshire, a fine ancient city and bishop's see on the Dee. Pop. 27,766.-53, 12 N. 2, 54 W. Ches'terfleld, a town in Derby- shire, on the Rother. Pop. 7101. CheMot, a range of hills between Scotland and Northumberland; the hi{diest is 2695 feet. Ohi'chester, an ancient city and bishop's see, the capital of Sussex, situate on an arm of the aea ; its ca- thedral is a fine Gothic structure. Pop. 8662.— 50, 5U N. 0, 46 W. Chirtem Hills, a ridge of chalky hills in the counties of Buckingham, Hertford, and Oxford. Chip'penAam, a town in Wilts, on the Avon, with manuf^tures of fine cloths. Pop. 6283. Chorley, a thriving manufacturing town in Lsmcashire. Pop. 8d07. Chorl'ton-upon-Medlock, a town- ship in the parish of Manchester ; in 1801 it contained only 675 inhabi- tants, in 1851 they amounted to 35,558. Christ'church, a town in Hants, with a trade in knit silk stockings and watch-springs. Pop. 7475. Ci'rencester (Ci'cester), a town in Gloucestershire, on the Chum, a great mart for wool. Pop. 6096. Clifton, a suburb of Bristol, Glou- cestershire, celebrated for its hot- springs, the salubrity of its air, and its beautiful scenery. Pop. 17,634 p. OU'theroe, a manufacturingtown in Lancashire, on the Ribble. P. 11,480. Cock'wmouth, a town in Cumber- land, «k the eonfluenet of tha Coeker and Derwent. Pop. 7275. Col'chester, a town in Essex, on the Colne. P. 19,443.-^1, 53 N. 0, 53 E. Colne, a manufacturing town In Lancashire. Pop. 6644. Cong'leton, a handsome town In Cheshire, with manufactures of silk, cotton, and leather. Pop. 10,820. ConVay, a rivor of Wales, form- ing the boundary between the coun- ties of Carnarvon and Denbigh, and falling into the Irish Sea at Conway. The vale through which this river flows is celebrated for its beauty and fertility. Con'way or Abereon'way, a town in Carnarvon, with the ruins of a noagnlflcent castle. Pop. 2105. Coq'tiet, an islet off the coast of Northumberland, at the mouth of the river of the same name. Pop. 16. Corn'wall, a county occupying the south-western extremity of Britain, and famous for its mines of tin and copper. Pop. 355,658. Cov'entry, an ancient city in War- wick, celebrated for its manufactures of watches and ribands. Pop. 36,812. — 52,24 N. 1,30 W. Cow«8, West, a seaport on the N. coast of the Isle of Wight, beautifully situate on the Medina. Pop. 478^ —50, 46 N. 1, 18 W. Crick'lade, a town in Wilts, on the Thames, up to which that river is navigable. Pop. 35,503. Croy'don, a town in Surrey, com- municating with the metropolis^ a canal and by railway. Pop. 10,260. Cum'berland, one of the northen counties, famed for its lakes and picturesque mountain-scenery. Pop. DARLINGTON, a town in Dur- ham, carries on considei-able trade and manufactures. Pop. 11,228. Dart'ford, a town in Kent, where the first paper-mill in England was erected by Sir John Spelman, in the reign of Elizabeth. Pop. 5783. Dartmouth, a seaport in Devon- shire, near the mouth of the Iwrt Pop. 4508.— 50, 21 N. 3, 33 W. Dav^entry, a town in Northamp- tonshire, near the source of the Avon and Nen. Pop. 4430. DaWids, St, a village bi Pembroke, and a bishop's see. Pop. 2460 p. David's Head, St, a cape on the W. of Pembroke.— 51, 5S N. 5, 18 W. Deal, a town on the E. coast of Kent; the fine roadstead, t^ed the ENGLAND AND WALES. 35 NofthaOoeker 727«. iinEi8e^.onthe l,fi3N.0,A3E. turing town in {44. daome town in ifocturesoffiiUc, Pop. 10,8S0. »f Wales* form- ween tlie coun- id Denbipli, and Sea at Conway, rhicli this river t its beauty and on'way, a town the ruins of a Pop. 21US. off the coast of b the mouth of name. Pop. 16. y occupying the nity of Britain, lines of tin and 18. ent city in War^ its manufiu^ures ds. Pop. 36,812. aport on the N. ight, beautifully na. Pop. 47WL in Wilts, on the !h that river is M)3. n Surrey, cwn* metropolu by a . Pop. lu.seo. 9f the northern its lakes and i-scenery. Pop. a town in Dur- sidei-able trade >op. 11,228. n Kent, where n England was pelman, in the %p. 5783. K)rt in Devon- I'of the Iiart 3, 33 W. in Northamp- ce of the Avon tin Pembroke, op. S460 p. cape on the W. N.fi, WW. le B. coast of «ad, eaUed the Dmnw, Mtends In flront of the town. Pop. 7067—01, 13 N. 1. 94 B. Dee, a river which flows through Bala-Pool, in Merioneth, and fiuis into the Irish Sea, 15 miles below Chester. Den^^shire, a county in North Wales. Pop. 99,583. D«nl>ipiA, the county town of Denbighshire, finely situate on an eminence overlooking the fertile vale ofCIwyd. Pop. 549a Dept'ford, a town in Kent, on the Thames, has a royal dockyard, with fine wet docks. Pop. 27,8.96.-51, 29 N. 0, 3 W. Derlbyshire, a mountainous county in the centre of England, noted for its picturesque scenery, its lead mines, and mineral waters. Pop. 296,084. Der'by, the county town of Der- byshire, on the Derwent. Here the first EngliBh silk-mill was erected in 1718, and the silk • manufacture is still considerable. Pop. 40,609— 62, 66N. 1,28W. Der'wentwater or Lake of Kes'- iriok, a very picturesque lake in Cumberland. Devi'zes, a town in Wilts, on tlie Kennet and Avon Canal. Pop. 6554. Dev'onport, a seaport in Devon- shire adjoining Plymouth, of which it is considered a suburb. Pop. 60,159 —50, 24 N. 4, 12 W. Dev'onshire, a picturesque and fertile county in tho W. of England, noted for its mild and salubrious climate. Pop. 667,098. Dews'bury, a manufacturing town in the W. It. of Yorkshire, pleas- antly situate on the Calder. Pop. 5033. Dolgel'ly, the county town of Me- rionethdiire, situate on tho Avon, at the base of Cader-Idris. Pop. 2041. Don'caster, a town in the W. R. of Yorkshire, celebrated for its horse- races. Pop. 12,052. Dor'chester, the Dumovaria of the Romans, the county town of Dor- setshire, pleasantly situate on the Frome. Pop. 6394. DorOiing, a towh in Surrey, fa- mous for its fowls. Pop. 3490. Dor'setshire, a county in the S. W. of England, noted for its freestone quarries. Pop^ 184^207. i Doug'las, a seaport on the 8. E. coast of the Isle of Man, with an ^excellent harbour. Pop. 9680.-54 |10N*4.27W» Oo'ver, a aeaport in Kent, about 93 milM tram Calais in Franc** be- tween which packets and steam vessels regularly sail. Pop. 82,244. -51, 7 N. 1, 19 B. Downs, a famous roadstead be- tween the Goodwin Sands and Deal in Kent, the usual rendesvous for outward-bound fleets. Droit'irich, a town In Woroeatter, famous for its brine springs, f^rotn which is manufactured a fline white salt. Pop. 7096. Dud'ley, a town in Worcester- shire, surrounded by StafTordshire. Its neighbourhood abounds in mi- nerals, and the iron trade is carried on to a considerable extent. Pop. 37,962.-52, 30 N. 2, 6 W. Duk'infield, a township of Stock- port, Cheshire, on the Tame. Pop. 26,41& Dungeness', a promontory on the coast of Kent, in the English Chan- nel.— 50, 55 N. 0, 58 E. Duns'table, a town in Bedford- shire, noted for its manufacture of strawplait. Pop. 3589. Dur'Aam, a county in the N. E. of England, with extensive collieries. Pop. 390,997. Dur'tom, the capital of the coun- ty, a city and bisnop's see, with a university and an ancient cathedral, beautifully situated on the Wear. Pop. 13,188.-54, 46 N. 1, 34 W. ED'DY STONE, a reef of rocks in the English Channel, 14 miles S. W. from Plymouth ; on the highest Is a famous lighthouse, erected in 1759. —50, 11 N. 4, 16 W. E'den, a river which rises in West- moreland, and, flowing through Cumberland, falls into the Solway Frith below Carlisle. Edge'hill, a village in '^Tarwick. near which the first battle iii the civil wars between Charles I. and the Par- liament was fought, in 1642. E'ly, a city in Cambridgeshire, situate in a marshy district on the Ouse, called the Isle of Ely. Here if a very large and venerable cathedral. Pop. 6176. Ep'som, a town in Surrey, noted for its mineral springs. Pop. 3390. Es'sex, a county on the £. coast, famed for its agriculture and its dairies. Pop. 369,318. E'ton, a town in Bucks, on the Thames, celebrated for its school called Eton College, founded by Henry YI. hi 1441. Pop. 3796 p. Eve'sham, an ancient town in wer* 3r> ENGLAND AND WALES. i: '■ «eitenlilr«, situate on the Atoii, in a beautlAil vale. Here a great batt le was fought in 1265, between Bloion de Montford, earl of Leicester, and Prince Edward, afterwards King Edward I. Pop. 4005. Bxe, a river which rises in Exmonr Forest, SomersetHhire, and flowing through Devonsliire, falls into tlie English Cliannei at Ex mouth. Bx'eter, the capital of Devonshire, on the Exe, an elegant city, and a bishop's see. Pop. 40,683.— 50, 42 N. Of 32 yv» Ex'mouth, a *own in Devonshire, beautifully situate at the mouth of . the Exe, celebrated as a watering place and for the mildness of its climate. Pop. 5123. FAL'MOuTH, a seaport in Corn- wall, with a noble harbour; a m;iil- packet station. Pop. 4i).'>3.— 50, 8 N. 6, 2 W. Fam'Aam, a town in Surrey, on the Wey, noted for tlie hop planta- tions near it. Pop. 35 i 5. Fern and Sta'ples Isles, two dan- gerous groups oi islets off the coast of Northumlierland, on which are two lighthouses. P. 2(h— .55, 37 N. 1 ,37 W. Pish'gttard, a seaport in Pembroke- shire. Pop. 1757. Flnm'borongh Haad (burro), in Torlcshire, a bold and lofty cape, nearly 600 feet higli. with a light- house.— 54, 7 N. 0, 4 W. Fleetwood, a seaport in Lancashire at the mouth of the VVyre. Pop. 3121. Flint'shire, a small county in North Wales, Pop.6H,ldK. Flint, & town of Flintshire, on the estuarv of the Dee. Pop. 3296. Flod'den, a village in Northumber- land, 5 miles north of Wooler. Here a great battle was fought between the English and Scots in 1513, in which James IV. and many of his nobility were slain. FoJk'stone, a seaport in Kent, the birthplace of Dr Harvey, who dis- covered the circulation of the blood. Pop. 6726 51, 5 N. 1, 10 E. Fore'land, North and South, two promontories on the east coast of Kent Foth'eringay, a village in North- amptonshire, in the castle of which Manr Queen of Scots was beheaded tn 1587. Pop. 261 p. Fow'sy, a seaport in Cornwall, with ft fine harbour, carries on an ex- tensive trade in tlie pilchard fishery. Pop. 1600 p. Fromo, a town In SonierMtshlr*. on the Prome, noted for Its manu- facture of woollen olothi. Pop.lO,l4ik —51, 14 N. 2, 20 W. OAINS'BOROUGH, a town In Lincolnshire, on the Trent, with a considerable foreign and Inland trada. Pop. 7506. Gates'head, a town tn Durham, forming a suburb to NewoMtlt. Pop. 25,568. Olamor'ganshlre, a fortila county of South Wales, enriched by vast mines both of iron and of ooai. Pop. 231 84B. dloncesterahlro (Qlos'ter), a coun- ty in the W. of England, famous for its dairy produce. Pop. 458.800. Gloucester, an ancient city, and a bishop's SQe, the capital of the county, situated on the Severn. It has a noble cathedral, and carries on considerable trade. Popi 17iA72. — 51,52N. 2, 14W. God'ahning, a town in Surrey, on the Wey. Pop. 2218. Good'win Sands, a large and dan- Serous sandbank off the east coast of [ent. Goole, a thriving town in the W. R. of Yorkshire, on the Ouse. Pop. 4722.-53, 40 N. 0, 52 W. Gos'port, a seaport in Hampshire, on the woAt Hide of Portsmouth har- bour, carries on an extensive trade. Pop. 7414. Gov'ens Head, 8t, a oane on the S. of Pembrokeshire.— 51 , 'M N. 4, 55W. Grant7;titn, a town in liiiicolnshire, on the Witham. Pop. 10,873. Graves'end, a seaport in Kent, near the mouth of the Thames. 28 miles from London Bridge. Pop. 16,633.— 51,27 N. 0,22 fi. Green't&ich, a town in Kent, on the Thames, about 6 miles below London, famous for its lloval Ob- servatory, and noble hospitAl for superannuated seamen. Pop. 35(028. — 51,28 N.lat. Grims'by, Great, a seaport in Lin- colnshire, near the mouth of the Humber, with extensive new docks. Pop. 12.2(J3. Guern'sey, an island in the English Channel, near the ootut of France, 9 miles long by 6 broad. On the S. and part of the B. coast, it Is a continued olifT, rising 970 feet high. Pop.i«9.757.— 49,9§N.S,37W. . Guild'ford, the county town of Surrey, on the Wey,— one* a resi- dence of the English kings. P. 6740 lilNGLAND AND WALES. 37 c. Pop. 17,A7it. HALIFAX, ft thrlYliig town In the W. R. of Yorluhire, noted for Mt woollen manufacturei. Pop. 33,588. *-63, 44 N. 1, as W. Uamp'shire. UantSt or SoutlmmjT- ton, • county in tbe 8. of Eoglaud. Pop. 4«»ff,."?U. Ham^ 4,. rounded by numerous country seats. Pop. 16,488. Uamp'ton and Hampton Court, two villages in M iddlesex. The latter contains a splendid royal palace. Pop. 4808. Har'borough, Market, a town in Leicestershire, on the Welland, which separates it from Moi'thamptoushire. Pop. £385. Har'lech (Har'ly), a town on the W. coast of Merioneth, once a place of consequence, now oi:ly remarkable for its ancient castle. Har'rotffgate, a town in the W. R. of Yorkshire, 21 miles W. from York, famous for its mineral waters. Pop. 3678. Hart'land Point, a promontory in Devon, on the Bristol Chaimel. — 51, 1 N. 4, 31 W. Har'tcich, a seaport in Essex, the seat of a royal dockyard, and a fa- vourite waterinf;;-place. Pup. 4451. --51,66N. 1, 17 E. Host'ings, an ancient town in Sus- sex, where Harold was defeated by William the Conqueror in llMiti. It is now a fashionable watering-place. Pop. I7,fln.— 6(), 61 N. 0, 36 E. tiaver'fordwest (Uar'fordwest), a towri in Pembroke, on the Cleddy, near its entrance into Milford Haven. Pop. 66»>.— 51, 47 N. 4, 56 W. Hay, a town in Brecknockshire, fleasantly situated on the Wye. >op. 123U. Ue'lier, St, a handsome town, the capital of the island of Jersey, situ- ate on the E. side of St Aubins Bay. Pop. 29,133 p.— 49, 11 N. 2, 7 W. Hel'stone, a town in Cornwall, on the Looe, with a good harbour. Pop. 7328. Helvellyn, a mountain on the bor- ders of Ciunberland and Westmore- land, 3055 feet high. Hen'Iey, a town in Oxfordshire, on the Thames. Pop. 3369. Herefordshire, a fertile and well- cultivated county in the W. of Eng- land, fiundiis for its cider. P. 1 15.489. Her'eford, the capital of Here- fordshire, and a bishop's sm, on tho banks of the Wye. Pop. 18,108.— 62, 3 N. 2, 48 W. ilert'fordhhire or Herts, a midland oounty, which carries on agreat trade in malt. Pop. 167,298. Hereford, the county town of He rt> fordshire on the Lea ; it has one of the largest com markets in the kingdom. Pop. 6606 61, 47 N. 0, 6 W. Hex'Aam, an ancient town In Nor- thumberland, on the Tyne, where are many Roman and other antiqui- ties. Pop. 46U1. Holt, a town in Denbigtishire, on the Dee. Pop. 1029. Hol'yhead, a seaport situated in a small island off Anglesea, from which the Irihh packettt sail. Pop. 5622.— 53, 19 N. 4, 39 W. llo'iy I'fland, on the coast of Northumberland, about 9 miles in circuntfcrence,belonging to the coun- ty of Durham. Pup. 9U8.— 56, 40 N. 1,43W. Horywell, a town in Flintshire, witli considerable manufactures of cotton, copper, and brass. In the neighhourhoud is a rich lead mine. Pop. 5740. Hon'iton, a town in Devonshfare, on the Otter. Pop. 3427. ilorn'castle, a trading town in Lin- colnshire, on the Bain. Pop. 4921. Uors'Aam, a town in Sussex, on the Adur. Pop. 6947. Hud'dersfleld, a town in the W. R. of Yorkshire, where the woollen manufacture is extensively carried on. Pop. 30,880. Hull or King'ston -upon -Hull, a seaport in the E. R. of Yorkshire, on the Uumber, at the mouth of the Hull. It carries on a great trade. Pop. 84,690.-53, 44 N. 0, 20 W. Uum'ber, a river, or rather estu- ary, formed by the junction of the Ouse, Aire, and Trent, and separat- ing York from Lincoln. Ilunt'ingdonsliire, an inland coun- tv possessing numerous dairies. Pop. 64,183. Hunt'ingdon. the county town of ITuntingdonshire, on the Ouse. Pop. (219. Hythe. a senpnrt in Kent. P. 8867. IL'CHESTER, a town in Somer* Rttshire, the birthplace of Roger Bacon. Pop. 889 p. In'gleborough, a mountain in Yorktvn in Montgo- meiTshire. Pop. 1116. Llangollen, a town in Denbigh- shire, situate in a beautiful vale on the banks of the Dee, and surround- ed by scenery of imposing grandeur. Pop. 5260 p. , ,^ Llanid'loes, a town in Montgo- meryshire, with a brisk trade in flannels. Pop. 304S. Llantris'sent, a town in Glamor- ganshire. Pop. 1007. LoN'DOi»,thc metropolis of theBrit- isli empire, situate on the Thames, the largest, the wealthiest, and per- haps the most populous city in the wovld. Its three principal divisions are : the City, in which the immense commerce is chiefly carried on, — Westminster, the seat of the Court and Parliament,-^and Southwark, on the southern bank of the Thames. These are connected by six magni- ficent bridges. The most splendid edifices are St Paul's Cathedral, Westminster Abbey, the Monument, the British Museum, Bucldngham Palace, the Exchange, and the new Houses of Parliament. London has been so vastly extended as to em- brace large adjacent villages, which have grown to the size of cities : in the north. Hackney, pop. 63,689 p. ; Islington, 05,329 p. ; on the east Spit- ^Iflelds, 20,960 p. ; Stepney, 80,218 p. ; Rotherhithe, 17,805 p. ; on the south, Camberwell, 64,667 p. : Brix- ton, 14,610 p.; onlliewest, Kensing- ton, 44,063 p. ; Chelsea, 66,638 p. ; with tevermi others. Pop. i,98i,83ll. -^1,3DN.0, 0W. Lough'borough, a town In Leioat* tershire, hns an extensive hosiery and lace trade. Pup. 10,900. Louth, a town in Lincolnshire, situate on a canal which Joint the Humber, carries on considerable trade and manufactures. P. 10.467. Low«'stoft, a seaport in Suffolk, and the most easterly point of Eng. land. P. 6680.— 62, 29 N. 1, 45 B. Lud'lot«, a fine ancient town of Shropshire, with the ruins of a mag- nificent castle. Pop. 6376. Lu'ton, a to wn in Bedfordihlra, on the Lea,with extensive manufactures of strawplait. Pop. 10,648. Lyme Re'gis, a seaport in Dorset- shire, and a noted watering-plaoe, with a good harbour. Pop. 3516.— 60. 43 N. 2, 66 W. Lym'ington, a seaport in Hants, resorted to for sea-bathing. P.5S82. Lynn Re'gis, or King's Lynn, a flourishing seaport in Nurfolktatthe mouth of the Ouse, with an extenelve trade in corn. Pop. 19,356.-52, 46 N. 0, 25 E. MACCLESFIELD, a town in Cheshire, with great silk manufac- tures. P. 39,048.-63, 16 N. 2, ^ W. Machyn'lleth, an ancient town in Montgomery, with manufactures of flannels and cottons. Pop. 1673. Maid'stone, the county town of Kent, on the Medway, the greatem- porium of the hop-trade. P. 20,801. MalMon , a seaport in Essex, at t1i e mouth of the Chelmer, with consid- erable import trade. Pop. 6886. Ma/mes'bury, a very ancient town in Wilts. Pop. 6998. Mal'ton, a town in the N. R. of Yorkshire, on tlie Derwent. P. 7661. Mal'vern , a watering-place in Wor- cestershire. I'op. 301 1 p.— The Mal- vern Hills are a range in the S. W. of Worcestershire, and in the county of Hereford, 1444 feet high. Man, anciently Mona^ an island in the Irish i^esi, SO miles in lengUi by 12 in breadth ; 20 miles from the coast of Scotland, and nearly equi- distant from England and Ireland. Pop. 62,387.-64, 16 N. 4, 30 W. Man'chester, a ritv and bishop's see in Lancashire, tiie seat of tha greatest manufactures in the world. Its staple consists in tho different branches of the cotton trade, which are carried on to a vast extent. A magnificent railway connects It with 40 ENGLAND AND WALES. filTcrpooI. Pop. 316,913.^53, 89 N. 8. 14 W. Mans'fleld, nn undent town in Nfottinghamiihire, on the Mann. Pop. 10.018. Mar'snte, a seaport of Kent. In the Isle of Thanet, much frequented for sea-bathing. I'op. 9107—51, 83 N. I.89E. Marlborough, a town In Wilts, on the Kennet. Pop. A 1 3.5. Mar'Intr, Great, a town in Buclis, on the banlcs of the Tlmmes, with considerable mnnufacturcs nnd pa- per-mills. Pop. 0.12.3. Ma'ryport, a seaport in Tumber- land, at the mouth of the Ellen ; it has a large export trade, particularly of conls. Pop. AOiW. Mat'lock, a town in Derby, beau- tifully situate on the Dcrwetit, amidsit romantic scenery, and noted for its medicinal springn. Pop. 4010 p. Med'way, a river which rises in Stusez, and flowing tlirough Kent, fillls Into the Thanica nt Slieerne!>s. Me'nai Strait, between tlie Isle of Anglesea and Carnarvon, which are connected by magnificent suspension and railway tubular bridges thrown over the irith. Men'dip Hills, a noted minerni range in the N. E. of Somerset, 1094 feet high. Merionethshire, a mountainous and romantic county of N. Wales, between Montgomeryshire and St George's Channel. Pop. 3H,8J.?. Mer'sey, a river which flows be- tween Cheshire and Lancnshire, and falls into the Irish Sea at Liverpool. Merthyr Tydvil (Mur'iliir Tud'- vil), a town in Glamorgnnshire, si- tuate in the valley of tlie 'i'aafe. From an obscure village it has been raised by its e.\ten8ive iron-works to be the largest town in Wales. Pop. 03,080.— SI, 45 N. 3. 20 W. Mid'dlesex, the metropolitan coun- ty of England. Pop. I ,JW«,576. Mid'dleton, a town in Lancashire, between Alancliester and Roclidale, with flourish . ng manufactures. Pop. 5740. Mid'hnrst, a well built town in Sussex. Pop. 7021. Mil'ford Haven, a deep inlet of the sea in the S. of Pembrokeshire, the safest and most capacious harbour in Britain. Mold, the county town of Flint- shire, with a handsome church and ih» ruins of a strong castle. P. 3432. Mon'mouttishtre, a small raonty on the borders of Wales, ahonnding In coal and iron. Pop. 157*418. Mon'mouth, the county town of Monmouthshire, on the Wye, tlie birthplace of Henry V. Near it art the picturesque remains of Tiutem Abbey. Pop. 5710. Montgom'cryHhIre, a county In Wales. Pop. ()7.335. Montgom'ery, the county town of Montgomeryshire, near the Severn. Its ancient ctistle is now a mass of ruins. Pop. 1248. More'oumlie Bay, a bay of the Irish Sea, indenting the coast of Lanca- shire. Mor'peth, a town in Northumber- land, having one of the greatest cat- tle-markets in England. Pop. 10,012. — ft-l, 11 N. 1,42 W. Mounts Bay, an extensive bay in the 8. W. of Cornwall. NANT'WlCfl, a town In Che- shire, on the Weaver, has a great trade in salt and cheese. P. 6426. Nar'berth, a town in Pembroke- shire. Pop. 1302. Naze, a noted promontory on the E. coast of Es5ex.->51,52N. I, 17E. Neath, a town in Glamorganshire, poRsessing a considerable trade. Pop. Nee'dles, a cluster of pointed rocks, at the W. extremity of the Isle of Wight.— 50, 40 N. 1, 34 W. Neots, St, a town in Huntingdon, on the Ouse. Pop. 2951. New River, a large aqueduct fh>m Hertfordshire to Islington, by which a great part of London is supplied with water. New'ark, a town in Nottingham, on a branch of the Trent, with an extensive trade. Pop. 11, .330. New'lmry, a town in Berkshire, situate in a fertile plain, on the banks of the Kennet. Pup. 6.574. Newcas'/le, the capital of Nor- thumberland, about 10 miles from the mouth of the Tyne. It is a place of great trade, particularly in coals and the manufacture of glass. Pop. «7,7«4.— 54, 59 N. 1,,37 W. Newcns'He-under-Lyme, a town in Staffordshire, on a branch of the Trent, noted for the extensive manu- factures of stoneware in its vieinity. Pop. 10,5(J9. Newmar'ket, a town In the conn* ties of Cambridge and Suffolk, eel- ehrated for its horae-nMes. Pop. 3356. ENGLAMU AND WALES. 41 If •w'pori, ill* ouUftl of tb« Til« of Wight, on tlie ModlitR, near tli* cen- tre of the Island. Pup. 8ii47.— A thriving MAport in Monmoiitli, on the UiK, poMCMing large dock*, and a very eitenslve trade iu coal and Iron. Pop. li),323. New'town, a town in Montgomery- ihira, on the Severn, tlie chief seat of the fine flannel trade. P. ft'i? > > Nore. a celebrated navnl iitation andanchoring-gruund in tlie Thames, off Sheemesa. Nor'fo/k, a maritime county on the eastern coast of England. Pop. 449,714. Northal'Ierton , n town In the N. R. of Yorkshire. Pop. 40i». Northamp'tonshire.nn inland conn • ty, noted for Its wondlunds and pas- turage. Pop. ai2,.3H0. Northampton, the county town of Northamptonshire, on tlie Nen, with a large trade in boots and uhoes. Pop. MM7.—62, 15 N. 0, M W. Northum'b«rland, a county in the N. of England. The chief source of its wealth is its great coulfleld. Pop. 3(13,568. North'wich, a town in Cheshire, with extensive salt mineit. Pop. 1 .377. Nor'wich, the cnpitui of Norfolk, a city and bishop's see, \\itli a very flne cathedral, long noted fur its trudja and manufactures. Pop. 68,19.').— 53,.18N. ), 18E. Not'tinghamshire or Notts, an in- land <»unty. Pop. 270,427. Not'tingiiam, the county town of Nottinghamshire, near the Trent; the chief seat of the liosiery und lace manufactures. Pop. 67,4«»7.~52, 57 N. 1, 8 W. OAK'//AM, the county town of Rutland. Pop. 2H9. Pen'zance, a seaport in Cornwall, remarkable for the salubrity and mildness of the air. It is situate on tlie N. W. side ot j^Iounts Bay, and has a considerable trade. Pop 9214.— .50, 8 N. 6, 32 W. Pet'crboroiigh, a city and bishop's see in Northamptonshire, on tne river Nen. Pop. 86/2. Pet'eri>fleld,atowninHant8. Pop. 555(». Pierre' St, or Peter-le-Pnrt, the capital or Guernsey, in the E. of the inland. It has a good harbour with a noble pier. Pop. 17,070.-49, 25 N. 2, 35W. 42 ENGLAND AND WALES. PllBlliiifmon, a mountidii the coast of Devon, the prin en- dezvous of tiie British na j,26 N. 3, 30 W. Torquay' (ke), a seaport in De- vonshire, beautifully situate on Tor- bay, and mucii frequented as a water- ing-place. Pop. 7W3. Totness', a small thriving town in Devonshire, on the Dart. Pop. 4419. Trent, a large river which rises in the N. of Stafi'urdsliire, flows through the counties of Derby, Nottingham, and Lincoln, and unites with thb Yorkshire Ouaein forming the Hum- her. Trow'bridge, a town in Wilts, on the Were, with manufactures of cloth and cassimeres. Population 10.157. Tru'ro, a flourishing town of Corn- wall, in a deep dell at tlie confluence of the Kenwyn and the Allen. Pop. 10,733.-50, 17 N. fi, 3 W. Tun'bridge, a town in Kent. Pop. 453!); near which are TunbridgeWeUt, a series of villages so called from their celebrated medicinal springs. Pop. 10,687. Twick'enAam, a beautiful villai^e in Middlesex, on the'^Thomee, sur- rounded by villas. It was the resi- dence of Pope. Pop. 6254 p. Tyne, the prindpid river of Nor* thumberUmd, is formed by the June- «f#MMMI ENGLAND AND WALES. 45 ttoa «of tb« North and Boath Tyne, and fiUb into the Qerman Ocean. Tyne'DMNith, an ancient town in Northumberland, at the mouth of theTvne. Pop. 29,170. ULLS'WATER, a picturesque lake between Oumberland and West- moreland. Ux'bridge, a rural town in Mid- dlesex, having the largest com- marketa in the kingdom. Pop. 3236. yTAKE'FIELD, a flouriuhinp: ina- nu&cturing town in the W. R. of Yorkshire. Pop. 22,057.-53, 41 N. 1, 29W. Waliingford, a town in Berks, on the Thames. Pop. 8ii64. Wal'sall, a flourishing town in StafTordshire. Pop. 25,680. Ware, a town in Hertfordshire, on the Lea. Pop. 4882. Ware'Aam, a town in Dorsetshire, near the mouth of the Frome. Pop. 7218. War'rington, a thriving manufac- turing town in Lanca^hire, on the Mersey ~ P. 23,363.— 53, 23 N. 2, 35 W. Wat idckshire, a nndland county of England, the principal seat of the riband manufacture. Pop. 475,013. Wa«''wiok, the county town of Warwickshire, on the Avon. Its castle is one of the noblest in the kingdom. Pop. 10,973. Wash, a large bay of the German Ocean, laving the counties of Lin- coln, Cambridge, and Norfolk. Wear, a river which rises in the W. of Durham, and after a circui- tous course, falls into the German Ocean at Sunderland. Wel'lington, a town in Shropshire, near Shrewsbury Canal. Pop. 4601. — A town in Somersetshire, with manufactures of serges, druggets, &c. Pop. 3926. Welhi, a city in Somersetshire, situate at the base of the Mt.idip Uilto. Its cathedral is one of the finest in England. Pop. 4736. Welsh'pool, a town in Montgo- meryshire, pleasantly situate in the vale of the Severn, and a great mar- ket for flannels. Pop. 4414. Wen'iook, a town in Salop, with an ancient abbey. Pop. 2(),588. West'bury, a town in Wilts. Pop. 70291 Westminster, a city in Middlesex, •^Joining London, of which it may be considered as forming a part, al- though It possesses distinct rights and prixileces. P. 941,611. West'moreland, * ooanty In tlM N. of England, celebrated for its lakes and romantic scenery. Pop. 58,287. Wey'mouth, a seaport in Dorset- shire, united to Mel'combe Regis by a bridge over the Wey, much fra- quonted as a bathing-place. Pop. 9458.— 5<», 36 N. 2, 26 W. Whern'side, a mountain in the N. W. of Yorksliiro, 2384 feet high. Whit'by, a seaport in the N. R. of Yorksliire, the birthplace of Captain Cook. P. 10,989.— 54,29 N. 0,36 W. Whiteha'ven, a thriving seaport in Cumberland, with extensive coal mines. Pop. 18,916.-54. 33 N. 3, 36 W. Wig'an, a manufacturing town in Lancashire. Pop. 31 ,941. Wight, Isle of (the VectU of the Romuns), a beautiful island olf the S. coast of England, between which and Portsmouth is the great naval road of Spithead. In the centre of the inland is Carisbrooke Castle, where Charles I. was conflned. Pop. 60,324. — 50, 42N. 1,20W. Wig'ton, a town in Cumberland, with cotton manufactures. P. 4244. Wirton, a town of Wilts, long noted for its manufacture of carpets. Pop. 8607. Wilt'shire or Wilts, an inland county S. of the Thames. P. 254,221. Win'chester, the capital of Hants, an ancient city and bishop's see, with a spacious cathedral, famous for its put)lic school. Pop. 13,704. VVin'dormere, the largest lake in England, between Westmoreland and Lancashire. Wind'sor, a town in Berkshire, on the Thames, 22 miles from London, celebrated fur its castle, a favourite residence of the British sovereigns. Pop. 95»6. Wis' beach a town In Cambridge- shire, on the Nene, carries on a large trade in corn. Poo. 10,594. With'am, a rivci in Lincolnshire, which flows past Lincoln, and, pur- suing a south-easterly course* fkUs into the Wash. Wit ney, a town in Oxfordshire, long noted for its manufacture of woollens, partiouhirly blankets. Pop. 3090. Wit'tleseamere, a lake In the N. B of Huntingdonshire. Wo'buru, a town in Bedfordshire. Within a mile of it is Wobum Ab- bey, the splendid seat of the Dulbi of Bedford. Pop. 8049. .A*.'"Ti.Ain>. 4t Stutn. ^. iropihire, 1319 eaport of Nor- ;he Yare, with Pop. 30,879.— Jomersetshtre, lanufacture of ■•ip •^H^m^mta, W9t II •< 1 ) I ■ ^ <& T iMii^llBili Weal i ikon. Occ^aniiiii. ii^m^ mmmmmaBsammmmmtmm Dtnm.ltaipnRad.l^cMU^.YittilibQC^ SntKittfrnrM f t ^^l^ MI'ltX'^- PITBLJgHED BT' OXJCrrOL 1e BOTD , BtHNmVBaUL. •^■g y- ' *o »tm,mimmm mei>t.iML%j^j*a^u.-m ■ iH t. ,. A*. \ '.'.A ^''..j . '" 'i : ) ?* Vt> " •■.' ,<*? ■• ■ •' tCOTLAMT 4t Coiintiea. Chief Tofwni Nairn Nairn. Elgin or Moray... .Elgin, Forres, Fochabers. Banff Banff, Cullen, Keith. Aberdeen Aberdeen, Peterhead, Fraserburgh, Hontlj. Kincardine Stoneliaven, Bervie, Lauroncelcirk. Forfkt Forfar, Dundee, Montrose, Arbroath, Brechin, Kirriemuir. Fife Cupar, St Andrews, Dunfermline, Kirkcaldj, Burntisland, Falkland, Newburgb. Kinross Kinross. Clackmuman Clackmannan, Alloa, Dollar. Perth Perth, Dunkeld, Crieff, Kincardine, Dunblane, Callander, Blairgowrie. Argyll Inverary, Campbeltown, Oban. Bute Rothesay, Brodick (in Arran). Dumbarton Dumbarton, Helensburgh, Kirkintilloch. Stirling ..Stirling, Falkirk, Grangemouth, Bannockbum. Linlithgow or Linlithgow, Queensferry, Borrowstoooness, West Lothian... Bathgate. Edinburgh or Edinburgh, Leith, Portobello, Musselburgh, Mid-Lothian Dalkeith. Haddington or East Lothian ....Haddington, Dunbar, North Berwick. Berwick Greenlaw, Dunse, Coldstream, Lauder. Roxburgh Jedburgh, Kelso, Hawick, Melrose. Selkirk.. Selkirk, Galashiels. Peebles Peebles, Inverleithen. Lanark Lanark, Glasgow, Hamilton, Airdrie, Ruther' glen. Renfrew Renfrew, Paisley, Greenock, Port Glasgow. Ayr Ayr,Kilmamock, Irvine, Ardrossan,Stewarton. Dumfries Dumfries, Annan, Mofiat, Langholm. Kirkcudbright Kirkcudbright, Castle Douglas. >yigtown Wigtown, Stranraer, Whithorn, Port Patrick, Newton- Stewart. Islands. — Shetland Isles, the principal of which are, Mainland, Yell, and Unst ; Orkney Isles, the principal of which are, Pomona or Mainland, and Hoy ; the Hebrides or Western Isles, the principHi of which are, Lewis, Skye, Mull, Staffa, lona, Tn*ee, St Kilda, Jura, Islay; Bute, Arran. Friths, Bays, and Lochb.* — ^Pentland, Dornoch, Cromarty, and Moray Friths ; Friths of Tav and Forth, Solway Frith, Frith of Clyde ; Wigtown and Luce Bays ; Souncb of Isla^, Jura, and Mull ; The Minch ; Lochs Ryan, Long, Fme, Etive, Linnhe, Bro^m, * By Lochs are here meant arms of the $ea. Mwee ; Leven. ' ""'" ' J-nggan ; Ness, Lochy- ^ REMARKS. Gaelic iL^jbj'^ r ny P*^ «« "^«S S'"^''*? «>/ *l>e BiffUsb ,„J /"habited by peoDl, !f « ""* ""y and B»t thf B«h,r»?"'''°'l««k a^Sofi^^O" origin' like distinct d?rt^o^X"?"P''y of the l>unt;t .T" '^"^g^ '"^^•J?«j;?»^-'-»'^portionn7„S^^^^^ Tbo NwthPT^ n- ' ' ^""TUERjj, Middle, SCOTLAND. chiflfljT monntainotig, althongh on the eastern eotitt there are extensive tracts of ^preat fertility and in hieh cultivation. The Southern Divinan, stretehing to the English horder, hears in soil and af^eaituice a greater resemhlance to Eng- land. Though it contains several extensive ranges of hills, and wide tracts of moor, its more general aspect is that of verdant plains, watered hy beautiful streams, and enlivened by herds of cattle ; ample valleys or gently swelling eminences of great fertility, waving with com or clothed with wood. Scotland abounds in minerals, the most valuable of which are iron, coal, lead, granite, and freestone. Its fisheries of cod and herrings form an important branch of industry, and are prosecuted to a consideraole extent, particularly along its nortnem shores. The climate, though variable, is, on the whole, mild and salubrious. The western counties are esqposed to frequent and heavy rains from the Atlantic Ocean ; the eastern, though less frequently deluged with rain, suffer more fi-om piercing east winds, accompanied with chilling fogs from the ijterman Ocean. There is no country in the wor&where agriculture is better understood than in the Lowlands of Scotumd ; and the consequent improvement in its soil and productions, which has taken place within the last fifty years, is astonish- ing. The Highlands and many parts of the southern and south- eastern districts are best adapted for rearing sheep and cattle. Manufactures of various Kinds are earned on to a great extent. Glasgow and Paisley are the principal seats of the cotton trade ; Dundee, and the other towns in Forfarshire, are noted for the manufacture of coarse linens ; Dunfermline for damasks and fine linens ; Galashiels, Hawick, Jedburgh, Kil- marnock, and Aberdeen, for tweeds, tartans, and carpets. lu the vale of the Clyde in Ayrshire, and at Carron, are some of the largest iron- works in the kingdom. The Clyde ports are famous for their skill in constructiug steam- vessels, and ship- buildinff is carried on with success at Aberdeen and elsewhere. Altogetlier, of the commercial prosperity of Britain, Scotland eidoys her due share. The resources of the country have of late years been greatly developed by steam-navigation on its coasts and friths ; while the facilities of internal traffic have been much increased hy nulwavs, which now communicate with all the principal towns fkom Berwick and Carlisle. Since the accession of James VI. to the throne of England, in 1608, the whole of Britain has been under the dominion of one sovereign; and since the union of England and Scotland in the rei^ of <^een Anne, a. d. 1707, the government of the two kingdoms has been nearly the same. The Presbyterian form of cnuich government is almost coeval ¥rith the Befora&tion 50 SCOTLAND. in Scotland. After many struggles with James YI. and his saooessors, who wished to establish episoopacyt the Soots suo- ceeded in procuring the settlement or Presbyterianiim as the national religion at the Revolution of 1688. Several seces- sions have taken place from the establishment, the most im- portant of which, named the Free Church, occurred in 1848. The Scots may be characterized as industrious, fragal, prudent, hardy, and brave. Owing to the excellent institu- tion of parish-schools, the advantages of education are enjoyed even by the lowest classes of the people. They are fona of learning ; and can boast of some of tlie brightest names in literature and science. EXERClSx'S. What are the boundaries of Scotland ? What is its extent in square miles? Into how many counties is it divided? Name theui. What are the principal towns of Orkney and Shetland ? Of Caithness? Of Sutherland? Of Koss? &c. What are the principal islands ? Point them out on the map. Name its prin- oipal iriths, bays, and lochs. Point them out on the map. Name its capes. Point them out on the map. What are its principal li^es i Point them out. Name its prmcipal mountauis. Name its rivers. Where is Falkland, Kirkwall, Kelso, Whithorn, Campbeltown, Dornoch, Stranraer, Irvine, Castle DoiigluM, Dalkeith, Kilmar- nock, Dunkeld, Falkirk, Dingwall, Stonehaven, Montrose, For- trose. Fort George, Port Patrick, Dunbar, Dumbarton, Dunse, Edinburoh, Glasgow, Greenock, North Berwick, Annan, Dunfermline, Alloa, Ler>vick, Brodick, Inverary, Inverness, Hamilton, Loith, Musselburgh, Borrowstounncss, Forres, Bervie, Peterhead, &c. Where is Pomona, Yell, Mainland, Mull, Skye, Lewis, Hoy, Bute? &c. Where is the Solway Frith, Luce Bay, Pentland Frith, Frith of Tay, Wigtown Bay, Frith of Forth, Cromarty Frith, Moray Frith, Loch Fine, Loch Broom, Loch Long, Fritli of Clyde, Loch £tive, Loch Linnhe ? &c. Where is Cape Wrath, Tarbetness, St Abb's Head, Satumness, Kinnaird's Head, Corsill Point, Duncansbay Head, Point of Ardnamurclian ? &c. Where is Loch Ness, Loch Awe, Loch Lomond, Loch Maree, Loch Ketterin, Loch Ericht ? &c. Where are the Lammermoor Hills, the Pentland Hills, the Grampians, Ben Ledi, Ben Lawers, Ben Nevis, Tintock, the Eildon Hills, the Lowthers ? &c. Which is the highest mountain in Great Britain ? Describe the course of the Tweed, of the Nith, the Clyde, the Tay, the Forth, the Don, the Spey, the Dee, the Teviot, the Annan. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Scotland situated? What are its length and breadth? What is the general appaiprance of the country r How is it divided ? What is the SCOTLAND. 51 Mueet of thfl Higblandi? By what hum of people are thej in- habited? What if the appearance of the Lowlands? Of what origin are their inhabitants? What other division does the natoral geographj of the country suggest? What is the extant and situation of the Northern Division? What is the aspect of theooontrr? How far does the Middle Division extend south- ward? What is its ireneral aspect? How far does the Southern Division extend? WLat is the general aspect of this division? What are tho most valuable minerals of Scotland ? What is the nature of its climate ? What varieties of weather prevail in the western and eastern counties ' What is the state of agriculture in Scotland? For what are ma. >i its districts best adapted? Are its manufactures extensive? What towns sre the principal seats of the cotton manufactures ? For what manuflu;- ture is Dundee noted? What are the chief manufactures of Dunfermline? What fabrics are ir oduced at Galashiels? &c. For what is Carron celebrated ? Is Scotland a commercial coun- try? By what has the proti^ress of ocotland hi commercial pros- perity been of late years gtviatly ft llitated" At what time was Scotland united with £ 'land in government? What form, of church government is est. Vl.imed? How long has this been the national religion? To w:iat do thp Scots owe the general diffusion of education? .'ave they m-^rj a figuro in literature and science ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ABB'S IIBAD, ST, a promontory Ob the N. E. of Berwicluhire. — 65" «y N. laU 2* y W. long. Aberdeen'Bliire, an extensive coun- ty in the N. £. of Scotland, compris- ing tlie districts of Mar, Gariuch, Formartin, and Buclian. Popula- tion' S1S,U32. Aberdeen', a seaport, and the ca- pital of the county, with extensive trade and manufacture. This ele- gant city oomprehendn * ',o atd New Aberdeen, — tlie former oi iote on the Don, and the latter on the Dee. Each of tiiem is the seat of a flourish- ing university. Pop. 71,973.— A7, 9 N. 2, 6 W. Aberneth'y, % 'own in Perthshire, near the mouth of the Earn, said to have been tlie capital of the Piotish kingdom. Pop. 972. Ail'sa, a rocky islet in the Frith of Clyde, off the coast of Ayr, two miles in circumference, and 1U98 leet high.— 65, 16 N. 5, 7 W. Alr'drie, a thriving town in La- narkshire, in the neighbourhood of gnat eoal and iron works. Pop. 14,415. Alloa, a seaport, the prhidpal town in Clackmannanshire, on tho Forth. Pop. 6676. An'drews, St, an ancient city, and seat of a university, in Fifeshiro, on a bay of the German Ocean. It was once the ecclesiastical capital of the kingdom, and the scene of many me* Hiorable events. Its ancient castle, ch'ipei of St Begulus, and noble catliedral, are now in ruins. Pop. 6107.— 66, 21 N. 2, 48 W. An'nan, a seaport in Dumfriesshire, at the mouth of tie Ann:u). Pop. 4570.— 64, 6y N. 3, 14 W. An'nan, a river which rises on the borders of Peeblesshire, anNt^SilBE.. „ ' tej!?.**'.™. to the t,!??; Ben Von.,-/ - * . .n^^-K^*?". . thrtvln. ten "CVSPSVoW--.""?-™- SCOTLAND. 53 ftiUv ritufttd on the ADm, 4 miles N. W, of Stirliog, mnoh resorted to for Its mineral wnters. Brod'ick, a village on the east coast of Arran, situate at the bead of Brodidc Bay, on which Is Brodick Castle, a seat of the Duke of Hamil- ton.-55, 36 N. 5, 7 W. Broom, Loch, an extensive arm of the sea in Ross-shire, having some excellent harboun. Buchanness', a promontory in Aberdeenshire, thceastemmost point in Scotland, near which are the re- markable rocks called the BuUert qf Buchan.—S7, 38 N. 1, 46 W. Burgh Head, a cape in Moray- shire.-^?. 43 N. 3, 28 W. Bumti'«land, a seaport in Fife- shlre, opposite Granton, now tlie principal ferry across the Frith of Forth. Pon. 2724. Bur'row Head, a cape on the S. coast of Wigtownshire.— 54, 41 N. 4, 20W. Bute'ghire, a county comprising the islands of Hute, Arran, Inchmar- noch, and the Cumbrays, in the Frith of Clyde. Pop. 16,608. Bute, the principal island, though not the largest, in Buteshire. It is distinguished for picturesque beauty and mild climate. Pop. 9351.-55, 51 N. 5 4 W. CAIRNGORM', a mountain on the confines of the counties of Banff and Inverness, famous for its rock crystals, 4095 feet high. Cairntour, a mountain on the con- fines of Aberdeen and Inverness- shires, 4220 feet high. Caith'ness, a county occupying the N.E. extremity of Scotland. A great herring-fishery is carried on from its coast. Pop. 38,709. Callander, a vilk^ in Perthshire, 16 miles north-west of Stirling, beau- tifully situate on the Teith, and sur- rounded by romantic scenery. Camp'beltown, a seaport in Ar- g^llshire, near the S. extremity of antire, at the head of a beauti- ful bay. Pop. 6880.— 55, 25 N. 5, 36 W. Cantire', a peninsula forming the southernmost district of ArgylL Cantire', Mull of, a promontory at the S. extremity of Cantire ; it Is 10 miles distant from Fair-head, on the coast of Antrim in Ireland.— 55, 20 N. 6, 49 W. Car'ron, a village In Stirlingshire, en the Carron, famous for its iron- works, among the largeit In the king- dom. Pop. 4iS06 p. Casfle Douglas, a modem town in the stewartry of Kirkcudbright, near the Dee. Pop. 190S. Cat'rine, a thriving village in Ayr- shire, on the Ayr, with extensive cotton-works. Clackman'nan, a small county on the N. side of the Forth. P. 32,951. Clackman'nan, the county town of Clackmannanshire. Pop. 1535. Clyde, a large river which rises in ClydesUw, a hill in the parish of Crawford, Lanarkshire, passes through Glasgow, and falls into the Frith of Clyde. Cold'stream, a town \n Berwick- shire, on the N. bank of the Tweed. Pop. 2238. Coll, one of the Hebrides, belong- ing to Argyllshire. Pop. 1109. Cor'sill Point, a promontory on the W. coast of Wigtownshire.— 55, N. 5, 9 W. Crail, a seaport in Fife, at the mouth of the Frith of Forth. P. 1247. Crieff, a town In Perthshire, de- lightfully situate near the north bank of the Earn. Pop. 3824. Crom'arty, a county in the N. of Scotland, formed of several detached portions within the county of Ross, dec, with which it is united for ad- ministrative purposes. Crom'arty, a seaport, the county town of Cromartyshire, at the en- trance of the frith. Pop. 1988.— 57, 40 N. 4, 3 W. Crom'arty Frith, a beautiful bay of the German Ocean, between the Moray and Dornoch Friths. Cul'len, a town in Banffshire, with considerable Unen manufactures. P. 1697. Cul'ross (commonly Coo'ross),. a seaport in a detached portion of Perthshhre, on the Frith of Forth. Pop. 605. Cum'brays, two small Isbuids in the Frith of Clyde, near the Ayr- shh-e coast. A lighthouse is erected on the west side of Little Cumbray. Pop. 1275.— 52, 43 N. 4. 57 W. Cum'nock, Old. a village in Ayr- shire, noted for its manufacture of beautiful snuff-boxes. Pop. 3S9i5. Cu'par, a handsome town, the capi- tal of Fifeshire, on the Eden. P. 5686. Cu'par-An'gus, a town partlv In Forfarshire, and jpartlv In Perttonire, situate on the Isla. Pop. 8004* DAL'KEITH, a town In Edhi- 54 »^ur»F ttfnWll?- from l>aIkeUp&i«^'*'H"L»f 'he town SCOTLAND. « the districta of SSdSf • foapiWng •uing'wall, tfie cmmfw « S^eat trade #w..vfl ^* ,•** carries on & A&i/ u'^^®' 'winff in the W nf ^°i?- ^3.tt3fi. "*® *^«'® discovered. Doon. a river^rAKshtre'tltS: ^» ^^'iSm^JaS^Xj' S^ T^^'' ^i'h ,.?«. •*''? ^®a near Avr • rl«^ '"? »omantic scenerv U *""'^*e amidst »h?eronX¥^!j;f,'»^'Ja^^ Perth- LoS'^fhY^^HSHlRE. or Mid' I scape. The cityS&V^^ ^"d- "' " divided i»to the gCOTLAND. 55 [old Town and th« New Town; \n f the former, the pateee of Holyrood, I and the Castle on the summit of a ErecIpitouB rock, areplacea of great iHtorical interest. The New Town, on the north, built according to a regular plan, within the last seventy years, is distinguished by the elegance of its buildings, streets, and squares. Pop. 160,3O2.-«5, 67 N. 3, 104 W. Ed'nam, a village in Roxburgh- shire, N. E. of Kelso, on the Eden, the birthplace of Thomson the poet. Pop. 638. « ,^ .. ^. Eil'don Hills, in Roxburghshire, a beautiful hill with three conical peaks, the Trimontium of the Romans. The summits command a very extensive prospect. El'gin or Moray shire, a county on tlie south of the Moray Frith. Pop. 38,969. El'gin, the county town of Elgin or Moray shire, on the Lossie, about 6 miles from its mouth. Its ancient cathedral is one of the moat magni- ficent ruins in Scotland. Pop. 6337. —67, 38 N 3, 21 W. Bam,ariver in Perthshire, issuing from a beautiful lake of the same name, and failing into the Tay below Perth. Er'icht, a lake partly in Perthshire and partly in Inverness-shire. Esk, the name of several rivers. One rises in the N. of Dumfriesshire, and flows to the Sol way Frith. In Mid- Lothian , the North Esk joins the South Esk below Dalkeith, and falls into tli* Frith of Forth at Mus- selburgh. In Forfarshire, the North Esk has its source in the Grampian Mountains, and falls into the sea 3 miles N. of Montrose. The South Esk also rises among the Grampians, and falls into the sea at Montrose. E'tive, Loch, an inlet of the sea in Argyllshire, 20 miles long. FAIR ISLE, an island belonging to the Shetlands, between that group and the Orkneys. Pop. 280. Farkirk, a town in Stirlingshire, noted for its large cattle-n-arkets, called Trysts. Here Sir William Wallace was defeated by Edward I. in 1298 : and here the Pretender's army gained a victory over the Roy- alists in 1746. Pop. 8762. Fa/kland, a town in Fifeshire, with beautiful remains of an ancient ?alace of the kings of Scotland. Pop. 330. Fife'eliire, a county of Scotland, forming a penlnmla between the Friths of Forth and Tay. Pop. 133.646. Fifenesa', a cape at the eastern nctremltv of Fife, from which a dan- gerous ridge called the Carr Hock, projects into the sea.— 60, 17 N. S, 36 W. Findhom', a small seaport in EI* glnshire, at the mouth of the Find- horn. Fine, Loch, an arm of the sea in Argyllshire, about 40 miles long and Irom 2 to 4 broad. Foch'abers, a thriving town In Elginshire, near the mouth of the Spey ; in the vichilty is Gordon Castle, the mugnificent seat of the Duke of Riclunon >5, 88 K. 3. I() W. Ler'tdck, the chief towii of Bhet- land, in the E. of Mainia 1 1„ init ;;, great fiohing statioct. Poi>. WOA.-- 85, 9 N. 1, 9 W. Leaver, hf.^ch, a iuke in liinross- 8h!re, coittaiiung fosir inlands ; on tspci 6t the'^v are the ruins of I'och Ldven Cafitie, in which Ciuceii Mary >yas imprisoned. Lfi'^i'is, an Ii {and, the hu^ges^ of the Ilebiiides, belongs to Rovv^hire ; Us southern peninsula '.: nut ned Harv.^s, wMch belongs to Invttrnesa'Sh;*-'). Pop 22,918. Lewis, Butt of, the most north- >ii'ly point of the island cf Lewis. — £8, as N. 6, 28 W. Linlith'gou'sbire, orWe^t Lothian, a county lying along the B. side of tbe Frith of Forth. Pop ^U, l.U. Linlith'goto, tlie countj town of Linlitbgowdhire, with the rtUns of a noble palace, in which Queea Mary was bom hi 1542. Pop. 421:;. Linnhe, Loch (Leen), a larg;^ arm of the sea in Argyllshire. It e:aeuds from the Sound of Mull to Coran- ferry* where it assumes the name uf Loch Eil. Lochnagar', a mountain In Aber- deenshire, 3777 feet high, remarkable for its alpine appearance. Lo'cby, Loch, a lake in Inyemess- Bhire, in the line of the Caledonian Canal, 14 miles long. Lo'mond, Loch, a beautiful lake, the largest in Britain, between Dum- bartonshire and Stirlingshire, 24 miles long, and, near lie southern extronity, 7 miles b.oad. It is studded with more than thirty isl- ands, and its scenery ishighly pic- turesque. Long, Loch, an arm of the sea, separating Argyll from Dumbarton- Lo'thians, a fertile district on the 8. of the Forth, divided into three counties— Linlithgow or West Lo- thian, Edhiburgh or Mid Lothhui, and Haddington or Cast Lothian. Low'then, a lofty ridge of hUls be- SCOTLAND. twesn LMMfcsliln an4 Dnmfriee* ■hire, 9um feet Ugh. Luce B«y, a hwge boy In the S. of Wigtownshire, deriving iu name ftrou the Luce, a rlrer which tails into It. MAREB', a lake in Ross-shlre, l>^. mile* long and 8 broad, beautilully totui'del tvitit inhtods. Mary » i >och, St, a beautiful lake in Bellv't'i hire, 4 miles long, from which iiii'. t tlie river Yarrow. .W^jktifh'l . e, a town in Ayrshire, near tht: ^»yr, celebrated by Kmns, who long if^ided in its neighbour- hood. Pop. I44». May, Isle of, a small island at the entruncu of 'be Frith of Forth, with a ll^bth uae. P. la— 66, 11 N. 2,33 W. MnWose, a town in itoxburghshire, <^m tiif) Tweed. Its abbey, founded . David 1. in 1136, was peculiarly ii .tpniticent ; the ruins are iunong tlie most entire and beautiful in Scotland. In its vicinity is Abbotsford, theaeat of Sir Walter Scott, preserved nearly as left at his death. Pop. 966. Mincb, the sound or cliannel sep- arating the island of Lewis from tiie mainland and the Isle of Skye. Moffat, a pleasant town in Dum- friesshire, on the Annan, noted for its mineral waters. Pop. 1491. Montrose', a flourishing seaport in Forfarshire, at the mouth of tlie Soutli Esk, over wbichthereisasus- Sensiun bridge. Pep. 15,2JU.— 56, 43 L2,27W. Mor'ay or Elgin shire. See Elgin or Moray shire. Mor'ay Fritli, a large inlet of the German Ocean, stretching between the counties of Ross and Cromarty on the N. and those of Elgin, Nairn, and Inverness on the S. Mull, Island of, one of the Heb- rides, 25 miles in length, separated from the mainland by the Sound of MuU. Pop. 7435. IVlus'selburgh, a town in Edin- burghshire, about 6 miles S. £. of the capital, united to Fisherrow by bridges over the Esk. Pop^ 7(192. MAIRN'SliIRE, a small county on the Moray Frith. Pop. 9956. Nairn, a seaport, the county toww of Nairnshire, on the Moray Fhdi. Pop. 2977. Ness, Loch, a lake in In v e m eee shire, 22 miles long, threugh which the Caledonian Canal passes. New'burgh, a seaport in Fife, on the Frith of Tay. Pop. 8630. BCOTLAMD. NMr'len ■Uw'wift » ■Mriwn imm in WiftownshiN, on tlM Orta, witk Uthrivtagtmdt. Pop.ia» Nin'lMM, 81, • town In StliUnf- ■hire, wtth eontldenbto umiuIm- UUTM. I NUh, » river which Hms In Ayr' rfiin, and entering DumMeeeliiire, runs S. E. nnd f»llt Into the Solwny Frith below Dumfries. North Ber'Mtek, • smaU seaport in the conntT of Haddington. Pop.«(i3. O'BAN. a neaport in Argylbhiro, on the W. coast, a central point for steam-boats passing to and from the Caledonian Canal and the Wentem Isles. P. 1742.--«6, 27 N. 5, 27 W. 0'ehUHiils,arangeofhiIis8tretch- ing from the vicinity of Dunblane in Perthshire, in an easterly dire«.>tion, into Fife. Bencleugli. the loftiest ot the range, is 2300 feet high. Ork'iiey and Sliet'land, a county in the N. oi Scotlund, formed by the islands bearing these names. Pop. 6i,533. Ork'neys, anciently OreSdett a group of inlands, (i? <" number, of which 29 are inhabited, separated from the mainland by the Poiitland Frith. They extend from Sfc." 43' to 59' ay N. iat. and from 2« 20' to 3° 25' W. long. Pop. 30, 1 89. PAIS'LEY, a town in Rmfrew- sbire, a great fmX of ^e manufacture of silk and cotton ftsncy goods. Pop. 47 962. Peeblesshire or Tweed'dale. a pas- toral county in the S. of Scotland, lying along both sides of the upper course >»t the Tweed. Pop. 10,736. P««« bles, the county town of IV'WfcsahJi^, on the Tweed. P«^. P«»t%mt Frith, a strait separ- ati)\« th^ v^ainland from the Ork- iKi^k tsto(»« the navigation of which is *A ail Umes hasard«His from its ra- pid currents and dangerous whirl- po 60 trade, and » gr«Ai resort for Iwtbliw. Pop. 7104. —00, 50 N. «,ow: Rox'burgh or Te'vlotdale, a county in the 8. B. of Scotland, on the bor- ders of England. Pop. 51 ,649. Ruth'erglen, (commonly Rug^en), Atown in LanarlMhire. about 2| miles horn Olasffow. Pop. 6514. Ry'an, Loch, an inlet of the sea inWigtownshire. about 10 miles lung, and from 3 to 4 tiroad. SALT'COATS. a seaport in Ayr- shire, carries on a considerable uade. Pop. 4338. San'da, one of the Orkneys, about is miles long, and rruui 1 to 3 broad. >op. 8004. San'qu^kar, a town in Diiuifrles- phlre, situate on the Nitli. li; car- tmtni otinilqerflMB ni»i|Hfa(!tiirPH of sioolcings and carpels. I'up. 2i'llll. Satumness', a cape on the coast of Kirkcudbright.— 84, 62 N. 3, 35 \V. Schiehal'llon, a conical mountain in Perthshire, rising to tlie height of 3664 feet. Here Dr Maskelyne made experiments for asoertainina the power of mountains in attracting tho pendulum, with a view to determine the mean density of the earth. Scone, a village in Perthshire, on the Tay, noted for its palace, where the k\nn of Scotland used to be crowned. Pop. 8381 p. Sel'kirkyhire or tho Foreij;. n pas- toral county in the ti. of yJuilflhu. Pop. moo. BeVk\tk, the county town of Sel- kirksliire, pleasantly situate near the i unction of the Ettrick and Yarrow. ?op. 3314. Shetland or Zetland Isles, . ippos- ed to be the ancient ThulS, a group of islands, above 100 in number, 40 miles N. B. of the Orkneys. Only 38 of them are inhabited. They are the seat of an extensive cod flsliery, and lie between 4eo 50' and eO" 50' N. lat. and between 0° 30' and P 55' W. long. Pop. 31,077. Shin, Loch, a lake in Sutherland, abont 14 miles in length and from 1 to 9 in breadth. Skye, one of tho largest of the Western Isles, remarkable for its lofty oUflTs and spar cave. P. 91 ,528. (Portree', its cnief town, stands on the Sound of Raasay. Pop. 2805. )— 57, 80 N. 6, 20 W. Sol' way, a frith formingthebound- ary between England and Scotland for upward! of 50 miles. SCOTLAND. 3 Spay, a larft and rapid river, which, after a oourse of 100 miles through the counties of Inverness, Banfr; and Elgin, Iklls into the Moray Frith atDiarmouth. Stal'fa, a small Inland of the He- brides, on the W. con* t of Mull, cele- brated for Its biixnltic columns and caverns. The cave of Fingni is 66 feet high, 42 wide, and 987 ireet long, presenting n scttne of almost unrival- led beauty and ninftilfloenoe.— 56, SO N. 6. 80 VV. Stow'arton, n thrivlnor manufactur- ing town lu Ayrsiiirc, on the Irvine. Pop. 3164. BUricliftr jHlhi'sli/if), a river I. Ayrsliiie, whiuli falls into the sea a Daliantrao. Htir'llriHBlilre. ^ county of Scot- land, jiotwcen llii) ^'rUhs of Forth (111(1 j'lido. Pop- iiO,>/;i7. Blirflng, tliii ()fiiinl| town of Stir- liiiKshlre, with a ooleiitnteit miolent (•anile, commanding a noble prospeci (if the Forth, ft was a fiivourlte re- sidonco of the Scottish kings. Pop. 12,837.-56, 8 N. 8,55 W. Htoiieha'von, a seaport, the county town of Kincardineshire. In (lie vi- cinity are the extensive ruins of Dun- notar Castle. Pop. 3840. Ktorij'nway I a seniiurt in the island of LuwIm, at tiH) bond of a Imy on Its U. coast, with a conslderaiile trade in the wliiie jiiid berflUR flsheries. P()n. Sr 91.-6(1, 11 N.O, 17 W. Islranraor' (rawr), a seaport of Wigtownshire, at (lie head of Loch Uyan. It possesses considerable trade, aMdlmsanoxoellniit harbour. P. 5788. Stromness'. a s(?aport in Pomona, one of the Orkney Islands. Pop. 8055.-68. 60 N. 3, 18 VV. Suth'orland, an oxtoniiivo county, in the N. of Scotland. Pop. 28,7»3. TAIN, a seaport in Ross-shire, on the S. shore of the Frith of Dornoch. Pop. 2049.— 57, 51 N. 4, 3 W. Tar'betness', a cape in the E. of Ross- shire, formed by the Friths of Cromarty and Dornoch.— 57, 51 N. 3, 48 W. Tay, one of the largest rivers in Scotland, passes through Loch Tay, and, swelled by several fine streams, flows by Dunkeld and Perth, after which ft is Joined by the Earn, ex- pands into a f^ith, and near Dundee mingles with the German Ocean. Tay, Loch, a beautlfiil lake In Perthshire, receivingat itsS. W. ex- tremity the united itream of the Btewart. th ■ IXB&ATO. IUttltnu)4 mitrhkl Ihui. (tuuUi W J^9i^2 JiauJUtl ^ ^ ^ ^ « -'isi*^*!: \ttAt Vv»' tetobi*: (Je^^^ . __ hJiMtielcJfy 'i O , -f^ V V . '^^■— Aiflftaioiur., t ^ IWfJfc. e .jjjjnrobe say \bla 51 JSoO/d ji/'p^ii .Otnt . ^.« WXma^ E U (liiifw :!**«■■ Kfllamey BimOou domihtaf 7* Z -. BXanr.'WiBat) iiSS VTTBUaKKD MT OUVHB. kBOirB, I Vhrt-Mltai imfm unwl HI tVftm itm- ,v*»*9 ftland TifAi Jfe. *«H». hadk^itl':- ^/»*» ^1 f >B«I4| ugafBG nAtv \Blluhorvuf)h i« Po J^J 'f; :cs DiU ^J^^ ' fiJUntolMtr m* XuDn man r^A /. X H. UaiuaM ' * I M I S M r .9 K ^ >B. »A«r ft' » r tf..1W«udltt« W l— .M r-^ ' rii>9t;7« . . • vA- tremity the united stream of the IRELAND, 61 hchart and Loehv, and diaobfti^ng waters b J th« T«]r. It ti about 15 illes long, and from 1 to 9 broad. Lbout a mile below Ita eastern ox- ilty is Taymouth Castle, the Dlendld sent of the Marquis of Ireadalbane. Tolth, a tributary of the Forth, imposed of two oranches which hite at Callander. It falls Into the i*orth at the bridge of Drip, above Hiriing. Te'vTot, a beantlfUl rivor, which Ises on the borders of Dumfrles- ilre and Joins the Tweed at Kelso. Thom'hill, a thriving village In )umfrio8shire, beautifully situate on \he NIth. Pop. 1628. Thur'so, a seaport In Caithness, >n the estuary of the river Thurso. ^8, 35 N. .1. .12 W. Tin'to or Tin'tock, an isolated hill |n Lanarkshire, rises 2316 fo(^t above the level of the sea, and 1740 feet ibove the Clyde. Tiree', a small island, one of the lebrides, noted for its bcnutifiil bnarble. Pop. 3709.— 06, 32 N. 6, W. Tobermo'ry, a modem seaport In the island of Mull, situate near the iN.W.extremityoftheSoundofMull. |Pop. 1547.--66, 38 N. 6, 1 W. Troon, a thriving seaport In Ajr- Ishire. Pop. 2404. Tweed, one of the principal rivers ■of Scotland, rises in Tweedsmuir, on the eonflnes of Pcebleiabire, ner.r \\9 •ouroes of the Clyde and Ann; v ; '; pursues an Muterly oouraa, vvUig Peebles, Abbotsford. and Melroea. Four miles below Kelso, It becomta the boundary of the kingdom, and falls into the German Ooe»n at Ber- Ul'sT (Wist), North and South, two Islands of the Hebrides, belong- Inar to Invomess-shire. Pop. 7000. iTnst, the most northerly of th« Shetland Isles. Pop. 9061. WHIT'HORN, a seaport In Wig- townshire, on the Bay of Wigtown. Pop. 1689. wick, a seaport, the county town of Calthness-snire, at the mouth of a rivor of the same name, the seat of an extensive herrlng-flsliery. Pop. 6722.— «8, 94 N. 3, 5 W. Wig'town, a maritime county in the S. W. of Scotland. Pop. 43.388. Wlg't'iwn, a seaport, the county town of WigtownHhhre. Pop. 9191. —84, 52 N. 4. 24 W. Wig'town Bay, a fine bay of the Solway Frith, running northward between the counties of Wigtown and Kirkcudbright. Wrath, Cape, a dangerous prom« ontory in Sutherlandshire, the N. W. Bint of the mainland of Scotland.— , 17 N. 5, W. Yell, one of the Orkney Islands, d t vided from Mainland by Yell Bound. Pop. 9696. ream of the IRELAND lis bounded N. W. and S. by the Atlantic Ocean ; E. by St George's Channel, the Irish Sea, and the North Chan- nel. It contains 31,741 square miles. The population [in 1851 amounted to 6,553,178. Ireland is divided into four provinces, — Ulster, Leinster, Connaught, Munster; — which are subdi- vided into 32 counties, viz. : — Ulster. Counties. Chief Towns, Donegal Lifford, Donegal, Ballyshannon, Letterkenny. Londonderry Londonderry, Coleraine, Newtownlimavady. Antrim Carrickfergus, Belfast, Lisbum, Antrinii Bally- mena, Lame. Tyrone Omagh, Dnngannon, Strabane, Newtown- Btewart. 62 UlELAND. Counties. Chief Towns. Down Downpatrick, Newry, Dvomore, Newtownar(U| Donaghadee. Armagh Armagh, Lurgan. Monaghan Monaghan, Clones, Carrickmacross. Fermanagh Enniskillen. ^*^''' ■'■ f' Cavan Cavan, Cootehill, Beltnrbet. i?' "■•' Leinstek. Longford Longford, Edgeworthstown, Granard. Westmeath Mullingar, Athlone, Kilbeggan, Castlepollardj Meath Trim, Navan, Kells. Louth Drogheda, Dundalk, Ardee, Carlingford. Dublin Dublin, Balbriggan, Kingstown^ Skerries. Wicklow Wicklow, Arklow, Bray, Baltinglass. - .- Kildare Athy, Naas, Kildare, Majnooth. King's County Tullamore, Philipsto^vn, Parsonstown, Ban- agher. Queen's County.... Maryborough, Portarlington, Mountrath, Mountmellick. Carlow Carlow, Tullow. - Kilkenny Kilkenny, Callan, Tliomastown. Wexforc... Wexford, New lloss, Enniseorthy, CONNAUGHT. Leitrim Carrick-on-Shannon, Manor-Hamilton. Sligo SHgo. Mayo Castlebar, Ballinrobe. Ballina, Westport. Boscommon Roscommon, Boyle, Elphin. Galway Galway, Loughrea, Tuam, Gort, Ballinasloe. MUNSTER. Tipperary Clonmel, Cashel, Tipperary, Carrick-on-Suir, Roscrea, Nenagh, Thurles, Cahir. Clare Enuis, Kilrush, KillaJoe, Ennistimon. Limerick Limerick, Rathkeale, Newcastle. Kerry Tralee, Dingle, Killamey. Cork Cork, Bandon, Kinsale, loughal. Mallow, Fer- moy, Queenstown, Charleville. Waterford...........Waterford, Dungarvan, Lismore, Tallow. Islands. — ^Rathlin Isle, North Isles of Arran, Achil, Clare Island, South Isles of Arran, Valentia. Bays, &c. — Belfast Lough, Bays of Stran£ford, Dun- drum, Carlingford, Dundalk, Dublin ; Harbours of Wex- ford, Waterford, Cork; Bays of Dunmanus, Bantry, Kenmare, Dingle, Tralee, Galway, Clew, Sligo, Donegal: Lough Swilly, Lough Foyle. Capes. — Malin Head, Fair Head, Howth Head, Wick- low Head, Camsore Point, Cape Clear, Mizzen Head, Loop Head, Slyne Head, AcWl Head, Urris Head. IRELAND. 08 Lakes.— Neagfa, Erne, Killamey, Allen, Conn, Mask, ;omb, Ree, Derg. Rivers. — Shannon, Barrow, Nore, Boyne, Liffey, laney, Snir, Blackwater, Lee, Bandon, Bann, Lagan, "oume, Foyle. Mountains. — Moume, Slieve Bloom, Wicklow, Ma- illicuddy^s Reeks, Mangerton, Mount Nephin, Croagh atrick. >i«,s:?^ BEMARKS. Ireland extends from 61" 26' to 65" 23' N. lat. and from ,6" 24' to 10" 30' W. long. Its greatest length is 280 miles, [and its greate&t breadth 180 miles. Situate between Britain and the Atlantic Ocean, Ireland has a still more humid atmosphere, but at the same time en- [joys a milder temperature, than the sister island. Its verdure, accordingly, is fresher and deeper, and entitles it to the dis- tinction of the Green or Emerald Isle. It has comparatively few mountains ; though several of them vie in height with the loftiest eminences in England. Although great part of the country appears to have been, at some remote period, covered with trees, scarcely the vestige of a forest now re- mains. The quantities of wood that are occasionally dug out of the bogs, prove that these occupy the place of the ancient forests; and they constitute, with the rivers and lakes, a striking peculiarity in the aspect of the country. 1^^ general the soil of Ireland is amazingly fertile, but until recentlT the mode of farming was bad. The land was, m the first instance, rentec' from the proprietors by persons called middlemen, who let it to farmers, and these again parcelled it out in small portions to an inferior set of tenants. Each of the higher classes oppressed and ground its inferior ; and the land was occupied by men without capital to improve it, whose necessities compelled them to force from it whatever it would yield for a miserable subsistence and the payment of their rack-rents. The failure of the potato crop m 1845 and following years, has contributed greatly to the introduc- tion of a better system of agricultm-e, and Irish husbandry IS new in many pfirts of the island adopting the improved practices and implements of Ensfland and Scotland. Ireland possesses numerous excellent harbours and other advantages for commerce ; Its coasts are so deeply indented that scarcely any place is mora than 50 miles distant from the sea. It also abounds in value ble minerals. Limestone is found In almost every district ; and coal, iron, lead, and copper in various quarters of the island, l^he beautiful mar- bles of Kilkenny, Donegal, and Galway, are well known. 64 IRELAND. The Giants* Causeway is a most remarkable columnar ba> Baltic formation on the northern coast of Antrim. The main lines of canal navigation are the Grand, Royalf and Ulster Canals. The earliest railway constructed in Ireland was the Dublin and Kingstown, which was opened in 1834. Railway communication now extends from side to side of| the island, connecting all the chief cities and towns. The great educational institutions are, the University of| Trinity College, Dublin, and the Queen's University, includ- ing the Queen's Colleges of Belfast, Cork, and Galway. The I Board of National Education was established in 1832 ; the number of teachers is now nearly six thousand, the number] of scholars being about half a million. Since the year 1800 Ireland has been united with Great \ Britain, and subject to the same laws. But the people, long oppressed, and restricted in their commerce and manufac- tures by severe and injudicious enactments, are still inclined to turbulence and discontent. Religious distinctions form another cause of this unquiet disposition. The established form of religion is that of the Church of England ; but the majority of the people are Roman-catholics; and although they enjoy nearly complete toleration in the exercise of their own religion, and are now admissible to almost all offices, they look with great hostility on the endowment oi a church which they regard as heretical. In Ireland there were four archbishops and eighteen bishops; but by an act passed in 1833, two archbishoprics and eight bishoprics were to be abolished; and the nimibers are now two archbishops and ten bishops. The Archbishop of Armagh is primate of all Ireland. In Ulster, a large proportion of the people are Presbyterians, whose clergy receive an allowance from gov- ernment. Linen is the staple manufacture of Ireland, and is carried on to a considerable extent, particularly in the province of Ulster. Of late years the manufacture of cotton has been introduced. The Irish are a spiightly, warm-hearted, and ingenuous people. In the vivacity of their disposition, and the gavety of their manner, they resemble the French nation more than the English or Scotch. Hardy, daring, and heed- less of danger, they may be ranked among the finest soldiers in the world. In science and literature many of them have obtained great eminence. They excel particularly in eloquent declamation. EXEHCISES. How is Ireland bounded ? What is its extent in square miles ? Into how many provinces is it divided? How many counties do IRELAND. ' §ft ley contain? What are the counties in Ulster? In Leinster? 11 Oonnaught? In Munster? Name the principal towns in )onRgal, in Londondeiiy, in Antrim, &c. Name the principal islands of Ireland. Name its ba^s. Name s capes. Name the principal lakes. Name the principal rivers. Tame the principal mountains. Where is Dingle, Coleraine, )ownpatrick, Sligo, Navan, Enniskillen, Ennis, Youghal, Tuam, Tralee, Maryborough, Mullingar, Athy, Dundalk? &c. Where is Slyne Head, Killarney I^akes, Lough Swilly, Urris [ead, Malin Head, Lough Allen, Lough Derg ? &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Ireland situ- lite ? What are its greatest length and breadth ? What Is tlie lature of the climate of Ireland? What eflfect has this on its ap- jearance? Is Ireland a mountainous country? Does It appear Eo have ever been covered with wood ? By what is the place of Its ancient forests now occupied ? Of what description is the soil )f Ireland ? What were the faults in the mode of mrraing ? What iprovements have recently taken place ? What canals and rail- rays does it contain ? When was Ireland united in government with Gi^at Britain ? [Why are the people in general discontented ? What is another [cause of their unquiet disposition ? What is the established reli- [gion? Of what religious persuasion are the maioritv of the Eeople? What is at present the number of archbishops and ishops ? Who is the primate of all Ireland ? What is the pre- j vailing form of worship in Ulster ? What is the staple manufacture? What other manufacture has been lately introduced? What is the national character of the Irish ? Wnat nation do they resemble in disposition and man- ners? Are they good soldiers? Have they made any figure in science and literature ? In what do they pnrtit^ularly excel ? DESC'^^PTIVE TABLE. ACH'IL, an island 30 miles in cir- cuit, belonging to the coun ty of Blay , from which it is separated by a nar- row channel. Pop. 4950. Ach'il Head, a prom ; toryform- ing the W. point of Acini Island. — 53" 58' N. lat. 10° 14' W. long. Al'len, Lough, an expanse of the Shannon, in the county of Leitrim. An'trim, a maritime county in the provinceof Ulster. Itscoasts are rocUy and highly picturesque. P. 460,884. An'trim, a town in the above coun- ty, ".t the N. E. extremity of Lough Neagh. Pop. 2324.* Ar'dee, an ancient town in Louth, on the Dee. Pop. 2752. Ard'fert, a town in Kerry, once the acat of a bishop, and of a famous university. Pop. 609. Ark'low, a seaport in Wicklow, on the Avoca. Pop. 3300. Avm&gh', a county in the S. E. of Ulster. Pop. 196,085. Armagh', the capital of the above county, and thb seat of the Arch- bishop of Armagh, prininte of all Ire- land. P. .9.306.-64, 21 N. 6, 40 W. Ar'ran, North Isles of, a group on the W. coast of Donegal. — South Isles of, a group at the entrance of Galway Hay. ^. ■ Aske'aton, an ancleiU>lwwr-in Limerick, at the jiimlmnppf tli'bsv. Shannon and Doel , Jvtidisd^^Val mag- \> niflcont ruins, pop. lyS'Ji W Ath'boy, a plea«anti9wn in '^e&iHl^ \^ with some flno'seaf* In the vicinity^ ^ h. Fop. 1204, - I Athlono', a town on the Shannon, ' ■ '*' The returns of cities and towns arc exclusive of paupers in Workhou8««. •."■ .AX/ -*c-^ 66 IRELAND. partly in Wectmeath and partly In Roscommon. Pop. 6218.— 63, 26 N. 7, 54 W. Athy', the county town of Kildare, interaected by the Barrow. Pop. 3908.-^, N. 6, 58 W. Augh'rim, a village in Oalway, memorable for the eiffnal victory gained by General Oinckle over the forces of James II. In lt}91, which de- cided the fate of Ireland. Pop. 430. BALBRIO'OAN, a thriving sea- port in the county of Dublin, noted for the manufacture of imitation sillc Rtockingsofveryfinetexture. P.2310. Balli'na, a town in Mayo, pleasant- ly' Situate on the nver Moy, over which is a bridge of 16 arches, wliich unites it to the town of Ardnaree. Pop. 5230. Ballinasloe', a thriving town in Gal way, with a part in Roscommon, fiamous for a large cattle fair. 1*. 4063. Ba>linrobe',atown in Mayo. P. 2162. Baliycas'tle, a seaport in Antrim, in the vicinity of romantic scenery and extensive coal-mines. Pop. 1669. -65, 12 N. 6, 15 W. Ballyme'na. a town in Antrim, on the Maine, with a considerable linen trade. Pop. 613fi. Ballymo^ney, a town in Antrim* virith good markets. Pop. 25K1. Ballyshan'non. a seaport in Done- gal, beautifully situate at the mouth of the river flowing out of Lough Erne. P. 3697.-54, 30 N. 8, 10 W. Baltimore', a seaport in Cork, with an excellent harbour. Pop. 189. Bal'tinglass, a town in Wicldow, in a beautiful vale on the Slaney, with extensive woollen and linen manufactures. Pop. 1572. Ban'agAer, a town in King's Coun- ty, on the Shannon. Pop. 1846. Ban'bridge, a town in Down, on the Baan, with a considerable linen trade. Pop. a301. Sanson, a town in *he county of Cork, situate on the river Bnndon, which falls into the sea at Kinsale. Pop. 6929.— 51, 45 N. 8, 42 W. Ban'gor, a town in Down, on Bel- faat Lough. Pop. 2850. Bann, a river which rises in Down, !>asses through Lough Neagh, and alk into the sea four miles below Coleraine. Ban'try Bay, a fine bay in the county of Cork, 30 miles long and from 4 to 6 broad : here, in 1796, a body of French troops effected a land- ing, but wore taken prisoners. # Ban'try, » seaport in the county of Cork, at the head of Bantrv Bay. Pop. 2943.— 61, 41 N. 9, 27 W. Bar'row, a river In Leinster, which rises in Queen's County, separates that county and Kilkenny on the W., from Kildare, Carlo w, and Wexford, on the E. ; and after receiving the Nore and Suir, falls into Waterford Harbour. Belfast', a flourishing seaport in Antrim, at the head of Belfast Lough, with extensive manufactures of linen and cotton, and a great ex- port trade. Pop. 100,300.-54, 35 N. 6, US W. Belfast' Lough or Carrickfer'gus Bay, an estuary at the mouth of the Lagan, on the E. coast of Antrim, af- fording safe a.ichorage for shipping. Beltur'bet, a town in Cavan, on the Erne, in the vicinity of extensive linen manufactures. Pop. 2064. Birr. See Parsonstown. Black'rock, a town in the county of Dublin, a celebrated sea-bathinf, place, with many fine villas. Pop. 2342.-53, 18 N. 6, 13 W. Bk.ck' water, a river which rises on the borders of Kerry, and, flowing through the counties of Cork and Waterford, enters the sea at Youghal Bay. Boylo, a town in Roscommon, nlcasantly situate on a stream of the same name. Pop. 3483. Boyne, a river which rises in Kil- dare, and, flowing through Mcath, falls into the sea below Drogbeda. This river is famous for the decisive battle in which William III. defeated the troops of James I(. in 1690. Bray, a seaport in Wicklow. Pop. 3156-53, 12 N. 6, 8 W. CA'HIR, a thriving town in Tip- perary, on the Suir, with the ruins of an ancieo * ca stle and abbey. Pop. 3719. Cal'lan, a town in Kilkenny, on King's River, once a place of im- portance. Pop. 2368. Cappoquin', an ancient town in the county of Waterford, on the Blackwater, with the ruins of a strong castle. Pop. 2145. Car'iingford, a town in Louth, on Carlingford Bay. Pop. 887« Car'iingford Bay, a fine haven in Louth, having 20 fathoms of water, but dangerous from rocks. Car'low, a county in Leinsi«jir, separated from Wexford by a frontier of mountains. Pop. 68,076. IRELAND. 67 Carlow, the coanty town of Car- low, beautifully Bitn&te on the Bar- row. P.9121.— 52, 61N. 0, 64W. Cam'sore Point, In Wexford, the S.E. point of Ireland.— 52, 11 N. 6, 23 W. Carrickfer'gus, a seaport, and the county tovm of Antrim, on Belfast Lough. It is a place of great anti- quity, and has a strong castle, situ- nte on a rock projecting into the sea. Pop. 3543.-54, 43 N. 6, 49 W. Carrickfer'gus Bay. See Belfast Lough. Carrickmacross', a town in Mon- aghan. Pop. 2534. Car'rIck-on-Shan'non, the county town of Leitrim. Pop. I79G. Car'rick-on-Suir, a town in Tip- pcrary, with extensive woollen man- ufactures. Pop. €223. Cash'el, a city in Tipperary, and an episcopal see. Pop. 4798. Castlebar', the county town of Mayo, with considerable trade, par- ticularly in linens. Pop. 4436. Castleblay'ney, a town in Mon- aghan in a beautiful district. P. 2084. Castle- Com'er, a handsome town in Kilkenny, with a great trade in coals and butter. Pop. 1695. Castle-Pol'lard, a town in West- meath. Pop. 1052. Cav'an , an inland county in Ulster. Pop. 174,071. Cav'an, the county town of Cavan, situate on a small str^ium of the same name. Pop. 3254. Charl«'ville, a handsome town in Cork, with a good trade. Pop. 2685. Clare, an island at the mouth of Clew Bay, off the coast of Mayo. Clare, a county in the N. of Mun- ster. Pop. 212,428. Care, a town in Mayo. P. 1562. Clear, Cape, a promontory in the S. of Cape Clear Island, off the coast of Cork, about six miles from tho mainland, and surmounted by a lighthouse.— 51, 26 N. 9, 29 W. Clew Bay, a bay in Mayo, 12 mi!eM long and 7 broad. Clo'gJier, an ancient city in Tyrone, formerly the seat of a '»ishop— now reduced to a straggling village. Pop. 558. Clonakil'ty, a thriving town in the county of Cork, has a great trade in linens. Pop. 3300. Clones, a town in Alonaghan, with some inter .;^ting antiquities. Pop. 2a33.— 54, 12 N. 7, J a VV. Clonmel', the county- town of '/ip- gerary, pleasantly situate on tb« uir. Pop. 12,518.-62, 21 N. 7, 41 Cloyne, a town in Cork, and a bishop's see, united to that of Cork and Ross. Pop. 1713. Col«raine', a town in Londonderry, on the Bann, noted for the manufac- ture of linen. Pop. 6920.— 65, 8 N. 6, 43 W. Conn, a lake of considerable exient in the county of Mayo. Con'naught, a province in the W. of Ireland. It continued a distincft kingdom till the reign of Henry IV. of England. It is still the rudest and most unimproved part of Ireland. Pop. 1,012,006. . Cooks'town, a town in Tyrone* with good markets. Pop. 2993. Cootehill', a town in Cavan, with excellunt linen markets. Pop. S105. Cork, a county In Munster, the most important lif Ireland in extent and papulation. Pop. 648,903. Cor ', the capital of the coqnty of Cork, is IV important city, ^t the mouth of AiQ Lee, on one of the safest and finest harbours in Europe. It possesses great trade, partictlarly in the export of grain and all kinds of provision?. Pop. 85,745. — 61 , 65 N. C, 26 W. Cor'rib, a beautifi'i like in Qal- way , 24 miles lorig and i. . ut 4 broad, . studded with islands. Cove. See Queenstown. Croagh Patrick, a mountain in Mayo, on the 8. E. of Clew Bay, 2660 feet above the level of the sea. DERG, Lough, a lake formed by the expanse of the Shannon, separat- ingGalway and Clare from Tipperary, 18 miles long and 4 broad.— Another lake in Donegal, a famed resort of the Roman-catholics for performing certain religious rites. Der'ry. See Londonderry. Din'gle, a seaport in Kerry, on Dingle Bay, the most westerly town in Ireland. Pop. 3262.-52, 9 N. 10, 16 W. Dona^hadee', a seaport in Down, on the Irish Channel, 21 miles dis- tant from Portpatrick in Scotlimd. Pop. 2818.-54, 38 N. 6, 33 W. Donegal', a maritime county in the N. W. of Ulster. Pop. 2.'»5,160. Donegal', a town in the county of D( negal, on a bay of tlie stune name, with a fine old castle. Pop. 1647.-- Ci, 39 N. 8, 6 W. Doneiailti'. a town iu the county nmaHMMNMii 68 IRELAND. Of Cork, seated on the Aubeg; the scenery in the vicinity is much ad- mired. Pop. 1856. Down, a maritime county in the 8. B. of Ulster. Pop. 328,7M. Downpat'ricli, the county town of Down, the see of the Bishop of Down. Connor, and Dromore— celebrated as the place of St Patrick's inter- ment. P. 4098.— 64, 20 N. 5, 43 W. Dro^Ofheda, a seaport, and the county town of Louth, intersected by the Boyne. Pop. 16,846.-53, 44N.6, 20W. Dromore', a town in the county of Down, formerly tlie seat of a bishop. Pop. 1872. Dubiin, the metropolitan county, in the province of Leinster. Pop. 404,992. Dub'liit, the capital of Ireland, and the see of an archbishop, beauti- fully situate on the Liffey. Its gen- eral elegance, and the magnificence of its public buildings, ranlc it among the iBlnest cities in Europe. Pop. 252,613.-53, 23 N. 6, 20 W, Dub'lin Bay, a spacioits bay at the mouth of the Liifey, about a mile below Dublin. Dunda2k', a seaport in Louth, on Dundalk Bay. Here is a consider- able manufacture of cambric. Pop. 8096.-64, N. 6, 23 W. Dundaflc' Bay, in Louth, on the Irish Channel. At high water it is a considerable harbour, but at low water it is almost dry. Dundrum', a capacious bay on the coast of Down. Dungan'non, a town in Tyrone, the &ncient residence of the lungs of Ulster. Pop. 3854. Dungar'van, a town in Waterford, situate on Dungarvan Bay, much resorted to for sea-bathing. P. 6417. -,52, 6 N. 7, 38 W. Dunman'us Bay, a spacious haven in Cork, S. of Bantry Bay. Dunman'wa a town in the coun- ty of Cork, v^^^^sa^tly situate in a valley, on the Bandon. Pop. 2222. —61, 44 N. 9, 4 W. EDGE'WORTJaSTOWN, apleas- ant town In Longrord, distinguished as the birthplace of MissEdgeworth. Pop. 817. El'phin, a neat episcopal city in Roscommon, the birthplace of Oliver Goldsmith. Pop. 1251. En'nis, the county town of Clare, on the Fergus, which here becomes navigable by large boats. Its Gothic abbey la the finest in the island. P. 8623.-62, 53 N. 8, 67 W. Enniscor'thy, a town in Wexford, on the Slaney. Pop. 6095. Enniskil'len, tlie county town of Fermanagh, delightfully situate on an island in Lough Erne. Pop. 5998. —64, 21 N. 7, 38 W. Ennisti'mon, a town in Clare, on the Oyna, with a good export trade in corn. Pop. 1741. Erne, Lough, a beautiful lake in Fermanagh, studded with numerous islands. It consists of two basins, the larger of which extends upwards of 20 miles by 12. Erne, River, rises in Longford, crosses the county of Cavan, passes through Lough Erne, and flows into Donegal Bay. Eyrc'court, a town in Gal way, with the ruins of a castle. Pop. 940. FAIR HEAD, a promontory in Antrim , 636 feet above the sea. It is composed of basaltic pillars, some of them 280 feet in height, the largest yet discovered in any part of the world.— 55, 14 N. 6, 9 W. Ferman'aj/A, an inland county in Ulster. Pop. 116,007. Fermoy', a town in Cork, on the Blackwater, which is crossed by a bridge of 13 arches. Pop. 5844. Feth'ard, a town in Tipperary ; it was in former times fortified and sur- rounded by walls. Pop. 2767. . Foyle, a river in Ulster, which, after passing Londonderry, expands into a fine bay, called Lough Foyle, sixteen miles long and nine broad. Fresh'ford, a town in Killtenny. Pop. 1097. GAL'WAY, an extensive mari- time county in Connaught. Pop. .322,^59. Gal'way, the county town of Gal- way, on the broad stream by which the waters of Lough Corrib are dis- charged into Oalway Bay. P. 20,686. —63, 16 N. 9, 3 W. Gal'way Bay, a large bay between Galway and Clare. Gi'ants' Causeway, a celebrated luromontory and natural curiosity on the N. coast of Antrim, composed of lofty and regular basaltic columns, at least 30,000 in number, which run out a great way into the sea. Gor'ey, a town in Wexford, with extensive flsheri^. Pop. 2973L Gort, a town in Galway. P. 240C. Graigu«, a town in BLilkemiy, beau- tifully situate on the Barrow, with IRELAND. m the ruins of a msiga\Acent abbey and castle. Pop. 1710. Oran'ard, a neat town in Long- ford. Pop. 1805. HOWTH HEAD, a promontory terminating the peninsula of Howth, on the north of Dublin Buy — 63, 22 N. 6, 4 W. KANTURK', a pleasant town in the county of Cork, near the Black- water. Pop. 31fiO. Kells, an ancient town in Meath, on the Blackwater. Pop. 4012.— 63. 44 N. 6, 61 W. Kenniare' River, an inlet of the sea in the S. W. of Kerry, about 40 miles long. Ker'ry, a maritime county of Mun- ster, separated from Clare by the Shannon. Pop. 239,239. Kilbeg'gan, a town in Westmeath, Pop. 1442. Kildare', an inland county in Lein- ster. Pop. 96,724. Kildare', a town in the county of Kildare, noted for the ctirragh or common in its neighbourhood, the finest race-ground in Europe. Pop. 1298. Kilken'ny, a county in the 8. W. of Leinsten Pop. 168,746. Kilken'ny, the capital of the coun- ty of Kilkenny, a city of considerable importance, beautifully situate on the Nore. In its vicinity are fine marble quarries. Pop. 15,808.-52, 39 N. 7, 13 W. Killa'la, a pleasant little town in Mayo, which the French occupied for a. short time in 1798. Pop. 970. —54, 18 N. 9, 12 W. Killaloe', an ancient town in Clare, on the Shannon, over which is a bridge of 19 arches. Pop. 2230. Kfllar'nev, a thriving town in Ker- ry, much frequented on account of its lakes, which exhibit the most beautiful and picturesque scenery in Ireland. Pop. 5962. Kilrush', a town in Clare, on the Shannon. Pop. 4471. King's County, in the W. of Lein- ster, adjoining Tipperary on the S., and separated from Galway by the Shannon. Pop. 112,080. Kings'court, a thriving little town in Cavan. Pop. 1413. Kings'town, a town in the county of Dublin, with a fine harbour, and a railway to Dublin.— Steam packets sail daily to and from Liverpool, and to and from Holyhead, with the maUa. Pop. 10,463.-53, 18 N. 6,8 W. Kinsale', a seaport in Cork, on a fine bay at the mouth of the Bandon. Pop. 6506.— 61, 4S S. 8, 30 W. LAG'AN, a river in Down, which falls into Belfast Lou^h. Lanes'boroiigh, a village in Long- ford, pleasantly situate on the Shan- non. Pop. 201. Larne, a seaport in Antrim, on Lough Larne. Pop. 3076. Lee, a river which issues from a lake in the county of Cork, flows eastward, and, passing the city of Cork falls into the harbour. Leiah'lin Bridge, a flourishing town m Carlow, on the Barrow, with the romantic ruins of an ancient castle. Pop. 1292. Lein'ster, an extensive province in the S. E. It was the earliest settled by the English, contains Dublin, the capital, and is in general well cul- tivated. Pop. 1,672,174. Lci'trim, a county in the N. E. of Connaught. Pop. 111,915. Lei'trim, a smalltown in the above county, on the Shannon. Pop. 266. Letterken'ny, a town in Donegal, on the Swilly, with a good trade in linen. Pop. 1947. Lif'fey, a river which rises among the Wicklow Mountains, and flows through Kildare and Dublin hito Dublin harbour. So numerous are its windings, that although the dis- tance from its source to its mouth is only 10 miles, its course is 71> Lif'ford, the county town of Don- egal, on the Foyle, opposite Stra- bane. Pop. 570. Lim'ericK, a county in Munster, separated from Clare by the Stian- non. Pop. 262,136. Limerick, the capital of the coun- ty of Limerick, on the Shannon, a flourishing city, enjoying an exten- sive trade, and having considerable manufactures of lace, linen, woollen, and paper. Pop. 53,448.-52, 40 N. 8, 36 VV. Lis'burn, a flne town in Antrim, on the Lagan, with considerable ma- nufactures. Pop. 6569. Lismore', a town in Waterford, on the Blackwater, with a c^tle, in which the celebrated Robert Boyle was born. Pop. 2340. ListOMJ'el, a town in Kerry, on the Feale ; its ancient castle is now in ruins. Pop. 2126. Londonder'ry or Der'ry, a mari- time county in the N. of Ulster. Pop. 191,868. MHPiVlMl 70 IRELAND. i honionHeVrj, the capitaf of the above county, a city of grent. an- tiquity, pleasantly situate on the Foyle. It sustained a memorable sleee against the wliole IrlHh forces under Jainos II., from December ' 1688 to August ]tm. Pop. 19,888. — 64, fi9N.7.20VV. LongTord, a county in the N. "W. Of Leinster. Pop. 82,350. liOngTord, the county town of | Longford, on ftie Camlin. P. 4291. | Loop Head, a promontory in the , S. W. of Clare.— fi2, 34 N. 9, lij W. i Loughrea', a well-built town In Oalway. Pop. 6342. Louth, a maritime county in the N. E. of Leinster. Pop. 107,657. ; Louth, an ancient town, givini; I name to the county, now reduced to a village. Pop. 5U5. Lur'gan, a pleasant town in Ar- magh, with extensive linen manu- factures. Pop. 4?li. MACROOM', a town in the coun- ty of Cork, surroniiujd by romtrntic ruins and picturesqm scenery. Pop. 3727. Magil'licuddy's Reeks, a moun- tain in Kerry, the highest in Ireland, rises from tlie VV. shore of the Lake of Killarney to the licight of 3404 feet above the sea. Mal'in Head, a cape in Donegal, the most northerly point of land in Ireland.— 55, 23 N. 7, 24 W. Mal'low, a town in the county of Corlc, on the Black water. P. 54 J6. Man'gerton, a hill in Kerry, near Killarney Lakes, 2754 feet high. Man'or-Hamilton, a pleasant town in Leitrim, with the ruius of an an- cient castle. Pop. 1779. Ma'ryborovgh, the capital of Queen's Cou? y. Pop. 2635. Mask, a considerable lake in Mayo, on the borders of Oalway. Maynooth', a town in Kildare, where a college for the education of the Roman-catholic clergy was esta- blished by the Irish parliament in 1796. Pop. 2201. May'o, a maritime county in Con- naught. Pop. 274,830. Meatb, a county in the ea:it of Leinster. Pop. 140,750. Mid'dleton, a to Mm in the county of Cork, on the estuary of tiie Lee, with a considerable export trade. Pop. 3676. Mit'chelstown, a handsome town in the county of Cork, situate on the river Puncheon. Pop. 3091. Mis'xen Head, a cape In Cork, th« extreme 0. W. point of Ireland.— 61 , 27 N. 9, e^ W. Mon'ag/ian, » county In tiM B. of UlHter. Pop. 14 J, 768. Mon'agAan, tlio county town of Munaghan. Pop. ;^4. Mountinel'llck, a M*>ftt town in Queen's County, cliiefty inhabited by Quakers. Pop. 3667. MountratIK a town in Queen'a County, on tiie river iior6. Pop. 2101. Mourne, a river Sn Tyrone, which joins the Foyle at Llfford. Mourne >JountainH, a range of hills in Down, of wliich bliovo Dunnard is 27!)6 feet above the sea. Miillingar', the county town of Wostincath, a groat mart for wool. Pop,. 6(126. MuR'stcr, a province oo(Minylng the S. W. of Iruland, and containing the cities of Cork and Liuioriok. Po 1,807.244. 'op. NAAS, a town of groat antiquity in Kildare, on a branch of the Oranu Canal. Pop. 313J.-53, 13 N. 6, 40 W. Nav'an, a town In Moath, on the Doyne. P.>p. 4018. J^e'agh, Liuigli, remarkable for Its petrifying quality, U n large lake in Ulster, surrounded by the counties of Antrim, Down, Armagh, Tyrone, and Londonderry. It Is obout 20 miles long, 12 broad, uud covers 100,000 acres. Ne'na^/i, a town In TlpperftiV, on a stream of the same name ; has a considerable trade. Pop. 734)>. Neph'in, a mountain lu Alayo, 2639 feet above the sea. Newcas'ile, a town in the comity of Limerick. Pop 2513. Mew ttoss, a town in Wexford, on a navigable stream formed by the Nore and Barrow. Pop. 7070. New'ry, a flourishing seaport and manufacturing town in Down, on the ISfewry. Pop. 13,491.-64, 10 N. 6, 19 W. Newtownards', a town In Down, at the head of Strangford Hay, with a diaper manufacture. Pop. 96(i7> JNew'townlim'avady, a liandnome town in the county of Londonderry, on the Roe. Pop. 3206. Newtown-Stew'art, a small town In Tyrone, on the Moyle. Pop. 1408. Nore, a river which rliei in Blieve Bloom Mountains, passe* Kilkuuiyf and falls into the Barrow. IRELAND. 71 (yUAOH, the county town of Ty* rone. Pop. 33S5, PAR'BONSTOWN, or Birr, a town in King's County, on a tribu- tary of tlie Sliannon. Pop. 55A0- Paa^gage, a town in tlte county of Corlc, iMtween Queen»town and tlie city of Corlc. Pop. 2»67. Pliil'ipstown, a town in King's County. Pop. 748. Portadown', a thriving little town in Armagli. Pop. 3U91. Portafer'ry, a town in Down, on Strangford liay. Pop. 2074. Portar'lington, a town in Queen's County, on tlio Barrow. Pop. 27'2ii. Portrusli', a seaport in Antrim, to ttic N. of Coleraine, witli a good har- bour. Pop. 858. Portum'na, a town in Galway, on the Shannon, with a noble castle. Pod. 1542. QUEEN'S COUNTY, an inland county in Leinstcr, named in honour uf Mary, queen of William HI. Pop. 111,623. Queens' town, formerly Cove, a town in Great Island, in Cork Har- bour, with magnificent quays and otiier conveniences for sliipping. Pop. 11,428.-51, 61 N. 8, 18 W. RATHFRI'LAND, a town in Down, situate on an eminence, with large linen markets. Pop. 2U53. Ilathkeale', a town in Limerick, on the Deel, once fortified and de- fended by a castle. Pop. 3ii29. Rath'lin, an island on the N. of Antrim, six miles long and scarcely one broad. 55, 20 N . (i, 13 W. Ree, a lalie formed bv tlie Slian- non beloW Lanesborough, in which are some beautiful islands. Roscommon, a county in the E. of Connaught. Pop. 174,402. Roscora'mon. the county town of Roscommon. Pop. 3364. Roserea', a flourishing town of Tipperary. Pop. 3496. SHAN'NON, the principal river of Ireland, issues from Lough Allen in Leitrim, passes tlirough Loughs Rofin, Ree, and Derg; separates Roscommo'i from Leitrim, Long- ford, Westmeath, and King's Coun- ty,— Gahvaj and Clare from Tipper- ary, LimericK, and Kerry ; and falls into the Atlantic after a course of 224 miles. Sker'ries, a small seaport in the county of Dublin, opposite the rocks tailed the Skerry Islands. Pop. 2327. —63, 35 N. 6, 7 W. Bklbbereen', a town in the eountgr of Cork, on the lien, with consider* able linen manufactures. Pop. 3868. Sla'ney, a river which rises in the Wicklow Mountains and UMm into Wexford IJ arbour. Slieve Bloom, a ridge of mountains in Kit g's and Queen's Counties, 2260 feet high. Sli'go, a county in Connaught Pop. 128,610. Bli'go, a flourishing seaport, and capital of the above county, situate on Sligo Bay. Pop. 11,104.-^4, 17 N. 8, 26 VV . Slyne Head, a cape on the W. of '■'alway.— 63, 24 N. 10, 16 W. Strabane', a town in Tyrone, near the confluence of the Finn and the Mourne. Pop. 6079. Strang'ford, an ancient town in Down, near the entrance of the bay to which it gives name. Pop. 620. Strang'ford, a beautiful bay in Down, 17 miles long and 5 broad. Buir, a river which rises in Tip- perary, and falls into Waterford Har- bour. Swiriy Lough, a bay in Donegal, affording one of the noblest harbours in Europe, nearly 25 miles long and 2 broad. TAL'LOW, a town in Waterford, on the Bride. Pop. 1986. Tandcragee', a town in Armagh, situate in a beautiful vicinity, and in the centre of th5>; .'A- \ '>' NORWAY AND SWEDEN. NORWAY ' f Is bounded N. by the Nortliern Ocean ; W. by the Nor- thern and Atlantic Oceans ; S. by the Skager Rack ; E. by Sweden. It contains 134,309 square miles. Popula- tion 1,328,471. Divisions. ^ ' Chief Towns. AggerJiuus or Christiania — . \.^ Aggerlmus Christiania , Drobak. Smaalehnen Moss, Frederickshald, Frederickstad. Hedemarken Kongsvinger. ^^ Christii^.u Lessoe. Buskerud Drammen, Kongsberg. Jarlsberg & Laurvig Tonsberg, Laurvig. Olmstiansand — Bradsberg Skien, Porsgrund. Nedenaes Arendal. Mandal Ghristiansand, Mandal. Stavanger Stavanger. Bergen — 8. & N. Bergenhuus Bergen, Rosendal. Drontheim — Eoimsdal Christiansund. S. & N. Drontheim Drontheim Roraas. ,^;j f ,;:'al*Si-Af . In the B. of NORWAY AND SWEDEN. 73 Divisions. Chief Towns. ^ Nordland— Nordland AUtahoug. Finmark or Norwegian Lapluid Tromsoe, Altengaard, Hammerfest. Islands. — Hitteren, Vigten Isles, Lofoden Isles, Ma- geroe. Bays. — Christiania, Hardanger, Drontlieim, Wept Fiord. Capes. — Noi ^e, the Naze or Lindesnaes. Mountains " Id, Langelield, Kolen. Lakes.— Ml Is, Tyri, FoDmund. Rivers. — Gloi*"..^a. jJrammen, Lauven, Tana. ■■■■^^-. SWEDEN '"V.-' .--V Is bounded N. by Finmark; W. by Norway and the Cattegat ; S. by the Baltic ; E. by the Baltic, the Gulf of Bothnia, and Russia. It contains 170,700 square miles. Population 3,482,541. Divisions. . ., . v ^;, j.^ Chief Towns, .'fj A Sioeden Proper-— Stockholm Stockholm, Sigtuna, Oregrund Upsala Upsala. Westeras Westeras, Sala. Nykoping Nykoping, Tunaherg. Orebro Orebro. Carlsta^ Carlstad. Falun Falun, Hedemora, Elfvedal. Gefle Gefle, Soderhamn, Hudiksvall. Oothland — Linkoping Linkoping, Norrkoping, Soderkoping. Calmar Calmar, Westervick, Borgholm. Jonkoping Jonkoping. Wexio Wexio. Carlscrona Carlscrona. Mariestad Mariestad, Skara. ' ' Wenersborg "Wenersborg. Gottenburg Gottenburg, Uddevalla. Halmstad Halmstad. Christianstad Christianstad. Malmo Malmo, Lund, Helsingborg, Landscrona. Gothland Wisby. NorrUmd — Pitea and N. Bothnia. . .Pitea, Lulea. Umea and W. Bothnia. . Umea, Tornea. Hemosand Hemosand. Ostersund Ostersund. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I I^|2i8 mgs ut m 122 2.0 lit u 14.0 !^ 1 '-^ ^ ^ 6" t, Photographic Sdences Corporation ^ °^1* ^^V^ i3 WIST MAIN STRHT WIBSTER.N.Y. 14SM (716)S72-4»03 '^ ? 74 MOBWAY AMD VWESHEMk Islands. — Gothland, Oland. Lakes. — ^Wener, Wetter, Mslar, Hielmar. RiYEBS. — Gotha, Motala, Dahl, Tomea, Lnlea, Clara^ . Foreign Possession.— -island of St Bartholomew hi the West Indies. REMASKS. Norway and Sweden, comprismg the whole penmsnla ci ancient Jscandinavia, extend from 55** 20' to 71 11' N. lat and from 5° to 31** E. long., heing ahout 1150 miles in length; the hreadth varying from 200 to 450 miles. Norway. — ^The aspect of Norway is wild hut pictnresqoe, and in many places suhlime. Mountains separated hy deep valleys or extensive lakes, immense pino-forests, rocks, and cataracts, are the striking features in the landscape. The great range of mountains (the Mona Sevo of ancient geogra- phy) stretching northward from the Naze to tlie North Cape, and dividing Norway from Sweden, is of various elevation. The Dovr^field, the central and loftiest part of the range, rise in some places to the height of 8000 feet ahove the level of the sea. The rivers of mrway are numerous, hut in general rocky and impetuous ; and, when swollen hy the sudden meltmg of the snow, they overflow their hanks with great friry, often sweeping com, cattle, and cottages in one common ruin. The whole coast is deeply indented hy gulfs and friths or fiords^ and covered hy a succession of i^nds, many of them vast insulated masses of rock, inhabited by innumerable birds which furnish the eider down of commerce. Among the Lofoden Isles is the dangerous whirlpool called the Mals^m. So rude and barren is the soil of Norway in general, that though the inhabitants are industrious, only a small part is under tillage. In some districts, however, particularly in the provinces of Bergen and Drontheim, there are tracts of con- siderable fertility. The crops are barley and oats, flax and hemp. Our common fruits are cultivated with success ; but gardening is very imperfectly understood. In the interior of Norway, although the cold of winter is intense, the air is pure and serene, and extremely conditeive to health and longevity. On the coast the temperature is milder, being softened by the breezes from the German Oc«ui ; but the atmosphere is often loaded with clouds and fogs. The shortness of the warm season in summer is compensated by the length of the day ; for the sun is scai'cely five hours below tbe horizon, even in the southern provinces; wl41e, m the higher latitudes of Nordland and Finmark* thco^ are several weeks during which it does not set. VegetatMiin Is accordingly extremely rapid; and, within three montlNlrt^ 1 MORWAT AMD SWEDEH. 75 corn is sown, ripened, and reaped. In winter, ag^ain, the day is proporticmaUy short, — and in the northern reg|ions there is an uninterruptod night of several weeks' duration, relieved only hy moonlight hri^htly reflected from the snow, and by the aurora horealis, which in those high latitudes is peculiarly briUiant. Most of the animals common to the other countries of Europe are to be found in Norway. The horses and homed cattle are small; but the former ai*e hardy, and the latter easily fattened. Goats are even more numerous than dieep. The rein-deer forms the chief wealth of the Laplander, and its care is almost his sole occupation ; the milk and flesh serve him for food, and the skins for clothing. Tlie country abounds with game of various kinds, and its coasts with shell-fish, especially the lobster. Among its wild animals are the bear, lynx, wolf, and lemming, the last a species of rat, which, pro- ceeding in immense swarms from the Kolen Mountains towards the coast, devours, in its progress, every production of the soil. The silver mines of Kongsberg^ the copper mines of Koraas, and the iron mines of Arondal and other places, are rich aiid productive. These mines, with the pine-forests and the fisli- eries, supply the principal articles of the export trade. The Norwegians are simple, hospitable, frank, and brave. They are not deficient in ingenuity, though literature is still in a backward state. Christiania has a university founded by tiie Danes in 1811, and primary instruction is fiumished in each parish by schoolmasters who are supported by a tax on the inhabitants. Schools of a higher class are found in all the principal towns. Norway was governed by its native mon* archs till the year 1397, when it was annexed to Denmark by the famous Union of Calmar. It was ceded to Sweden in' 1814, and is now governed by a viceroy of the Swedish mon- arch. It enjoys, however, a free constitution, of which it had been deprivecl under the Danish rule. Sweden. — Much of the description that has been given of the aspect of Nor^vay is equally applicable to Sweden. With the exception of the ridges on the west and north, it is not indeed a mountainous country ; but it is diversified by lakes, rocks, cataracts, and green valleys. The forests of Sweden occupy more than a half of the surface, and its lakes form the most striking feature in the landscape. The latter are, in general, vast sheets of pure transparent water, and cover about 4000 square miles. The climate, though very cold in winter, is less severe than might be expected in so high a latitude, a^rtion of the king- dom lying within the arctic circle ; and the steady equable weather, and pore ur, without violent winds or frequent 76 NORWAY AND SWEDEN. ihawB, render even winter a pleasant leaion. In lummer the heat is great, and vegetation rapid. The trees and plants of Sweden are nearly similar to those of Groat Britahi, witii the exception of the furze, hroom, and the walnut tree, which cannot withstand the long and severe cold of a Swedish winter. Wheat can he raised in the southern provinces only, where our common fruit-trees likewise grow. Oats, rye, ana harley, are more generally cultivated. Berries of different kinds grow spontaneously and luxuriantly. Aenculture and manimictures are very imperfectly under- stooa; the former, however, has made great progress within the last twenty years. Sweden has long heen noted for its mineral treasures. At present not less than 86,000 persons find employment in their extraction. The copper-mines of Dalecarfia are particularly famous, and the iron of Danemora is of the most superior quality. The chief exports of Sweden are timher, iron, steel, copper, pitch and tar, alum, potash, \ and dried fish. The internal prosperity of the countoy has > been much increased by canals, the most celebrated of which, called the Gotha Canal, completed in 1832, passes through Lakes Wener and Wetter, ar^ connects the Baltic with the Gattegat. The government of Sweden is a limited monarohv, the power of the king being considerably circumscribed by^ the privileges of the nobility and the people. The estabhshed religion, both in Sweden and Norway, is the Lutheran, and the church episcopal. There are two universities, those of Upsala and Lund, and primary instruction is ^err effectually Provided for, since every adult person must be ) to read efore he can exercise any act of majority, .j-^re are at present upwards of 3000 elementary schools, exclusive of the gymnasia or provincial hi^h schools, and other kindred mstitutions. In manners the Swedes haar a very striking resemblance to the Norwedans. Although they cannot boast of many great names in literature, in botanical science that of Linnseus is yet without a rival. EXERCISES. How ia Norway bounded ? What is its extent in square miles ? What population does it contain? What are the divisions of Norway ? Name the principal towns of Aggerhuus or Christiania. Name the towns of Finmark. What are the principal islands of Norway? Name its principal bays. Name its capes. What. are its mountains? What are its chief lakes? What are iti^principal rivers? How is Sweden bounded? What Is its extent in square ndies ? What is the amount of its population? Name its dttisiiMis. Name' the towns of Norrland; of Sweden Proper; of QothlMid. KORWAT AMD SWEDEN. 77 Where Is Chriedania, Tyri, Stockholm, Upsak, Pitea, Fahm, Lofoden lalea, BoTxMeld, Dahl, Glommen, Tomea, Kolen, Ny- kopioflr, Hitteren, Oland? &o. What foreign colony doesSwed^ poMess? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude are Norway and Sweden situate ? What are their length and breadth ? Describe the genenl aspect of Korwffy. What are the loftiest mountidns of l^rway? To what height do they rise? What is the char- acter of the rivers? What is the appearance of the coast? Where is the whirlpool Malstrom? In what state are the soil and agriculture of Norway? Are there any tracts of great fer- tility? What are the principal crops ? Describe the climate of Norway. How is the shortness of the warm season compensated? Within what space of time is the com sown, matured^and reaped? Describe the winter of the northern regions. What is remarkable about the horses and homed cattle of Norway? What animal constitutes the principal, wealdi of the Norwegan Laplanders? What wild animals are found in Norway? Which of them is peculiarly destractive? What mines in Norway ai'e particularly productive? What are its wincipal exports? What IS the national character of the Norwegians? What is yet the state of literature? Mention the provisions for natiay. Pop. 2000.-69, 55 N. 23, 8 E. Aren'dal, a small seaport of Nor* 78 NORWAY AMD BWEDEK. wty,on ttMB. eoMftof Obriallaiinnd. Pop. 3S99.-58, Sft N. 8, 43 B. BEH'OEN. » .province anecenil>er 17ia Pop. 5500.— 59. 7 N. 11,81 E. Fred'ericlntad, a fortified town in the province of Aggerhuus, at the mouth of the Giommen. Fop. S500. — 50, 13N. 11,0E. G^le, a fertile government of Swe- den, lying along the Gulf of Bothnia. Pop.lS0,158. Gef le, a seaport and capital of the above government, with considerable tfade. Pop. 6600.-6U, 39 N. 17, 8E. Gelliva'ra, a nountidn in the ex- treme north of Sweden, 180«i feet high, and constoting wholly of ex- cdlent iron-ore. Olomnwn, the largest river of Nor- way, rises in the Dovr^fleld Moun- tains, and lalls into the Slcager Rack near Frederickstad. Go'tha, a large river in Sweden, which issues from the S. extremity of Lake Wener, and falls into the Oattegat at Gottenburg. Ckt'tha, Canal of, connecting the Baltic with the Cattegat at Gotten- burg. By the completion of this Snd canal in 1838, an internal nav- bira, by means of the lakes We- ner, Wetter, 5io., has been formed firom sea to sea. Gothland, a k^rgc division of Swe- den, forming the southern and most ferMle portion of the monarchy, now 4}videa into twelve governments. " Gothland , a large island and go v- wnment of Swedm^ in the Butte. Po^ 43,968. Cktftenibiiri, affovminMiit oTSwa- dcn, on the coast of tha OattMat, wHb flshariee and good paiMii«,l^ j07*583. Got^teabarf, a flonrlshiBf eoaa- merdal city, capital of tha above government, on the Cattegat. A great many British merchants raridt here. Pop^ 80,000.— 57* 48 N. 11, 56B. UALM'STAD, a government of Sweden, with extensive forests and salmon fisheries. Pop. 105,^. Halm'stad, a strong seaport, capi- tal of the above government, on tba Cattegat. Pop. 8uU0.— ^, 43 N. », 48 E. Ham'taaerfest, a small town on an island near the northern extremity of Finmark. Pop. 800.— 70, 49 N. 23, 55 fi. Hede'marken, a bailiwick of Nor- way, in the province of Aggoiinns. Pup. 87,118. Uede mora, a small town of Swe- den, situate in a fertile part of Falun. Pop. 1000. Hersingborg, a seaport in the gov- ernment of Maimo, on the Sound, opposite Klsinore in Denmark. Pop. 3004».— 56, 9 N. 18, 44 E. Her'nosand, a maritime govemr meat of Sweden, in Norrlana, lying along the coast of the Gulf of Both- nia. Pup. 99,558. Her'nosand, a small seaport on the Gulf of Bothnia, capital of the above government. Pop. 8100.— 02, 33 N. 18, E. Hiel'inar, a lake of Sweden, be- tween lakes Wener and Maelan Uit'teren, a considerable island of Norway, on the coast of Brontlieim. Pop. 370a Hu'dikBvall, a town of Sweden, in the government of Oefle, on an inlet oftbe Gulf of Bothnia. Pop. 8000. Hueen', a small island at the en- trance to the Sound, remarkable as having been the residence of Tycdio Brahd. JARLS'BERO and LAUR YIG, a bailiwick of Norway, in the pro- vince of Aggerhuus. Pop. 63,070 Jonkop'ing, an interior govern- ment of Sweden. Pop. 1<>3,426. Jonkop'ing, the capital of the above government, on tiie S. ban'c of Lake Wetter. Pop. 4300.— 57, 47 N. 14, 7 B. KO'LEN, the northern part of the great chain of mountains sepa- imtii^ Norway from Sweden, the 80 NOBWAY AND 8WBDEK. highest of whleh. BoUtelma, to 6178 feet above the ma. Kongil>ergi » town of Norway, in Agmrauui, on the Lauren, cele- bnied for its silver mines. Pop. MOO. — fiO. 89 N. 9, a7 B. Kongs'vinnr, a small town of Norway, in the province of Agger- buus. LANDSORO'NA. a seaport in the government of Malmo, on the Sound, strongly fortifled. Pop. 4000. — S5, 6 N. 19, 48 E. Lui'gdfleld, the southern part of the great Norweffian chain ofmoun- tafais. fk'om the Naze to theN. of the Srovmce of Bergen. Skacstdl-tind, ie liighest summit, is 8101 feet. Lap'iand, the most northerly country of Europe, extending above 600 miles from the North Cape to the White Sea in Russia. It is di- vided into Norweghm, Swedish, and Russian Lapland; and although it contains 150,000 square miles, the entire population does not exceed 60,000. LaurMg, a seaport of Norway, in Aggerhuus, on the W. side of Chris- tiama Bay, at the mouth of the Lau- ven, remarkable for its foundries Pop. 3400.-^9, 5 N. 10, 10 E. Lau'ven or Lou'ven, a river of NorwajT, which rises in the Langd- field Mountains, passes Kongsberg, and faUs mto the Sicager' Rack at Laurvig. Lessee', a small town of Norway, in the N. of the province of Agger- huus. Lindesnses. See Naze. Linkop'ing, a fertile agricultural government of Sweden. P. 299,484. Linkop'ing, the chief town of the above government, in a fertile plain ; its cathedral, after that of Upsala, is the finest in the kingdom. Pop. 4000.— 58, 24 N. 15, 49 E. Lofo'dcn Isles, a group of islands on the N. W. coast of Norway, the seat of a most extensive cod and her- ring fishery, which employs more than 15,000 men. They consist of five large and several small islands, and contain about 14,000 inhabitants. Lulea, a town of Norrland, gov- ernment of Pitea, on the Gulf of Bothnia, near the mouth of the Lu- lea, a river in which is a great water- fall said to be half a mile broad. Pop. 1100.— 65, 36 N. 29, 15 E. Lund, a town in the government of M^imo, on the Sound, the seat of a university. Pop. dOOOr-M, 49 N. 18. IDE. MJB'LAR, ahr^elake of Sweden, extending firom Btoekholm 78 mUea into the interior, and containing about lapOtolands. Ma'igeroe, a bare and rocky Island on the N. ooast of NorwegiMi Lap- land, inhabited by four or five fa- milies. The North Cape forms Its northern extremity. Mal'mo, the most southerly gov- ernment of Sweden, rich in agricul- tural produce. Pop. 953,084. Mal'mo, a strongly fortifled sea- port, capital of the above govern- ment, on the Sound, with consider- able trade and manufactures. Pop. 9700.— 55, 36 N. 13, E. Marstrom, a famous whirlpool near the S. extremity of the Lofoden Isles.— 67, 47 N. 11,50B. Man'dal, a bailiwick of Norway, in the province of Christiansand. Pop. 61,918.— A town of the same name in the above bailiwick, on a bay near the Naze. Pop. 2950. Ma'riestad, a fertile government of Sweden, between lakes Wetter and Wener. Pop. 199,897. Ma'riestad, the capital of the above government, on theE. shore of Lake Wener. Pop. 2500.— 58, 42 N. 13, 50 E. Mios'en, a lake of Norway, In Aggerhuus, 60 miles long and 15 broad. Moss, a town of Norway, in the province of Aggerhuus, on Chris- tiania Bay. Pop. 4000.— 59, 25 N. 10, 37 E. Mota'la, a river in Sweden issuing from Lake Wetter, and falling into the sea below Norrkopine. NAZE, a promontory forming the southern extremity of Norway. — 57, 58N. 7,3B. Ned'enaes, a bailiwick of Norway, in the province of Cluristiansand. Pop. 53,932. Nord'kyn, a promontory in Fin- mark, the most northerly point of con- tinental Europe.— 71, 8 N. 27, 58 E. Norrkop'ing, one of the {urindpal commercial towns of Sweden, in the government of Linkoping, near the mouth of the Motala. Pop. 12,880. —58, 33 N. 16, 13 E. Norrland, a large divtoion of Swe- den, including North and West Bothnia, now divided into four gov-* emments. Nordland, a province and bishop'i KORWAT AND SWEDEN. n •M III tbt If . of Notlmy, aomiirUaf » bailiwiek of the muim iuun«, ana Flnmark. Pop. 100.400. . ^ . North Capo, in the iiland of BI&- geroe. the most northerly point of Norwe^n Lapland, and of all Bu- aM, ezeepttaff the northern extre* ty of Nom Zemhla.— 71* ION. SS, ME. Nykoping an agrlcnltoral goTem- ment of Sweden. Pop. 190, 1 13. 8 Nykoping, a nuritime town, ca- itai of^tiie above government, on he Baltic In its neiefabourhood are xnines of cobalt. Pop. S900.>" 08, 45 N. 17. 1 B. OXAND, an island on the 8. B. coast of Sweden, belonging to the government of Oalmar, 80 niles long, and from 8 to 14 broad, separated from the mainland by the sound of Cabnar. Pop. 31,<)00. Orebro', an inland government of Sweden, with mines of iron, copper, cobalt, &e. Pop. 137.660. Orebro', the chief town of the above government, near the W. shore of the lake Hielmar. Pop. 4300.— 00, 17 N. 10, 9 B. Oregrund', a small seaport of Swe- den, government of Stockholm, on the Gulf of Bothnia. Pop. 670. Ostersund', a moimtainous gov- ernment of Sweden, in Norrland. Top. 02,271. Ostersund', the chief place in the ubove government, on the E. shore of la^e Storsion. Pop. 1000. PITfi'A, a government of Sweden, in Norriand, comprehending North Bothnia.. Pop. 00,701. Pite'a, the chief town in the above government, on a river of the same name. Pop. 1400.— 60, 20 N. 21, 40 E. Pors'grund, a seaport of Norway, in the province of Christiansand, on a bay of the Skager Rack, with con> siderable trade in timber. Pop. 1700. RANDS, a lake in Norway, pro- vince of Aggerhuus. Roms'dal, a bailiwick of Norway, in the province of Drontheim. Pop. 81.314. RoYaas, a town of Norway, in the province of Drontheim, at the base of the Dovrifield Mountains ; nebr it are liamous copper-mines. Pop. 3000.— 62,32 N. 11,17 E. RosendaV, a small town of Nor- way, in the province of Bergen, on Hardaager Fiord, near which are rich copper-mines. . SAIiA. a town of Bwedea fa tilt Kvenunent of Weelaraa. temarkabla r ill Mlver^mineii P bridges. It forms the chief ntk, \i iv tile emporium of the kingdom* t nc has an excellent and capacious har- bour. The principal public buildings are the rdf^al palace, the cathedral of St Nicholas, and the hall of the Diet. —The squares and public plaees are ornamented with numerous statues, and in the environs are beautlAii parks and pleasure-grounds. Pop. 93,070.-09, 22 N. 18, 4 E. Sweden Proper, a large dlvisiou comprehending the oential portions of the kingdom, now dlvidied into eifi^t governments. TA^ A, a river of Lapland, which forms for 100 miles the boundary be- tween Russia and Sweden, and Cidls into the Northern Ocean. Tons'berg, a seaport of Norway. F KORWAT AND SWEDSN. I >. k ItoBMHoM of AggtriiinM, m «Im Wa-M. 18 N. 10, IS B. ^ Tof'iMftt m rivtr of 0w«dMi , has ito ■ewotlBtlMinoimtatetof Norway, toftTOfiM Loko TonMo,«nd bdU into tkoOvIf of Bothnia. Tor1i«a, a town formerly bolong- taf to Swiadtn, but coded to RuMla te 1M0. on « small Island In the river Tornaa. P.7flO.~^,«)N.84,lOB. Tor'rIedAl, m river In Norway, •owtaif into the Bkager Rack at Ohrlauan«uid. Tirom'ioe, » town in Norway, the MHiital of Finmark, on a small Island. Pop. 1000. Tu'taabeiv, a town of Sweden, in Um fovemment of Nykoplng, on the Baltic, with large iron-works. Pop. 10Oa-M. 40 N. 17. OB. Tytl (Telree), a lake of Norway, In the province of Aggerhuus, 15 nUeakmg. UOOBVaL'LA, a town of Swe- den, In the government of Ootten- bniv, on an inlet of the Cattemt Pop. 4000. u'mea, a government of Sweden, in Norrland, rnmprahending West Bothnia. P .0.758. U'mea, a .eaport on the Gnlf of Bothnia, chief town of the above government, on a river of the same nam*. Pop. IfiOO.— 63, 49 N. so, 87B. Up'sala, a government of Sweden, with extensive iron-works. Pop. 89,383. IXp'sahi or Up'sal, the capital of the above government, an ancient dty, the see of an archbishop, and •eat of a celebrated university. It waa long the residence of the Swedish monardu. PMik Mfili^-^, fl0 N. 17, 36B. YIOTBIf ISIiSBi a gfonp of Islands on tho coaat of UrontkelB. WARDHUUB (Var'do). a SMril latand, with a fort, on the N. B. eooel of Fhimark.— 70. » N. 81, 7 B. Wen'er, a lane Uka hi Sweden, formbig, by the Ootha Canal, one of the great channels of commnioatkm between Oottenburg and the Baltic We^ersborg, a government of Sweden. Pop. 848,130. We'nersborg, the chief town of the above government, on Lake Wener^ near the efflux of the river Ootha. Pop. 300i>.— AH, 83 N. IS, 18 B. West Fiord, a irreat sound separat- ing tlie Lofoden Isles from the main- land of Norway, through which the tides of tho Northern Ooean rush with tremendous force and rapidity. Wes'teras, agovemment of sweden, contataiing the ridi sUver-minea of Sala. Pop. 06,691. Wes'teras, a commercial town, capital of the above government, and a oishop's see, on Lake Msslar. Pop. Smi—biU 35 N. 16, 38 B. West'ervick, a seaport of Sweden, in the government of Calmar, on tho Baltic, with a good harbour. Pop. 3000.-57, 46 N. 16, 38 E. Wet'ter, a htke in Sweden, 90 miles long and 16 broad, communicating with the Baltic by the river Hotala. - Wex'in, a government of Sweden. Pop. 136,688. Wex'io, the chief town of the above fovernment. Pop. 8800.— 56, 44 N. 4, 51 E. Wisl>y, a seaport, the capital of the island of Gothland, and see of a bishop. P. 4800.— 57, 14 N. I8» 88 B. * DENMARK Is bounded N. by the Skater Hack ; W. by the Gennan Ocean ; S. by the Elbe, which separates it from Gennany ; E. by the Cattegat, the Sound, and the Baltic. It con- tains 22,680 square miles. The population is 2,296,597. Divisioiis. Chief Towns. Jutland Aalboiigf, Aarhuus, Yiborg. MUeswig. Schlesvig, Elensborg, Tonniosltti. Hobtein. Kiel, Altona, Glnckstadft, BeDdslnirg. uneal^Qrg. Lauenburg, Ratzoburg. DKMlIAKli:. DlTteioBi* ChioTTofWM, Ulftuda „ JfFmenXiiig*-' land, LudandiFaliter, Hoen, Alsen, Born- holm, &o. ^ CopniRAonr, Ekbon, Bof- kildoi OdeBMfit Straits and GuLFS.~The Sound, the Qreat Belt, the Little Belt, Lvm Fiord. River.— The Eyder. Capes. — ^The Skaw. the Horn. Islands siubjetA to Denmark. — In the Atlantic, Iceland; in the North Sea, the Faroe Isles. Foreign Possessions.— In the West Indies, Santa Cruz, St Thomas, and St jQhn ^ in the Northern Ooeaiii Of eenland* BEMABKS. Deiunark consists of an extensive peninsula (the Cher»)penhagran is almost entirely supplied with vegetables. The fisheries in the bays and creeks ftimish the chief occu- pation of the Danes. Their manufactures are neither nnme* reus nor important; but their commerce is considerable. Railways have been formed from Altona to Gluckstadt. Rends- bnrg, and Kiel ; and from Copenhagen to Roskilde and Elshiore. Previous to the year 1660 the Danish monarchy was dec* tive : after the memorable resolution of that rear, it became hereditary and absolute. In 1834 the late king Frederick yi. ffranted a representative constitution. The established religion is the Lutheran ; but all others are now tolerated, although the penal statutes against dissenters were formerly very severe. The universities of Copenhagen and Kiel are celebrated seats of learning. Education is carefully provided for, the law requiring that every child between 7 and 14 years of age shall attend some public school. In their manners and customs the higher orders of Danes differ littk) from persons of the same rank in other European countries. In general, they are fond of pomp and show, and considerably inclined to convivial entertainments. They are courteous and humane, yet possessed of great courage, — ^their seamen in particular being distinguished for braverv. In literature, Denmark boasts of several individuals of great celebrity, — among others, Saxo Grammaticus, Tycho Brahd, TorfnuB, &o. Tnorwaldsen, a native of Iceland, one of the ■ most eminent sculptors of modem times, received liis early education at Copennagen. EZEBCIBES. How is Denmark bounded ? What is its extent in square miles? What is its population? What are the divisions of Denmark? Name the towns in each of those divisions. Where is Gluckstadt, Odensee, Copenhagen, Flensborg, EhwuMre, Altona, Yiborg, Kiel, Aalborg? &o. Name its island. Where are the Little Belt, the Sound, the Great Belt, Lym Fiord? Name and describe the river of Denmark. Name its canes. What islands are subject to Denmark? What are its colonies in the West Indies, in tiie East Indies, in the Northern Ocean, and in AfHca? Of what does Denmark consist? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situate? What are its length and breadth? What is the general appearance of Demnaik? <^Bai it any rivers or lakes of importance ? What is remarkable about the coast? What Idndcf islands are Zealand and Funen? Deaoribe the oHmate of Denmark. What is the state of the »o& tn^^ \ DBMIUBX. as •oath of ooiitlii«Dtal Dennutrk? In whftt do« the north diflbr from it? What U tho aspect of the coast? What are the pro- dnotiona of the foil ? For what are the horses and homed a&tle of Denmark remarkable ? From what isUnd is Copenhagen sap- plied with vegetables ? What constitutes the principal ooonpation of the Danes? Are their manafkotares nnmerous or important? Is their commerce considerable ? Are there any railwayi ? What is the nature of the Danish govemment? What la Iha established reliffion? Are other reOgions tolerated? How is •education provided for ? Is there any thing peculiar in the man- ners and customs of the Danes ? What is their national character ? Of what distinguished names in literature, science, and art, can they boast? DB80RIPTIVB TABLB. AAL'BORO. the capital of Jut- land, on the 8. shore of the Lym Fiord, with a good harbour. Pop. 7M0.— A7^ 8' N. lat. 0» fly B. long. Aarliuui, a seaport on the B. coast of Jutland, near the N. extremity of the GhTMt Belt, with a good trade. Pop. BOWk—M, 9 N. 10, 13 B. Al'sen, a pleasant island in the Little Btft, SO miles long and 5 broad. Pop. 98,000. Al'tona, a flourishing seaport in Holstein, on the Blbe, two miles W. of Hamburg. It is a place of con- siderable commerce and manufac- tures. Pop. 33,00a— 53, 38 N. 9. MB. A'mak, a small island in the Baltic, opposite Copenhagen, with which it is connected by two bridges ; it is laid out in gardens and pastures. Anliolt, an island in tlie Cattegat, with a lighthouse 188 feet high. BBLTS Great, a strait between the islands of Zealand and Funen, about 18 miles broad, and of dangerous navigation. Belt, Little, a strait between Funen and the peninsula, varying from 1 to 10 miles in width, and hazardous to navigators. Bom'holm, an island In the Baltic, about 90 miles in length and 15 in breadth, containing about 100 vil- lages. It is rich in com and cattle, and has a valuable salmon fishery. Pop. 90.000.— A5, 17 N. 14. 40 B. OATTTEOAT. a Uurge channel or sound separating the Danish penin- sula from Sweden. Ool'dlng, a town in Jutland, situ- ate at the head of a buy in the Little Belt-«6, 30 K. 9, 28 B. CoPMtnuk^mms\ the capital of the kingdom, the seat of a university, aud pne of ihe most elegant cities in the N. of Burope, standi on the X. coast of the island of ZeaUnd. It posseeses an excellent harbour and docks, and is surrounded by a chain of bastions and a broad ditch,— tha walls eneloshig a circuit of Ave miles. The roval library and museum are particularly rich in northern litera- ture and antiquitiee. Pop. 133,000. --6S, 41 N. 19, 34 B. ECK'BNFORDB, a seaport In Sohleswig, on a bay of the Baltic. Elsinore' or Blslneur', a seaport in Zealand, 23 miles N. of Copennafen. Here all vessels passing the Bound pay toll to the Danish government. The castle of Cronborg commands the passage of the Sound, which Is about 3 miles broad. Pop. 8000.— 06, 8 N. 19, 36 B. Byder (rder), the only river of importance in Denmark, separatee Holstein from Scbleswig, and falls into the Oennaa Ocean. By means of the canal of Kiel, the Bydar forms a navigable communication betwem the German Ocean and the Baltic FAL'STER, a fertile and pleasant isUnd in the Baltic, so proauotlvci especially of fruit, as to be styled the orchard of Denmark. Pop. 93,849. — 04, 00 N. 18, OB. Fan'oe, an ishmd on the 8. W» coast of Jutland. Pop. 2800. Fa'roe Islands, a group in the North Sea, between Shetland and Iceland. The/ are 88 in number, J7 being bahablted. Thorsbaven in Stromoe is the principal town. Jn general thev are naked rbcki, and the chief wealth of the inhabitants arises from fishing, rearing of sheen* and the feathers of birds. Pop. SIsO. Fem'em, a small island m ihe Baltic, off the N. coast of Holstein. Flensliorg, a flourishing seaport in 86 DENMARK. Mtleiwif , with an «XMllent hnrbour. Pop. le^OOO.-^, 47 N. 9. 86 B. Fohr, an Uland on the w. ooait of Miletwiy, much frequented for sea- liathing; Pop. 4700. Prlderfcla, a seaport and fortreu In Jutland, at the N. entrance of the Little Belt Pop. 4600. Fivlien, a large and fertile island, Hmurated from the peninsula by the Idttl^ Belt, and fh>m Zealand by the Great Belt. It is 49 miles long and as hMMid. Top. 170,450.-05, iO N. 10,20E. GLUCK'STADT, a seaport in Holstein, near the mouth of the Elbe, at its Junction with the Rhu. Pop. 6000.-^03. 49 N. 9, 96 E. BBLIOOLANiy, a small island about S6 miles from the mouths of the Erder and Elbe, now belonging to Britain. Pop. 2000.-^4. 10 N. 7,03B, HoFstein, an extensive duchy in the northern extremity of Germany, forming an integral part of the king- dom of Denmark. The country is fertile, with very rich pastures. Its superficial extent is 35(H) square miles, and its population 479,3^. Horn, The, a cape on the S. W. coast of Jutland.— 55, 34 N. 8, 5 E. Hor'sens, a seaport in Jutland, on the E. coast. Pop. liOOO.— 55, 52 N. 9,0OB. Htt'sum, a seaport on the VT. coast of Schleswig.— 54, 29 N. 9, 4 E. ICEXAND, a large island in the Atlantic Ocean, between 63° and 67** N. lat., and IS* and 25'* W. long. Its length it 300 miles, and its breadth 200. Its surface is rugged and moun- tainous, its soil barren, and its cli- mate severe. Volcanic eruptions are frequent in many parts of the island. OfMounfHeda, twenty- four erup- tions are recorded, the last of which took place in April 1846. Springs of hot Water are numerous in Iceland, of all degrees of temperature, up to a state of violent ebullition. The most renuirkable of these springs, called the Great Geyser, throws up columns of boiling water, to the height of 90, 100, and sometimes even to above 150 feet, accompanied with a noise like the explosion of cannon. The island is very thinly peopled, having a superficial area es- timated at 40,0UO square miles, with A population of 60,000. The people were formerly noted for literature ; tbey ate itiU very intelligent and of simple mannan. RedEiaYlk* the ca> pital, is on the 8. W. coast. P. 900. Itz'ehoe, a town la Bolstdn, on the Stor. Pop. 0500. JUT'LANO, a large province of Denmark, which formerly compriseu the whole peninsula; but the name is now confined to the northern divi- sion, extending from 00" 25^ to 07" 43^ N. lat, in length 160 miles, with an average breadth of 70. P. 6O4.0it0. KIEL (Keel>, a seaport, the owi- tal of Holstein, and the seat of a univerrity, with an excellent harbour. It is situate at the E. extremity of the canal which connects the Baltic with the German Ocean, and is tho great point of communication with opennagen and Hamburg. Pop. 15,000.-54, 19 N. 10, 8 B. LAAlAND, nn island at the en- trance of the Baltic, 40 miles long and 14 broad. It is the most fertile tract in the Danish dominions. Pop. 60,447.-64, 48 N. 11, 25 E. Lan'g&Iand, an island between Zea- land, Laaland, and Funen, 35 miles long and from 3 to 6 broad. Pop. 17,100.-^4, 5C N. 10, 46 E. Lau'enburg, a duchy of Gennany, on the right bank of the Elbe. It was a separate duchy till 1689, when it passed to the House of Hanover. In 1815 it was ceded to Prussia, but soon after made over to Denmark, in exchange for Rugen and Pomerania. Pop. 46,486. Lau^enburg, the capital of the duchy of the same name, draws a considerable revenue from a toll on the Elbe. Pop. 3800.-53, 22 N. 10, 31 E. Lvm Fiord, a long narrow gulf in Jutland, which runs westward from the Cattegat across the peninsula aU most to the German Ocean. MO'EN. a small island in the Bal- tic to the E. of Zealand. P. 13,206. NY'BORG, a seaport on the E. coast of Funen, where vessels passing through the Great Belt pay a toll. Pop. 3300.-65, 19 N. 10, 46 E. ODENSEE', the capital of Funen, situate on a river, about a mile from the sea. It carries on consider- able manufactures of woollen cloths, leather, and soap. It is the residence of a bishop, and of the chief magis~ trateof Funen. P. 11,000.— 50, 25 N. 10, 22 E. RAN'DERS, a town in Jutland, with a considerable trade in com. Pop. 7000. 'J BOLLAKO ItatMlNng, A fortifled town tn th« dadiy of Lauenbuiv, on m Utand In alakeofthesaibeiuuiie. PoikSOOO. ~A8, 41 N. 10, 89 B. Rendaturg, a strong tovm in Hoi- itein, on the Eyder, with » good tnde. P. 10.40a— M. 18 N. t>, 40 B. Ribd or Ri'pen, a town ou th« W. cout of SehlMwlg, sitaate on the Oram. P. »W0.~-6i, 19 N. 8, 47 B. Roaldlde, fai Zealand, the ancient capital of Denmark, now remarkable only for it« Gothic cathedral , in which the kings of Denmark are buried. Pop. ISU().— 08, 96 N. 12, E. SKA'GBR RACK, a large sound in the North Sea, separating Jutland from Norway. Skaw or Ska'ger Cape, a promon- tory on the northern extremity of Jutland, with a lighthouse.— 57> 43 N. 10, 42 E. fichles'wig, a duohy forming the southern division of the peninsula, formerly comprised under the name of Jutland. Its length is 73 miles ; its breadth varies from 3U to 86 miles. Pop. 362,900. Bchles'wig, the capital of the above duchy, pleasantly situate on the 91 Pop. 11,M0.~M, SI N. f. Sound, a atnlt between id the island of Zealand, tafair about 3 miles across from Blsmoro to Helsingborg in nore, p. 88. Swedan. Sea Bkl- Sylt'oe, an Idand on the W. ooiit of Schleswiir, famous for oysUrs. TON'DBRN. a town of Sehleswte, on the Widaw. with considerabn trade and manuncturet. Pop. 9900, Ton'ningMi. a seaport in SoDleiw^, rituate near the mouth of the Eyder, with considerable trade. Pop. 9400. -M, 19 N. 8, 88 B. yi'BORO, an ancient town, on a small lake, nearly In the centre of Jutland. P. 6800.-86, 27 N. 9, 93 B. ZEA'LAND, an isUnd betitreen the Cattegat and the Baltic. It is about 170 miles in circumference, with an area of 2800 square milee, and 495,284 inhabitants. Its aspeet is finely varied with gentle eminences f'lid cultivated fields ; its soil is fto- tik« , and its numerous bays and credn abound with fish. Here are concen- trated most of the manufiMitures and trade of Denmark. HOLLAND Is bounded N. and W. by the German Ocean-; S. by Belgium ; E. by Rhenish rrussia and Hanover. It con- tains 13,176 square miles. Population 3,397)851. Provinces. Chief Towns. Groningen Groningen, Winschoten, DelfEyl. Drenthe Assen, Meppel. Friesland Leuwarden, Harlingen. Overpssel Zwoll, Deventer. Guelderland Amheim, Nimeguen, Zutphcn. Utrecht Utrecht, Amersfoort. Holland Proper Amsterdam, Haarlem, Alkmaar, L^- den. The Hague, Botterdam, Hoorn, Dort, Delft. Zealand Mlddleburg, Flushing, Veere. North Brabant Bois-le-Duc, Breda, Bergen-op-Zoom. Part of jl'*"'^"'? Jfaestricht. \Luxemburg Luxemburg. Islands. — ^Walcheren, North Beveland, South Beve- land, Tholen, Schouwen, in the provmce of Zealand; Over Flakkee, Voorne, Ysselmonde; Texel, Vlieland, Schelling, Ameland. / 88 HOLLAND. Seas and Bays.— Zuyder Zee, Haarlem Meer, L4uw«r Zee, Dollart Bay. ^ BiVERS. — ^The Bhine, with its branches the Waal, Yssel, and Leek ; the Maas or Meuse ; the Vecht. , FoBEiQN Possessions. — ^In the East Indies, Java, and the Moluccas or Spice Islands, with settlements in Smn-* atra and Borneo; in the West Indies, Curagoa, Buen . Ayre, St Eustatius, Saba, and part of St Martin ; in S. America, Snrinam ; in Africa, El Mina, and some small forts on the coast of Guinea. REMARKS. Holland, exclusive of Limburg and Luxemburg, is situate between 51" 12' and 63** 28' N. lat. and between 3** 20' and 7" 12' E. lonff. Its length, from the north of Friesland to the south of North Brabant, is 156 miles, and its breadth 116 miles. To the lover of the picturesque, the aspect of Holland is tame and uninteresting. The country is one vast plain, di- versified neither by mountain, hill, nor knoU. Viewed from the top of a tower or spire, it appears like an extensive marsh, intersected by numberless mtches and canals. Yet even the dull monotony of this prospect is relieved by some features of great interest ; — meadows of wide extent and of the most beautifol verdure, covered with large herds of well fed cattle ; sheets of water, clusters of trees, and, in tlje vi- cinity of large towns, elegant villas surrounded with gardens and parks, decorated with statues and busts. No country- can display more striking proofs than Holland of the energies which man can exert in overcoming the phy- sical evils or diflSculties of his situation. Placed below the level of the sea at high water, many tracts have been exposed to the most dreadful mundations. The Zuyder Zee now occu- pies the bod of an ancient lake, and also of a district through which a river, issuing from the lake, pursued a course of fifty miles to the sea. The islands that skirt the north-western shores are the evident remains of an old tract of mainland, over which the sea has established its dominion. In the tenth century, the mouths of the Schelde spi^ad into broad estuaries, leaving the islands of Beveland, Walcheren, and Sohouwen, as vestiges of the country which they over- whelmed; and in the fifteenth century (a. d. 1446), the salt lake near Dort was formed by a sudden inundation, which destroyed 72 villages, and more than 20,000 of the inhabitants. To ^tect themselves from the recurrence of such calamities, the Dutch constructed along their coast stupendous dikes, or / HOLLAND. 89 monndfl of earth, &ced ^ith stone or wood, which have oflbc- toally lepelled the e*^* xshments of the sea. Tliese xnounds slope on each idde, &. ^ are in some places so hroad as to admit of two carriages abreast. Similar dikes are built along the hanks of the great rivers, with sluices at interrali, by means of which the country can be laid under water on the approach of an enemy. Inland communication is chieflj carried on by canals whicli traverse the kingdom in every direction. Railways are now open, connecting Rotterdam, the Hague, Leyden, Haarlem, Amsterdam, Utrscht, and Arnheim, and thence continued to the Prussian frontier. The soil near the coasts is chiefly sand mixed with turf; but it is cultivated with the utmost care. In other parts of the country it is a deep loam. Owing to the humidity of ^e climate, a great part of the land is reteined in grass ; and the pastures are of unrivalled luxuriance. The principal crops cultivated are wheat, madder, tobacco, flax, and hemp. But the rural wealth of Holland consists chiefly of its cattle and the produce of the dairy. Horticulture, especially the raising oi flowers, has been brought to great perfection. In manufactures the same spirit of mdustry is displayed as in husbandry. These are various and extensive; unens, leather, the distillation of gin, and that species of pottery called Delft ware, may be particularly mentioned. But it is chiefly to commerce that Holland has been in- debted for the remarkable prosperity which she has long en- joyed. After her emancipation from Spanish rule, she became distinguished by the superior eflbrts and success in trade which are the natural fruits of independence. For centuries almost the whole carrjdng-trade of Europe was in her hands ; her fisheries were most extensive and valuable; and her colonies in the East Indies were the sources of a very aptive and lucrative traffic. Successive wars checked her manufac- tures and commerce, — ^and the tyranny of Bonaparte brought them to the verge of ruin. In 1814, by the arrangements of the great European powers, Holland was restored to indepen- dence, and placed in a fair way of recovering her commercial prosperity. After the Dutch had thrown off the yoke of Philip II. of Spain, in 1579, the provinces of HoUand, called the Seven United Provinces, became so many federal republics, and the chief magistrate was named the Stadtholder (the Protector of the State^. Holland was overpowered by the revolutionary armies of France in 1795, and converted into the Batavian Hepublic. Napoleon afterwards erected it into a kingdom under his brother Louis. 90 HOLLAND. After the overthrow of the French power in 1615| P B lriBm And the proyinced of Holland were united, and fmned the kingdom of the Netherlands^ with a coniititatioiial goreili- ment. This union, however, was never popular in Belgium | and the movement hy which Charles X. was expelled from France in July 1830, was followed in August hy a similar one in Brussels, the issue of which has heen the separation of the Netherlands into two kingdoms, Holland retidningfhe province of North Brabant, a part of the grand-dudhy ciLiJOr emburg, and of the province of Limburg, with the colonies. Throughout the kingdom the advantages of education are enjoyed m an eminent degree. Schools are established in every parish. The universities of Leyden, Utrecht, and Groningen have long been celebrated. The Dutch may boast of attainments in letters and science, and even in the Ane arts. In the former, they possess the names of Eras- mus, Grotius, Boerhaave, and Leeuwenhoeck ; in the latter, those of Rembrandt and a number uf distinguished landscape and marine painters. The Dutch are a laborious, plodding, frugal, but upright people. In religion they are Protestant Calvmists ; but they nave long set the example of the most complete toleration. EXERCISES* How is Holland bounded ? What is its extent in square miles V What is the amount of the population? What are the divisions of Holland? What are the principal towns in Zealand, Holland Proper, Utrecht? &c. Where is Kotterdam, Amheim, Brid, Amsterdam, Breda, Nimeguen, Borgen-op-Zoom, Deventer, Zut- phen? &c. What are the ^incipal rivers? Name the seas and bays. Name the islands. Where i» Haarlem Meer? What are the branches of the Khine in Holland? Where is Schelling, DoUart Bay, Walcheren, Ameland, South Beveland, Lauwer Zee, Ylieland? &c. What are its colonies in the East Indies, in the West Indies, in South America, and in Africa? Between what degrees of latitude and loneitude is Holland situate? What are its length and breadth? What is its general aspect ? By wliat is the dull uniformity of the prospect relieved? From what cause have many parts of this country been exposed to dreadful inundations? what tract is now occupied by the Zuyder Zee? Of what are the islands on the northern shores the evident remains ? In what century did the mouths of the Schelde expand into broad estuaries ? How and when was the salt lake near Dort formed? What devastation did that inundation com- mit? By what means did the Dutch protect themselves from the recurrence of such dreadful calamities ? What security do the embankments afford a^inst the invasion of a foreign enemy? What i^ the principal inland communication? What cities are connected by railways ? Why is a great part of Holland kept in iftHMwUMi^ u'imjtp'\^iiliSllt}f:f^^n^'#tiMi HOLLAND. 91 gnmt What drops are chiefly cnltivated? In what does the principal rural wealth of Holland consbt ? For what mann^urtnree is Holland famous ? TThen did Holland heoome distingaished by its efforts and success in trade? What were the chief branches of its commerce ? By what was it brought to the verge of ruin ? How was it placed in a flair way of recover' ing its commercial prosperity? ^ What was the nature of the Dutch government after they had thrown off the Spanish yoke ? What changes were caused by the French Revolution in 1795? When was Holland united to Bel- gium? How and when were thev separated ? In what state is education in this country? Are schools com- mon? What universities have long been celebrated? Of what literary and scientific names can Holland boast ? What distin- guished artist has it produced? What is the Dutch character? What is the religion of the people? DE8CRIPTIVB TABLE. ALKMAAR% a fortified town in Holland Proper, situate on the Hel- der Canal. It has a great trade in butter and cheese. Pop. 9QW>.—52!> 34'N.lat.4M5'E.Iong. Am^Hand, an island to the N. of Friesland. Pop. 200O. A'mersfoort, a pleasant town in the province of Utrecht, with con- siderable manufactures. P. 13,000. —59, 9 N. fi, 22 fi. Amstbrdam', the capital of the kingdom, a great commercial city, situate at the confluence of the Amstel with the Y (pron. Ejfe), an arm of the Zuyder Zee. It is built in a marsh, upon piles, and has a harbour (mnablo of containing 1000 vessels. Tlie principal streets are magnificent, and the city is inter- sected by numerous canals, com- municating by 290 bridges, and orna- mented with fine trees. P. 222,000. —52, 22 N. 4, 53 E. AmAeim', the chief town of Ouel> derland, on the Rhine. Pop. 17,000. —51, 59 N. 5, 64 E. Ass'en, the chief town in the pro- vince of Drenthe. Pop. 13U0.— ^3, N. 6, 33 B. Ax'el, asmall but strongly fortified town in Zealand. Pop. 2250. BBR'OEN-OP-ZOOM', an xm- pwtont town and fortress in N. Bra- bant, communicating with the East Scbelde by a canal. In 1814, it was exposed to a formidable but unsuc- cessfiil aaaanit, by a British army nndor Mr Thomas Qraham, after- wards Lord Lynedoch. Fop. 7fiU0.— 51,S»N.4, 17E. Bev«land, North, an island in the {>rovlnce of Zealand, about 13miler> ong and 3 broad. By the dreadtul inundation of 1532, it was so com- pletely overwhelmed, that for many years nothing but the tops of spIrM were to be seen. Beve'land, South, an island in Zea- land, separated from North Beve- land by the i3land of Wolfersdylc. It is 24 miles long and from 5 to 8 broad, and is the largest and most agreeable of all the Zealand Isles. Bois-le-Duc (Bo'aw-le-Deak')i a strongly fortified town, the capital of N. Brabant, at the confluence of the Dommel and the Aa. Pop. 23,000. —51,41 N. 5, 18B. Brabant', North, formerly called Dutch Brabant, a province to the 8. of Guelderland. Although a great part of it is covered with moss, heath, and wood, it is very productive in corn, hops, and flax. It contahas IU42 square miles. Pop. 405,526. Bre'da, a town in North Brabant, on the Merk, near its junction with the Aa. It is considered one of the strongest places in Holland. Pop. 13,(N)0.-51,35N. 4, 40B. Brid or BrieU«, a town on the N. coast of the island Voome, having a largeand commodious harbour. Pop. 6000.— 51,54 N. 4, 10 E. CAMPEIIDOWN', a vUlage on the coast of N. Holland, off which the British fleet under Adminl Dun- can defeated De Winter, October II, 1797.— 52, 43 N. 4, .')9 E. DELFT, a town in Holland Pro- per, between Rotterdam and Leydan, 92 HOLLAND. formarhr noted for Iti mamiheturo of cftrtDenware. and cd«brated as tlMUrthplaoeofOrotiiu. P. I7i000. D«lf a^, a atrong saaport in Gron- ingen, on Dollart Bay. Pofk 4000. Deyen'ter. a town in Oveiyuel, situate on the right bank of tlie Xi»eL P.1A,000.-^S, 15N.6, 9B. a>ol'lart Bay, a large arm of tlie Nortli Sea, to tlie E. of Oroniogen, at the mouth of the river Ems. It is said to have been formed by an irruption of the sea, towards the close of the 13th century. Dom'mel, a river of rf. Brabant, which receives the Aa at Bois-le-Duc, below which it falls into the Maas. Dort or Dor'drecht, an ancient city in Holland Proper. It was the residence of the ancient counts of Holland, >- the birthplace of the fa- mous brothers De Witt, — ^and here was held, in 161819, the celebrated Svnod of Dort, by which the tenets of Armlnius were condemned. Pop. 2I2OOO.— fii, 49 N. 4, 40 E. Drenthe (Drent), a province to the S. of Oroningen. Extent 965 square miles. Pop. 87,944. EDAM, a town on the Zuyder Zee, with a great trade in cheese. Pop. 4200. FLUBH'ING, or Ylissingen, a strong seaport in the island of Wal- cheren, at the mouth of the Schelde. Within the town are two basins, one of which is large enough to contain eighty line-of-battle ships. Pop. 8000.— A1,S6N. 3,35 E. Fries'land, a province in the N. of Holland, having the Zuyder Zee on the W. and the German Ocean on the N. It contains 1027 square miles, and 259,508 inhabitants. GOES, a strongtown in the island of S. Beveland. Pop. 5500. Gor'cum, a town of Holland Pro- per, on the Waal, near its junction with the Maas. Pop. 9000.— 51, 50 N. 4, 57 B. Gou'da, a town of Holland Pro- per, on the Yssel, noted for its cheese and manufocture of tobacco-pipes. Pop. 13,000.-52, 2 N. 4, 43 E. Gro'ningen, a province in the north-eastern extremity of the king- dom, containing 882 square miles, and a population of 197,101. It is protected by dikes against the sea, and Intersected by numerous ditches and canals for caiTying off the water. Its pastures are extromelv rich. Gro'ningen* capital of tne province of tb« lame name, la m hanJiOma dty,- irituate at the Junetion of tluce great canals. TheohnrehofStlfM^ tin la a noble Gothic edifloe, the tower of whieh ia S30 feet hi^. It poaseaaea eonaiderable trade, and ia the aoat of an ancient univeraity. Pop. 85,000.-03, IS N. 6, 34 E. OueKderlaod, a province to the S. E. of the Zuyder Zee, and separ- ated from N. Brabant by the Maas, contains 1962 square miles, and a population of 387,483. It is watered by the Rhine, the Waal, the Yssel, and the Leek. HAAR'LEM, a flourishfaig town in Holland Proper, on the river Spaaren and the Haarlem Meer, communicating by a canal with Ley- den and Amsterdam. In its principal church is an organ, considered one of the finest in the world, containing nearly 5000 pipes, the largest 32 feet long and 15 inches in diameter. Pop. 24T^.-52, 22 N. 4, 38 E. Haar'lem Meer, a lake between Amsterdam, Leyden, and Haarlem, communicating with the Zuyder Zee by the Gulf of Y or Wye, which is now in course of being drained. Hague (Fr. La Haye), an elegant city in Holland Proper, and the aeat of the court, 37 miles S. W. from Amsterdam. About a mile to the N. is the rural palace of the royal family, embosomed by an extensive and noble wood. There are, besides, the old and new palaces. Fine villas and beautiful promenades adorn the vicinity. P. 64,000.-52, 4 N 4, 18 E. Har'lingen, a seaport of Friesland, on the Zuyder Zee. Pop. 9000.^ 53, 10 N. 5, 26 E. Hel'der, a town in Holland Pro- per, with a strong fortress, which commands the entrance of the Zuy- der Zee. Pop. 2800.— 52, 57 N. 4, 44 E. Hel'voetslujra, a fortified town on the S. side of the island Yoome. in Holland Proper, having an excellent harbour and extensive dockyards. Pop. 2000.-51, 49 N. 4, 8 E. Holland Proper, a province N. of Zeahuid, remancable for the density of its population, the numbor of its towns and villages, and tlie triumphs of persevering industry over the dif- ficulties of natural position* Its superficial extent is 2125 square miiea. It la divided into North-Hol- land, pop. 514,755 1 and South Hol- land, pop. 591,493. . HOLLAND. 93 H'der Zee. Veer«', a town In the N. B. of the Island of Walchcren. Pop. 1100. Venloo', a strong town in the pro- vince of Liuiburg, on the Maas, with considerable trade and manu- factures. Pop. 7^00. Ylie^and, a small island at the mouth of the Zuvder Zee, 8 miles in length and 3 in breadth. Pop. 800. —53, 17 N. 5, 3 E. YooniA, an island formed by two mouths of the Maas, about 16 miles in length and 5 in breadth. WAAL, a large branch of the Rhine, flowing westward, and join- ing the Blaas near Oorcum. Walcheren (Wal'sheren), the most Epulous and best cultivated of the ands that compose the province of JEcaland. It Is IS aritaa In Imgth and 8 in breadth. Bestdae thrtowns of Middlebnrg, Finshteg. and Vaan, it oontabis a number of viUafait Pop. 4A,flOO. wine'choten, asnnall town in Ciro- ningen, to the E. of the capltaL Pop. Ys'sel, a braneh of the Rhhie. passes Zutphen and Deventer, ana falls into the Zuyder Zee. Ys'selmonde, a small iriand in Holland Proper, formed bv the Maas* the Merwe, and the Yssd. Z AANDAM' or Soardam', a town of N. Holland on the Y, an arm of the Zuyder Zee, with an extensivv. trade in timber. Here Peter tho Great of Russia worked as a com- mon shipwright. Pop. IS,000. Zea'land, a province composed chiefly cf islands, viz. Schouwen, Duieveland, Tholen, Walcheren, N. and S. Beveland, Wolfersdyk, and a strip of la9d on the continent along the bank of the W. Schelde. Ita area is 640 square miles, and its po- pulation 165,075. Zierik'zee, a strong town in Zea- land, capital of the Isle of Schou- wen. Pop. 7000. Zut'phen, a strong town in Quel- derland, on the Yssel. Here the brave Sir Philip Sydney fell in 1586. Pop. 11,000. Zuy'der Zee', a large gulf of the German Ocean, about 80 miles long from N. to S., and from 16 to SO broad. It was formed in 12S6 bv an irruption of the ocean : formerly it was a great inland lake, called by the ancients Flevo. Zwoll, the chief town of Overye- sel, situate between the Yssel and the Yecht. Here Tliomas-a-Kempis died hi 1471. Pop. 17,000. BELGIUM Is bounded N. by Holland ; W. by the German Ocean ; S. by France; E. by Rhenish Prussia. It contains 12,000 square miles. Population 4,359,090. Provinces Chief Towns. Antwerp .'...Antwerp, Mechlin. \ Eaat Flanders Ghent, Oudenarde, Dendennonde, St Ni- cholas. West Flanders...., Bruges, Ostend, Goortray, Ypres, Ni^^i^poi^. BBLaitTM. 95 PlrorinoM. Chief Townv. Hiiaault. Mom^ Tonrnay, Charleroi. 88S4. T Ant'werp (Fr. Anyara). the OMtttal of the province of Ahtwei^ aM th« chief maritime and commerdnl Ql^, BKLOIUM. 97 of BaVuBt li iHimU OB tho BehsM^ Mid hM noblo doolu mmI $n antMl, «rlthfteltadeloffrwtitr«Bgth. The paintiaCB of Rubmi adorn the eatlie- AnL one of the flneet Gothic edlfleei In Burope. being fiflO ftet la length by t60 in.breiMlth i> Its benuttful spire li 906 fuet high. Pop. 90.000.— 01« IV N. Ut. 4* S< B. long. Ar'lon. the c«pltftl of the Bflgion part of the grand duchy of Luxem* bufg. Pqp.NOa Ath, ft fortified town of Halnault, on the Dender. Pop. iNMW. BASTOONB', » fortified town in Belgian Luxemburg; Pop. iBOO. Boom, a town in the province of Antwerp, on the Rupel. Pop. 7000. Bouil'lon, a town in Belgian Lux- emburg, with a strong castle, on the Semoy, near the French frontier. P. 2700. Brabant\ South, an important central province, formerly distin- guished from N. BralNUit by the name of Austrian Brabant It con- tains 1269 square miles. P. 71 1 ,332. Bruges, the capital of W. Flanders, 13 miles E. from Ostend ; it carries on considerable trade, and is inter- sected by a number of canals, of which it is the central point. Pop. B0MO.—51, 12 N. 3, 14 E. Brvs'bbls jFr. Bruxelles), the metropolis of Belgium, and the capi- tal of 8. Brabant, is situate partly in a plain, and partly on the slope of a hill, at the root of which flows the river Senne. It is a very elegant city ; it^ public walks, particularly the Green Alley and the Park, are among the finest in Europe. Pop. 210,400.-50, 61 N. 4, 22 E. CHARLEROr, a fortified town of Hainault, on the Sambre, sur- rounded by coal-mines. Pop. 6160. Courtray (Coor'tray), a town in W. Flanders, on the Lys, celebrated for its manufactures of fine linens. Pop. 21,600.-50, 49 N. 3. 16 E. DEN'DER, a small river which rlaes in Hainault, and Joins the Schelde near Dendermonde. Dendermonde' or Terraonde', a fortified town, with a strong castle, in E. Flanders, at the confluence of the Dender and the Schelde. Pop. 8080.-^61, 2 N. 4, 6 E. Diest> a town In 8. Brabant, on the Demer, with manufactures of cloth. Pop. 8000. Din'antt a town in Ihe province of Namu^ on tho Maas, with a strong eltadelj near It art marble craarrttt. PWkiUO. Dfat'mudo, a town In West Flan- deri. Pop. .moo. Dylo <]>eel), a snoaltbut navigablo river in S. Brabant} after passinf Louvain and Meehltn, it iiiUs Into the Schelde above Antwerp. EOC'LOO, a manuflMturing town of B. FUnders. Pop. 9000. Eng'hien, a town in Uabiault. P. 400(». FLANa)ER8, a rerv biteMMting and fertile portion of Belgium, form- ing its western quarter, divided into the provinces of B. and W. Flandere. The extent of E. Flanders Is 1838 square miles; itsjK>pulation781>143. The extent of w. Flanders is 1618 square miles ; its population 026,847* Fleu'rus, a small town in Hainault, near the Sambre, a celebrated battle- field in the Spanish and late wars. Pop. 2400. Fontenoy', a village in Hainault, near Tournay,^here the allies were defeated by Marshal Saxe in 1746. Pop. 678. O/TENT (Fr. Oand), a manufao- turing and commercial city, the capi- tal orE. Flanders, on the Soheldc, at its iunction with the Lys. By these rivers and navigable canals, ft is divided into 26 islands, which eoro- inunicate by above 80 bridges. It is 10 miles in circuit, great part of it being occupied with g^ens, or- chards, and flelds. Ghent is the seat of a university. P. 103,729.— 61 , 3 N. 3, 43 E. Gram'mont, a town in £. Flanders» on the Dender, with a good trade. Pop. 8000. HAINAULT (HinoltO, a province to the N. of the French ftrontier. Its superficial extent is 1474 square miles; its population 723,639. This province has, at diflTerent periods, been the scene of the most celebrated wart re- corded in the history of Europe. Haine, a small river which falls into the Schelde at Condd. Hamme, a trading town in E. Flanders. Pop. 8600. HasVlt, the capital of the Belgian part of the province of Limburg, on the Demer. Pop. 7600^ Hers'tal, a town in Liege, on the Maas, with great iron and steel woriis. Pop. 6000. Humbert, St, a tovrn In BeMan Luxembuiir»with a celebrated abbey, Huy (pr. We)t a town hi the pro- 98 BELGIUM. wkm of Ltoft. M tht MtM, wtth f ximilY* troiv*worlu and pAptr'aUli. Folk 8000. CIBQB', A buTM pfforlno* la Um MttthHMMl of th« KtnirdOM. IWTteff * ■up«rfloial«itMit of 1 144muu« roilM, and a popalMlion of 460(M3l Liogr , tiM flapHal of tho prorinoo of Ltcgt, slluato on tho Mum. in a pinuant valley ■lurroundod with oul- tivatodhiila. Itlsaflourlihlnglown. wtth a university founded In 1816, and iMMOXtenilve manufaoturee, par- doularly In the diffarmt branohes of iron*work and oleok-work. Pop. 7«.W0.— AO, 40 N. 0, 81 E. Lioi^ or Llerre', a town In the pro- vlnoe of Antwerp, at the Junction of the two Nethet, with a oonelderable trade. P. U,000.«41, 8 N. 4, 85 B. Lim'burg, a province to the V. of Liege, recently divided between Hol- land and Belgium. Extent of the Belgian division, 946 square miles. Pop. 18S,691. Lim'burg, a towii«in the province ofLlern. Pop. 1500. Lolreren, a flourishing town in E. Flanders, between Ghent and Ant- werp , it carries on a good corn-trade and large manufactures. P. 16,500. ^51.6N.3,59fi. Louvain', a large town in S. Bra- bant, on the Dyle. Its walls are nearly 7 miles in oiroult; but the •pace which thev enclose is chiefly occupied bv gardens and vinevanlH. Its university, once' celebrated, has been bUdy revived. Pop. 84,000.— SO. 53 n74, 41 E. Lux'emburg.an extensive province, lately divided between Holland and Belgium. The former retains the ca- pital, but the latter holds the largest portion, containing 1700 square miles and 187 VB Inhabitants. Lys, M river which rises in the N. of France, passes Menin and Court- ray, and Joins the Schelde at Ghent MAAS. See Holland, p. 93. Meo'Min f ' Utiw rovlnoe J liainaalt, on the %mi uas at Namur. ScAeld«, a river whi ' - ■ ^ <' France near Cambray, wiudb through E. Flanders, pasring Ghent and An- twerp, and alls into the German Ocean by two mouths— tiie B. and W. Schelde. Seroing', a town in Liege, with great iron-works. Pop. 3460. Soip'nie*, a town in Hainault, with a great commerce in liewn stone. Pop. 6500. Spa, a town in the ^ovlnee of FHAKOB* •Ddontof III* noalMMnilMl wAttr* ing -ptRCM IB BmoM. Fob. 40UD.— M.m N. 5, « H. THISLT, m flourlihlng town In W.FlMid«n. Fop. MtflM. Thorout (TkorooOt ft nuuinbotur- iDf town la W«st Flandtn. Fop. 86410. Tlr'temont, a town In 8. Brnbant, on the Q9%f, with oonald«rnbl« wool- len oiMiufMtnNo. Fop. 90U0.-40. 4« N. 4, 50 B. Ton'g'M. atownofLlmburg* Fop. douo. ? /' i)' J /)«0.-41. in FT «. ME. VHWYimiB, a iuariehlna t«wn in the pn ince of Uege, wttn oon> . idomble miuiuraoturee, Mrtleularljr of woollen clutba Fot/ Wf,Oi)a,—^, as N. A, M E. WATLRLOO'. a village 10 mtlti 8. of Bniaeele, where tbe mott cele- brated battle of modem times was gahied by the Duke of Wellington over Napoleon. )8th June 1816. F<»>. 1000.— AO, 43 N. 4, 89 E. YPUES (Ee'pray), a fortUM town In W. Flanders, situate on a umall river. Fop. l6.oro.-5(), 51 N. 8, 63 E. FRANCE Is bounded N. by Belgium and the English Channc i. ; W. by the Atlantic Ocean; S. by the Pvrenees and the Mediterranean ; E. by Italy, Switzerland, and Germany. It contains 204,000 square miles. Pop. 36,783,060. Divisions. — France was formerly divided into 35 pro- vinces. At the Revolution of 1789, these were 8ub« divided, by the addition of Corsica, into 86 departments, which correspond to the provinces as follows : — Provinces. Departments. Chief Towns. FrcnchFlanders... Nord i ^'lSnS?k7' ^"°^"^' Artois Pas-de-Calais | ^fi^io^?.""^'* ^•^'•* Picardy Somme Amiens, Abbeville Lower Seine Kouen, Dieppe, Havre. Eure Evreux. Calvados Caen. Mauche 8t LO, Cherbourg. Ome , Alenf^n. Aisne.,.,., Laon, Boissons. Oise..., Beauvais. Seine and Oise Versailles, St Germain. Seine , Paris, St Denis. . Seme and Mame... Melon, Fontainefolean. Ardennes M^i^res, Sedan. Mame Ch&lons, Reims. Aube Tfoyes. . Upper Mame Chaomont. Norr.iandy. Isle of France.... Champagne. .V f^*Si I 100 Provinces. Lorraine Alsace. Franche-Comt€. . • Burgundy. Orldanais , Maine. Bretagne. Anjou. ... Touraine Berri. Nivernais Bourbonnais. Lyonnais { Auvergne .. La Marche. Poitou. Aunis Saintonge.. Angoumais. Limousin... Guienne . Gascony. FRANCE. Departments. Chief Towns. Meuse Bar-le-Duc, Yerdun. Moselle Metz, Thionville. Meurthe v Nancy, Lun^ville. Yosges Epinal. Lower Rhine Strasbourg. Upper Rhine Colmar. Upper Sadne Yesoul. Doubs Besan9on. Jura Lons-le-Saulnier. Yonne Auxerre, Sens. Cdted'Or Dijon. Sadne and Loire.... Macon, Autun. Ain Bourg. Eure and Loir Chartres. Loiret Orl^ns. Loir and Cher Blois. M'ayenne Laval, Mayenne. Sarthe..., Le Mans. lUe and Vilaine Rennes, St Malo. CdtesduNord St Brieuc. Finistere Quimper, Brest, Morlaix^. Morbihan Vannes, L'Orient. Lower Loire Nantes. Maine and Loire ... Angers, Saumur. Indre and Loire .... Tours. Cher Bourges. Indre Ch&teauroux. Nicvre , Nevers. AUier Moulins. Rhone Lyons. Loire Montbrison, St Etienne. Puy de D6me Clermont. Cantal Aurillac. Creuse Gu^ret. Yendee Napoleon- Yend^e. Deux Sb'^res Niort. Yienne Poitiers. Lower Charente { ^^g^JJes!""' ^^'^'^°'*' Charente ..Angouleme, Cognac. Upper Yienne Limoges. Corrfeze. Tulle. Dordogne P^rigueux. Gironde Bordeaux. Lot Cahors. Aveyron Rodez. , Tarn and Garonne. . Montauban. Lot and Garonne... Agen. Landes Mont-de-Marsan. Gers Auch. Upper Pyrenees.... Tarbes, Bagn^res. ProviiKMiB. Departments. ' Ard^che Upper Loire Loz^re Gard H^rault Tarn Upper Garonne.. . Aude fls^re Dauphiny •< Drdme Langiiedoc. ^y;- FRANCE. 101 Chief Towns. Privas. Le Pay. Mende. Nimes. Montpellier. Alby, Castres. Toulouse. Carcassonne, Narbonne. Grenoble, Vienne. Valence. Gap. Digne. Draguignan, Toulon. Marseilles, Aix, Aries. Avignon. Perpignan. Foix. Pau, Bayonne. Ajaccio, Bastia. Islands. — ^Ushant, Belle Isle, Noirmoutier, Rh^, Ole- ron, Hi^res, Corsica. Capes. — La Hogue, Barfleiir. Mountains. — Pyrenees, part of the Alps, Cevennes, Cantal, Puy de D6me, Cote d' Or, Vosges, Mount Jura. Rivers. — Seine, Loire, Garonne, Rhone, Rhine, Mo- selle, Mouse, Schelde or JEscaut, Somme, Marne, Sa6ne, Orne, Vilaine, S^vre, Charente, Dordogne, Adour. Foreign Possessions. — In the West Indies, Martin- ique, . Guadaloupe, &c. ; in South America, Cayenne ; in Africa, Algeria, settlements on the Senegal, and the Islands of St Louis and Goree ; in the Indian Ocean, the Isle of Bourbon or Reunion ; in the East Indies, Pondi- cherry, Chandernagore, Carrical, and Mah^ ; in the Pacific Ocean, the Marquesas Isles. < Upper Alps ('Lower Alps Provence < Var ( Mouths of theRhone Comtatd'Avignon.. Vaucluse Roussillon Eastern Pyrenees.. Gomtat de Foix.... Ariege B^am Lower Pyrenees.... Corsica •y^j.iU--\ REMASES. France lies between 42" 20' and 51" 5' N. lat., and between 4" 46' W. and 8° 16' E. long. Its length, from north to south, is 600 miles, and its breadth, from east to west, is 560 miles. Although in a country of such extent much variety may be expected, the general appearance of France is level. In the hmy districts, and in the valleys through which its rivers glide, particularly the Seine and Loire, the scenery is often highly picturesque and beautiful ; but the coimtiy may be regarded as in general tame and uninteresting. The traveller has to proceed 400 miles south from Calais, before he reaches the mountains of Auvergne, which are connected with those 102 FRANCE. of Dauphiny, LanguedoCf and Frorence. This enotmotui assomblage of rocks, chiefly basaltic, extends 1 20 miles. The other ridges are the Yosges Mountains on the eastern fron- tier ; a chain of the Alps, which penetrates into Prpyence and Dauphiny, and stretching northward, separates France from Italy and Switzerland ; and the P3rrenees, the mountain- barrier between France and Spain. Placed in the middle of the temperate zone, France enjoys a peculiarly fine climate. It varies, indeed, considerably in the different regions. In the north it resembles that of the south-west of England; although in summer it is rather hotter, as well as more humid; and in winter the cold is sometimes more severe. In the central region, particularly in the provinces of Touraine and Limousin, the temperature is delightful, and the air pure, light, and elastic ; but violent storms of rain and hail occasionally destroy the vintage and corn, and frosts occur later in spring and earlier in autumn than in the south of England. The heat in the southern region is excessive during the months of June, July, August, and part of September. October and November are here the pleasantest months of the year. In the mountainous tracts of this region storms often rage with dreadful violence ; and the swarms of flies and other insects are equally annoying and destructive. The soil is various, — ^but the greater part of it is highly fertile, and produces admirable crops. Gram of all kinds is raised in the northern districts, which are not very favourable to the growth of the vine ; and beet-root is extensively grown for the manufacture of sugar. In the middle districts, vines and every species of grain grow luxuriantly; while, in the southern districts, olives, maize, and even the orange, are cultivated with advantage. The wines of France, particularly those of Burgundy, Champagne, and the claret of Bordeaux, are among the most esteemed in Europe. Agriculture has of late undergone some improvement ; but property is too much subdivided, there being above five millions of proprietors, half of whom hold lands not exceeding £3 or £4 in annual value. Although coal is found in various parts of France, and Is wrought for the use of manufactories, yet, as it is little em- ployed for domestic fuel, great plantations are raised in almost every part of the country, both for fire-wood and for covert to the beasts of the chase. , Among the wild animals of France may be mentioned the wolf; and the bear is still found in the Pyrenees. Provence, Languedoc, and Dauphiny, maintain large flocks of sheep. The most extensive and fertile pas- tures for cattle are m Normandy and Auvergne. The minerals of France are of considerable importance. FRANCE. 103 Iron and lead aboimd in Bretagne. Antimony is found in TariouB places in such quantities as would supply the whole of Europe. Silver, copper, cobalt, manganese, zine, vitriol, and alum, may be enumerated among the other productions of its mines. Jet is found in great quantities in the depart- ment of Aube ; and turquoises, little inferior to those ot the East, are procured among the mountains of Aye3nron. Quar^ ries of excellent freestone occur in many parts of the king- dom, especially in the neighbourhood of raris,-~of jasper m Franche-Comt^ and of beautiful marble in the Pyrenees. At Salins, in Franche-Comt6, are salt-springs. The principal mineral waters are at Aix, Bagndres, and Bareges. The hot springs of Bardges are well known. Among the natural curiosities of France, the most remark- able is the plain of La Crau, on the east side of the Khone. It covers an area of about 20 square leagues, fiUed with gravel of quartz, — some pieces of which are as large as a man's head, — and the whole plain is as destitute of vegetation as the shingle of the seashore. France abounds in antiquities. At Ntmes there are more numerous and interesting monuments of Roman art than in any other city perhaps in Europe, with the exception of Rome itself. Of these the most remarkable are the Maison Quarr4e, an edifice of beautiful architecture, and almost as entire as when built in the reign of Augustus ; — a beautiful fountain, with the remains of baths, statues, and other decorations ; — a building supposed to have been a pantheon ; — and the walls of an amphitheatre, nearly as spacious as the Coliseum of Rome, and in a better state of preservation. Stone circles and other monuments, commonly regarded as Druidio, ore found in Picardy ; and on the coast of Vannos, in Bretagne, there is a monument of this kind which almost rivals that of Stonehenge. In the cathedral church of Bayeux, in Noimandy, is preserved a suit of tapestry, said to be the work of Matilda, wife of William the Conqueror, representing the progress and termina- tion of the grand contest oetween her husband and Harold. In political importance, France is one of the first ecmntries in the world. The compactness of her territory gives her the ready command of a dense population; her resources are amfue ; and her subjects, active, brave, and fond of military glory, rush eagerly at the slightest call to compose or rein- force her armies. Her history under Napoleon I. proves what she is able to achieve in war. In 1812, her army amounted to 600,000 men ; and it was computed to be not much less under Napoleon III. in 1835, when the militaiy strength of the country was exerted in the great war waged by England and France against Russia. Were the navy of France equal to her army, she would be the most formidable power in Europe. 104 FBANOE. By sea, however, she is much inferior to Great Britain, although hernavalforcehasof latebeen greatly increased. The revenue of France is estimated to be about ^662,000,000 yearly : her debt is supposed to exceed £2402pOO,000 Sterling. ^ Ample as her resources are, France yields the palm, both in manufactures and commerce, to Britain. Her silks and woollen cloths are remarkable for their durability and fine colours ; her laces and linens, her plate-glass and porcelain, are in extensive demand; and her wines, Drandies, and print- ed books, are exported everywhere ; but deficient means of internal communication, the system of banking, and political insecurity, combine to circumscribe her trade. The anti-com- mercial spirit and attachment to prohibitory laws and duties have also fettered her productive industry. Her canals, are estimated at upwards of 2000 miles. Her railway system has of late made rapid progress, under Ihe patronage of govern- ment, and there are now lines along most of the great travelling routes. The manners of the French are extremely agreeable. They are lively, good-humoured, polite, and attentive to strangers ; and their morals, except in large cities, are at least as pure as those of their neighbours. In literature and science the French have long held a distinguished place ; but the^ are more to be admired for wit and eloquence than for subhmity of imagination or profound reach of thought. After tbie agitation of the firat Revolution of 1789 had subsided, France gradually returned from the anarchy of republicanism to the more settled state of monarchy. Under Bonaparte, who assumed the sovereign power as Emperor in 1804, the govern- ment was military and absolute ; but on the restoration of the Bourbon family in 1816, various reforms were made tend- ing to assimilate it more nearly to that of Britain. The second Bevolution of 1830 again expelled the ancient recal branch of the Bourbons, and elevated Louis Philippe, Dime of Orleans, to the throne. In February 1848, a third Revolu- tion was effected, followed by the flight of the king and the royal family, the abolition of monarchical institutions, and the establishment of a republic. Prince Louis Napoleon Bonaparte, the nephew of the Emperor Napoleon, was chosen the first President by an overwhelming majority of the elec- tors. In December 1851, he suppressed the National Assem- bly, and appealed to the people to ratify his acts, and to prolong his tenm*e of the Presidency for ten years. The appeal was successful ; and in December 1852, a vast majority of the voters ratified the Prince President's revival of the Empire, and assumption of the title of Napoleon III., Emp«ror of tne French. The imperial constitution is a despotism, with some few semblances of popular freedom. FRANOB. 105 EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of France? What is its extent in square miles? What population does it contain ? What are its Srovinces? Into vrhat departments have those provinces been ivided? Wliat are the principal towns of Picardj? Of Nor- mandy ? &c. Name the chief islands of France — its capes — ^its mountains — its rivers — its foreign possessions. Where is Pan, Paris, Caen, Marseilles, Versailles, Narbonne, Dunkirk, CalaiSi La Bochelle, Agen? &c. Where are the Gevennes Mountains, La Hogue, the Seine, Noirmoutier, the Somme, Ome, Loire, Belle Isle, Barfleur, Vosges, Puy de D6me ? &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is France situate ? What are its length and breadth ? what is its general appearance ? In what parts of the countiy does picturesque and beautiful scenery occur ? At what distance from Calais does the traveller meet with mountains? What is the extent of this enormous assemblage of rocks ? What are the other principal ridges of mountains in France ? What description of climate does France enjoy ? WTiat country does the northern region resemble in climate, and with what dif- ference? Describe the climate of the central region. During what months does excessive heat prevail in the southern region ? What are the pleasantest months of the year there? To what evils is this part of the country exposed ? What is the general description of the soil ? What are the pre- vailing productions in the several districts? Has agricultiure lately undergone some improvement? For what purposes ai'o great plantations raised in eveiy part of the country ? By what species of wild animals is France infested? Wnat provinces maintain large iloclts of sheep ? In what provinces are the most extensive pastures for cattle r Are the minerals of France important ? Enumerate Its princi- pal metals. Where does jet abound? Where are turquoises procured ? Where do quarries of freestone, of jasper, and of beautiful marble occm* ? Where are salt-springs found ? Where are the principal mineral springs ? What is the most remarkable natural curiosity in France ? Does France abound in antiquities ? At what place are the most remarkable monuments of Roman art ? Mention the principal of them. In what provinces are Druidio monuments to be seen? What relic of antiquity is preserved in the cathedral church of Bayeux ? What rank does France hold in political importance ? What circumstances contribute to her militarv strength ? How has she recently proved what she is able to acnieve in war ? What was the amount of her army in 1812 ? What is its present amount ? What is her revenue and debt ? Is France equal to Great Britain in commerce and manufac- tures ? Mention some of her principal manufactures. For what are her silks and woollen cloths remarkable ? By what circum- stances is her trade fettered and circumscribed ? 106 FRAKCE. What are the oharaeteristio manners of the French? Are they a monJ people ? What place do they hoM hi literature and science ? For what literaiy quality are they chiefly to he ad- mired ? Through what changes has the goremment of France passed since the Bevolution or 1789 ? ' DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ABBfTYILLB, a manufiacturing town in Picardy, department of fiomme, on the river of that name. Pop. 18,174.— M)« 7' N. lat. 1" B(K E. long. Adour (Adoor') a river which rises In the Pyrenees, and flows into the Bay of Biscay below Bavonne. Agde, a seaport and fortress In Languedoc, department of H^rault, near the mouth of the Canal>du-midi. Agen ( Aw'xbeng), a town in Oui- enne, capital of the department of Lot and Garonne. In the vicinity there is a beautiful view o ver the rich valley of the Garonne, with the Pyre- nees in the distance. Pop. 1 4,965. Aginoourt artment of Mouths of the Rhone, bunded by the Romans 123 B. C, who named it Aqu<;e Sextia, from Its celebrated hot spriuga ; it haa considerable trade and manufactures. Pop. 24,255.-43, 32 N. 5, 27 E. Ajac'cio, a seaport, the capital of Corsica, and the birthplace of Na- foleon Bonaparte in 1769. Pup. 1,046.-41, 55 N. 8, 44 E. Al'aif, a town in Languedoc, de- partment of Gard, at the foot of the Cevennes. A central point for raw and dressed silk, with extensive iron- works. Pop. 17.831. Al'by, an ancient city of Langue- doc, capital of the department of Tarn, with a fine cathedral. Pop. 12,594. Alen'9on, a town in Normandy, capital of the department of Ome, on the Sarthe ; it possesses extensive manufiactures. Pop. 13,825.-48, 25 N. 0, 6 E. Allier, a river which rises In the Cevemies, flows northward, and, passing Mouiins, enters the Loire below Nevers. Alsace', a province in the N. E. of the kingdom, bounded on the east by the Rhine. Am'and, St, a town in French Flanders, department of Nord, on the Scarpe, with a great trade in flax. Am'bert, a town in Auvergne, de- gftrtment of Puy de Dome, in the ne valley of the Dore, celebrated for its paper manufiactures. Pop. 8044. A'miens, the SamaroMva of the Romans, a city in Picardy, d^iital of the department of Somme, with considerable manufactures. Its ca- thedral is a noble edifice. Here was concluded a treaty of peace, March 25, 1802, between Britain and France. Pop. 49,139.-49, 53 N. 2, 18 E. Angerr', a town in Ai\}ou, capital of the department of Maine and Loire, near the junction of the Sartiie and Mayenne ; it carries on consid- erable trade. Pop. 43,088.-47, 28 N. 0,33W. Angouldme', a handsome town in Angoumais, capital of the depart- ment of Charente, in a beautiful val- ley, through which flows the Cha- rente. It is celebrated for its paper manufactures. Pop. 19,400.-45, 39 N. 0, 10 E. Angoumal«', a province in the west of the kingdom. Anjou (Awngzhoo'), a province south-east of Bretagne. Anno'nay, a thriving manufactur- ing town in Languedoc, department I of Arddche. j Aridge', a river which hasits solirce I in the Pyrenees, passes Foix, and ' falls into the Garonne near Toulouse. j Arler, the ancient Arelate, a city i of Provence, department of Mouths j of the Rhone. Pop. 22,788. I Ar'ras, the ancient Ntmilacumi a strong town in Artois, capital of the department of Pas-de-Calais, on the Scarpe. It is famous for Its tahestry. I Pop. 21,900.-50, 17 N. 9, 46 E. FRANCE. 107 le in the west a province - Artob (Art'ima), a province In ihe north of the kingdom. Auch (Osh), a my In Oascony, eapital of the department of Gen ; to cathednl i« of great antiquity. Fop. 9935. Auril'lac, a town in Auvergne, capita! of the department of Cantal, on tlie Jwdanne. Pop. 9806. Autun (0'tenng)» the ancient Bi- bracte, a city in Burgundy, depart- ment of Sft6ne and Loire, containing numerous remains of Roman nugni- flcence. Pop. 11,094. Auvei^iTne , a mountainous pro- vince in the interior. Auzerre (Ozare'), a city in Bur- ?indy, capital of the department of onne, surrounded by extensive vine- yards. Pop. 12.673. Auxonne', a fortified town in Bur- gundy, department of Cdte d'Or, on the Saone, with an arsenal, military school, and cannon foundry. Avey'ron, a river which rises in the Gevennes, and, flowing W., Joins the Tarn below Montauban. Avignon ( A vin'yong) , a small pro - vince in the B. E. Avign'on, capital of the department of Yauduse, on the Rhone, in a rich and fruitful plain. Near it is the celebrated fountain of Yauduse, hal- lowed by the names of Petrarch and Laura. Pop. 31,812. Avraneher , a town in Normandy, department of Manche, delightfully situate on the side of a hill, about 2 miles from the sea. Pop. 8S80. BAGNERfS', atown in Guienne, department of Upper Pyrenees, on the Adour, celebrated for its mineral waters and 'warm baths. Pop. 8335 Bar^gef', a village about IS miles S. of Bngndres, famed for its mineral hut springs. Bar'flour, a promontory and small seaport on the coast of Normandy, department of Manche. — 49, 42 N. 1, 16 W. Bar-Ie-Duc, a town in Lorraine, capital of the department of Mouse, on the Omain ; the vicinity is cele- brated for its wine. Pop. 14,303. BasqtM Roads, on the coast of Charente, between the Isle of Oieron, La Rochelle, and Rochefort. Bas'tia, a seaport in Corsica, with a strong castle. Pop. l4,523.--42, 41 N. 9, 27 E. Bay'eujr, a town in Normandy, department of Calvados, with a noble cathedral. Pop. 8833. Bayonnt', a strong ieapori ta the department of Lower Pynneet, at the confluence of the Nive and the Adour, 4 miles firom the Bay of Die* cay. Pop. 16,899.-43, 29 N. 1, 28 W. B£am, a small province in the S. W. of^the Ungdom. Beaucaire' (Bo), a town In Lan- giedoe, department of Oard, on the hone, which Is spanned by a mag< nificent suspension bridge ; its an- nual fair is one of the greatest tai Europe. Beaune (Bone), a town In Bur- gundy, department of C8te d'Or, famed for its wine. Pop. 10,800. Beauvais (Bovay^), the andent CauaromaguSt a thriving town, ca- pital of the department of Oise ; it is noted for its beautiful tapestry. Pop. \2Jm. Berfbrt or Be'forf , a strong town in Alsace, department of Upper Rhine, on a tributary of the Doubs. Pop. 5274. Belle I«le, an island off the S. coast of Bretagne, department of Morbi- ham.-47, 19 N. 3, 13 W. Ber'ri, a province in the interior. Besan'^on, the Fefoiifto of the Ro- mans, a handsome and strong dty in Franche-Comte, capital of the de- partment of Doubs, with oztonslve trade and manufectures. P. 35,345. —47, 13 N. 6, 2 E. Bezier«', an andent dty of Lower Languedoc, department of Hiranlt, on the Orb, near the Royal Canal, the centre of a considerable trade. Pop. 17,378. Blois (Blo'aw), a city in Orltenais, capital of the department of Loir and Cher, on the Loire, overhanging which is its celebrated castle. Pop. 16,104.— 47,35 N. 1,20 E. Bordeaux (Bor'do), the Burdigala of the ancients, one of the most opu- lent and elegant cities in France, capital of the department of Gironde, situate on the Garonne. The com- merce of Bordeaux is very extensive, its great articles of export being wines, brandies, and fruits. Pop. 123,935.-44, 50 N. 0, 34 W. Boulo0ne', a seaport in Artds, de- partment of Pas-de-Calais; a place of great resort for English families. Pop. 29,488.-50, 44 N. 1, 37 £. Bourbon'nai#, a province in the interior of the itinedom. Bour'bon- Yen dee. See Napoleoii- Yendco. 108 FBANCE. Bourr* A city In Burgundy, capital | of the department of Ain, near which ' b a nu^sniflcent church and mau- soleum. Pop. 9696. BourgM, the ancient Avartcum, a city in Berri, capital of the depart- I inent of Cher, at the confluence of the Auron and the Y^vre, with a i noble Gothic cathedral. Pop. 22,465. Brest, a strongly fortified seaport in Bretagne, department of Finis- tdre, and the chief naval station of France on the Atlantic, with an ex- cellent harbour, arsenal ^ and doclis. Pop. 36,492.— 4«, 23 N. 4, 29 W. Breta^me' or Brit'tany, a large maritime province in the N. W. Brian'fon, a strongly fortified town in Dauphiny, department of Up- per Alps, on the Durance. Pop. 3433. BrieuJT, St, a town in Breta/ine, capital of the department of COtes du Nord. Pop. 12,813. Brivef, a town in Limousin, de- f>artment of Corrdze, in a fertile val- ey on the river of that name. Pop. 8413. Bur'gundy (Fr. Bourgogne), a province in the E., celebrated for its fine wines. C^.EN (Kang), a commercial city of Normandy, capital of the depart- ment of Calvados, ontheOrne, which is navigable for vessels of 200 tons. it contains several splendid ancient edifices, is the scat of a celebrated university, and here William the Conqueror was interred. P. 40,669. —49, 11 N. 0, 21 W. Cahor^', a town in Guiennc, ca- pital of the department of Lot ; its vicinity produces excellent wine. Pop. 12,102. 1 Cal'ais (or Calay'), a strong sea- port of Artois, department of Pas-de- Calais, nearly opposite Dover in Eng- land, to which packets sail regularly. \ After a memorable siege, it surren- dered to Edward III. in 1347, and remained in the possession of tlio English till 1558, when it was taken by the Duke of Guise.~50, 57 N. 1, 61 E. Cam^ray, an ancient city of French Flanders, department of Nord, with a strong citadel. It was the archi- episcopal see of Fenelon> and hns been long famed for the manufac- ture of cambric, a name derived from this city. Pop. 18,987.-50, 10 N. 3, 13E. Cantal% a chain of mountains in Auvergnc ; of which the Plomb d« Cantal Is 6200, and the Puy de Baaey 6224 feet high. Carcassonne', a handsome town in Languedoc, capital of thedepartment of Aude, with manufactures of cloth. Pop. 18,483. Cas'tre«, a town in Languedoc, department of Tarn, on the Agout, the seat of considerable manufac- tures. Pop. 19,098. Cette, a strong seaport in Langue- doc, department of H6rault, on an inlet of the gulf of Lyons, with a liuurishing commerce and coasting trade.— 43, 24 N. 8, 42 E. Cevennef', a chain of mountains in Languedoc, remarkable as the retreat of the Protestants in the 17th century. Clialons-sur-Mame (Sha'long), an ancient town in Champagne, capital of the departm' nt of Marne. Pop. 14,468. Cha'ion-sur-SaOne, a town in Bur- gundy, department of SaGne and Loire, situate at the entrance of the central canal which unites the SaCne and the Loire. Pop. 15,719. Chamord', St, a busy manufactur- ing town in Lyonnais, department of Loire, at the confluence of the Gier and the Janon. Champagne (Shampan'), a pro. vince in the N. E., celebratea for the wine to which it gives came. Chan'tilly, a pretty town, depart- ment of Oise, on the Nonette, a prin- cipal centre of the lace manufacture, and celebrated for its royal palace and park, and magnificent gardens and waterworks. Pop. 2446. Charente (Sharangf) , ariver which rises in Poitou, and, flowing by a very circuitous course, passes Cognac and Saintes, and falls into the Bay of Biscay below Rochcfort. Charle'ville, a town in Champagne, department of Ardennes, on the Meuse, with a manufacture of arms and considerable trade. Pop. 9876. Chai'trc*, a city of Orloanais, ca- pital of the department of Eure and Loir, situate on the Eure, with a splendid cathedral. Pop. 16,680. Chateauroux (Shato'roo), a to^Tn in Berri, capital of the department of Indre, with large woollen manu- factures. Pop. 14,276. Chatellerault' (ero'), a town of Poitou, department of Vienne, noted for its cutlery and manufacture of arms. Pop. 11,959. FRANCE. 109 he Plomb d« Puy de Saney some town In le department tures of cloth. I Languedoc, in the Agout, ble manufac- rt !n Langue- erault, on an lyona, with a and coasting E. of mountains kahle as the nts in the 17th (Sha'Iong), an Sagne, capital lame. Pop. a town in Bur- if SaOne and itrance of the lites the SaOne 16,719. iy manufactur- department of :e of the Gier >an'), a pro- celebrated for voa name, town, depart- onette, a prin- nianufacture, tyal palace and t gardens and 6. , a river which flowing by a passes Cognac into the Bay fort. n Champagne, mes, on the cture of arms Pop. 9876. Orleanais, ca- t of Eure and Euro, with a op. 16,680. 'roo), a tovm e department foollen manu- a town of Vienne, noted anufacture of Cbaumont (Bho'mong), a town In Champagne, capital of the de- irtment 01 Upper Mame. Pop. Cher, a river which rises In the mountains of Auvergne, washes 8t Aiuand, and flows Into the Loire near Tours. Cherbourg (Bherlboorg), an Im- portant seaport and strong fortress in Normandy, department of Mancbe, between Capes La Hogue and Bar- fleur. Pop. S4,2I2.— 49, 38 N. 1, 87 W. Cbollef, a town in Anjou, depart- ment of Maine and Loire, famed for its cambric manufactures. Pop. 8413. Clermont (Clair'mong), a city in Auvergne, capital of the department of Puy de Dome. It is the birth- place of Pascal, the seat of a college, and possesses considerable trade. Pop. 30,663.-45, 46 N. 3, 5 E. Cloud, St, a small town 7 miles W. from Paris, where there is a magnificent palace and park, a fa- vourite residence of Napoleon. Cognac (Coniak')» a town in An- goumais, department of Charente, on the river of that name, famed for its brandy. Pop. 6738. Colmar', a to>vn in Alsace, capital of the department of Upper Rhine, situate near the 111, in a fertile plain, a principal seat of the cotton manu- facture. Pop. 19,163. Compiepne', a town in the depart- ment of Oise, near the junction of the Oise with the Aisne, 45 miles N. of Paris, with a royal palace. Pop. 8986. Con'de, a, strong frontier fortress in French Flanders, department of Nord, on the Schelde. Pop. 5103. Con'dom, a town in Guienne, de- partment of Gers, on the Baise, with a good trade in wine and flour. Pop. 7027. Cor'sica, a large island in the Me- diterranean, to the N. of Sardinia, from which it is separated by the straits of Bonifacio. It abounds in mountains and forests, diversified with fertile plains. The greatest elevation. Mount Rotondo, is 9068 feet high. Pop. 236,251. Coutance^, a seaport in Nor- mandy, department of Manche, with a fine cathedral. Pop. 7295. Cres'sy or Cre'cy, a village in Picardy, department of Somme, to the north of Abbeville, memorable for the great victory gained by Ed- ward III. oter the French, Aogusl 86, 1346. DAU'PIIINY. a hiroe and moun- tainous province in the 8. E., bonnd- ed by the Alps. Dax, the Aqua of the Rv^mani, a town in Gascony, department of Landes, on the Adour, with a strong castle, famed for its hot mineral springs. Pop. 5509. Den'is, Bt, a town in the depart- ment of Seine. 5 miles N. of Paris, with a celebrated abbey, the burial- place of the French kingi P. 12,213. Dieppe', a seaport 01 Normandy, department of Lower Seine, between which and Brighton there is a re- gular intercourse by steam-vessels. Pop. 16,216.-49, 56 N. 1, 5 R Di^ne, a town in Provence, capital of the department of Lower Alps, on the Bleone, a tributary of the Du- rance. Pop. 4119. Dyon (Deezhong'), a city in Bur- gundy, capital of the department of C5te d'Or, in a fertile plabi. It has many fine structures, and is the seat of a distinguished university. Bos- suet and Crebillon were natives of Dnon. Pop. 28,998.-47, 19 N. 5, Oin'an, a town of Bretagne, de- C'ment of Cotes-du-Nord, on the ce, much frequented for its mi- neral waters. Pop. 7732. Dole, an ancient town in Franche- Comte, department of Jura, on the Doubs, and on the canal uniting the Rhone with the Rhine. Pop. 9913. Dordojrne', a large river which rises in the mountains of Auvergne, and joins the Garonne below Bor- deaux. Dou'ay, a fortified town in French Flanders, department of Nord, on the Scarpe, the seat of a university, with a large arsenal andfoundery for cannon. Pop. 18,013.-50, 22 N. 3, 4E. Draguipn'an, a town in Provence, capital of the department of Var, surrounded by an amphitheatre of hills. Pop. 8009. Dreu^, an ancient town, depart- ment of Eure and Loir, with a mag- nificent chapel erected by Louis- Philippe. Pop. 6451. Dun'kirk ( Fr.Dun kerque) ,a strong seaport of French Flanders, depart- ment of Nord , with an excellent road- stead. P. 26,886.-^1, 2 N. 2, 23 E. Durance', a rapid river rising in Mont Gendvre, and dischaiging itself no FRANCE. Into tht Rhone new ATlgnon. It la the DrumHa of the Romans, which Hannibal oroned in hl« mareh to the passage of the Alps. BJBBUF^ a town in N race 1| mile in length, command a delightful view. Ger«, a river which rises in the Pyrenees, and, flowing northward, falls into the Garonne above Agen. Gironde% a river, or estuary, formed by the Junction of the Ga- ronne and Dordogno, discharging its waters into the Atlantic after a course of 45 miles. Giv'ef, a strong frontier fortrcMln Champagne, department of Arden- nes, on the Meuse. Gran'vilie, a fortifted seaport In Normandy, department of Maoche, with a good trade in the fisheries. Grasse, a town in Provence, de- partment of Var, on the declivity of a hill, and surrounded by rich fields and gardens. Pop. 11,540. Graveline«', a strong seaport in French Flanders, department of Nord. Pop. 5682. Gray, a town of Franche-Comtd, department of Upper SaOne, noted for its com-markc% and its transit trade in colonial .roduce. Pop. 6703. Greno'ble, a strong town in Dau- hiny, capita) of the department of sdre, famous for its manufacture of gloves. Pop. 26,853.-46, 12 N. 5, 43 E. Gueret', a town in La Marche, capital of the department of Creuse, Pop. 4446. Gttienne', a province in the 8. W., separated from Gascony by the Ga- ronne. IIAG27£NEAU (NO'), afortifled town in Alsace, department of Lower llhine, on the Moder. Havre, Le, or Havre de Grace (Grawss), a strong and flourishing seaport in Normandy, department of Lower Seine, at the mouth of the Seine. P. 26,410.-49, 29 N. 0, 6 B. Haz«'brouck, a handsome manu- facturing town in French Flanders, department of Nord, on the Bonrre. Pop. 7639. Hierfef , a cluster of islets in tht Mediterranean, 8. E. of Tonlon. E FBAMCE. Ill HofM. La» tk cM>t faitb* N. W. of Nonnknay, deponrowt of Manob*. —49, 43 N. 1, 67 W. Hon'flMir, a laaport In Norouuidy, department of Calvadoi, at the mouth of the Seine. Pop. 9660. ISERB', a nH>id rlrer which rises hi the Alps, passes Grenoble, and runs Into the Rhone above Va< lence. Isson'dun, a mannfacturing town in Berri, department of indre. Pop. 13,215. JU'RA, MOUNT, a chain of mountains between France and ; Bwitierland, the highest peak ofj which is 6637 feet above tiie sea. i LANDRETCY, a strong town hi ' French Flanders, department of i Nord, on the Sambre. Pop. 3991. ' Lan'gret, an ancient town in Champagne, department of Upper Marne, near tne sources of the Mame, noted for its excellent cut- lery. Pop. 8646. I Languedoo', an extensive province in the south, celebrated for its fine { climate and fertile plains. Languedoc', Canal of, extends > from the Mediterranean to Toulouse, { where it enters the Garonne, form- ing an inland navigation from sea to sea. It is 150 miles long, and cost i above £1,. 300,000. La'on, a town in the Isle of France, capital of the department of Aisne. P(M>. 8043. Lav'al, a town In Maine, capital of the department of Mayenne, with linen manufactures. Pop. 17,538. Lille or Lifle, a flourishing city in French Flanders, capital of the de- partment of Nord, and one of the strongest fortresses in Europe. It has extensive trade and manufac- tures. P.68,463.— 50, 38N.3,4E. Limogef', a town in Limousin, capital of the department of Upper Yienne, with woollen and porcelain manufactures. Pop. 37,010. LimoT^'sin (rang), an interior pro- vince A\ . of Auvergne. Lisiewr', a thriving manufacturing town in Normandy, department of Calvados, on the Touque. P. 11,428. Ld, St, a mannfacturing town in Normandy, capital of the depart* meat of Manche, on the Vire. Pop. 9156. Lodev«', a strong town in Langue- doc, department of Hfirault, at the foot of the Cevennes, with greatcloth manufactures. Pop. 10,793. Loire (Loawr'), n huft and i» portant river, whleh baa Its loaice m the Cevennes, and tmversee tha eentral re^on of the kingdom. Ita course is N. W. to Orlteae, theaee, flowing westward. It dttoharges Itself into the Athuitic below Nantei. Lons-le-Saul'nIer (Long), a town In Franche-Comte, capital of the I departmoit of Jura. Pop. 8450. I L'Orient (ang) , a strong and hand- some seaport In Bretagne, denart- * ment of Morbihan, with a royal ar- senal and dockyard. Pop. 89,561 .-~ 47, 44 N. 3,91 W. I Lorraine', a province in the N. B., I bounded on the north by the grand- ' duchy of Luxemburg. I Loudeac', a town in Bretagne, ' department of CCtes-du-Nord, the centre of a large linen trade. Pop. 62S9. Louviert', a flourishing town of Nonnandy, department of Eure, a I principal seat for the manuAustureof fine cloths. Pop. 10,380. { Lune'ville, a town in Lorraine, department of Meurthe, with a mill- tary school. Pop. 12,476. Lyon'nais, a province in the B. B. separated from Dauphiny by the Rhone. Ly'ons (jpv. Lyon), a dty In Ly- I onnais, capital of the departmrat of Rhone, at the confluence of the Rhone and Ba6ne, is, in wealth, the second dty in Prance, and distin- guished for its extensive mannfac- tures of silk and other rich fabrics. Lyons, the Lvpdunum of the an- cients, was early an important city, and it still contains several remains of Roman magniflcenoe. P. 156,109. -45. 45 N. 4, 49 E. MACON (Makong'), a town fh Burgundy, capital of the departmient of Saone and Loire, noted for its ex- cellent wine. Pop. 12,653. Maine, a province in the W., bounded on the N. by Normandy. Malo, St, a strong seaport in Bretagne, department of Ille and Vllalne ; it has a good trade, and is much frequented as a watering- place. Pop.9383.— 48,39 N. 2,1 W. Mans, Le (Mawng), a manu- facturing town in Maine, capital of the department of Sarthe. Pop. 24.568. Marche, La (Marsh), a province between Poitou and Auvergne. Marne, a largo river which rises in the heights of Langres bi Cham* 113 FRANCE. pagM, and enten the Seln« at Ch»> rtnlon, near Parii. Mamllk'*', {Fr, MarMill«), the aaelent Mainlia, a flourisiiing eom- merolal dtar and teaport in Provence, on tlM Mediterranean, capital of the depiurtment of Moutlie of the Rhone, and the great euporium of the trade to the Levant, i'op. m,OOS.— 43, 17 N. A, 98 B. Maubeugtf'. a strong frontier town In French Flanders, department of Nord, on the Bambre. Pop. 7328. Mayenne', a river which rises in Normandy, passes Angers, and ftills Into the Loire. MayenfM', a town in Maine, de- partment of Ntayenne, defended by an old castle. Pop. 0588. Meaux (Mo), a town in Cham- nagne, department of Seine and Mame, the episcopal see of the cele- brated Bossuet. It has a great trade in com and cheese. Pop. 83S6. Melun', a town in the Isle of France, capital of the department of Seine and Mame, 25 miles S. E. of Paris. Pop. 7ft28. Mende, a manufacturing town in Languedoo, capital of the department of Lozdre. Pop. 6345. Mets, the ancient Diviodurutn, a strongly fortified city in Lorraine, capital of the department of Moselle, at the confluence of the Moselle and SeUle, with considerable trade and manufactures. Pop. 43,484.-49, 7 M.6, lOB. Meuse, a large river which rises In Champagne, and, flowing north- ward, passes through Belgium and the S. of Holland, and falls into the North Sea below Rotterdam. Mezldre/, a strong frontier- town in Champagne, capital of the depart- ment of Ardennes, on the Meuse. Pop. 3970. Montauban ( Mongto'bang) ,a hand- some manufacturing town in Gui- enne, capital of the department of Tarn andOaronne,beautifully situate on the Tarn, and distinguished for its Protestant university. P. 23,314. —44, 1 N. 1, 21 E. Montbrlson (zong^), a town in Lvonnais, capital of the department of Loire. Pop. 6435. Mont-de-Marsan% a town in Oas- cony, capital of the department of Landes, on the Midouze. Pop. 4463. Montelimarf, a town inDauphiny, department of Drome, on the Rhone, with an anetent eftadel and thriving manaliMturea. Pop. 8630. Montpel'lier, an ancient town In Languedoe, enpltal of the depart* ment of H^rauit, famed for its pur« air and mild climate. It is the scat of a celebrated medical school, and has considerable trade and manufaa* tures. Pop. 40,882. Morlaijr, a town in Bretagne, de- partment of Finistdre, with consider* able trade. Pop. 11.698.— 48, 34 N. 3, SOW. Moselle', a river which rises in the Vosges Mountains, and, flowing northward, passes Mets ; entering Rhunish Prussia, it falls into tha Rhine at Coblentz. MouUns (Mooleng'), a town in Bourbonnais, capital of the depart- ment of Alller ; it was the birthnlaoa of Marshal Villars and of the Duke of Berwick. Pop. 15,398. Muhlhau'sen, a town In Alsace, department of Upper Rhine, on the 111, a principal seat of tlie cotton manufacture. Pop. 20,587. NAN'CY, an elegant city in Lor- raine, capital of the department of Meurthe. The gates appear like triumphal arciies, and the Royal ' Square, built by Stanislaus, king of I Poland, is adorned with beautiful : fountains. Pop. 40,289.-48, 41 N. 6, 11 E. I Nantes (Nangt), the ancient Con- ; divicnum, a large commercial city I and seaport In Bretagne, capital of ' tliedepartmentofLower Lolre.about ! 3U miles from the mouth of the Loire. ; It has an extensive foreign trade. Pop. 91.303.— 47, 13 N. 1, 33 W. Napoleon- Vendue, formerly Bour- ! bon-Vend^e, a town in Poitou, capi- ; till of the department of Vendee. I Pop. 6186. I Nnrbonne', an ancient city in Lan- guedoc, department of Aude, with a ne Gothic catliedraL Pop. 11 ,855. I Never/, a town in Nivernais, ca- ' pital of the department of Nidvre. at the junction of the Ni^vre and Loire, I celebrated for its enamel, porcelain, I and Iron works. Pop. 16,113. I Nime« or Hitmes, the ancient N€- maiuus, a city in Languedoe, capital jif the department of Gard, in a fer- tile vale, encompassed by hilU. It contains several interesting monu- ments of Roman antiquity. The silk manufacture flourishes to a great extent. Pop. 49,480.-43, 60 N. 4, 21 E. FRANCE. 113 Hrorf. » town in Polton, capital of tha departnent of I>«ux Sdrraa, ■itnata on th« ploturtMue banka of thaMvra. Popw 17.Ma. JNivoi^naif, a province tn the in- larior, on the west of Rnrinindy. Noirmou'tier, an island on the oowt of Bretagnc, near the mouth of the Loire. Nor'mandr, a ntaritiine province OB the Engliah Channel. OISB, a river which i see in the Ardennes, and, rcceivitig the Aisne near Compiegne, falle into the Belne bvlow St Uermain. Ol'eron, an island on the 8. W. I coast, opposite the mouth of the Charente. 45, 6A N. 1, 20 W. O'mer, 8t, a strongly fortified town in ArtoiH, department of Pas- de-Oakils, on tiie Aa, the seat of an active trade. Pop. 19,226.— fiO, 44 N. S. 15 E. Or'ange, the ancient Arausio, a | town in the department of Vnncluae, | in a beautiful plain, near the Rliotie, ' celebrated for iloman remains. Pop. 9264. j Or'l^anaif, a pro\ Ince in the in- ! terior, S. of the lale of France. { Orleans (Or'leang), the Oenabum of the Romans, a city of Orlt^annis, | capital of the department of Loiret, situate on the Loire, over which is a ! noble bridge. Its cathedral is a fine Gothic edifice ; and it is the seat of a univerisity. Orleans is famous for the memorable siege which its in- 1 habitants, animated by Joan of Arc, i sustained against the English in 1428. Pop. 43,405.^47, 54 N. 1 , 54 E. Ome, a river in Normandy, which falls into the English Channel below Caen. Orth'es, a town in Beam, depart- ment of Lower Pyrenees, on the Gftve-du-Pau, near which the Duke of Wellington defeated the French army commanded by Marshal Soult, February 27, 1814. Pop. 6924. PAR'IS, the capital of the king- dom, and of the department of Seine, is divided by the Seine, and connected by 24 bridges. It is distinguished for its superb public edifices and palaces, fine gardens, promenades, and foun- tains. Its galleries and museums, scientific institutions, and public schools, with its noble libraries, ex- cite universal admiration ; it is par- ncularly rich in triumphal columns and arches. Paris is the Lutitia of theKomans, and is 210 miles S. E from London. Pop. ll08,067.--48, M N. 9, 20 B. Pau (Po), a Ro'des, a town in Guienne, capital of the department of Aveyron, with a noble Gothic cathedral. P. 8267. I Romans', a fortified town in Dau- phiny , department of Drdme, on the Is^re; it commands a magnificent; view of the valley eastward to Mount ; Blanc. Pop. 9471. I Roubai'^, a town in French Flan- ders, department of Nord, a princi- pal seat of ^e woollen manufacture, j Pop. 31 ,039. i Rouen (Roo'awng), the ancient BotomaguSy ..n important commer- cial and manufacturing city in Nor- mandy, capital of the department of Lower Seine ; its ancient cathedral is a magnificent edifice. Pop. 91,512. ; — 49, 26N. 1,6E. | Rousillon' (yong), a small prov- ince in the S., now forming the de- partment of Eastern Pyrenees. SAINTES (Bengt), a towa in Saintonge, department of Lower Charente, containing several ancient remains. Pop. 10,568. Saintonge (Sengtonzh'), a province in the W., now forming the depart- ment of Lower Charente. Salinr', a town in Frandie Comti, department of Jura, noted for its salt-works. Pop. 7481. Sam'bre, a river which rises in Picardy, and joins the Meuse at Namur, in Belgium. Boone, a large river, which has its source in the vosges Mountains, and falls into the Rhone at Lyons. Saumur (Somure^), a town in An- jou, department of Maine and Loire, famous as a stronghold of the Prot- estants in the 16th century. P. 12,603. ScAelde or £scau<, a large river which rises in Picardy, and, entering Belgium, falls into the North Sea below Antwerp. Schelestadt', a strong town in Al- sace, department of Lower Rhine, on the 111. Pop. 8667. Sedan', a strong frontier town in Champagne, department of Arden- nes, on the Meuse, the birtliplace of Marshal Turenne. It is celebrated for its manufacture of fine woollen cloths and of fire-arms. P. 13,507. —49, 42 N. 4, 67 £. Seine (Seen), a large river which rises in the mountains of Burgundy, receiving in its course numerous tri- butaries ; it flows through the capi- tal, passes Rouen, and rails into the Englifdi Channel at Havre. Sens (Sans,) a town in Champagne, department of Yonne, with a fine cathedral. Pop. 10,335. Servan, St., a seaport in the de- partment of Ille and Vilaine, on the Uance, opposite St Male ; it has an active trade. Pop. 10,257. Sdvre, two rivers hi Poltou; the one flows into the Loire at Nantes ; the other, after receiving the Yea- d^. falls into the Bay of Biscur. Sevref , a town S. W. of Paris, celebrated for its manufooture of S orcein, long considered the most eautiful in Europe^ Soissons (Swasong^) an ancient city in the Isle of France, department of Aisne, in a charming valley j it was the capital of Olovis, the fint king of France. Pop. 7WS. FRANCE. 115 Somme, a river of PIcardv, ivhich 1 passes Amiens, and falls into the ; English Channel below Abbeville. ' Strasbourg, a strongly fortified city in Alsace, capital of tbe depart- I ment of Lower Rhine, situate on the III, near its junction witli the Rhine. { The oathe^l is a most splendid | Gothic edifice, its tower rising to the | stupendous height of 474 feet. It is a fiourishing city, and contains sev- ! eral valuable institutions. P. 64,242. I —48, 35 N. 7, 45 E. TABAS'CON, a strong town of Provence, department of Mouths of tbe Rhone, opposite Beaucaire, to which it is joined by a suspension ^ bridge. Pop. 9500. Tarbes, a town in Oascony, capital of the department of Upper Pyrenees, situate on the Adour. Pop. 12,663. Tarn, a river wliich rises in the Cevennes, runs through Montauban, . and falls into the Garonne. Thi'ers, a town in Auvergne, de- partment of Puy de Ddme, long famed for Jts manufactures of hard- ware and cutlery, and also of paper. Pop. 13,765. TAionville', a fortified town in Lor- raine, department of Moselle. P. 5500. Toul, a fortified town in Lorraine, department of Meurthe, on the Mo* selle. Pop. 7271. Toulon' he Telo Martitts of the ReeBnans. a strong seaport in Pro- vence, department of Var, the chief naval station on the Mediterranean, with extensive docks and arsenal; its harbour is one of the best in Europe. P. 45,510.-43, 7 N. 5, 65 B. Toulouse', the Tolosa of the Ro- mans, a city in Languedoc, capital of the department of Upper Garonue, at the junction of the Garonne with the Canal of Languedoc. It has con- siderable trade, and is the seat of a university. Pop. 85,554.-43, 35 N. 1,26E. Touraine', a rich inland province, traversed by the Loire. Tourcoing', a fiourishing manu- facturing town in French Flanders, department of Nord. Pop. 26,834. Tourf, the Catarodunum of the Romans, a city in Touraine, capital of the department of Indre and Loire, delightfully situate on the Loire, over which is an elegant bridge of 15 arches. It has considerable manu- fiictures. Pop. 90,189.-47, 23 N. 0, 43 B. Troyes {Tro'tkyr) t the Aviustobona of the ancients, a city in Champagne, capital of the department of Aube. situate on the Seine, in a fruitftil plain. P. 25,656.-48, 18 N. 4, 5 E. Tulle (Tetil), a town in Limousin, capital of the department of Cor- rdze, with manufactures of fire- arms. Pop. 10,748. USHANT' ( li'r. Ouessant), annall island off* the W. coast of Bretagne. -48, 28 N. 5, 3 W. , V ALENCE ( Val'awngs) , ancient- ly Valentia, a city in Dauphiny, capital of the department of DrAme. situate on the Rhone ; with a citadel and school of artillery. Pop. 13,829. Valenciennef', a very strong town in French Flanders, department of Nord, with fine manufactures of lace, gauze, and cambric. It is the birth- place of Froissart the historian. P. 20,625.-50, 21 N. 3, 31 E. Vannef, a seaport in Bretagne, capital of the department of Mor- bihan, on a bay. Pop. 12.396. Yaucluse', a village of Avignon, department of Yaucluse, long the residence of the poet Petrarch. Here is a fomous fountain of pur3 water, which rises in a vast cavern, and forms a small stream, an affluent of the Rhone. Vendue (Yawng'dee) , a small river in Poitou, falling into the Sdvre. Yend6e, a department in the pro- vince of Poitou, celebrated for its heroic stand in favour of the royalist cause, 1792-95. YendOme', a town in OrIeanais,de- partment of Loir and Cher. P. 8100. Yerdun', a fortified town in Lor- raine, department of Meuse, where I the Englisli residents were detained prisoners of war in 1803. P. 10,549. ! Yersaillef', a town 12 miles S. W. I of Paris, capital of the department ! of Seine and Oise, with a magnificent , royal palace, beautiful gardens and fountains. Pop. 29,975. Yesoul',atown in Franche-Comte, I capital of the department of Upper I Sadne. Pop. 6()61. Yienne', the Vienna of the Ro- I mans, a city in Daupbiny, depart- ' ment of Isdre, on the Rhone, con- ; taining several Roman remains. P. 1 19,052. VieDtM^', a river which rises in the mountains of Auvergne, and fal^s into the Loire above oaumur. Yilaine', a river of Bretagne, flows through Rcnncs, and falls into the Bay of Biscay. 116 SPAIN. Vill0franche% a stirring town in Guienne, department of Aveyron, with a great trade. Pop. 9381.— Another town of the same name, im- portant for its manufactures, in Lyon- nais, department of Rlione, near the SaAne. Pop. 77f>9. Vi'trfi, a town in Bretagne, depart- ment of Ille and Yilaine, with manu- factures of linens. Pop. 8555. Vosges (Yozh), a chain of moun- tains in the E. of France. The highest peak is 4690 feet. ^ WEISS'EMBOURO. a strong frontier-town in Alsace, department of Lower Rhine. Pop. 6110. YONNE, a river which rises on the bor<'ers of Burgundy, and, flowing N. W. falls into the Sehie. Yv'etof, a manufacturing town in Normandy, department of Lower Seine. Pop. 8609. SPAIN iMU i-.ilf Is bounded N. by the Bay of Biscay, and the Pyrenees which separate it from France ; W. by Portugal and the Atlantic Ocean ; S. by the Straits of Gibraltar and the Mediterranean ; E. by the Mediterranean. It contains 182,600 square miles. Pop. 14,216,219. r . tv ' Provinces. Chief Tow!is. ^^'^^'^^^^ GaHcia Coninna, Santiago, Vigo, Ferrol. - V;v Astnrias, Oviedo, Gijon. .2 Leon Leon, Astorga, Salamanca, Yalladolid. 4 Old Castile Burgos, Santander, Segovia. Biscay Bilboa, St Sebastian, Yittoria. Navarre Pampeluna, Tudela. Aragon Saragossa, Teruel. Catalonia Barcelona, Tarragona, Tortosa. Valencia Valencia, Alieant. New Castile Madrid, Toledo, Talavera. Estremadora Badajoz, Merida. Andalusia Seville, Cadiz, Cordova, Xeres. Granada Granada, Malaga, Almeria. Morcia Murcia, Cartagena. Islands. — Majorca, Minorca, Ivi^a, Formentera; Canary Islands. Capes. — Ortegal, Finisterre, Trafalgar, Europa Point, De Gata, Palos, St Martin, Creus. Mountains. — ^Pyrenees, Mountains of Asturias, Moun- tains of Castile, Mountains of Toledo, Sierra Morena, Sierra Nevada, Montserrat. Rivers. — Minho, Douro, Tagus, Guadiana, Guadal- quivir, Ebro, Xucar, Segura. Foreign Possessions. — Cuba and Porto Rico, in the V^est Indies ; the Philippine and Ladrone Islands, in the Indian Archipelago. Spain possessed till lately Mexico, in North America, and almost the whole of South America. :-■ -<•«■ -^>^^rJJi t ,•_ .1- 1 ':'-S- 'St.. " '•* .- :' •'- >>' --'■^ •4 ii ■>^:i^^ f.;K SPAIN. ranee. The • a strong department 1st 10. rises on the ind, flowing e. ring town in ■ of Lower 117 BEHABKS. .^yreileiBs and the and the contains ■ ■ ,.^ ^ •'^ fidolid. ^i - -m ■ ' '•■^ •' 'WV .' -1-.' ientera ; a Pomt, , Moirn- ^lorena, jruadal- , in the I, in the ifexico, South 7 Spain extends from 36** (T to 43** 47' N. lat., and ttom 9» 20' W. to 3* 20' E. long., being 650 miles in length from B. to W., and 620 miles in breadth from N. to S. With the exception of Switzerland, Spain is the most moun- tainons country in Europe; and it abounds in those wild, magnificent, and beautiful scenes, which might be expected under so fine a climate. The lofty Pyrenees, forminff its north-eastern barrier, are continued through the north of Spain, where they receive the name of the Cantabrian chain, running parallel to the Bay of Biscay, and terminating in Cape FinisteiTe. A secondary range, called the Ibenan, stretches from the middle of the fonner, in a long irregular line, southward to Cape de Gata in Granada. From this, four other chains extend from east to west till they reach the Atlan- tic; these are the Mountains of Castile, the Mountains of Tole- do, the Sierra Morena, and the Sierra Nevada. Th rough each of the extensive plains enclosed by those mountain-ranges, flows a large river which receives the smaller streams tnat issue from the heights parallel to its course. The central region of Spain, comprismg part of Old and Now Castile, is an elevated table-land, containing several towns at a great height above the level of the sea. Madrid is 2200 feet, and San Ildefonso 3800 feet above that level, being the most ele- vated royal residence in Europe. In a country so mountainous, the climate is necessarily various. In the valleys and low grounds, the heat, during the summer months, is excessive ; and the level districts of Andalusia, Murcia, and part of Valencia, are visited by a scorching wind from Africa, called the solanoj similar in its effects to the sirocco of Italy and Greece. On the elevated grounds the temperature is cooler; and the interior is subject to piercing winds, which prevent the production of many frmts that thrive in the more northern latitudes of Italy. The soil is in general fertUe, especially where migation can be employed. Besides wheat, maize, rice, hemp and flax of the finest quality, oats and barley, — the usual products of southern latitudes, viz. olives, figs, vines, oranges, and lemons, are found in great abundance, and the sugar-cane is cultivated to some extent in Valencia and Granada. The avales on the eastern coast are remarkable for their fertility 1^ and perpetual succession of crops. For its wine^, particularly those of Xeres, called Sherry, there is an extensive demand abroad. Agriculture is in a great measure neglected in many parts of Spain, for the reaiing of vast flocks of Merino sheep, the 118 SPAIN. ' wod of which is particularly yaluable. These sheep an privileged to travel from oneprovince to another, according to the change of season. Tne horses, especially those of Andalusia, have long been famous ; the mules are likewise superior to those of other countries. The bulls ai*e remark- able for tilieir fierceness; and bull-fights or combats are the favourite amusements of the Spaniards. Wolves are the principal beasts of prey. *^'". ^' The minerals of Spain are of great value ; but after the discovery of the richer mines of America they were almost neglected. They have of late been more careftdly worked, particularly those of lead. Iron abounds in many parts of the country : the iron-works of Aragon, Asturias, and partic- ularly Biscay, have long been ftimous. Copper, tin, and quicksilver, are among the other mineral products. The manufactiu'es and commerce of Spain are in a very languishing state, which must continue while the country is so depressed. Although it abounds with the finest wool, and its mmes of iron are as inexhaustible as the quality is superior, part of its broadcloth and other woollen stuffs, and most of its hardware, are imported from Britain. The silks and cot- tons of Catalonia and Valencia, leather and mats, baskets and shoes, are its principal manufactures. The commerce of Spain is mteatly reduced by the loss of her American dominions. Koman-catholicism is established in Spain, and toleration for other creeds is little more than nominal. The monastic institu-^ tions have been greatly reduced, but a numerous clergy still exercises considerable influence over the people. .? The government was nearly absolute — the power of the sovereign being partially controlled only by that of the church; so that the people groaned under civU and eccle- siastical despotism. After the invasion bv Napoleon, how- ever, in 1808, which the Spaniards nobly resisted, they established a popular government. This has been repeatedly subverted and restored; the country has undergone many vicissitudes, and is not yet perhaps in a settled state ; but it ei\|oys at present a form of representative consiitution under Donna Isabella II. The Inquisition, which long reigned here in all its terrors, was abolished in 1820. The Spaniards are grave, stately, and formal in their manners ; indolence may be considered as their national vice ; but it is happily unaccompanied by intemperance. Spain once reckoned 24 universities. They are now reduced to 11 ; and of these few are well attended. Some very respectable names adorn its literary annals. That of Cervantes, the author of Don Quixote, stands pre-eminent. SPAIN. 119 EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Spain? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the amount of its ^pulation ? Name its povinces. What are ths principal towns m Galicia, in Asturias, m Biscay, in Navarre? &c. Wnere is Cartagena, Vigo, Seville, Barcelona, Badajoz, Yalladolid, Astorga, Taiavera, St Sebastiui, Saragossa, Cadiz, Bilboa? &c. Name its islands, and their situation. Name its capes, and their situation. Name its mountains, and trace their direction. Name its rivers, and trace their course. Where is Ivi^a, Europa Point, Montscrrat, Minorca, the Tagus, Sierra Morena, the Ebro, Cape de Gata, the Guadalquivir, Majorca, Formentera, ttie Douro? &c. Where does the Douro rise, and in what direction does it flow ? What is the name of the cape in the north of Galicia? What cape forms the southern extremity of the Bock of Gibraltar? Name the promontory in the east of Murcia. What mountains separate New Castile from Andalusia ? What are the colonies of Spain? What countries did she formerly possess? &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Spain situate ? What are its length and breadth? What is its general aspect? Describe the branch of the Pyrenees called the Cantabrian chaia. Describe the Iberian chain. What mountain-ranges stretch west- ward from this chain till they reaeh the Atlantic? What is remarkable about the valleys which those mountains enclose? What is remarkable about the central part of Spain ? What varieties of climate occur in Spain ? Of what nature is its soil ? What are its productions ? For what are the vales on the eastern coast remarkable ? From what cause is agi'icnlture much neglected in many parts of Spain? What privilege is given to the sheep ? For what other domestic animals is Spam famous ? What is the fovourite amusement of the Spaniards ? Since what time have the mineral treasures of Spain been almost neglected? Name its most famous iron-works. What are the other products of its mines ? In what state are its commerce and manufactures ? Does Spain reap the full advantage of its abundance m wool and iron ? What are its principal manufactures? By what circumstance has its commerce been injured. What is the established religion of Spain? How has the influ- ence of the church been reduced ? By whom is the power of the sovereign in some degree controlled ? What is the present form of its government ? At what period was the Inquisition abolished ? What qualities characterize the national manners? What is the national vice of the Spaniards ? What is the present number of the Spanish universities ? Can Spain boast of any eminent literary characters ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ALBACETE', a town of Murcia, | Albuquerqt(«', a strong town tai on a canal to which it gives name. Estremadura, near the frontiem of Pop. 1? 000. Portugal. Pop. 5470. 120 SPAIN. Alcala' da Hena'res, » town In New Castile, with a university ; the birth- place of Cervantes. Pop. 3800. Alcan'tara, the Norha Catarea of the Romans, a fortified town in Es- tremadura, on the S. banlc of the Tagus, with the ruins of Trajan's bridge over the river, partly destroyed by the Britislt in 1809. It gives name to a Spanish order of knighthood. Pop. 4300. Alcoy', an inland town of Valencia, with paper and cloth manufactories. Pop. 27,000. Algcsi'ras, a town in Andalusia,' on the west side of the Bay of Gib- raltar. P. 11,000.— ae" 8' N. lat. S" 26' W. long. Alha'ma, a town in Murcia, cele- brated for it» baths and hot springs. Pop. 6300. Al'icant, a i^eaport in Valencia, with a great export-trade in barilla, wine, and fruits. Pop. 12,000. — SB, 21 N. 0, 29 W. Alma'den, a town in New Castile, famed for its rich mines of quicksilver. Pop. 7000- Alma'gro, a town in New Castile, situate in a fertile plain, noted for its mules. Pop. 12,000. Alman'za, a town in Murcia, with a strong castle, near which a great battle was fought between tbe French and English in 1707. Pop. 7000. Alme'ria, a flourishing town and seaport in Granada, at the mouth of the Almeria. Pop. 19,000.-36, 51 N. 2, 31 W. Andalu'sia, a large and important province in the soutli, watered by the Guadalquivir. Pop. 1,600,000. Andor'ra, the capital of a small republic of the same name, in Cata- lonia. P. 1600.— The territory, with a population of 10,000, is under the protection of France ; it consists of a valley in the Pyrenees, governed by two magistrates, and the community are chiefly occupied in agriculture and mining.— 42, 20 N. 1, 27 E. Andu'jar, a fine old town of An- dalusia, on the Guadalquivir, with numerous churches, and a bridge of fifteen arches over the river. Pop. 10,000.-38, 2 N. 3, 59 W. Anteque'ra, a town in Granada, containing several ancient remains. Pop. 17,000. Ar'agon, a mountainous but fertile province in the north-east, inter- Bected by the Ebro. Pop. 847,106. Aran'da, a fortified town in Old Castile, on the Douro, in a rich wine district. Pop. 4(;oo. Aranjue^', a town in New Castile, on the Tagus, with a mi^iflcent royal palace and gardens. P. 4000. Astor'ga, a city of great antiquity, in Leon. Pop. 3000. Astu'rias, a province in the N., lyincr along the Bay of Biscay. Pop. 510,000b A'vila, a town in Old Castile, on the Adaja, the seat of a university, with a royal manufactory of clotn. Pop. 4000. BADAJOZ', (or Bad'ahoz), a strong town, the capital of Estre- madura, beautifully situate on the Ouadiana. Pop. 12,000.-38, 62 N. 6, 48 W. Balea'ric Islands, a group in the Mediterranean, off the coast of Va- lencia, viz. Majorca, Minorca, Ivi(a, and Formentera. Pop. 253,000. Burcelo'na, a strong seaport, the capital of Catalonia, and the first commercial city of Spain, on the Mediterranean. Pop. 140,000.-41, 22 N. 2, 10 E. Benicar'lo, a seaport of Valencia, with considerable export-trade. Pop. 6000.-40, 15 N. 0, 28 E. Bidasso'a, a river of Navarre, the boundary between France and Spain; it rises in the Pyrenees, and falls in- to the Bay of Biscay. Bil'boa (or Bilba'o), the capital of Biscay, on the Nervion, a navigable river, about ten miles from the sea ; its commerce is extensive, particu- larly in wool. Pop. 12,000. Bis'cay, a mountainous province in the north, denominated also the Basque Provinces, inhabited l)y a peculiar and brave race. P. 373,149. Bur'gos, the capital of Old Castile, on the Arlanzon, formerly the resi- dence of the kings of Castile. Pop. 12 000 CACEHES, a town in Estrema- dura, witli elegant public buildings, the seat of the supreme tribunal of the province. Pop. 10,000. Cad'iz, (the Gadesoi the Romans,) a principal seaport and commercial city in Andalusia, situate on the Isle of Leon ; it is strongly fortified, and its harbour is one of the finest in Europe. P. 54,000.-36, 32 N. 6, 18 W. Calahor'ra, the ancient Calagu' ri$, a town in Old Castile, on the Eliro. Pop. 6alace, and a famous glass manufac- ture carried on by government. Pop. 4000. Iv'ica, an island in the Mediter- ranean, about 60 miles firom the coast of Valencia : its chief trade is in salt, which is produced by evap- oration. Pop. 11,000. Iv'i9:a, a fortified seaport, chief town of the above island, with a good harbour and several public buildings. P. £700.-39, N. 1, 30E. JA'EN, a considerable town, ca- pital of a district in Andalusia, situ- ate in a fertile valley. Pop. 18,000. —37, 48 N. 3, 48 W. LE'ON, a province in the N. W., on the borders of Portugal, bounded by ranges of mountains. P. 1,098,833. Le'on, an ancient city, capital of the above province, with a splendid cathedral. Pop. 6000. Ler'ida, the ancient Ilerda, a for- tified town in Catalonia, beautifully situate on the Segre. Pop. 13,000. — 41, 40 N. 0, 30 E. lii'rla, an ancient town in Valen- cia. Pop. 8500. Llere'na, a town in Estremadura, near the foot of the Sierra Morena. Pop. 6000. Logro'no, a town in Old Castile, on a fine pl»lii near the Ebro. Pop. 7000. Lo'Ja, a town of Oranada, with manufiicturei of calico and paper. Pop. 15,000. Lor'ca, a handsome town in Mur- cia, on the Sangonera, with coostd- erable manufactures. Pop. 40,000. Lu'oar, St, a seaport in Andalusia, at the mouth of the Guadalquivir, with a good trade and flourishing manufactures. Pop. 17,000.-36, 43 N. 6, 18 W. Lu'go, an ancient town in Galicia, on the Minho, celebrated for its hot medicinal springs. Pop. 7200.— 43, N. 7, 36 W. MADRID', the capital of Spain, in New Castile, and nearly in the centre of the kingdom, stands on an elevated plain 22(N) feet above the level of the sea. The Manzanares. a small stream, flows past it, and falls into the Taguc It is a hand- some city; the royal palaces and some of the public buildings are superb. Pop. 260,000.-40, 26 N. 3, 42 W. Mahon', Port, a strong seaport in the island of Minorca, with a fine harbour. Pop. 14,000.-39, 62 N. 4, 21 E. Major'ca, the largest of the Ba- learic Islands, in the Mediterranean ; its valleys ai*e very fertile, producing com, grapes, oranges, and citrons. The highest mountain is 5114 feet above the sea. Pop. 181,800.-39, 35 N. 3, E. Maladet'ta, the highest peak of the Pyrenees in Spain, 11,436 feet above the sea. Mal'aga, a commercial city and seaport in Granada, with an excel- lent harbour; noted for its fruits and sweet wines. Pop. 66,000.-36, 43 N. 4, 25 W. MancVia, La, a pastoral district in New Castile, the scene of Don Quixote's adventures. Manre'sa, a town in Catalonia, on the Cardenet, with manufactures of sUk. Pop. 13,000. Manzana'res, a town in New Cav tile, on a branch of the Guadiana. Pop. 9000. Marbel'la, a seaport of Granada,'| with a fine harbour. Pop. eooa-*- 36, 31 N. 4, 53 W. Mar'tin, Cape St, the S. E. point of Valencia, opposite the island of Ivica.— 38, 47 N. 0, 10 E; . Mat'aro, a seaport of Cataloniat SPAIN. 123 bro.' Pop. aada, with and paper. m inMnr* 1th consid- >p. 40,000. Andalusia, adalquivir, flourishing KH).— 36, 43 In Galida, ted for its 'op. 7200.— 1 of Spain, urly in the ands on an ab«ve the [anzanares. ast it, and is a hand- >alaces and lildings are -40, 25 N. i seaport in with a fine 39, 52 N. 4, of the Ba- iterranean ; producing md citrons. 5114 feet 11,800.^39, peak of the feot above il city and h an excel- ts fruits aiul 00.— 36, 43 ral district ne of Don ^talonia, on ifactures of New Oas- Ouadiana. f Granada, op. 600a— B. E. point e i^and of Catalonia, with thriving maDufaetnrei^— Pop. 14.000. Mer'ida, the ancient Emerita Au- gusta, a town in Estremadura, on the Guadiana, containing strihing remains of Roman grandeur. Pop. 4100. Min'ho, a river which rises near Mondoneda, in the N. of Galida, and separating that province from Portugal, fulls into the Atlantic. Minor'ca, the second in extent of the Balearic Islands, in the Medi- terranean, 34 miles E. of Majorca. Mount Toro, near the centre of the island, is 47&0 feet high. Pop. 44,000. -40, N. 4, 10 B. Mog'uer, a town of Andalusia, on the river Tinto, with fertile en- virons. Pop. 7000. Mondone'do, an episcopal town in Galicia, with linen manufactures. Pop. (HKM). Montserrnt', a lofty insulated mountain in Catalonia, remarkable for its hermitages and convent of Benedictines. Motril', a thriving town of Grana- rla, surrounded by sugar-plantations. Pop. 12,500. Mur'cia, a province in the S. E., between AndiUusia and Valencia. I Pop. 595,531. I Mur'cia, the capital of tlie above ! Srovince, beautifully situate on the egura. Pop. 44,000.-38, N. 1, 13W. Murvie'dro, a fortified town in Valencia, on the site of the ancient Samtntum. Pop. 7500. NAVARRE', a small province, formerly a kingdom, bounned on the N. by the Pyrenees. Pop. 280,000. OLIVEN'ZA, a strong town of Estremadura, near the Guadiana. Pop. 7600. Clot, a town in Catalonia, in the valley of the Fluvio, with a consider- able transit-trade. Pop. 12,000. Orense', a town in Galicia, on the Minho, celebrated for its hot springs. Pop. SOOft. Orihue'Ia, a commercial town in Valencia, on the Segura» in a fertile plain. Pop. 18,(KK). Or'tegal, Cape, the most northerly pohit of Galicia, and also of Spain.— 43, 47 N. 7,56 W. Osu'na, a town in Andalusia, in a flnevall^. Pop. 17,500. Ovie'do, the cafNltal of Asiurias, and seat of a university, with a fine cathedral. Pop. 10,500. PALEN'CIA, an ancient town in Leon , on the Carrion. Pop. 1 1 ,000. Pal'ma, a seaport, the capital of Majorca, situate on a large bay. Pop. 41,000.-39, 34 N. 2, 44 B. Palos, Cape, a promontory in th« E. of Murcia.— 37, 37 N. 0, 42 W.— A it vn of Andalusia, at the mouth oi .ue Tinto, from which Columbus sailed in 1499, for the discovery of the New World. Pampelu'na or Pamplo'na, a very strong fortress, the capital of Na- varre, on the Arga. Its castle, gar- risoned by the Frmch, was reduced by the British, October 1U13. Pop. 11,000.-42, 60 N. 1,41 W. Plas'jn'cia, a town in Estrema- dura, with a castla P. 6800. Ponteve'dra, a seaport in Galicia, at the head of the bay, with a good harbour. Pop. 5000. Porto Re'al, a seaport of Andalu- sia, on the bay of Cadiz. P. 4000. Porto-San-Mari'a, a town of An- dalusia, opposite Cadiz, and near the embouchure of the Guadalete. Pop. 18,000. Pyrenees. See Francr, p. 113. RE'US, a flourishing maimfactur- ing town of Catalonia. Pop. 25,000. —41, UN. 1,10 E. Ron'da, a town in Granada, situ- ate on the summit of a precipitous rock, near the Guadiaro, which is crossed by a stupendous bridge 280 feet high. Pop. 16,000. Ro'sas, a strong seaport in Cata- lonia, situate on a beautiful bay of the same name. Near it is the de- cayed town of Castello de Aropurins, surrounded by vast remains of Ro- man architecture. Pop. S200.— 42, 16 N. 3, 10 E. SALAMAN'CA, a city in Leon, on the Tormes, the seat of a cele- brated university. The modem (»- thedral is a magnificent Gothio edifice. P. 13,000.— 41, 5 N. 6, 42 W. Santan'der, a commercial town and seaport in Old Castile. Pop., i 15,000.-43, 28 N. 3, 47 W. I Santia'godeCoroposteria, atown, formerly the capital of Galicia, with ; a celebrated ancient cathedraL It is the seat of a university, and also of the Knights of St James. Pop 29,000 — 42, 50 N. 8, 27 W. j Saragos'sa {Sp. Zaragoza), the an- cient Caetarea Avfnttta, the capital ' of Aragon, on the Ebro, remarlcable I for the herok: resistance of its inha- I bitants, under Palafox, against the 124 SPAIN. Frendi In 1808-0. Pop. 40,000.-41, 47N.0,4aW. 8«bai'tian, St, a seaport in Biscay, strongly fortifled. It was wrested from the French by the British, 31st August 1813. P. 13,000.-43, 19 N. 2,0W. Segorbe% an ancient town in Va- lencia, on the Palancia. Pop. 6iMX). Sego'Tia, a city in Old Castile, containing a magnificent Iloman aqueduct, and other noble monu- ments of antiquity. Pop. 7700. Segu'ra, a river of Murcia, which traTenes that province, and fails in- to the Mediterranean. Sev'ille, the ancient Illtptflit, an important commercial city, the cap- ital of Andalusia, situate on the Guadalquivir, in a delightful and fertile district. Its cathedral is a magnificent Gothic pile, the tower of which is 350 feet higli. Pop. 85,000. —37, 24 N. 5, 47 W. Sier'ra More'na or Brown Moun- tains, which separate New Castile from Andalusia. Sier'ra Neva'da, or Snowy Moun- tains, in Granada. Mulhacen, their loftiest summit, is 11,678 feet high. So'ria, a town in Old Castile, on the Douro, near the sitn of the an- cient Numantia. Pop. 3500. TA'GUS (Sp. Tajo), the largest river of Spain; issuing from the mountains between Aragon and New Castile, it traverses the latter province and Estreniadura, inter- sects Portugal, and empties itself into the Atlantic below Lisbon. Talave'ra, a town in New Castile, on the Tagus. Here the French were defeated by the British in a series of sanguinary conflicts, 27th and 28th July 1 809. Pop. 8000.-39, 58 N. 4, 47 W. Tar'ifa, a seaport in Andalusia, oh the Straits of Gibraltar, the most southerly point of Spain, and also of the continent of Europe. Pop. 8000. ^ 36, N. 6, 38 W. Tarrago'na, the Tar'raco of the Romans, a maritime city of Cata- lonia, containing many vestiges of its ancient greatness. Pop. 12,000. — 41,8 N. 1,18 E. Ter'uel. a thriving town in Ara- gon, on the Guadalaviar. P. 8000. — 40, 25N. 1,6 W. Tole'do, a celebrated ancient city In New Castile, situate on a lofty rock Dear the Tagus. Its Alcazar or palace, and its cathedral, once a mosque, are splendid ttruotviMk Toledo was long iSsmous for tm manufacture of sword-blades. Its archbishop is primate of Spain. Pop. 13j500.— », 56 N. 4, W. Tolo'sa, a town in Biscay, on the Orio, celebrated for its steel manu< factures. Pop. 5000. To'ro, a town in Leon, on the Douro. Pop. 7000. Torto'sa, a strong town in Cata- Ionia, near the mouth of the Ebro. Pop. 20,500.-40, 48 N. 0, 33 E. Trafalgar', Cape, on the coast of Andalusia, between Cadiz and Gib- raltar, memorable for the victory obtained by the British fleet under Lord Nelson over the combined fleets of France and Spain, 21st Oc- tober 1805.-36, 9 N. 6, 1 W. Truxil'lo, a town in Bstremadura, the birthplace of Pizarro. P. 5200. Tu'dela, a pleasant town in Na- varre, on the Ebro. Pop. 7000. Tuy, a frontier town in Galicia, on the Minho. Pop. 4000. UB'EDA, a town in Andalusia, near the Guadalquivir. P. 14,000. Ur'gel, a town in Catalonia, on the Segre. Pop. 4000. VAL DB PEN'AS, a town in New Caatille, famed for its wine. P. 10,000. Valen'cia, a maritime province in the E. ; its valley, considered the garden of Spain, is C3vered with vines and olives. Pop. 1,110,960. Valen'cia, a maritime city, the capital of the above province, near the mouth of the Guadalaviar, and the seat of a university ; its cathe- dral is adorned with fine paintings. Pop. 71,000.-39, 29 N. 0, 24 W. Valladolid', a city in Leon, on the Pisuerga, a tributary of the Douro, the seat of a university. Pop. 20)000. — 41,39 N. 4,42 W. Ve'lez-Mal'aga, a town of Gran- ada, situate in a very fertile district, near the mouth of the small river Velez, with some trade in oil, sugar, and wine. Pop. 16,000. Vich, a town in Catalonia, with considerable manufactures, in the vicinity of copper and coal mines. Pop. 11,000. Vi'go, a strong seaport in Galicia, with an excellent harbour. Pop. 4000.-42, 14 N. 8,44 W. Vil'la-Re'al, a town of Valencii, on the Mejarcs, here crossed bv a fine bridge of thirteen arches. Fop. 8000. Vitto'ria» a town in Biscay, the i PORTUGAL. ■MDt of a great vletorr obtained by Wellington over the French army ftlst June 1813. P. 15,0 nean. ZAF'RA, an ancient town in Es- treraadura. Pop. fiOOO. Zamo'ra, a town in Leon, on the Douro. Pop. 10,000. PORTUGAL Is bounded N. and E. by Spain; S. and W. by the Atlantic. It contains 36,500 square miles. Population 3,487,025. Provinces. Chief Towns, Entre Douro e Minho Oporto, Braga, Yiana. Tras-os-Montes Braganza, Miranda, Villa Real. '" Beira Coimbra, Almeida, Ovar. Estremadura Lisbon, Setubal, Santarem. Alentejo Evora, Elvas. Algarve Faro, Lagos, Tavira. ' Islands. — The Azores, — principal St Michael, Ter- ceira, Pico, Fayal. - Capes. — ^Poca, or Rock of Lisbon, Espichel, St Vin- cent, St Maria. Mountains. — Sierra de Estrella. Rivers. — Minho, Douro, Mondego, Tagus, Guadiana, Sado. ■■ ■ ■'^''':i.^^i""v. Foreign Possessions. — In Africa, Congo, Angola, Benguela; Sofala, Mozambique; Madeira, Cape Verde Islands*. In Asia, Goa, Damaun, Diu, in Hmdostan; Macao, near Canton ; settlements at Timor, in the Indian Ocean. - ■• K\ i^-'.u M ...iy. '.,•. REMARKS. ;. Portugal Kes between 36** 56' and 42" 10' N. lat., and be- tween 6* 14' and 9" 30' W. long. Its extreme length is 350 miles, and its greatest breadth 140 miles. - Traversed by several mountain-ranges extending into Spain, and by others peculiar to itself, Portugal bears a considerable resemblance to the former countiy in its general aspect. Its soil is light, and highly favourable to the cultivation of the grape and other fine fruits. In the high grounds are raised the usual crops of more northern latitudes ; vines and maize in those of warmer temperature ; and rice in the low grounds. The cx)rk-tree, the orange, lemon, and olive trees, are frequent in this country, as well as the finest fruits of the south of 126 PORTUGAL. Europe. Its climate is delightftil, especially on the coast and in the hiffh ground. In the valleys, the heat during summer is excessive. The mineral treasures of this country, like those of Spain, have heen neglected since the discovery of the richer mines of America. Its manufactures and agriculture are in a state of backwardness almost incredible, and internal commerce suffers from the want of good roads. The sea along the coasts and the rivers abound with fish, which is a great article of food with all classes. Wine is the chief production of the country, and is exported in great quantities, principally to Britain. The other exports are oil, fruits, salt, and cork. In return for these, Great Britain, to which the commerce of Portugal is almost wholly confined, sends woollens, linen, cotton, hardware, and various other articles. The Portuguese are no less attached than the Spaniards to the Roman-catholic religion. Tlieir ecclesiastics form a large proportion of the population, and till lately possessed much of the land and wealth of the country. The government till 1820 was an absolute monarchy ; and although a more limited form of royalty was introduced, and supported by the influence of Britain, the people seemed in general attached to their ancient system of government, which was for a short period re-established: at length, in 1 836, the young Queen Donna Maria 1 1 . declarea her acceptance of the institution of 182U, by which, with considerable changes, the country is still governed under her son, Pedro V. The manners of the Portuguese in the northern and south- ern provinces are almost as different as if they were distinct nations. In the north, they are industrious and blunt ; in the south, polite, but indolent. A want of regard to cleanli- ness is general. The ladies still ply the distaff in spinning, and in many places retain the oriental fashion of sitting upon cushions on the floor. Education is much neglected and very defective ; although some efforts have lately been made for its improvement. The capital of the kingdom, however, is not wanting in literary and scientific institutions. Portugal has two universities; that of Coimbra, founded in 1308, and that of Evora, on a smaller scale, founded in 1533. Camoens, author of a celebrated epic poem called the Lusiad, is tilie brightest star of Portuguese literature. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Portugal? What is its extent in square miles ? What population does it contain? Into what pro- vinces is it divided ? What are its principal towns ? Namd its islands, capes, mountains, rivers, foreign possessions. PORTUGAL. 127 Where iti Evora, Oporto, MiraniU, BranniA, Liabon? &e. Whore i» ('ape Espiohel, Cape Rt Vincent, the Bade, Mondego? &c. Between what de^eee of latitude and longitude ia Portugal situate ? What are ita length and breadth ? vVliat country does it resemble in its ij^eneral aspect ? What is the nature of its soil ? What crops are raised in its different regions ? What fruit-trees are common in this country ? What kind of climate does it enjoy ? Is much attention paid to the mineral treasures of this country? In 'what state are its agriculture, manufactures, and commerce ? What is the chief production and export of Portup;al ? What are its other exports ? What articles does Great Britain send in return ? What is the established religion of the Portuguese? What was, till lately, the form of government ? How did the people receive a representative constitution ? Are the manners of all the Portuguese alike? What are the respective peculiarities? What defect is general among them ? What is the occupation of the ladies ? What fashion is still retained in many places ? In what state is education in Portugal? What mxiversities has it ? What author is the brightest ornament of Portuguese literature? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ABRANTES. a fortified town in Estremadura, on the Tagus, the pas- sage of which it comniauds. P. 6000. Alente'Jo, a large province 6. of the Tagus. Pop. 91)7,890. Algarve', a province in the south of the Idngdom. Pop. 14d,8Al. Alnia'da, a town in Estremadura, on the Tagus, opposite Lisbon. In its neighbourhood ii the gold-mine of Adissa. Pop. 4000. Almei'da, a fortress in Beira, on the N. E. frontier. Pop. 60OO. Avei'ro, a seaport of Beirr ,n the estuary of the Vouga, wit . con- siderable trade and flsnen'RH. Pop. MOO. — 4()" 38' N. lat. 8* 38 W long. Azores', a group of islands vu the North Atlantic, about 8<'«i)niUr, p. 121, EL'VAS, a frontier town in Al- entejo. one of the most important strongholds in tlie kingdom. Pop. 16,0 portnnt cities In Europe. It wat'' here that Oalvin resided while h#< laboured in establishing the Refotr- mation. It is the birthplace of many eminent literary characters, and tm . seat of a Protestant university. Pop.^ 37,724.— 46, 12 N. e, 9 B. ^■'■^ Oene'va or Lera'an, Lake of, the largest in Switzerland, traversed by' the Rlione. Its scenery is beautifuL Ola'rus, a small canton in the in- terior Pop. 3<>,213. Gla'rus, tlie capital of the above canton, a thriving manufacturing town, on the Linth. Pop. 4320. GotA'ard, Mount St, between Uri and Tessin, of which the Furca peak is 14,037 feet high. The height of the pass is 6890 feet. Orisons', a large canton in the S. E., traversed by the valley of the Engadin. Pop. 89,895. H ERISA US a manufacturing town in Appenzell. Pop. 8387. INN, a tributary of the Danube, which rises in the Orisons, and flows by a N. E. course through the Tyrol. JUNGFRAU', one of the Alps, in thff canton of Berne, rising to the height of 13,718 feet. Jura, Mount. SeeFRANCB,p.ll1. LAUSANNE', capital of the can- ton of Vaud, about a mile N. from the Lake of Geneva. The beauty of its situation has made it the resort of numerous strangers. Pop. 17,108. Lau'terbrunn, a most remarkable valley in Bi:rne, where the glaciers ap- pear in their greatest magnificence. Lim'mat, a river which rises in Olarus, paHses tiirough the Lake of Zurich, and falls into the Aar, near its Junction with iiie Reuss. Locarno, a town in the canton of Tessin, l)oautifully situate on Lake Maggiore. Tup. 2i>76. Lucerne', a canton in the interior. Pop. 132,843. Lucerne', the capital of the canton, situate on an arm of the lake, where the Reuss issues from it. P. 10,i)00. Lucerne', Lake of, a beautiful and romantic lake, surrounded by the four forest cantons, Schweitz, Uri^ Uiiterwalden, and Lucerne. Luga'no, a town in the canton of Tessin, in a delightful situation on the Lake of Lugano. Pop. 3142. MOR'AT.a town in Freyburg, with a castle, which sustained a memor- able siege against the Duke of |^ur- gundy. Pop. 1853. I i SWITZERLAND. 133 JNEDCHATEL% » emton In the W4, bordeking on the lake of that name, whidu neparates it from the canton of Fre^'huiy ; H is under the sovereignty of the King of Prussia, j who ezerclseft the executive govern- j ment. but is obliged to swear to up- hold its constitution. Pop. 70»7S3. Neuch&tei', tlie capital of the can- ton, l>eautifully situate on the lake, and commanding grand and exten- sive views. Pop. 8000. OL'TEN, a town in the canton of Soleure, on the Aar. Pop. 1500. RE USB, a large river which issues from a lake in Mount St Guthard, flows through Uri, the Lake of Lu- cerne, and Aargau, and joins the Aar. Rhine. SeoGRRMANV. Rhone. See Francb, p. 114. Ro'sa, Mount, the highest moun* tain on the borders of Switzerland, being 15,152 feet above the sea. BAR'NEN, a town in Unterwal- den, on the Lake of Samen. Pop. 3000. Schaffhau'sen, the most northerly canton. Pop. 35,300. Schaffhau'sen, the capital of the canton, a place of considerable trade. The fall of the Rhine here is one of the greatest cataracts in Europe. P. 7600. Bchreck'horn, one of the Alps, in the canton of 13erne, rising to the height of 13,386 leet, remarkable for its glaciers. ScAweitz, a pastoral canton on the E. of the Lake of Lucerne. Hei'e the Swiss confederacy was first form- ed, and it has given its name to the whole country. Pop. 44,168. ScAweitz, the capital of the above canton, 'situate amid the finest scen- ery. Pop. 5225. Sim'plon, one of the Alps, over which Napoleon constructed a fa- mous military road into Italy. The Sass which leads from the Valais to lilan is 6580 feet above the sea. Sion (Seeon') or Sit'ten, the chief town of tlie Valais, situate on the Rhone. Pop. 2593. Soleure' or Soi'otAurn, a canton .intheN. W. Pop. 69,674. Soleure', the capital of the MUiton, on the Aar. Pop. 5370. Splu'gen, one of the Alps, across which is the pass, G814 feet high, leaning from the Orisons to Chi- avenna and the Lake of Como. Stanz, the capital of Unterwalden. Pop. 1870. TES'SIN or Tici'no, a canton in the 8. deriving its name fh)m the river Ticino, which flows through it into Lake Maggiore. Pop. 117,750. Thun (Toon), a lake in the canton of Berne, united with the Lake of Brienz by the Aar. Tliun (Toon), a town in Berne, on the Lake of Tliun, where the Aar issues from it. Pop. 3379. T/mrgau' or TAurgo'via, a canton in the N. E., on the Lake of Con- stance. Pop. 88,908. Tro'gen, a thriving town in the canton of Appenzell. Pop. 2400. UNTEllWAL'DEN and U'RI, two of the Forest Cantons, on the Lake of Lucerne. Pop. 39,643. VALAIS (Valay'), a canton con- sisting of the picturesque valley through which the Rhone flows. Pop. 81,559. Vaud (Vo), a fine canton on the N. of the Lake of Geneva. Pop. 19.9,615. Vevay', a beautiful town in the canton of Vaud, on the Lake of Geneva. Pop. 5200. WAL'LENSTADT, a lake be- tween St Gall and Glarus, connected with the Lake of Zurich by the Linth Canal. YV'ERDUN, a town in the can- ton of Vaud, at the S. extremity of the Lake of Ncuchatel. Pop. 3461. ZUG, a small canton in the inte- rior. Pop. 17,461. Zug, the capital of the canton, on the Lake of Zug. Pop. 3200. Zu'ricA, a canton in the N., with a lake of the same name. Pop. 26n,69a Zu'ricA, the capital of the above canton, on the Limmat, where it issues from the lake, and the seat of a university. Pop. 17,040.-47, 22 N. 8, 32 E. ITALY Is bounded N. by the Alps, which separate it from Austria and Switzerland ; W. by France and the Medi- terranean ; S. by the Mediterranean ; E. by the Adriatic. rt contains 121,740 square miles. Pop. about 25,000,000. 4 / 184 ITALY. Italy comprehends the following states- States. Chief Towns. 1 1. Kingdom of Sardinia. i Savoy Chambery. Piedmont Turin, Alessandria, Nice. ^ Genoa Genou, Savona. | Island of Sardinia ....Cagliari, Sassari. , .^ ; ,' vi 1 V ; ; {^ 2. Austrian Italy. Lombardy Milan, Mantua, Lodi, Pavia, Cremona, Brescia, Bergamo. Venice c. .Venice, Padua, Verona, Vicenza. 3. Parma ....Parma, Piacenza. 4. Modena and M a ...Modena, Beggio, Massa, Carrara. 5. Tuscany and Lucca... Florence, Pisa, Leghorn, Sienna, Lncea. 6. Papal States Bomb, Civita Vecchia, Bologna, Ferrarai Perugia, Ancona, Bavenna. tl 7. Kingdom of Naples, or of the Two Sicilies. Nappies Naples, Gaeta, Salerno, Beggio, Taranto, Sicily. Palermo, Messina, Catania, Girgenti, Marsala, Trapani, Syracuse. ^^^^ Islands. — Corsica, Sardinia, Sicily, Lipari Islands, Malta and Gozo, Capri, Ischia, Elba. *^ Straits. — Bonifacio, Messina, Otranto. Gulps. — Genoa, Gaeta, Naples, Salerno, Policastro, St Eufemia, Squillace, Taranto, Manfredonia, Venice, Trieste. Capes. — Spartivento, Colonne, Leuca ; Passaro. Mountains. — The Alps, the highest of which are Mount Blanc, Mount Hosa, Mount Viso, Mount Cenis, Great and Little St Bernard, Mount Cervin ; the Apen- nines ; Mount Vesuvius ; Mount Etna. Lakes. — Maggiore, Lugano, Como, Iseo, Garda, Perugia, Bolsena, Celano. Rivers. — Po, Adige, Ticino, Fiumicino, Amo, Tiber, Voltumo. REMARKS. vJ ¥.1 Italy extends from 37* 56' to 46* 40' N. lat., and from 5° SC to 18" 30' E. long. Its greatest length, from Moimt Blanc to Cape Leuca, is 760 miles ; its extreme breadth, from the head of the Adriatic to the Bhone in Savoy, is 370 miles ; but its average breadth does not exceed 140 imles. Italy has a very diversified surface, being traversed in its whole length by the Apennine chain, which, however, is less lofty than the Alps, its highest peaks in Naples not reac|mig 10,000 feet. In return it has the rich and fertile plaint <»* liOmbardy aad Piedmont, and the fine valleys of the Amo and ITALY. 135 other riv^ra. It thus presents in its extensire range, ftom Mount Cenis to Cape leuca, every variety of beauty of which landscape is susceptible. Its valleys are deli^htAil, and even its plains are enlivened with gentle undulations, rivers, and wo^s. Its winding coast is indented by a number of fine bays ; and its clear unclouded sky exhibits every object in a charm of colouring and distinctness of outline, uijinown in countries where tine atmosphere is obscured by fogs and clouds. In climate it is equally favoured ; the air being mild and genial in most of its districts. Some tracts, however, are unhealthy in the summer and autumnal months ; partic- ularly that called Maremma, stretching from Leghorn to the Neapolitan frontier, — a distance of 200 miles. In the Nea- politan territory, the heat during summer is excessive ; and Its effect is occasionally rendered peculiarly oppressive by a sultry wind, called the sirocco, which blows from the hot and arid regions of Africa. From the eastern confines of France to Illyria, the soil is a deep alluvial mould ; farther south, it becomes light. Com, pulse, and other vegetables, maize, rice, cotton, silk, olives, and delicious fruits, are among the productions of this fertile country. The vine grows all over Italy ; and the mountains afford summer pasture for the cattle. In Lombardy agricul- ture is well conducted, particularly in the neighbourhood of the Po, where the system of ' gation is carried to great perfection. Among the domestic animals of Italy, the horses and sheep of Naples are famous. The finest cheese in the world is made from the milk of the cows of Lombardy and Parma. Although in such a mountainous country mineral treasures may bo supposed to abound, its mines are entirely neglected. Marble of uncommon beauty is found in the north, and in the neighbourhood of Florence and Sienna. Alabaster, jasper, and agate, are met with in the Apennines. Venice and Genoa once held the first rank among the com- mercial cities of Europe ; but they have been far outstripped by England and Holland ; and even in Italy, Leghorn is now more nourishing than either. Their trade with the Levant, however, is still considerable. The chief exports are wine, oil, fruits, and silk. Italy has few manufactures in proportion to its extent and resources. Industry, however, has recently made and is making considerable progress ; better modes of agriculture have been adopted ; manufactures are established in various districts ; new roads and canals have been made, particularly in the northern states ; several railways are in course (^ being executed, and some of the lines are already opened. The 136 ITALY. principal towns are all distinguished by superior architecture and elegance, and are increasing in population; while the maritime trade, especially of Genoa, Leghorn, Venice, and, Naples, is thriving. Italy has long l)een distinguished as the chief seat of the fine arts. Painting, music, and sculpture, have here been carried to great perfection. Arcliitecture has been most suc- cessfully cultivated at Rome, Venice, and Florence. The remains of antiquity still afford exquisite models to the student of the fine arts, and interesting objects to the research of the traveller and the scholar. ; '?' •> In all the states the Roman-catholic religion is established. Rome, indeed, is the capital of the Pope, the head of the Roman-catholic church. But aD other religions are tolerated, provided the national worship is duly respected. Although education may be considered in a backward state, compared with the advances which it has made mi other countries, few nations have produced so great a number of men distinguished in literature and science. The principal universities of Italy are those of Rome, Bologna, Padua, Parma, Pisa, Pavia, Naples, and Palermo. Imagination, taste, and enthusiasm in the fine arts, vivaci- ty, refinement, and courtesy to strangers, are the agreeable qualities by which the Italians are in general characterized. Indolence is their prevailing vice ; robbeiy and assassination are crimes by which they are too generally disgraced. Napoleon I. established a Kingdom of Italy, out since his overthrow it has been subdivided into eight states : 1. The Kingdom of Sardinia, comprising the island of that name. Piedmont, Genoa, Nice, and Savoy. 2. The Kingdom of Lombardy and Venice, governed by the Emperor of Austria. 3. The States of the Church, under the sovereignty of the Pope. 4. The Kingdom of Naples and Sicily, otherwise called the Kingdom of the Two Sicilies, comprehending the island of Sicily, and the southern extremity of Italy. 6. The Grand Duchy of Tuscany, including Tuscany Proper, and the Duchy of Lucca. 6. The Duchy of Parma. 7. TheDuchyofModena. 8. The Republic of San Marino, the smallest state in Europe. EXERCISES. Wliat are the boundaries of Italy? What is its extent in square miles ? What population does it contain ? Into what states is the country divided ? What are the chief towns of the kingdom of Sardinia ? Of Austrian Italy ? Of Parma ? Of Modena ? Of Tuscany? Of the Papal States ? Of the two Sicilies ? Where is Rome, Padua, Turin, Leghorn, Palermo, Sienna, Savona, Nice, Catania, Pisa, Piacenza, Pavla, Cremona, Cagliari, Gicgenti, Genoa ? &c. What are the principal islands ? Name the straits of Italy Name its gulfs. Name it^ capes. What are its principal mountains? What are its lakes? Name ITALY. 137 its riyen, and trace their courses. Where is Mount Cenis, Cape Colonne, Gulf of Gaeta, Lake of Como, Straits of Messina, Gulf of Salerno, Lake Perugia, the Fiumicino, the Apennines, Mount Blanc, Mount Vesuvius, Cape Leuca? &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Italy situate? What are its extreme length and hreadth? What is its average bi^eadth ? What is its general appearance ? Wliat is the character of its valleys and plains? What is the appearance of its coast? What is the eflfiect of its fine sky upon the landscape ? What is the nature of its climate ? Are all its districts equally healthy ? In what tract is the air particularly insalubrious? By what cir- cumstance is the heat occasionally rendered peculiarly oppressive in the Neapolitan territory ? What diversities of soil prevail in Italy? Enumerate some of the productions of this country. In what part of Italy is agriculture well conducted ? In what state is it elsewhere? Which of the domestic animals of Italy are worthy of notice ? Is Italy remarkable for its mineral wealth ? Where are beautiful marbles found? What precious minerals are found in the Apennines ? Does Italy flourish in manufactures ? What are its principal articles of manufacture? What Italian cities once possessed great commercial importance? By what countries have they been long outstripped ? What town in Italy now excels them ? What branch of their trade is still considerable ? What are the chief exports from Italy ? For what has Italy long been distinguished? Where has architecture been cultivated with particular success ? What does the student of the fine arts, and the learned traveller, find partic- ularly interesting in this country ? What religion prevails throughout Italy? Are other religions tolerated? In what state is education? Has Italy produced many learned men? What are its principal universities ? What are the agreeable qualities by which the Italians are characterized ? What is their prevailing vice? By what crimes are they too generaHy disgraced ? Name the States of Italy after the downfal of Napoleon ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ABRUZ'ZO, a province in tJie N. of Naples, divided into Citra and Ultra. Pop. 873,277. Ad'ige, a river which rises in the Tyrol, and falls into the Gulf of Ve- nice, N. from the mouths of the Po. Ad'ria, an ancient town of Aus- trian Italy, once a seaport, between the Po and the Adige. Pop. l().uit8, and other liinds of agricultural produce ; trade and manufactures are also in a thriving state. Religi- ous toleration is guaranteed by the Austrian laws. The people are in- telligent and industrious, and the government has expended largo sums in forming roads, canals, and other improvements. Besides ttie two uni- versities of Padua and Pavia, there are numerous literary and scientific institutions, while the same comnre- hensive system of popular eduoanon hai b«Mi MtablUMd M In th^ ntl of the AiMtriaa statM. Avelli'no, a towr 'it Naples, to tiM E. of the oapital, in a fine valley, watered by the Sabatc P. 15,M0. Aver'sa, a town of Naples. 8 nilles N. of the capital, in a fertile plain, famous for its foundling hosjdtal and lunatic asylum. Pop. 16,000. BA'RI, the ancient AiWtim, a fortified seaport of Naples, on the Adriatic, capital of a provinoe of the samo name. Pop. 21,400.-41, 8 N. 16, 63 E. Barlet'ta, a seaport of Naples, on the Adriatic, with a fine Gothic oa- thedral and considerable trade. Pop. SiO^.— 41, 19 N. 16, 18 E. Bassa'no, a town of Austrian Italy, on tne Brenta, with a great trade in raw sills. Here is a large prtaiting> office, employing upwards of 1000 persons. Pop. 10,000. Beliu'no, a town of Austrian Italy, on the Piave, with a handsome ca- thedral. Pop. 11,000. Beneven'to, the ancient Bemven' tutHf a city in the Neapolitan terri« tory but belonging to the Papal titates. It contains the celebrated Arch of Trajan and other Roman remains. Pop. 16,600. Berga'mo, a commercial city of Austrian Italy, capital of a province of the same name, and seat of a great annual fair. Pop. 32,000.-46, 43 N. 9, 40 E. Ber'nard, Little St, one of the Graian Alps in Savoy, by which Hannibal, it is supposed, passed into Italy. Biton'to, a town of Naples, near the Adriatic, with a fine cathedral ; noted for its wine. Pop. 16,000. Blanc, Mount (Blawng), on the borders of Savoy and Piedmont, the highest mountain in Europe, ex- hibiting ail the grandeur of Alpine scenery; the summit of its loftiest pinnacle is 16,732 feet al>ove the sea. Bol'ca, a mountain in the territory of Verona, rich in curious fossil re* maius. It is evidently an exluuisted volcano. Bolo'^na, the ancient Bononiai situate m a fertile plain at the l>ase of the Apennines, u the second city in the Papal States, and the seat of a famous university. It has ^ven birth to a groat number of eminent men. P. 7^,000 —4*, M> N. 11, 21 E. lic't^e'na, a lake in tne Papal States, surrounded by finely wooded hills. EIW.tOtiM M valley, '. 16,000. iM. 8 miles rtlw plain, oqdtalMiA oou. > SaWtim, ii es, on the rinoeofthe .—41, 8 N. Naples, on Gothic on- rade. Pop. S. trianltalv, at trade In e printing- dfl of lUOO trian Italy, idsome ca- t Beneveti' litan terri- the Papal celebrated er Roman !ial city of a province t of a great — 4S,43N. }ne of the by which )as8ed into iples, near cathedral ; 6,000. 0, on the imont, the irope, ex- of Alpine its loftiest ive the sea. le territory s fossil re^ exhausted Bononiai it the base lecond city he seat of has given at eminent (.il,21E. ITALY. 139 - BMUirelo, Straits of. between Ooniea and Sardinia : the narrowest part is about 10 miles wide. Bren'ta, a river of Austrian Italy, which rises in the Tyrol, near Trent, and (alls into the Oulf of Venice. Bresf'cia, a city hi Austrian Italy, with flourishing manufactures. It contains a fine modern cathedral, and many remains of ancient gran- deur. Pop. 40,000.-45, 33 N. 10, 1 3 E. Brescia was almost completely destroyed by the Austrian and 8ar» dinian armies in August 1848. Brin'disi, the ancient BnindutiutHt a seaport in the 8. E. of Naples, on the Adriatic ; the chief port of em- barkation of the ancient Romans from Italy to Greece. Pop. 66 clivlty of a hill. Pop. 5000. GAB'TA, a strong seaport of Na- fles, on the gulf of the same name, t is regardeof as one of the keys of the kingdom, and has been often besieged. Pop. 13,04)0.— 41, 12 N. 13. 34 E. Gallip'oli, a seaport of Naples, on a rocky peninsula on the E. coast of the Gulf of Taranto, with a great trade in oil. Pop. including the suburb of Lizza, 13,000.-40, 3 N. 17, 68 F. Gar'da, Lake of, in Austrian Italy* from which the river Mincio issues. Gen'oa, a province of the Sardi- nian States, once the territory of a celebrated republic. The struggle between the Genoese and Venetiuns is the most memorable in the Italian annalH of the middle ages. P. 545,17% Gen'oa (Ital. Geneva), a strong city and seaport, capital of the above Erovince. beautifully situate on the ay of the same name. Its manu* factures and commerce, though much less than formerly, are still great and increasing. It was the native city of Columbus. Pop. including garrison, 115,257 14, 24 N. 8, 52 E. Girgen'ti, the ancient Agrigentum, a city on the S. W. coast of Sicily. Pop. 15,000.-37, 15 N. 13, 32 E. Go'zo, an island in the Mediter ranean, 4 miles N. W. of Malta, be- longing to Great Britain. P. 16,600. ISCHIA (Is'kia), a fertile island off the coast of Naples, with hot springs. Pop. 25,000.-40, 46 .N. 13, 50 E. Is'eo, a lake in Lombardy, tra- versed by the Oglio. LEC'CE, a handsome town of Na- ples, province of Otranto. in a rich district, with considerable trade. Pop. 16,000. Leg'hom (Ital. Livor^o) , a flourish- ing city and seaport in Tuscany, and the greatest commercial emporium of Italy. Pop. 78,000.-43, dS N. 10, 17 E. Le.9na'go, a fortified town of Aus- trian Italy, on the Adige. Pmik 6000. \ WB in the frontier of idmont, on ible tnid«k Ttiteutum^ »tM, near on the do»> 0. >ort of Nft- »mt naine. he Iceys of been often -41, 13 N. Naples, on E. coast of th a great iuding the —40, 3 N. trian Italy* cio issues, the 8ardi> ritory of a le struggle 1 Venetiuns the Italian P. 545,179. , a strong ' the above ate on the Its nianu* oiigh much 1 great and live city of g garrison, jriffentum, I of Sicily. , 32 E. ) Mediter Malta, be* r. I6,fi00. >tile island with hot 10, 46 .N. ardy, tra- )wn of Na- in a rich lie trade. lafloudsh' 9cany, and emporium 43, 30 N. m of Aiu- ge. Popb ITALY. 141 1 ' Leu'ca, Capo, the B. E. extremity of ItalT.— 3<», 48 N. 18. »2 E. LIp'ari Islands, a volcanic group on the N. of 8icUy, the most rcinark- abla of which are Lipari and Strom - l>oli ; the latter volcano is in a state of perpetual activity. Pop 82,(MN). Lo'di, a town of Austrian Italy, on the Adda, where Mapoloon gained one of his must splendid victories. Pop. 10,000. Loret'to, a town in the Papal States, on the Adriatic. Its slirino wiM long enriched bv offerings, and annually visited by thousands of pil- grims. Pop. 9700. Luc'cA, auchv of, formerly a small state in Italv, but annexed to Tus- cany since October 11, 1847. It has been long distinguished for its sillc manufactures, and its oil is esteemed the best in Italy. The area is 4%) square miles. Pop. 266,304- Luc'ca, the capital of the duchy, situate in a rich and fertile plain, watered by the Serchio, and sur- rounded by mountains. Pop. 24,0(10. —43, fil N. 10, 31 E. Luga'no, a beautiful lake in the N. of Italy, between Lakes Muggiore and Como. MACERA'TA, a town in the Pa- pal States, in a tine country watered by the Chianti, the seat of a univer- rftv. Pop. 16, ra, now a town of Modena. P. 700(t. Ma'tera, a town of Naples, on tb« Gravina. Pop. 13,000. Messi'na, a strong seaport In the N. E. of Sicily, situate on the strait of the same name, with a tine har- bour. It sustained great damage by the bombardment of the Neapolitan troops in lii4U. Pop. 60,000.-38, 11 N. 15, 34 E. M il'an ( Ital. Mila'no) , a noble city, the capital of Lombardy and of Aus- trian Italy, situate in a beautiful flain between the Ad-^iand Ticino. ts cathedral of white marble is r. most splendid specimen of Oothiu architecture. In the middle agcd Milan was the capital of a republic and afterwards of a ducli^ . The ,;y is now the centre and chief emporium of the silk trade of Lombardy. Pop. 185,()00,includiugsuburbs.— 45,28 N. 9, 1 1 E. Mod'bna, a duchy in N. 1 >h^ , including tlie former duchv of M^ssa Carrara, is bounded N. by the Po, W. by Parma, E. by the Papal States, and 8. by the Mediterranean. It is divided into Ave provinces, and is in general very fertile. Area, 212U square miles. Pop. 586,458. Mod'ena, the ancient MttthM, a handsome city, capital of the duchy, in a fertile plain, between the rivers Panaro and Secchia. The ducal pa- lace is a fine building, with a noble collection of paintings. Pop. 27,000. —44, 38 N. 10, 55 E. Mod'ica, a town in the S. of Sicily, with some curious i.u ..^ in its vicinity. Pop. 20,000. MoN^ACo, a small principality in the S. of Piedmont, near Nice, pro- tected by the Kiug of Sardinia. Area, 62 square m ica. Pop. 670O.— Mon- aco, the Ci'pital, is fortified, and contaiT.3 about 2000 inhabitants.— 43, 43 N. 7. 27 B. Mondo'vi, a strong town in Pied- mont, on the Ellero, with consider- able manufactures. Pop. 15,921. Monop'oli, a fortified town of Naples, on the Adriatic, with con- siderable trade in oil and wine. Pop. 16,000. 142 ITALY. Mon'ca, a town of AuitrUn Italy, near Milan, containing tbe summer palace of the viceroy. The celebrated iron crown of Lombardy is deposited in its cathedral. Pop. 16,000. NA'PLES, Kingdom of, the largest of the Italian states, comprehends the S. of the peninsula and the islahd of Sicily ; hence it is also denominated the Kingdom of the Two Sicilies. The continental portior contains 32,483 square miles, divided into 15 provinces; and is traversed by the Apennines, which also extend in two branches through the peninsulas of Otranto and Calabria, feavbig along the coast wide and fertile plains and valleys. Its genial climate, and agri- cultural and mineral resources, might render it one of the richest countries in Europe ; but the people are sunk in indolence, and industry is still in a backward state. The pastures of the Abruzzi support large flocks of sheep, which migrate to the plains in winter, like those of Spain. Flax, hemp, and rice, are raised in the low grounds; Indian corn is also much cultivated. The exports com- prehend all the usual products of Italy, as corn, wine, oil, wool, silk, and fruits. Pop. 6," 12,898; includ- ing SicUy, 8,704,472. Na'ples (Ital. ;Nap'oIi), the capital of the kingdom, and the largest city in Italy. Its situation is delightful ; ritiing uke an amphitheatre, it forms, with its verdant shores and magni- ftcei t bay, a scene of almost unrival- led beauty. Pop. 4d0,000.— 40, 51 N. 14, 15 E. Nice (Neoss), a cit^ and seaport in Piedmont, finely situate at the mouth of the Paglion, much resorted to by invalids. P. 36,000.-43, 42 N. 7, 17 E. Nova'ra, a strongly fortified town of Piedmont. Pop. 19,400. ORVIB'TO, a town in the Papal States, on a hill overlooking the Paglia, remarkable for its fine cathe- dral. Pop. 8000. Otran'to, a seaport of Naples, in the province of the same name, on the strait of Otranto, with a cele- brated castle. Pop. 2000. PAD'UA (Ital. Padova), a cit^ of Austrian Italy, the seat of an ancient university , and the birthplace of Livy. Pop. '50,000.— 45, 24 N. 11. 52 B. raler'mo, the ancient Panortnutt a noble seaport, the capital of Sicily, beautifully situate on the N. coast It contains several fine squaresadom- ed with fountains and statues, and the terrace of tbe Marina is a splen- did promenade fully a mile in length. Pop. 180,000.— 38, 8 N. 13, 92 B. Papal States, called also the States of the Church, a territory of Central Italy stretching across the peninsula from the Mediterranean to the Ad- riatic. The Apennines divide the country into two unequal portions, the city of Rome and the Tiber being situate in the western and more ex- tensivp, part of wliich is occupied by the Campagna di Roma and the Pontine Marshes. The most fertile and salubrious districts are those of the north and east, while the elevated valleys of the Apennines afford pas- ture, timber, and grain. The Papal States are divided for administrative purposes, into twenty provinces, namely, seven legations and thirteen delegations. The population is chiefly agricultural, a great extent of land being used for the feeding and rear- ing of cattle. The principal exports are cattle, wool, hemp, oil, and silk. Man-v.factures, though not consider- able, are gradually increasing. Tbe area is 17,100 square miles. Pop. 3,016,771. Par'm.^, duchy of, a state in N. Italy, situate between the Sardinian States and Modena, bounded N. by the Po, and S. by the Apennines. Area, 2280 square miles. Its dairies supply the famous cheese which re- ceives its name from the duchy. Par- ma is divided, for administrative pur- poses, into five districts. P. 507,881 . Par'ma, the capital of the duchy, beautifully situate on a small river of the same name. Pop. 40,000. — 44, 48 N. 10, 20 E. Pav'ia, a city ot Austrian Italy, on the Ticino, ^^-e ancient capital of Lombardy, and the seat of a univer-. sity. Pop. 28,000.-45, 11 N. 9, 9 E. Peru'gui, Lake of, in the Papal States, the Lacu* Thratinufnut of the Romans. Peru'gia, a viralled town, in the Papal States, on the Tiber, the seat of a university. Pop. 19,000.-43, 6 N. 12, 23 E. Pesa'ro, a well built town in tht Papal States, on the Adriatic, at tha mouth of the Foglia. Pop. 17,000. Piacen'za, the ancient PtaeenHat a strong town in the duchy of Faroia, near the confluence of the Trel^pi and the Po. Pop. 30,000. '* " ITALY. 143 Papal in tiM the Kail 000.— 43, Pla'Td, ft river of Austriaii Italy which faus Into the Onlf of Tenioe. Pifcfmont, the principal continen- tal proTince of the Sardinian do- minions. See Sardinia, Kingdom ot Pinerolo, a manufocturing town In Piedmont, near the foot of the Alps. Pop. 14,000. Fi'sa, a city of Tuscany, formerly the capital of a republic, situate on the Amo, and noted for its salubrity. It is the seat of a celebrated univer- sity, and its cathedral, baptistry, and leaning tower liave long been Jbmous. Pop. 22,000.-43, 43 N. 10, 24 E. Pisto'ia, a handsome citv of Tus- cany, on a tributary of the Arno. Pop. 12,000. Po, the largest river in Italy, issues from Mount Yiso, and, tra- versing the plains of Piedmont and Lombardy from W. to E., discharges itself, after a course of about 450 miles, including its windings, into the Adriatic by several mouths. Policas'tro, Gulf of, on the W. coast of Naples. Pon'tine Marshes, extend 24 miles along the coast, between Rome and Naples. Por'tici, a town of Naples, at the foot of Vesuvius, on the site of the ancient Herculaneum. Pop., with Resina, 17,000. Poten'z;), a fortified town of Na- {>le3, capital of the province of Basi- icata. Pop. 8500. Pra'to, a walled town of Tuscany, with a fine old cathedral. P. 13,000. Pro'cida, a small island, between Ischia and the coast of Naples. Fop. 10,000. RAVEN'NA, a city m the Papal States, on the Adriatic ; it was the si>at of the Western Empire in the .5th century. Pop. 18,000.-44, 23 N. 12, 12 E. Reggio (Red'jio), a walled town of Modena, the birthplace of the poet Ariosto, the painter Correcgio, and the naturalist Spallanzani. Pop. 20,000. Reg^gio, an ancient town and sea- oort of Naples, on the Straits of Messina, in a very fertile district. Pop. 10,000.-38, ij N. 15, 40 E. Kie'te, a town in the Papal States, on an elevated plain near the Velino. Pop. 10,000. Rim'ini, the ancient Aritn'inumt a seaport in the Papal States, on the Adriatic. Pop. 9800.— 44. 4 N. 12, 34 E. RoMx, the capital of the Papal Stiites, and once the mistress of the world, situate on the Tiber, about 15 miles from the seacoast It abounds in noble monuments of an- tiquity; among its modem stnio- tures may be mentioned St Peter's, the most magnificent church in the world, the palace of the Vatican, and the castle of St Angelo. Its numerous churches and palaces are adorned with the greatest master- pieces of painting and sculpture; and hence it attracts many visiters and students in the fine arts. Pop. 173.838.— 41, 64 N. 12, 27 B. Rovi'go, a town of Austrian Italy, near the Adige. Pop. 10,000. SALER'NO, a city of Naples, on a gulf of the same name, the seat of a university. Pop. 12,000. Saluz'zo, a town of Piedmont, at the foot of the Alps, on an affluent ofthePo. Pop. 14,426. San Mari'no, a small republic, with a capital of the same name, within the Papal territories. Pop. 7600. Sardik'ia, Kingdom of, com- prises that portion of N. Italy west of the Ticino, including the terri- tories of Piedmont, Genoa, and Nice, and the duchy of Savoy on the W. of the Alps, with the island of Sardinia. Total area, 30,050 square miles. The continental por- tion of the monarchy is chiofty moun- tainous. Savoy in particular being remarkable for its alpine scenery; but the great plain of Piedmont is extremely fertile, and yields a laurge amount of produce for exportation, chiefly silk, com, and hemp. The soil of Genoa and Nice, on the southern slope of the Apennines, is favourable to the vine and olive. The Sardinian States have also a large transit- trade with France, Germany, and Switzerland. The government lias of late done much for the improvement of its subjects, by encouraging education, promot- ing intern^ communication, and enacting salutary lawa The two r)rincipal universities are those of Turin and Genoa. The mountain- valleys in the N. W. of Piedmont are celebrated as the scene of the persecutions of the Waldenses. Pop. including the island of Sardinia, 4,916.084. 144 ITALY. Sardinia, a large island in the Mediterranean, 8. of Corsica, giving name to tlie at>ove Icingdom. It lias a very diversified surmce ; and al* thongn its soil is in general fertile, and a good deal lias been done for Uie Improvement of the island of late years, cultivation is still in an extremely backward state. Area 9240 square miles. Pop. 547,112. Sassa'ri, a city in the N. W. of Sardinia, with a seaport called Porto Torres. Pop. 25,000'— 40, 43 N. 8, 34 E. Savo'na, a seaport of the Sardinian States, on the Gulf of Genoa. Pop. 16,211.-44, 18N. 8, 27E. Sav'oy, a duchy in the Sardinian States, surrounded by tlie Alps, which divide it from Piedmont. Pop. A01,000. Sic'ily, the largest island in the Mediterranean, separated from Italy by the Straits of Messina, and form- ing a valuable portion of the kingdom of Naples. Its extreme length is 180 miles, and its greatest breadth 120 ; area, 10,500 square miles. It rs mountainous, but the soil is rich and the climate delightful. The vege- table productions of the island em- brace many tropical as well aa European plants, and it was an- ciently regarded as the granary of Italy. The principal articles of ex- port are the wines of Marsala, sul- Shur, ft'uits, and olive -oil. Pop. ,091,580. Sienna, a beautiful city in Tus- cany, the seat of a university. Here the Italian language is spoken in great purity. Pop. 22,000. Sorren'to, a town delightfully situ- ate on the Bay of Naples, the birth- place of Tasso. Pop. 6000. Spartiven'to, Cape, the most south- erly point of Italy.— 37, 56 N. 16, Spez'zia, a seaport of the Sar- dinian States, with an excellent harbonr. Pop. 10,000.-44, 4, N. 9, 51 E. Spole'to, a city of the r ipal States, with i stupendous aqueduct, carried over a deep ravine by 10 arches. Pop. 7000. Squiila'ce (chd) , a gulf in the S. of Naples. Syr'acuse, a city of Sicily, with extensive remains of the celebrated ancient capital of that name. Pop. 14,000.-37, 3 N. 16, 17 E. TACLIAMEN'TO, a river of Austrian Italy, which rises In tht. Tyrol, and fells into the Adriatici Tan'aro, a river of Piedmont, which passes Alessandria, and Joins the Po. Tar'anto, Oulf of, a spacious bay, formed by the S. W. and S. E. extre» mities of Italy. .!or> Tar'anto, the ancient Tarenttmiii a seaport on a small island in the gulf of the same name, with a good harbour. Pop. 15,000. Ter'ni, the Interamna of the an- cients, a town in the Papal States, on the Nera, the birthplaceof Tacitus. The celebrated falls are a mile below the town, at the influx of the Yclino into the Nera. Pop. 10,000. Terraci'na, a seaport in the Papal States, on the Mediterranean. Pup. 4000.— 41, 18 N. 1.3, 10 E. Ti'ber Jfal. Teve're), the classical river o> .vaich Rome stands, rises in the Apennines, flows through the Papal States, and falls into the Me- diterranean. Tici'no, a river which rises in Mount St Gothard, flows through Lake Maggiore, and falls into the Po below Pavia. Tiv'oli, the ancient Tibur, a town in the Papal States, delightfully situate on the Teveronc. Pop. 600(». Torre del Gre'co, a town at the foot of Mount Vesuvius, which has been repeatedly destroyed by the lava and earthquakes. Pop. 17,000. Tra'ni, a seaport of Naples, on the Adriatic. Pop. 13,300.-41, 17 N. 16, 26 E. Trapa'ni, the ancient Drepanum, a seaport on the W. coast of Sicily. Pop. 24,000.-38, 3 N. 12, 23 E. Trevi'so, a town of Austrian Italy, on the Sile, with considerable trade. Pop. 18,600. Turin', a noble city in Piedmont, capital of the Sardinian monarchy, situate on the Po. Its streets and squares are spacious and elegant, and it k the i^eixt of a distinguished university. Pop. 136,000.-45, 4 N. 7, 42 E. Tiife'cANY, the ancient Etruria, a grandduchy iu central Italy, contain- ing 9200 square miles. It is sepa- rated on the E. from the Papal States by the Apennines, detached ridges of which penetrate the terri- tory, and is in general extremely fer- tile ; though the maritime district i called the J^aremma, extending from -*w ITALY. 145 . ■■>rj Leghorn to the 8. frontier, once full of flourishing cities, ie now a peBti> lential desert. The drainage and ImproYement of this district have long been prosecuted by tho govern- ment. Tne people are poor, but frngal and industrious. Besides its celebrated straw-plait, Tuscan]^ has couBideruble manufactures of iron, glass, woollens, and linens. Pop. 1,815,686. U'DINE, a city of Austrian Italy, in tlw government of Venice. Pup. 20,000. Urbi'no, a town in the Papal States* the birthplace of Raphael. Pop. 8000. YALETTA, the capital of Malta, with a very fine harbour, and fortifi- cations of great strength. P. 60,000. —36, 64 N. 14, 30 E. Yal'telline, a district of Austrian Italy, consisting of a long valley, traversed by the Adda. Velle'tri, a town of the Papal States, near the Pontine Marshes. Pop. 10,000. Ven'ice, States of, a government and territory now included along with Lombardy in Austrian Italy : from the 12th to the 15th century, Venice was the richest commercial state in Europe. Ven'ice (Ital. Vene'zia), the east- em capital of Austrian Italy, now connected by a railway with the main- land, is situate on the gulf which bears its name, and is built on a large num- ber of isles separated by canals. This magnificent city presents at a distance the singular appearance of domes and spires, churches and palaces, fioating on the waves. Pop. 114,000.— 45, 26 N. 13, 20 E. Veno'sa, the ancient Venutia, a town of iMaples where Horace was born. Pop. 6000. Vercel'li, a town of Piedmont, on the Sesfa, with a floe cathedral. Pop. 18.400. Vero'na, a city In Austrian Italy, beautifully situate on the Adige. Here is a flue amphitheatre, tb* most perfect specimen of Roman architecture that now exieta. Pop. 60,000.— 46, 2(5 N. 11, 1 B. Vesu'vius, a volcanic mountain, about 8 miles S. E. from the rity at Naples. In the first great eruption on record {a. d. 70) , which was ac companied by an earthquake, the citios of Herculancuni and Pompeii were buried beneath lava and atihes. Excavations during the last century, by displaving thCNC ancient cities, have furnished the world with many curious and interesting relics of for- mer times. The eruption of Aiigtiit 1834 was the most destructive of modern date . that of the spring of 1865 was of more than usual magni- tude. The mountain is about wM feet high. Viareg'gia, a seaport of Tuscany, district of Lucca, with a ^ourislilng trade. Pop 7620. Vicen'za, a city in Austrian Italy, N. W. of Padua. It exhibits many fine specimens of the architectural skill of Palladio. Pop. 82,000.— 45, 32 N. 11,33E. Vi'so, Mount, one of the Cottlan Alps in Piedmont, 12,686 feet high. The Vaudois, the descendants of the ancient Waldenses, inhabit the neighbouring valleys. Viter'bo, a city of the Papal Slates, in the Campagna, with a pontifical palace. Pop. 14,600. Voiter'ra, the ancient Vbtulerrat a town of Tuscany, with vast mains of Etruscan architecture. 4500. Voltur'no, ariver of Naples, which rises in the Apennines, and falls into the Gulf of Gaeta. •f. TURKEY IN EUROPE Fs bounded N. by Austria and Russia ; W. by Dalmatia and the Adriatic ; S. by Greece and the Archipelago ; E. by the Dardanelles, Sea of Marmora, Straits of Con- stantinople, and the Black Sea. It contains 183,000 square miles. Population about 15,000,000. %^ '•I 146 TURKEY IN EUROPE. Provinoes. Ohi«f Towns. Sfoldavia Jmst, Galatz. ■ ,r, W$Uaolua Bucnarest, Tergoyist. Bulgfiria. Sophia, Shumla, Yarna. Widdin, Kico- poli, Rnstohok, SilUtna. Serria Belgrade, Semendria, Nissa. Bosnia, inclndingHerze- ?oyina and part of - Iroatia Bosna-Serai, Trawiiik, Mostar, Bihaoz. Albania Janina, Durazzo, Scutari. Boumelia, including ^ Gonstantinoplk, Adrianuplo, Philij^o- Thrace, Macedonia, > ^^:i, Gallipuli, Seres, Salcinica, Lansaa, and Thessaly ) i^harsalia. Islands. — ^Lemnos, Tjei^oos or Mytilene, Scio, Sariios, Ipsera, Kos, Ehodes, Scarpanto, Candia ; the Seven Ionian Islands, forming a republic under the protection of Britain, viz. Corfu, Paxo, Santa Maura, Ithaca, Cepha- lonia, Zan^.e, Cerigo. Gulfs. — Arta, Volo, Salouica, Cassandra, Monte Santo, Contessa, Saros. Seas and Straits. — ITie Archipelago, the Sea of Marmora; the Dardanelles, the Straits or Channel of Constantinople. Capes. — Cassandra, Drepano, Monte Santo. Mountains. — Haemus or Balkan, Rhodope, Olympus, Ossa, Pelion, Pindus, Athos. Rivers. — Danube, Save, Morava, Sereth, Pruth, Maritza, Vardar, Selerabria. REMARKS. Turkey in Europe extends from 89" to 48* N. lat., and from 16* to 29" 36' E. long. Length, from Constantinople to the Adriatic, 500 miles ; breadth, from tho north of (Greece to the Danube at Belgrade, 400 miles. Turkey may be considered a mountainous country, although its hills cannot vie with the loftier Alps. A great chain per- vades the countiT from east to west, the eastern part of which il tl 3 ancient Hsemus, now called Balkan. This extensive range communicates with the Caraathians by a rilge which separates Servia from Bulgaria, liie Thracian mountains of Rhodope are a branch from the Hsemus. Two inferior chains diverge from the principal range ; one of which traverses Albania, while th. other extends through the whole of Greece, even to the extremity of the Morea. In the latter of these are the classic Ossa, Pelion, Olympus, and Pindus. Scenery of unrivalled beauty oecnrs m these moiuitainous v^i^ns, T17BKET IN EUBOPB. 147 /i-> V Er which Ihe lirely imaginatioDS of the ancient Greeks fancied to be the favGimte haunts of the gods. In Moldavia, WaUa- chia, and in the large tract of country watered by the Maritsa and its tributaries, are extensive and beautiful plains. Turkey is peculiarly^ favoured in soil and climate. The former is generally a nch mould ; the latter is alike delight- fal in temnerature and genial to vegetation. The w&ut ci industry, nowever, prevents the inhabitants from availing themselves, to any considerable extent, of those advantages. Agriculture, manufactures, and commerce, are in a very neglected state, except in the Panubian prindpalities of Wallachia and Moldavia, where of late years they have made great progress. The principal productions are com, fruits, wine, coffee, rhubarb, myrrh, and other odoriferous plants. Almost the only manufactures are carpets, silks, leather, pre- served meats, and sword-blades. The horses of Turkey, particularly those of Thessaly, have long been celebrated ; and the sheep of Wallachia are remark- able for their elegant spiral horns. The sovereign, styled Sultan or Grand Seignior, has an un- limited power over his subjects, still occasionally exercised too harshly, although its severity has been of late years very much alleviated bv the interposition of the other European powers. His autnority is delegated to a Grand Vizier or prime-minister, to other subordinate ministers, and to Pashas or governors of provinces. The power of the Grand Seignior had been gradually declining for nearly two centuries ; Greece had been separated from his dominions, and Egypt raised into a tributary state ; while, in 1854, Russia, with the hope of possessing herself of Constantinople, seized the Danubian Pnncipalities, and so provoked a war with England, France, and Turkey, the first effect of which was to put an end to all the treaties by which during the last hundred years Eussia had been insidiously encroaching upon the independence of the Ottoman empire. The established worship is the Mohammedan. A lar^ proportion of the population belong to the Greek or Eastern dtiurch, and there are besides many Armenians and Jews. '/ The people, while they are hospitable and brave, are also Eroud, bigoted, and implacable. Literature and science are ttle cultivated by the Turks, the principal object of educa- Hon being to be able to read the Koran, which may be said to embrace their pHgion, laws, and literature. J^ EXERCISES. What aiB Ihe boundaries of Turkey in Europe? What is its extent in sq^uare miles ? What population does it contain ? Name the provinces of Turkey. What are the chief towns of Moldavia? What are the principal towns of Wallachia? Of Bulgaria? Of I TUBKEY m £UBOP£. g^rviA? OfBof^nia? OfBormdia? Of Afbttillit lUT^dii^ triots a:'d included iu l^ottueli i? Where k Varna, Tetgoristf Shumls, Contessa, Rustohuk. ^i^Msy, Nissa, Bihaos, Itariaaa, Se- mendria, Mostar, Dttrazzo? &c. ,, Whei'e ia the Gulf of Arta, the DardanelloSt Mount Hsmtult 3tndts of Constantinople, Oljrmpns, Gulf of Monte Santo, Samo9»' the Yardar, the Selemhria, Scaipavito, Gulf of Cassandra, the Maritza, Mou t Ossr ? &c. Between wiiat degrees of latiride and longitude ia Turlvej situ- ate? What are its leli^th and hreadth? What is its gimoif^l appearance? In what direction does a great chain of moimt&lns penrade the country? Wiiat narcie is given to the eastern ] r.rs; of this chain? How doei; this range communicate witli the Cc^riMir thians? Of what chain is Ehodope a braneli V What other oiians diverge from the great range ? Wb.'it classic ?*>ountait!8 occur in the letter of those chains? What kind of scenery is met nrith among ^hose mountains ? In what part of the couiilry do oxten- sivo and beautiful plaijis occur ? What h the nature of the soil in Turkey? "^liat kind of oliamto do«s it eiijo) ? By what cause are tne inhabitants ■gnt- vented from reap' ?§< the. full benefit of those advautage.?? In what state are agr" juliuic nianufkctures, and commerce? What are the principal prwJRCtiojis ? Wiiat domestic animals of Turkey are famous ? "What is (he mature oi the Turkish government? By what name is the soverslgu designated? To whom does he aelegate his power? For what purpose do they frequently employ it? Has the Turkish power lately declined ? Who has acquired cer- tain rights of interference with Turkey ? What parts of her do- mioions have boen separated ? What is the religion of the Turks ? Is imy other faiih professed ? What is remarkable about the personal appearance and dress of the Turks? What is their national character? Are they in general well educated ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ADRIANO'PLE, a city In Rou- melia, situate on the Maritza, in a beautiful plain. It was the principal re:^idence of the sultans previous to the taking of Constantinople by Mo- luunmed II. in 1453, and it still ranks next to the capital in iniport- ance. Pop. 100,000.— 41° 42' nT lat. 26** 3iy E. long. Alba'nia, a province having Dal<^ niatia, Bosnia, and Servia on the v., Macedonia and Thessaly on the B., Greece on the S., and the Medi- terranean Sea and the Adriatic on the W. Its inhabitants, called by the Turks Amautt, are the descend- ants of the ancient lUyrians, and are a brave aud hardy race. P. 1 ,200,000. Archipel'ago ( Arkd), called by the ancients the ^gean S^a, that part of the Mediterranean Sea, Including the groups of islands, lying between Turkey and Oreece on the W., and , Asia Muior on the E. Ar'ta, a town of Albania, on a river of the same name. Pop. 7000. Ar'ta, Gulf of, the Ambracian Gulf of the ancients, between Albania and Greece, extending about 25 miles in- land. A'thos, Mount, a mountain in Macedonia, 6349 feet high, occupy- ing a peninsula formed by the QuUi of Contessa and Monte Santo. It has received the name of Monte Santo, or the Holy Mount, from its numerous monasteries, in whidnpm supposed to bo about 3000 monks. u TURKEY IN EUBOPB. 149 BAI/KAN, or Hannif, Moon- tiltoi. fito^Jleniurks, p. 140. jBinltfoo'ka, a strong town In OrotMM, prOvinoo of Bosnia, on the VorbM. Pop. 8Q0O. Belgrade', a strongly fortified dty, the capitis of Setvla, at the oonflu- eneo of the Danube and the Save. PqjDk 00,000.-44, 48 N. SN), 38 E. Beraf* a town in Albania, on the Beratino. Pop. 9000. Bihaoz', a strong town in Croatia, provinoe of Bosnia, on the Unna. Pop. 9000. Bos'na'Beral'. the capital of Bos« nia, on a smaU stream. Manufifus- tures of lances, daggers, and other arms, are here carried on to a consi- derable extent. Pop. 60,000.-43, 53 N. 18, 25 E. Bos'nia, a mountainous province in the N. W., traversed by the Din- ario Alps; it includes Herzegovina and part of Croatia, and is divided into six sanjaki or circles. Area, S9,000 square miles. Pop. l,100,00a Bu'c/karest or Bu'IcAorest, the capital of Wallachia, on the Dum- bovitza, a tributary of the Da- nube. Pop. 60,000.-44, S6 N. 28, 10 E. Bulga'ria, a province between the Danube and the mountain- range of flsemus. It was called by the Ro- mans Masia Inferior. P. 3,(X)0,000. CAN'DIA, a large island in the 9. of the Archipelago, 160 miles long and from 10 to 30 broad. To the classical scholar, Crete, the ancient name of the island, is familiar ; as are its Mount Ida, 7800 feet hiffh, and its celebrated labyrinth. Its soil is fertile, and produces oil, wine, saifron, and a variety of fine fruits^ Pop. ^00,000. Can'dia, the capital of the above island, situate on the N. coast, in an elevated plain. It sustained a siege of 20 years against the T\»rk«, from 1648 to 1669. Pop 12s*w»*<», a strong seaport in the N. W. of the island of Candia. Pop. 80lXX--35, 28 N. 24, E. Cassan'dra, Gulf of, in the N. W. of the Archipelago. Cephalo'sia, tho largest of the Ionian Islands. It is remarkablv fertile, and the climate is very miloL Pop. 60,98*.— 3S, IJk J«. 20, 33 B. Ceri'ga* the aaciient Cythe'ra, one of the loniaa Ulands, to the S. of the Korea. It !§ mountainous and rookj. Pop. 11,684.— M, 13 N. SS» OB. CoivsTAimNo'PLB, the capital of the Turkish empire, finely situate at the Junction of the Bosporus with the sea of Marmora. Its ancient name was B^Mtntium, and It Is now called by the Turks Btamhoui. Ckm^ staiitine the Great rebuilt the city A.D. 330, and gave it the name of Constanttnopolig, or the ettjf (if Cion* «ton(fn«. From that period it con- tinued the seat of the Eastern or Greek empire till 1453, when It was taken by the Turks under Moham- med II., who made it the metropolis of the Ottoman dominiona Pop. indudhigthe suburbs, 1,000,000.-41, N. 28, 50 B. Constantino'ple, Straits of, an- ciently the Thracian Bos'porus, the narrow channel which connects the Sea of Marmora with the Black Sea. Contess'a, Gulf of, in the N. W. of the Archipelago, between the peninsula of Motmt Athos and the coas'i of Macedonia. Corfu', the ancient Corcy^rOt one of the Ionian Islands, off the coast of Albania. It is of considerable political importance, as the key of the Adriatic ; nnd is the first in rank, though or'ty tlie second in size, of the Ionian Islands. Pop. 64,676. Corfu', the capital of the above island and of the Ionian republic Pop. 20,000.-39, 37 N. 19, 56 K. Croa'tia, a dis trict of the province of Bosnia. DANUBE, River. Scp'^iirmanv. Dardanelles', tho an „ JH^fet- pont, the strait connecting the Sea of Marmora with the Archinolago. Its length is upwards of 50 miles, and its width generally about two miles; in some places towards the 8. extremitv it nari-ows to one mile. Two ancienil castles, one on the European side and the other on the Asiatic sid*s (>re properly called the D*»»'danelle8, and from them the strait takes its name^ Durazzo (Dooradzo), a seaport »« Albania, anciently called l^ifr'm- chkim, the usual landing-place i^om Italy. Pi^ \\M). GAL'\ti or Gal'acz, a commer- cial town in Moldavia, on the Dan- ube, near its Junction with the Pruth. Pon. 30,000. Gallip'oli, a commercial city ar>d seaport in Thrace, on the Darda* nelles. P. 20,000.-40, 25 N. »8, 3;) K. 150 TURKET IN EUBOPE. QnAWdk or B«r1)lr, » itrony town in Croatia, province of Bosnia, on the Save. HERZBOOVrNA, a mountain- oui dittriot of the proYinee of Bosnia. IONIAN ISLANDS, a group off the coasts of AIt>ania and Greece, oonsistinff of Corfu, Zante, Cepba- Ionia, Ithaca, Santa Maura, Paxo, nod Cerigo, which form a republic under the protection of Britain. Pop. 230,397. ipse'ra, a small island in the Arehipelikgo, N. W. of Solo, inter- esting for the noble struggle of the Ipseriots in the cause of indepen- dence. Pop. 2400. Ith'aca or TAe'akI, one of the Seven Ionian Islands, to the N. B. of Oenhalonia. Homer has uivvm it cclebriiy as the liliigduUi of Ulvsses. Pop. 10,821.-38, 22 N. 20, 43 B. JANi'NA or Joannt'na, tho capi- tal ni k Ihiiniai situate on the Mb nf a lake, in a plain covered wllli groves and gardens. Pop. 12,000. — 39. 48 N. 20, 53 E. Jas'sy, the capital of Moltlavia, and the see of tlie Greek archbishop of the province. It was almost com- fletely destroyed by firo in 1827. *op. 60,000.— 47, 10 N. 27, 28 E. itOS, the ancient tot, an island in the ArohinelHgo. near the Auiatic coast, it is celeorated as the birth- place of Hippocrates and Apelles. liAHIH'BA, the cHiiital of Thea- saly, beautifully situate on the Be- lembria. Pop. 30,001).— 30, 3fi N. 9S,9BB. Lem'nos or Stalime'nd, an island in the Archipeloffo, between Monte Santo and tiie bardanelles. Pop. 13,000.-39, BO N. 26, 11 E. Les'bos or Mvtile'n^, a large island in the Archipelago, near tho c(»nsit of Asia Minor, celebrated in antiquity as the birthplace of Sappho, Alcieas, and Theoplira8t' ()/ |larEegp< on •■stem part to Russia, in 1819, Its extent does not aasoed 17,000 m|iiw« miles. Tlie people are a ovcmed H/ a princo styled UospodHur. who w named by the Porte. Moldavia was falling yearly more and naote under the influence of Russia, until the war declared by EngUud, France, and Turkey in 1854 rescued the territory from the grasp of the caar. Monas'tir or Bito'plia, a town in < the W. of Macedonia. Pop. 14,000. Montene'gro, a mountainous dis* trict between Herzegovina and Al- bania, forming a repuUlic nnminalljf under the protection of Austria. Tlia Montenegrins are n fierce, warlike race, supposed to amount to 130,000. Mon te San'to, Gulf of, In the Arcliipelago. Bee Atlios, Mount. Mora'va, a river wjiivli rises in Bulgaria, flows tlirotigli Bervia, i^iid falls Into the Danube near Senien- Aios'tar, the oajdhil vlna, province of Bosnia, Narenta. Pop. 90,000. NiCOP'OLI, a city of Bulgaria, on the Danube. It is tlie see ota Greek archbishop, the residence of a Turk-' ish sanjak, and a place of consider- able trade. Pop. 10,000. Niss'a, a strongly fortified town in Bervia, on the Nissawa, noted for its warm baths. Pop. 6000. No'vi- Bazar' or leni-Basar, a town in Bosnia, near the Oresco. Pop. 8000. OI^YM'PTTS, a celebrated moun- tain in the N. of Tliesoaty, mn feel high. During a great part of the yeai^ its summit is covered with snow. The ancient Greeks fancied it to support the heavens, and to be tbt residence of the gods. Os'sa, a mountain in Thessal: , to the B. E. of Olympuf), from which it is separated by the Vale of Tempo. PAR'GA, a seaport in Albania, with an almost impregnable citadel, memorable for the heroic conduct of the inhahitants in tlie war with Ali Pasha, 18(16-19. Pop. 4000. Pat'mos, now called Patino, m small island in the Archipelago^ near the coast of Asia Minor, about 26 miles S. of Samos, celebrated for being the place of Bt John's exile, and where he wrote the Apoca- lypse. Pop. 4000. Pax'o, one of the Seven lonlai^ Islands, to the S. of Corfu. Pop* 6017.— 39, 13 N. 90, 9 B. \ ' TV \ TURKEY IN EUROPE. 151 fWon, % cMdbratAcI moantotn In Tk«Nnly» S. of Oiaa, PhartR'lia, a town in Thenaly, fkmoui for the battle fouglit in its B9lghbourhood between Casar and Pompey. n. c. 48. Pop. mn). PhUijprpI, a town in Macedonln. The adjacent plains are celebrated In ancient history as the scene of a battle between Cassias and Brutus on the one side, and Augustus and Antonv on the other, a. c. 42. Phllippop'oli, a town in Thrace, on the Maritza, founded by Philip, the father of Alexander the Great. Pop. 80,saly rum Albania, and rising, in some places, io tiie lieiglit nf tism feet. Prev'esa, a seaport in Albutiiu, at thb entrance of the Gulf of Arta. Pop. 4m.— 30, 5H N. 20, 45 E. Priiili,(i river vvlilch rJafjs lij Ifun- tei /( Mol fafis into ilie Uuiuifte Imlim Galatz. gary. and, after forinin^ tJie IjohtK] ary bettveen jVloldavia ana Russia, HHODBS, an island near the Asiatlo coast, at the entrance of the Archipelago. In ancient times, it was celebrated as a powerful naval and commercial state ; and in mo- dem history is famous for its obsti- nate though unsuccessful resistance to the Sultan Soly man tii e Great, a. d. 1833. p. 85,000.— .'16, 12 N. 28, E. llodns'to, a flourif>liiiig commer- cial town, on the Bea of Marmora. Pop. 40,000. Itoume'Iia, an extensive province of European Turkey, comprising Thrace Macedonia, and Thesaaly. Pop. 4,500,000. Rust'chuk, a fortified city ki Bul- garia, on the Danube. It is a place of considerable trade. Pop. 30,000. —43, 60 N. 26, 2 E. BALON'ICA, the ancient Theua- Umi'ca, an important commercial city of Macedonia, at the N. E. extre- mity of the gulf that bears its name. It is strongly fortified, and beauti- fully situate on the acclivity of a liill. Pop. 70,000.-40, 38 N. 22, 67 B. Salon'ica, Gulf of, a spacious bay In the S. of Macedonia. Sa'mos, an island in the Arch!- pelago, separated from the coast of Asia Minor by a narrow strait. It ■till r«tainB its ancient celebrity for beauty, fertility, and the excellence of its fraits. Pop. fiO,UOO.— 37, 44 N. 26, 39 E. Santa Man'ra, the Ltuead(a of the ancients, one of tb« ImiIm Islands, on the W. coast of Oi««e«, from which it is separated by a nar- row channel, its surface is moun- tainous and rugged ; the climata ig mild, and it produces fine fruits in abundance. Pop. 18,676.-38, 50 N. 20, 42 E. Ba'ros, Gulf of, in the N. E. of tho Archipelago. Save, a river which rises in Aus- trian Illyria, separates Slavonia from Turkey, and Joins the Danube near Belgrade. Scarpan'to, the ancient Car'pa- thus, an island in the MediternineaDt between Candia and Ithodes. Sci'o, the ancient Chios, an isUmd in the Archipelago, near the Asiatic coast. Though rugged and moun- tainous, the industry of the inhabi- tants, who were all Greeks, had rendered it very flouritihing ; but having embraced the Independent cause In 1822, the Turks rendered it almost a desert. It is recovering from the desolate state to which it was re- duced.— 38, 22 N. 36, 9 E. Scu'tari, a fortified town, the ca- pital of Upper Albania, in a rfch Elain, at the S. extremity of the ake of Scutari. Pup. 40,000.-42, 3 N. 19, 33 B. Sclem'bria, the ancient Peneua, a river in Thesi^aly, issning from Mount Pindus, and flowing through the Vale of Tempe into the Gulf of Salonica. Bemen'dria, a fortified town in Servia, on the Danube. Pop. 10,000. Se'res, a large town in Macedonia, to the E. of the river Struma. It has extensive manufactures of coarse linens and cottons. Pop. 20,000.-^ 41,6N. 23, 36B. Se'reth , a river which rises in the Carpathians, and, after traversing Waliachia, runs into the Danube^ Ser'via, a province in the N. of Turkey, the Mcetia Superior of the Romans. The people ei^oy many privileges, and are little more than tributary to the Porte. Pop. 1,000,000. Shum'la, a very strong town in Bulgaria, on the great road leading from Constantinople to Waliachia. The Russians have repeatedly be- sieged it. It carries on a oon»id«r^ able trade in silk and hardware. Pop. 40,000.-43, 12 N. iM, 58 B. Silis'tria, a fortified town in Bol* m Itnria, on the Danube. It wm un- ■ueoeufully tiMieged by the RuMians in 18S4. Pop. 90,000.-44, 8 N. 87i 18 B. SlatoT*. B flouiiahing commercial town in Bulgaria, on the Danube. Pop. 91,000.-43, SA N. 25. 20 B. Bophi'a, the capital of Bulgaria, near the river Isker. Though an inlMid town, its trade is consider- able. Pop. 46,000.-42, 36 N. 23, 98 B. Stru'nm, River, the ancient Strj/- mottt which formed the boundary between Thrace and Macedonia ; ft risei In Mount Hiemus, and falls into the Oulf of Oontessa. Bull, a mountainous district in the B. of Albania, inhabited by Greelis of the most bold and Intrepid cha- racter, but who were almost exter- minated in their wars with All Pasha and the Porte in 1808. TBN'BDOS, a small island In the Archipelago, near the entrance of the Dardanelles; it produces excel- lent wine.— 39, 40 N. 26. 2 E. P. 7000. Ter'govlst, a town In Wallachia, ■ttuateon the Jalonitza. Pop. 14,0U0. TAe'akl. Beelthaea. Tbes'saly, a fertile district In the 8. of Roumelia. Its fine plains are watered by streams from tlie moun- tains. Thrace or Roma'nia, an Important district of Roumelia, bounded N. by the Balkan Mountains, W. by Ma- cedonia, S. by the Archipebigo, the Dardanelles, and the Sea of Mar- mora, and E. by the Straits of Con- stantinople and the Bhwk Sea. TURKEY IN EUROPE. Traw'nQf , a fortiflad town in Bb»<^ nia. Pop. 10,000. k [tensive ■" Carpa- ^ lylvania Danube fuits are » prince \>y the OREEOE. 16S of which are Audro, Tino, Miconi, Zea, Syra, Naiia, FaroB, Milo, Santorin, Nio. Gulfs. — Fatras, Lepanto, £{^ a, Nauplia, Eolokythia, Coron. ; Cafes. — Klarenza, Gallo, Matapan, Maleo or St An- gelO; Skillo, Colonna. Mountains. — Parnassus, Helicon, Taygetus or the Mountains of Maina. Rivers. — Aspropotamo, Roufia, Eurotas. i-; i REMARKS. Groece lies between 36** 23' and 39° N. lat., and between 21° and 24" E. long. Its length, from Cape Matapan to the northern boundary, is 180 miles; its breadth, m>m Cape Klarenza to the east coast, 150 miles. The territory of Groece, though of comparatively small e3(1;ent, is replete with interest, and capable of high improve- ment. It consists chiefly of a succession of valleys, bounded by mountains of moderate elevation, presenting the most picturesque aspects, and generally well adapted either for agriculture or pasturage. Almost every part of the country is rendered interesting by magnificent monuments, in the purest style of architecture, which adorn the principal cities, erected when Greece was in her greatest glory. An extensive range of coast, indented oy numerous bays, and the variety of the islands, while they diversify the scenery, eminently fit the country for commerce, which nad begun to be carried on with much activity previous to the late contest. The Greeks, professing a form of Christianity, had, ever since the establishment of the Ottoman ascendency, been held under the most grievous oppression. Degenerated from the lofty and gallant spirit of former times, they endured for cen- turies this tyranny with tame submission. At length they caught a portion of that intelligence and spirit of liberty which had been spreading through Western Europe, and were ^ed with an emulation of the heroic deeds and free condition of their ancestors. They rose in arms in 1821, to resciiu them- selves from Turkish domination ; but the contest was anlvous and long doubtful. Notwithstanding very gallant acihieve- ments, uiey were reduced to a state of extreme exhaustion, when the aimed intervention of Britain, Russia, and France, in pursuance of a treaty concluded at London, extorted from the Porte an agreement by which the independence of Greece was secured. But the Greeks, agitated oy violent dissen- sions, cUd not for some time fix on the sovereign who was to rule them. The crown, which was offered to Prince Leopold, 154 OKBBOE. now King of Belgium, having been declined by bim, wm ounfened on Prince Otho of Bavaria, who was procU'iin*-* At Nanplia, August 80, 1882. The goyemment is a constitutional hereditary mom.' ir, with two legislative houses — a senate, and a house of repra^ sentatives. The national religion is the Greek Church, so called from its having been established by the Greek emperor, after the time of Constantino the Great. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Greece? What is its extent in square miles? What is the number of its inhabitants? Name the divisions. What are the chief to^ms of Northern Greece? Of the Morea ? What are the principal islands ? Where is the Gulf of Lcpanto? Of Egina? Cape Matapan, Mounts Parnassus and Taygetus, Athens, Thebes, Tripohtza, Hydia, Navarino, Salamis, Nanplia, Pares? &o. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situate ? What are its length and breadth ? Of what does the territory of Greece consist ? For what is it adapted? For what is every part of Uio country interesting ? What peculiarly fits Greece for com- merce ? Under what yoke were the Greeks oppressed ? What led them to shake it off? By whose interposition was their independence secured ? To whom did they ofifer the crown ? On whom is it now settled ? What form of government has been established among them ? What is the national religion ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. ANa)RO, an Island in the Arclii- pelago, S. of EuboBa. Pop. 16,000.>- 37' aO* N. lat, 24» fiO' E. lonj?. Antipa'roB, a amall island in the Archipelago, between Parot and Siphanto. Its celebrated grotto of crystallised marble presents, when lifted up, a moat briUiaut appear- ance. Pop. iSOU. Arca'dia, a seaport on the W. coast of the Morea. Pop. 4000.— 37, 14 N. 21, 41 E. Archlperago. See Turkky in EUROPB, p. 148. Ar'goN, a town in the Morea, situ- ate on the Gulf of Nauplia. P. 8000. Aspropot'amo, the ancient Ache- tous, a river rising in Mount Pindus, on the borders of Thessaly, and fall- ing into the mouth of the Gulf of Patras. ATH^flWS, anciently the capital of Attica, and now of the modern king- dom of Greece, distinguished by the interesting remains of its ancient grandeur. It was the most renowned city in antiquity, for the genius of its inhabitants, and their eminence in literature, philosophy, oratory, poe* try, and the fine arts. Pop. 26,000. —37, M N. 23, 44 E. CAS'TRI, the ancient DelphU a small town in HelUs, situate on the S. side of Mount Parnassus. Colon'na, Cape, theancient ffun^um, a promontory on the S. E. of Hellas. -.37, 39 N. 24, 2 E. Cor'inth, one of the most distin- guished cities of ancient Greece, now little more than a village, situate near the Isthmus of Corinth. Pop. 2000. Co'ron, Gulf of, anciently called the Gulf of Messenia, in the S. W. of the Morea. Co'ron, a fortified seaport in th« Morea, on the W. side ot the above gulf. P. MOO.— 36, 47 N. 21,58 E. Cy'clades, a circular group of ode* brated islands in the Archipelago, about 53 in number, presenting ndi and varied scenery. Pop. 134,856. EGPNA, Gulf of, the Saronie Gulf of the ancients, in the N. E. of the Morea. Egi'na, an island In the Gulf to which it gives name. Pop. 7W^, •8 ^^ Bf'ripo, th« Metoni Ckaktt, » for- INM MMorC. th« Mpltal of Itabm. «D Um BurifM. Fop. AUUU.— 38, 88 N. S3, 35 E. EubflM or Ne'iTopont, no bland MDttmted fmm llellM by th« eliaii- BM of Talanta, the Ancient Euri'put, rtnuurkable for the irreguUrtty of Its tldei. It la liMi milM long and 10 bNNMl, eonnected with the mainland byabrldgeacroMthecbanneL Pop. 60^066. Euro'tas or Va'sili, a river of the Morea, which flowi into the Gulf of Kololurthla. OALL'O, Cape, the 8. W. ex< tremltir of the Morea.— 30, 43 N. 91.59E. Gaitou'nl, a town tn the Morea, near the site of the aooient Ells. Pqn. »m. HEL'ICON. called alflo Zago'ra. a mountain in lletlas, N. of the Onlf of Lopanto, celebrated in an- cient mythology as a favourite haunt of the M vises. Hel'las or Northern Greece, an extensive province, containing the most interesting districts of ancient Greece : vii. Acamania, JEtotia, Doris, Loeris, Phocii, Baotia, Me- oaris, and Attica. It extends about 130 miles In length and 40 in breadtli, and abounds in interesting remains of antiquity. Pop. 267.03a Hy'dra, a small rocky island off the eastern coast of the Morea : its trade, formerly very considerable, was almost entirely ruined by the war of independence, in which itsin> habitants took a distinguished part and performed many great actions. Pop. 20,000.-37, 20 N. 23, 2« E. kLARBN'ZA, Cape, a promon- tory on the N. W. of the Morea. — 37. 32 N. 21, 10 E. Koloky'thia, Gulf of, anciently called the Gulf of Laconia, hi tho S. of the Morea. ItEPAN'TO, the ancient Nau- pactui, a small seaport in Hellas, at the entrance of the Gulf of Le- panto. Here, in 1571, the Turits were defeated by the Spaniards in a famous Iwttle, which broke their naval power. Pop. 154K).— 3«, 23 N. 81,30£. Lepan'to, Oulf of, anciently the Gulf of Corinth , an arm of the Ionian Sea, above 70 m les in length. It separates Hellas from the Morea. Liva'dia, the ancient Ltbadiat a city of Northern Greece, which wot GREECE. 156 ruined by tlia rtvolutloa, and it now an unlmportaal plaea. MArNA, a Biuuntainooe dlttriel In the B. paH of the Morea. Tb* Malnlotes are a brave and hardy people. Maleo or 8t An gelo. Capa, tha S. E. extremity of the Morea.— 36, 20 N. S3, 12 E. Matapan\ Cape, the most sooth- eriy point of the Morea, and. oxoept Tarifa in Spain, of the continent of Europe. This was the Titnarium Promontoriutn of the anclenti.— 36, 83 N. 22, 89 E. Mico'nl, an island In the Arehl- Klago, ono of the Cyolades. Pop. M). MI'lo, the ancient Mdot, a naaall island in the Archipelago. Ita soil is volcanic and extremely fertile. Pop. 300i). Mlssolon'gJkl, a fortlfled town In Hellas, to the W. of Lepanto. Hera Lord Byron died, l»tli April 1884, while promoting, with generous en- thusiasm, the cause of Grecian liberty. —38. 22 N. 21 26 E. Mis'tra, a town in the Morea, near the site of ancient 5parto, beautlftiUy situate at the foot of Mount Tay- getus. Pop. IAN). Mo'don, tho ancient Meth&nt, a seaport in the S. W. of the Morea, at the foot of a mountain, on a point of land projecting into the sea.— 36, 48 N. 21,42 E. More'a, the ancient Peloponni'tutf a peninsula united to Northern Greece by the Isthmus of Corinth. In ancient times, it was divided into six districts, Achaia, Etit, Metsenia, Laconia, Argolit, and Arcadia. Its length is about 140 miles, and breadth 120. Area, iMNM) square miles. It 1« not surpassed in beauty of scenery and in classical interest ; nor does it yield in climate and fertility to the most favoured regions of Europe. Pop. 523,f68. NAP'OLI DI MALVA'SIA, a seaport in the S. E. of the Morea, near the site of ancient Epidaurui. Pop. 2(100. Nau'pHa or Nap'oli, Gulf of, the Argolic Gulf of antiquity, on the £. of the Morea. Nau'plia or Nap'oli di Roma'nia, a fortified seaport near the head of the Gulf of Nauplla. Pop. 7000.— 37, .13 N. 22, 48 E. Navari'no, a seaport In the B. W. I of the Morea, and N. of Modon, witb 156 RUSSIA IN EX7R0PE. tt fln« harbour. Here» on the SOth of Oetob«r I8S7, the Turjclth and Egyptian fleets were deatroved by the united ■qiiadrons of Britain, France, and Russia. Pop. 2000.— 36, MN. 81.41 E. Nas'ia, a fertile island in the Ar- chipelago, E. of Paros the largest of the Oyclades. Pop. 12,000. Ni'o, Island of, the ancient lot, one of the Cyclades, in which it Ls said Homer died. Pop. 2500. PARNAS'SUS or Liakura, a cele- brated mountain of Hellas, and the highest in Greece, being 8068 feet above the sea. According to the ancients, it was the fovourlte resort of Apollo and the Muses. Near Cas- tri, on its 8. acclivity, still flows the Castalian spring. Pa'ros, an island in the Archipel- ago, nearly in the centre of the Cy- CMdes, famed for its quarries of fine white marble. Pop. 6000. Pa'tras, a seaport in the N. W. of the Morea, beautifully situate on an eminence near the entrance of the Gulf of Lepanto. It has a great trade in the export of currants. Pop. 8000.— 33, 14 N. 21, 47 E. Po'ros, the ancient Calauria, an island in the Gulf of Egina, separated from the Morea by a narrow chan- nel. Pop. 7000. ROU'FIA, the ancient Alpheus, a river of tlie Morea, which falls into the Mediterranean 8ea. SAL'AMIS or Kuluri, an island in the Gulf of Egina, where the Greeks gained a memorable naval S Tietory over the Persians, B.e. 480. Pop. 6000.^37. 07 N. 83, 32 B, -y Dalo'na, the ancietit AmpMiMt a town in Hellas, near Mount Pan* nassus. It is a place of conslderablf : trade. Pop. 4000. ^an'torin, the ancient TTura, an it .and in the Archipelago, of volcanic origin. Pop. 12,000. Skino, Oape, a promontory fas tbdl E. of the Morea.— 37, 28 N. 23, 32 B. Sky'ro, a rugged and barren i8laD4 in the Archipelago, E. of Negroponl Pop. 2600. Spez'zia, an island in the Archie elago, at the entrance of the Gulf of fauplia, which highly distinguished itselr in the war of iudependence,. Pop. 10,000. Sy'ra, an island in the Archipelago^ one of the Oyclades, a place of great commercial importance. Pop. 30,000^ —37, 30 N. 24, 65 E. TALAN'TA, a town in HellaiV near the channel o/ the same name which separates Euboea from th6 mainland. Pop. 5000. Tay'getus, a mountain in the Morea; its loftiest summit is 7903 feet high. Thebes, a town in Hellas, on the site of the ancient city of that nanui Pop. 80CJ. Ti'no, an island in the Archipel- ago, one of the Cyclades. P. 16,000. Tripolit'za, a town in (he centre of the Morea, in a narrow vale at the foot of Mount Msnalus. Pop. 8000.— .37, 30 N. 22, 22 E. ZE'A, the ancient Ceos, one of the Cyclades, near Cape Colonna. P. 4000. .i,iirV-«<-f \-- . AKiH* RUSSIA IN EUROPE i-'iT Is bounded N. b^ the Northern Ocean ; W. by Sweden;' the Baltic, Prussia, and Austria ; S. by Tui-key, the Black Sea, the Sea of Azov, and Mount Caucasus ; E. by the Caspian Sea, the river Ural, and the Ural Mountains, the last separating it from Asiatic Russia. It contains, including the kingdom of Poland, 2,070,000 square miles. Population 63,012,146.* . ^^ * The Russian empire is the most extensive in the world, occupying a large portion of Europe and all the northern part of Asia. It stretches ikom the Baltic Sea to the Pacific Ocean, from iff' to ]d0<* E. longitude,— a space of more than 5000 miles,- and comprehends 7,500,000 square milesu It embraces above one-half of Europe and nearly one-third of Asia, and forms more than one-seventh of the habitable globe. Its European territory V ;■ :::: u^ 480. f>^i BtrSSIA IN EUBOPE. 167 -.^^t i^' ^ Divisions.^ — ^Russia in Europe consists of 51 govern- ments or provinces, of which the two marked* are partly iii Asia. f " In the Nar(h. Provinces. Chief Towns. Biiiland Helsingfors, Abo, Viborg. Olonetz Petrozavodsk, 01- onetz. Archangel. . . .Archangel. Yologda Vologda. In the Norm- West. Novgorod .... Novgorod. StPetersburgSx Petersbubq, Cronstadt. Esthonia Kevel. Livonia jKiga, Dorpat. Pdcov (Pleskow)... Pskov. Vitebsk Vitebsk. ..; Gourland. . . . . .Mittau. Wilna Wilna. In the West, Mohilev Mohilev. MInok Minsk. Grodno Grodno. Bialystok Bialystok. Volnjnia Jitomir. Kingdom of Poland "Warsaw. . In the Centre. Kostroma .... Kostroma. Jaroslav ..... .Jaroslav. TveT{Twer)..Tver. Smolensk ....Smolensk. Moscow '. MoscoWjBorodino. Vladimir Vladimir. Nijni-Novgo- rod Nijni-Novgorod. Tambov ...... Tambov. Islands. — ^Tn the Baltic, Aland, Dago, Oesel. In the Arctic Ocean, Kolguev, Waigatz, Nova Zembla, Spitz- bergen. Provinces. Chief Towns. Riazan ..Riazan. Tula ..Tula. Kaiuga ..Kaluga. Orlov ..Orlov. Tchemigov ..Tchemigov. Kursk ..Kursk. Voronetz ... ..Voronetz. In the East. *Perm .Perm. *Orenbourg Oufa. Viatka .Viatka. Kazan .Kazan. Simbirsk.... .Simbirsk. Samara .Samara. Penza .Penza. Saratov .Saratov. In the South. Kharkov or the Ukraine Khaikov. Poltava .Poltava. Kiev .Kiev. Podolia .Kaminiec. Bessarabia ...Kichenev,Bender, Ismail, Akerman. Kherson .Kherson, Odessa. Ekaterino- slav Ekaterinoslav, Taganrog. Tauf- ^(i,with the Crimea .SimferOi>ol. Country of ' ,.i'.. the Don Cossacks. . . Tcherkusk. Astracan .Astracan. Caucasus .... .Georgievsk. to l^opled by 63 millions of inhabitants ; five or six millions more are found in its Asiatic dominions; and even America confiuns bixty-one thousand Russian subjects. The total amount of its population is above li millions. Of tliU five sixths are Slavonians. It is calculated that the Russian soil is capable of supplying food for 16u millions of inhabitants, and that its general population increases annually about half a million. 158 RUSSIA IN EUROPE. Gulfs and Bays. — Gulfs of Bothnia, Finland, Riga, Kandalask, Waranger, Archangel Bay, One^a Bay. Mountains. — Ural Mountains, Valdai Hills. i, ^j Lakes. — Ladoga, Onega, Peipus, Ilmen, Enara. i. Rivers. — ^Volga, Don, Dnieper, Dniester, Bog, Ural, Oka, Kama, Kuban, Terek, Vistula, Niemen, D^iua, Neva, Northern Dwina, Petchora. I'i. f -jM- t-Hii .S}JV REMARKS. European Russia extends from 41° to 70" N. lat., and from 18" to 60** E. long. Its length, from the southern extremity of the Crimea to the Arctic Ocean, is 1700 miles; and its breadth, from the Baltic to the Ural Moimtains, on the par- aUel of 56", is 1500 miles. Of this extensive empire, Finland was acquired from Sweden in 1809 ; Bessarabia and part of Moldavia from Turkey in 1812. The country to the west of the rivers Dwina and Dnieper, including Courland, Wilna, Grodno, Minsk, Mohilev, Volhynia, Kiev, and Podolia, for- merly belonged to Poland. The present kingdom of Poland, the sovereignty of which was assigned to Russia by the Congress of Vienna in 1815, now forms an integral part of the Russian empire. European Russia may with propriety be considered one extensive plain. On its eastern frontier, indeed, the vast chain of the Ural Mountains stretches nearly from the Nor- thern Ocean almost to the Caspian, rising in some places to the height of 6400 feet ; and in Lapland and the Crimea there are some mountain tracts. The Valdai Hills form an exten- sive table-land to the east and south of Petersburg, from which the principal rivers of Russia take their rise ; and so level is the country through which they flow, that their course is extremely tranquil. A distinguishing feature in the natural aspect of southern Russia is its steppes, which are vast plains /ormed chiefly of sand, and destitute of wood, except here and there a stunted birch. The climate of Russia is much colder than that of other European countries under the same parallels of latitude ; and the cold is observed to increase as we proceed eastward. For this peculiarity in the Russian climate, various causes have been assigned, — ^its distance from the ocean, the vast tract of land traversed by the north and east winds, and the dreary uncultivated surface of the country, a great proportion of which is covered with forests, lakes, and marshes. Tho summer-heat in Russia, however, is in general greater than in other countries under the same parallels. \\ Barley, oats, and rye, are Ihe prmcipal grains of the noiv RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 169 Riga, them provinces; in tlie middle and southern provinces wheat IS raised in great abundance. The meadows on the Volga, the Don, and some of the other rivers, are luxuriant in natural grasses. Hemp and flax are cultivated on the strong soils ; tobacco and maize in the south, chiefly in the Oimea. The fruits vary with the difference of latitude and climate. Apples, plums, and cherries are common in the central provinces ; peaches and melons in the southern ; and in Taurida and the Crimea, vines, figs, almonds, and pome- granates. In the centre of Russia are extensive forests; pine, fir, and birch, abound in the northern regions. The domestic animals common in other parts of Europe are found in Russia. ; and such is the extent of its territory, that the camel and the rein-deer, animals of opposite climates, are both domesticated within its limits. Among the wild animals may be enumerated the bear, the wolf, the lynx, the chamois, the antelope, the elk, the beaver, the ermine, ilm marten, the musk-deer, and the musk-rat. The rivers and lakes swarm with fish. The most extensive mines of Russia are in the Ural Mountains. In Perm are valuable mines of gold, copper, and iron ; of the last metal there are also considerable mines in the neighbourhood of Moscow. Platinum was dis- covered in the Urals in 1823, and has been worked ever since. Salt abounds in several provinces; and springs of naphtha occur in the district of Perekop and the Isle of Taman in Tamida. Manufactures and agriculture are still in a rude state, not- withstanding the efibrts of government, which indeed un- wisely seeks to promote them by heavy duties on imports. The principal branches of manufacture are coarse hnens, woollens, cottons, glass, hardware, leather, sr ii), and mats. They have of late been much improved, being carried on by some of the principal nobility. The inland trade is conducted in a great measure by means of annual fairs, of which the most celebrated is that of Nijni-Novgorod. It is also greatly promoted by the extensive system of rivei and canal naviga- tiou. A water communication has been opened betwean St Petersburg and Astracan, a distance of above 3000 miles ; the Volga is united with Lake Ladoga ; and by a third system of canals the Northern Dwina and Archangel have been con- nected with the river Volga and St Petersburg ; hence a con- tinuous navigation from +he Caspian to the Baltic, and from St Petersburg to the White Sea. By the completion of the Moskwo and Volga Canal, extending from the Volga near Twer to the Moskwa near the city of Moscow, a canal of 100 miles saves 900 miles of river navigation. A railway from ICO BUSSIA IN EUROPE. St Petersbnrg to Moscow, about 400 miles long, and anofb^ from Warsaw to Kosel, in Prussian Silesia, are open for trafSfi. The principal articles of export are com, timber, hemp, flax, tallow, pitch, tar, leather, wool, and furs. The imports are Sugar, coffee, cotton, and other colonial coods ; wooUeiui, silks, dye-stuffs, tea, wine, ond brandy. The annual valde of the exports is about £19,128,000, — of the imports, £16,810,000. : -^ The system of Christianity established in Russia is that of the Greek Church ; but Christians of other denominatiops, and even Mohammedans, are tolerated. The ecclesiastics are extremely numerous, and enjoy important immunities and privileges. Their religious ceremonies, particularly on festival-days, are splendid and imposing. The government is an absolute monarchy, amounting to a military despotism, — ^the only restraint on the will of the emperor, or autocrat, biing the respect due to the nobility and clergy. The great \k)^j of the people are in a state of vassalage ; the peasants, or iJoors, are the serfs of those proprietors on whose lands they are born ; but the government has recently made attempts to emeliorate their condition, und some nobles have declared their peasantry free. The resources of Russia, were they less scattered and better managed, would be very great. Its rev- enue, however, does not exceed £66,600,000, which is burdened with a debt of £131,500,000. The numerical amount of the Russian army, exclusive of irregulars, is about 650,000 men. As soldiers, the Russians possess in an eminent degree the virtues of obedience and fortitude. Under good officers they would be almost invincible ; and their dipcipline has of late years been greatly improved. Education, to which the attention of government has lat- terly been directed, is still much neglected throughout the empire. By an imperial ukase issued in 1802, a plan was prescribed somewhat resembling the parochial establishments of Scotland ; but it has not yet been rendered properly effec- tive. The nobility live in great style ; but tnere is still a rudeness in their magnificence characteristic of a half-barbar- ous state. They are, nowever, a social and hospitable people. ^-•^'^- ■'■■"■•■• EXERCISES. How is European Russia bounded ? What is its extent in square miles? What is the amount of its population? How many governments or provinces does it contam ? How many of them are partly in Asia? Name the governments in the north. Name those in the north-west. Name those in the west. Nalme those ir the centre. Name those in the oast. Name those in the south. What are the chief towns which have not the same nenics ir i : KUBSUl in eobope. 161 is the governinents ? What islands helong to Russia? Name its mountains. What are its principal lako? ? Name its chief rivers. , Where is Kaminiec, Odessa, Borodino, Ismeil, Petersburg, :Oronstadt, Bender, Jitomir? &o. Where is Lake Ladoga, Peipns, the Ural Mountains, Li^e Ilmen ? Trace the Volga, the Dnieper, Ibe Oka, the Petohora, the Kama, the Dwina? &c. ^^ Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Russia situ- ate? What are its length and breadth? From what country and at what time was Finland acquired ^ When and ^om what country were Bessarabia and part of Moldavia acquired ? What part of Russia formerly belonged to Poland ? What is the general aspect of Russia? In what part of it do chains of hills occur? From which of those chains do the principal river.*; take their rise ? What is the distinguishing feature in the natural aspect of Russia? What is peculiar in the climate of Rtissia? What causes have been assigned for this peculiarity? Is the summer heat great? What are the principal productions of the northern, middle, and southern provinces ? Where do luxuriant meadows occur ? Where are hemp and flax, tobacco and maize, respectively culti- vated ? What varieties of fruits are found in the different regions ? What trees abound in the north? What domestic animals in opposite parts of Russia afford a proof of its vast extent of terri- tory ? M!ention some of the wild animals of this country. ^ Vhero do the most extensive mines of Russia occur ? In what province are mines of copper and iron wrought ? Is salt common in a'ly part of Russia ? Where do springs of naphtha occur ? In what state are the manufactures of Russia ? What are the principal articles of manufacture ? What facilitates its internal trade r How is a communication formed between the Baltic and the Caspian? What railway is partly opened? What are the principal articles of export ? What are the imports ? What is their annual value respectively ? What is the established religion of Russia? Are other religions tolerated ? What is the state of ecclesiastics in Russia? What is remarkable about then* religious ceremonies ? What is the nature of the government ? What ar j the only restraints on the will of the sovereign ? In what state are the people? Have any attempts been made to ameliorate their condition ? What is the state of the resources of this empire ? What is the amount of its revenue and debt? What is the numerical amount of its army? What are the characteristic qualities of R.ssian soldiers ? In what state is education in Russia? What was the plan pre- scribed for its improvement by the imperial ukase of 1802 ? In what style do the nobility live ? For what social \ irtue are the Russians remarkable ? DESCRIPTIVE TABr.E. A'BO, a seaport of Finland, on the promontory formed by the Gulfs of Bothnia ^nd Finland. P. 14,000. -«)» 27' N. lat. 22° 17 E. long. Ak'erman, a strongly fortitied sea- port of Bessarabia, near the junction of the Dniester wilh the Black Sea. Pop. 26,000.-46, 9 N. 30, 21 E, Aland, the principal isliuid of a group at the entrance of the Oulf of L 162 RUSSIA IN EX7R0PE. Botbula, 18 mites lone and 14 broad. It was captured in 1804 by the British and French, who destroyed the forti- fications at Bomarsund. AKnuK A fiver in the Crimea, ti- mous for the victory gained upon its banks, by the Anglo-French army over the Russians, in Sept. 1854. An'apa, a maritime fortress on the Ciroacman shore of the Biacic Sea, alMUt fifty miles south-east from Eni- kal6. It was dismantled and evacu- $AeA by the Russians on the approacli Of the Anglo-French fleet in June 18». Pop. 9000. Ar'abat, a fortress on the northern lh(Mre of the Crimea. It gives nnme to a bay in the Sea of Azov, and to the remarltable strip or tongue of land which divides the Sea of Azov from the Siwash or Putrid Sea. iV*cfcan'gel, an extensive govern- iMixi*. in the N., including Nova Zembla. It has extensive fisheries, ;]v(^ contains 320,00u square miles. P'H . 258,000. Arc^n'gel, the capital of the above government, and the principal com- uiercial city in the N. oi Russia, about 40 miles from the Junction of the D : a with the White Sea. Pop. ?-.,.;. J.— €4, .32 N. 40, 44 E. Astracan' or Astrakhan', a govern- ment in the S. E., lying along the shores of the Caspian Sea. The soil, except on the banks of the Volga, is very barren. Extent, 63,000 square miles. Pop. 290,000. Astracan', the capital of the above government, on an island in the Vol- ga, about 50 miles from its mouth. The trade of Astracan is consider- able, and its fisheries on the Volga and Caspian are very extensive. Pop. 45,000.--46, 18 N. 48, 5 E. Az'ov, Sea of, the Palus Mceotis of the ancients, which communicates with the Black Sea by the Straits of Enikal^ or Kertch, the ancient Cim- merian Bosporus. BALAKLA'VA, a harbour near the southern extremity of the Crimea. In September 1854, it was seized by the British, who afterwards made a railway from it'to their camp before Sebastopol. Near to it was fought a battle in October 1854, in which 600 English light cavalry charged the Russian army. Pop. 2600. Bfn'4er, formerly a strongly forti- fied iovfn in Bessarabia, on the Dnies- ter. Pop. 13,000. Ber'dionsk or Berdian'ski, a town with a good harbour, at tlM month of the river Berda, on the northern shore of the Sea of Azov. Pop. 6498. Bessara'bia, the S. W. proTinee between the Pruth, the Danube, and the Dniester, ceded by Turkey In 1812. It contains 18,900 square miles. Pop. 808,000. Biarystok, a province between Grodno and the kingdom of Poland. Extent 3424 square miles. P. 265,000. — Bialystck, a handsome town, is the capital. Pop. 6000. ]3og or Bug, a river which issues from a lake in the N. of PodoHa, flows through tiiat government and Kherson, and falls into the estuary of the Dnieper. Borodi'no, a village in the govern- ment of Moscow, near the river Moskva, memorable for a desperate baitle fought there, 7th Sept. 1812, between the Russians and French, when about 30,000 f< U on each side. CAU'C ASUS, including Circassia, a government extending from the Sea of Azov to the Caspian, and b< xinded on the S. by the great movir. tain- range of Caucasus, yrhich diviues it from Georgia. The southerr. portion is broken into precipscous mountains, alternating with picturesque and ro> man tic valleys, and inhabited by war- like tribes, who continuealmost inde- pendent of Russia. The Circassians are remarliable for their elegance of person ; the beauty of the females has long been celebrated. Extent, 72,600 square miles. Pop. 1,000,000, Cau'casus Mountains. See De- sciiptive Table of Asia. Choc'zim, or KAo'tin, a strongly fortified town in Bessarabia, on the Dniester, was ceded by the Turks in 1812. P. 8000.— 48, 28 N. 26, 30 E. Circas'sia. See Caucasus, Gov-, eminent of. Cour'land, a government of Rus- sian Poland, separated from Livom'a by the Dwina. It is fertile but ill cultivated, containing 10,535 square miles. Pop. 564,000. Crime'a or Crim Tartary, the Cfiersone'sv - Taurica of the ancients, a penin^dLi in the S. of Taurida, formed by the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov, and joined to the mainland by the Isthmus of Perekop. It is divided by tlie river Salgir mto two parts, the northern uid larger being barren and thinly peopled, the south- ern being traversed by a range ef mountains enclosing iraileys of the ■ RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 163 De- \ :.i Rus- iTonJa at ill [uare the ecta, •■\'. " rida. V )Sea '-■- i ■ . land It is two ^-■:" ,;■ >eing * '.*' ' * uth- e ef the fTMtMt beMity, rich in all th« produc- tions of the Boutli. P. & bout 900,000. Oron'stadt, a seaport and strong fortress in the government of St Petersburg, at the S. E. extremity of a small island in the Gutt of Finland. JUoommanda the passage of St Peters- burg, from which it is dislant 20 miles, and is the principal »tution of the Kussiun navy. It was built by Peter the Great, wlio employed 300,000 men in the work. Pop. 45,000.-69, 69 N. 29, 46 E. DA'GO, an island at the entrance of the Gulf of Finland, with a light- house near Dagerort, its chief vil- lage. Pop. 10,(K)(».— 58, 55 N. 22, 12 E. Dnie'per (Nee'per), the ancient BoryttheMg, a large river which rises in the government of Smolonsiv, and, after a winding course, iaXU into the iilack Bea below Kherson. Dnies'ter (Nees'ter;, the ancient Tyros, a large river which has its source in the Carpathian Mountain? in Austrian Gaiicia, enters Russia at Choczim in Bessarabia, and falls into the Black Sea near Akerman. Don, the Tanais of the ancients, a large river which rises in tlie govern- ment of Tula, and, after a winding course, empties itselt by several chan- nels into the Sea of Azov. Don Cos'sacks, a tribe whose ter- ritory extends along the lower course of the Don. It contains 62,000 square miles. Pop. 71B,000. The greater part of the male inhabitants are cav- alry soldiers, possessing their lauds as the price of their service. Dor'pat, a town of Livonia, with a university. Pop. 14,000. Dwi'na, a river which issues from the Valdai Hills, and flows into the Gulf of Riga, it is navigable through neai-ly its whole course, and com- municates with Lake Ladoga and St Petersburg by a canal. Dwi'na, Northern, a large river, formed by the junction of the Souk- hona and the Joug, in the govern- ment of Vologda, falls by several channels into the White Sea, below Archangel. EKA'TERINOSLAV, a govern- ment N. of Taurida, containing 23,514 square miles. Pop. 887,500. Eka'terinoslav', the capital of the above government, on the Dnieper, remaricable for its woollen manufac- tures. Pof . 8000. En'ara, a lake in Russian Lapland, contaUiiDg numerous islets. Enik'alfi. Straits oL connecting the Black Sea and the Sea of Asov. Bee Kbrtch. Estlio'nia, a government extending along tlie S. shore of the Gulf of Fin- land. It contains 7B97 squaro miles. Pop. 317,000. Eupato'ria, formerly called Kodov, a seaport on the western ohore of the Crimea. Here part of the Anglo* \ French army landed in September I 1854. The town was afterwards forti- { fled and occupied by the Turks, who repulsed an attack by the Russianji i in February 1855. Pop. 16,000. I Fi N 'L A N D, an extensive country I E. of Sweden, to which it belonged till the year 1809, when it was taken possession of by the Russians. It contains 145,000 square miles. Pop. 1,636,915. Fin'land, Gulf of, an arm of the Baltic extending to St Petersburg. UENIT'CHI, a small seaport, on the narrow strait of the same hame which connects the Siwash or Putrid Sea with the Sua of Azov. Georgievsk', a fortifled town, capi- tal of the government of Caucasus, on a tributary of the Kouma. P. 3000. Grod'no, a government in Russian Poland, containing 13,594 square miles, and 925,000 inhabitants. Grod'no, the capital of the above government, on the Niemen. Here Stanislaus, king of Poland, sought his last retreat, and tinally abdicated his crown in 17 W. Pop. 16,000. HAN'GO and HANGO HEAD, a harbour and promontory on the north of the Guf of Finland. Hetean English boat's crew, under a flag of truce, were killed or taken prisoners by the Russians in June 1855. Hel'siiigfors, a seaport and strong fortress, the c ipital of Finland, and seat of a university, on the Gulf of Finland. P. 16,000.-60, 11 N. 26, E. IL'AlEN, a lake in the government of Novgorod, of a triangular form. It communicates with Lake Ladoga by the river Volkov and a canal. Ink'ermann, a ruined town near the eastern termination of the harbour of Sebastopol. It gave name to an ob- stinate and bloody conflict between the Anglo-French and Russian ar- mies in November 1854, wiien the lat- ter were beaten back with fjreat loss. Ismair, a strongly fortified town in Bessarabia, on the principal arm of the Danube, about 40 miles from the Black Sea. After a brave and 1C4 RUggIA IN EUROPE. obstinate reslitanee by the Turkn, in 1790, it was taken by thf^ RiiMians under Suwarrow. Pop. 12,500. JAROSLAV (Yarofilav'), a gov- ernment traverwd by tfj* Volfja, nnd surrounded by Vologda, Kostromn, Vladimir, Tvor, and NovRorod. It contains 12,800 iiqiiare miles. Pop. l,Ci2«,000. Jaroslav', the capital of the above povernmont, on the Volgn, is the see of an archbishop, and the seat of an aca- demy and theological college. It has extensive manufactures of silk, linen, and Russian leatlier. Pop. 2U,(H)0. Ji'tomir or Zy'tomir, the capital of Volhynia, on the Totorev. Pop. 28.0O0.-fiO, 10 N. 28. 46 /5. K AF'PA or Peodo'sia, a seaport on the E. coast of the Crimea. P. 8000. Kal'amita Bny, a lari^e inlet on the western shore of the Crimea, memor- able as the landing-place of the An- plo- French army which invaded the Crimea in September 1854. Kal'isch, a manufacturing city in Poland, on the Prosna. P. 15,000. Kalu'ga, a government bounded by Moscow, Smolensk, Orlov, and Tula. It possesses considerable trade and manufactures. Extent 12,134 Sfjuare miles. Pop. 1,026.400. Kalu'ga, the capital or the above government, on the Oka. P. 32,500. Ka'raa, a river which rises in Vi- atka, traverses Perm and joins the Volga 24 miles below Kazan. Kamin'iec or Kami'enetz, the ca- pital of the government of Podolia, near the Dniester. Pop. 16,000. Kan'dalask, a gulf of the White Sea, stretching into R usi^ian Lapland. Kaz'an, a government to the S. of Viatka, the inhabitants of which are chiefly of Tartar origin. Extent 22,000 square miles. Pop. 1,370,000. Kaz'an, the capital of the above {rovernmeut, on the Kazanka, near ts junction with the Volga. It is the see of an archbishop, and the seat of a university. Kazan has an extensive trade. Pop. 67,000. Kertch, a seaport of the Crimea, on the Straits ot^Enikald, or, as they are frequently called, the Straits of Kertch. It was captured by the allies in June 1855. Pop. 8228. K/tarkov', or the U'kraine, a gov- ernment S. of Kursk and E. of Pol- tava. It contains 21,450 square miles. Pop. 1,497,400. KAarkov', the capital of the above government, on the small rivers Kharkov and La pan. Its monastic college wag, in J 803, erected into a university. Pop. JH.ooo. KAeKHon, a government In the 9. on the Black Sen, and between the Dnieper and the DnieHier. It con- tain' 28,186 square mlies. P. 85fJ,00a. K^ter'Hon, the capital of th»' above government, on the right bank and near the mouth of the Dnieper. The philanthropic Howard diea her« In 179t), and is Imried about four miles from /,ho town, where a monument has been erected to his memorv. Pop. 12,000.-46, 38 N. 32, 38 E. * KicJiinev', tho capital of the pro- vince of Bessarabia. Pop. 42,(»fl0. Kiev (Kioo'), a government on the Dnieper. Its soil is fertile Extent 1.0,3.'i9 Sfjuare milea. Pop. 1,638,000. Kiev (Kioo'), the capital of the above government, on the right bank of the Dnieper. It is the see of an archbishop and the seat of a univer- sity. Pop. 60,0(10.— 50, 27 N. 30, 27 li. Kojguev', a drearv and thinly in- habited island in the Nortliern Ocean. KosLro'nia, a government sur- rounded by Vologda, Viatka, Nllni- Novgorod, Vladimir, and Jaroslav. Extent 31,811 ?q miles. P. 1.076,000. Kostro'mi), capital of the abovegov- ernment, on the Volga, near its junc- tion with the KoHtroiria. P. 14,000. Ku'ban, a i i ver which has its source in Mount Caucasus, and, flowing westward, divides into two branches, formint? the island of Taman between the Sea of Azov and the Black Sea. Kursk, a government bounded by Orlov, Voronetz, the Ukraine, and Tchernigov. Itcontains 17,318 square miles. Pop. 1,714,01)0. Kursk, the capital of the above government, near the Seim, is one of the most ancient towns in the em- pire. Pop. 26,000. LADOGA, LAKE, surrounded by thf governments of St Petersburg, Olonbiz, and Viborg, is the largfest lake in Europe, being 120 miles long and 70 broad, it is connected by canals with Lake limen and the Volga ; forming a communication between the Baltic and the Caspian. Libau', a seaport in Courland. Pop« 10,000.-56, 31 N. .^0, 66 E. Livo'nia, a maritime government, having Esthonia on the N. and Cour- land on the S. U exports a con* siderable quantity cf com. Extent 18,058 square miles. Pop. 830i000. Lovi'sa, a small town on the north- RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 165 'i ll «m ahore of the Onlf of Finland. Its harbour wa* defended by a strong for^ treat, which was blown up by the Rng- Hsb fleet in July 1805, when the town was accidentally burned. Liil/Hn, a town in Poland, with eoMiderable trade. Pop. 16,000. MAR'IOPOL, or Marian'opol, a maritime town at the moutli of the KamiBus, on the N. shore of the Sea of Azov. Pop. 4603. Minslc, a government extending from the Dwina on tlie N. to Volhy- nia on the S. It is a level district, with immense forests. Extent 34,330 square miles. Pop. 1,067,000. Mifisk, the capital of the above government, anrJ tho see of an arch- bishop, on the Swistocz. P. 24,000. Mitt'au, the capital of the govern- ment of Courland, near the Gulf of Riga. Pop. 10,0(M). Mo'hilev, or Mo'gAilev, a fertile government to the E. of Minsk. Ex- tent ) 0,724 square miles. P. 950,000. Mo'hilev, tl)n capital of the above government, on the Dnieper. It has an extensive trade, and ii^ the seat of a Greelc and of a Homan-catholic archbishop. Pop. 21,000.-53, 60 N. 30, 24 E. Mos'cow, a central government, among the least extensive and the most populous provinces in the em- pire. Its trade and manufactures are very considerable. It contains 11,000 square miles. Pop. 1,402,0pe, in a beautiful plain at tho N. extremity of Lake Ilmen. Pop. 7000. ODES'SA, a flourishing city and seaport in the government of Kher- son, on the Black Sea, between the rivers Dniester and Bog. It has a great export trade, especially in com. Pop. 76,000.-46, 29 N. 30, 43 E. O^sel, an island at the mouth of the Gulf of Riga. Pop. 40,000. O'ka, a river which rises in the government of Orlov, and falls into the Volga at Nijni-Novgorod. Ol'onctz, a government south of Archangel, containing 79,520 square miles. Pop. 268,00. Ou'fa (Oofa), the capital of Oren- bourg, at the Junction of he Oufa •ndfiielaia. Pop. 6(K)0. PEI'PUS, LAKE, gurrcimdedby the governments of St Potersbure and Livonia. It ia d() miles long and 96 broad, and communicates witli the Oulf of Fiuland by the river Narva. Pen'ia, a government in the K., having NiJnH Novgorod on the N. and &ratov on the S. It contains 13JX)0 square miles. P. 1,1(>9,(I00. Pen'ia, capital of the above ko vern- ment, near tlio Burn. P. 11,0,('0<>. Pemau', a seaport of Livonia, on the Gulf of Riga. Pop. llt.OOO.— 68, 22 N. 24, 32 E. Petcho'ra, a large river which rises In the Ural Mountains, and falls into the Northern Ocean. Pe'tersburg, St, a ,presenti»Hve con« stitution. In C(iii8oquence. .. 'ever, of the gallant but unfor.:n;'>ie at- tempt to regain national independ- ence in 1830, it is now virtually in- corporated with the Russian empire. Extent 49,290 sq. miles. P. 4,851,699. Polta'va or Pultow'a, a govern- ment between Kiev and Kharkov, containing 19,712 square miles. Pop. 1,819,5(K>. Polta'va or Pultow'a, the capital of the above pfovernnient, was the scene of a great battle m 1709, in which Churks XII. of Sweden was totally defeated. Pop. 16,000. Pskov (Ples'kow), a (government in the N. W., between Livonia and Smolensk. Extent 17,000 square miles. Pop. 791,000. Pskov, the capital of the above gov- ernment, at the confluence of the Velikaja and Pskov. Pop. 12,000. Putrid Sea or Si'wasli, an irregular and slialluw expanse of water, on the northern shore of tlie Crimea, com- municating by the Straits of Genitchi with the Sea of Azov, from which it is separated by the narrow strip of land called the " Tongue of Arabat." REVEL, tlie capital of the gov- ernment of Esthonia, on a bay of the G ulf of Finland. It is a place of con- siderable trade, with an excellent harbour, and is strongly fortified. Pop. 20,000.-69, 26 N. 24, 44 E. Riaz'an, a central government east of Moscow, traversed by the river Oka, and containing 16,208 square miles. Pop. 1,393,000. Riaz'an, the capital of the above government, on the Oka, the see of an archbishop, and remarkable for i:b numerous churches. Pop. 10,000. iCi'ga, an important city, the ca- pital of the government of Livonia, on the Dwina, 7 miles from the sea. It is strongly fortified, and ranks com- mercially next to St Petersburg. The articles of export are flax and hemp, corn, timber, and tallow. P. 60,000» —66, 57 N. 24, 6 E. Ri'ga, Gulf of, an arm of the Bal- tic, between Courland and Livonia. SAMA'RA, a government bn the Volga, with a town of the iMne name i RUSSIA TN EHSOPB. k WM formed in 18M oal of portions of tbe proviacM of Blinblnk, Bara- tOT, and Orenbourf, and contain! 44,800 aqnare miles. Pop. 1,116,000. Sar'atov, a Kovernment in tlie 8. E. Great part of it ia barren from being Impregnated with salt, and it contains a nmnner of salt lalte^. Extent 73,000 •qaare miles. Pop. 1,763,000. Sar'atov, the capital of the above government, on tne Volffa, has an active trade, chiefly with Moscow and AHtracan. Pop. 4A,000. Sebas'topol or Sevaatop'ol. a sea- port in the 8. W. of the Crimea, fomous for its siege by the English and French in 1RA4 and 185A. It stands on a bny defended by strong forts, and is the principal station of the Russian fleet in the Black Sea. Pop. 30,n00.— 44, 36 N. 33, 30 E. Sira'birsk, a government between Kaznn and Saratov, traversed by the Volga. It contftins 27,826 square miles. Pop. 1,345,000. Sim'birsk, the capital of the above government, beautifully situate on the Volga. Pop. 18,000. Simferopol', the capital of Taurida, a handsome town of the Crimea, on the Salgir. Pop. 15,875.-44, 58 N. 34, 3 E. Slobodsk'-U'kraine. See Khar- kov, p. 164. Smolensk', a central government W. of Moscow, containing 20,220 sq. miles, and 1,194,000 inhabitants. Smolensk', an ancient walled city, capital of the above government, on the Dnieper. Here, m 1812, the first important stand against the French was made by the RussianH, who burned the town previously to their evacuating it. Its trade and maim- factures are considerable. P. 11,000. — 64, 48N,31, 68E. Spitzber'gen, a group of desolate islands, the most N. land hitherto discovered in the Arctic Ocean, ex- tending from 77° to 81° N. lat. Stavropol', a fortified town in the government of Caucasus. Pop. 7000. Sweaborg', a seaport and strong fortress in Finland. Pop. 4000. TAO'ANROG, a fortified seaport on the N. shore of the Sea of Azov ; its public buildings were destroyed by the Anglo-French fieet in June 1855. Pop. 22,000.-47, 12 N. 38, 42 E. Tam'an, an island between the Black Sea and the Sea of Azov, formed by the two branches of the river Kuban. 167 TunnKiY, » c«nlr»l forernnMi W. of I'enan and Samtov, eonUlnlng 84|48n square miles. Pop. 1,7811,000. Tam'boT, capital of the above mv- emment, and see of a Greek biinop i with confllderable trade. P. 90,000 Tau'rida, a government In the 8., comprehending the Crimea and • considerable tract on the mainland N. and N. K. of that peninsula. Bjc* tent 42,500 square miles. P. 984,000. Tcher'kask, the capital of the Don Cossacks, on the Aksai, a branch of the Don, and !«uprounde<1 by water and marshes. Pop. 16,000. Teher'nigov, a fertile government N. of \*n]t> \ a and B. of the Dnieper, **>, 000 square mile*. Pop. '^e capital of the , on the Desna, th« nop. Pop. 7600.— cont: 1,4.'-.' T nbi. see 1 61, 30 li. Te'rek, a ri v • r which rises in Mount Elburz, the highest peak of the Can* casus range, and flowing eastward, enters the Caspian Sea. Tula (Too'la), a government 8. of Moscow, containing 11,200 square miles. Pop. 1,251,500. Tu'la, the capital of the above gov- emment, at the confluence of the ^Tulitza and Oupa, is considered the Birmingham of Russia. It is dis- tinguislied for a cannon-foundry, ex- tensive manufactures of arms, Hard- ware, and cutlery. Pop. 66,000.~ 54, 11 N. 37, 20 E. Tver (Twer), a central government between those of Moscow and Novgo- rod, covered with forests. It contains 23,560 square miles. Pop. 1.9^,700. Tver (Twer), the capital of the above government, is a handsome city, on the road from Petersburg to Moscow, at the confluence of the Tvertza and the Volga. Pop. 24,000. U LEABORG, a seaport of Fin- land, near the head of the Gulf of Bothnia. Pop. 4500. U'ral Mountains, an extensive range, which forms the boundary be- tween European and Asiatic Russia. Several of the peaks rise to between 8000 and 9000 feet above the sea. U'ral, a river which has its source in the above mountains, is the boun- dary between Europe and Asia, and flows into the Caspian Sea. I V AI G ATZ ( Wai'gatz), an island in the Arctic Ocean, to the 8. of Nova Zembla, and separated froni the con- I tinent i>y the strait of Vaigats. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) {< 4^ 1.0 I.I 11.25 U;|M |25 1^ 12.0 Ui isa u I Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WBT MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MSEC (716) •72-4503 ^ 4^ ■^ O ^ 6^ \ ^ Tirf'daiHnbi antnge In thegoTern- ments of Novgorod and Tver, rising to the height of 1200 feet. Va'ia ( Wa'sa), a aeaport of Fin< land on the Oulf uf Bothnia. P. 4000. Tlat'ka, a government in the B., be- tween Kostroma and Perm, contain- In^ fi^OOO square miles. P. 1,696,000. Viatlu, the capital of the above apvemment, at the confluence of tlie y latka and Chlinooka. Pop. 7000. yilM>nr> a fortress and seaport on the Oulf of Finland. Pop. 4000.— <». 4B N. 28, 46 E. Vistula. See Descriptive Table of > Russia, p. 174. Vitebsk', a government to the K of Oourland, containing 16,800 square ' ntiles. Pop. 805,000. Vitebeli', the capital of the above Btvemment, at the confluence of the wina and Yiteba. Pop. 17,000. Vladimir, a government to the E. < .of Moscow, containing 17,600 square miles. Pop. 1,271,000. Vlad'imir, the capital of the above government. Pop. 7400. Yoi'ga (Wol'ga), the largest river of Europe, rises among the Valdai Hills near the frontier of Novgorod, and flows eastward till it reaches the city of Kazan, below which it is Joined by the Kama ; it then takes a southerly direction, and after separ- ating into numerous branches, dis- cbaraes its waters by 70 mouths into : the Caspian. It is navigable througti almost Its whole course. Volgsli, a town in the government of Saratov, on the Volga, with large RUSSIA IN EUROPE. mannfiMtttrM of ■ran, ^ Popolatlov 13.880. '■.. ...... ;. -....,.,.■■ Volhy^Qla, a feMlle government-'i Polish Rusda, between Orqdno ail Podolia. Extent 26,650 square] ' Pop. 1,476,000. Volog'da, an extensive govc S. of Archangel, containing 161,( square miles. Pop. 6SS;2ttL Volog'da, the capital of the i^ve government, on the VoUudai Is of considerable importance^ having, mi active trade and a number of manu- foctures. Pop. 14,000. Vo'ronetz, a government N. W^jrf the Don CossacKs, containing 2^700 square miles. Pop. 1,691,000. Vo'ronetz, the capital of the above government, at the confluence of the Voronetz and the Don ; it is now a chief commercial town in the sotitft of Russia. Pop. 18,600. WAU'A^GER, a bay of the Arctic Ocean, between Swedish and Russian Lapland. v War'saw, the capital of Poland, finely situate on the Vistula. It sqt- fered dreadfully in the sieges of 17i^ and 1831. There are some handibme public buildings, and a well-endowe^ university. Pop. 167,000, of whoip 35,000 are Jews.— 62, 13 N. 21, B, Wil'na, a government on the Baltic to the S. of Courland, containii^ 24,600 square miles. Pop. 898,000. Wil'na, the capitr! of the abovia government, near the Wilna. It is thi^ see of a Greek and a Roman-catholic bishop. Pop. 36,000.-54, 41 N. 25, 17 E. . PRUSSIA Is bounded N. by Germany and the Baltic ; W. by Hol- land, BeMum, and France ; S. by Germany and Austria ; £. by Poland and Russia. It contains 107,800 square miles. Population 16,935,420. Provinces. Chief Towns. Pmssia (Proper) In East Prussia^ Koni^berg^ Tilsit, Mq- mel ; In West Prvma^ Dantzic, Elbing, Thorn. Pomerania .Stettin, Stralsund, Colherg. -^ Posen Posen, BrQmberg. Silesia Breslau, Glogau, Gorlitz. Brfoidenbarg Berlin, Potsdam, ]&«ndenburg, ^ i^niiik- fort-on-the-Oder, Gustrin. (,' ■ . ,if". ntvfuoA £5 . PiroTkieM. Chief Towns. Pmiisian Saxony Magdeburg, Halbentadt, HaUe, Erftirt. M/BStphalia... Muiuiterf Minden, Paderborn. iMAiuuBhPnittsia........ Cologne, Dnsseldorf, Cleves, Bomii Co- blenz, Aix-Ia-Chapelle, Treves, ^^enchatel. — See Switzerland, p. 133. „^ Islands. — Rugen, Usedora, Wollin. ) Rivers. — Rhine, Ems, Elbe, Vistula, Oder, Warta, -Kiemen or Memel, Pregel. Gulfs, &c. — Gulf of Dantzic, Gross-haff, Frische- liaff, Curische-haff, Spirding-see. REMARKS. Prussia extends from 49** 8' to 55" 60' N. lat., and from 6" to 22" 5(y E. long. Its greatest length from east to west is about 750 miles ; its breadth from norm to south varies from 80 to 350 miles. It occupies the north of Poland and great part of the north of Germany ; Westphalia and Rhenish Prussia are separated from the rest of the kingdom by Hanover, Hesse- Cwssel, and other German states. To its scattered provinces no general description will apply ; but the greater part of the country presents a level siuriaoe. ^he rivers by which it is traversed are slow in their current, flowing from south to north, with a slight declination to the sea. The mountain-tracts are the Riesengebirge in SilMia and the Harz in Saxony, abounding in wood, probably the remains of the Mercynian Forest ; but these are on the frontiers rather than in the interior of the kingdom. In general, the soil is poor, being sandy and covered witli heath. Silesia and Rhenish Prussia are the most fertile and populous districts. In the western provinces the climate is warmer than that of England in similar latitudes; in the eastern it is cold. Agriculture is the chief source of the national wealth, and is carried on with great care in most of the provinces. Wheat, lye, oats, and barl^ are raised, both for nortie-consumption and exportation. The vineyards of Rhenish Prussia are ex- tensive and valuable. Silesia and Westphalia have long been noted for their linens, — ^the weaving of which is the chief empler)t Oerm. Aachen, an ancient (dtyio RhenUb Prussia, celebrated for its hot baths, and as the favour- it* rsiidaiMe of Chai>lemagne, and I»agof hisnccessors. Pop. 50,000. -^ 46' N. lat. 6« 4' E. long. BAR'MBN, a thriving manufac- turinr town in Rhenish Prussia. PcMMDdndinfiubuHM, 34,C0a Bor'iwtt, the chief town In the Idand dRttgn. Poi».SO(io. BtBicvff IbB eairital of Branden- burg aftd mim» Priiasian domi n ions , situate on the Spree, and nearly in the centre of the Icingdom, is one of the most beautiful cities in Europe. It has many celebrated literary in- stitutions, and it is the seat of extoi- sive trade and manufactures. Pop. 451,871.-62, 31 N. 13, 33 B. Biele'feld, a town in Westphalia, the centre of the linen and damask manufactures. Pop. 10,900. Bonn, an ancient town in Rhenish Prussia, pleasantly situate on the left bank of the Rhine, the seat of a university. Pop. 15,iM)0 172 PllUIBIA. BffWdcnbiirf , mi ImpotiMt pro* tlBM of the PruMlan itatM. and tho Itendatton of tlie monarohj* oon* tetnltiff lA,Aa9 iquaro mllM. Pop. 9*906 1040. Bnin'denbun, a town formerly tho capital of tho provlnooi on tho EavoL Pop.16.U00. BmK'onsberg, a oommoroial town in B. PruMia, near the FriMhe*hafr. Pop. 8800. Brealau, the onpltal of Blloila, situate on the Oder. It oarrloi on an extensive trade, and is the seat of a flourishing university. P. 1 18,194. -«1, 6 N. 17. 4 B. ' Brieft, a strong town In BUesbi. on the Oder, with extensive manuffto* tures. Pop. 12,000. Brom'bOTgt a town of Posen. on the Brahe, near its oonfluenoe with theVUtula. Pop. 9600. Bwrgt a thriving manufacturing town in Prussiau Saxony. P. 11,000. CLEVES. an ancient town in Rhenish Prussia, near tiie Rhine, formerly the capital of a duchy of the same name. Pop. 7fiOO. Coblenx', a strong town in Rhenish Prussto. delightftilly situate at the confluence of the Rhine and the Moselle, opposite the fortress of Eh* renbrdtstein. Pop. including gar- rison and suburbs, 96.000. Goldberg, a fortifiea seaport In Po- meranla. on the Persante. Pop. 7010. —6i, 9 N. lA. 34 B. Colore' (Koln), tlie Oolonia Ag- rhmina of the Romans, the capital of Rhenish Prussia, on the left bank of the Rhine. From its situation it oonmiands a great trade, and forms the (diief medium of intercourse be* tween Holland and Germany. The cathedral, reckoned the finest struc* tnre in Germany, is about tu be com- pleted. P. including DeutK, 100,000. —50, 56 N. 6, 57 B. Cos'lin or Kos'Un, a town in Po- merania, near the Baltic, with wool* len manufactures. Pop. 88.10. Cre'feld. a town in Rhenish Prus- sia, with considerable trade and ma- ntmotures. Pop. 85,897, Culm, a fortified town in West Prussia, on the Vistula. Pop. 5600. , Curische-haflT (Koo'rish*haff), a lake or bay in Bost Prussia, about 70 miles in length, but of very un- equal breadth. ' Ourtrin. a strongly fortlflid town in Brandenburg, at the confluence oftheWarta and the Odor. P. 4700. on the Vistula, itbout 81 muei Ahem. Its mouth. Pantsio Is strongly W- tifled, and possesses a very extonsi!^:^ trade* particularly in eon, of It exports large quantitiee. Je^. Pop. 60,887.-54. 91 N. 18, 9^ B. .| Bus'seldorf, ft town In Blienlsh. Prusshi. on the Rhine, atitsjuncti«^h with the Dussel. It is a handsome town, and has a considerable tiaffiq^ Pop. 81,000. ; BHRENBREIT'STEIN, a for* tress In Rhenish Prussia, one of the strongest In Europe, on the summit of a steep rook, E. bank of the Rhine. The town, at the foot of the rock, it- connected with Coblens by a bridge of boats. Pop. 4000. i^ Eis'leben. a town in Prussian^ Saxony: here Martin Luther was bom in 1483. Pop. 7000. Elbe, a large river which rises In the Riesengebirge between Silesia and Bohemia. In its course through Baxony and Prussia, it receives many- important tributaries^ and ikils into tho German Ocean about 60 miles, below Hamburg. BlbVfeld. a flourishing manufac- turing town in Rhenish Prussia, on. the Wipper. Pop. 48,000.-51 , 15 N.. 7,9B. Elb'ing. a trading town in West Prussia, on a river of the same name, . which falls into the Frisohe-hafr. Pop. 21,000. Ems, a river of Westphalia, which' discharges itself into the North Sett: near Emden. ErYurt, a fortified town in Pru»r' elan Saxony, on the Gera; once Uie entrep6t of the internal commerce of Germany. Pop. 27.000. .] Bu'peu, a town in Rhenish Fruflp; sia, on its W. frontier, with conr siderablo manufactures. Pop. 19,6()9. Bylau (IloW), a towh In mAt. Prussia, where a great battle was' fought between the Frehcit and Russians, 8th Feb. I8O7. P. 9580. ,^ FRANKTORT-on-the-Odbr, £' town in Brandenburg. Its tradali^; considerable, land is greatly *^ ' "' flted by the canals which con tho Oder with the Elbe and V Pop. 96,000.-58, 22 N* H. 38 Frische-haff (Freesh'bi^, a' or lake in East Prussia, i^ long, oommunioatbig imh «M O^ ofDantiie. PKU88U. 173 • w- GIiAT|!» ft fortlfMl lown iti SiMkt on %h» NelaM; with two ■ttMffCftiUM. Pop.tWOO. HQflbgaa% » k^ongly fertified town iiiffilecUi, on the Oder. P. 12,000. ''Obrllta, a town hi SUesia, on the KeilM, noted tqir Its woollen and Unra,lttanaiiM;tuTei. Pop. 20,0(K». '<^nm'dens. a Btrong town in West Prassia, on the Yiitula, the paaaage Of 'idllch it commands. Pop. 10,000. Orelfii'wald. a town in Pomerania, near the Baltic ; it has a Kood trade, and is the seat of a university. Pop. 10.000. Oross'half or Btett'iner-haff, a bay in Pomeraniai at the mouth of the Oder. 'Omnl)erg, a town In Silesia, with flourishing manufactures. P. 10,000. Gulien, a town in Brandenburg, on the Neisse, with flourishing trade «>d manufactures. Pop. Il,o00. HALBERSTADT', a town of Prusdan Saxony. It is very ancient, ahd built chiefly hi the Gothic style. Pop. 19,000. HaMd, a town in Prussian Saxony, on the Baale. Here is a celebrated litiiversity, with a number of scien- tific histitutions. Pop. 34,000. Her'ford or Hervor'den, a town of Westphalia, where is the central mneeran of arts, antiquities, and manufactures. Pop. 6700. Hersch'berg, a town ir^ Silesia, the centre of a great linen manufac- ture. Pop. 7080. , rSBRLOHN, an industrious town of Westphalia, with large manufactures in copper, bronze, and iron. Pop. 9400. JU'LIfiRS, a strong town in Rhenish Prussia.on theRoer. P.2800. KONIGSBERO, the capital of East Prussia, on the Prcgel, near its junction with the Frische-haff. It stands partly on an island, but chiefly on the N. bank of the river, is the seat of a university, and carH^on an extensive trade. Pop. at)yp.--04, 42 N. 20, 30 E. TLASVd'BESiQ, a town in Brand- enbun, on the Warta, with con- s^Aeraoie trade, particularly in corn and wooL pop. 1 1 ,621. JUd^nitJi, a fine old town in Bilesia, on the KiUtsbach, the scene of a mem- oirable victory gained by Frederick the Ol^a^over the Austrians in 1760. .XIrsa, a toiitin Posen, with con- siderable manvteetwres. P. 9000. If ACKDBBURO, tht ca|^t4 of Pnuslan Saxony, on the EIM, witfi an aetlYe trade. It is one of thf strongest fortresees in Europe. Pop. m,OOO.-02, 8 N. 11 , 38 B. Sfa'rienburg, a strong town hi West Prussia, on the Nogat, f branch of the Vistula. Pop. 7000. Ma'rienwer'der, a town in West Prussia, near the Vistula. Pop. 7600i Mem'el, a seaport in E. Prniwla. at the entrance of the Curisehe-haff, which here communicates with the Baltic by a strait. It is a plfioe of great trade, particularly in timber, which is floated down the Niemen. P. ll,OOO.<*-05, 42 N. 21, 8 E. Mersc^urg, a town in Prussian Saxony, on the Saale. Pop. 11,000. Min'den, a fortified town in West- Shalia, on the Weser. Here the 'rench were defeated by the British and their allies on the 1st of August 1759. Pop. 9800. Muhlhau'sen, a fortified town of Prussian Saxony, with considerable manufactures. Pop. 13,600. Mun'ster, the capital of West- ?halia, on a tributaiy of the Ems. he treaty of peace In 1648, which terminated the thirty vears' war, has given it historical celebrity. Pop. 25,000— 51, A8 N. 7, 37 B. NAUM'BURO, a town in Prus- sian Saxony, on the Saale, with ft considerable trade. Pop. 14,000. Neisse, a fortifled town in Silesia, on a river of the same name. P. 17,200. Neu'wied, a thriving town in Rhenish Prussia, on the Rhine, noted for its collection of antiqui- ties. Pop. 6400. Nie'men or Mem'el, a river which rises near Minsk in Russia, flows through East Prussia, and falls into the Curische-haff below Tilsit. Nord'hausen, a flourishing com- mercial town in Prussian Saxony, on the Zorge. Pop. 16,000. O'OER, a hu-ge river which risea in Moravia, traverses the centre of the kingdom from S. to N., expands into the Gross-haif, and enters the Baltic by three branches, which form the islands of Usedom and WolUn. It communicates by canals with the Elbe and the Vistula. Oppeln', a well built town of Silesia, on the Oder, with an old cathedral. Pop. 80<)0. PAD'ERBORN, an ancient tow^ hi Westphalia. Pop. 10,800. Pilhiu (Pillo'), a seaport in Bast 174 PRUSSIA. Pnmfaw OB Hm Baltle* »t the' m- tnuiM of the FriMfat-hAff. Pop. 8000.-04, 38 N. 19. M B. Pomen'nhki a province eitendipg ftkmg the 8. eoMt of the Baltic It eontaiai 19,179 iquare miles. Pop. 1,809,904. Po len, a province eompriMng the part of Poland restored to Prussia Dy the Congress of Vienna, 1815. It contains 11,359 square miles. Pop. 1,881.740. Po'sen, a floarishing commercial city, the capital of the province, on tlieWarta. It is of great antiquity, and strongly fortified. Pop. 44,8(i3. Pots'dam, an elegant town in Brandenburg, on tlie Havel, about 16 miles from Berlin. It is an oc- casional residence of the Prussian court. Pup. 39.864. Pre'gel, a river -in E. Prussia, felling into the Frische-haff below Konigsberg. Prens'low, a thriving town in Brandenburg, on the Uclier, noted for its vapour baths. Pop. 13,0(H». FnuftiAi Proper), divided into Bast or Ducal Prussia and West Prussia, bounded on the E. by Russia and Poland, the most extensive province ofthehingdom. Extent 24,380 square EuUes. Pop. 9,604,748. QUED'LINBURG, an ancient town of Prusbian Saxony, on a tri- butary of the Saale, the birthplace ofKlqpstoclc. Pop. 14,000. RATaBUR, a town in Silesia, on the Oder, which here becomes navigahle. Pop. lo,000. Rhen'ish Prus'sia, a fertile and besAitiful province lying to the S. of Westphalia, and extending on both sides of the Rhine, composed of the former duchies of Gleves and Berg, the grandduchy of the Lower Rhine, and the snuill principality of Hohen- BoUem. It contains 10,759 sq. miles. Pop. 9,979,130. Rhine.River. SeeOBRMANY,p.l86. Ru'gen, an island in the Baltic, separated from Pomerania by a channel a mile broad. Pop. 41,500. — 54,94 N. 13, 3<)E. SAX'ONY, Prussian, a province Vt. of Brandenburg, and N. of the Idfigdom of Saxony. It contains 9753 square miles. Pop. 1,628,732. Schweid'nitz, a strongly fortified town in Silesia, in a heautifiil situ- ation, near the Riesengebiige IMoun- tatni. Pop. 14,000. SUeTsIa, a province in the B. E , I! 1/ between Austria and 'PoUHii, the most fcrtUe part of tba Frussiaa M- minions, and the ssat off the firlMi- pal manutectures. ItcNN>tataisl0»7^ square miles. Pop. 8,17S,171« '^ Soi'ingen, a thiivtM manuCMtWf ing town hi Rheiiish Prussia, on tUs Wipper. Pop. 560O. Spandau', a fortified toenv th Brandenburg, at the Junction of th^ Havel with the Spree. Pop. 9480.- ' Spir^ding-see', a lake hi B. nu$- sia, about 60 miles in oirounrfer- ence. Star'gard, a town in Pomerania, on thelhna, with considerable trade. Pop. 13,900. Stet'tin, tho capital of PomenmUi^ on the Oder. It is a flourishing commercial city, second only to Dantzic, and strongly fortified. Pop. 49,200.— 53, 24 N. 14, 33 B. ^' Btrai'sund, a strong seaport in Po* merania, on the strait separating the Isle of Rugen from the mainland. Its trade is considerable, chiefly in com. Pop. 19,200.-54, 19 N. 13, 7 B. THORN, a strong town in West Prussia, on the Vistula, noted as the birthplace of Copernicus the astronomer. Pop. 9450. Tii'sit, a commercial town in E« Prussia, on the Niemen, remarkable for the peace concluded in 1807 be- tween Jfapoleon and the Emperor Alexander of Russia. Pop. 13,800. Tor'gau, a strong town in Pru*. sian Saxony, on tlie Elbe. P. 9000. Treves (fferm.Trier) ,a veryandent city in Rhenish Prussia, beautifully situate on the Moselle. The Roman and even Gallic antiquities are very important. Pop. 20,000. IJSE DOM and Wollhi, two islands of Pomerania, formed by the mouths of the Oder, which communicate with the Baltic by the Dammer Lake and the Great and Little Haffik Swine'munde, a town on the E. coast of Usedom, is tine outport of Stettin,. VISTULA {Cferm. Weichseiy, a river which rises in Austrian Sitei^,' at the foot of the Carpathian Monn< tains, flows throuc^ Poland and West Prussia, and divides into threo branches: two of these, the Ncnat and Old Vistula, run into ttie FriSine- haff, while the main stream, turning, westward, falls into the Baltie beiOV Dantzic This noble Hver is ioavif gable many hundred miles, and ip ^ great channelfor conveying!4on»» 4uv from the hiterior of Poland. .^^^ •WssrasE aiKMAinr. 175 oislandt ) mouths DunicaMi nerLaks Hafft. iE.coatt Stdtfin; ib«eU. a iSileftliiV a Moon' lad and itotliiriB^ le Nam* Frlund- . turning. is nan? indiptiM < MiiWARTA* ajrlvir wbloh rim in fiolaad* pMMS Pmm, and joina tha Odtr at Ouatrin. . Waiaa'anfals, a town in Pruaslan Baxonyt on tha laala, wlileh hara »aaoinaa naYicablt. Fop. 8S0O.— Mt.19 N. J9, 1 B. wo'aal, a strongly fortiflad town in tjlhanlab Pniaaia, at the oonfluanca of Um Linpa and the Rhine. Fop. 1L88O.-/1. 39 N. 6. 37 B. westplia'lia, a province datadied from Pnisaian Sakony by Hanover and H awa Oassai. It aoMalM 7114 aqnafanHaa. Po^ 1,M4.1B1. Wit'tanbarf , a stronglf fortUlad town of Prussian Baxony, on tbt Bibe. It U interesting as tha avadia of tha Reformation, two great oliam- Sons of which, Luther rad Malaao- lon, are buried In tha nnhranrtty church hara. Pop. 8S00. 2EIT8, a thriving town of Praaaiaa Saxonv, on tha Elster, an afBuaait of the Elbe, with lane cotton manufM- tures. Pop. 11,100. ■1: GERMANY Is bounded N. by the German Ocean, Denmark, and the Baltic ; W. by Holland, Belgium, and France ; S. by Switzerland, Austrian Italy, and the Adriatic; £. by Austria, Poland, and Russia. It contains 274,732 square miles. Population about 40,500,000.* Besides Austria, Prussia, Denmark, and Holland, whose German provinces are described along with their other possessions under their respective heads, the Ger- manic Confederation is composed of the following states : States. Chief Towns. Bavaria Munich^ Augsburg, Katisbon, Nurem- berg, Bamberg, Wurzburg, Spire. Saxony i>re»ei^7i, Leipsic, Freiberg, Chenmitz, Bautzen. Wurtemberg .....Stuttgardy Tubingen, Ulm, Heilbronn. Hanover Hanover^ Hildesheim,Qottingen,Lune- burg, Osnaburg, Emden. Baden Carhruhe^ Baden, Manheim, Heidel- berg, Constance. Hesse-Cassel Caam, Marburg, Fulda, Hanau. Hesse-Darmstadt Darmstadt^ Giessen, Mentz, l^^orms. Hesse-Homburg Homimrg. Brunswiok Brurutmck^ Wolfenbuttel, Helmstadt. Mecklenburg-Schwerin Schwerin^ Rostock, Wismar. Mecklenborg-Strelitz Strditu^ New-Brandenburg. Kassau. Wie^Mde/n^ Nassau, Dietz. ^ixe-Weimar.. TTetmar, Jena, Eisenach. Saze-Coborg-Gotha Qotha^ Coburg. Saxe-Meiniii^en Meimngen^ Hildbnrghausen. 8axe-AItenbnrg AUenburg^ Eisenberg. Oldenburg Oldenburg, Anhalt-f^Msau Dessau. AnlMlt'Bembarg. Bernburg, # Tbe extant of the German states, not including those belonging to jKifBtria, Prnssia, Denmark, and Holland, is D4,0U0 square miles, and tha\ population about 16,01 e,eoo. ■ .^ 176 atsxANT. States. Chief TowM*^ ^:> Anhalt-Coothen. /,..>.. Ocfthen. '^^ Sohwarzbarg-Sonden- ^i htasen Sondershotuen. io 6e1iw*nbarg-Rudotetidt...A(dloZ9 Hoheiizollern-Hoohingen..J70eA«n^. : (,ift HohenaoUem'SigmaringeiiiSS^ppinarwi^en. nnld Liechtenstein Ltuhtenttein, ''ju Wftldeok Anhen* P;rnnont. Reuss (Older and Younger) Oeray urettz, ^ Lippe-Schaumbarg Budkeburg. Lippe-Detmold Detmold. The Free Cities I^ankfort-on-the-Mainf Hamburg, Lu- becK, Bremen. Mountains. — ^Part of tho Alps, Harz Mountain^j Erzgebirge, Riesengebirge, Black Forest. Lakes. — Plau, Schwerin, Muritz, Diepholz, Lake of Constance (Boden-see), Chiem-see. Rivers. — Danube, Rhine, Elbe, Oder, Vistula, "Weser, Ems, Main, Neckar. BEMARKS. Germany extends from 45" to 55* dO' N. lat., and (including Luxem^ irg) from 5** 35' to 22° 60' E. long. Its greatest lengf' iiom east to west, is about 670 miles ; its breadth, from noith to south, about 650 miles. — Germany is divided among 88 different states, and was formerly comprised in nine Circles : — Upper Saxony, Lqjrer Saxony, Westphalia, Lower Rhine, Upper Rhine, Franconia, Swabia, Bavana, Austria. The Sudetic chain of mountains, commencing with the Westerwald in Westphalia, traversing Hesse-Cassel, the south of Saxony, and terminating in the Carpathians, divides Germany into two great portions, — the northern and southern. The former is almost entirely level, — ^the latter is more diver* sified, presenting mountain-ranges and in some districts ex- tensive plains. The tracts of low sandy soil in the north-east, and the swamps and marshes in the north-west, render it probable that this part of Crermany was once covered by the 8ea. In this division, the soil, except in Saxony, is in general poor, but not unsusceptible of improvement ; in the soutiiem, the land is superior, and in many places extremely fertile. Of the vast woodlands, of which it in ancient tunes consisted, there are still considerable remains ; of these the Black Forest is the most extensive. Thuringia and the Hars MoontabiB are likewise thickly wooded ; and great tracts in the ceMral and southern districts are covered with trees. In agrictiktiirRl productions, Northern Germany bears no small resdsnldance to Britain. The wine-country commenoes about the Jtmctiiai OERMAMY. m of tli0N6ck«riii|l» Wmle all the states are united under the name of the Gtor* iBumio Empire, each is governed by its own prince, who haa power to impose taxes, levy troops, and even form allianoeij^ proved he ao not interfere with the general welfare. From 176 QBRMAMT. tbt time of Charlemagne, in whoee extenslTe oonqiiMtf ihia ftderatiTt oonttitutioii originated, a. b. 800, the euoe of «|^ peior, or head of the oonfederation, was eleottye, ilid wa^ poaieiMed at diflTerent periods by distinot lines of prinoe% But after the year 1488, the predominant power of Aiislri% •eoured the imperial dignity m hereditary suooession to its ■orereign. In 1806, the emperor, Francis II., renounoed tkv title and authority of Emperor of Germany, and asstuned' that of Emperor or Austria. The convocation of princes, and of the deputies of the four free cities, assembled to dettberati cn^the affiurs of the empire, is called the Diet. In consequence of the revolutionary movements in 1848, this bodj has made several attmnpts to establisli a new Germanic Enipire ; but the proceedings have been so distracted by the conflicting views oC rival parties, that no arrangement has yet been completed. The established forms of I'eli^on are the Roman-<:atholio, iha Lutheran, and the Calvinistic. Toleration, and a praise* worthy liberality of sentiment towards each other, charsuter* ise the professors of these various creeds. No part of Europe ei^oys greater advantages for education than Germany, es- pecially the northern nart of it, elementary schools Ddng endowed in every parish, while institutions of a hig^r clast; are very numerous. There are 19 universities, situate in tiii' principal cities, and societies for the prosecution of literature^ science, and the fine arts are establisned in all quarters. 2 The Germans are generally tall and well formed; and many of the women are extremely beautiful. Industiy and Eerseverance, fidelity and sincerity, frank and disinterested ospitality, are the valuable traits m their national character. But they are apt to be misled, both in religion and letters, by^ a tendencv to enthusiasm. Formality, and aristocratical pride of family, may be reckoned among their failings. The reformation of Luther gave an extraordinary impulse to the national literature of Germany, and Luther himself contributed more than any other man to the advancement of the language, which may be considered as having h^ea £xed by his translation of the Scriptures. In literature and science the Germans display equal in- l^nuity and patience of investigation. Their wvourite study^j IB that of metaphysics; but tMv have attained celebill^ ha^ almost every department of phuosophy and polite iearamg« i Of ihe fine arts, muaio is the department in which iLtij pat^^ ticnWlyexod.' ^^ '^\f EXBBCISES. ., What are the boundaries of Germany ? What is its extebt m!^ sqnsre miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Igr^ how' iumy states is it £vided ? What are the four monarcihies ir^^' '' yA OBRMAMr. 179 ioM dominioot in Qtnuuij, in addition lo thair ot W tanritoriM ? wlitt ara tha prinoipal towna in Badan? In Wartanbafgf In Bararia? In eaxony? &o. Nama tha fraa oitiei of Qannany. Wliat ara its princiiNM mountains? Kama its lakes. Wliat ara itivrinoipal nviers? Where is Dresden, Hamburg, Oottingen, Emden, Monioh, liinheim, Aunburg. Hildesheim, Hildburghaosen, Leipsic, Btutt- gnd, Wolfenbuttef? ftc. Trace the courtie of the Weser, tha Vain, the Danube, the Oder, &o. Where is Lake Morits, Chiam- aaa. Lake of Constanoe ? &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Qennaiqr situate? What are Its length and breadth ? By what chain ^ mountains is it divided into two great portions? What are thair respective aspects? What circumstances render it probable that the northern part was once covered by the sea? What kind of I soil prevails in thitji division ? What is the nature of the soil in I the southern division ? What is the most remarkable remnai^ of the ancient forests of Germany ? What other districts abouna in wood? Wbat country does Northern Qermany resemble in agricultural productions? Where does the wine-country com- mence? What are the most noted wines of Gennany? What metals are found in the Harz Mountains and Erz^ebirge? For what mines is Bavaria noted? For what domestic animals hft Hanover lone been famous ? Into what part of Germany has tha Merino breed of sheep been successfully introduced ? Mentio^i some of the wild animals of Germany. For what manufacturef have Silesia, Saxony, and Westphalia, long been famous? What manufactures were established auring the war, in rivalry of those of Britain ? What articles are manufactured in Saxony of sn- pierior quality? From what causes is commerce comparatively limited in Germany? What is another great obstacle to tha commerce and manufacturing prosperity of Germany? By what have those obstacles been in a ^eat measure removed? By what states has Prussia been joined m this league ? Under wnaftiame are all the German states united? How is each sap- arate state governed? In what did the federative constitution of the German states originate ? When did the imperial dignity become hereditary in the House of Austria ? By what emptor, and when, was tliat title renounced? What is called the Diet? What has taken place in consequence of the revolutionary move* ments in 1848? What are the established forms of religion hg^ Germany? Are the professors of the different creeds mutually tolerant? What is the state of education in Germany ? What is tiie personal appearance of the Germans ? What are the vain* able tnuts in their character ? By what tendency are they apt to be misled? What are their failings? What gave an extraordif nary impulse to the literature of Gennany? Who contributed peonjiiarly to the improvement of the German language? By what ^piaUties are the Germans distingnished in literature ana scti^jBfJ^^ WhiU: is their &vourite study? In what department of the fine arts do they particularly excel ? 180 DEBCRIPTIYB TABLB. AL'TENBURG, the capital of the duchy of SaxcAltenburg, neitf the Pleiase. It hu eome loanufoctures, and a good trade. Pop. 16,000. AmiMrgt a fortlflea town in Ba- varia, on the Vila, formerly the ca- pttal of the Upper Palatinate, with considerable manufactures. P. 10,800. An^hAlt, a principality on the Elbe, almost surrounded by Prussian Saxony, and divided in nearly equal proportions between the three an- cient families of Dessau, Bemburg, Mid Ccethen. Extent 1020 square miles. The territory is mostly level, fertOe, and well cultivated. Pop. of Dessau, '68,083; of Bemburg, 52,641 : of Cothen, 43,677* An'spacXt or An'sbacA, a walled town in Bavaria, on the Lower Rezat. Pop. 16,000.— 40" 18' N. lat. 10»3d' E. long. Ar'olsen, the capital of the prin- cipalitv of Waldeck, on the Aar. Pop. ^50. Augs'burg, an ancient city of Ba- .Taria, at the confluence of the Wer- tach and the Lech, with considerable manufactures and commerce. It was formerly a free city, and here the Protestants, in 1630, presented to the Emperor Charles v. their cele- brated Confationf drawn up by Luther and Melancthon. P. 37,000. •-48, 21 N. 10, 54 E. BAD'EN, Orandduchy of, extends along the right bank of the Riiine, from Manhehn to the Lake of Con- stance, and bounded on thp £. by Wurtemberg. Area, 5850 s<][uare miles. The general aspect ot the «>untry is mountainous, the Black Forest covering about one-third of the surface ; but the valleys are very fruitful, particularly in corn and Tines, while the forests supply vast •tores of valuable timber, its fine climate and varied scenery, enlivened with woods and streams, has obtained for Baden the title of the paradise of Germany. Mines of gold, silver, copper, iron, and coal are worked in •evend places, and above sixty min- eral springs are found in the grand- duchy. The government is a con- stitutional monarchy, the legislative authority being vested in the sove- rdgn and two chambers. Rather more than one-half of the people are Roman-catholics, and the remainder Protestants; education is provided for both classes at the public expense. GERMANY. the university of Heidelberg behtt Protestaat,tfaatofFreybargOattioIte, while thesMnedlstinctton ispreservM in the elementary schools. Popi 1,382,774. ' Bad'en , a town in the granddoiAy r celebrated for its mineral hot-baths. It is commonly called Baden-Bad«tt', to distinguish it from the wateritatf^ place of the same name near Vienna, and is beautifully situate on the Oel- bach, in the midst of romantic scene- ry. Pop. 6400. Baireuth' or Beyreuth', a town In Bavaria, beautifully situate on the Red Main. Pop. 17,000.-49, 57 N. 11,38E. Bal'lenstad^, a town in Anhalt- Bernburg, on the Oetel, with a ducal castle. Pop. 4200. Bam'berg, a handsome town in Bavaria, on the Regnita, near its junction with the Main. It huS a noble cathedral, and numerous lite- rary institutions. Pop. 24,600.-- 49, 53 N. 10, 59 E. Baut'zen, a town of Saxony, op. 6900. Black Forest, an extensive range of mountains in Wurtemberg and Baden , running parallel to the course of the Rhine, of which the hi^est peak is 4676 feet above the sea. Blen'heim, a village in Bavaria, on the Danube, memorable for the victory gained by the Duke of Marl- borouffh and Prhice Eugene over the French and Bavarians, 13th August 17M. Bo'denaee, or Lake of Con'stance. See SvriTZBRLAND, p. 132. Brh'mkn, one of the free cities or Hanse Towns, on the Weser, about 40 miles from Bremerhaven, at t!iO mouth of the river. It is, next *o Hamburg, the principal emporium of the trade of Germany. Area of Uie territory 112 square miles. P. 53,478 ; including the territory, 79j047. Brurs'wick, Duchy of, is com- posed of five detached portions of territory between Hanover and Prus- sia. It includes a portion of the Harz Mountains, yielding valuable timber and minerals ; the remainder b level and fertile. The people are well educated and industrious, and carry on considerable commerce and manuTactures. The government is a constitutional monarchy. Area 1525 square miles. Pop. 271,943.— The royal family of Great Britain is a branch of the illustrious house of Brunswick. Bruns'wick, the capital of the above duchy, on the Ocker, with several interesting relics of the mid- dle ages. Its trade is considerable ; and its fairs rank next to those of Leipsic and Frankfort. Pop. 69,702. 62v»6 N. 10, 31 E. BuckeTmrg, the capital of Lippe- £ehaumburg, on the Aue. P. 2427. ;CABLSBU'ir£, a handsome mo- dem city, the capital of the grand- dudiy of Baden, near the Rhine. Pop. 24,009.— 4», 1 N. 8, SS E. < .: Sas^sel, the capital (tfHesse-Cassel, 181 on the Fulda. It poeeeesei sevend fine buildlnM and numerous manu- factures. Pop. a8,ftl6.-«l, 19 N. 9, 30E. Celle or Zell, a eitv In Hanover» on the Aller. Pop. 11,000. Chemnits (Kem'nitx), a flourish- ing manufacturing town in Saxony, on a small river of the same name. Pop. 28,650. Chiem-see (Ki'em-zee), a lak* lb Bavaria, about IS miles in length, and 8 in breadth. Claus'tAal. a town in Hanover, on the Harz Mountains ; near it are rich silver-mines. Pop. IO,(KM). Co'burg, the capital of the prin- cipality of Coburg, on the Itz, with an ancient castle and palace. Pop. 10,092.-50, 15 N. 10. 68 E. Coethen (Ketten), the capital of Anhalt-Coethen, on the snuul river Ziethe, with a castle. Pop. 6000. Con'stance, a fortified town of the grandduchy of Baden, situate on the lake where the Rhine issues from it; famous for the ecclesiastical council held here between 1414 and 1418, which condemned the tenets of Wick- liife, and sentenced John Huss and Jerome of Prague to the flames. Pop. 6379. Cuxhav'en, a small seaport at the mouth of the Elbe. Pop. 1200.— 53, 53 N. 8, 44 E. DAN'UBE {Germ. Donau), the largest river of Europe, the Volga excepted, has its source from thne springs in the grandduchy of Baden. Pursuing a N. E course, it becomes navigable at Ulm, receiving the lUer, the Lech, the Isar, the Inn, and the Ens. After passing Vienna, it is joined near Presburg by the MoraVa from the north, and in its course eastward and southward is swelled by several large rivers from themoun- tains of Hungary and Turkey. En- tering the latter, it separates Bulgaria from WaUachia, and, after a course of 1700 miles, discharges itself into the Black Sea by seven mouths. Darmstadf , a walled town, the capital of Hesse- Darmstadt, on the small river Darm. Pop. 22,000.— 49, 62 N. 8, 39 B. Des'sau, a strong town, the capital of Anhalt-Dessau, on the Mulda, near its junction with the Elbe. Pop. 12,000.-61, 60 N. 12, 17 E. Det'mold, the capital of Lippe- Detmold, on the small river Wetnk Pop. 47I6. I • 1S2 GERMANY. Dwx Ponii (Deu Pong'), a town in lUicnIah Bavaiia, situate pn the BdMdi. Pop. fl920. Diepliols, a small lake in Hanorer. Dieta', a town in the dueby of NaaMu. Pop. 820a Dres'den, the capital of the kinff- dom of Saxony, and one of the finest dtfet in Europe, is situate on both •Ides of the cSlbe. Its magnificent toidge, spacious streets, superb pa- laee, and other public buildings, ez> cite the admiration of every traveller. It b^ also distinguished for its royal Ubttiy, rich museum of curiosities, and splendid gallery of pictures. Among its numerous manufactures, the beautiful porcelain of Meissen deserves particular notice. Pop. 1O4.0OO.-5I, 3 N. 13, 44 E. BiOH'STADT, a town of Bavaria, cuital of a duchy, on the Altmuhl, with several fine museums, and an ancient castle in its neighbourtiood. Pop. 7500. Eis'enach, a town in the grand- duchy of Saxe- Weimar, on theNesse, with a fine ducal palace. P. 10,000. Eis'enberg, a town of Saxe-Alten- burg, with porcelain manufoctures. Pop. 4960. Elbe. See Prussia, p. 172. Em'den, a strong seaport of Han- over, on Dollart Bav, near the mouth of the Ems, with a good har- bour, and considerable trade. Pop. 12^.— AS, 22 N. 7, 12 E. Ems. See Prussia, p. 172. Erlan'gen, a town in Bavaria, on the Regnitz, containing a Protestant univernty. Pop. 11,580. Engebirge (ErzHierg), the Ore Mountaintt a chain between Bo- hemia and Saxony, 4lg2 feet high, which Joins the Riesongebirge, the €Hemt Mountains, on the frontiers of Silesia. The splendour of its scenery has obtained for the district oceupied by these mountains the title of the Saxon Switzerland. . Bsslingen, a fortified town in Wurtemberg, on the Neckar, with woollen and cotton manufectures, and a good rade in wine. P. 8000. FRANCO'NIA, one of the circles -Into which Germany was formerly divided. The greater part of it is now comprised in the kingdom of Ba- varia. Nuremberg was its chief city. FiuNK'roRT-oir-THa-MAiN, one (rfthe free towns, situate on the river Main^ about 18 miles from its Junc- tion with the Rhine, li is one of the most ancient cities of Germanyvand contains many flhe Butldlnn.-|)M^ leries, and museums. BeudeS-lta manufactures, Frankfart is the diief emporium of the inland trade of Germany. The territory is SO ttfoan miles, contains eight villages, and is fertile and highly cultivated. Fhdfil^ fort is the birthplace of GoetMi; Pop. 65,415 : includfaigthe territory^ 69,354.-60, 6 N. 8, 36 B. Freinberg, a celebrated minin]^ town of Saxony, situate on th^ Erise* gebirge, at the height of 1179 feet above the sea. The silver-mine In its neighbourhood is one of the flrait in Europe, and it has considerable manufactures of gold and silver lacei Here is the tomb of Werner the geo* legist, and of many Saxon prince^ Pop. 14,151. Freiburg, a town in the grand^ duchy uf Baden, in the Black Forest| with a magnificent Gothic cathedral and a flourishing university. Popi 16j000. Ful'da, a town of Hesse-Cassel, beautifully situate on the river Of the same name. Pop. 10,000. Furth (Foorth), a trading town in Bavaria, on the Regnitz, with a Jewish university, and thriving ma^ nufactures of mirrors, jewellery, toy% cotton and woollen fabrics, &c. Popi 16,000. GE'RA, an elegant city, capital of the principalitv of Reuss (Youngei Branch), on the Elster, with large manufactures. Pop. 11,285. Giess'en, a town of Hesse-Darm- stadt, on the Lahn, the seat of a celebrated university. Pop. 9000. Gos'lar, a town in Hanover, at the foot of the Harz Mountains, famous for its lead and copper mines. Pop^ 7741. Go'tAa, a handsome city, the capi- tal of the duchy of Saxe-Coburg« Gotha, on the Leine, with consider' able trade and manufactures. The ducal palace of Friedenstein contains a valuable library, museum, |rfcture gallery, and cabinet of coins^ Pop. 14,000.-50, 56 N. 10, 43 E. Got'tingen, a city of Hanover, on the Leine, the seat of a celebrated university, founded by George IL in 1734. The library is among the most valuable collections of modem books in Europe. Pop. 10,174.-51, 31 N. 9, 56 E. Greitz, the capital of tlie\prinet<^ pality of Reuss (Elder firahcn), on 6ERMA.MY. on tt# tM&tt iHth SOBM mMinfacturM. lyQvuHfroyr, f^ tomr rtf Mecklenhurg- Pphwwrtai, on t^i; .rnow, with ex- t«Bgive mmufnc?. >. Pop. 9000; uAM'mJUO. one of tbe free StwBB. Mid the greatest commercial tsy olQvnDany, «nd perhaps of the C^nttnmt, is situate on the Elbe, atrout 70 miles from its mouth. Ham- |>urg is intersQcted by several navi- gabm canals; and besides its extensive eommerce, sugar-reflning and various other manufactures are extensively carried on. In May 1842, about a fourth of the city was destroyed bv flre„ but has been rebuilt in a much more elegant style of architecture. The annual aggregate value of sea and river trade (imports and exports) amounts to nearly 55 millions sterling. Area of the territory, 150 square miles. Pop. with suburbs, 161,390 ; including the territory, 200,690.— 53, d2 I^ 9, 58 E. Hanaa\ a thriving manufacturing and commercial town in Hesse-Cassel, on the Blinzig, near its junction with the Main. Fop. 15,000. Han'ovbr, Kingdom of, a coun- try in the north-west of Germany, bounded N. by the North Sea, w. by Holland, 8. by Prussia, Bruns- wick, and Hesse-Cassel, and E. by Brunswick, Prussia, and the Elbe. It contains 14,700 square miles, and is divided into six provinces. With the exception of the Harz district in the south, the country consists of an immense sandy plain; the fertile tracts beingconflned to the banks of the rivers Elbe, Weser, Ems, and their hffluents. The chief crops are potatoes, rye, barley, and oats ; graz- ing is extensively prosecuted, and honey forms a favourite article. The Harz Mountains are rich in minerals and covered with valuable forests; but the produce of the mines is much less than it might he under proper management, and the manufactures, with the exception of the linens called Osnaburgs, are inconsiderable. The principal commercial port is Emden. The Hanoverians are ro- bust, industrious, and persevering, strongly attached to ancient usages. The university of Gottingen has long been celebrated. Luthcranism is the prevailing religion, all other sects being tolerated ; and the government Is nominally a constitutional mon- archy. Pop. 1,819,253. 18d Han'orar, the capital of tha abwrt kingdom, situate on the Ldna. It is divided by the river Into the old and the new towns, and contalM the royal palace and teveral handsoma public buildinn. Pop. 42,500.-i, 52, 22 N. 9, 44 B. Hara, a mountalnoas tract of eoi»* try fai the south of Hanover, about 70 miles in length and 20 in breadth, covered with extensive foresta. The Brocken, its highest point. !• S8W feet above the sea. The district con- tains valuable mines of silver, lead» copper, iron, and salt, and abounds with natural curiosities. Hech'ingen, the capital of Hohen- zollern-Heching^n, on the BtaiaeL Pop. 3400. Heidelberg, an ancient city of Baden, on the Neckar, the seat of a flourishing universitv. The ruin« te««d* * fW»oMrM on to s«oiitld«m|l»l« %%, The people an ehloflyProl* I, and emieatloii Im made proffrew among them of late . Tne uniTet:ilty of OieMen ie attended bj about 0O(» students. The . goveniment It a oonatttutional mon> a^7i wHh two chambenb Area a940iquareroilea. Pop.8&4,314. Haaea-HoM'BURO, Xandgraviate of « oonsltta of two detached portions, Bomburgand Meissenhelm. the for- mer between Hesae-Dannstadt and Kasnau, the latter enclosed by Rhen- ish Praasia and Bayarla. Area lOfi aqui^milea. Thesoilisfruitftiland the people Industrious; tbe gOYem- m r, < is a constitutional monarchy. FQp.S4,S03. uttdliurgfaansen, a town in 8aze> Meiningen, on the Werra, formerly |he capital of the duchy of Baze-HUd- bnrgluuisen, now merged into that of fioxe-Meiningen. Pop. 4400. HU'desheim, a town in the 8. of uanover, having the largest cattle Clin in tbe kingdom. Pop. 14,700. Qof, a town of Bavaria, with con- sldemble trade and manufactures. Pop. 8000. Hohenlin'den , a village of Bavaria, SO milea E. of Munich, where the French, under Moreau, defeated the Austrlans, Pecember 8, IflOO. HbHaMzoi.'LKRN (Heohingen and Signuuringen), two snuill principali- ties In tnie 8. W. of Wurtemberg, containing 480 square miles. Oattle- ibreeding and agriculture are tbe chief potmnations of the inhabitants. Pop. of HohencoUem-Hechhigen (which now belongs to Prussia), 90,471 ; of ' iU^aarlngen, 46,431. . Bom'burg, the capital of Hesae- Homburg, N. of Frankfort-on-the Main. Pop. 4500. INGOLSTADT', a strongly forti- flsd town in Bavaria, on the Danube. Pop. 9000. JE'NA, a town in thegrandduchy of Base- Weimar, on the 8aale, the seat of a celebrated university, and the scene of a decisive victory gained by Napoleon over the Pmaeians. 1 4th October 1806. Pop. 6900.— 60, M N. 11 37 B> LANDAU', a stronglv fortified town of Rhenish Bavaria, oa the ^Quetoh. Pop. 6700. Land^'shut, a town in Bavaria, on the liar* The church of Bt Martin has A towijtr 450 feet in height. Pop.980O. Bichml Leip'sle oiLLdpUfc a 4m oommeNial el^ of flixon^ Pleisee,an4Miaaeato£a ( ' univeralty t at Ms «ftfae«lW)i moat importtmt InOerviaiiy* th»"iiile of booki ia very extfalisa. IltlMM obtained great biitorisaliJieloriiljr from the del!eat wfakibNaVolettaana- tafaied in its neighbonrbooA Ottitka 17th, 18th, and 18th October Ini. Pop. 66,683.-->51, SO N. 18, a8%04 LiacR^TaMSTaiN,- the amalliiljaf the German principalities, bordadag on Switzerland, with a capital 0f4i^a same name. Area 63 square milee. The reigning prince has vast estatcejn Moravia; the family is one of iha most ancient in Europe. Pop. 7300. Lippa— Lippe-OetmoldaboUuiie- Schaumburg, two smallpHncipdi^Pa in Westohalia. Area 646 aqiM^e miles. The territory la hilly but fer- tile; the people are inteUigeot-iiid industrious. Government in botli a limited monarchy. Pop. 131,S9Bl Lu'BBCK, fine of the free cUies. pn the Trave, about 10 miles iirom X •t'im^m, * U jiMaUuBo^vmnUUm of ^«lii4t, bwtay, and oats, and lias ox- iMlMit bMKte of bones, cattle, and lbM|ii* CnCi^lSSS manjof tlie peas* sibtiy were In t&e condition of acrfi ; '^t aliiee then education and otiier InHttorements iiave made great pro- ^ HMs. The religion it the Lutheran ; ' ioa fwemment a constitutional nion- >4UrAT, that of both duchies being 'ekMely connected. Pop. of Mecklen- feiMf-Bohwerin, 642,763 ; of Mecltlen- hiin-Btrelits, 99,628. MA^nlngen, a neat tOwn , capital of 8asa4delningen, situate in a valley, iiHi'Mie Werra, and surrounded with *p«denSk Pop. 6450. '^M««ts or Mayence' (Oerm. Mainz), fke Msmmtiaeum of the ancients, a^ city in Hesse-Darmstadt, on the left bank of the Rhine, nearly opposite 'Ihe influx of tiie Main. It is the ithjiigest fortress in Germany, but iNttaires a large garrison. Its museum urer. P. 45,381.-49, 27 N. 1 1 , 4 B. ODER. See Prussia, p. 173> Offenbach, a thriving town in Hesse-Darmstadt, on the Main, and the chief nuumfacturing place in the grandduchy. Pop. 13,^. Ol'dsnbvko, a grandduchy W. of the Weser, surrounded by Hanover on all sides but the north, where U borders on the North Sea. It dowdy resembles Hanover in soil and piro" ductions, as well as in the elianict«r of its population. The grandduka possesses two small principalities in Holstein, also that of Birk«aifeld fai Rhenish Prussia, and the lordship of Kniphausen, near the niiputh of the Jahde. Area 2420 square milM. P. 278,811. Ol'denburg, the capital of the grandduchy, on the Hunte, with a ducal castle, several elegant public buildings, and a fine cOlleotibn of German antiquities. Pop. 8900^ Os'naburg or Os'nabruck, a town in Hanover, on thp Hase, a branch of the Ems. Here are manufactured the coarse linens known by the name of Osnaburgs. P.12,800.— 52,16 N. 8,2 E. PAS8^A.U, a fortified town in Bar varia, at the confluence of the Inn with the Danube. It is romantlttliy rituate on a peninsula between the two rivers. Pop. 10,895^ Phiu, a hike hi ]Iec]d«i1^tilV> 186 VUlimtmwn, on tiM Whit* oBiucAirr. I of WiiOTyt p« iHth ft rojfttl It luu nuuiufieturM of llnont and oottotti, ftitd thtro li a rojml Mort-flihonr in tti nolghbourtaood. Fop. 11,871. nr'moirt, a town In tbt prinot- fMtjr of Woldtok. SS milM 8. W. Rom H«,noter, funed for Its mlnoml iVringi. Pop. liBO. RA8TADT\ ft strong town in Ba* den» on the Ming. It has levorftl Bumitfiuturos, ftnd hai boon the theatre of repeated dlplomatlo oon* fbrenees. Pop. fl9£0, Rat'iebon or Regenelmrf, an an* eieni elty hi Bavaria, on the 8. bank of the Banqbe. lone noted as the leat of the Imperial Oiei It is a place of eonetderable trade. Blxmlleadlstant, is the Valhalla, a fine Dorio marble temple, erected by Ludwlf , king of Bamria, in 1830, tbr the.reoeptlon of statues of distlngnlshed Germans. Pop. S4,904.-~49,^ N. 19. 9 B. HSinM, a territory In upper Sax- onvy forming two principalities, dl* vided between two branches (Older and Younger) of the same family. Area 003 squhre miles. The Inhab- itants are chiefly employed in rearing cattle and sheep. Pop. 115,018, Reutlln'gen, a town In Wurtem* berg, ontheBchai, with considerable trade and manufactures. P. 19,800. RAine, a large and Important river of Europe. It rises from Mount 8t Oothara in Switierland, and passing threus^ the Lake of Constance, divides Bwitserland from Germany, and afterwards separates the latter fkrom France^ It then flows through the German states, till, pauing into Holland, it divides into two brandies, the larger of which is called the Waal, and fialla into the German OceaA. Its banks, for a great part of its course, present a succession of the most picturesque and beautiftil scenery. RAine, Upper and Lower, two of the former circles of Germany, These are now divided among the states of Bavaria, Baden, Hesse-Oassei, Hesse-Darmstadt, Nassau, Prussia, and Hanover. Roe'tock. the prlnoipal trading port of Mecklenburg'Schwerini situ- ate on the Wamow, 9 miles (W>m Wamemunde, its outport at the mouth of the river. The chief ex- ports are com and wool ; imports, ooloclftl produce, wbie, and mftnu- iMlnNd gvods. Ift is the aia^^af i^ university. Pop. mjm.'-Hi $ M^ 19, 18 E. p Roth'onbMTg, m town of Bftwl|l'^ with ftn ftctive trade fat oom and on^ tie. Pop. 8800. ^^7 Ru'53, 37 N. 11, .3U E. Sigmarin'gen, a town of Hohen- coUern-Sigmaringen,onthe Danube. Pop. 1900. Bondersliau'son, the capital of Schwarzburg- Sondershausen, on the Wipper. Pop. 5486. Spire (Cl^rwt.. Speyer) , the ancient NovUtmoffut, A town of Rhenish Bavaria, situate on the Rhine. In the German Diet, held at Spire, A. 0.^1539, the reformers entered that celebrated protest against the pro- ceedings of the emperor whicli pro- cured them the name of Protestants. Pop. 10,250. Stade, a strong town of Hanover, near the Elbe. Pop. 6400. StreHita, tbe capital of Mecklen- burg-Strelita, composed of Old and New Steelitz, a mile distant from each other. Pop. 10.000. Cltutt'fi;ard, the capital of Wurtem- btfg, finely situate on the Nesenbach, near ito junction with the Neckar. In the roval library, consisting of 20p«000 volumes, is a unique collec- tion of 12,000 Bibles, comprisuag editiona of every age and country. Pop. tf ^-48, 46N. 9, 11 E. ^wa'hw, one of the former circles of ^rmaoy , eomprised the kingdom of W|«tcnbeigt the gmaidwik^ of Baden, and tbe Imperial eitte of Aunbun and Ulm in Ravwia. TU'SOfGEN, a city In WnrteQP berg* on jtho Neckar, It Is the ■•ttt ofaunivendty. Pop. 8000. ULM, a strong town of Wurtem- berg, situate on the Danube, near ita Jnnction with the Iller, in a rich and beautiful pUiin. Its cathedral is a magnittcent structure, 416 feet lOnf • and the tower 337 feet high. Poob 14.(K)0.— 48, 83 U. 9, 59 E. VISTULA. See Prussia, p. 174. W A L'DECK, a principaln:, on tha N. W. of Uesse-Cassef, to which also belongs the small county of Pyr- mont, on the W. of Bruhswick. Area 4C6 square miles. About a third of the surface is covered with forests of oak and beech, and the in- habitants are chiefly employed in agriculture. Pop. 59,597* Wei'mar, the caphal of Saxe- Weinuur, finely situate on the llm> It has long held a high rank as a seat of literature, in consequence of the liberal patronage of the ducal family, whose library is peculiarly valuaUo* and whose court is frequented by the first literary characters in Germany. Pop. 13,000.-50, 69 N. 11, 20 B. We'ser, a large river formed by the junction of the Werra and Fuloa at Munden, flows through the territories of Prussia, Brunswick, Hanoven ^e., and falls into the German Ocean below Bremen. Westpha'lia, one of the former circles of Germany, traversed l»r the Weser and the Ems, the chief por- tions of wliich now belong to Pnusis and Hanover. Wiesbad'en, the capitttl of the duchy of Nassau, mucn Irsquented for its warm baths and mineral wa- ters. Pop. 12,269. Wts'mar, a seaport in the grand- duchy of Mecklenburg- Schwann, oa the Baltic, with a good harbour. II has considerable trade in shipbuild- ing. Pop. 11,389. Wol'fenbuttel, a city in the duchy of Brunswick, pleasantly situate On the Ocker. Pop. 9000. Worms, an ancient city in Hesee- Darmstadt, on the left bank of tiM Rhine. At the diet held here in 1521, Luther was excommunteated. Pop. 9400. WuR'TSMBKRo,Kingdom o^ba^big Baden on the W. and Bavaria on the E. Area, 7640 square ihiles. It la travwaed by theNeckarfrom B. toN.* 188 THE AUSTRIAN EMPIltE. iim^--- . t; and bv tli« Danube firom W. to B.. and iU K^iMtem flrontlcr is ooeupiM bv the mottnUin>range of tbe Black Fonat. Wurtemberg la one of tbe most fertile countries of Oennany. ftnd exports laive quantities of all kinds m agricoltural produce. Salt is tbe priao^ mineral product, and tbe extensive forests supply vast stores of valuable timber. About tbree>fourths of tbe people are Lu> thwans and the remainder Roman- oatholics ; tbey are distinguished for thebr intelligence, industry, and mo- rality. There is a university at Tu- bingen, and schools of all kinds are numerous^ ^orerniimntl^ liiMMi monarchy. Pop. 1,733,283. ,, Wnrs'barg, a strong town In Ba- varia, dellghtlblly Mtoate on the Main. It is the seat of a university. Pop. 97,000.-49, 40 N^ •„ 05 H. '■ ' ZBRB8T, a town in^Anhalt-piSr sau, the birthplace of CAtherine ll of Russia. Pop. 8500. ^ <^ t Zittau', a manulacturing iown lb Suxuny, on the Neisse. Pop. 9800. Zwickau', a town in Saxony, oh the Mulda, with mannfActures of wool>> lens, cottons, and hosiery. Pop. ttdiMk THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE •.rt' Is bounded N. by Saxony, Prussia, and Poland; W. by Bavaria, Switzerland, and the Sardinian States; S. by the Fo (which separates it from the Italian States), the Adriatic, and Turkey; E. by Turkey and Russia. It contains 257,760 square miles. Pop. 36,514,466. The Austrian Empire consists of the following kitfg"- doms and provinces, as settled by the constitution of 4th March 1849 :— ''Z Countries. Chief Towns. 1. Archduchy of Austria Vienna, Linz, Steyer. , 2. Salzburg Salzburg. '' 3. Styria Gratz. 4. Illyria .....Laybach, Klagenfurt, Yillach, Triest»i Capo d'lstria. 5. Tyrol & Vorarlberg Innsbruck, Trent, Botzen. 6 Bohemia... Prague, Reichenberg, £^r, Konlggratz. 7. Moravia Brunn, Olmutz, Ansterlitz. 8. Silesia.... Troppau, Teschen. 9. Ghtlioia&LodomeriaLember^, Brody, Cracow. 10. Bukowina. Czemowitz. 11. Dalmatia Zara, Spalatro, Ragusa, Agram, Essek. 12. Hungary. Buda, Festh, Fresburg, Komorn, Schepqi^ nitz, Tokay, Debreczin, TemeswaK ! 13. Transylvania Klausenburg, Hermanstadt, Krc^ta'd^^ 14. Military Frontier.... Karlstadt,Peterwardein,Seinlin,Vers«{t?i 15. Lombardy & Venice Milan, Venice. (See Italy;) '>~*i^ ^^J-^ Mountains. — Carpathian Mountains, SudeticJ^o^ni tains, Rliaetian or Tyrolese Alps. >. ; jH-refe(5^ Lakes. — ^Zirknitz, Neusiedler-see^ Balaton Xd&# lot i%tt6n*8G6. U id RiVEBS.— Danube, ^th its tribntariefl) the Iim, Jhti^ei »\. i'-i • # , the % THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 189 8&«e> Mftreh or Moravft, TheisB, Maros, — Elbe, Moldau^ Qpi^st^; in Italy, Po, Adige, Brenta, Piave, Tagliamento. ^,:''";. BEMABK8. The Anstrian Empire extends from 42" lO" to 51" N. lat., 0Lftom 8" Aff to 26^ 80' E. long. Its length, from E. to W. 18 6^ miles ; and its breadth, exclusive of Dalmatia, from N. to & 480 miles. ^.r The Austrian dominions, enlarged by the successive ac- quisitions of centuries, embrace countries as various in their natural properties as their inhabitants are different in lan- ^age, manners, and national character. The German per* tion of these dominions presents almost everywhere a moun- tainous character, especially in Styria, Carinthia, andCamiola. The aspect of Hungary is level, except towards the Car- pathian Mountains ; and Galicia, thougn it contains sandy tracts, is, next to Hungary, a principal granary of the Aus- trian states. The province ca Bilosia adjoining Galicia is abundant in pasture and timber. In Hungary the climate resembles that of the southern countries of Europe ; but the summer is hotter, and the winter niore severe. The soil in the south is remarkable for its fer- tility, and notwithstanding the deficient state of agriculture, yields com sufficient for the maintenance not only of its own mhabitants, but of those of the north, where the land is in many places occupied by vast heaths and sandy plains. That part of Hungary which is sheltered by the Carpathians is peculiarly favourable to the growth of the vine ; and produces uie celebrated wine called Tokay. : Except in the elevated regions, Bohemia, Moravia, and the atchduony of Austria have a mild and salubrious climate, and are rich in com, vines, and other vegetable productions. Few countries can vie with Austria in mineral wealth. At Kremnitz and Schemnitz, in Hungary, are valuable m^n^s of gold and silver ; the surrounding district abounds in c(m- pet, antimony^ coal, salt, and alum; and Hungary is we Oiily territory m which the true opal has been found. The iipii of Carinthia and Styria is of very excellent quality ; and t|^ quicksilver mines of Idria, in Carniola, arc more produc- tive than any other in Europe. The tract of Galicia whi^ borders upon the Carpathian range, yields copper, iron, and tdid V and at Wieliczka, near Cracow, are most extensive and celebrated mines of rock-salt. The Austrian dominions are e^ebiyed for the number and variety of their mineral springs. In agriculture and commerce Austria has not kept jpace ^idthiuoat European states; and manufactures are neither numerous nor extensive, considering the resources of the 190 THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRB. country. Trade is neoessarily limited, owing to the fOOAU Mtent of its line of seaooast ; ont the intn^dnotioii of stei^n on the Danube and the Italian lakes, the connelion of ibjU river and the Adriatic by the Vienna Canal, and of the BtosMl and the Danube by Luawig's Canal, together witli the nu-*: merons railways which now connect almost all the Aostriftn territories with each other and with the neighbouring oomMk* tries, must speedily open new fields of commercial enterprisa* In Vienna there are manufactures of silk, gold and silver laco^ idlver-plate, cloths, stuffs, linens, mirrors, and porcelain. Bohon mia is noted for beautiful glass, linen, and paper. The exporti of Austria amount to about £11,000,000 sterling annually^ ,^. The various kingdoms and provinces of which the Austiliil Empire is composed are united under an hereditary jaofiia' archy, the head of which assumed the title of Emperor of Austria on the 11th August 1804, and laid down the dignity of Emperor of Germany and King of the Romans two years afterwards. In his character of sovereign of certain states in Germany, which comprehend' the archduchy of Austria, duohy of Salzburg, ducny of Styria, kingdom of Dlyria, lord- ships of Tyrol and Vorarlberg, kingdom of Bohemia, mar- graviate of Moravia, duchy of Silesia, with two small duphi09 on the W. extremity of the kingdom of Galicia and lAf&ffr meria, he is one of the six leading members of the Germpua Confederation. The government of the Austrian states is an hereditai^ monarchy, almost absolute, nearly every province having distinct usages and peculiarities. The geheral af- &irs of the empire are managed by an imperial council at Vienna, with subordinate boards for the several provinces. The administration of public instruction is under the direction of a commission, and extends to all branches of education, and the schools are subject to uniform laws ; they are classed into elementary and national schools, high schools, normal schools^ g3annasijft and classical schools ; and the nine regular universi- ties, namely those of Prague, Vienna, Padua, Pavia, Lem- berg, Gratz, Olmutz, Innsoruck, and Pesth. The ^r^ter part of these institutions are well supplied with libraries and scientific collections. The military force of Austria during peace is computed at 405,000 men ; its maritime force Is in^' fflgnificant. The revenue is estimated at £24,000,000, and the nublic debt at £170,000,000 sterling. The prevailing religion is the Roman-catholic ; but otiief sects of Christians are tolerated. The manners of the "^t^- trians differ little from those of their German ineig^fipiiwi ; but In general information they are inferior to theii^|i^to of SaxVr './;'■ TBB AUSTBIAN SMFIBB. 191 ^.lliriiAlwtthoboimdariMoftheAMlr^ WUtitlfti |iteb(iii8qair«inilea? What eountrieidoM it contain? Wlutt ifa'tbt o|d«f towni in th» jurchduohj of AoAtria? In Bohemia? IlilfonYla? In Qalieia? In Hungarr? In Aoilrian Itaty? iB'Dtlaaftia? Name tlie mountains.— tne lakes, — CheriTon. 'WlMft it Essek, Oimuti, Trent, Qrati, Innsbruck, AmterUli. Kronatadt, Lemberg, Tokay, Prague, Vienna, Pesth, Preeburgr jjjbe. Trace the course of the Maros, — of the Save,— of the Elbe, -K>f the If aroh,— of the Theiss, &o. Where is Platten-eee ? &e. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is the Austrian Bpogpire situate? What are its length and breadth? What is the general aspect of its German portion? What is the general aspeet of Hungary and Qalieia? What is remarkable in the donate of Hungary? Wliat is the nature of the soil? W^th what is die soil oocupied in many purts of the north ? What part of Hungary is fitvourable to the sproMrth of the vine ? What cele- Iwated wine does it produce? What kind of climate prevaila in Bohemia, Moravia, and the archduchy of Austria? In what Iffodttotions are those countries rich? Is Austria rich in mineral wealth? Where are valuable mines of gold and silver fbund? What other metals and minerals does tlie circumjacent country i^ord ? What precious mineral is found in Hungary alone ? For what metal are Carinthia and Btyria particularly noted? What is remarkable about the quicksilver mines of Idria ? What metala are found in Galicia? What remarkable mines are wrought at Wieliozka near Cracow? What is the state of agriculture, manufactures, and commerce in Austria? Are there any extensive canals and steam navigsr tion in tiie country? Wliat are the principal manufactures of Vienna ? For what manufacture is Bohemia noted ? To what value do the exports of Austria amount annually ? .What is remarkable about the government of Austria? Name the Qerman si^ates comprehended in the Austrian Empire. What is the present form of government in Austria ? What educational Srovisions exist? How are the different schools classified? feittion the number of the regular universities. With what are the edooationai institutions well supplied ? At what number ia thelnUitary force of Austria computed? To what sum does its re^eantte amount? What is the prevailing religion in Austria? By what peouliarities are the maimers of the Austrians charao* teriMed ? Do the literary annals of Austria present many celebrated namee? DESCRIPTIYE TABLE. A'UAAMi a strong town, the ca- pital of OnMtia, near the Save. Pop. 17,000.— ««• 5r N. lat. 16» O' E. long. Alrsii. a Strang town of Hungary, OB MMMt^Mk of the Maros, with a jneat Wide la eons and cattle. Aus'terlitz, a town of Moiavia, where Napoleon gained a deoUve victonr over the united fraoes of Austria and Rusria, 2d December 180ff. Pop. 22(10. Ans'tria, Archduchy of, the ditary demtofan of tlie ' 192 THE AUSTRIAN filfPIBE. fUBfly. Md A M0?l8M Off tlM Am* IrtaB BmplM, b dlTl4«d hy tiM Hvw ■m Into Upp«r m4 Loww Aoslrlft. Bxtont If.aOO iqu*rt mllM. Popw t,M4.S03. BAD'BN, ft town In tho oreh- duehy of Auitrift, oolobntod for lU hot tprlnft ftnd botht. Pop. fiOOO. Bftn'nftt (The), a flno «lbtrlot In tho 8. E. or Hungary, between the Thelu, the Maroi, and the Danube, fiHrmlng a portion of the milktary ftrontier. Pop. 81,7S7. Bley'berg, a town In IllyrU, noted for Ita lead-minei. Pop. 3700. Bohe'niia, Kingdom of. an Impor- tant province of the Austrian Empire, situate nenrly in the centre of Ger- many, and surrounded by monntainR. It Is very fertile, and rion in mineral products. Extent S0,0fiO square miles. Pop. 4,409,000. Bot'ien or Bolsa^o. a fine town of the Tyrol, on the Eisach. P. OOOn. Brai'sa, the largest island of Dnl- matia, in tho Adriatic. Pop. 15.49A. Brix'en, a town of the Tyrol, at the confluence of the Rienz and the BIsach. Pop. 3000. Bro'dy, a town in Oalida, with oousiderable commerce. P. 24,000, of whom flve-sixths are Jews. Brunn, tlie capital of Moravia, on the Schwarza. its manufactures and trade are extensive. Pop. 47,500.— 49,11N. lf{, S6E. Bu'da or O'fen, the capital of Hun- gary, on the right banlc of tho Dnn- ube. It Is famous for its baths, nnd the environs produce excellent wines. Pop. 50,000.-47, 29 N. 19, 3 B. fiud'wels, a fortified town of Bo- hemia, on the Moldau, with flourish- ing manufactures. Pop. 8750. fiukowi'na, a duchy and province nf the Austrian Empire, on the S. E. c Oaliula, to which, until very lately, It was annexed. Extent 4014 square mUes. Pop. 380,826. OA'PO DIS'TRIA, a seaport of lUyrla, on a small island in the Gulf of Trieste, connected with the main hmd by a bridge. Pop. 6300. Oarai'thia and Carnioia, two duchios forming the more important part of tho kingdom of Illyria. The loau> mines of Carinthia and the quicksilver-mines of Carnioia are amongtii4 taost celebrated in Europe. Ezi nt 't3i3 qq. ulles. Pup. 766, "^e. G?mM^", a, < wn of itohemia, ■ltuat«si^< a oh u^ ' ' Almost the whole surface « * ^ n*, . . 'Dal- matia is covered : ' uit uinarlo Alps. The islands on the Adriatio coast are also mountainous; their chief products are timber, wino, oU, figs, and com. Area 12,850 iguftro miles. Dan'ube. Boo OaRMAirr, p. 181. Debreo'zin, a town of Snngaiyt on the E. of the Theiss, wi^ varknu mannihcturet and eooMtnblttnd^ the TBI AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. 193 Pop. tfO.Oua— 47. 32 N. SI, 98 B. Mfli^K ••• RVMIA, p. i 41 l^v«, ft kurn rttM' whieh rbtr^ fn tMTjrroli flowi IhVMifli C»rinihiA •M' Btnk^, MDnnitM Croatin and SlinNiift from Ilungary, aod '^s ~ftirab« Mlow Bmk. (BR, ft town of Boh«ml \, on a ' of tira Mine n«in«. Uei Wal- leiMtoln was aflMMinftt«d in 1634. Pop. 1170. Abo. Be« Prussia, p. 172. Ens or Enns, a river whleli hss Its ■Ottroe in the duohy of Sftlsburg, dlvlrtes *he ftrchduchy of Auitrift In- to \ pper and Lower, ftnd falls into r^iJ ionbe. ^* 1 >. .i', a fortified town of Hungary, on tiie W. of the Theiss, with con- Hidcrable trade. Pop. 18,150.-47, 55 W. 20, 24 E. Em elc or Eszelc', a strongly forti- fied town, the capital of Siavonia, Mtuate on the Drave. Pop. 13,250. —45, .30 N. 18, 42 E. flU'ME, a seaport and territory of 139 square miles, recently annexed to Dalmatia from the Hungarian Lit- torale. Fiume Is a free port, situate on the Gulf of Quarnero ; It formerly possessed an extensive trade, whicn has now greatly declined. Pop. 11,000.-45, 20 N. 14, 26 £. OALrciAandLodome'ria. King- dom of, the north-eastern province of the Austrian Empire, separated from Hungary by the Carpathian Mountains. Agriculture is in a low state; and manufactures, though gradually extending, are still on a confined scale. The foreign trade is very limited. Extent 30, 157 square miles. Pop. 4,555,477. Gor^itz or Gorz, a town of Illyria, on the Isonzo. Pop- 10,000. Gran, a town of Hungary, on the Danube, with a magnificent modern cathedral. Pop. including the sub- urbs, lfi,250. Grata, a handsome town, the ca- pital of Styria, on the Muhr, and the seat of a university Pop. 55,000.— 47, 4 N. 15, 27 E. Gross War'dt'in, a strong city of Hungary, on the Koros. Pop. in- duditm the suburbs, 19,000. HERMAN'STADT, the capital of the SazoD-Iand, Transylvania, situate on the Saeben. Pop. 20,000. Hun'fftry, Kingdom of, one of the mon( InASNsting but least known countries of Europe. It now consists of Hoogftiy Proper; Oroftllft, BIft- vonift, and th« llannftt having bsra di^oittsd ftam it, as settled by tho constitution of 4th March 1840. Ths areft is 69,325 square miles, being iitwrly one-third of the Austrian £m- pir«. r )». 7.864,268. 1D1I1A, a town In lUvria, duchy of '^amiola, with valuable min<^ of quicksilver. Pop. SOUO. Iglau', a town of Moravia, on a river of the same tiame, with eon- Htderal)le niniiufactures (er, and garnets. The most important man- I ufactiires are those of < oppor, iron, j and steel ; the commerce consists I chiefly of the transtt-tre^e between , Vienna and Trieste. Extent 10,940 ; square miles. Pop. l,2i)i ,296. Inn, a river which rises in Switzer- land, crosses the Tyrol, . iid, after forming the boundary bet veen Ba- varhi and Austria, Juius tht Danube at Pas.sau. Inns'bruclc, tho capital of the T^rol, on the Inn, on the direct rouro from Germany into Italy. It stand^t in one of the most beautiful valleys formed by the Alps, and is the seat of a university. Pop. 13,100.-47, 16 N. !11.24E. lii'tria, Margraviate of, a penin- sula between the Gulf of Trieste and the Quarnero Isles. It. forms the southern division of Illyria. Ex :ent 1904 square mile^. Pop. 235,35!) JAR'OSLAW, a town of Gal cia and Lodomoria, on the San , witli an imperial cloth manufactory. P jp. KARLS'BURG, a town of Tran- sylvania, on the Maros, with a strong fortress. Pop. 12,300. Karl'stadt, a strong town of Cro- atia, on the Kulpa. Pop. 4500. Keta'kemet, a town of Hungary, between the Danube and the Theise. Pop. 32,000.-46, 55 N. 19, 44 E. Kla'genfurt or Cla'genfurt, a town of Illyria, capital of the duchy of Carinthia, on the Glan. P. 14,200. Klau'senburg, the capital of Tran- N .■'.■>iW«Ji»Mllm|Wn,MH^, ■.;,. 194 THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. Slvanla, beautifully situate on the ttio Sxamos. Pop. ld,BO(K Komorn' or Comom', a town of Hungary, at the Junction of the Danube and the Waag. It is con- liidered one of the strongest fortresses in Europe. Pop. 20,000. Ko'niggratz, a fortified town in Bohemia, on the Elbe. Pop. 9300. Krem'nitz, a town in the N. W. of Hungary, celebrated for its mines of gold and silver. Pop. 6000. Kron'stadt, a strong town in the S. E. of Transylvania, with consider- able trade and manufactures. Pop. including the suburbs, 24,000.-45, 40 N. 25, 34 E. LAY'BAC^, the capital of lUyria, on a river of the same name, with a groat transit-trade between Germany and Trieste. Pop. 17,260.-46, 2 N. 14, 30 E. Lem'berg, the capital of Galiciaand Lodoraeria, on the Peltew, the scat of a university, and a place of great trade. Pop. 75,000, of whom 20,000 are Jews.— 49, 53 N. 24, 2 E. Linz, a fortified town, the capital of Upper Austria, oii tlie Danube, with considerable trade and manu- factures. Pop. including the suburbs, 31.000.— 48, 18 N. 14, 18 E. Lis'sa and Les^ina, two fruitful islands of Dalraatia, in the Adriatic. Pop. 16,239. MARCH or Mora'va, a river which rises in the lofty Schneeberg, at the junctiOTi of Bohemia, Mora- via, and Sile&ia, flows S. tlirough Moravia, separates the archduchy of Austria from Hungary, and falls into the Danube above Presburg. Maros', a river which rises in the Carpathian Mountains, on the E. border of Transylvania, forms the boundary of the Uaimat, and falls into tho Theiss. Mele'da, an island of Daltnatia, in the Adriatic, supposed by some to have been the ancient Melita. Pop. 1000. Military Frontier, a tract of coun- try which extends from the Adriatic to the Buckowina, between the fron- tiers of Uiyria. Croatia, Slavonia, Hungary, Transylvania, and those of Turkey, forming the defensive barrier of the Austrian Empire. Area 12,898. Pop. 1,009,109. Miskolz', a town of Hungary, on the W. of the Thciss, in a rich wine r.nd corn country. Pop. 16,300.— 48, 7 N. 20, 47 E. Moldau', a river of Bohemia, which flows northward, and joins to* Elbe below Prague. Mora'via, a margraviat« and pro* vince of the Austrian EmpUre« b«' tween Hungary and Bohemia* iif which are large and flourishing man* utactures of woollen, linen, and cot- ton, with a great transit-trade. Bi- tent 10,523 so. miles. P. 2,238,424; Mur or Munr, a river which flows { through Styria, and Joins the Drave I in Hungary below Warasdin. I NEU'SATZ, a fortified town of I Hungary, on the Danube, opposite ; Peterwardein : it has a considerable \ trade with Turkey. Pop. 20,000. I Neu'siedler-see, a salt-water lake in the W. of Hungary, 24 miles long and about 10 broad. I Neu'soM, a town of Hungary, on i theOran, with valuable copper-mines \ in the vicinity. Pop., including the i suburbs, 10,0iK>. I OE'DENBURO, a town of Hun- gary, near tlie Neusiedler lake. P. I 12,500.-47, 41 N. 16, 38 E. I Ol'mutz, a town of Moravia, on i the river March. It is itrongly forti- ! fied, and is the seat of a university. ! Pop. 19.000. j PEST^, a handsome city of Hun- gary, on the Danube, opposite Budat I with which it is connected by a bridge I of bo its, and by a grand suspension ; bridge It has a university richly I endowed, and commands a great in- i land trade. P. 106,600.-47, 30 N. j'l9, 4 E. { Peterwar'dein, a strong town, the ; capital of Slavonia, on the Danube. I Pop. 6700. I Pil'sen, a handsome tovm of Bo- I hemia, on the Beraun, with exten- I sive commerce and flourishing man- : ufactures. Pop. 10>200. { PJat'ten-see or Lake Bal'aton, in ' the S. W. of Hungary, 48 miles long and from four to eight broad. Fish of peculiar species abound in its waters. Porten, St, a fortified town in the archduchy of Austria, 36 miles W. from Vienna. Pop. 5800. Prague, a handsome and strongly fortified city, the capital of Bohemia, on the Moldau, over which is thrown a beautiful bridge. It is the seat of the oldest university in Germany, and is famous as the residence of the great reformers, John' Buss and Jerome of Prague. Pop. 143,000.— 60. 6 N. 14, 25 E. THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. » :^tttfbut$t once tb« cftpiial of Hun- ffary. and still the plaM where the kinfs are crowned. It is finely stituate on an eminence overlooking a vast plain, wt^.ered by the Danube. Pop« 48,000.-48, 10 N. 17, 5 F.. Proa^nits, a manufacturine town of Mwavia, 13 miles S. W. from 01- muta. Pop. 10,800. BAAB, a town of Hunganr, near the junction of the Raab with the Danube. Pop 16,000. Ragu'sa, a strongly fortified sea- port of Dalmatia, on a peninsula in the Adriatic Pop. 8800.— 42, 38 N. 18, 7 E. ReicA'enberg, a town in the N. of Bohemia, on the Neisse ; famous for its cloth and other manufactures. Pop. 13,200. Rovere'do, a town in the S. of the Tyrol, near the Adige, with a strong castle. Pop. 8000. SALZ'BURO, a duchy and pro- vince of the Austrian Empire, now detached from the archduchy of Austria, to which it was, till lately, united. Extent 2752 square miles. Pop. 148,523. Salz'burg, the capital of the above duchy, finely situate on the Salzach , amidst the most romantic scenery. It is the native citv of Haydn and Mozart. In its vicinity are the fa- mous salt-mines of Hallein. Pop. 17,000. 6an, a river of Galicia, which rises in the Carpathian Mountains, and flowmg N. W. falls into the Vistula, near Sandomir. Save, a large river which rises near Villach in Illyria, flows through Croatia, separates Slavonia from Turkey, and falls into the Danube at Belgrade. Scbem'nitz, a town in the N. W. of Hungary, famous for its mmes of gold, silver, and lead. Hero is a celebrated mining scliool. Pop. in- cluding the suburbs, 20,000.— 48,27 N. 18, 60 E. Schwatz, a town of the Tyrol, on the Inn, with mines of silver and copper in the vicinity. Pop. 4600. Sem'lin, a fortified town of Sla- vonia, near the junction of the Save with the Danube, the principal en- trepot of the trade batween Austria and Turkey. Pop. 13,000. Sile'^, Upper and Lower, ft duchy and province of the Austrian Em- pire, till lately united with Moravia. By the constitution of 1850, an elec- 195 tive diet was granted, eonslstfaig of 50 representatives, who meet in Trop- pau. Extent 1982 square miles. Pop. 438,586. SUivo'nIa, a part of the kingdom of Dalmatia, lying between the Drave and the Save. It was till hitely in- cluded in the kingdom of Hungary. Extent 3643 square miles. Pop. 463,700. Spal'atro or Spal'ato, a seaport of Dalmatia, on the Adriatic, near the ancient Sidorna and the ruins of the pahice of Diocletian. Pop. 10,500.— 43, 31 N. 16, 26 E. Stern'berg, a town in the N. of Galicia, with manufactures of wool- lens, linen, and hosiery. P. 11, 000. St^y'er, a town in the archduchy of Austria, on the Ens, with large iron-works and manufactures. Pop. 10,500. Stuhlweiss'enburg, a town of Hun- gary, near Lake Balaton, with large raanufackures and cattle -markets. Pop. 16,000. bty'ria, a duchy and province of the Austrian Empire, between the archduchy of Austria and Illyria. It is a mountainous country interspers- ed with fertile valleys. Cattle and sheep are extensively reared, and mining is the principal branch of in- dustry. The mountains are clothed with oak, beech, and pine. Extent 8656 square miles. Pop. 1,006,971. Sudet'ic Mountains, a semicircular range of the Hercynian chain, which separates Austria from Saxony and Prussia, distinguished by the names of the Erzgebirge and the Riesenge- birge, i. e. the Ore and the Oiant Mountains. jSzege'din, a town of Hungary, at the confluence of the Theiss and the Maros. It is a place of considerable manufacturing and commercial im- portance. Pop. 50,000.-46, 17 N. 20, 10 E. TARNO'POL, a town of Galicia, on the Sered Pop. 16,500. Tem'eswar, a town in the S. of Hungary, the capital of the Bannat. It is situate on the Bega Canal, and is strongly fortified. Pop. 21,500. Tes'cnen, a fortified town of Silesia, on tlie Olsa, with considerable manu- factures. Pop. 6500. Theiss (Teess), a large river of Hungary, formed bv two streams, the Black and White Theirs. After a S. course of 500 miles, it flows into the Danube below Peterwardein, and 196 THE AUSTRIAN EMPIRE. is navigable aloiost to its aource, on tlie borders of Oalicia. TAere'sienstadt or TAeresiano'pel, a town in the 8. of Hungary, extend- ing over a wide plain. Top. 34,000. —46, 6 N. 19, 42 E. Tolcay', a town of Hungary, at tlie confluence of the Theiss and the Bodrog. It is celebrated for its wine, one of the finest and most costly in Europe. Pop. 5712. Top'litc, a town in the N. W. of Bohemia, famous for its hot-baths. Pop. 4000. Transylva'nia, a grandduchy and province of the Austrian Empire, to the E. of Hungary, in which Icing- dom it was, till lately, included. Its mineral produce is a principal source uf wealth ; there are numerous gold* mines, and almost every stream is auriferous. Extent 21,160 square miles. Pop. 2,073,737. Trent, a city of the Tyrol, on the Adige. It is the Tridentum of the Romans, and is famous for the coun- cil of Roman-catholic prelates, from all parts of Europe, held there from 1545 to 1563, for the purpose of sup- pressing the Reformation. Pop. 13,000.-46, 4 N. 11, 10 E. Trieste' or Triest', the ancient Ter- gejte, a maritime city, the capital of a district of Illyria, situate on a gulf of the same name, at the N. E. ex- tremity of the Adriatic. It is a free port, possessing an extensive com- merce. P. 64,000.-46, 38 N. 13, 46 E. Troppau', a fortified town, the ca- pital of Silesia, on the Oppa. P. 10,000. Tyrol' and Vor'arlberg, two lord- ships forming a province of the Aus- trian Empire, lying between Austrian Italy and Bavaria, and traversed in its whole extent by the Rhsetian Alps. It possesses a great transit- trade between Germany and Italy. By the constitution, it has its own national diet, the deputies meeting in one chamber. Extent 10,981 square miles. Pop. 869,706. VERSETZ' or Werschita', a town in the S. of Hungary, with a good trade. Pop. 18,000. Vikn'na (Oerm. Wien), the an- cient Vitulobona, the capital of the empire, and the seat of a celebrated university, is situate in a rich and picturesque country, on the right bank of the Danube, and intersected by two small but rapid streams, the Wien and the Alster. Pop. includ- ing the suburbs, &c. 478,000.-48, 12 N. 16, 23 E. Yil'lacA, a strong town of Illyria, duchy of Carinthia, on the Drave, with a transit-trade between Italy and Oermany. Pop. 2500. WAR'ASDIN, a fortified town of Croatia, kingdom of Dalmatia, on the Drave. Pop. 9250. Wielic2'ka, a town of Galicia, near which are the most extensive salt-mines in the world, extending more than a mile under ground, with vaulted passages, and even chapels and altars cut out of the rock-salt. Pop. 4600. ZA'RA, the capital of Dalmatia, on the Adriatic. It is strongly for- tified, and has an excellent harbour. Pop. 6850.— 44, 7 N. 15, 14 E. Zirk'nitz, a remarkable lake of Carniola, in Illyria. It is surrounded by limestone heights, and contains 18 subterraneous cavities, through which its waters, at certahi seasons, disappear. Zom'bor, a town in the S. of Hun- Sry, near the Franz Canal, with a 'ge trade in corn and cattle. Pop. 21,000.-46, 46 N. 19, 12 E. ;|Pk>«- ASIA ,11 Is bounded N. W the Northern Ocean ; W. by the Ural Mountains, the Kivcr Ural, the Caspian Sea, Caucasus, the Black Sea, Sea of Marmora, Archipelago, Mediter- ranean, Isthmus of Suez, and Red Sea ; S. by the Indian Ocean ; E. b^*^ the Pacific Ocean. The area, mcluding the islands, -may be estimated at 16,500,000 square miles ; and its population at 460 mil- lions. The countries which it contains are : — Irt bd at mil- ASIA. 197 Countries. Chief Towns. Turkey in Asia Srarma, Aleppo, Daniasciia, Jerusalem, Arabia '. Mecca, Medina, Mocha. Persia. Teheran, Ispahan, Shiraz. Afghanistan Cabul, Canuahar, Herat. Hiudostan Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Delhi, Benares. Eastern Peninsula Ava, Bankok, Hud, Kesho. China Pekin, Nankin, Canton. Thibet Lassa, Leh. Chinese Tartary Kashgar, Yarkand, Maimatchin. Independent Tartary.... Bokhara, Samarcand. Asiatic Russia Tobolsk, Irkutsk, Tiflis. Japan Joddo, Miaco, Nangasaki. Islands. — Cyprus, Cejlon, Sumatra, Java, Borneo, Celebes, Moluccas or Spice Islands, Philippine Islands, Formosa, Japan Islands, Saghalien. Mountains. — Ural, Altai, Aldan, Thian-shan, Kuen- lun, Himalaya, Hindoo-Koosh, the Ghauts, Caucasus, Ararat, Taurus, Lebanon, Sinai, Horeb. Seas and Gulfs. — Red Sea, Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf, Bay of Bengal, Gulf of Martaban, Chinese Sea, Gulfs of Siam and Tonquin, Yellow Sea, Sea of Japan, Gulf of Tartary, Sea of Okhotsk, Sea of Kamtschatka, Gulfs of Anadir and Obi, Caspian Sea, Sea of Aral. Straits. — Babelmandeb, Ormuz, Palk's Strait, Malac- ca, Sunda, Macassar, Strait of LaPerouse, Behring's Strait. Peninsulas. — Kamtschatka, Corea, Malay. Capes. — Severo or North-east Cape, Baba, Ras al Had, Mussendom, Comorin, Negrais, Romania, Cam- bodia, Lopatka, East Cape. Rivers. — Ob or Obi, Yenesei, Lena, Amoor or Saghalien, Hoang-ho, Yang-tse-kiang, Maykiang, Saluen, Irrawady, Brahmapootra, Ganges, Indus, Oxus or Amoo, Jaxartes or Sihon, Euphrates, Tigris, Kur, Jordan. Lakes. — Baikal, Balkash or Tengiz, Dead Sea. BEMARKS. Asia extends from 1° 20' to 78" N. lat., and from 26" to 190° E., making 164" Of long. Its length, from the mouth of the Dardanelles to the Islands of Japan, on the parallel of 40", is 6000 miles ; and its breadth, from the S. extremity of Malacca to Cape Severo in Siberia, is 6300 miles. It is the largest of the great divisions of the globe. Every variety of climate and of soil occurs in this vast region. It is watered by magnificent rivers, and intersected r ( JK4sV^.Wtti.UIK>M- = 198 ASIA. l^ stupendous mountains, of which the Himalaya chain is the loftiest in the world. In many respects Asia is the most interesting division of the globe. It is the nursery of the human race; for here man was created, and hence proceeded the tide of popidation which spread in time over the rest of the world. It was the theatre of all those grand dispensations by which God pre* f)ared the world for the advent of the Messiah, and of those abours and sufferings by which our Saviour accomplished the salvation of mankind. Of the great empires of the Assyrians, the Medes, the Persians, and the Greeks, which flourished in Asia at very remote periods of antiquity, and which are frequently mentioned in the historical and pro- phetic books of Scripture, most have passed completely away, leaving no trace of their existence but the records of history, or a few architectural ruins. Its present empires and king- doms will be described under the respective countries. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Asia? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Name the prin- cipal countries which it contains. What are their chief towns ? Name the principal islands of. Asia, and point them out on the map. Name its principal mountains, and trace them on the map. Name and point out its seas and gulfs. What are its principal straits ? Point them out. Name and point out its principal capes ? What are its principal rivers ? Trace their course. What are its principal lakes ? Where is the Eastern Peninsula, Indepen- dent Tartary, China, Asiatic Russia, Thibet? &c. What is the capital of Hindostan? Of Chinese Tartary? Of Persia? Of China? &c. Where is Ceylon, Borneo, Cyprus, Celebes, Sumatra, Java, the Japan Islands? &c. Where is Mount Caucasus, Lebanon, Taurus, Horeb, Ararat, the Altai Mountains, Sinai ? &c. Where is the Bay of Bengal, Sea of Okliotsk, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Yellow Sea, Caspian Sea? &c. Where is the Strait of Ormuz, of La Perouse, of Behring, of Malacca, Babelmandeb ? &c. Where is Cape Comorin, Negrais, Lopatka ? &c. Trace the course of the Hoang-ho, the Ganges, the Obi, the Tigi'is, the Yenesei, the Euphrates, the Indus, the Yang-tse-kiang, &c. :? ?ii?i Between what degrees of latitude and longitude does Asia ex- tend ? What are its length and breadth ? What proportion does it bear to the other great divisions of the globe ? What is its extent, including its islands ? Can it boast of magnificent rivers and mountains ? In wliat respects is Asia the most interesting portion of the globe ? What is remarkable about the gi-eiat em- pires that once flourished in Asia ? I U s are pen- tlie Of Sea, > i TURKEY IN ASU. 199 TURKEY IN ASIA . I^ bounded N. by the Black Sea and Russia ; W. by the Arohipelago and the Mediterranean ; S. by Arabia ; E. by Persia and Russia. It contains 450,000 square miles. Population about 16,150,000. i J , ) ., ^ . „ I^ivisions. Chief Towns. A^» Mfhor, comprehending Anatolia Smyrna, Brusa, Scutari, Kutaiah, i.ui«\^^ Angora. ' Caramania Xonien, Adana, Tarsus, Eaisariah. Sivas Tokat, Sivas, Amasia. Armenia Erzronm, Trebizond, Kars. Kurdistan Van, Bitlis. Irak-Arabi (C%a2d!ea) Bagdad, Bassorah, Hillah. Algezira {Mesopotamia) Diarbekir, Mosul, Orfa. Syria ALEPPO,Damascus, Antioch,Hamah, Horns, Tripoli, Beyrout. Palestine or the Holy Land. Jerusalem, Acre, Tabaria, Nablous, u ™,..^^- , • - JaflFa, Gaza. Island. — Cyprus . Mountains. — ^Taurus, Olympus, Ida, Lebanon, Ararat Lakes. — ^Van, Asphaltites or the Dead Sea. Rivers. — Kizil-Irmak, Sakaria, Sarabat, Meinder, Orontes, Jordan, Euphrates, Tigris. REMARKS. Turkey in Asia extends from 30" to 42** N. lat., and from 26" to 48" 30' E. long. Its length, from Cape Baba on the Archipelago to Mount Ararat, is 950 miles ; and its breadth, from the southern border of Syria to the Black Sea, is 760 miles. Asiatic Turkey may be regarded as in general mountain- ous, although it presents many extensive plains of great beauty and fertility. The climate is delightful ; and the soil, particularly in the valleys, extremely productive. Fruits of the finest kinds grow spontaneously, or are produced abun- dantly by cultivation ; but tillage is only partially attended to, — ^by far the greater part being occupied by shepherds and their flocks. The moimtains are clothed with woods, and the shores of the Black Sea present the appearance of continued forests. Of the domestic animals, the most remarkable are the sheep, and the goats of Angora, from the hair of which the finest camlets are made. Indeed, it is a remarkable peculiarity in the animals of this district, that they all have fine long hair. The manufactures, besides Angora stuffs, are i i 200 TURKEY IN ASIA. carpets, shawls, gold and silver thread, leather, and silk and cotton goods ; which with rhubarb and other drags form the chief articles of commerce. Of the wild animals of Asiatic Turkey we may enumerate the lion (wMch never appears farther west than the Euphrates), the hyena, the jackal^ the ibeXj and the antelope. With the exception of the copper^ mines of Tokat, the mineral treasures of this territory are unknown. At Brusa. near the foot of Mount Olympus, there are hot medicinal springs. This country was one of the most celebrated and important in the ancient world. Among the cities which once held a conspicuous place in its history, but which are now either in ruins or totally destroyed, were Troy, Sardis, Ephesus, Antioch, Tvre, Sidon, Baalbec, Tadmor or Palmyra, Nineveh, and Babylon. Asiatic Turkey is iiJiabited by various races. The Turcomans occupy the high ground in the interior, where they pasture their flocks daring the summer, descending in winter to the sheltered valleys in the vicinity of towns. The most warlike and predatory are the Koords, who dwell in tents^ some, however, having fixed habitations, and engaging in mdustrial pursuits. I'he pre- vailing religion is the Mohammedan ; and the Turks of Asia are peculiarly bigoted. The Greek and Armenian Cliristians are numerous ; and a few of the wandering tribes still retain their i)agan Buperstitions. The mountain-tracts of Lebanon in Syria contain a number of tribes nearly independent, of which the chief are the Druses, Metoualis, and Maronites, the last being Christians. BXBROISES. What are the boundaries of Turkey in Asia ? What is its ex- tent in sauare miles? What is its population? Name its divi- sions. What are the principal towns of Asia Minor? Of Alge- zira? Of Irak-Arabi?^ Of Kurdistan? Of Armenia? Of Syria? Of Palestine? Name Its principal island and mountains. Name its lakes. Name its principal rivers. Where is Jerusalem. Smyrna, Hillah, Diarbekir, Aleppo, Da- mascus, Beyrout, Antlooh, Asphaltites or the Dead Sea, Jaffa, ' Acre, Tabaria, MoBuli the Meinder, the Jordan, Angora, the Eu- phrates? &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Turkey in Asia situate? What are its length and breadth? What is its general aspect ? What is the nature of its climate and soil ? Does It abound m ftuits ? By what is the greater part of the country occupied ? What places are clothed with woods and forests ? What are the most remarkable of the domestic animals m Asiatic Turkey ? By what remarkable peculiarity are the animals of this district distinguished ? Mention some of its wild animals., Are the mineral treasures of this country well known? Where are hot medicinal springs found ? What celebrated ancient cities are p ;' ARABIA. 201 now either in ruins or totally destroyed? How is Asiatic Tarkev u^iabited? What race occupies the interior of the country? Which of the tribes is the most warlike and predatory? What is the preyailin^ religion? What Christians are numerous in Asiatic Turkey ? Do some of the tribes still retain their pagan Biroerstitions ? Name the chief tribes in the mountain-tracts of Lebanon. ARABIA Is bounded N. by Syria and the Euphrates ; W. by the Red Sea and the Isthmus of Suez ; S. by the Indian Ocean ; E. by the Gulf of Oman and the rersian Gulf. It contams 1,000,000 square miles. Pop. 10,000,000. Divisions. ^.^ Cliief Towns. Hedjaz Mecca, Medina, Jiddah, Yembo. Lachsa Lachsa, El Katif. Nedjed Derayeh. Oman Muscat, Rostak, Muttra. Hadramaut Makallah. Yemen Sana, Mocha Damar, Aden. Island. — ^Bahrein. Gulfs. — Suez, Akabah, Oman. • > Mountains. — Sinai, Horeb, Serbal, Arafat. Capes. — Mussendom, Ras al Had, Babelmandeb. "■ REMABKS. Arabia extends from 12° to 34'' N. lat., and from 32" 37' to 60° E. long. Its length, from the Straits of Babelmandeb to -the Euphrates, is 1500 miles ; and its breadth, from Ras al Had to Jiddah, on the Red Sea, is 1300 miles. The most remarkable feature in the aspect of Arabia is the yast extent of sandy deserts which occupy almost the whole of the interior, — diversified only by a few spots of fertility called oases or islands. Over these dreary wastes travellers pass in large companies or caravans; exposed, at almost every step, to the imminent peril of their lives. Their suf- ferings from excessive heat and the want of water are ex- treme ; and the ocean, in its most violent agitation, presents not so appalling a scene as the Arabian desert, in a storm, when the sand, lifted from its bed, overwhelms every thing in its way. The districts on the coast are fertile and beau- tiful, producing many valuable trees and shrabs, as the ta- marind, the Indian-ng, the date-palm, the cotton-shi ub, the pomegranate and orange trees, the coffee shrub, and the amyris opobalsamum, which yields the celebrated balm of Mecca. ( / 209 ABAUIA. Arabia has long been fkmed for the abundance of its odori- ferous plants. The most noted of the domestic animals are the horse and camel, the latter, the ship of the desert^as it ii emphatically called by the natives ; of its wild animals, the alitelope, the wild ass, the wolf, fox, jackal, hyena, and pan- ther, deserve particular notice. ,/* The interior of Arabia is chiefly inhabited by wandering tribes called Bedouins, dwelling in tents, and who subsist by their flocks, and by the plunder of passing caravans. The Arabians on the coast live in more regular society, and enjoy the benefit of commerce and the arts: the valuable pearl- iisheries of the Persian Gulf are principally in their hands. Yemen, or the Happy Arabia, is the finest district, and the native country of the coffee. The most powerful state is Muscat on the Persian Gulf. The religion of Mohammed, who was bom at Mecca a. d. 670, is proressed throughout Arabia, as well as generally over the East. His native city, and Medina, which contains his tomb, attract vast crowds of pilgrims. In the middle of last century arose the Wahabees, who rejected the divine honours paid to Mohammed, considering him only an inspired pro- iphet, and holding as their peculiar tenet that God alone should be adored. They had at one time overrun nearly all Arabia ; but Mohammed Ali, pasha of Egypt, drove them from Mecca and Medina, the sovereignty of which he himself has been obliged to yield up again to the Porte. ^ , ^^ ^j^-Wi EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Arabia? What is its extent in S4j[nare miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Name its divisions. What are the principal towns of Hedjaz ? Of Yemen ? OfHadramaut? Of Oman? Of Lachsa? OfNedjed? Name the islands and mountains of Arabia. Where is Mocha, Mecca, Rostak, Sana, Aden, &c. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Arabia situate ? What are its length and breadth ? What is the most remarkable feature in its aspect ? How do travellers pass over those dreary wastes ? To what sufferings and dangers are they exposed ? What is the appearance of the districts on the coast ? What valuable trees and shruhs do they produce ? What are the most noted domestic animals of Arabia ? Which of its wild ani- mals chiefly deserve notice ? By what people is the interior of Arabia chiefly inhabited ? How do they subsist ? In what man- ner do the Arabs on the coast live? What is the native country of the coffee ? Which is the most powerful state ? What religion is professed in Arabia? What new sect sprang up 'about the middle of last century? What is the peculiar tenet of this sect? What progress did they make ? Who drove them from Mecca and Medina? 1 I PERSIA. 2(» '"i man- antry igioii t the sect? ^ecea PERSIA Is bounded N. by Georgia, the Caspian Sea, v 1 Tar* tarv; W. by Turkey in Asia; S. by the Persian Gulf; and E. by Afghanistan and Beloochistan. It contains 450,000 square miles. Population 8,000,000. Provinces. Chief Towns. Azerbijan Tabriz, Urumiah, Maragluu Ghilan Resht. Mazanderan Sari, Balfrush, Amol. Khorassaii Mushed, Nishapoor. Irak-Ajemi Teiierax, Ispahan, Casbin, llama- dan, Kermanshah. Khuzistan Shuster. Fars (the ancient Persia)... Shiraz, Bushire. Laristau Lar. Kerman Kerman, Gombroon. Astrabad Astrabad. ;:4. Yezd Yezd. Islands. — Ormuz, Kishm, Karak. Lakes. — Urumiah, Bakhtegau. '■ ' Mountains. — Elburz, Elwund. Rivers. — Aras or Araxes, Kizil-Ouzen. Persia extends from 26° to 39" N. lat., and from 44" to 62' £. long. Length, from the junction of the Euphrates and Tigris to the borders of Afghanistan, 760 miles ; breadth, from Astrabad on the Caspian Sea to the Persian Gulf, 700 miles. Persia, called Iran by the natives, is in general mountain- ous. From the plain of Ispahan to Beloochistan, there is a succession of deserts ; and in all the southern provinces tho plains as well as the mountains are steril and bare. The northern districts, on the contrary, are remarkable for their beauty and fertility. The rivers of Persia are few and small, — and instead of falling into the sea, most of them flow into lakes in the interior. Wheat, rice, barley, and millet, are the most usual crops. Among its forest-productions are the cedar, the cypress, and other species of pine, and the sumach, so useful in dyeing and tanning. The fruits are uncommonly fine. The date, fiff, pomegranate, almond, peach, and apn- cot, are natives of this climate ; and the vine and orange-tree grow here luxuriantly. The mulberry, cotton-shrub^ and sugar-cane, are common articles of culture. The horses of Persia, if inferior to those of Arabia in speed, surpass them 1 1 204 AFGHANISTAN. in eleeanoe. The sheep are remarkable for their length of tail, wliich sometimes weighs more than 30 pounds. Among the wild animals are the Hon, the leopard, the panther, the bear, and the wild boar. Manufactures, once in a very flourishing state in Persia, are now almost annihilated,— owing chiefly to the destructive wars with which, for nearly a century, it has boon almost incessantly ravaged. Its carpets, silks, brocades, and velvets, woollen and cotton cloths, and camlets of goat and camel hair, are still of superior texture. Politeness, nospitality, and gayety, characterize the Persian manners. The established religion is the Mohammedan ; but there are some who still adhere to the ancient worship of fire. The govemment is despotic. EXERCISES. :.f'K~ 7 What are the boundaries of Persia? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Into what provinces is it divided? Name their principal towns. Where is Hamadan, Ispalian, Teheran, Ormuz, Bushirc, Casbin ? Sec. Name its islands, lakes, mountains, and rivers. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Persia situ- ate? What are its length and breadth? What is its general aspect ? In what direction does a continued chain of deserts ex- tend ? What is the appearance of the mountains and plains in the south? For what are the northern districts remarkable? What are the most usual crops of Persia ? Mention some of its forest-trees. What is remarkable in the frulid of Persia? Men- tion some of the fruit-trees common here. What other plants and shrubs are cultivated ? For what qualities are the horses and sheep of Persia remarkable ? Mention some of its wild animals. In what state are the manufactures of Persia? What manufac- tures of superior texture does it still retain ? By what qualities are the manners of the Persians characterized? What is the established religion in Persia? To what worship do some of the Persians still adhere ? Of what kind is the govemment of Persia? AFGHANISTAN -;A.c^^r (INCLUDING BELOOCHISTAN) ^j!!^\^^*!^ Is bounded N. by Independent Tartary ; W. by Persia ; S. by the Indian Ocean ; E. by Hindostan. It contains 400,000 square miles. Population 6,000,000. Divisions. Chief Towns. ^^^'^ Herat Herat. ;' ' s:^!*^ .; Cabul C ABUL, Jelalabad , Pesha wur , Ohuznee. Cand9har Can^ahar. geistan Dooshak. Belooobistan Kelat. AFGHANISTAN. Mountains. — Hindoo-Koosh, SoUman MountaiiiB, the Paropomisan or Ghor MountainH. Rivers. — Indus, Cabul, Helmund. ,.., Lakes. — Zurrali, Hamoon. ' BEMARKS. Afghanistan, or, as it is also called, the kingdom of Cabnl, extends from 25" to 36° N. Int., and from 58" to 72* E. long. Its lenffth from N. to S. is 760 miles, and its breadth 640 miles. The surface of this territory is remarkably varied. The northern districts are composed of rugged mountains, pro- longed from tlic Himalaya, and of which many of the summits are covered with perpetual snow. They enclose, however, several fine valleys, which afford a great extent of rich Sasturo. The southern part, on the contrary, comprising the Istrict of Seistan and IBeloochistan, consists partly of vast droarv plahis of sand, which is blown by the winds, and con- tinually encroaches on the cultivated and productive soil. The kingdom of Cabul was once very powerful, having reduced to subjection Cashmere, Herat, and part of Western India, and holding Sinde tributary. Afterwards, owing to dissensions among its princes, the countiy was divided Into four principalities — Cabul, Peshawur, Candahar, and Herat — and all its foreign jpossessions were lost. As this state of things appeared to threaten the tranquillity of British India, Lord Auckland, governor- general, entered into a treaty for the restoration of Shah Sujah, the expelled prince. The British army met no serious obstacle but from the mountainous nature of the country ; and Shah Sujah was eventually re- placed in the dominion of the whole, except Herat, held Dy a separate prince. In consequence, however, of a violent and treacherous insurrection, the British army suffered severe loss, and, though ultimately victorious, deemed it expedient to evacuate the country. The Afghans are a brave, hardy, and warlike race, formed into a number of separate tribes or communities, and enjoying a considerable share of political independence. The prevailing religion is Mohammedan. The Beloochees are a fierce and pre- datoiy people, who infest the routes between India and Persia. EXEB€ISES. >\'bat are the boundaries of Afghanistan ? What is its extent • in sq^uare miles ? "What is the amount of its population ? What are its divisions? What are its principal towns? Where is Peshawur, Cabul, Kelat? &c. What are its mountains, rivers, and lakes ? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Afghanistan situate? What are its length and breadth ? What is the nature 1 1 206 HINDOSTAN. of the oonntry in the north ? What in the south ? What oonn- tries were formerly suhjeot to the kin^pdom ? What lomea did it sustain? How did Britain interfere in its affiurs? Whom did the British replace on the throne ? Have they since evacnated the eonntry? What is the character of the Afghans? Of the Beloocheeo? HINDOSTAN, OR INDIA WITHIN THE GANGES, Is bounded N. by Thibet ; W. by Afghanistan and the Indian Ocean ; S. by the Indian Ocean ; E. by the Bay of Bengal and the Eastern Peninsula. It contains 1,300,000 square miles. Population 151,000,000. Divisions. Chief Towns. Mountain Territories. Cashmere Cashmere. >, Kumaon Almora. , «.^; ..,^/ j^, Nepaul Catmandoo. ^ ,,. ^<-r /,, Bootan Tassisudon. ' . " Gangetic Hindostan. Delhi Delhi, Bareilly. Ajmere Ajmere, Jyepore. ' ^^'^*^- Malwa Oujein, Indore. '* •', '' '*'^ Agra Agra, Gwalior. Onde Lucknow. Allahahad AllaJiabad, Benares. '^::^;•^ . Bahar Patna. Ben^af. Calcutta, Moorshedabad, Dacca. Sindetic Hindostan. Lahore or the Punjab Lahore, Amritsir. .^...j^ Mooltan Mooltan. ' *"* Sinde Hyderabad, Tatta. Central Hindostan or the Deccan. Gujerat Baroda, Ahmedabad, Surat. Candeish Burhampore. Berar Nagpore. ii^««' '<#..jji*»^i^ Aurungabad Aurungabad. ,*^ib"^ * Concan Bombay, Goa. ..^ . Bejapore Bejapore, Poonah, Sattara. Hydrabad H^drabad. The Circars Yi^figapatam, Masulipatam. Orissa Cuttack, Juggernaut. Southern Hindostan. Mysore Mysore, Seringapatam, Bangalore. The Camatio Madras, Arcot, Tranquebar, Tan- jore, TVichinopoly. Ganara, Malabar, Cochin, Mangalore, Calicut, Cochin, Triyan* Travanoore. drum. U1ND08TAN. 207 • IsLANBA. — Ceylon — towns, Colombo, Candy, Trin- comal^e ; Maldives, Laocadives ; Nicobar, Andaman. Gulfs. — Cutcb, Cambay, Manaar ; Ba^ of Bensal. Mountains. — Himalaya Mountains, Vmdhya, Intern and Western Ghauts, Neilghemes. RiVEKs. — ^Indus, Ganges, Brahmapootra, Sutlej, Jum- na, Gogra, Nerbudda, Taptee, Hoogly, Mahanuddy, Godavery, Kistnah, Cavery. Strait. — Palk's Strait. Capes. — Comorin, Point Calimere, Point Palmyras. REllARKB. Hindostan extends from 8** 4' to 35° N. lat., and from 67" 30' to 91° E. long. Its length, from Cape Comorin to the Himalaya Mountains, is 1800 miles, and its greatest breadth, from the Indus to the Braimiapootra, is 1500 miles. In a country so extensive as Hindostan, there is, of coarse, a great variety of aspect. On the north, the Himalaya Mountains, the most elevated mountain-chain in the world, present a very bold and stupendous frontier. The Ghauts, on the east and west, form a long and steep barrier parallel to each coast ; while the central chain of the Vindhyas follows the course of the Nerbudda. A series of rocky mountains reaches from the confines of Mooltan to Tatta ; and of sandy hills from Cutch to the Sutlej. In the province of Sinde, there are deserts consisting of sand, which, raised by the burning south wind, often buries houses and cultivated fields; and in Delhi, between Kooderpore and Almora, there is a sandy desert twenty miles long, covered with briers and resinous shrubs. Numerous savannahs occur in the northern provinces. At the mouths of the rivers, as veil as along a groat part of their banks in the interior, the soil is marshy, lut more generally Hindostan presents beautiful plains, fields adorned with luxuriant harvests, which are gatnered twice in the year, and valleys smiling in all the beauty and variety of vegetation. Except in Cashmere, Kumaon, and Nepaul, where the seasons occur in their more agreeable vicissitudes, the climate of Hindostan is diversified only by the dry and rainy montlis. The changes are produced by the south-west and north-east monsoons ; and it is remarkable that they happen regularly at different periods of the year on the opposite coasts of Coro- mandel and Malabar. In Bengal the hot or dry season con- tinues from March to the end of May ; the rainy period from June to October. By the latter end of July all the lower parts of the country, adjacent to the Ganges and Brahma- I ly n i i iii 1 t tuf^i^ittm 208 HINDOSTAN. pootra, are overflowed, forming an expanse of water more than 100 miles wide. By these regular inundations exbreme fertility is imparted to the soil; though in many places it requires no such fertilizing aid, as it consists of rich vege- table mould to the depth of six feet. The luxuriance of vegetation is scarcely equalled in any other region of the globe. Of its stately forest-trees, one of the most valuable is tne teak, which rivals the oak in firmness and durabilily, and is an excellent substitute for it in shipbuilding. Of its fruit-trees, the most noted are the various species of palms. Rice is the chief food of the Hindoos, and consequently the principal article of cultivation. Wheat, barley, millet, and maize, are also raised ; besides the sugar-cane, the mul- berry-tree, cotton, indigo, pepper, and various kinds of de- licious fruit. Among the domestic animals may bo mentioned the buffalo, ij camel, and elephant. The cattle are distinguished by a hunch on the shoulders ; and the sheep have hair instead of wool. Among the wild animals are the leopard, which is frequently hunted ; the lion, seen only among the northern mountains ; the Bengal tiger ; and the rhinoceros. Hindostan is rich in mineral treasures, — of which the most valuable is the diamond, found in the provinces of Bengal, Bnndelcund, Allahabad, Orissa, Berar, Bejapore, Gk>lconda, and the Camatic. The diamonds of Golconda and Orissa are the most celebrate i. The Hindoos have carried some manufactures to very great perfection. The shawls of Cashmere, made of the hair of the shawl-goat, are highly prized ; and till the late improvements in the cotton manufactures of Britain, the Indian muslins were the finest in the world. In delicate works in ivory and metals the Hindoos are still almost unrivalled. Indigo, opium, cotton, sugar, muslins, calicoes, raw silk, pepper, rice, and diamonds, are the chief exports. In a political view, the greater part of India is now under the immediate government of Britain. The British territory is divided into the Presidencies of Bengal, Madras, and Bom- bay; and the N. W. provinces. The Bengal Presidency comprises Bengal, Bahar, Orissa, Cuttack, Gundwana, the ceded districts on the Nerbudda, and the British territory E. of the Ganges; the N. W. provinces comprise Allahabad, Benares, AgTa, Dellii, Meerut, Eohilcund, the JuUindar Doab, and the Puniab. The Madras Presidency includes the Northern Circars, the Camatic, Malabar, Canara, and extends across the peninsula, S. and W. of Mysore. The Bombay Presidency comprises the territory on the W. side of Hin- dostan, from Canara northwturd, the Concan, Deccan Car. - BINDOSTAN. 209 deisbf Socat, and Sinde. The area of the foitish territory is 696^000 square miles, and the population 100 millions. The remainder of India is mostly in the possession of vassal rulers and states, more or less dependent upon Britain. The principal are, — 1. The Rajah of Mysore, residing in the fortress of thai; name; 2. The Nizam or Soubahdar of the Deccan, whose capital is Hydrahad ; 3. The King of Oude, residing at Lucknow ; 4. Nagpore ; 5. Holkar's dominion, whose cap- ital is Indore ; 6. The Rajpoot states of Ode;^re, Joudporj, Jyepore, &c. ; 7. The Guicowar or sovereign of Gujerat, whose capital is Baroda; 8. Scindia's dominion, of which Gwalior is the capital ; 9. Cashmere, the rajahship of Gholab Sing. The area of these states is 412,000 square miles; population 47 millions. The following continue independent states: 1. Nepaul; 2. Bootan. Area 73,000 square miles; population 3 millions. The French have still Pondicherry, Chandemagore, Carrical, and Mah6; the Portugese, Gk>a, Damaun, and Diu ; but these settlements are of scarcely any political importance. The most remarkable circumstance in the civic economy 6f the Hindoos is their division into castes^ of which there are fom*, — Brahmins or priests, the militanr class, agriculturists, and artisans. Each of these castes mllows invariaUy the same profession from generation to generation; and they never intermarry. Those who have been degraded from their castes, which is accounted the greatest of all misfor- tunes, are called Pariahs, a tenn of superlative reproach, and are kept in tlie most humiliating degradation. In their manners the Hindoos are mild and inoffensive, peculiarly formed for the quietude and the comfort of domestic life. Although their religion permits polygamy, they seldom have more than one wife ; the horrid customs of burning widows alive on the funeral piles of their husbands, and sacrificing infants to the Ganges, were retained tiU very lately, when they were prohibited by^ the British government. The Hindoos worship a number of gods, of whom the principal are Brahma, Vishnu, and Siva. They hol3 that, after their death, their souls will animate other bodies, either of men or inferior animals. Hence the extreme tenderness with which they treat all living creatures, even to the mean- est insect. The higher classes abstain from animal food, subsisting on rice, butter, milk, and vegetables. EXEBCISES. Nune the boundaries of Hindostan. What is its extent in square miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Into what great divisions is it portioned? What provinces are contained in o 210 HINDOSTAN. the Mountain Territories ? In Gkmgetic Hindostan? In Sindetie Hindostan? In Central Hindostan? In Southern Hindostan? What are the principal towns of the first division? Of the second? Of the third? Of the fourth? Of the fifth? Where is Allahabad, Hjdrabad, Ahmedabad, Bombay, Calcutta, Benares, Bejapore, Moorshedabad, Goa, Trichinopolv, Mangalore, Arcot? &ct Where is Ceylon, thQ Maldives, the Nicobar Isles ? Where is the Gulf of Cutch, of Cambay, the Bay of Bengal ? What are the principal mountains of Hinaostan ? Name its principal rivers. Trace their course. Name its principal capes. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Hindostan situate? What are its length and breadth? What mountains form its northern frontier ? What mountains run parallel to its eastern and western coasts ? What is the direction of the central chain ? Where do a series of rocky moimtains and of sandy hills occur? In what places are deserts of sand? Where do numer- ous savannahs occur? Where is the soil marshy? What is the more general aspect of Hindostan? In what provinces do the seasons occur in their most agreeable vicissitudes ? How is the climate of Hindostan in general diversified ? By what are those varieties caused? What is remarkable about the climate on the coasts of Malabar and Coromandel ? What are the periods of the dry and rainy seasons respectively in Bengal ? What is the ex- tent of the inundation on the course of the Ganges and Brahma- pootra? What is the qualityof the soil? Mention one of the most valuable forest-trees. What are the most noted of the fruit- trees ? What is the principal article of cultivation ? What are the other articles of cultivation ? Mention some of the domestic animals of Hindostan. What are its most remarkable beasts of prey ? What is its most valu- able mineral ? Where is it found ; and in what provinces is it most valuable ? In what manufactures have the Hindoos attained considerable dexterity ? In what kind of works are they almost unrivalled ? What are the chief exports from this country ? By what government is the greater part of India now controlled? Into how many Presidencies is the British government divided ? What provinces are comprehended in the Presidency of Bengal ? In the Presidency of Madras ? In the Presidency of Bombay ? What is the extent and population of the British territory? What itre the principal states entirely dependent on Great Britain? What is the number of their inhabitants ? What territories may still be considered nearly independent ? What is the amount of their population? What places belong to the French ? To the Portuguese ? What is the most remarkable circumstance in the civic econo- my of the Hindoos? What is their characteristic quality? Are they addicted to polygamy? What horrid customs did they till lately retain ? Mention some of their religious opinions. Whence arises their extreme tenderness in the treatment of living crea- tures? On what do the higher classes subsist? C EASTERN PENINSULA. 211 jtic ' i? the lere xes, JOt? bere bare ^ers. }8tan tains 10 its sntral 'hills amer- isthe lo the is the 1 those on the of the the ex- rahma- of the e fruit- hat are What valu- es is it ittained almost ? By rolled? vided? lengal ? )mhay? ritory? Jritain? iesmay ount of To the econo- r? Are ^hcy till lence ig crear THE EASTERN PENINSULA, OR INDIA BEYOND THE GANGES, Is bounded N. by Tibet and China ; W. by Hindostan and the Bay of Bengal ; S. by the Straits of Malacca and the Gulf of Siam ; E. by the Chinese Sea and the Gulf of Tonquin. It contains 750,000 square miles. Popula- tion estimated at 22,000,000. Divisions. Chief Towns. British Provinces. Assam Jorhath, Bungpore. Aracan Aracan. Amherst Amherst, Moulmein. Tavoy Tavoy. * Mergui Mergui, Tenasserim. Malacca Malacca. Pegu Kangoon, Prome, Bhamo, Martahau. Birmah or Ava Ava, Amarapoora. Siam. Bankok, Siam or Yuthla. Malay States Quedah, Salangore. Cochm-China or Empire of Annam. Cochiu-China Proper Hue, Turon. Tonquin Kesho or Tonquin. Camhoja Saigon, Gamboja. Laos Lanchang. Islands. — Penang or Prince of Wales' Island, Sin- gapore. Gulfs. — Martaban, Siam, Tonquin. Rivers.— Irrawady, Saluen, Menaui, Menam-kong or Camboja, Sangkoi. Capes. — Negrais, Romania, Cambodia. Straits. — Malacca, Singapore. REMABKS. ITie Eastern Penmsula extends from 1" 20' to 28** N. lat, and from 90° to 109^ E. long. Greatest length from N. to S. 1800 miles; breadth, from Capo Negrais to the £. of Cochin- China, 960 miles. This portion of Asia is remarkably distin^shed by its long parallel chains of mountains, enclosing distinct vaUevs, each watered by a considerable river. Those places in which rain does not fall abundantly, or remain long, exhibit a light powder barren as sand, or a crust as hard as rock ; while the 212 EASTERN PENINSULA. banks of the rivers and the sides of the mountains are clothed in perpetual verdure, and adorned with woods, iu comparison of whose gigantic height and expanse of foliage our loftieet trees dwindle to the stature of dwarfs. Among the most noted of its forest-productions are the eagle-wood, rose-wood, sandal-wood, teak, iron-wood, the true cinnamon, which ijs here indigenous, the sycamore, the Indian-fig, the haoianii, the bignonias, and the fan-palms. The forests are the haunts of vanous species of monkeys, tigers, and elephants. The elephants of Siam are particularly admired for their beauty and sagacity. Fine fruits, aromatic and medicinal plants, the sago, the cocoa, the banana, and other nutritious plants, grow in abundance. Laos produces the benzoin and gwn- kc ; and gamboge seems to be peculiar to Camboja. Bice, sugar, cotton, indigo, and pepper, are cultivated to a great extent. A company has been recently formed for the cul- 1 tivation of the tea-plant, which grows wild in the province of Assam These countries are rich in minerals. Besides gold and silver, their mines produce copper, tin, iron, lead, antimony, and zinc. The sapphire and amethyst are found in various parts of the Birman empire ; rubies of peculiar beauty are met with in Pegu ; and amher of uncommon purity is found in great quantities near the river Irrawady. The native govern- ments are all despotic in the highest degree. The religion is Buddhism. EXERCISES. . ,:y'^';.':':'"''^ ■ What are the boundaries of the Eastern Peninsula ? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the population ? Name the provinces belonging to Britain. What are its other divisions and chief tovms ? Name the islands, gulfs, rivers, capes, and straits. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is the Eastern Peninsula situate? What are its length and breadth? By what circumstance is it remarkably distinguished m its external aspect ? What contrast is presented between those places where rain is not abundant and the banks of the rivers and sides of the mountains ? What are the most noted of its forest-prodvictions ? Of what wild animals are those forests the haunts? For what are the ele- phants of Siam remarkable? What productions grow here in abundance ? What crops are cultivated to a great extwit? What metals do the mines of this country produce ? In what places are sapphires, amethysts, rubies, and amber, respectively found? What are the native governments ? What is the religion ? t-^' CHINA iB bounded N. by Chinese Tartary ; W. by Tartarjr and Tibet i S. by the Eastern Peninsula and the Chinese CHINA. 213 Sen;' E. b> the Pacific Ocean. It contains 1,298,000 square miles. Its population is estimated variously at from 150,000,000 to 367,000,000. i^ovinces. Chief Towns. Pe-^ohe-li Pekin. Shsm-tung Tsi-nan. Ktang-su Nankin. Ngan-hoei Ngan-king. Cne-kiang Hang-choo. Kiang-si Nan-ohang. Fo-ki-en Foo-choo. Qnang-tting. . . . Canton. Quang-si Quei-ling. Provinces. Chief Towns. Yon-nan Yun-nan. Kuei-ohoo Kuei-yang. Se-chn-en Ching-too. Shen-si Si-ngan. Shan-si Tai-jaen. Ho-nan Kai-fong. Hoo-pe Voo-chMig. Hoo-nan Chang-cha. Kan-si Lan-choo. Islands. — Hainan, Macao, Hong-Kong, Formosa, Chusan, Loo-Choo. Lakes. — ^Tong-ting, Poyang, Tai, Hong-tse. Rivers. — Hoang-ho or Yellow River ; Yang-tse-kiang or Blue River ; Choo-kiang or River of Canton ; Pei-ho or River of Pekin. .: BEMARKS. China extends from 20** to 42** N. kt., and from 98** to 123" £. long. Its greatest length from N. to S. is about 1600 miles ; its breadth varies from 900 to 1300 miles. China may be regarded, in general, as a flat and fertile country; although, in some places, its aspect is^ varied by chains of mountains of '*':»iic:doiabie eievai,ic"i. One of its most rf^markable features is the number and magnitude of its rivers, which have contributed in a great degree to it^; early civilisation. In a country so extensive, the climate is neces- sarily various. In the southern provinces the heat is greatei than in Bengal ; in the northern, the rigour of a Em'opean winter is experienced. In no rtJgion of the East has agricul- ture attained greater perfection. The cultivation of every spot is requisite for the support of its excessive population ; and the greatest ingenuity has accordingly been displayed ui forming even the sides of lofty mountains into terraces, to which water is conveyed by buckets, or by conduits from reservoirs in which the rain is collected at the top. Where the produc- tion of food for man is an object of such importance, the I'earing of domestic animals is rather discouraged, except in so far as they are employed in subserviency to that primary purpose. The principal article of culture is rice, which is raised chiefly in the southern parts of the empire. The acuteness and industry of the Chinese have discovered a method of cultivating even the beds of their lakes, ponds, and 214 CHINA. rivulets, where the petii^ or water-chestnut, in particular, is planted, and produces a wholesome and delicate fruit, which IS contained In a cover formed hy the root. Besides the orange, tamarind, and mulherry trees (of which there are two species, from the bark of one of which paper is made), the tallow-tree is peculiar to China, yielding a green wax, which is manufactured into candles. But of the native productions of Cliina the most remarkable is the tea-plant, which grows chiefly in the hilly parts of the country. It is about five feet high ; its leaves are naiTOW and indented on the edges ; and it blossoms from October to January. ^ In a country so densely peopled, there are but few forests or jungles to harbour wild oeasts. Such as are occasionally seen do not differ ft'om those of the neighbouring countries. Among the minerals may be mentioned gold, silver, quick- silver, a natural composition of iron and zinc called tutenag^ a species of white copper called petonoy and the fine clay and earths kaolin and petmUse^ from which porcelain is manufac- tured. The district around Pekin abounds in coal, usually pounded and baked with water into cakes before burning. Amon^ this industrious people almost every kind of man- ufacture IS found; those ofj>orcelain, silk, cotton, and paper, are the most noted. Like the Hindoos, they excel in delicate works in ivory and metal. Their chief exports are silk, pprcelain, and especially tea. Of the imports from Europe, the most important are iron, steel, lead, flints, zinc, quick- silver, woollens, cotton-goods, cotton-twist, clockwork, and machinery. Those from India consist of cotton and opium, the latter being still a leading import, as the trade is tolerated though not legalized. The smoking of this drug had become general, but ^ing regarded as pernicious, its use and impor- tation was in 1889 strictly prohibited by the government, whose seizure of a vast quantity in the hands of British mer- chfuits led to a war with this country. Having been com- pletebr worsted in this contest, they were obliged to cede to the British the island of Hong-Kong, and allow them to reside and trade at the ports of Canton, Amoy, Shanghae, Foo-choo, and Ning-po. Of their national works, the most remarkable are the Great Wall on the northern frontier, con- structed about 200 rears before the Christian era, said to be 1400 miles in lengtn, and the Imperial Canal, by wliich the inland navigation is continued, with the interruption, Of only one day's journey, fi'om Pekin to Canton, — a distance of up- wards of 1400 miles. That part of the canal which extends from Pekin to Hang-ohoo,— « distance of 700 miles, — ^is 200 feet broad at the sunace, and in passing through the elevated tracts it h often 60 or 70 feet in depth, while in low marshy i CHINA. 215 plaees it is raised by embankments sometimes 20 feet above tbs level of the surrounding countrv; so that fireqaently its snrfistce is higher than the vraMs of the cities by which it passes, and it sometimes occasions dreadful inimdations. ' iThe government of China is the patriarchal, or the mildest species of despotism ; and its present monarchs are of Tartar origin. Letters are held in great honour, and printing was executed on wooden blocks long before that important art was known ifi Europe. They nave a very peculiar written language, with a distmct character for every word, of which there are nearlv 30,000. Yet this has not prevented Dr Morrison and other learned men from acquiring the language and translating into it the Holy Scriptures, which, though prohibited by the government, are perused with avidity by the people whenever the^ can procure them. All candidates for office undergo a strict literary examination. The char- acter of the Chinese is placid and affable ; but they are artful and fraudulent; and tne ruling classes, though inteUigentf are corrupt and unprincipled. The exposure of infSants is said to be common. Their notions of female beauty are pecu- liar; and their admiration of small feet subjects females to much pain and inconvenience in obtaining this indispensable charm. The religion of the government and learned men is that of Confucius, who flourished about five hundred years before the Christian era, and is almost a pure deism; but the people are addicted to various superstitions, particularly the worship of Fo, supposed to be the Boodh of the Hindoos. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of China? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the estimated number of inhabitants ? Name its provinces, with their chief towns. Name its islands, lakes, and rivers. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is China situate? What are its length and breadth? What is its general aspect? Mention some of the most remarkable features in the natural ap- pearance of the country. What are the varieties of its climate ? What ingenuity do the Chinese display in agriculture ? Is the rearing of domestic animals much encouraged in China? What is the principal article of cultivation for food? How do they cultivate even the beds of the rivers and lakes ? Mention some of the fruit-tr6es of China. What is the most Remarkable of its native productions ? Describe it. Are there many wild animals in China? Mention some of its most important minerals. In what part of the country does coal abound? How is it used? What are the most noted manufactures of the Chinese ? In what works do they particularly excel ? What are their chief exports ? What are the most remarkable of their national works ? What is 216 TIBET. I the fonn of government in China? What is the nature of thxAr langaage? How are candidates for office examined? What is peculiar in their character and manners ? What practice is said to be common ? What peculiar notion of beauty subjects females to much pain and inconvenience? What religion does that of China resemble ? TIBET -' i Is bounded N. by Chinese Tartary and the Desert of Gobi ; W. by Cashmere and the Punjab ; S. by Hindostan and Birmah; E. by China. It contains 750,000 square miles. The population has been estimated at 6,000,000- Divisions. Chief Towns. Tibet Proper Lassa, Teshoo Lomboo. Little Tibet, and Ladak Leh. Bootan. See Hindostan. Mountains.— Himalaya, Kuen-lun, Kara-korum. Lakes. — Tengri-Nor, Palte, Mansarowara. Rivers. — Sanpoo, Indus. KEMASES. Tibet is supposed to extend from 28" to 36'' N, lat., and from 76** to 104* E. long., being nearly 1500 miles in length, by a breadth of 600 miles ; but its boundaries, particularly on the N., being uncertain, and our present knowledge of the country limited, it is impossible to form any thing like a correct estimate either of its area or population. Low rocky hiUs and extensive arid plains are the chief features in the aspect of Tibet Proper. The mountains of Bootan are clothed in perpetual verdure, or crowned with lofty forests ; their declivities and the valleys are rich in com- fields and orchards. Tibet is an extensive region of Central Asia, consisting of an elevated table-land, surrounded by mountains covered with perpetual snow, and distinguished as containing Hie source of many of the greatest jivers of Asia. Yet the cold is not so intense as might be supposed, and the fields dis- play rich pastures with numerous flocks and herds. A country so mountainous may be expected to aboun^ in min- erals. Though those of Tibet are not wrought to any ^eat extent, cinnabar-ores rich in quicksilver, rock-salt, and tmcal or crude borax, are met vdth in considerable quantities. Gold is found of great j^urity, and there are mines of leadj silyer, and copper; granite, quaii;z, and limestone, are chief con* TIBET. 217 a Btiiuents of the monntaiD-ranges. T^e musk-deer, resembling the hog in shape, with hair^ot unlike the quills of a porcu- phie; the ox, whose flo*^ ing and glossy tail is employed by the luxurious orientals for driving away flies and other in- sects ; and the goat, whose fine hair is imported into Cash- mere for the manufacture of shawls, — may be mentioned among the animals of Tibet. The religion of Tibet is peculiar. The Grand Lama, or high priest, who was formerly also the temporal soyereign, is an object of adoration. He is supposed never to die, and his soul is sometimes fancied to be found in the body of a child. The natives are mild and gentle in their disposition. By a singular peculiarity in their manners, all the brothers of a family have the same wife, whom the eldest brother has the privilege of selecting. The whole country (with the excep- tion of Little Tibet and Ladak, supposed to be independent) is at present subject to the Emperor of China. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Tibet ? Into what divisions is it {>ortioned ? Name its principal towns. What are its mountains, akes, and rivers ? Between what degrees of latitude and longi- tude is it situate ? AVhat are its length and breadth ? What are the principal features in the aspect of Tibet Proper ? What is the appearance of the mountains of Bootan ? What parts of the country are cultivated and productive ? What is the nature of the climate ? What minerals have been found in Tibet in con- siderable quantities? Which of the animals of this country deserve to be particularly mentioned ? What idea do the people entertain of their Grand Lama? By what disposition are they characterized ? What singular peculiarity prevails in their man- ners ? To what emperor is the country, excepting Little Tibet and Ladak, subject ? CHINESE TARTARY Is bounded N. by Siberia ; W. by Independent Tartarv; S. hr Tibet and China ; E. by the Sea of Japan and tne Gulf of Tartary. It is estimated to contain 3,300,000 square miles. Population about 12,000,000. Divisions. Chief Towns. Manchooria Kirin-Oola, Saghalien-Oola, Moukden or Chin* yang, Ningoota. Mongolia '.'.....Ourga, Mai-ma-tchin, Ili or Goulja. Little Bucharia...Yarkand, Eashgar, Aksn, Khoten, Khamil. Corea King-ki-tao. 218 CHINESE TARTARY. Island. — Saghalien. ^ ^^ Gulfs.— Gulf of Tartary, Sea of Japan. Mountains. — Thian-shan or Celestial MoimtainB, Khin-gan Mountains, Altai Mountains. Lakes.— Koko Nor, Lob Nor, Alak-tou-kul, Zaisang. Rivers. — Amoor or Saghalien, Yarkand, Hi. BEMARKS. Chinese Tartary, including the peninsula of Corea, extends from 35'' to 56° N. lat., and from 70* to 142*' E. long. Length Irom E. to W. about 3300 miles ; breadth from N. to S. 1200 miles. It is chiefly occupied with vast elevated plains, or table- lands, intersected by the desert of Gobi or Shamo, which is about 1400 miles long, and interspersed with very few habi- table tracts or oases. The cUmate of the northern districts is cold and ungenial; but several of the provinces of Little Bucharia or Chinese Turkestan, supposed by Humboldt to be of moderate elevation, produce wine, silk, rice, and cotton, and present traces of ancient civilisation. The western portion of this vast country is occupied by the Mongol Tartars, who are subdivided into three great tribes, the Kalmucks, Eluths, and Eidkas. They are a wan- dering race, subsisting almost entirely upon the products of their flocks and herds. Each tribe is governed oy its own khan or chief, who pays an annual tribute to the Emperor of China. This territory was once the seat of the empirg of Gengis and his posterity, which held sway over almost alJ Asia. Manchooria is inhabited by a more cultivated people, who live in fixed dwellings. The lan^age and religion of these nations are as distinct as their ongin. The religion of the Mongols is an idolatry, founded on the notion of good and evil spirits. The Manchoos, in 1644, subdued China and estabhshed the present dynasty on the throne. They have neither temples nor idols, but are said to worship a Supreme Being, whom they style the Emperor of Heaven. The whole of these countries have, for about 200 years, been subject to China, though several formidable rebellions have broken out. EXEEOISES. What are the boundaries of Chinese Tariary? What is its extent in square miles ? What is its population ? AVhat are its divisions ? Name its principal towns. What are its inountains ? What lakes does it contain? Trace its rivers. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Chinese Tartar^ situate? What are its length and breadth? With what is it chiefly occu- pied ? How is tius vast plain intersected ? What is the charao" ; INDEPENDENT TARTARY. 219 ter of the climate in the northern districts? THiat are the pro- daotions of some of the proyinces of Little Bncharia ? By what people ifl the yrestem portion occupied? Into what tribes are they snbdivided? How do they chiefly subsbt? What great conqueror once ruled in this territory? How do the inhabitants of Blanohooria differ from their neighbours ? Have these several nations the same langui^e and religion ? Describe the varieties of their religious worship. How long have these countries been subject to Cliina? Have they submitted peaceably ? INDEPENDENT TARTARY or TURKESTAN Is bounded N. by Asiatic Russia^ W. by the River Ural and the Caspian Sea ; S. by Persia and Afghan- istan ; E. by Chinese Tartary. Its area is estimated at 750,000 square miles ; and its population at 6,000,000 Divisions. Chief Towns. Kokan Kokan, Kojend, Tashkend. « Bokhara Bokhara, Bamarcand, Balkh. Khiva Khiva. Koondooz Koondooz, Khooloom, Budukshan. K'rghiz Steppe or Country. Mountains. — ^Hindoo-Koosh, Beloor-tagh. Rivers. — Amoo or Oxus, Sihon or Jaxartes. Lakes or Inland Seas. — ^The Caspian Sea, the Sea of Aral ; Lake Balkash. REMARKS. 'Independent Tartary or Turkestan, part of ancient Scythia^ extends from 35° to 54" N. lat., and from 51" to 82* E. long. Length from E. to W. 1400 miles; breadth from N. to B. 1100 miles. Of this large country, at least one-half is occupied by im- mense steppes, or desert plains, chiefly inhabited dv the Kir- fhis. An extensive desert intervenes between Bokhara and 'ersia, traversed only by bands of wandering Turcomans. Here were the famous kingdom and city of Meru on the Murghab, but they are now laid waste. The eastern shores of the Caspian present a long and gloomy chain of arid dowuB and rocks. Of the Kirghiz, who now occupy Western Turk- estan, the original seat of the Turks, there are three tribes, each governed by its own khan or prince. The smallest of those tribes occupies the country between the river Ural, the Sea of Aj»1, and the environs of Orenburg. The middle horde wanders along the north side of the Aral as far as the river Sarisou on the east. The great horde extends east and 220 INDEPENDENT TARTARY. ik south of the Aral Lake, over the region watered by the SariAou and the Jaxartes. Ahnost the whole of this country is a Bteril expanse of sand, interspersed here and there witn hills of day. During winter the cold is extreme. Bokhai'a, however, on the Oxus, and Kokan on the Jaxartes, are fertile regions, abounding both in com and pasture. The former territory, possessed by the Usbeck Tartars, was, in the fourteenth century, the seat of the empire of Timur, one of the greatest conquerors that ever ruled in Asia. Amonj^ these tribes, horse-flesh is esteemed a great delicacy, and their favourite drink is koumiBa^or fermented mare's milk. Elhiva is a tolerably fertile country, situate to the south of the Aral Tjake, between the Caspian and Bokhara, and watered by the Oxus. In the twelfth century it was the seat of a powerful kingdom, but it is now reduced to a province, whose extent is vaguely estimated, by saying that a man on horseback could ride over it in three days. The deserts which encom- pass it seem to be increasing. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Independent Tartary ? Wliat is its extent in square miles ? What is its population ? What are its divisions ? Name the principal tovms of those divisions re- spectively. What mountains does Independent Tartary oontaiu? Trace its rivers. Name its lakes. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Independent Tartary situate ? What are its length and breadth ? By what in at least one-half of the country occupied? By whom are the steppes chiefly inhabited? What is the nature of the district between Bokhara and Persia? By what people is it traversed? Of what kingdom and city was it once the seat ? What appear- ance do the eastern shores of the Caspian present ? How many tribes are there of the Kirghiz ? How are they governed ? What countries are occupied by their hordes respectively? What is the general aspect of their country? What is the nature of the climate ? What provinces ahound in com and pasturage ? Of what great empire vfas Bokhara the se^c ? What is esteemed a delicacy among these tribes? What is their favourite drink? In what does Khiva differ from this country ? At what time was it the seat of a powerful empire ? How is its extent now vaguely estimated ? What is remarkable about the encompassing deserts? ASIATIC RUSSIA Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. by Russia in Europe; S. by Persia, Independent and Chinese Tar- tary ; E. by the Pacific Ocean. It contains 5,000,000 square miles. Population estimated at 6,000,000. ASIATIC RUSSIA. 221 Govenunents. Chief Towns. Wevtcni Siberia Tobolsk, Tomsk, Omsk, Kolyvan. EMtem Siberia. Irkutsk, Yeniseisk, Kiachta, Yakutsk, Nertehinsk, Okhotsk. Georgia, or the Trans- Caueasian Provinces... Tiflis, Erivan, Baku, Derbend. Islands. — Aleutian Islands, Kurile Isles. Seas and Gulfs.— Sea of Kara, Gulf of Obi, Gulf of Anadir, Sea of Okhotsk, Bchring's Sea. Capes. — Severo, or North East Cape, East Cape, Lo- ])atka. Peninsula. — Kamtschatka. Mountains.— Caucasus, Ural, Altai. EiVERS. — Ural, Ob or Obi, Irtish, Yencsei, Lena, Kur. Lakes. — Baikal, Tchany, Erivan. REMARKS. Asiatic Bussia, exclusive of Georgia, extends from 47° to 78" N. lat., and from 60" E. to 190" E., or 170" W. long. Length, from the Ural Mountains to the southern extremity of Kamtschatka, 3600 miles ; breadth, from north to south, ♦ 1900 miles. In a country of such immense extent as Siberia, there is necessarily a considerable variety of aspect. The northern and eastern parts present vast marshy plains, covered with almost perpetual snow, and intersected by large rivers, which pursue their dron. course under surfaces of ice towards the Arctic Ocean. I'-ven in the central parts vegetation is, in a groat measure, checked by the severity of the cold; but in the south there are extensive forests. The iiide sublimity of the shores of the Baikal are placed in strong contrast with the cultivated fields around. The steppes or great plains, without a tree or a shrub, but covered in many places with luxuriant herbage, are features almost peculiar to the Asiatic landscape in this quarter. The climate of Siberia, although varj ng with the latitude, is in general extremely severe. The greater part of the soil is totolly incapable of culture; but in some of the south - em and western regions it is fertile, and the crops luxuriant. In the northern wastes the rein-deer supplies the place of the cow and the horse ; and wild horses and asses roam over the deserts in the south. Lasha stags, the musk-animal, and the wild'-bcMU', haunt the environs of Lake Baikal ; the formidable urns or bison, and the ibex, are seen among the mountains of Caucasus ; tJie beaver frequents the banks of the Yenesei ; the areali or wild-sheep is still an object of the chase ; but 222 JAPAN. the most valuable are the sable and other fttr-bearing animals found In the northern plains. The rivers of Siberia abound with fish from the neighbouring seas, especially salmon and sturgeon. The minerals are very valuable; the Ural and Altai Mountains contain mines of eold, sUvor, platina, copper, and iron. The mines are worked oy the government. This vast tract of country is inhabited by various distinct tribes. Those wlio occupy the shores of the Northern Ocean are called Samoieds, a people resembling the Laplanders in their appearance and manner of living. The occupants of the south are those of Tartarian origin. . ^ EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Asiatic Russia ? What is its ex- tent in square miles? Into what govp.rnmeuts is it divided? What are their principal towns respectively ? Name its islands. What are its seas and gulfs? Name its capes. What are the urincipal chains of mountains ? What are the principal rivers ? Name its lakes. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situate ? What are its length and breadth ? What is the appearance of the northern and eastern parts ? What is the state of vegetation in the central parts? What is the aspect of the southern districts ? What is the character of the scenery around "^ Lake Baikal ? What feature is almost peculiar to the Asiatic landscape in this quarter ? What is tlie nature of the Siberian climate ? In what parts is the soil fertile and the crops luxuriant ? Mention some of the animals of Siberia. Which of these are most valuable ? With what kinds of fish do the rivers abound ? Does Siberia possess much mineral wealth ? What people occupy the various districts of Siberia? JAPAN - - ■ - v;^i'^.v ' Is an extensive empire in the eastern extremity of Asia, consisting of four large islands and a number of smaller ones, which are separated from the peninsula of Corea and the coast of Chinese Tartary by the Straits of Corea and the Sea of Japan. Extent 260,000 square miles. Population 25 millions.? V. .^. The principal islands are, — i«»fj i y< l il l i l i 224 ASIATIC ISLANDS. length so strone a prejudice against their religionf that a massacre took place in 1590, in which 20,000 Christians are said to have perished ; and in 1 638 they were nearly exter- minated. Until lately, every foreign nation, except the Chinese and Dutch, were jealously excluded from the Japan- ese ports ; the intercourse of the latter being confined to the port of Nangasaki, where they were allowed to dispose of two ships' cargoes annually. ' EXERCISES. What islands constitute the empire of Japan? "What is its ex- tent in square miles? What is the amount of the population? Where is Nangasaki, Jeddu, Tosa, Miaco, Matsmai ? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude are the Japan islands situate ? What are their length and breadth ? What is the effect of Japanese policy? Describe the appearance of the country. What is the state of cultivation ? What are the prin- cipal crops? Is Japan rich in vegetables? What minerals abound? In what manufactures are the Japanese unrivalled? To what are they indebted for their superiority in the art of varnishing ? What kind of printing prevails among them ? What are their favourite branches of education ? What are their at- tainments in astronomy? Describe the Japanese government. What are their two sys- tems of religion? Who &:st discovered the country and intro- duced Christianity? What consequences did the conduct of these settlers produce ? Which was the only European nation allowed to trade with them ? To what port was this intercourse confined ? ■ ASIATIC ISLANDS, . '^■" ; ^?i'>2 • THE INDIAN ARCHIPELAGO, Comprise a large number of islands lying to the south and east of India beyond the Ganges, having the Indian Ocean on the west, the China Sea on the north, and the Pacific to the south and east. They are estimated to contain about 800,000 square miles, and a population of 20,000,000. Principal Islands, f. *;• Chief Towns. Sumatra Bencoolen, Acheen, Palembang. Java Batavia, Samarang, Sourabaya, Souracarta. Borneo Borneo or Bruni, Sarawak, Pontianak. Celebes Macassar or Mankasser. The Moluccas or Spice Islands.... Amboyna, Ternate. The Philippines, of which the prin- cipal are Luzon and Mindanao ...Manilla. A8IATIC ISLANDS. 225 Straits. — Malacca, Singapore, Sonda, Banca, Macas- sar, Molucca Passage. BEUARKS. The Asiatic Islands, forming the Indian Archipelago, called also the Eastern or Malay Archipelago, lie between 11** S. and 19^ N. lat., and between 95" and 132* E. long., extending from west to east nearly 2500 miles. The interior of all the great islands is traversed by ranges of lofty mountains, which bear often a volcanic cnaracter, and are crowned almost to their summits with noble forests, luxuriant shrubs, and aromatic plants, presenting the most varied and picturesque scenery. The soil is fertile, jdelding rice, sago, and the finest spices. The clove is indigenous in the Momccas, the nutmeg in the Banda Islands ; and they have never been produced elsewhere in equal perfection. The diamond is found in Borneo, which also produces gold in great abundance; and Banca, near Sumatra, contains in- exhaustible mines of tin. ^ he principal inhabitarts of these islands are the Malays, HP ' nious and active, out fierce and turbulent race. On t] <,sts they are much addicted to piracy, which they practise with great skill. The interior is for the most part inhabited by the Papuas or Oceanic Negroes, who are almost complete savages. The Dutch possess most of these islands ; Batavia, in Java, is the capital of their settlements in the East. They have recently been engaged in some severe contests with the native princes. All these possessions were wrested from them by Britain during the late war, but were restored at the peace of 1814. The Philippine Islands belong to Spain. For a notice of the principal islands, and also of the smaller islands, — Arroo, Bali, Banca, Banda, Billiton, Booro, Coram, Flores, Gilolo, Labuan, Lombok, Madura, Sooloo, Sumbawa, Temate, Tidor, Timor, and Timor-laut, see t^e Descriptive Table op Asia, under the respective names. ^ '■- ' EXERCISES. ■ ' Where are the Asiatic Islands situate ? How are they bounded? What is their extent in square miles? What is the amount of their population ? Of what islands do tliey consist ? What are the principal towns? What are the straits? Between what degvees or latitude and longitude are the Asiatic Islands situ- ate? What is their extent from west to east? What aspect do these islands present ? What is the nature of the soil and itti productions? What spices are indigenous in the Molucca and Banda Islands ? Kamo the islands which produce gold and tin. Who are the principal inhabitants ? What is their character ? 1» ( I 226 AUSTRALASIA^ To what are those on the coast addicted ? Who are the principal inliabitants of the interior? To what European power do raost of these islands belong? What town is the capital of all the Dutch settlements in Lndia? With whom have they been re- cently engaged in severe contests ? To whom do the Philippine Islands belong ? I V i AUSTRALASIA Comprehends Australia, Van Diemen's Island, New- Zealand, Papua br New Guinea, New Britain, New Ire- land, New Hanover, Admiralty Isles, Solomon Islands, Queen Charlotte Islands, New Hebrides, New Caledonia. AUSTRALIA Lies between 10° 40' and 39° 12' S. lat., and between 113° and 153° 16' E. long. It is separated on the north, from Papua or New Guinea, by Torres Strait ; and on the south, from Van Diemen's Island, by Bass Strait. Its length from E. to W. is 2400 miles, and its breadth from N. to S. 1970 miles. Its area is estimated at 3,000,000 square miles, and the British population at about 600,000. ° : !^* Divisions. Chief Towns. New South Wales Sydney, Paramatta, Windsor,. Liverpool, Bathurst. Victoria or Port Phillip Melbourne, Geelong. South Australia Adelaide. Western Australia Perth, Freemantle. Gulfs and Bays. — On the East— Shelhume Bay, Princess Charlotte Bay, Halifax Bay, Broad Sound, Her- vey Bay, Moreton Bay, Port Macquarie, Port Stephens, Port Jackson. On the South — ^Western Port, Port Phillip, Portland Bay, Encounter Bay, St Vincent Gulf, Spencer Gulf, Great Australian Bight, King George's Sound. OntJie West — ^Flinders' Bay, G^ograpne Bay, Freycinet's Harbour, Shark Bay, Exmouth Gulf, King's Sound, Camden Bay, Admiralty Gulf, Cambridge Gulf, Van Diemen Gulf, Port Essington. On the North — Castle- reagh Bay, Arnhem Bay, Melville Bay, Gulf of Carpen- taria. Capes.— Cape York, Cape Melville, Cape Flattery, Sandy Cape, Cape Howe, Wilson's Promontory, Cape Otway, Cape Spencer, Cape Chatham, Cape Le^uwm, VAN DIEMEM^S ISLAND. 227 oiicipal lomost all the een re- ilippine iw Ire- slands, edonia. etween 3 north, I on the it. Its breadth ated at ition at Windsor, . Bay, d, Her- ephens, Phillip, Jpencer Sound, ^cinet's Sound, f, Van Castle- arpen- attery, , Cape N. W. Cape, Cape Leveque, Cape Londonderry, Point Dale. Mountains. — Blue Mountains, Liverpool Kange, Australian Alps or Warragong Mountains, Grampians, Pyrenees, Flinders' Range, Victoria Mountains, Darling Range, Australian Andes. Rivers. — Boyne, Brisbane, Richmond, Clarence, Hast- ings. Hunter, Hawkesbury, Macquarie, Glenelg, Murray with its affluents, Darling, Lachlan, and Morrumbidgee, Swan, Fitzroy, Prince Regent, Victoria, Adelaide. Straits. — ^Torres, Bass, Clarence, Endeavour. Lakes. — ^Victoria or Alexandrina, Torrens, Caranga- mite. Lakes are very numerous, but none of them are large, and few appear to be permanent. VAN DIEMEN'S ISLAND, or TASMANIA, Lies off the S. extremity of Australia, from which it is separated by Bass Strait, between 40° 44^ and 43° 40' S. lat., and 144'' 38' and 148" 24' E. long. Its greatest length from N. to S. is 200 miles, and its bres^dth from W. to E. 180 miles. Area estimated at .^yOOO square miles. Population (1847) 70,164. Chief Towns. — Hobart Town, I^aunceston. Peninsulas. — ^Tasman, Freycinet. Bays. — Great Swan Port, Storm Bay, Norfolk Bay, Port Dalrymple, Port Davey, Macquarie Harbour. Capes. — Cfape PiUar, South Cai)e, South West Cape, Cape Sorell, West iPoint, Cape Grim. Mountains. — ^Beulomond, Wyldes Crag, 4500 feet liigh. Mount Wellington, Western ]!i([ountains, CampbelFs Range. .. -:.■.";.''_• ^^^n, ,<■ Rivers. — Derwent, Tamar, Jordan, -i /a V/ '^"" NEW ZEALAND Consists of a chain of three islands in the Pacific Ocean, between 34" 12' and 47" 20' S. lat., and 166" and 178* 40' E. long., about 1200 miles S. E. from Australia. Length 1100 miles ; average breadth 105 miles. The two larger islands are called North and Middle Islands, or New Ulster and New Mimster, bemg separated by Cook's Strait. The South Island or New Leir^ster was formerly called Stewart's Island. Area estimated at 95,000 square 228 NEW ZEALAND. o miles. Population of colonists about 30,000 ; estimated population of natives 100,000. DlvisionB. Chief Towns. North Island (Now Ulster) Auckland, New Plymouth, Wel- lington (Port Nicholson). Middle Island (Now Muri8ter)..Nelson,Dunedin(PortOtago)Lyt- telton. South I jid (New Lolnstcr). Mo^ TAINS. — Mount E^mont 8838 feet high ; the Mid- dle Island is traversed in its whole length by a chain of high mountains covered with perpetual snow. KiVERS. — Wai-hou or Thames, and Piako, on the east coast of North Island ; Hokianga, Kaipara, Wai-Kato, and Wanganui, on the west coast. Harbours. — In Nmih Island—Smdy Bay, Bay of Islands, Houraki Bay, Waitemata, Manukau, Bay of Plenty, Htiwke's Bay, JPort Nicholson. In Middle IsU aw«?-— Cloudy Bay, Pegasus Bay, Port Otago, Chalky Bay, Pusky Bay, Blind or Tasman Bay, Admiralty Bay, Port Gore, Queen Charlotte Sound. Peninsulas. — Tera-kako, in North Island ; Banks, in Middle Island. Capes. — In Nmih Island — ^North Cape, Cape Brett, Gape Colville, East Cape, Cape Mata-mawr, Cape Pal- liser. Cape Egmont, Afeatross Point, Cape Maria Van Diemen. In Middle Island — Cape Campbell, Cape Saunders, Cascade Point, Cape Foul Wmd, Cape Fare- well, Cape Jackson. ; UlSMARKS. The British possessions in Australasia are, Australia, which contains the colonies of Now South Wales, Victoria, or Port Phillip, South Australia, and Western Australia, vdth Cook's Land, extending along the E. const, hetween the Tropic of Capricorn, 23^" and 80" S. lat. ; Van Diemen's Island, New Zealand, and the small islands, Noifolk, Auckland, j|nd tihe Chath am i^roup. ^ ' ";" Australia, formerly called New Holland, is the laigest island on the globe, being four-fifths of the extent of Europe. The first Australian colony, which was founded in 1788, at Sydney, on the east coast, was originally intended principally for a penal settlement : but having been found to possess a climate remarkably salubrious, and a soil of great fertility, the country was thrown open to British enterprise ; hence, a great and rapid increase in wealth and population. "iMMMMi pi-i i^iilii AUSTRALIA. 229 imated h, Wel- go)Lyt- le Mid- hain of he east i-Kato, Bay of Bay of die Isl- «^yBay, y, Port nks, ill Brett, )e Pal- a Van Cape Fare- , which or Port Cook's ■epic of 1, New md the lai'gest Surope. 788, at Lcipally ssess a rtihty, ence, a The ooast line of Australia is marked by deep golfs and capacious havens. On the north is the large guu of Carpen- taria; and opposite, on the south, is the great Austnuian Bight. Like tne other continents, Australia has an island of considerable magnitude attached to it, namely, that of Van Diemen, which lies at its S. extremity. Besides numerous islets and groups, the other principal islands deserving notice are, Melville and Bathurst Islands on the north, and Groote Island in the Gulf of Carpentaria ; on the east, Great Sandy Island ; and in Bass Strait, Flinders and King's Islands ; Kangaroo Island, near St Yinceut Gulf, and Diric Hartog's, on the west coast. In no other region on the globe could a similar extent of coast line be found, with so few navigable rivers. The Mun-ay, in South Australia; the Hunter and Brisbane, in New South Wales ; the Albert, falling into the Gulf of Carpentaria ; the Adelaide, into Van Diemen Gulf; the Victoria, into Cambridge Gulf; the Prince Begent and Fitzroy, on the north-west coast ; and Swan River, in West- em Australia, are the only streams navigable for ships for even a few miles from the ocean, where their entrances are barred. The Barrier Reefs are an important feature on the N. E. coast of Australia • he great coral-reefs form a vast submarine buttress whi^i^ skirts the shore for above 1000 miles, forming the longest coral- reef in the world. It stretches along the Australian coast at a mean distance cf 30 miles from the land. The breadth of the reef, towards the south, is 40 or 50 miles; it becomes narrower towards the north; on the outer side there is an unfathomed depth ; and on the inner, sound- ings of from 10 to 20 fathoms. .'• ; ,* . So far as the country is known, one mountain-range bounds the coast from Bass Strait to the N. extremity of York Pen- insula ; and on the western shore, ranges run parallel with the coast. The general features of the surveyed districts of Australia are alternate hills and valleys, mountains and plains. The "mountain belt" of Australia is known under distinct denominations, — as the Blue Mountains, in the vicinity of Sydney; Liverpool Range, in its northern extension; the Australian Alps or Warragong Mountains, in its southern ex- tension. This lofty ridge, which runs nearly parallel to the coast, at a distance of from 30 to 50 miles, separates the waters that flow towards the sea from those that have an inland course. The highest mountains hitherto known are found in the Warragongs, whose heiglit in this latitude, as they are covered with eternal snows, cannot be estimated at less than from 12,000 to 15,000 feet. Recent discoveries have madti known a mass of mountain-land called the Australian Gram- pians and Pyrenees. In Western Australia, the mountains 230 AUBTBALIA. consist of parallel cbfdns ; the Darling Kange and Victoria Bange being those best known ; the former commencing to the north of Cape Chatham, in the S.W. extremity of the continent. In the Irtmor, the isolated hills are uniformly different in composition irom the connected ranges ; the latter being of granite, the former of sandstone. Australia abounds in mineralogical treasures. Iron is spread in great profusion over all the continent ; vast beds of coal exist in many districts ; copper and lead ores of the richest description have been found within these few years in great abundance, especially in South Australia; and in 1861 ^old-fields were discovered in New South Wales and Victoria, surpassing the richest auriferous deposits previously known. Mining has, in consequence, become a most import- ant branch of industry. The < >ther great staple of the coun- tnr is wool, its rich and boundless pastures being specially adapted for the rearing of sheep. : About a third part of the Australian continent lies in the torrid zone ; the other portion is in the south temperate zone. Tropical Australia is m the range of the Indian monsoons. The seasons of New South Wales are the opposite of those of Britain,. January being the middle of summer, and July of winter. The average temperature of spring is 66" 5', of summer 72", of autumn 66°, and of winter 55°. The atmo- sphere is, in general, remarkably clear and salubrious. In Sydney, the thermometer is rarely below 40°. The fruits and culinary vegetables of Australia are numerous, and of excellent quality. The progress of the Australasian group of settlements has of late been singularly rapid in almost every point of view. The number of emigrants from the United Kingdom in- creased from 700 a-year, on the average of the three years ending with 1827, to 23,000 a-year, on the average of the three years ending with 1851. In the twenty years be» tween 1828 and 1848, the population increased from 53,000 to 361,000; the imports from £811,000 to £2,889,000; the exports from £181,000 to £2,880,000 ; the tonnage of ship- ping entered inwards and cleared outwards from 100,000 tons to 784,000. The gold discoveries in 1851 have since accele- rated the material advancement of the colonies in a ratio to which there is scarcely any parallel. For an account of the other islands enumerated under Australasia, the reader is re- ferred to the Descriptive Table op Asia. » ^ EXERCISES. "What islands are comprehended in Australasia? What are the Biitiah possessions in Australasia? What was the Island of POLYNESIA. 231 ship- Australia formerly called? What is its extent in Moare mile*? What is the amount of the British poi)nlation? What are itt length and hreadth? Between what latitude and longitude is it situate? What are its divisions? Name the principal towns. Name the principal mountains, rivera, and straits. What is re- markahle in the coast line of Australia? Name the island that lies at its S. extremity. Name the principal islands around the coast Which rivers are navigable? What is remarkable on the N E. coast of Australia? What minerals are found in the coun- try? Jn what months does the middle of summer and of winter oc- cur? Mention the recent progress of the Australasian settlement-o. What is the extent in square miles of Van Diemen's Island? What is the amount of its population ? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situate ? Name its chief tOMms, rivers, and bays. Of how many islands does New Zealand consist? What are their names ? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is New Zealand situate ? What is its estimated extent in square miles ? What is the amount of the native population ? What is the number of the colonists ? Name the divisions and chief towns. What are the principal mountains, rivers, capes ? &c. POLYNESIA Consists of a vast multitude of small islands scattered over the Pacific Ocean, chiefly within 30" on the N. and 30" on the S. of the equator. Supposed aggregate popu- lation, 1,000,000. The principal groups are, — 1. The Pelew Islands. 2. The Ladrone or Marian Islands, of which the prin- cipal island is Guam ; Bonin Isles. 3. The Carolines, principal island, Hogoleu ; Marshall Isles ; Gilbert Isles. 4. Navigators' Islands, principal, Savaii or Pola. 5 The Friendly or Tonga Islands, principal, Tonga- taboo ; Feejee Islands, principal, Ambou. 6. Cook's Islands, principal, Raratonga; Austral Isles, principal, Olieteroa. 7. Society Islands, principal, Otaheite or Tahiti. 8. Low Archipe^go ; Pitcairn Island , Easter Island. 9. The Marquesas, principal, Noukahiva. 10. Sandwich Islands, principal, Owhyhee or Hawaii. REHABKS. Many of the Polvnesian islands seem to have been raisetJ from the ocean by the labours of the minute coral insect, and 232 polvnesia. others display ■oaroely appear aboye the surface of the water : others di evident traces of volcanic origin, and are nilly and even mountainoas. Though situate within the tropics the climate is delightful and salubrious, being tempered oy cool breezes f5rom the ocean, while the eye is everywhere refreshed with the prospect of a luxuriant and gorgeous vegetation. Among the productions are the bread-fruit, cocoa, plantain, and orange trees, the sugar-cane, and many cithers that are found in the tropical countries. The shoves a1)ound in the finest fish, and the forests are peopled with myriads of beautiful birds. The inhabitants belong to the Malay variety of mankind, and everywhere possess a strong general resemblance. Though the people of some of the islands have been found mild and gentle in their manners, others were treacherous and fero- cious. The practice of tattooing the body prevails more or less in all the groups. The government is in the hands of hereditary chiefs, and there are occasionally a sort of kings to whom the others are subject. The religion is a polytheism, embracing the belief of a future state. At the period of the discovery of the Polynesian islands, the natives had no con- ception of morality as it is understood among civilized men. Wars of extermination, accompanied by horrid cruelties, fre- quently prevailed; and the female sex were in a most de- graded state. Since the commencement of the present cen- tury, however, by th6 exertions of various devoted mission- aries, the natives of several of these island groups have re- ceived the blessings of Christianity and civiSsation, so that a very remarkable and salutary change has been wrought, especially in the Society and Sandwich Islands. ^ ■;«> ^^ EXERCISES. ,p:%: Between what degrees of latitude N. and S. of the equator are the Polynesian islands situate ? What is the supposed aggregate population? Name the principal groups. What is the nature of their soil and climate ? what are their chief productions ? To what variety of mankind do the inhabitants belong ? What is their character? Of what formation is the Polynesian isles? What practice still prevails in all the groups ? Have the labours of the missionaries been attended with success ? l'a mU ■'■■- DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. A'CHEEN, a seaport of Sumatra, on the N. W. coast, the capital of a native kingdom. It consists of 8000 bamboo houses, raised on posts.—- fi« 35' N. lat. 95" 35' E. lonff. A'cre or St Jean d'Acre, the ancient Aeeho, a seaport of Syria, on a fine bay of the Mediterranean. It is cele- bnted in tbe history of the Crusades ; and more rifsently for its resistance to Bonaparte, who, after besieging it for two months, was compelled to retreat, May 20, 1799. In 1840, how- ever, it yielded, after a few liours' cannonade, to the British fleet under Admiral Stopford. Pop. 10,000.— 32, 64 N. 35, 5 E. Adalia or Sataliah, a seaport of ibUm t|titfg>lXMIM ASIA. 288 fre- Ada Mtnor, at the head ofasulf, to whtoh it gives name, on the Mediter- ranean. F.aOUO.— ^,08 N. 30,44 E. Ada'na* a city of Carainania, in Asiatic Turlcev, on the Hvhoon, in a fertile plain. Fop. 10,OU0.— 37, £ N. », 18 B. Ad'elaide, the capital of South Aiutralla, situate on the E. tihore of 8t Yineent Gulf. Pop. )A,0<)0.— 34, M 8. 138, 30 E. A 'den, a Btrong seaport of Yemen, in Arabia, near the entrance of the Red Sea, now bolonging to Britain. Pop. Sa.OOO.— 12, 4« N. 45, 10 E. Ad'miralty Islands, a cluster of islands in the South Pacific Ocear, N. B. of New Guinea, some of which are inhabited. A'gra, a province of Hindostan, 8. of Delhi, watered by the Ganges, the Jumna, and the Chumbul. It is now subject to the British or their allies. A'gra, the capital of the province of Agra, called by the Mohammedans Aebarahad', is situate on the right bank of the Jumna. Its mausoleum , perhaps the most superb in the world, is constructed of white marble inlaid with precious stones. Agra was the capital of the Mogul empire till 1647. Pop. 70,000.-27, 12 N. 77, 56 E. Aftmedabad', a city of Hindostan, In the province of Gigerat, situate on the river Sabermatty. Pop. 130,000. —88. 5» N. 72* 46 E. AJ'mere, u hirge province of Hin- dostan, W. of Agra and 8. of Delhi, watered by the Chumbul and the Bunass. AJ'mere, the capital of the pro- vince, situate nt the foot of a range of hills. It is a handsome city, with a strong fortress. Pop. 25,000.-26, 31 N. 74, 34 E. Ak'abah, Gulf of, an inlet forming the N. E. extremity of the Red Sea, and the eastern boundary of the pen- insula of Sinai. Length 120 miles ; average breadth 12 miles. Aknar-iik, a strongly fortified town of Georgia, in Asiatic Russia, on the Kur. Pop. 10,000.-41, 38 N. 43, 1 E. Ak'su, a town of Chinese Tartary, with ounsiderable trade. Pop. 6000, besidee the Chinese garrison of 3000. Alak'tou-kul, a lake of Chinese Tartary, in the centre of which is an extinct volcano. Al'dan or Btanovol Mountains, a range of mountains In the E. of Siberia, a continuation of the Altai, terminating at Behrlng's Strait i th« average height b above 4000 feat. Alep'pp, the capital of SyrUt In Asiatic Turkey, built on several hUlt | Its numerous minarets and doroaa commanding a delightful prospect. It is the seat of a great inland trad*. In 1822, Aleppo was convulsed by an earthquake, when it was computed that 20,000 persons were killed. Pop. 70,000.-36, 11 N. 37. 10 E. Aleu'tlan Islands, a group in the N. Pacific, between Kamtsctiatka and America, belonging to Russia. Pop. 8700. Algczi'ra, the ancient Mttopo- tamia, a district of Asiatic Turkey, between the Euphrates and theTlgru. AllaAabad', a province of Hindo- stan, S. of Dude and Agra, watered by the Ganges, Jumna, and soma in- ferior streams. It now belongs en- tirely to the British. AllaAabad', the capital of the pro- vince, with a strong fortress. Situate at the junction of the Ganges and the Jumuu, it attracts crowds of pilgrims from all parts of India to bathe In the sacred stream. Pop. 45,000.~- 25, 27 N. 81,60 E. Almo'ra, the capital of Kumaon, a district of N. Hindostan, situate on the acclivity of a mountain.— 89, 35 M. 70, 37 E. Altai' Mountains (the ancient Im- aim), a vast chain, forming the south- ern boundary of Siberia, and extend- ing under different names above 8500 miles from the sources of the Irtish and the Obi to the shores of the Pa- cific Ocean. Bieluka, the highest peak. Is 11 ,000 feet above the sea. Amarapoo'ra, a fortified city, for- merly the capital of the Birman Em- {ire, situate on the E. bank of the rrawady. Pop. 30,000. Ama'sia, a city of SIvas, in Asiatic Turkev, on the Jekll Irmak, the birthplaco of Strabo, the Greek geo- grapher. Pop. 25,000, chiefly Chris- tian^.— 40, 33 N. 36, 26 E. Amboy'na, one of the Molucca or Spice Islands, in the Indian Archi- pelago, to the 8. W. of Ceram; it belongs to the Dutch, and is famous for cloves. Pop. 30,000. Amboy'na, the capital of the above island, situate on a bay. Pop. 8000. —3, 41 8. 128, 15 E. Am'herst, a seaport of the fi. pen- insula, the capital of the British pro- vince of the same name, on the Qulf 234 ASIA. of MtrtalMui : it wm founded In 1896. Pop. AOOO.— 16. 5 N. 07. 40 B. Am'ul. a city of Penla. on the Heraus near the Caspian. Pop. in winter, when it i« greatest, eatinnated at 35,000 or 40,004). Amoo'. See Oxus. Amoor' or SagAa'lien, alanre river of E. Asia, haiiteaoiirce on the bor- ders of SilMria, flows through Chinese Tartarv, and after a course of 2300 miles, calls into the Gulf of Tartary. A'moy, a seaport of China, situate on an island on the coast of Fo-Irabad', a province of the Deccan, in Hindostan, between Can- deish and Bejapore. AurungabadS the capital of the above province, was the favourite residence of Aurungzebe, from whom it derived its name. Pop. G0,000.— 19; 65 N. 75,29 E. Aus'tral Isles, a fertile group in the S. Pacific, to the B. of Cook's Islands. The principal islands are, Oheteroa, Toobouai, and Rimatara. Austraia'sia and Austra'lia. See Remarks, p. 228. A'va, a fortified city oftheBir- man Empire, situate on the left bank of the Irrawady. It was almost wholly destroyed by an earthquake in March 1839.— 21, 60 N. 95. 50 E. Azerbi'jan, a province of Persia, bounded on the N. by the Araxes ; it is the native country of Zoroaster. BAAL'BEC, anciently Heliop'o- lit, a city of Syria, now a decayed village, is situate in a fertile valley near the foot of Anti-Libanus. Here are the magnificent ruins of a " Tem- ple of the Sun," supposed to have been bidlt by Antoninus Pius. Ba'ba, Cape, the ancient Ledum, the most westerly point of Asia Minor, nmt the entranee of the Dflir* danelles.-30, 90 N. 26, 4 iS. Babelman'deb, Straits of^ a ohan- nel forming the entrance of the Red Sea from the Indian Ocean— upwards of 20 miles broad. Bag'dnd, the capital of Irak-Arabl» AsiatTo Turkey, situate on the Tigris. It has a considerable trade, being the emporium for tlie products of ArabU« Pentia, and India. Pop. about 65,000. —33, 19 N. 44, 24 E. Bahar', a province of Hhidost >* S. of Ncpaul, one of the richest ..ivl best cultivated m India. It contai^i;* 52,000 square miles. BaArem', a cluster of islands on the 8. W. si( ' i of the Persian Oulf, subject to tho imam of Muscat. The pearl-fishery here is one ol the most valuable in tl.e world. Prp. 68,000. Bal'kal, a la^e or Inlanu sea of E. Siberia; lenKtl. \bout4( miles, w"h an avorngo breadth of 40 miles. ** ae Russians regard it with venerate .. , and call it the Holy Sea. Bak'tegan, a large salt lake ol Per> sia, in the province of . . r.i. Ba'ku, a fortified 8< apo; t of Shir- van, in Asiatic Russia, on tlicCasplan. In the vicinity are inexltaustible piti of naphtha, and from the adjacent plains an inflammable gas continu- ally issues. This everlasting fire was the great object of worship, and held in deep veneration by Mie Guebres or fire- worshippers, some of whom still reside in the district. Pop. 9000.— 40, 22 N. 49, 40 E. Balfrush', a town of Persia, pro- vince of iVIaznnderan, near the Cas- gian, carries on a considerable trade, op. 20,000 36, 32 N. 62, 46 E. Bal'i, " «Hland of the Indian Ar- chipela- . > the E. of Java; its length is y. miles from E. to W., and its breadth 35 miles. It has a con- siderable export trade. P. 800,000. P i'kasli or Ten^^iz, a large lake of Independent Tartary, near the frontiers of Mongolia. BalkA, a province of Bokhara, be- tween Cabul and the Oxus, extending about 260 miles from W. to E. and 120 from N. to 8. It was in the hinds of the Afghans till it was seized by the King of Bokiiara. BalkA, the ancient Bac'tra, the capital of the province, situate in a plain. It is regarded by the Asiatics as the oldest city in the world. Pop. 2000.— 36, 40 N. 67, 18 E. Ban'ca, an island on the N. BL '236 ASIA. coast of Sumatra, from which It is separated by the Straits of Banco. It is celebrated for its tin-mines. P. 43,000. —2. 20 8. 1U6, E. Ban'da Islands, a group in the Indian Ocean, forming part of the Spice Islands, and famous for the production of nutmegs. P. 155,765. Bangalore', a strong city of My- sore, in Hindostan, formerly the res- idence of Hyder Ali. Pop. 60,000.— 12, 67 N. 77i 37 E. Ban'kok, the capital of Siam, on the Menam. The bouses float upon bamboo-rafts moored along the banks. P- 400,000, of which about one-half are Chinese.— 13, 58 N. 100, 34 E. Banks' Peninsula, a fertile terri- tory on the eastern coast of the Mid- dle island, New Zealand. Bareiriy, a city of Hindostan, in the province of Delhi, noted for its various manufactures. Pop. 92,000. —28, 25 N. 79. 23 E. Barnaul, the principal town o' the Koly van mining district in Siberia. Pop. 10,000. Baro'da, a 3ity of Gujerat in Hin- dostan, the capital of the Guicowar, the Mahratta chief. Pop. 140,000. Bass' Strait separates Australia from Van Diemen's Island. Where narrowest, it is about 105 miles across. Basso'raA or Bas'ra, a city of Irak- Arabi, on the Sliat el Arab, 70 miles from its mouth in the Persian Gulf. It 1S» a place of great trade. P. 60,000. —30 2£ N. 47, 35 E. Bata'via, the capital of the island of Java and of the Dutch possessions in the E. It is situate on the N. W. coast, and is well fitted for an exten- sive commerce. P. 118,000.-6, 9 S. 106, 50 E. Ba'thurst, a town of Australia, New South Wales, on the W. bank of the Macquarie, 97 miles from Syd- ney. Pop. 6400. Bay'azid, a fortified town of Tur- kish Armenia, near the basR of Mount Ararat. P. 5000.— 39,24 N. 44.13 E. BeA'ritig's Straits, the narrow sea which separates Asia from North America, near the parallel of 66" N. It is 36 miles across from East Cape in Asia to Cape Prince of Wales on the coast of America, and is named from the discoverer, Behring, a Rus- sian navigator. BeA'ring's Sea, that part of the N. Pacific Ocean between the Aleutian Islands andBehring's Strait, by which latter it communicates with the Axo^ tic Ocean. BeJapore% formerly a province of Hindostan, which formed a part of the Mogul Empire, to the B. of An- rungabad. Bcjapore', the capital of the above province, now little more than a vast space covered with rUins, only a small part of which is inhabited, although numerous mosques and mausoleums still remain. Jieloochistan', the ancient Qedrat- tia, a country lying on the S. of Afghanistan, inhabited by a fierce and predatory race. Estimated area 160,000 square miles. Pop. 480,000. Beloor'-tagh, a range of lofty moun- tains running N. and S. between Chinese Tartary and Independent Tartary. Height from 16,000 to 2O4OOO feet. Benares (Benairz'), a celebrated city of Hinaostan, and capital of a rich district in the province of Alla- habad, situate on the N. bank of the Ganges, and the chief seat of Brah- minical leamuig. I'ou. 200,000.— 25, 18 N. 82, 65 E. Bencoo'len, a seaport of Sumatra, on the S. W. coast ; it belongs to the Dutch, having been exchanged with the British, in 1824, for Malacca on the continent. Pop. 12,000.-3, 47 S. 102, 19 E. Bengal', a province of Hindostan. Its length from east to west is about 350 miles, with an average breadth of 300. Its soil is peculiarly fertile, yielding in great abundance both the necessaries and luxuries of life. Area 100,000 square miles. P. 26,000,000. The Pres'dency of Bengal compre- hends 2^5,000 square miles, and 4l,000,\. jO inhabitants. Bengal', Bay of, a part of the In- dian Ocean, washing the Indian ar.d Eastern Peninsulas, and compre- hended within the parallels of 8° and 22«N. Be'rar, a province of the Deccart, in Central Hindostan, N. of Aurun- gabad. It is naturally fertile* but thinly peopled. Bey'rout, a fortified seaport of Syria, the ancient Bery'tut, on an extensive bay of the Mediterranean. P. 15,00(>.— 33, 60 N. 33, 26 E. BAam'o, a town of Pegu, on the Irrawady ; the chief mart of Its trade is with China. Pop. about 10,000. BAooj, a strong city of Hindostan, capital of Cutch, noted for its man* ASIA. 237 ufiicluriss of gold and silver. Pop. 80,000. Bftartpore', a city and fonnerly a strong fortress of Agra, in Hindostan, stormed by the British in 1805, 1826, and 1833.— 27, 13 N. 77, 34 E. Bil^ton, an island of the E. Ar- chipelago, between Sumatra and Borneo, rich in iron and timber. P. (mo. Bit (Beer), a walled town of Asiatic Turkey, on the Euphrates. P. 8000. Bir'mah or the Bir'man Empire, a state of the Eastern Peninsula, com- prised within 1905" N. lat., and OS^ SM' E. long. It is traversed from N.toS.bytheriverlrrawady, There are valuable mines of gold, silver, copper, tin, lead, antimony, and iron, besides a great variety of precious stones. Tealc is abundant. Esti- mated area 200,000 square miles. Pop. 2,500,000. BifUs, an ancient city of Kur- distan, Asiatic Turkey, S. W. of Lake Van. Pop. 10,000. Bokha'ra, kingdom of, the Sogdia'- na of antiquity, in Independent Tar- tary, to the S. E. of the Sea of Aral, between the Oxus and Jaxartes, and inhabited by the Usbeck Tartars. In the vicinity of the rivers the soil is rich and fertile, but a great portion of the country is occupied by the Desert Pop. 1,600,000. Bokha'ra, the capital of the above kingdom. It contains a number of colleges, and is a great seat of Mo- lianunedan learning; it is also the centre of an extensive commerce. P. 160,000.-39, 48 N. 64, 26 E. Bo'li, a town of Anatolia, Asiatic Turkey, with manufactures of cotton and leather. Pop. 6000. Boml)ay', an important seaport, the western capital of British India, situate on a small island, separated from the mainland by a narrow strait, and connected with the island of Sal- sette by a causeway. It is strongly fortiflea, and commands an extensive trade. Pop. 600,000,of whom 100,000 are Parsees.— 18, 66 N. 72, 63 E. The Presidency of Bombay, includ- ing Sinde, contains 180,000 square mUes, and 15,600,000 inhabitants. Boo'ro, an island of the E. Archi- pelago, to the W. of the Moluccas. It is fertile and well watered, produc- ing rice, sago, fruits, and dyewoods. Pod. 18,000. Boo'tan or Bfto'tan, a country in the N. E. of Hindostan, bounded on the north by the Tlimalaya, which separate it from Tibet, on which it it partiy dependent. It is about 250 miles in length by 100 in breadth ; besides being very mountainous, it is covered with extensive forests. Bor'neo is, next to Australia, the largest island on the globe. Its greatest length is 860 miles, and breadth 680 miles. It lies directly beneath the equator, to the east of Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, and to the north of Java. It contains valuable mines of diamonds, gold, antimony, tin, iron, copper, lead, and coal. The interior of the coun- try is very little known, except the district of Sarawak, of whidi Sir James Brooke has recently been appointed r^ah. Estimated area 300,000 square miles.* P. 2,500,000. Bor'neo or Bru'ni, the capital of the kingdom of Borneo, situate o-a the N. W. coast. The chief trade is with China, Singapore, and the Phil- ippines. Pop. 22,000.-4, 66 N. 114, 50 E. BraAmapoo'tra, a large river of India, whoxe sources have not yet been visited by any European ; it flows through the valley of Assam and the province of Bengal, and, uniting with the Ganges, falls into the Bay of Bengal. Bru'sa, a city of Anatolia, at the foot of Mount Olympus ; it suflfered severely from the effects of an earth- quake in 1866. Pop. 60,000.-40, 8 N. 29, 10 E. BucAa'ria, Little, a district of Chinese Tartary, bounded on the W. by Bokhara, and on the S. by Little Tibet. It is almost unknown to Europeans, but is described as one of the finest tracts of Central Asia, being watered by streams descending from its mountain-border. Buduk'«han, a district of Inde- pendent Tartary, now a dependency of the Khan of Koondooz, consisting of a beautiful valley, celebrated for its miries of ruby and lapis lazuli. Buduk'shan, the capital of the above district, on a tributary of the Oxus. Bundelcund% a district of Hindo- stan, included in the N. W. prov- inces ; noted for its diamond mmes. Burdwan', a city of Hindostan, in the province of Bengal, 90 miles N. W. of Calcutta. Pop. 50.000. BurAampore', a city of Candeish In Hindostan, situate on the Taptce. 238 ASU. It carries on a coosiderable trade. — 81. 19 N. 76, 18 E. Bushire (Busheer^) or AbusbeAr', a seaport of Persia, on the Persian Gulf ; it ia an emporium of the trade with India. Pop. 20,000.-29, N. SO, 52 E. CABUL', an extensive province of Afghanistan, bounded on the north by the Hindoo-Koosh, which separ- ates it from Ballib. Cabul', a fortified town, the r/apital of the province, on a river of the same name, is situate 6400 feft above the sea, and surrounded by gardens abounding in the choicest fruits. It was long considered as the gate of Hiudostan towards Tartary. Pop. 60,000.-34, 30 N. 69, 6 E. Calcutta, the capital of British India, and seat of the supreme gov- ernment, situate on the Hoogly, a brancli of the Ganges, a hundred miles from its mouth. It extends about 5 miles along the river ; and on being approached from the sea, it^ spires, temples, mosques, the cita- del of Fort-William, its splendid edi- fices, and elegant villas and gardens, present an appearance of magnifi- cence which seems to warrant its proud appellation of the "City of Palaces." Pop. 413,000.-22, 3 SN. 88, 17 E. Cal'icut, a seaport of Hindostan, on the Malabar coast, wliich was the first Indian port visited by Vasco de Gama, in 1498. P. 25,000.-1 1 , 16 N. 75, 50 E. Cal'imere, Point, a cape on the S. E. coast of Hindostan.— 10, 17 N. 79, 5 E. Cam'bay, a seaport of Gujerat, in Hindostan, at the head of the gulf to which it gives name. Pop. 10,000.— 22, 20 N. 72, 40 E. Cambo'ja or Cambo'dia, a country of the Eastern Peninsula to the E. of Siam. It now forms a division of Cochin- China. Among its produo- tions is the yellow pigment called gamboge. Pop. 500,000. Cambo'ja, the ancient capital of the above country, situate on the Menam-kong, about 150 miles from its mouth.— 11, 58 N. 105, 7 E. Can'ara, the most W. province of the Madras Presidency, extending along the Malabar coast; with exten- sive forests of teak and other timber. Oan'dahar, a province of Afghan- istan, inhabited by Afghans of the Dourannee tribe. Can'dahar, the capital of the pro- vince, on the great road between Persia and India. Pop. 50,000.— 32, 37 N. 66, 20 £. Can'ddsh, a province of Hindo»- tan, S. of the Nerbudda, and JS. of Gujerat. It is watered by the Taptee, and very fertile, although a large extent is covered with jungle. Can'dy, a town in the interior of the island of Ceylon, formwly the capital of a native kingdom. It is surrounded by wooded hills. Pop. 3000.-7, 20 N. 80, 48 E. Canton', the capital of the province of Quang-tung in China, is situate at *\r> confluence of the Pe-kiang with Le Choo-kiang or Pearl River (called by the English the Canton River, and the river Tigris). It is distant about 70 miles from the sea, at the head of the Bocca Tigris, a noble estuary studded with islands. Until lately, it was the only port with which Europeans were permitted to have intercourse. The foreign fac- tories are confined to a small space along the banks of the river, and all foreign ships anchor at a considerable distance farther down. The river for four or five miles is crowded with boats, containing whole families that have no other residence. P. 1,000,000; according to Bitter, 800,000.-23, 7 N. 113, 15 E. Caratiia'nia, an extensive province of Asia Minor, E. of Anatolia. Camat'ic, a province of S. Hindos- tan, extending along the Coromandel coast to Cape Comorin, a distance of 550 miles. Car'oline Islands, a numerous coral group in the Pacific, E. of the Philip- pines and S. of the Ladrones. They are exposed to violent hurricanes, and the natives are distinguished for their skill in navigation. CarpentaMa, Gulf of, a large gulf on the N. of Australia. Carrical', a town of S. Hindostan, on the Coromandel coast, belonging io ihe French. Cas'bin, a fortified town of Irak- Ajemi in Persia, with a considerable trade. Pop. 40,000.-36, 15 N. 49, 30 E. Cash'gar. See Easl^^ar. Cash'mere, a country in the N. W. of Hindostan, formerly a province of the Pui^ab. It contains a beauti- ful valley, in which reigni an almost erpetual spring, and is surrounded y lofty mountains. It is noted for E ASH. 239 rior of rly the Iti» Pop. Ito ahftwto, manufactured from the wool of the goats of Tibet. Estimated area 26,000 iq. miles. P. TdO.OOO. Cash'mere or Serinagur', the capi- tal of the above country, situate on the banks of the Jelum. P. 40,000. —34, 5 N. 74, 43 E. Cas'pian Sea, an inland sea or lake, the largest on the globe, about 900 miles to the eastward of the Black Sea, and, according to a recent sur- vey, 83i feet below the level (>f the latter. Its length from N. to S. is 750 miles, with an average breadth of 200, covering an area of 140,000 square miles. There are no tides in the Caspian, and the water is less salt than that of the ocean. Catmandoo' or Khatmandu', the capital of Nepaul, in N. Hindostan, in a romantic valley, about 40 miles B. of the Himalaya. Pop. 60,000.— 27, 45 N. 85, 15 E. Cau'casus, a chain of lofty moun- tains stretching across the isthmus between the B&ck Sea and the Cas- pian. The lengtL from Anapa on the shores of the former sea to Baku on those cf the latter, is about 7**0 miles ; the breadth varies from 60 to 120 miles. The loftiest summit, Ei-burz, is 17>785 feet above the sea. Cav'cry, a river of S. Hindostan, which rises in the W. Ghauts, flows E. through Mysore and the Carnatic, and falls into the Bay of Bengal. Cel'ebes, a large island of the In- dian Archipelago, to the E. of Bor- noj, from which it is separated by the Straits of Macassar, and so indented by deep bays as to form foui long peninsulas. The length of the island from N. to S. is about 500 miles, and its average breadth 150. Though rugged and mountainous, the soil is fertile, yielding in abundance rice, sugar-cane, sago, and cotton. Of its native tribes, the Bugis are the most active commercial people in the In- dian Archipelago. Estimated area 73,000 square miles. P. ,3,000,000. Ceram'. See Moluccas or Spice IsUinds, p. 240. Ceylon', an island of British India, separated from the continent by the Gulf of Manaar and Palk's Strait. Its greatest length from N. to S. is 270 miles ; greatest breadth 145, and average breadth 100 miles. It is the Ta^oba'na of the ancients. The in- terior is traversed by finely wooded mountains, and watered by numerous rivers and lakes. The soil is rich and lasarfant, producing coffee, sugar* cane, rice, pepper, teak, and otner valuable woods. Plantations of cin- namon amidst groves of cocoa-nut trees border the S. W. coast for 100 miles. The island abounds in gems, and there is an extensive pearl-fishery carried on in the Gulf of Manaar. The elephants of Ceylon have long been famed for their sise and saga- city. The British government have made great efforts for the civilisation and improvement of the natives. Area 24,664 square miles. Pop. 1,458,359. Chandernagore', the capital of the French settlements in Bengal, on the Hoogly, about 16 miles above Cal- cutta. Pop. 32,0cioty Islands and the Friendly Island » iilistimated .population 50,000. Oore'a, a country of A.sia, consist- ing of a peninsula, separated from China by the Yellow Sea, and from the islands of Japan by the Straits of Corea and the Sea of Japan. It is abou^' 500 miles long by 150 broad, and the interior is traversed from N. to S. by a chain of mountains. Its king is tributary to China. Goroman'del, the eastern coast of Hindostan, extending between 10 and 16 N. lat. Cutch, a peninsula of Hindostan, between the Indus and the Gulf of Cutch. Cut'tick or Kut'tack, a maritime district of Hindostan, on the VV. side of the Bay of Bengal, in the province ofOrissa. Pop. 2,127,555. Cut'tack, the capital of the district, situate on a peninsula formed by the Mahanuddy. P. 40,000.-20, 25 N. 86, 52 E. Cy'prus, an island in the Mediter- ranean, off the coast of Asia Minor, 140 miles in length by 50 in breadth. It is traversed from E. to W. by two lofty chains of mountains. In ancient times it was celebrated for its fertility and beauty. Its fruits, particularly grapes, still preserve their pre-emin- ence ; and though many portions are uninhabited and covered with heaths and wastes, it is elsewhere very pro- ductive. Pop. 140,000. DACCA, a district of the province of Bengal, between the Ganges and the Megna, or Lower Brahmapootra. Dac'ca, the capital of the district, situate on '.l^e Booree Ganga or Old Ganges, a d the chief seat of the manufacture of muslins. P. 61,00(>. --23, 43 N. 90, 28 E. DagAestan', a district on the W. of the Caspian Sea, for many years a debatable land between the Per- sians and Russians, but now in full possession of the latter. Damar', a town of Arabia, province of Yemen. Pop. 20,000. Pamas'cus, a very ancient city of Syria, in Asiatic Turkey, rituato in a beautiful plain, and celebrated for its numerous fountains, canals, and fine gardens. Being on the route of the great caravans to Mecca, it istlie centre of an extensive trade. It was formerly famous for its manufacture of sabres; and its figured silk and cotton fabrics were from it originally named damask. Beyrout is the port of Damascus. P. 100,000.--d3, 27N. 36, 25 E. Damaun', a town of W. Hindostan, on the Gulf of Cambay, belonging to the Portuguese. Pop. 6000. Dead Sea. See Asphaltites, p. 234. Dec'can (" The South"), a region of Hindostan, stretching across tho peninsula, and bounded by the Ner- budda on the N. and the Kistnah on theS. Del'hi, a province of Hindostan, to the north of Agra, situate between 280 and 31° N. lat. It is generally flat, with a sandy soil, or covered with dense jungles and forests. Del'hi, the chief city of the above Srovuice, and long the capital of the fogul empire, situate on the banks of the Jumna, and surrounded with c mbattled walls. Though shorn of its ancient splendour, it still contains a number of fine edifices, one of them the residence of the Mogul, who is entirely supported by the British. Pop. 160,000.-28, 40 N. 77, 16 E. Dera'yefc, a town of Arabia, the capital of the Wahabees. in Nedjed, taken by Ibrahim Pasha in 1818. Pop. 15,000. Der'bend, a strongly fortified sea- port of Daghestan, on the VV. coast of the Caspian Sea; it belongs to Russia, to whom the Persians ceded it in 1796. Pop. 12,000. Diarbe'kir, a pasl:alic of Asiatic Turkey, com- )rising part of ancient Armenia and Mesopotamia. Diarbe'kir, he capital of the above province, near the right bank of the Tigris, with considerable trade. P. 40,000.-37, 55 N. 39, 53 E. Diu, a fortified town of W. Hindo- stan, in a small island on the S. coast of Gi^erat, belonging to the Portu- guese. Pop. 4000. Diz'ful, a city of Persia, province of Khuzistan, on the river of the same name. Pop. about 15,000. Doo'shak or Jelalabad', the capital of the province of Seistan, in Afghan- istan, near the Helmund. P. 10,000. Dowletabad', a strong fortress. (|f ASU. 241 RIndoitan, ftrovlnoe of AnrangalMid, on the Kiniinit of a iteep mountain, and Burrounded by Mveral walls. Dune'din, a town of New Zealand, on the E. coast of Middle Island, on Port OtAgo. EAST CAPE, the extreme east- em point of Asia, on the W. of Bohrlng'fl Stnit.— 66, 5 N. 190, 6 E. or 170, 6 W. East'er Island, in the South Paci- fic, about 20 miles in circuit, noted for the intelligence of the natives. Pop. 12()0.— 27, 9 S. 109, 12 W. Ekat'erinbur^, a celebrated mining town of Asiatic Russia, on the E. slope of the Urals ; witli extensive foun- dries. P. 11,000.-56, 48 N. 60,35 E. El'burz, a range of mountains in Persia, of which the Demavend Peak is 14,700 feet high. See al3o Cauca- sus, p. S39. Elephan'ta, a small island on the W. coast of Hindostan, between Bombay and the main, celebrated for its wonderful cave-temifles and mythological sculptures. El Ka'tif, a seaport of Lachsa in Arabia, situate on a bay in the Per- sian Oulf. Pop. 6000. Ellichpore', a city of Hindostan, in the province of Berar. ElloTa, a village of Aurungabad in Hindostan, near the city of Dow- letabad, remarkable for the number and magnitude of Hindoo excavated and sculptured temples in Its vicinity. Elwund', a range of mountains in Persia, of which the highest summit is near Hamadan. Er'ivan or Se'van, Lake of, in Russian Armenia, N.E. of Erivan, is 100 taiilef* in circumference. Er'ivan, a town of Russian Ar- menia, with a strong fortress, situate on a precipitous rock, overhanging the Zongui, near its junction with the Araxcs. Pop. 15,000. Erzroum' or Er'zeroum, the capi- tal of Turkish Armenia, near tne northern source of the Euphrates, in a beautiful plain, 6000 feet above the sea. It has an extensive tiade. P. 44,000.-39, 65 N. 41, 18 E. Euphra'tes or Frat, a celebrated river of Asia, rises from two princi- pal sources in the mountains of Ar- menia. Afiter a course of 1600 miles, it receives the Tigris above Bassorah , %nd the tinitcd stream, under the name of the Shat el Arab, falls into the Penilm Oulf by several mouths. Its v^oto course is about 1700 miles. PARS or Farsiston', the uieient PersU, 8 province of Persia, B. of Khuzistan, and N. of the Persiui Oulf. Pop. 1,700,000. Feejee' Islandii, a group in the Pacific, to the N. W. of thr Friendly Islands. They are of volcanic form- ation, with a rich soil and fine scen- ery. Estimated pop. 133,000. Ferozepore', a town of N. W. Illn- doMan, ontheButleJ. Pop. 6000. Flo'res, an island of the Indian Archipelago, to the S. of Celebes. Length from W. to E. about 200mile8 : average breadth 35 miles. Fo'-H-en, a marituue province in the 8. E. of China. It abounds not only in grain, but in fruit, particu- larly oranges, and the tea-plant is reared to a great extent. Foo'-choo, the capital of the above province, situate on the Min-kiang, which is crossed by a stupendous bridge. It is as large as Canton, and carries on a considerable trade in teas, tobacco, and timber. Fornio'sa, a large and fertile island in the Chinese Sea, opposite the pro- vince of Fokien. It is 260 miles in length by 80 in breadth. Pop. about 2,000,000. Free'mantle, a seaport of Western Australia, at the mouth of Swan river. Friend'ly or Ton'ga Islands, a numerous group in the Pacific Ocean* to the S. W. of the Society Islands. The principal are Tongataboo, Ana- mooka, Yavaoo, Eooa, and Tofoa. They are iniiabited by a fine and in- teresting race, who have made some progress in civilisation. Pop. about 200,000. Furruckabad' , a commei'cial city of Hindostan, in the province of Agra, near the S. bank of the Oanges. P. 36,000.-27, 24 N. 79, 27 E. OAN'OES, one of the largest rivers of Asia, and held in the high- est veneration by the natives of In- dia. It issues in a small stream from beneath a mass of perpetual snow on tLe S. side of the Himalaya Moun- tains, and is called the Bhagirathi till joined by the Alakananda, below Berinagur. On passuig Hurdwar, in the province of Delhi, it enters the plains of Hindostan, and at Allaha- bad receives the Jumna, and is swell- ed by the accession of several large rivers in its progress to Patna, %vhere it is from one to three miles broad, and thurty feet deep. About 200 I -i(^ ^' i.»IA. 9 rollM lror«i th« ita oon}n«mo«i the Delte of til* Onniiea, tho numerous bnmohei of which forui a Ubyrinth of ohanneU and oreeka, oallod the 8ur'^erbund«- The wvatern or kioog- ly b ^nch, ^Mch paaaea ^.v Calcutta, ia the only one that i.> navigable. The eautern branch rt^etvea the Brahmapootra before inuring its flood into the Hav )f liunj-rtil. Oa'ya, a city of Hlndoat^n, in the province of Jiuhar, un a ttibutavy ot i the OanKos. It ia one oi the holy cities of the Hlndooa. Top. 4a,fiU0.— 84. 44 N. 8A, U B. Ga'xa, an ancient city of rukstine, near the ooaat. Pop. Ifl.iKN). Gee'long, a town or AuatrttUa, Tictoria nrovlucot i',i the head oi the W. ! of Port PitHHp, 4A mlle9 from M(*lboii Tv;. Fop. S^j,000. Geoti .; , tho anolunt JbifHa and Cok'hit,<. u'. ouniA'ivua r?K'>n on the S. declivity ?ilf tJui (Uuiccsud, now be- longing to R visJti'ij by <)onqut»i4t. Wa- tere«l by ihs Kf'<' and muuorons tri- butary ntr«u>Uki. it (.'Oiiiiiiiea tlio pro- du<:;ti<^?!ta both of tlie temperate and tropical clintoa. Ita valloyt are ex- tremely feriila, and the vine grnwa wild on Us hilla. Tlie beauty of the Georgian wuuien, like that of the Oirceislans, ia proverbial over the East. Extent ill ,500 aqiiaru miles. fop. u70,000, GAauta, two extensive chains of mountains in the S. of Hindostan, the western of which extenda nearly luOO miles, from Oape Coinorln to Surat; the eaaturu chain la almost of eoual length, on the opposite coast. See Neilgherriea, p. SAO. GAi'lan, a province of Persia, ex- tending 180 milea along the B. W. shore of the Caspian. OAor or Paropami^aan Mountains, a range which separates Afghanistan froraBallch. GAuB'nee or GAls'nt, a fortified city of Afghanistan, situate 7(K)0 feet above the sea ; once the capital of a great empire, but now In decay. Pop. 9000. Gilo'lo, the largest of the Moluccas or Spice Islands ; like Celebes, it is broken into four peninsulas, sepa- rated from each other by deep bays. Go'a, New, or Pan'Jlm, a aeaport on the W. coast of Hindostan, the capital of the Portuguese posses- •loos. P. 80,(KM).--ia, 89 N. 7i, AO IS. Go'bl, called also Shaiao by tue ChioMe, » grwtt desert of 0«ntr»l Asia, comprising a considerable part of Chinese Tartary. Length fMin B. to W. about lAOO miles, the breadth varies from 500 to 700 miles. Its surface conslul:^ .>f >atvn' and abounds in salt. It «:{hlMtij traces and phenomena of hivvti^ig ouc^ uoen covered by tlie o *eao. Oodav'ery, a i-'.vm <;( Hindustan, rises in tbo W. Ghautp, hh**, traverr in{^ near 7 the W'i-.:ie brc-i^ih 'i tht; FierrnsulK, falls, by several iuOutlir>, nto the Bfiy of Bet ral. CJoij'ra, a river of liindostan, which rls . s in the Himalaya, and flows into the Ganges above Fd,t 'ia. Golcon <'a, a clebrated fr rtres- m the province of ifyilrabad, fomAorJy the capital of a kinj^UTi, now tiie repositofv of ihe Nlzsim'a v .. 'th. Gou»'bi aon or Uui!'<''or Ai> bas, a seaport ot Kcrnian, in Persia, on a bay of the Gulf of Ormuz, formerly a place of grer; t trade. Pop. 5000. Gii'jerut or Gu'zerut, a province of ITiiKiostHn, between the Gulfs of Cambay and Cuteh, and to the S. of Ajinere. It h a flat country, with arid tracts, but many of its districts are very fertile and highly cultivated. Gwal'ior, a celebrated fortress of Hindostan, in tl^e province of Agntf the capital of Scindia, the Mahratta chief. P. 30,000.-26, 20 N. 78, 4 B. UAD'RAMAJT, a province of Arabia, occupying the southern coast from Yemen to Oman. Uai'nan, a large island in the Chi- nese Sua, 180 miles in length and 80 in breadth. It is situate at the E. extremity of the Gulf of Tonquin, and separated by a n:irrow chann^ from the Chinese province of Quang- tung, to which it belongs. Humadan', a city of Irak-Ajemi, in Persia, on the site of the ancient Ecbat'ana. Pop. about 85,000.— 34, 50 N. 48, .32 E. Ham'a/i, the Hamath of Scripture, a city of Syria, situate on both sides of the Orontes. It is the birthplace of Abulfeda, the distinguished orien- tal geographer. Pop. 45,000.—^, 10 N. 36, 40 E. Hamoon', the Aria Paitu of the ancients, a lake or large mMrass of W. Afghanistan, receiving the river Helmund ; its lengtti ' is about 70 miles, and its breadth from Ifi to 80. Hang-choo, the capital of the province of Che-kiang te China, and one of the flnest cities in tbe empire, situate on a navigable iiv»r at ita ASIA. 243 JoMtfam with the Onmd OanaL It turn an extensiTe trade in raw Billcs and teas. Pop. euO.MK).-^, 16 N. 190, 10 E. Hed'Jas, a province of Arabia, extending albng tlie Red Sea from MountSinai to tlie frontier of Yemen. Hel'mund, ttie ancient Etyman' dru$ttkx\y&t of Afglianietan, which rides near Cabul, and falls into Lake Hamoon. Herat', the ancient Aria, a com- meroial city of Afghanistan, in nn extensive and fertile plain. It is Btronsriy fortified. Pop. fiO.OOU.— 34, 46 N. 62. 30 E. Hil'lah, a town of Ira I{- Arab! , in Astatie Turlcey, on tiie banks of tlie Euphrates ; built on tlie site of an- cient Jiabplon, the remains of whicli are still to be seen in the vicinity, consisting of nj^t masses of luins and bricks. Pop. lO.OOO.— 32, 2G N, 44. 28 B. Hima'Iaya, the Emo'di of the an- cients, a stupendous range of moun- tains between Hindostan and Tibet, extending in lengtli about 1500 miles, and in breadth from lUO to 300 miles. Kuncliin-ganga (lonp. »)° 30'), the highest known pinnacle on the globe, is 28,177 feet above the level of the sea. DhawftlaRiri (White Mountain), tile second highest, is 26,8<32 teet. Hindoo'Koosh or Indian Caucasus, a range of lofty mountains on the N. of Cabul, forming a continuatio»\ of thQ Himalaya chain. Ho'ang-Ho, or Yellow River, a large river cf China, issaiiig fwm the mountains of Tibet, and v^ursu- ing a circuitous course <^j iMKX* miles through some of the finost jHOviiuvs of China, till it falls iiito the \>iK»v Sea. Hob'art To«n, th<> <>iAptt«l of Van Diemon's Island, o^ th<6 river IVr- went, about iW miVes ftwm its month. It stands on a cove or bay, aflbrding one of the bes4 and uH>st secure an- chorages in the world. Pop. Si ,^)0. ~~42, 53 S. 147, ?i K. Hoins, the ancient Em'esa, a city of Svria, on the borders of the De- sert.* Pi^. ;?tMVO. Ho-nan', « central province of Chi- na, watered K\ the lloang-Ilo. It is so fertile «« to be called the ' ' Gar- den ot Chino." Hong-Kong, a small island at the month of the Canton river (Bocea Tigris) ceded by the Chinese to the British. It is about 3? miles from MaeM, Mid IM mile* from Cantmi. Victoria, the capital, was founded In 1841. Pop. 39/H)0.— 22, 15 N.'114, 18 EL Ilong'-tse, an extensive lake of China, in the province of Kiang-siu Hoog'ly, a branch of the Ganges. See Ganges and Calcutta. Hoo-nan', a province of China, to the W. of Kiang-si. It is liilly, bat fertile and ricli in mineral*. Iloo-pe', a province of China, to the S. of Hoo-nan, traversed by the Yang-tse-kiang. Ho'reb, a mountain of Arabia, N. W. from Mount Sinai, celebrated in sacred history as containing the rock from whicli, when struck by Moses, water issued to relieve the thirst of the Israelites. IIou quang', formerly a province of China, to the S. of Ho nan, and traversed by the Yani?-tse-kiang, now divided into two, Hoo-pe and Hoo-nan, considered the granary of the empire. II uC', the capital of Cochin China, situate on a navigable river ten miles from the sia, and strongly fortified. Pop. about 60,000.-16, 30 N. 107, 12 E. Hurd'war, a town of Hindostan, in the province of Delhi, situate on the Ganges, where it issues from the Himalaya Mountains. It is famous as a place of pilgr" \ge ; its fair is the greatest in Um Hyderabad', the capital of the v»ro- vince of Sinde. near the E. lattkof the Indus, with a strong fortress. Pop. 24.000.-- 1'5, 22 N. 68, 42 E. liydrabi\d', a province of the \>ec- oan, funning part, of the domhiions of the Nizam. Hydrabad', the capital *,vf the aljov* province, and of the Nizam's do- minions. Pop. 200,000.— J7, 22 N. 78, 32 E. l'I>A, jv mountain of Vsia Minor, opposite tbe entranv^ of the Darda- nolN^A^ V2i)-2 foet high. \ii, a river of C'hinose Tartary, falling into Lake Dalkash. Hi or Goul'ja, a town of Mongolia, in Chinese Tartary, on the 111. Pop. 40,000. imeri'tia, part of the ancient CM- chis, a country S. of the C/Uucasus, subject to llusdia. Indian Archipel'ago. called also the Eastern or Malay Archipelago. See Asiatic Islands, p. 224. Indore', a city of Hindostan, in 1 244 ASIA. ib» province of Malwa, the eftpital of Holkar's domfnioni. Pop. 15,000. — 89v 42 N. 76. no E. In'dus or Slnd«, a large river of Asia, rises in the table-land of Ti- bet, about .11090' N. lat., and 8O030' B. long. Flowinir N. W. it passes lieh in Ladiik, and after a course of about 250 miles, is Joined by the Bhyook in Little Tibet. After pene- trating the Himalaya, it assumes a southerly course, and, near AUocli, \b Joined by the Oubul, when it be- ooniey hi many places rapid and deep. About 400 miles fartiier down it re- ceives, in one uniti^d stream, tlie five {ivers of the Piinjitth, and dividing nto several ohaiiiiels, miiB liilij jiie sea by seven mouths. Bee Punjab. I'rak or Trak-AJe'mi, the most important province of Persia, com- prehending the ancient Afedia. I'rak-Ar'abi, the ancient Chalde'a, a province of Ashitic Turkey, com- prehended in the modern pashalic of Bagdad. It is watered by the Eu- phrates and Tigris. Iran', the name by which Persia is known to the natives. Irk'utsh, a flouilHliing commercial city, the capital uf E. Sioeria, situate on the Angara, in a fine plain. Pop. 20,000.-82, 7 N. 1U4, 2 E. Irrawa'dy, a large river which has Js sniii'ce in Tibet, flows through le entire extent of the Birman Em- pire and the province of Pegu, and after forming an immense delta, falls by numerous mouths into the Bay of Bengal, E. of Cape ffegruis. Ir'tish. a river of Asiatic Russia, rises in the Altai Mountains, within Chinese Tartary, flows through Lake Zaisang, and after a long and wind- ing course N. W., joins the Obi be- low Tobolsk. Iskai do, the capital of Little Ti- bet, on the Upper Indus. Ispahan', in the province of Irak, formerly the capital of Persia, and one of the mG the Bay of Bengal near Matsuiipat. ti. Siz'il-Ir'niak, the ancient Ualys, a river of Asia Minor, issues from Mount Taurus, and flows into tlie Black Sea. Kiz'il-Ou'zen,the ancient Mardut, a river of Persia, which rises in Diar- l^kir, and after a winding course, fails into the Caspian near Resht. Ko'Jend or KAo^end, a town of Kokan, la IndtpokltBt TusUrj^ A* the Jftxartea. Kokftn% a city of IndaptndralTtf* tary, the capital of a khftnat } imiftt* on the Jazartee, la a fartiia plain* Pop. 00,000. Koko Nor, or the Blna Laka, a largo expant* of water in Cliin«M Tartary, on tlio borders of China. Kolyvan', a town of W. Biberlft, on the Obi ; in the vicinity ftn rioli silver mines. Ko'nieA, the ancient [co'niunh tba chief city uf Caramania in Asia Mi- nor, formerly tlie capital of a king- dom. Pop. 30,0UO.<-^, 08 a. 32, 4UE. Koon'dooz, a khanat of Indepen- dent Tartary, separated from Cabul by the Hindoo Iwoosh. Koon'dooz, the capital of the ftbove khanat. Pop. 1500. Ko'taA, a handsome and well- fortitied town of Hindostan, in the Krr/vince of Malwa, on the Cbiun- ul. Kuei-choo' (Kwe) , aprovlnoe In the S. W. of China ; it is very mountain- ous, and contains mines of gold, silver, vermilion, and iron. Kuei- yang is the capitaL Kuen-lun', a range of mountains separating Tibet from Chinese Tar- tary. Kumaon', a mountainous dbtrict of Hindostan, to the W. of Mepaul, and N. of Delhi. Kur, the ancient Cyrus, a river of Georgia, which rises on the borders of Armenia, passes Tiflis, and, after being Joined by the Aras, falls into the Caspian. Kurachee', the principal seaport of Sinde, W. Hindostan, on an Inlet of the Indian Ocean. Pop. 20,000. Kurdistan% the ancient Aityria, the country of the Kurds, a rude and mountainous district belonging partly to Asiatic Turkey and partly to Persia. Ku'rilea, a range of Islands on the E. extremity of Asia, extending 700 miles from Kamtachatlia to the island of Jesso, belonging partly to Russia and partly to Japan* Kurshee', a town of Bokhara, In- dependent Tartary. Pop. 10,000. Kutai i/i, the ancient Cotyceum, a handsome town of Anatolia, in Asia Minor, on a tril)utary of tljfe Sakaria ; with considerable trade, P. 50,oaDu —39, 24 N. 30, 18 B. 't LA'BUAN, an island of the In- ^8U. «47 Hkm AMilp4tf», off th« N. W. «Mtt of Bomto. Length 10 miles : brMMNIl • mUftk It wm tHken pu«« nman «r bjr tti* BritUli In IMO.— •,ftN. 118. lOB. Imc'cuilMtn. a aroup of Ulandi off thf OTMt of Mnkibar, •urrounded by •omi raeft. Pop. 10,OUO. liMk'M, A district of Arabia, lylny Aloitf th« W. ftbor« of th« Persian QtHf. Ltkch'n. tlie capital of the aboYo dlitriet. fltuate on the river Haffan. Lad'ak. an Independent country, bounded on tho B. by the Himalaya, which leparatet it from Cashmere ; on the E. by Tibet ; on the W. by lilttle Tibet, and on the N. by the Karakorum Mountains. Principal olty, Leh. Ladrones' or Ma'rinn Islands, a F-oup in the N. Pacitic, E. of the hlllppines and N. of the Carolines, belonging to Spain. P. about lu.OdO. Lahorr or the Punjab, a province of N. liindostan, to the 8. of Cash* mere, and bounded on tlie W. by the Indua Pop. 7,o<)0,ono. Lahore', a dty of IV. Hindostan, the capital of the Punjab, situate on the Ravee, on the great road from Delhi to Cabul. Pop. about lUO,(Kia. —81, 90 N. 74, 20 E. Lanchang^, the capital of Laos, in the Eastern Peninsula, on the Me- nam-kong, said to be both extensive and splendid. Pop. stated at A(>,0(K). Lan-choo', a city of China, capital of Kan-il, the H.yv. province, on the Hoang^ho. La'os, an extensive central country IntheEiwtem Peninsula, surrounded by Blrmah, Siam, Cochin-China, and China, and inhabited by various tribei, known under the name of the Bhane. Thegreat river Meoam-kong travertes it from N. to S. Lar, the capital of Laristan, a pro- vince of Persia. Pop. 12,0()0. Lariitan', a province of Persia, bordering on the Persian Gulf. Las'sa, the capital of Tibet, and the residence of the Dalai or Grand Lama, the head of the Shaman re- Ugion. Pop. 25,()(H). JLate'kia, a seaport of Syria, with ■ome beautiful remains of antiquity. Pop. 7(K>U.— 35, 30 N. 35, 46 E. Launces'ton , a seaport in the north of Van Diereen's Island, on the Ta- mar. Pop. 10,0(M.— 41, 30 S. 147, 14 B. LebVmon or LlVaniu, a chain of moantafait In Brria, ostrndinf tnm the vicinity of Tripoli to the bordtn of Palestine, of which the InMoet sumntit is 19,000 feet In height, and covered with snow. The Druiee an4 Maronitoe Inhabiting I ranean, with its coasts. Liverpool, a town of New South Wales, AustralUi, 90 miles from 8) d- ney. Pop. 4 capital of the pro- vince of Oude in Hindostan, on tht Goomty, a tributary of the Oanges. It is the residence of the King of Oude, who has here a splendid palace. Pop. 3(IO,()(Nh— 26, 50 N. fK). 06 B. Lu'zon, the principal of the Phi- lippine Islands. It is intersected by high mountains, among which aro several active volcanoes. Bee Philip- pine Islands. Lyt'telton , a town of New Zealand, B. coast of Middle Island. MACA'O, a seaport and lottlf 248 ASIA. mnrt of thf FortugiiOM, on m fakuid in th« liay of Oaaton, OhliM. Pop. aaiNM.-%. S4 N. 1 13, ao B. MMM'Mr or MAnkM'Mr, a town And MttUintnt belonglnff to tho Diitob, In the S. W. of tho iBknd of OelebM, with m slronf fort. Pop. 150,000.— 5,9 8.119, 36 B. MaoM'sar, Btnilts of, mi arm of the lodlan Ocean, leparating the btends of Borneo and Celebei. Madnu% the capital of the British !>08MMlons In B. Hlndoeton, very un- avourably situate on a flat snore, along whioh runs a rapid current, with a violent surf. Fort St George Is a strong and handsome citadel. Pop. 480,000.-13, 4 N. 80, 14 B. The Madras Presidency contains 136.000 square mUes. P. 99,000,000. Madu'ra, a fortified city of Hin- dostan, in the B. Oamatlc, tho capi« tal of a district of the same name. Pop. 90,000.-9, 65 N. 78. 10 B. Madu'ra, an laland of tlie Indian Archipelago, on the N. E. coast of Java, frcnn which It la separated by a narrow strait. Pop. 280,000. Mahanud'dy, a river of Central Hindostan ; after an E. course of 500 miles, it enters the bay of Bengal by numerous mouths. Mai-ma' 'tchin, a frontier-town of Mohffolla, near the Russian town of Kiaonta, the only place of trade between Russia and China. Pop. 1500. Makallah, a seaport of Arabia, on its 8. coast, with a good harbour. Pop. 4500.— 14, 31 N. 49, 6 B. Malabar', a maritime province of 8. Hindostan, extending 150 miles along the W. coast, between Canara and Cochin. Fop. 1,516,000. Malac'ca, a town of the MaUy Peninsula, the capital of the British settlement. Pop. 19,000; including settlement, 54,000.-9, 14 N. 109, 14 B. Malac'ca, Straits of, the narrow sea separating the Malay Peninsula firom the Island of Sumatra. Mala/a or Malay Peninsula, a country of India beyond the Ganges, connected with the British pro- vinces on the north by the Isthmus of Kraw. It is about 760 miles In length, with an average breadth of 190 miles, and is traversed, from N. to 8. by a range of mountains, from which descend numerous streams, while its shores are thiokly studded with small islands. Malaya Proper, extending from V SO' to 7' V. lat, is divided amonf settrat Mnall Mlhi states, besldeethe HrHlsh sattlenMU of Malaooa and Wdlestay ptoflnea. Bstfanated area 45,000 square nllM. Pop. about 375,000. Mal'dlves, a ohister of snaR eofal islands la tn*) Indian Ooean, 8. W. from Cape Oomorln. Ooco^mHeand cowrie-shells, the latter used by the Hindoos as money, are their prfnel- pal produce. Pop. between 150,000 and 900,000. Mal'wa, a province of Hindostan, to the 8. of AJmere and Agra. It la watered by numerous rivers, and favoured with a rich soil and mild climate. Manaar', Gulf of, a strait separ- ating the island of Ceylon firom the peninsula of Hindostan. Across It runs a narrow ridge of rooks and sandbanks, termed Adam's Bridge, which can only be passed by boats. Manchoo'ria, an extensive rMton of Chinese Tartary, diversified bv mountain-ranges, and covered with thick forests. It Is the country of the Manchoo Tartars, who conquered China In 1644, and are still masters of that country. Mandavee', a seaport of Sindetto Hindostan, In the provluee of Cuteh, having a flourishing trade with Ara- bia, Bombay, and the Malabar coast. Pop. 50,000.-92, 56 N. 69, 96 B. iHangaloref, a seaport of B. Hin- dostan, the capital of the province of Canara; carries on a great export trade in rice. Pop. 30,000.— 19, 64 N. 74, 58 E. Manll'la, the oapital of the Spanish settlements In the Philippines, situate upon a noble bay on the 8. W. coast oi the island of Luson. Pop. inelud- Ing the suburbs, 140,000.-14, 35 N. 121, 9 B. Mani'sa, anciently Magnesia ad /Stpy^iim, a city of Anatolus, in Asia Minor, near the Sarabat; fMnooifor its saffron groves. Pop. 9,000. Mansarowa'ra or Manasarova^m, a lake in Tibet, situate In a high table-hmd, and considered one of the most sacred of all the Hfaidoo pUMet of pilgrimage. ^ : Mar'agha, a walled dkty of Penda, ?rovhice of Aierbyaa, 50 milee 8. of 'abrii. Pop. about 15,O0Ol Mar'dln, a fortified town ^ Dlir- bekir. In Asiatic Turkey, situate on the 8. declivity Of Mount Maaltts. Pop. 2O,000l--37, S6 K. 40, I5& Marque'sas, a group of islands In Mm §, PMUte. Monflnf to FnuMt. TMr faB«Ml wpMt I0 baMitUiil, iad thali Ml firtU*. Tht nativw ara UraM. mU. wad w«ll formad. Pop. induobif tn« neighbouring group, naoMd the Wunlngton lafauMU, ilvtoban'. Gulf of. %n inlet of th« Bur of Bannl, having Pegu on the M. W. nnd tne TenMierim provinces on tha 8. E> Martaban', a frontier town of Pe- SI, on the gulf, near the mouth of e Baluen. Pop. 8000.— 18, SS N. 97.3AE. Maiu'lipatam', a seaport of Hindo- stan, in the province of the Northern Circars, noted for the nuinufacture of line chintK. Pop. 30/JOU.— 16, 9 N. 81. HE. Mata'mai, the capital of the Japan- OM island of JeaM). Pop. 00,000. Mazanderan', a province of Persia, stretching along tiie southern shore of the Caspian. Meo'ca, a city of Arabia, and capi- tal of the province of Hedjaz, situate In a narrow valley. It is celebrated as the birthplace of Mohaiunied, and venerated by the Mussulmans as the Holy City. It contains a spacious temple, in the centre of which is the Kaaba, or house of the Prophet. Mecca Is still the annual resort of numerous pilgrims. Pop. 30,000.— 81. 28 N. 40,15 E. Medi'na, a city of Arabia, in the Brovince of Hedjaz, on the border of ie Desert, sacred as containing the tomb of Mohammed, which is en> closed within the great mosque. P. 10,000.-85, 15 N. 39, 30 B. Meerut', a town of Hindostan, pre- ildency of Bengal, 35 miles N. fi. of Delhi, a great station for the British troops. Pop. 29,000- Mein'der, the ancient Meau'der^ a river of Asia Minor, which flows westward into the Archipelago. Mek^ran, the Oedro'tia of the an- dentt, the S. or maritime part of JMoochistan, in which are extensive deierts. Mdlmnme, a seaport of Australia, Yioloria province, on the beautiful bay of Port Phillip. Pop. 90,000.—' 37» 48 8. 144, 57 B. Ifi^Bam or Mei'nam, River, is •apposed to rise in the mountains of Ynta'^ian in China, and, after a 40UIM of about 800 miles, enters the Qult4t Slam below Bankok. llo^nam^k<»g or Me-kong, a large ABU. 949 river, nppoied to bavt Itc movm in the moantatni of Tibet, paaiti through the Chinese prorineo of Yun-nan, and after traverslof LAoa and Cambf^a, lUb into the OUni Mer'gul, the eapltal of a Britiih province in the Biutera PanlnMUa, at the mouth of the river of the laino name. Pop. 8000. Mer'gul ArehipePago, a ehain of islands, extending about 150 milea along the coast of Tenasserim, of which the principal are St Matthew and Domel. Mia'co, a city of Japan, In tha island of Niphon, the ecclesiastical capital and residence of the DairL The imperial palace and many of tht temples are very mngnifleent, and II is the seat of various manufseturee. Pop. 475,000.-30, a N. 135, 59 B. Mindana'Oj the most 6. of the Philippine IsUnds, 300 miles in lenKtn. Bee Philippines. Miraapore', a city of Hindostan, fai the province of Allahabad, situate on the Ganges. It is the great mart for cotton, and the seat of extensive manuCactures. Pop. 80,000. Mo'cAa, a city of Yemen, in Ar»> bia, the princloal port on the Red Sea, noted for tne coffee produced In itsvicinity. P.7000.— 13.80N.43,ISB. Moluc'ca Passage, that part of tha Indian Ocean which separates tha isUmd of Celebes from that of Oi- lolo. Moluc'caa or Sploe Islands, a group in the Indian Archipelago, between Celebes and New Guinea, nunousfor the production of doves. The cbM of the Moluccas are Oilolo, Amboy- na, Ceram, Temate, and Tidore. Bea Danda. MoncholK), a walled town of Bir- mah, situate on a lake 27 miles north from Ava. Mongo'lia, an extensive region of Chinese Tartary, the native country of tlie Mongols. A considerable part of it is covered with the great desert of Gobi or Shamo. Mool'tan, an ancient city of the Punjab, N. Hindostan, situate about 4milesE.cftheCbenab. P. 80,000. — 30, ION. 71,30 E. Moorshedabad', a city of Hindo< Stan, in the province of Bengal, long its capital, and still the residence of the Nabob, who is wholly dependent upon the British. Pop. 147,000.— 24, 10 N. 88. IS E. 250 ASIA. M miles N.E. from Sydney in Australia, occupied by the British a? a penal colony. Popula- tion 2m). OB or Ob'i, a large river of Asiatic Russia, which rises in the Altai Mountains; traversing Siberia, it re- ceives the Irtish, end after a course of 2500 miles, falls ik:tu a deep inlet of the Arctic Ocean, called the Gulf of Obi. Odeypore', one of the Rajpoot States, W. Uindostan. Pop. 133,000. OliAotsk', the capital oi a d' strict of E. Siberia, on ttie sea of Okhotsk. Pop. 800.— 69, 20 N. 143, 13 E. Olym'pus, a mountain of Asia Minor, to tlie S. o*' Brusa ; its sum- mit is covered wiih perpetual Siiow. Hd-ght fiOOC f et. O'man, a division of Arabia, of which the Imam of Muscat possesses the sovereicnty. '*i ^."-'•"nds along the eastern coast from Cape ^as ai Hf>d t3 Cape Mussendom, at tht en- trance of the Tersian Gulf. Omsk, a fortified town of W. Sibe- 252 ASIA. rte» the eapltal of % proTinee, sitaate on the Irtish. Pop. 11,300. Or'fii, a city of Algecira. Asiatic Turkey, the JEdet'ta of the Greeks and Romans, and supposed to be the Ur t/tke Chaideet mentioned in Scrip- ture. It to a place of considerable trade. P. 30,000.— 37, 8 N. 38, 80 B. Orto'sa, a province of Hindostan, extending alonf the coast i^om the Godavery to Bengal. The districts W. of Bengal are inhabited by a savage race of Hindoos, called Oureas. Orteuz, a small island at the en- trance of the Peniaji Gulf, once the •eat of a great commerce. Oron'tes, a river of Syria, ivhich issues from Mount Lebanon, N. of Damascus, passes Antioch, and falls into the Mediterranean. Osalca, a flourishing seaport of Japan, in the island of Niphon; it wascompletelylaid waste by an earth- quake in 1854. Pop. 160,000.-34, m N. 135, 25 B. Ot'ago, a Britinh colonial settle* ment. New Zealand, on Port Otago, in the S. B. of Middle Island, founded in 1848. Otahei'te or Tahi'ti, the largest of the Society Islands, consists of two peninsulas, about 108 miles in cir- cumference. The soil on the low grounds is uinazingly fertile ; and even the hills are covered to their summits with the deepest verdure, or with forests of bread-fruit, cocoa- nut, banana, and other valuable trees. In thie island the influence of Christianity and civilisation has been fully felt, and nowhere have the la- bours of the missionaries been at- tended with greater success. The French have lately taken possession of the island. Pop. 10,000. Oude (Ood), a province and Idng- dom of Hindostan, to the B. of Del- hi and Agra. It is watered by the Goomty and Gogra : and its surface is flat and very fertile. It is governed by a nabob, with the title of king, in strict dependence upon the British government. Pop. 3,000, (XK). Ou^ein', a fortified city of Central Hindostan, in the province of Maiwa, situate on the Sippra. It was known to the Greeks by the name of Oze'ne. Pop. about 150,000. Our'ga, a town of Mongolia, Chi- nese Tartary, on the Tula. P. 7000. Owhyhee . See Sandwich Islands. Ox'us or Amoo', a large river which iMues from Lake 8ir-i-kol, N. of the HIndoo-Koosh, and, flowing throotili Bokhara and Khiva, falls into the Be% of Aral, after a course of 1800 mlleti PADANG', a Dutch settlement antt Tort on the W. coast of SumatM. Pop. 10,000.-0, 58 B. 100, SO B. . Palembang', a town in the B. of the island of Sumatra, on anavlMble river. Some of the houses are nulli on rafts anchored near the banks, and others are elevated on posts. Pop. 25,000. Palestine or the Holy Land, the ancient country of the Israelites, attd the theatre of the great events of the Mosaic and Christian dispensations, is bounded on the west by the Medi* terranean Sea, and on the north by Syria. Greatest length 200 miles, and breadth 100 miles. Although a mountainous country, it displays hi general a luxuriant fertility corral* ponding to the descriptions of ** the promised land." It vras divided by the Romans into four provinces: Judea, in the south, formeriy pos* sessed by the tribes of Judah, Be^ja" min, Dan, and Simeon ; Samaria, in the middle, by that of Bphralm, and part of Manasseh ; Galilee, in the north, by tlie tribes of Asher, Naphtali, Zebulun, and Issachar; and Peraa, on the east of Jordan, by those of Reuben, Gad, and the otliet part of Manasseh. After be- ing for some time occupied by the Pasha of Egypt, it has been restored to the Turks. Palk's Strait or Channel, separat- ing the island of Ceylon from Huido- Stan. Palmy'ra, the Tadmor of Scrip- ture, an ancient city in the desert of Syria, the splendour of which is still attested by its niagnifluent ruins.— 34, 18 N. 38, 13 E. Palmy'ras, Point, a headland of Hindostan, on the Bay of Benj^.— 20, 41 N. 87, 9 E. Pal'te, a lake in Tibet, to the S. of Lassa, presenting the singular ap- ^arance of a canal live miles broad, surrounding an is'and about 100 miles in circumference. Pa'mir, a very lofty plateau or mountain ridge in Central Asia, whence flow tiie Oxus and other great rivers. Pap'ua. See New Guinea. Paramat'ta, a town of Australia, New South Wales, at the head of Port Jackson, 15 miles from Sydney. Pop. 4500. .'< l^tftropami'san Mountains. See Ghor Mountains. Pat'oa, a oity of Hlndostan, the capital of the province of Bchar, situata on tlie S. banlt of tlie Gaiiges. it is a gnat emporium of trade. Fop. 284.0QO.— 25, 37 N. 85, 15 E. F«Ku', a Britisli province of the Eastern Peninsula, watered by the Uffge rivers Irrawad;^ and Sittang. It is exceedingly fertile, abounding in rice, and containing spacious teak forests. Pegu', a city in the above pro- vfaice, much decayed, but still adorned by a magnificent temple. Fop. about 5000. PeiTio or White River, rises in Mongolia, passess near Pekin, and, after forming a junction with the Euho, falls into the Gulf of Pe-tche-li. Pekin' or Peking', the capital of the Chinese empire, is situate in the province of Pe-tche-li, about 50 miles to the 8. of the Great Wall. It consists of two distinct parts, — the Tartar and the Chinese cities, —of which the former is adorned by the imperial palace and gardens. Pekin is about 18 miles in circum- ference, surrounded by lofty walls, and divided into regular streets. Pop. estimated variously at from 7(H),000 to 2,000,0(10.— .39, 64 N. 116, 28 E. Pelew' Islands, a group in the Pacific, between the Philippine and the Caroline Islands, are well wooded, and the valleys extremely fertile. They are interesting for the kind and hospitable reception given to Captain Wilson and his shipwrecked crew, and for the visit of their prince, Lee Boo, in 1784, to England, where he died. Penang' or Prince of Wales' Island, situate oft' the W. coast of the Malay Peninsula, from which it is separated by a narrow strait. This picturesque little island is rich in tropical productions, and very healthy. All ships from India to China touch at Penang, and it hal of late acquired :ummerciul im- portance as a depot. Fop. 50,000. George Town, the capital, has a po- pulation of 20,000.— 5, 25 N. 100, 23 K. Per'gamos or Ber'gamo, a city of Asia Minor, on the Cai'cus, once the capital of a powerful kingdom, and one of the seven churches of Asia. Pop. 15.000. Per'slau Gulf, an arm of the Indian Ocean, separating Persia from Arabia. ASIA. 253 Perth, a town on the Swan River, capital of Western Australia. P. 3500. Pesha'wur, a city of Afghanistao. situate in a beautiful plain watered by the Cabul, and surrounded by lofty mountains. Pop. 56,000.-34. 5N.7I,10E. Pe-tche*li', the metropolitan pro« vince of China, bounded on the N. by the Great Wall, and on the E. by the gulf of Pe-tche-li, an inlet oi the Yellow Sea. Phil'ippine Islands, an extensive group 01 islands at the N. E. ex^ tremity of the Indian Archipelago, lying between 5° and 20*> N. lat., and 117" and 127° E. long. They ara extremely fertile in rice, sugar, and other tropical productions, and are clothed with perpetual verduie. A chain of lofty mountains runs through them, and they are peculiarly subject to violent hurricanes and earth- quakes. The Philippines were taken possession of by the Spaniards in 1565, and still belong to tnem, though various native tribes remain lna«- pendent. The principal island.^ are Luzon, Mindanao, Mmdoro, Samar, Zebu, Panay, Ncgros, and Palawan. Area estimated at 120,000 square miles. Pop. 4,000,000. Pitcairn' Island, a small island in the South Pacific, inhabited by au English colony, descended from the mutineers of the Bounty. Poi>. (m 1851) 160— 25, 3 S. 13, 8 E. Pcndic • i-'ry, a town on the Cor- omandel ^-oast, the capital of the French settlements in Uindostan. Pop. 30,1*00.— 11, 55 N. 79, 49 E. PoKtia'nak, the principal Dutch setcleraent on the S. W. coast of the i.-4 )fl of Borneo. Pop. of town and district 19,115.-0, 3 S. 109, 20 E. Poo'naft, a city of Hlndostan, presidency of Bombay, until 1818 the capital of the Mahratta Empire, and since then of a British district. Pop. 100,0(10.-18, 30 N. 73, 56 E. Port Phil'lip, an extensive bay and harbour in Victorut territory, Aus- tralia. Pc'yang, a lake of China, in the province of Kiang-si, surrounded by finely woodei hills. Length 80 miles* greatest breadth 40 miles. Prince of Wales' Island. See Penang. Prome, a town of the Eastern Pe- n.'nsula, on the Irrawady. P. 30,000. — 18, 50N. 95, 5E. Pul'icat. a maritime tovra of Uin* il tfpm,if»^^sn^mtpei*!^Tiafmil^Ks:'r.- 254 ASIA. dOut»ri» at the 8. entrance of the lake of the same name, 20 niilei N. of Madras. Punjab', nn extensive territory In the N. W. of nindostan, so named from the five rivers whicli, descend- ing across it from the Himalaya, enter the Indus bv one united channel; these are the Jelum, the Chenab, the Ravee, the Beas, and the Sutl^. Pop. 7,000,000. QUANG-Sr, a province in the 8. of China, to the W. of Quans- tung, and bordering on Tonquin. It Is mountainous, and contaias gold mines. Quei-ling is the capital. Quang-tung*, a maritime province in the S. of China, traver-ed by considerable rivers, which are cov- ered with barlcs, transporting mer- chandise to Canton, its capital. Quediih (Ked'ah), a state of the Ma'av Peninsula, between o° 40' and 7° N. lat., and 99" 40' and lOl" E. long. Area about 4500 square miles. Pop. 65,000. \_ Queen Charlotte Islands, a group of the S. Pacific, between So'ionwn Islands and New Hebrides, most of which are of volcanic origin. RANGOON% the principal sea- port of Pegu, situate on tlie eastern branch of the Irrawady, about 26 miles from the sea. Pop. 20,000.— 16, 47 N. 96, 10 E. Bas al Had, a cape forming the extreme eastern noint of Arabia. — 22, 33 N. 59, 56 E. Red Sea or Ara'bian Gulf, a branch of the Indian Oceaa, di- viding Arabia from Africa. It extends above 1400 miles from the Straits of Bnbelmandeb to the Isthmus of Suez, at the W. head of the Gulf, where it is oniy 60 miles from the Mediterranean. Its neatest breadth is about 200 miles. The navigation is 'lifficult as well as dangerous, on account of numer- ous sand-banks and coral reefs. . Resht, a flourishing commercial town of Persia, the capital of the province of Ghilan, on the Caspian. Pop. £0,000 37, 16 N. 49, 40 B. Rohilcund', a repion of Hindostan, presidency of Benc:al, so named frr;in the Rohillas an Afghan tribe, who «^igrated thither in the 18th century. Romani'a Point, the southern extremity of the Malay Peninsula, and of the 'continent of Asia.— 1, 30 N. 104, 20 E. Ros'tak, a city of Oman, iu Ara- bia, the residence of the Imam of Muscat.— 23, 40 N. 50. 45 E. Rungpore', a town of the E. Pen- insula, the capital of Upper Assan!, near the Brahmapootra. 8AG//A'LIEN or Tarakai% a long and narrow island oil the B. coast of Asia, separated from tli« mainland i»y the Gulf of Tartarv^ and from the island of Jesso, on the S., by tlie strait of La Perouse. Sagfta'lien OoHa, a town of Man- chooria, in Chinese Tartary, ou the Amoor.— 50, 9 N. 126, 56 E. Sa,<»Aa'Iien River. See Amoor. Sai'gon, a fortified city of the E. Peninsula, the capital of Camboja. near the mouth of the Donnai. It is the chief commeicial and naval em- porium of Cocliin-Cliina. P. 180,000. Saka'ria, the ancient /Sanpa'n'w*, h river of Asia Minor, rises in the mountains S. of Angora, and falU into the Black Sea. Salsettc', an island on tbeW. coast of Hindostan, N. of Bombay Island, witli which it is connected by a cause- way. It is 18 miles long by 13 broad, and is rich in Ilindoo antiquities. P. 60,000. Saluen' or Thaleoin', a large river of the Eastern Peninsula, rises in Tibet, flows E. tnrougb tbe Chinese Srovince of Yun-nan, and between lirmah on the W. and Siam and the Bri\'ish Tennasserim provinces on the E., and falls into the Gulf of Marta- ban. Samarang', a fortified seaport or. the N. coast of Java, with an exten- sive commerce. Pop. 22,000. — 6, 67 S. 110, 27 E. Samarcand', a city of Bokhara, in Independent Tartary, situate in a fertile plain. It was the capital anO favourite residence of Timur towards the closf" of the 14th century. Pop. 10,000. Sa'na, the capital of Yemen, in Arabia, with a great trade in coffee. Pop. 40,000.-15, 22 N. 44, 30 E. Sand'wich Islands, a group, I3in ^ number, in the N. Pacific, discovered ' by Captain Cook in 1778, extending from 18', 60' to 22°, 20' N. lat., and . from 164° to 160" W. long. They are ; fertile, and abound with the trees ,; and other productions of tropical^Q climes. In Owhyhee or Hawaii, the->» largest of the islands, are three stiv- " pendous volcanic mountains, Ivlowna ii Koa, Mowna Roa, and Kiraueal|u~: the first rising to the height of 13,764 be 11 he -fcc-a» ASIA. 265 iBet. Through an UBliappymlsunder- itaiKling wHh th« oafttvea of Owfay- hee. Ci4>tafai Cook lost liU Ufe in 1779 ; jret they are in Keneral of a mild and friundly disposition, and many of tbem have been converted to OnristiaTilty. ( iionolulu, in Woa- hoo island, is the capital of the group.) Area estimated at 61)90 square miles. Pop. about 71.000. 8ang-kof, a river of the E. Penin- sula, rises i tish. May 4, 17»9. Pop. 10,000.— IS, '25 N. 76, 44 E. Serf, a walled town of Tnrkish Armenia. Pop.. 5000. Sev cru. Cape, or North East Cape, the most northerly point of Asiatic Russia, and ai of the continent of Asia.— 78. N. 104, B. Sha'mo. See GobL Sliang-liae', a seaport of China in the province of Kiang-su, on the Woo sung river, about 10 miles fro u its mouth, one of the ports now op^n to British commerce. Pop. about 120,000.-31, 12 N. 121, 10 E. Shan-si' a province of Chlnft, to the W. of Pe-tche-1 it is moun- tainous, but fertile ; the origini^ seat of the founders of the empire. Shan-tui.g', a province of China, S. E. of Pe-tche-li, and terminating in a peninsula stretching into the Yellow Sea. Shat el Ar'ab. See Euphrates. Shen-si', an extensive and moun- tainous province of China, in the N W., separated f^om Shan-si on the E. by the Uoang-ho. Shikarpore', a commercial town of binde in Hindustan, on the W. of the Indus, the centre of a consider- able trade. Pop. 30,000.-27, 68 N. 68, 30 E. Shiraz', a city of Persia, the ca- pital of Pars, beautifully situate amid fine gardens ; and noted as the birthplace of Hafix, the Persian pout. Pop. variously estimated from 20,000 to rj0,(K«).— 29, 3? N. 52, 44 E. Shus'ter, the capital of Kbuzistan, in Persia, on the Karoon. Pup. 10,000.-32,0 N. 49, E. Siam', a kingdom of the Eastern Peninsula. H consists chiefly of a fertile valley, (>etween two ranges of mountains, waters J by the Menam, and of the larger part of the Malay peninsu!.,. Siam abounds in rice, sugar, and cctton, and its fruits are peculiarly delicious. Area estimated at 190,(100 square miles, avd pop. at 5,000,000. Pup., including Laos, 6,(«iO,(M)0. Siam' or Yu'thia, a city formerly the capital of Siam, in the Kastera Peninsula, situate on mi island f(vm- ed by the MeniuxL / / 266 ASIA. Btim', Gulf of. a jml bftjr of the OhIneM BMi to tot B. of tho Malay poninaula. Blbo'rla. B— Aiunc Rouxa, p. MO. Bt'don or Sai'dsi an andent city of Phoniloiai on tht oooit of the Me- diterraneant celebrated iniaered and Sroftuie hiitory. Pop. 6(MM).— 83, 4 N. 35, 91 B. SFhoiu Bee Jaxartei. Bikltim. a itate of N. B. Hindo- itan, between Nepaul and Bootan, subildiary to the Brltbh, who have Introduoed here the culture of the tea plant. Pop. 81,766. Sflcokr. Bee Japan, p. Sfi9. Simla, a mountainoui dietrlot of N. W. flindoitan, between the But- III) and the Jumna, with a station resorted to by Invalids of the British army. Pop. of district 370,000. Brnal, a mountain of Arabia, near the head of the Red Bea, in the pen- insuU between the Oulf of Suez and the Qulf of Akabah. the spot where the Law was delivered to MoRes : it U 7498 feet In heisht. Sinde, a province of H!ndoBt8n, on both sides of the Lower Indus, formerly governed by Ameers, now annexed to the British possessions. It is fertile, but unhealthy ; extend- ing from the Indian Ocean northward to the Junction of the Ohenab and Indus, in SB^fiO' N. lat., and between 66«37'and71*' 10' iS. lone. Length from N. to B. about 360 miles ; aver- age breadth 200 miles. Area 52,000 square miles. Pop. 1,OB7»000. Sl>ngan% a strongly fortified city of China, the capital ox the province of Shen-si. Pop. about 300,000. Singapore', an Island belonging to BritMn, at the B. extremity of tho Mahiy Peninsula ; It Is about 27 miles in length by 10, Its greatest breadth, and although so near the equator is exceedingly healthy. Pop. 67,800, Singapore', a seaport on the S. coast of the above Island ; it Is now the centre of extensive commerce. Pop. 16,000.->1, 17 N> 103, 01 B. Slno'pe, a seaport of Anatolia, on the Black Sea } It was bombarded and nearly destroyed by the Russians in 1803. Pop. 10,000. Blvas', the ancient Sehat'U, a city of Asiatic Turkey, capital of the Sashalic of the same name, in Asia linor. Pop. 27.0. Smyr'na, an ancient city and sea- port of Asia Minor, situate on a gulf of the MUM name In tht Archipelaffo. It is a place of neat trade, and otefana the honour of being the birthplace of Homer. Pop. IA0,00a— 38, 88 N. 87, OE. SocFety Isbmde, a group in the B. Pacific, of which thechlefare Otaheite or Tahiti, Bolatea, and Elmeo. The soil is fertile, producing cocoa-nuts, the bread-fruit, plantains, &e. Pop. 20,000, among whom missionary exertions have been very sueoessfuL Sol'iman Mountains, a ridge of high mountains in the E. of Afghan- iatan, running N. and S. Sol'omon Islands, an extensive group in the S. Pacific, between 5° and 12° S, lat., and 154° and 163° £. long., fertile ar ' vrell wooded. These islands were ^rst vUited by Mendana in 1587. Sov)-choo', one of the finest cities of Cliina, in the province of Kiang-^su, situate on the grta canal, near tho lake Tal, and cxtoiied by the Chinese as a terrestrial paradise. P. 500,000. Sooloo' Islands, a chain of islands in the Eastern Archipelago, extend- ing from the N. E. extremity of Bor- neo to Mindanao. The natives carry on an active commerce, but are no- torious pirates. Pop. 300,000. Sour, the ancient Tj/re, a seaport of Syria, once a powerful commercial city. Sacred and profane writers give equally spleudid descriptions of the magnificence of this ' ' Queen of the Sea." Pop. 5000.— 33, 17 N. 35, 12 E. Sourabay'a, a flourishing seaport on the N. E. coast of Java, with a strong fort and a fine naval arsenal. Pop. 130,000. Souracar'ta, an inland town of Java, the capital of a native king- dom. Pop. 10,000.-7, SO S. 110, 55 E. Sultani'ah, a city of Irak-Ajemi, in Persia, now in ruins. Suma'tra, a large island of the In- dian .Archipelago, separated from the Malay Peninsula by the Straits of Malacca, and from Java by the Straits of Sunda. It extends from N. W. to S. E., upwards of 1000 miles in length, with an average breadth of 16A; and is divided by the equator, beneath which it is situate, into two neatly equal parts. Kanges of mountains run through the interior. Mount Ophir, in the central chain, rises to the height of 13,842 feet. Between these ranges are extensive and fertile plains. ASIA. 267 elaucd of wood. It is v«ry ptodne- tive of pepper, rice, camphor, and valuable woods, and contains mines of goM, ceqpper, and iron. The Dutch are now mastera of all the territory south of the equator. The chief na- tive states are Acheen, Biak, the Batta country, und Menanltabow. Pod. 3,500.000. Sun'da, Straits of, an arm of the Indian Ocean , 90 miles long, which separates Sumatra from Java. Bunderbunds. Bee Ganges, p. 241. Surat', a city of Hindostan, on the Taptee, 20 miles from its mouth, wltn an active export trade. Pop. 160,000.-21, 12 N. 72, 48 E. Sut^ej, alarge river of Ilindcstan, the most eastern of the live rivers of the PuoJAb, issues from the Lake Rhawan, in Tibetrl7,0U(» feet above the sea. Descending from the Him- alaya, it receives, 500 miles from its source, the Deas, and 400 ntiles below forms a junction with the In- dus. Syd'ney, the capital of New South Wales, Australia, finely situate on the south shore of Port Jackson ; in extent and security the harbour is unrivalled. Bydney is a handsome town, and commands an extensive trade, which is rapidly increasing. Pop., including the suburbs, 60,000. — 33, 62S. 151, 17 E. Syr'ia, a province of Asiatic Tur- key, lying along the E. coast of the Mediterranean, and famed in ancient history. TABARI'A, the ancient Tibe'riat, a city of Palestine, situate on the W. shore of the Lake of Tiberias, called also the Sea of Galilee ; almost totally destroyed by an earthquake, Jan. 1, 1837. Pop. 41)00. Tabriz' or Tabreez', a city of Per- sia, the capital of Azerbijan, situate in the centre of a great plain, on the river Aigi, which runs into Lake Urumiah. Pop. 80,000.-38, 4 N. 46, 24 E. Tad'mor. See Palmyra. Tai', a fine lake in the Chinese province of Kiang-su. Taiwan', the capital of the island of Formosa, on the W. coast.— 23, 8 N. 120, 32 E. w« Tai-yu'en, the capital of the pro- ' vinco of Shan-si, in China, a place of ccnaiderable trade, particularly in carpets resembling those of Turkey. — 38, N. 112, 50 E. Tuijore', a fortified city of the CanuUie, in 8. Hindostan, eelebratcd for a magnificent pagoda, and oa » seat of Hindoo learning. P. 80,00a —10, 50 N. 79. lA E. Tap'tee, a river of Hindoitan, which rises in the province of Gund- wana, and falls into the Gulf of Cam* bay, 20 miles below Surat. Tar'sus or Tersoos', a city of Asia Minor, on the Cydntu, the ancient capital of CUicia, and the birthplace of St Paul. Pop. 30,000. Tartary, Gulf of, a part of the sea of Japan, separating the island of Saghalien from Manchooria. Tnsh Ucnd, a town of Kokan, in Independent Tartary, on the Jax- artes. Pop. about 40,000. Tassisu'don, the capital of Boo- tan, in N. E. Hindostan, In a fertile valley. The citadel is the residence of the rajah.— 27, 56 N. 89, 40 E. Tat'ta, the ancient Pal'ala, a city of W. Hindostan, province of Sinde, situate near the W. bank of the In- dus, abn *■ 65 miles from the sea. Pop. 20, ..—24, 44 N. 68, E. Tau'rus, a chain of lofty mountains in Asia Minor ; the most elevated peak is 13,100 feet in height. Tchan'y, a lake. of W. Siberia, in the provmce of Kolyvau. Length 65 miles ; breadth 40 miles. TeAoran' or Te/jraun', the capital of Persia. It is situate in the pro* vince of Irak, at the foot of Mount Elburz, and near the ruins of the ancient Rhaga. Pop. 60,000.-35, 42 N. 51,20 E. Teliicher'ry, a fortified seaport ot Hindostan, on the coast of Malabar. Tenass'erim firitigh provuices, E. peninsula, consist of a long and nar^ row slip of territory, to the S. of Birmah, between 11° and ly 40' N. lat. Length from N. to S. 500 miles ; breadth 40 to 80 miles ; divided into the provinces of Anilierst, Tavoy, and Mergui, which, with Moulmein, are the principal seats of foreign trade. Ten'gri, a lake iu Tibet, 80 miles long and 40 broad. Ter'nate Isle, one of the Moluc- cas, in the Indian Archipelago, with a town of the same name. It is famous for nutmegs. Pop. 170,000. Te'shoo Loui'boo, in Tibet, the seat of a lama, near tiie fiootan frontier. Pop. 3000. ~ T/iian-sban', or the Celestial Moun- tains, a range of lofty mountains in the west of Mongolia. Tidor', an island of the Indian K 258 ASIA . i; I ArehfpeUfO, to the W. of GiUoIo imA t. of Temflito, belonging to the Hutch. It is densely vrooded ; chief product, apices. tiflia or Tenii, the csplital of Georgia, Aslntic Russia, situote on ae banits of the Kur ; celebrated for I hot baths. Pop. A0,000.— 41, 41 N. 44, SO E. Ti'gris, a large and rapid rivor of Asiatic Turkey, issues from the m mn- tains of Arinenin to the N. of I^iar- beklr, and, after pursuin^c a course of 800 milea nearly parallel to the Euphrates, unites with that river above Hassomli. See Euphrates. Ti'oior, a fine iaiand of the Indian Archipelago, about 3(i0 niilos in length, and 40 to 70 miles in breadth ; on which the Dutch and Portuguese have settlements. Ti'mor-Iaut, an island of the Indian Archipelago, E. of Timor. Its length is 90 miles, with a moun- tainous surface. Tobolsk', the capital of W. Sibe- ria, situate at the confluence of the Tobol and the Irtish. It carries on a considerable trade. Pop. 18,000.— A8, 13 N. 68, 16 E. To'kat, a city of Sivas, in Asiatic Turkey, on the banks of the Jekil- Irmak, the ancient Irig. It is the centre of an extensive inland trade. Pop. 30,000.--}(>, 8 N. 36, 48 E. Tomsk, a town of W. Siberia, Situate on the Tom, above its junc- tion with the Obi. Pop. 18,000.— 66, 29 N. 85, 10 E. Ton'ga. See Friendly Islands. Tong-ting', a large take of China, in the province of Hoo-pe, 300 miles in circumference. Tonqnin (Tonkeen') , a kinr Tom of tlie Eastern Peninsula, coi.pre- hended in Cochin-China, or the Em- pire of Annara. The hilly country bordering on China is said to be rich in the precious metals. Tor'res Strait, on the N. extremity of Australia, which it separates from Papua or New Guinea. Tos'a, a populous city of Japan, Island of Sikokf. Tranquebar', a fortified seaport of S. Eindostan, on the Curomandel coast, situate at one of the mouths of the Cavery. Pop. 12,000.-11, 1 N. 79, 60 E. Trav'jincore, a province of Hin- dostan, forming the south-western extremity of the peninsula from Co- chin to Cape Comorin. P. 1,012,000. Trebl'/ymd, the ancient frofifmm, a city of Turkish Armenia, on ttie coast of t lie Block Sea. Ir Im a place of considerable trade. Pop- W,000. —41 , 1 iV. 3!), 46 E. Tri'thinop'oly, a celebrated city vaA fortress of H. Hindostan, in the Car- natic, situate on the S. bank of the Cavery ; in the vicinity are two mag- nificent pagodRS. Pop. excludirMT the garrison , 30,000.-10, 60 N. 78, ¥» E. Trincomalee', a seaport of Cejrlon, with u strong fortress and an excel- lent harbour. Mtuate on the N. E. coast.— 8. 3.1 N. 81, 14 E. Trlp'oli, a seaport of Syria, on the Mediterranean, in a fertile plain, with a considerable trade. Pop. 18,000 — 34, 26 N. 36, 60 B. Trivan'drum, a city of S. Hindos- tan, the capital of Trtvancrre, and the residence of the rajah. ^, 29 N. 76, M E. Tsi-nan', a city of China, the capi- tal of the province of Shan-tung, with I manufactures of cheap and durable silk. Turfan', a town of Chinese Tar- tary, to the north of Lob Nor.--43, 40 N. 80, 45 B. Turkestan', a name which Is ap- plied indefinitely to Independent Tar- tary, being the original seat of the Turkish nation. Turon', a seaport of Cochin-China, on a fine bay. URAL Mountains and River. See Russia in Europe, p. 167- UrgAenj', a town of Independent Tartary, in the province of Khiva, about 6 miles from the Oxus. Pop. 3000. Uru'miaA, a lake of Persia, in the province of Azerbijan, 86 miles long and 25 broad, remarkable for its ex- treme saltness. VAN, a salt lake of Turkish Ar- menia. Its gpreatest length is 70 miles, and breadth about 28 miles. Van. a strongly fortified city of Turkigii Armenia, on the lake to which it gives name. Pop. 20,000. —38, 33 N. 43, 42 E. Van Diemen's Island. See p. 287. Vellove', a town and strong fort- ress of the Cavnatic, in S. Hindostan, situate on the Palar. Victo'ria, formerly called Australia Felix, Port Phillip district or Phil- lipsland, a British colony, comprising all the part of Au.stralia S. of the river Murray, and E. of South Australia. Estimated area 80,000 square miles. !'r t :'■ i\!^' r :40l ■ • . 'l* ■*& ,i>fc^ '%'.,. ,.-r m *:i\i^ V* 'ru-<4^»* t' ■Vsi'i,, ..yihi,-- 'fjt inc cuantiicj» nniv/n iv-wu»««..m T ; y ;t^?^y::. ^SSV.'H ii^' >'Jb^ ,>>'■" ttslo/ l7 ^ ^yt-'-r.tOSmi^^^^t Ir^jL. f •-••• Jp----4^^f ^: •I '^■^^"^--•Triu^'m ^^ _jmjj- _ ^^^ ItoM li . 11 .1 ■ I. < l>l . i » ill 4 1 , ■ , . - '» — C.afOooA1l0K4- iO Long-y 'We«t »o of ftreeaawif UrurabKnir*^ trfAWH^ utnlrarj^ rcBUNauo by oisrvm %noTD, moantm^a. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 1.1 L£|28 |25 >tt Uii 122 L° 12.0 lU I 1 '-2^ III '-^ 1 J4 < 6" ► <^ -1^ /] 'V^^' '> ^> Photographic Sciences Corporalion 23 WIST MAIN STREIT WEBSTIR.N.Y. USM (716) •72-4503 '^ to t ri ■ \ liol PMMt«U)ao».OOa flttAiutnlMto, Yieto'rift, Booth, a Uwge tract In the Antaretie Ocmd, diMovered by Sir JaniM Rom in 1841. It czt«nw from 78" to 78" a lat., and is In 173* E. long. It is eztremaly rocky and barren, covered with deep anow ; yet it contains an active volcano, Mount Erebus, 1S,40U feet high. Yindbya, a range of nHMintains In Hhidostan, between 8S* and W N. lat.. and 74** and 8U<* E. long. Height SA(N) to aOOO feet. TbMgHMitani', a seaport (rf Hhi- dostan, on the Coromandel coast, the oanital of a district of tbe same nameui tbe Northern Clrcars.->-17, 40 N. 83. 16 E. Yoo^bang', a dty of China, the capital of tiie province of Hoo-pe, situate on tbe Yang-tse-liiang. Pop. 4(tO.U00.->30, 40 N. 114. 20 E. WEL'LESLE Y Provbice, a BritUh settlement on tbe W. coast of tbe Mahty Feninsubi. opposite Penang (Prince of Wales' Island). Area 140 square miles. Pop. 91,000. WellinKton. a British settlement in New ZoUand, on the B. coast of North Island. Pop. 6000. Wind'sor , a town of Australia, New Bouth Wales, on the Hawlcesbury, 34 miles from Sydney. Pop. 2U00. XAN'TUUS. an ancient city of AsU Minor, containing splendid mo- numents, many of which tuive been recently deposited in the British Museum. YAK'UTSK, a town of E. Sibe- i1a« on the W. bank of the Lena, the Seat mart for furs. Pop. 4500. — , N. 199, 40 E. Yang-tse*kiang', tlie largest river of Asia, has its source in tbe moun- tains of Tibet, traverses all the ^reat central provinces of China, and, after 260 a ooofM of 9900 mike, Mis Into tiM Ptteiflc Ocean, about 100 milw Mow Nankin. Yartumd, a city of Chinese Tar- tary, the capital of Little Buehaila* on the river of the same name, fan a fertile phdn ; tbe centre of Uw ulud trade of China with W. Tartary. P. 160,000.-38, So N.M, OB. Yar'kand. a river off Cbineee Tar* tary, rises in the Moua Tadi, and running eastward, faUs into the Lako of Lob. Yellow Sea, an arm of the PaeUle Ocean, between China and the pen- hisuhi of Corea, and termiaatlBg in the Gulfs of Pe-tcbe-li and Leao-tm^ Yem'bo, a seaport of Arabia, on the Red Sea; it is the port of Me- dbia. PopuUition 6000.— M, 1« N. 38,28E. Ye'men, the Arabia fdUe of an- tiquity, theS. W. province of AnMi* bordering upon- the Red Seat its hills are covered with fine ooSbe and other aromatic phmts. Yenisei, a brge river of Siberia, issues from the mountabit to the 8. W. of Lake Baikal, nnites with the Angara above Yeniseisk, and flows taito tbe Arctic Ocean. Yen'iseisk, a town in Eastern Si- beria, on the Yenesei, below Its Jna^ tion with the Annra. Pop. WOO. Yezd, a city of Persto, in the & W. (rfKhorassan, with aflourishhigtradt and silk manufiMStureii Pop. 60,000. -32, 10 N. 66, E. Yun-nan', a mountainous provlnet of China, in the 8. W. frontiw. Yun-nan', the capital of the above provhice, situate on a large hke. ZA18ANO', a Uke of Chinese Tartary, near the frontiers of Slb^ ria, traversed by the Irtish. Ziir'rali, Lake of. in A%fa on the borders of Kborassan. AFRICA Is bounded N. by tbe Mediterranean; W. by tbe At- lantic; S. by tbe Soutbem Ocean; E. by tbe Indian Ocean, tbe Ked Sea, and tbe Istbmus of Suez. Tbe area is estimated at 12,000,000 square miles, and tbe population at 70 millions. Tbe countries wbieb it contains are,— .!-«M**lu.jfc&»»i;ii .v;.. i;.;.r"t P 260 AFRICA. Divisions. Chief Towns. . r Barbuy States, comprehending Morocco .....Morocco, Fez. Algeria ....Algiers. Timis Tunis. • taii \d Tripoli and Barca Tripoli. '-:;t - rl Western AMoa, including Upper i and Lower Guinea Fort St Louis, 9athun^, Gape Coast Castle, Loanda. Southern Africa Cape Town. Eastern Africa Mozambique, Zanzibar. . Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia Cairo, Alexandria, Gondar. Central Africa S^go, Timbuctoo, Fundah, Sackatoo, Kano, Kouka. Islands. — Madeiras, Canaries, Cape Verde Islands. Fernando Po, St Thomas, Ascension, St Helena, Mada- g^car, Comoro Isles, Reunion (formerly Bourbon), Mau- ritius, Seychelles, Socotra. Gulfs and Bays. — Sidra, Cabes, Tunis, Guinea, in which are the Bight of Benin and the Bight of Biafra ; Saldanha, Table, False, Algoa, Delagoa, and Sofala Bays ; the Red Sea. Straits. — Gibraltar, Babelmandeb, Channel of Mo- zambique. Isthmus. — Suez. Capes. — ^Bon, Soartel, Cantin. Bojador, Blanco, Verde, Palmas, Formosa, Negro, Good Hope, Agulhas, Delgado, Guardafui. %! .v Mountains. — ^Atlas, Kong, Jebel Kumri or Moun- tains of the Moon, Cameroons, Nieuwveld Mountains (Cape Colony), Mountains of Lupata, the Abyssinian Mountains, Peak.of TenerifFe (Canaries). HiVERS. — ^The Nile, Niger or Quorra, Senegal, Gambia, Rio Grande, Zaire or Congo, Coanza, Orange or Gariep, Zambezi. , Lakes. — Chad, Dembea, Maravi or Nyassi. REUARKS. Africa extends from 37** 2(y N. to 34° 50' S. lat., and from 17° 32' W. to 61° 22' E. long. Its length from the Cape of €kM>d Hope to the Mediterranean, on Uie coast of Tw^, is about 5000 miles ; and its breadth, from Cape Verde to ^pe Quardafui, about 4700. It forms a vast penmsula, ^j^aist^d from Europe by the Strait of Gibraltar ana the Medi|ernu»efi|i. and from Asia by the Isthmus of Suez and the Red Sea< Hi i^CijM zn)ar. ,, Qondar. , Fnndah, ), Kouka. Islands. A, Mada- n), Mau- ainea, in f Biafra; a Sofala [""of Mo- >, Verde, ^elgado, Moun- [ountains >yssinian I Gambia, Garifcjp, land from Cape of ?9iu8, is to99>po AFRICA. 261 irranean. ^iii" In extidit, Africa holds the third rank among the four neat divisions of the globe; bat is the lowest in politioaraad moral importance. The knowledge of this continent possessed by the ancients was extremely limited, scarcely extending beyond the northern states; and its interior remained tifi lately a blank in the map of the world. The curiosity and enterprise of modem travellers have overcome in a great measure the obstacles presented by a burning climate, exten- sive deserts, and the barbarism of the natives. A consider- able extent of Central Africa has been found to be more fer- tile, more highly cultivated, and inhabited ^by milder races, than the countries previously known. The greater part of the southern interior still remains unexplored. Etldopia, Egypt, and the northern states, attained m ancient times a high degree of civilisation ; but they now present few traces of their former refinement. Yarious distinct races people this continent. The inhalrf- tants of Egypt seem to be of Hindoo origin, and the Al^s- sinians appear to have passed over from Arabia. Carthaffo was founded by a Phoemcian colony, and other regions of the north were peopled by Medes, Persians, and Armenians. In the 7th century of the Christian era, the Mohammedan Arabs subdued the north of Africa ; and their descendants, under the name of Moors, constitute a great part of the existing population. Central and Western Afri'">a, from Senegid to Cape Negro, are occupied by the Negroes, apparently a dis- tinct and indigenous race. At present the east coast, north- wards to the river Zambezi, and part of the interior, are inhabited by the CafEres, a tribe resembling the Negroes, but with features less flat ; while the Hottentots of the south ap- g)ar to be a distinct race, inferior to both Negroes and Caffires. f the population of tins vast continent, the Moors are found chiefly in the north, the Negroes in the middle, and the Caflres and Hottentots in the south. Nearly the whole of them are in a state of barbarism ; they are wholly unacaoainted with civil hberty, and are either Mohammedans or ioolaters. The Berbers and the Shelluhs of the Atlas Mountains and the frontiers of Morocco, are of a fairer complexion and a lighter frame than the Moors of the plains ; and in their sentiments, mcnrals, and manners, are decidedly superior. EXEBOISBS. Sow is Afiica hounded ? What is its extent in square miles ? What is its population ? What are its countries, its islands, gnlfii 'iind bays, stndts, isthmus, cajpes? &o. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is Africa situate ? What are its length and breadth? What is its formV What rank does it hold among the great divisions of the globe? To what extent did the ( ( 288 BABDARY. aadtnti pcmett a 1cnow1edg« of this oontinmt? What dhsfaii^es haTsmoatm travellen OTorcome? What is the natnre of th« territories they have explored ? What was the condition of Bttii^ opia, Ec^TDt, and the northern states, in ancient times ? "Ftom. What ongin do the Egyptians, Ethiopians, Carthaginians, and other inhahitants of the north appear to have sprung ? By ifhat p eo ple are the central and vrestem regions of Africa oocujpied? What part of the continent is inhabited by the Cafires ? Inirhat futures do they resemble and differ from the Negroes? In wnat rwpeots do the Berbers and the Shelluhs differ from the Moors? What races chiefly inhabit the north, the middle, and the south of AMca? What is the general character of the natives ? BARBARY. States. Chief Towns. Morocco... Morocco, Mogadore. Fez Fez, Meqninez, Tetnan, Cetita, Tangier, Sallee. Algeria... Algiers, Oran, Tremezen, Bona, Constantina. Tonis Tunis, Kairwan, Cabes. Tripoli Tripoli, Mesurata. Ktfca Derna, Bengazi. South from Barbary are, — Darah Tatta. Tafilet Tafilet. Segdmesa Segelmesa. BeUd-nl-gerid, or the Land of Dates. Fezzaa Monrzonk, Sokna* Gulfs and Bays.— Sidra, Cabes, Tunis. Gapes. — ^Bon, Spartel, Cantin, Nun. Mountain. — ^Atlas. RiVEK. — Mejerdah. Lake. — ^Lowdeah {Tritonia Pdlue), REMARKS. Barbary extends from 28" to 37" N. lat., and from 10' W. to %" E. long. Length from E. to W. 2000 miles; average Inreadth from N. to S. 150 miles. Of Barbary, or, as some geographers term it, the reigioit di Mount Atlas, that extensive chain of mouutiuns is the most remarkable feature. The low land, between this range and the sea, varying from 30 to 150 miles in breadth, is watered by many streams from the hills, and displays in general an exuberant fertility. Its agricultural products are n^urbr the. same as those of Europe; its fruits are superior. ^^: '^ < ;«>^ 0€ the domestic animals, the mule and the ass are <^efly employ^ in labour. The Barbary horse is famed for its t B of tb^ ofBAi- > Fiom tn9, and By what In what In wnat Moon? le south I? BABBAKT. 269 f Geuta, m, Bona, ■-i*'.. 10° w. aTeiage ioii of hemosi. igeand .tered leialan rly the for H$ tigbtBMi ttod beautj of form. The fleecea of the 8heq> are in ganexal ooane and hairy, except those of Morocco, aome hreeda of whidi produce rery fine wool. Among the wild animals are the lion, here remarkable for 0trengdi and ferocity, the panther, the hyena, the iackal, and the antelope or gazelle. Serpents, scorpions, and locosts, are soonf^ with wnich Barbary is peculiarly infested. The ridges of Mount Atlas yield in considerable abundance silver^ copper, lead, and antimony. The plains are remarkable for the prevalence of saline substances, while the lakes are nearly as salt as the sea. Salt springs are more nomeroui than fresh, and tliere are hiUs composed entirely ci salt. Nitre is found in many places mixed with the soil. Hot springs and streams occur in various districts ; and of one, near Constantina, the water is so warm as to calcine the rocks over which it passes. This part of Africa was distinguished in ancient history. Carthage, the first commercial state of antiquity, long dis- puted with Borne the empire of the world. After its faU, the northern provinces of Amca became the granary of Italy. Under the Saracen princes who afterwards occupied it, Bar- bary, especially Fez, acquired unusual lustre. Its diiSPerent states, long sunk in tjrranny and oppression,.Iiave greaUy declined in importance ; and their maritime strength was for ages exerted only in piratical excursions, which have now been suppressed. The French, having taken possession of Algiers, are at present attempting to colonize that region; but only a small portion of tne natives acknowledge their authority. The government in the other Barbary States is despotic, and the religion Mohammedan. EXERCISES. What are the states and towns of Barbary? Name the river and lake of Tunis. Name the gulfs and bays. What is the most remarkable featiu'e in Barbary r What is the general extent of the low land lying between Mount Atlas and the sea? What is the. quality of the soil ? What are its prodncts ? What domestio aninuJs are chiefly employed in labour? For what is the Bar- bary horse famed? Is there any thing remarkable about the ^eep of Barbary? What are the principal wild animals in these states? With what scourges is Barbary peculiarly afflicted? Whftt metals does the Atlas range of mountains yield ? For what minend quality are the plains remarkable ? What substance is sometimes found mixed with the soil ? What remarkable eflfect does the heat of the water near Constantina produce? Was Bar- bary distinguished in ancient history ? What state disputed with ]^rae the empire of the world ? What advantage did Iti^ after* MTards derive m>m4he8e African provinces ? Under what princes ii\ u f i. «U WEBTBBK AnUCA. did Barbanr aoquire unnstuJ liutre ? Iii what hm tiM Muiltea ■trength of the Barbuy States been for ages exerted 9 Wliat nation is attempting to colonise Alners ? W liat are the governr ment and tiie religion of the other Barbary States ? —————— 3n/ii»ofst' WESTERN AFRICA. io hm Divisions. Chief Towns. ' - ' Senegambia, comprising the conn- tries on the Senegal, Gambia, < i»ixii>£f| and Rio Grande Fort St Lonis, Bathorst. ^^b ITpoer Guinea, containing Sierra Leone Freetown. Liberia and Grain Coast Monrovia. Ivorjr Coast Lahou. Gold Coast Cape Coast Castle, El Mina. Slave Coast Wnydah, Badagry. Ashantee Coomassie. Dahomey Abomey, Ardrah v Benin... Benin, wari. Lower Guinea, containing Loango Loango. Congo' St Salvador. Angola St Paul or Loanda. Benguela New Benguela. Gulps. — Guinea, Benin, Biafra. RiYEBS. — Senegal, Gambia, Rio Grande, Niger or Quorra, Zaire or Congo, Coanza. REMARKS. Senegambia, or the country of the Senegal and Gambia, is the name given by geographers to the line of coast lying be< tween the parallels of 10° and 20" N., watered by the great rivers Senegal, Gambia, and Bio Grande, and extending 500 miles into the interior. From the southern border of the Sahara to the frontier of Guinea, the country is in general fertile, and traversed by some important rivers, on the banks of which the vegetation is luxmiant; while the forests of cocoa^treea, mangoes, palms, bananas, tamarinds, citrons, oranges, and pomegranates, afford evidence of the depth of the soil. But the most colossal tree of these regions is the 5ao&a&, whose trunk is hollowed into chambers, wdthin which are suspended the bodies of the dead. p/> The alimentary plants of Western Africa are various and abundant ; and its flora is equally magnificent and rich. The Mountains of Kong extend from the souroo^of the Niger almost due east, until they approach that gre^t rii;er near its junction with the Chadda. The Cameroons tlkfo™^** tains rise from the Bay of Biafra to the height of 13,000 feet, .|-:i WESTERN AFBIOA. 266 And piolMUy form the W. extremity of th^ Jebel Knmri, •impoied to traveree tiie centre of the whole continent The elephant, hippopotamui, rhinoceros, lion, panther, striped hyena. Jackal, grirafre, sebra, antelope, deer, and monkeys, are found in tiiese regions. The Doa-constrictor and other serpents Inrk amid the rank Testation : venomooi insects and donds of locnsts sometimes infest tne air, and spread devastation far and wide. Birds of the most splendid plmnage, as the aigrette, and varions species of paroquets, swarm in the woods. The British have settlements at Sierra Leone and on the Gambia, chiefly with a view to the liberation of slaves ; the Americans founded one at Liberia, which is now an independent republic ; and the French have one at St Louis on the oene^. On the Gold Coast there are several European stations, British or Dutch, and the powerful kingdoms of Ashantee and Daho- mey lie in the interior. The Niger, after passing throag[h a swampy nnd unhealthy country, falls by several mouths mto the Gulf of Guinea. The coast south of the equator is held by the Portuguese, mostly for the slave-trade. The chief ex- ports from Western Africa are gold, ivory, and palm-oil; but the transport of slaves, though partly prohibited and severely punished, is carried on to a lamentable extent. EXERCISES. What countries and towns does Western Africa comprehend V What are the principal rivers? What is the nature of the country between the Desert and Guinea? What species of trees abound here? Which is the most colossal tree of these regions? Are the alimentary plants numerous? Is the flora rich? Name the principal mountains. What wild animals are found in this country ? By what reptiles and insects is it infested? What is remarkable about the birds ? Mention the British settle- ments in Western Africa. Name those of the Americans and French. What kingdoms lie inland from the Gold Coast ? Into what gulf does the Niger fall ? What people hold the coast son^ of the equator ? What ar6 the chief exports from Western Africa? Is the slave trade still carried on to a great extent ? / SOUTHERN AFRICA. ' ^ ^' ' Divisions. Chief Towns. Cape Colony Cape Town, Graham Town. Natal Pietermaritzburg. Comitry of the Boshuanas Lattakoo, Kurreechanee. ^iL EiVESS.— Orange or, Gariep, Olifant, Great Fish "f BAYS.—St Helena, Saldanha, Table, False, St Sebas- ^^tian, Flettenberg, Algoa, Delagoa. 1 1 266 SOrTBERN AnUOA. Capes. — Good Hope, Agulhas. Mountains.-— Nieuwvela Mountains, Table Mountain. REMARKS. The British territory of Cape Colony occupies the louihem extremity of the continentf stretching about 600 mUes in length from E. to W., with an average breadth of 260 miles. Area estimated at 170,000 square miles. Pop. 285,279* CaffinBdia to the east of Cape Colony, and extending Slons the coast of Natal, is watered by numerous streams, oorerea with wood, and intersected by savannahs. It is inhabited by the Gafflres, a fierce pastoral race of men, but brave, frank, and independent. North from them are the Zoolahs, a ferocious tribe, who lately committed dreadful ravages in this part of Africa. To the north of the colony lies the territory of the Boshu- anas, a pastoral and agricultural race, less vigorous ai^ intrepid than the Cafires, but more industrious, having well- bnilt towns of considerable extent. The colony is peopled by various tribes of Hottentots, of whom indolence and disregard of cleanliness are the charac- teristics ; tlie Bosjesmans or ^uslmien, and other free Hot- tentots, are wild and fero( as in their disposition. In the interior, cattle-rearing is the chief branch of rural industry. Some parts of the territory of the Cape of Good Hope are very productive. The coin and fiiiits are excellent. One spot produces the famous Constantia wine ; and the flowers are unrivalled in brilliancy and fragrance. Among the wild animals are the zebra, the elephant, hippopotamus, giraffe, the porcupine, and various kinds of serpents. This country was colomzed by the Dutch about 1650; but since 1806 it has been in the possession of the British. EXERCISES. , Into what territories is Southern Africa divided ? Name the chief towns and rivers. What is the extent of the British terri- tory? What is the numher of its inhabitants ? By v horn is the country to the east of Cape Colony inhabited? What is their character ? What tribe has lately committed dreadful ravages ? What territory extends to the north of the colony ? What is the character of the people ? By what tribes is the colony peo^^kKi ? What are the characteristic qualities of the Hottentots ? What tribes of them are peculiarly wild and ferocious ? Wha^ is the chief branch of rural industry? ,Is the Cape Territory ^j^reduo^; tive ? Which of its productions are most noted ? Mention atmnBp of th^ wild animals of this country. By what European poof^st was it first colonized ? In whose possession is it now ? BABTBRN AFUCA. Wl Dtain. ithern Ues in miles. ;iflonff oTevea itedby ikf and rooioas part of Boshu* us and ^ ig well* itotSf of charac- ee Hot- In the idustry. ire very e spot 8 are e wild giraffe, juntry ime the ah terri- 18 the lis their livages? %t is the >pled? What isthr luc* p»o]^« tiuinjfV EASTERN AFRICA. DiTisions Chief Towns. Adel Zeyla. Berbera. AJan Magadoxo, Brara. Zanguebar Zanzibar, Mombaa. Mozambiqae Mozambique. Sofala. Bofala. Mocaranga or Monomotapa...Manica, Zimbao, Sena. RiYEBS. — Zambezi or Cuama, Mafumo, Sofala. REMARKS. Some parts of Eastern Africa are salubrious and fertile, and others unhealthy and barren. Adel, the country of the Somaulis, between the Straits of Babelmandeb and Cape Quardafui, abounds in myrrh and frankincense. The coast of Ajan viewed from the sea appears a desolate mass of rocks and sand ; but the interior is more fertile, and carries on a considerable trade in gold, ivory, and ambergris. Zanguebar is low, marshy, and unhealthy ; and its extensive forests are said to abound in elephants. The soil of Mozambique is murticularly luxuriant ; and gold is brought down the river Zambezi in considerable quantities. On its banH^ the Porta* guese have forts at Sena and Tete ; but the interior is divided among a number of chiefs; Zimbao is the most powerinol state, while Manica is the richest district in metallic wealth. SofiEila, formerly celebrated for its gold, and hencie supposed to be the Ophir of the Scriptures, is now greatly reduced, although it is said still to export considerable quantities of ffold-dust. The Portuguese were formerly masters of nearly uie whole of Eastern Africa, but they have been driven from the greater part of it by the natives and the Arabs. The sovereignty of the coast, from Cape Gnanbiiii southward to Cape E^lgado, including the islands of Pemba and Zanzibar, is m possession of the powerful sultan of Muscat. * EXERCISES. What are the divisions of Eastern Africa ? What are the chief towns and rivers ? What aspect does the Eastern Coast of AJ&ica present ? For what is Adel famed ? What is the appearance of the coast of Ajan when viewed &om the Sea? In wnat does it carry on a considerable trade ? What are the peculiarities of ZftDgtiebar ? Of what quality is the soil of Mozambique ? What oonstitutes a chief part of its commerce ? What forts have the Portuguese on the Zambezi? What advantages does So&la pos- sess? What people were formerly masters of Eastern Africa? By whom have they been driven from the greater part of it? To whom does, the sovereignty of a portion of the coast belong? (I S68 EOTFT, NUBU, AND ABYSSnOA. ty EGYPT, NUBIA, AND ABYSSINIA. Countries. Chl«fTowni. ^"l"'^ Egypt «... Cairo, Alexandria, Rosetta, Damiatta, Sues, Siout, Qirgeh, Assouan, Cosseir. Nubia. Dongola Dokoola, Derr, Suakin. -' Sennaar Sennaab, Khartoum, Shendr. Abyssinia Qondar, Anicobar, Axum, Adowa, Massouah. RiYERS. — The Nile^ formed by the junction of tha Bahr el Abiad or White River, and the Bahr el Azrek or Blue River; Tacazze, an affluent of the Nile. Lakes. — ^Dembea or Tzana, Mareotis. . ■ • BBMABKS. ,,.i,j^l,, Egypt is bounded N. by the Meditermneati ; W. by Barca and tne Libyan Desert ; B. by Nubia ; E. by the Bed Sea and the Isthmus of Suez. Length from N. to S. 600 miles; greatest breadth of the Delta of the Nile 150 miles. Extent estimated at 150,000 square miles. Pop. about 2,000,000. This celebrated country consists of the long narrow valley through which flows the Nile, bounded on both sides b^ mountains and barren deserts, and gradually widening as it approaches the sea. The mouths of the Nile give to the lower portion of the country the form of the Greek letter A, whence it is called the Delta. It is divided into Lower Egypt or the Delta, MidcQe Egypt, and Upper Egypt or Said. The soil is extremely fertile, and the mode of cultivation remark- ably simple. Wheat, barley, rice, maize, and millet, are the principal grains ; cotton, indigo, and tobacco are likewise reared in large quantities ; and sugar is cultivated throughout a great portion of Upper Egypt. The lotus, a species of water-Illy, and the papyrus or paper-tree, are indigenous pro- ductions: and the sycamore-ng, the vine, the olive, the orange, the date-palm, the pistachio, the oriental plane; and the cypress, are common. The climate of Egypt is distinguished by neat heat and dryness, rain being of rare occurrence. It would therefore bci a barren desert, were it not annually watered by the ovet-^ flowing of the Nile, which diffuses fertility over its entira extent. These inundations, which are occasioned^ by thtf periodical rains in the AbyssMan mountains, begin to rise' about the middle of June, they attain their greatest height in September, and subside about the end of October. Of the animals for which the country was noted in ancient BOTPT, KUBU, AND AIIY88INU. 809 v» cewise lehout 3168 of ispro- fe, the ^e; and fct and forebci over* entiio II80 timeff the hippopotamus has heoome rare, and the orooodfla is odIj seen m the Upper Mile ; hat the ichnenmon-rat and the Btork-llrfs are st^ common. Astes, mules, and camels are found in perfeotioUf and there are some fine breeds of horses. Effjpti celebrated in sacred history as the country In which thd Israelites were held in bondage, had attained a consider^ able degree of civilisation and importance at a very remote period of antiquity. Its pyramids, of which the great one is 461 feet in height, have for upwards of 8000 years with- stood the influence of time, ana seem destined to be coeval with the earth that sustains them. They are conjectured to have been raised for the mausoleums or sepulchres of the Egyptian kings. The country contains also the remains of temples, larger and more magnificent than those of Greece or Borne, though not constructed with equal taste. E^ypt is considered to be a part of the Ottoman empire ; but the late pasha, Mohammed Ali, rendered his dignity here- ditary, and, though obliged to cede his conquests in Syria, Palestine, and Arabia, retained his sway over Nubia. Avail- ing himself of the services of intelligent Europeans, he intro- di;^ed great improvements, both in military msoipline and in the various branches of industry. The government is a military despotism; the religion is Mohammedan, but one- twelfth of the people are Copts, who profess Christianity. Nubia, the ancient JSthioma, lies between Egypt and Abys- sinia. It is almost entirelv occupied by deserts, except on. the banks of the Nile. Tne territories of Dongola on the Nile, and Seniiaor on the Blue River or Abyssinian NUe, tun more fertile than the rest of the country. In Sennaar are found large forests of the acocia-tree. Nubia contains many excavated temples of great magnificence, particularly at Ebsamboul. The country is subject to the Pasha of Egypt The religion is partly Mohammedanism and partly idolatry. Population estimated at 400,000. Abyssinia lies to the south of Nubia, and extends from N. to S. about 750 miles, with an average breadth of 500 miles. I^opulatiou estimated at 4,500,000. The ceneral appearance of the country is that of an elevated tableland, intersected hjr ranges^ of rocky precipitous hills. Owing to its monn- tunous nature, the cumate is more temperate than might he expected from its latitude ; but the heat in the lower valleys i» intense. Many of these are fertile, producing various |4|ids pf grain, the sycamore-fig, the tamarind, the date, and tike cdSee-tree. Abyssinia is purticularly rich in flowers, the air b^ng everywhere scented with the j^rfhme of roses. Jessamines, lilies, and primroses, with which the fiel4s are covered. Besides the usual domestic animals, there ore the 270 EOYFT, NUBIA) AND ABTB8INIA. elephax&ti rhinoceros, lion, panther, leopard, riraflb, hyena, gazelle, and monkey. The hippopotamus and the crooodile ibonnd in the lakes and rivers. Among the feathered tribes are enumerated the golden eagle, and some varieties <^ the bird of paradise. The country is much infested With the sebub and the locust. Abyssinia is now divided into a number of petty states, the chief being those of Tigxd in the north, and Shoa in the south ; while a large portion has been conquered by a barbarous race called the Gallas. The xeli« gion is Christianity, but very much corrupted. EXERCISES. What are the countries comprehended in Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia? What cowns do they contain? Name the principal rivers and lakes. What is the extent of Egypt in square miles? What is the amount of its population ? What is the general ap- pearance of Egypt? What is its form? Into what districts IS it divided? What is the qualitv of the soil? What are the chief articles of cultivation? What plants are indigenous productions of Egypt ? What trees are frequently to be met with there ? What is remarkable about the clim&te of Egypt ? What prevents the country from being a ban'^^n waste ? jBj what are the inundations occasioned ? When does the river begin to swell, attain its greatest height, and subside ? What animals, formerly common in Egypt, have now become rare ? What animals are still common? For what is Eg3rpt celebrated in sacred history? How long have its pyramids stood? What purpose did they serve ? Of what empire is- Egypt considered a part ? Over what oonntry did the late pasha establish his sway? How did he im- prove Egypt ? What is the established religion? Where is Nubia situate ? What is its general appearance ? In what resx)ect do the kingdoms of Dongola and Sennaar differ from the rest of Nubia ? Of what species of tree are large forests found in Sennaar ? What remarkable temples are found in Nubia ? To whom is the country subject? What is the religion? What is the estimated amount of the population ? Where is Abyssinia situate ? What is the amount of its popu- lationr Name the chief states into which Abyssinia is now divided. By what people has a large jportion of it been conquered ? What is its general aspect? What is the nature of the climate? What are the principal objects of culture ? Does this country abound in flowers? what are the wild animals of this country? With wluit animals do the lakes and rivers swarm? Are there many varieties of birds in Abyssinia ? What are the most re- markable of them ? Is this country much infested with insects? What is the most formidable of these? CENTRAL AFRICA. 271 le UB- ? In Irfrom found ? To ttis CENTRAL AFRICA, COifPRGHENDiNG Sahara or the Desert, and Nimtia or Soudan. The principal districts or kingdoms of Nigritia hitherto explored are, — Countries. Chief Towns. Oountriia bordering on the Desert. Lndamar Benowm. Beroo Walet. Countries on the Senegal. Bondon Fatteconda. Kasson Kooniakarj. Kaarta Kemmoo. Countries on the Niger. Konff Kong. Bambarra Sego, Jenneli. Timbuctoo Timbuctoo. Yaouri Yaouri. Borgoo Boussa, Kiama. Countries. Chief Towns. Nyfffe Rabba. Yarriba Eyeo. Faudali Fundah. Countries E and W. of Lake Chad. Houssa i Sackatoo. "**"^^ iKano. Zeg-zeg Zaria. Bumou Kouka, Bomou. Mandara T>iora. Begharmi I^lesna. Bergoo Wara. Darfur Cobb^. Kordofan Obeid. JT o^.seiw ■«(* REMARKS. r Sahara or the Desert may be considered as a vast ocean of sand and gravel, interspersed with green spots or islands called Ooiei^ affording an agreeable relief to the traveller from its general solitude and sterility. It stretches from the shores of the Atlantic to the confines of Egypt, nearly 3000 miles in length, and 1000 in breadth. In its western division the oases are few and small ; in the eastern they are more mmierous and of greater extent. The principal are Fezzan, Agades, Augila. The only vegetable productions found in it are acacias, brambles, and other thorny shrubs. Ostriches and gazelles roam over these desolate regions, the horrors of which are aggravated by lions, panthers, and serpents. The usual mode of traversing the great desert is by caravans or large bodies of camels and horses. These are often subjected to great distress, and sometimes even perish from fatigue, want of water, and the simoom or blast of the desert '^ Many parts of Central Africa are sandy and barren, wliile others, especially on the banks of the Niger or Quorra, are fertile and extremely populous. This river, which so lone baffled every attempt to explore its course, was ascertaiuel by the Landers to now into the Gulf of Benin by numerous estuaries, after a winding course of about 2300 miles. The countries on the Senegal and the upper part of the Niger are luxuriant, and densdy peopled, chiefly by Negroes, wiUi a mixture of Moors. Timbuctoo is the most celebrated \ I 27SI' CXMTBAL AFRia&.» seat of the o$i*raii4nde. The ooniitriei i^'tHb^^Loiiivi Niger, Yftonri, Boosia, Yarriba, and Nyflflft, are peilii^ps/ the mo«t frnitM, indnstiioiu, and popaloiii in aB illk^: 0eidw Nyff^, however, in appiroachliig the sea, the wim^; becomes marshy and tiiihealthy, and is often |ntDic[at6a» Hie people on the banks of the river, though the^^^^ai^ iik an actiye commerce, are ferocious, and corrupted by the prev- alence of the slave-trade. About 300 miles above its mouth, the Niger receives the Chadda, a large river, onwhoae bJfiDA» are several kingdoms. Here attempts have been made, both by private individuals and by the British government, to form settlements ; but these have been hitherto defeated by the malignity of the climate. Honssa, an extensive region W. of Bomou, is extremely fertile, yielding in abundaiice grain, cotton, and Indigo. Bomou, one of the most powerful kingdoms of Centoal Africa, lies immediately west and south of the lake Chad: Bimie, its former capital, which, according to Denham and Clapperton, once contained 200,000 inhabitants, is now in ruins. The land is very fraitful, except where it is occupied by deserts of sand. The natives, whose numbers were esti- mated b;^ Major Denham at 5,000,000, live in a state of the rudest simphcity. Bergoo, or Dar-Saleh, is an extensive country between Begharmi and Darflk, in which is the great lake of Fittrd. Darfiir lies to the west of Sennaar, firom which it is separated by Kordofan. It is parched and steril in appearance, except during the rainy season, from June till September, when the fields are covered with luxuriant verdure. It may be observed that all the governments in this region ai*e absolute, though mild. The monarchs main- tain little state, and live on a very familiar footing with their subjects. EXERCISES. What is the situation of Central Africa? Into what coon^es may it be divided ? What are their chief towns ? In what view may the Sahara, -irith its members, be considered? What is its extent in length and breadths What are its mincipal oases? How is this vast expanse of sand traversed? What calamities sometimes befall the caravans ? What plants constitute the vegetation? What animals are found in these desolate regions? What is the general aspect of Central Africa? What river flows through it? Into what gulf does the Niger flow? What is the length of its course ? Describe the countries on the Sene^ gal and the upper part of the Niger. What is the most eelebrated seat of the interior caravan-tra^e ? Describe the countries on the Lower Niger. What large river does the Niger receive? Have any attempts been made to form settlements on its banks ? Hoir have these been defeated? What is the character of the peoplii AVRICAX lAI '^08. Mnr JTyAf WlMtt if Uwtam i^i . «9 Whitin tlitfradiieli^ 1ki$mmitrf9 U Boai the coasts of which are among the most fertile and beautiful districts in the Cape Territory. Alo'rie, a city in the kingdom of Yarriba, founded by the Fellatahs. Amha'ra, a divition ol Abyislnlat to the Wr of tbe TacalM. If hl- n fT^^P'^iWWw''' -s^^a^ 274 AtklCk, ahid«i tmi» IMulMft, and nfffM of Mtv motUktaliM. ▲ngo'U, a country of Lower Ot|in«ft. extending from Congo to the CkNUtBa, which latter divides it from Bengttela» The chief traffic Is in •lavei to Brazil. Angor^nou, a town of Bomon, about 16 miles from Kouka. Pop. aO,000.— 12, 40 N. 14, m K. Anko'bar, the capital of the king- dom of 8hoa, in Abyssinia, finely situate on two wooded hills. Pop. 18.000. Annobon', a pretty little island off the W. coast of Africa, belonging to the Porttigoese. Pop. soon. Ar^draA, a toMn of Dahomey, Western Africa, about 25 miles in* land. Pop. 20,000. Ascen'sion, a small island in the South Atlantic, 8S0 miles N. W. of St Helena, frequented by ships as a place of refreshment, and on account of the great abundance of turtle and flsh.— 7, 66 8. 14, 26 W. Ashantee', a kingdom of Western Africa, extending about 300 miles inland f^om the Gold Coast, and possessed by a warlike people, whose King has conquered many of the sur- rounding countries. It is thickly covered with forests, and abounds in gold. Pop. probably 1,000,000. As8 marks, p. 272. Bizer'ta, a seaport cIToids, at the head of a deep bay. Pop. 8000k-* 37. 16 N. 9, 49 B. r* Blan'co, Cape, the midst westerly point of the Sahara or Great Desert —90, 46 N. 16, 68 W. r < ii t b I C o ftjbW srQter- liviaion 9w«v«rt here; CyreMf ly been Quinea, ^tlement ti of the Central ;e Chad, Oulf jr ,20, 2 E. territory Angola, )e'Segro. e, a wa- la> Pop. r Guinea, bhe Bight y a nuin* tained to by which its waters he above a an open al Africa, reMungo ae in oap- reen Cape ce of the iBiderable See Be- judamur, le borders. .dr )r6uine»» w River. SeeRe- Bis, at the 8000^ . Mir t westerly AtDeieri AFRICA. «75 mtalw^<^ Western AMc#, BTot If otbeep, stretching ftur into the At- Umtie.-^S6, 7 N. 14. 89 W. Boo, » celebratM cape N. B. of Ttnls, opposite Sicily.-^, 4 N. 10.53?. Bof^, a seaport of Algeria, near the ruins of the ancient Hip'po B/f- ptM. P. 11, 870.-36, 64 N. 1 46 E. Boa'don, a kingdom of Central Africa, between the Senej^ and the OambU. The king's resideace is at Fatteconda. Bon'hy, a town of Upper Guinea, at the mouth of one of the branches of the Niger, which carries on a great traffic in slaves and palm-oil. Pop. 20,000. Bor'goo, a mountainous country of Central AfHca, W. of the Niger, divided fnto several small states, of which the principal are Nikl, Bousaa, and Kiama. Bor'noQ. See Remarks, p. 272. Bor^ou or Bir'nie, New, a city of the above kingdom, and the residence of the sultan. Pop. 1 0,000. Bourbon'. See Reunion, n. 280. Bous'sa, a town of Central Africa, the capital of a country of the same name on the Niger, where Park was killed, Clapperton and Lander were well recdv^ by the natives. Pop. 16,000. Brass River, called by the Por- tuguese Nun, one of the principal branches of the Niger, which se- parates into two channels before reaching the sea. The navigation is impeded by a dangerous bar at its mouth. ., CA'BES, a gulf of the Mediter- ranean, the Byr'lis Mi'nor of anti- quity, indenting the coast of Tunis. Ca'bes, a seaport of Tunis, on the above gtilf. Pop. 20,000.-33, 50 N. 10, 10 E. Caffra'ria, the country of the Caffres. See Remarks, p. 266. Cal'ro, the mrdem capital of Egypt, and the largest city in Africa, is situate near the eastern bank of the Nile. It is in general ill built, but contains many elegant mosques. Pop. including suburbs, 250,000.— S0,«N.31,15E. Cal'abar, Old, a river of Upper Guinea, which falls into the Bight of Blana; It is navigable for Urge vessels. Cameroons', a river of Upper Oniiiea, idiidi fiUls Into the Gulf «f Biaft*. jmoMto tht Islaiid «r Fernando Po. Tba Cair«NM«* MounUtai, elota to the shont tbm to the height of 13,000 feet. Cana'ries, formerly dlsttngnUiP ed by the name of the Fortuaala Islands, a beautiful group in the Atlantic, off the V. W. coast of Africa, belonging to Spain. Thirv are seven in number, of whm Teneriffe, Grand Canary, and 1^* ma are the principal* The Inte- rior is occupied with lofty moun- tains of volcanic origin, presently magnificent scenery: the Peak or Teneriffe rises 12,236 feet above thf sea, and is seen by mariners at Um distance of 140 miles. These islaada are in general fertile, and enfoy a fine climate; their most valuable production is wine, of which they yield 54,000 pipes annually. Pobi, 257 JW. Can'tin, Cape, a promontory on the coast of Morocco.— 32, 3S N. 9, 14 W. Cape Coast CarMe, the capital of the British settlements on the G
54 N. 6, 16 W. Chad, a large lake or inland sci^ of Central Africa, about 200 miles long and 140 broad, in which are numerous islands, covered with rich pastures and well peopled. Chad'da. a Urge river of Central Africa, which falls into the Niger. Che'licut, a town of Abyssinia, state of Tigrd. Pop. 8000. Coan'za, a river of Lower Gui- nea, which falls into the Atlantic between Angola and Benguela. Cob'bd, a city of Central Afr^a, the capital of DorfOr. Pop. 6000. Com'oro Islands, a group of four, lying between Madagascar and the continent. They are mountainovs. and abound in cattle and tropical fruits. Pop. 80,000. Con'go, a country of Lower Qui- 276 AFRICA. MM» iipinil^d from Louigo on the V. b/ the Zetre or Oongo, and boimoed on 4he 8. by Angoui. The all on the benke ofthe river li fer- iO i the oltanate hi intenrabr hot Con'go or Zaire. Bee Zaue. Oonatanti'na, the ancient (Xr'ta, the cajrital of the eastern province of Algeria, situate on a steep rook, and f»trongly fortified. It is dls- tittguldied by many fine remains of Roman architecture. Pop. 23,306. ~-90y a Vm 6, 36 El. Ooomas'sie, the capital of theking* dom of Ashtotee, situate on a rocky bttl. P. 18.000.-«, 34 N. 2, 12 W. Oorrien'tes, Cape, on the eastern coast.— M, 18 8. 35, 31 E. Coss'etr, a seaport of Egypt, on the Red Sea. P. 2000.— 86, 8 N. 34, is E. Ohris'tiansborg, the principal of a ehidn of forts on the Gold Coast trans- ferred in 1850 by Denmark to Great Britain. DAHO'MEY, a kingdom of West- ern Africa, N. of the Blave Coast. The country, so far as known to Eu- ropeans, is very fertile. The govern- ment is a sanguinary despotism, and the people ferocious savages. Damiet'ta, a seaport of Egypt, near tlie mouth ofthe eastern branch ofthe Nile. P. 28,000.-31 , 25 N. 31 , 49 E. Da'raA, a country 8. of Mount Atlas, which separates it from Mo- rocco, to which it is subject. Its ofaief product is dates. Dar'fflr. See Cbntrai. Africa, p. 272. Del>o, a lake of Central Afi'ica, 8. W. of TImbuctoo, traversed by tiie Joliba or Niger. Delago'a Bay, on the S. E. coast, about midway between Mozambique and tlie Cape of Good Hope. It is much frequented by the South Sea whfUers. Delga'do, Cape, the ancient Pra'' iUtUt^ a promontory on the Mozam- bioue coast— 10, 41 S. 40, 40 £. ■ t>erta or Lower Egypt See Re- marks, p. 268. Dem^iea or Tea'na, Lake of, in Abyssinia, traversed by the Bahr el Asrek or Blue River. Der'na, a seaport, the capital of Barca, surrounded with gardens, and watraed by refreshing rivulets.— 32, 4tN.22,36B. Dorr, a town, reckoned the capital 4)f Lower Nubia, on the eastern bank ofthe Nile. Pop. 3000. Pon'ga* a mountainous country S. «. of Darfftr, hi whieh, It k MffoiMn numerous itreama ualto la fbrm* ing the Bahr el AUai, or prinotoal branch of the Nile. ^^ Dongola. 8ee Remarin, ^ MBi < Dongola, New, or Manuka, the te- Sital of Dongohk, acentral proWneeof [ubia, situate on the Nile. P. 60D0. E'BOJS:, a town on the Niger, about 80 miles firom the ocean, the centre of the trade in slaves and palm-oil. Pop. 6000. Bl/samboul, In Nubfa, celebrated for its magnificent ancient temples and monuments cut out of the solid rock. Eg'ga, a large trading town on the Niger, the most southerly in the khig- dom of Nyffd. ■ t: E'gypt. See Remarks, p. 268. El A r'Ish, a frontier town of E] towards Syria, on the shore 01 Mediterranean. El Mi'na, a seaport of Upper Chit- nea, the capital of the Dutch posses- sions on the Gold Coast, and strongly fortified. Pop. 10,000. Eye'o or Katun'ga, a large city of Central Africa, capital of Yarrwa, stated by Clapperton to be 15 miles in circumference. FALSE BAY, a spacious bay on the south coast, immediately to the E. of the Cape of Qood Hope. Fernan'do Po, amountainous island off the coast of Guinea, opposite the mouth of the Cameroons River. It is fertile and beautiful, but very mi- healthy. Pop. 12,000. Fer'ro, the most westerly of the Canary Islands, formerly used by geographers as the first meridian. Pop. 5000.— 27, 46 N. 18,.7 W. Fez, a city of Northern Africa, once famous as a seat of learning and the capital of a Moori^ kingdom, to which it gave name,— now united to Morocco. It is pleasantly situate In a valley, surrounded by l^uls covered with orchards and orangegrovee, and has considerable manuiactittes of woollens, carpets, and moroeco leather. Pop. 80,000.-34, 6 N. 5, IW. Fez'zan, a country to the S. of Tripoli, forming an oasi/i orislapd in the Great Deser^. The heat is in- tense, and the soil is^i^t sand. It is the great emporium of uiecar9,voii- trade, and a central point of comnui- nication between Tripoli and the In- terior of Africa. Pop.2Q^0ti0. . , Fiftrd, a lake of Central Africa, i ge^ lorai* rlnolpal .thete- P.6O0O. r, about ) oeatn almHDiL tebrftt«d temples he solid n on the he king- 1«. S68. f Egypt, e of tl^ oui- poases- Btrone^y re ci Yari 15 miles itvof rwa. 18 bay on ly to the e. >iiB island >OBUe the liver. It veryun- y of the used by meridian. W. Africa, ming and igdom. to united to utuatein scoveeed {egroyes, lufaotvtes morocco the S^ of rialapdin eat is w- isand, |t scarf vAti- tfcomnvi- nd the in- )(». 3 U Africa, AFRICA. said to be fbur days' Journey is dr> omnlBrMce^.and to be double that extent io the rainy season. li'ormo'sa. Cape, the B. boundarypf th»«ulf oTBenin.— 4, lA N. 6, £. : FoulaliSr Ml amiable negr«> race, .widely diffused through W. Africa. . Free'town, the capital of the British colony of Sierra Leone, situate on a bay at the mouth of the Rokelle. Pop. 13,O0a--8, 27 N. 13, 14 W. Fun'chal, the capital of Madeira, on the B. E. side of the island. Pop. 2O2000.»9S, 61 N. 16, £4 W. Fun'daik, a largo town of Central Africa, on a tributary of the Chadda. Fop. 60,00a V OAM^BIA, a large river of West- em Africa, which rises among the mountains of Kong, and falls into the Atlantic, south of Cape Verde. The British have a settlement on an island at its mouth. Pop. 4857. , Oibral'tar, Straits of, between Europe and Africa, uniting the Atlantio and the Mediterranean. The breadth of the channel, in the narrowest part, is 12 miles. Gold Coast, a country of Upper Guinea, extending from Cape Apol- lonia to the Rio Volta, on which the British have several settlements. Gon'dar, the capital of Abyssinia. Pop. 6500.— 12, 35 N. 37, 32 B. Good Hope, Cape of, a celebrated promontocy of Southern Africa, which was discovered by the Por- tuguese navigator Diaz in 1487, and was doubled by Vasco de Gama on SOth Nov. 1497 34, 22 S. 18, 29 E. The British colony of the Cape of Good Hope, called the Cape Colony, ■occupies tlie S. extremity of the con- tinent, and extends from near the Orange River on the west, to the Great Kei river on the east. P. 285,279. Goree', a small rocky island on the west coast, to the S. of Cape Verde, belonging to the French; with a town of the same name, strongly fortified. Pop. 4860.— 14, S» N. 17, 24 W. Graham Town, a town of Cape Colony, to the W. of the Great Fish «iver. Pop. 6000. Guardafui (Qardafwee'), Cape, A bold headland, the most easterly point of Africa, about 600 miles E. of the Straits of Babelmandeb. — 11, 49, N. 51, SO E. Guin'ea, the name at first given to the countries'on the western coast, deeply indented by the great gulf of 277 tha lamt uun«, from Cape Teiia, 10, 80 N. to Capo M««ro, 15, 4l£ Bee Remarin, p. M4. HBLB'NA, St, an Island In tho South Athtntio, nearly 1200 mllea from Cape Negro, tho nearest pi^t of the African coast. It Is of voloanle origin; in its centre rises Diana'a Peak, 2093 feet hish. The dreum- ference of the Islana Is about 28 mUei* presenting an immense wall of per- pendicular rock, from 600 to 1800 feet high. St Helena is noted as having been the abode of Napoloon Bonaparte from 16tb Oct. 1815 till his death 5th May 1881. Pop. 5500. —15, 55 B. 5, 44 W. Hous'sa. See Remarks, p. 878. JACO'BA, a city of Central Af- rica, on the Chadda, said to be large and flourishing. Jetel Humeri or Mountains of the Moon, an extensive chain in Central Africa, from which some suppose the river Nile has its source. Jen'neA, a town of Bambarra, In Central Africa, on an island formed by the Joliba or Niger. Pop. 10,000. KAAR'TA, a kingdom of Central Africa, W. of Bambarra. Kair'wan, a city of Tunis, once n Saracen capital ; with agrand mosque, supported by 500 granite columns. Pop. 60,000.-35, 4U N. 10. 15 E. Ka'no, a city, once the capital of Houssa, and atill tho chief seat of the caravan-trade. Pop. 40,000.— 12, 5 N. 9, 20 E. Kash'na, a city of Central Africa, totheN. W.ofkano. Kem'moo, the capital of Kaarta, in Central Africa. Khartoum', the modem capital of Nubia, situate at the junction of the iilue and White Nile. Pop. 15,000.-15, 30 N. 32, 33 E. Kia'ma, a town of Borgoo, Central Africa, W. of the Niger. The inhab- itants are rude but hospitable. Pop. 30,000. Kir'ree, a large trading town on the Niger, near which commences the Delta formed by that river. Kong, a kingdom of Central Af- rica, between Bambarra and Ashan- tee, traversed by lofty mountains, of which the Jebel Kumri appear to be a continuation. Kordofan', a country between DarfOr and Sennaar, at present sub- ject to the Pasha of Egypt. KouHm, a city of Central Africa, capital of Bomou, near Lake Chad. 278 AUtlCA. I I Kttirae'ibikmiB', » town of tbt B(H AmkoM, In & Africa. Pop. 16,000. LA'GOS, ft town on ten Inlet of Mm Chilf of Benin. Pop. 8000. lAf tftkoo, ft ttiwn of 8. Africft, tli« eftpltfti of the Boihnftniifl. Pop. MOO.— 27i 10 B. S4, 30 E. LItMria, nn Independent ne^ro re- Giblle on the coast of Upper Guinea, berlft was origlnany founded bv the Amerieanefor the aettlentent of free ticgroee from the United States.— Monrovia is the capital. Pop. 2000. LMHi'da or St Paul, a fortified sea- port of Lower Oninea, the capital of Angola. P. MOO.--0, S. 13, 13 E. Loan'go, a town of Lower Guinea, the capital of a kingdom to which it fives nftme. Pop. ld,UOO.— 4, 39 S. 8, 1/ E« Log'gun, a populous district of Bomou, S. of Lake Chad. Lo'pez, Cape, a long and narrow gminsuin, on the coast of Lower ninea.— 0, 36 S. 8, .3fi B. Lou'is, Fort St, a town of W. Af- rieft» situate on an island at the mouth of the Senegal. Pop. 1 2,000. Lnd'amar, a country of Central Africa, N. of Bambarra. The natives are Moors, and the most intolerant Mohammedans. Lnpa'ta, a chain of mountains in E. Africa, on the west of Mozam- bique and Zanguebar. AfADAGAS'CAR, a large island in the Indian Ocean, separated from the continent by the Mozambique Channel. Its length is .900 miles, and greatest breadth 350 miles. The interior is traversed by a citain of lofty mountains, covered with valu- able trees; the fertile plains along the coast are watered by numerous streams. Area estimated at 200,000 auare miles, and pop. at 4,()00,(iOO. lie capital is Tananarivo, in tlie eentre of the island, with a pop. of »,00a— 18, 56 S. 46, 57 E. Madei'ra, a beautiful island off the N. W. coast, belonging to Portugal, SS miles in length by 12 in breadth. The island consists of one mnss of basalt, Pico RhIvo rising to the height of 6993 feet It is famous for its wine, and also for its salubrious climate. Pop. 110,000.--^, 37 N. 16, 64 W. Magadoz'o, the capital of a king- dom of thesame name, on the eastern •Oftst, The Inhabitants have always febown great hostility to Europeans. Pop. 4000.— 8, 8 N. 46, 26 E. liftmpoor' or iVgam'i, a lako recent- IjrdlssoTsradhi thoMterlerer AIHs«^ 900 miles north from Capo Town } || fai said to be about 60 miles kMg; Ut. 90O 19* a ) long, about 84" B. From its eastern side issiies the river Zouga 200 yards broad. Manda'ra, a kingdom of Centiml Africa, to the S. of Bornoc, border- ing on a chain of loftv mountains. Mandin'goes, a milo and hoepitablo race of negroes, widely diflttsed over Senegambia, and the Interior of >V. Africa. Man'ica, a town In the interior of B. Africa, on the Sofato, the princi- pal mart for gold and ivory. Mara'vi or Nyas'si, a lake in tho interior of B. Africa, said to be 300 miles long and 30 broad. Mareo'tis, a lake of Egypt, to the south of Alexandria; it is 60 miloi long and 2<> broad. \ Mas'souah, a seaport of Abyssinia^ on an island in the Ked Sea, with a conHiderable trade. Pop. 4000. Mauri'tius, an island in the Indian Ocean, 400 miles B. of Madagascar. It is 36 miles in length, and 20 fai breadth, 120 miles in circumferenoOf and proiduces sugar, coffee, cotton* indigo, and ebony. Since 1810 it has belonged to Britain. Area 700 square miles. Pop. 180,823. MeJer'daA, the Ba'gradat of the ancients, a river which flows into-the Mediterranean, to the north of Tunis. Melin'da, once a flourishing city on the eastern coast, now compietdy destroyed by the Gallas. Meq'uinez, a city of Morocco, situ- ate in a fine plain, watered by numer- ous streams. It is a favourite resi- dence of the emperor. Pop. 70,000. 33, 58 N. 6, 32 W. Mera'wd,a town of Dongola, in Nu- bia, on the Nile.— 18, 17 N. 31,50 E. Mesura'do, a rapid river of W. Africa, which rises in the mountains of Kong, and Halls into the Atlantie at Cape Mesurado. Mesura'ta, a town of Tripoli, near the cape of the same name ; it carries on a trade with Central Africa.— 32, 25 N. 15, 10 E. Mocaran'ga or Monomota'pa, ft country of E. Africa, to the north of the Sofala coast. Ck»ld mines are fonnd in it ; but the itkerior is almost unknown to Europeans. Mog'adore, a fortified seaport of Morocco, on the Atlantic, It is situ- ate in the neighbourhood of a barrefi waste, but has a flneappearaacefroin if ▲FBIOA. 279 ai li tiM «npmlam of IM trail* with BnroM. Fop. 17*000.^ M.aoN.iKsswr IfMnlNUi, « Maport on tho eoMt •f ZMigiioblur* iltUAte on an toUod, with A good harhour, and a oonsider- aUeirade. P. 400a— 4. 4 8. 39. 43 B. Monaatlr'* a aeaport of TunU, with a ooMldorabla trade. Pop. 18,000. i, Monro'Tia. See Liberia. " Minoe'eo or Maroc'co, the andent diaurita'nia, an empire in the N. W. of Afrioi, and the most important of the Barbary States. Mount Atlas travenee it in its whole length. The region bevond the Atlas, compre- hending iJarah, Tafllet, and Begpl- meaa, yields the finest dates, but loses itself gradually in the sands of the Sahara. The government is the most rigid despotism, the will of the emperor l)eing the only law, and the lives and properties of liis subjects being at his sole disposal. Extent 870.000 square miles. P. 8,5UO,(X)0. Moroc'co, the capital of the above empire, situate on the N. of Mount Atlas, in a vast plain covered with date and olive trees. Pop. 100,000.— 31. 37 N. 7. 36 W. Mounouk ( \ oorzook') , the capital of Fecsan, and the chief seat or the trade with Interior Africa. Pop. about 3600. Mozambiqtt^', a fortified seaport of Eastern Africa, situate on an island of the same name. It is tlie capital of the Portuguese settlements on that coast. Pop. 6000.— 15, 8 S. 40, 48 E. Mosambique' Channel, a strait, or, more properly, an arm of the Indian Ocean, between Madagascar and the continent, about 260 miles broad. NATAL', a British colony, estab- lished in 1844, on the 6. E. coast, to the north-east of Cape Colony, be- tween 27*> 40^ and SO*" 40' S. lat, and 89° and 31* 10' E. long. The cUmate is healthy and the soil fertile. Cot- ton of the finest quality, and indigo, grow wild ; and su^ar, coffee, wheat, and tobacco are important crops. Coal, 'iron, and building-stone are abundant. Pietermaritzburg. the capital, is fiO miles inland from Port Natal, which is near the coast line. JBstimated area, 20,000 square miles. Pop. 116,000. Ne'gro, Cape, a promontory of Benguela, In Lower Guinea.-^! 5, 407S. 12, 8, B. NFger or Qoot'va, a great river, whoM tMulnatlMi iMu hmt terious, has Its sonroa in th« b,.__ taina of Kong, about 890 mllea hdand from Sierra Laonet flowing M. S>* it is called the Joliba as fttr m Bmo, and even to Timbuctoo. It tnien turns to the 8. E. and S., and, lUiar a course estimated at 8S0U mttaa, fallM, by numerous estuoriaa, into IJm Gulf of Benin. Ni'lii. a hurga dty of Bwgoo* In Central Africa. Nile, the river of Egypt, and on* of the most celebrated of tha Old World, was an object of wonder and veneration to the ancients, and of eager curiosity to the modema. Tha main branch, called Bahr el Ablad or White River, is now undaratood to have its source (which, however, has never been visited by any Euro- pean) in the mountainous country south of Sennoar. Uniting at Khar* toum, in Nubia, with the Batar el Azrek or Blue River fr tirely of volcanic formation, and a mountain in the S. emits fire, smolte, and ashes. Pop. 108,000. St Denis, the capital, on the N. coast, has a population of 8000. —20, fiO S. 6ft, 31 B. Ri'o Orande, a river of W. Africa, enters the Atlantic by several estu- aries, opposite which is a group of islands called the Archipelago of Bissagos. Roset'ta, a town of Egypt, at the mouth of the western branch of the Nile. Pop. 4000 31 , 24 N. 30, 26 E. Rox'o, a cape on the W. coast. — as, 22 N. 16, fil E. SACK'ATOO, the largest city of Central Africa, capital of Houssa, on a tributary of the Niger. P. 20,000. —13, 10 N. 6, 6 E. Saffl, a seaport of Morocco, with a fine harbour. Pop. 12,000.-32, 17 N. 9, W. Baha'ra or the Great Desert. See p. 271. SaManlia, a bav on the S. W. coast of the Cape Colony. Bailee', a seaport on the W. coast of Morocco, at the mouth of Bu- Regrib. It was formerly a great itronghold of the Moori&h pirates. Pop. 10,000. gal'vador, St, a city of W. Africa, thoeanltel of Oonto, onftatanpaui roekybUL FOp-abmatM^MWi Se'go, a flourishing dty of OedlMl AMea, eapltal of Bambamtt Oi the NijNr. Pop. 80,000. Sen'egal. a lai^a river of Weattm Africa, which has Its source In Iba Mountains of Kong, not te* from those of the Gambia and Rio G ri de. In Its progress through the eomtry of the FonUhs it Is swelled by no- merous streams, and, after a eoum of about 1000 mUes, fUb into tbe Atlantic Senegam'bia, the name given to the countries of W. Afk'ica watered bv the Senegal, Gambia, and lUo Grande, extending sonthwardi to Sierra Leone. This extensive region is divided into a number of states or kingdoms, and inhabited chiefly by the Foulahs, Mandingoes, and Y||p lofTs. Senna'ar, a city of Nubia, on the Bahr el Azrek or Blue River. Pop. 9000.— 13, 33 N. 33, 30 E. Seychelles, a group of 80 islands in the Indian Ocean, of whieh Mabd is the chief. Pop. 7000. Sharpy, a large river of Central Africa, falling into Lake Chad. Shen'dy, a town of Nubfa, near the Nile, the emporium of the trade of Interior Africa with Egypt and Arabia. Pop. 10,000. Sho'a, an extensive and fiertile province in the S. of Abyssinia, gov- erned by a Christian princ& It Is the most powerful and compact state in Abyssinia, and has made consider- able progress of late years. Pop. 1 ,500,000. Ankobar is the capital. Si'dra, a large gulf on the coasts of Tripoli and Barca ; the Sj/r'ti* Met- jor of the ancients, by whom the na- vigation was considered very danger- ous from its quicksands. Sier'ra Levni, a country of West- em Africa, watered by the Rokelle or river of Sierra Leone, on whieh the British formed a settlement in 1787. The climate Is extremely nn- healthy, especinlly to Europeans. Pop. 44,000, chiefly liberated ne- groes. Siout' or Essiout', the capitallof Upper Egypt, on the Nile, a place of considerable tradeu Fop, i2ft,000. — 27, ION. 31,14 E. Slave Coast, a country of Upper Guinea, extendfaig from the Rio Volta to the Bay of LsMos. Soco'tra, an idaiid in tbjB InAan rofO«Btnl iRftt Oi the of W«iltili urce in lh« >t te from tiM eowitnr ter »«oum lis into the n« glTtn to •ica watered la, and Rio ithimrdi to msive region ' of atates or d chiefly by «t, and Y|^ Dbia, on the [liver. Pop. 3. of 90 islands which Mabd r of Central :eChad. Nubia, near 1 of the trade Egypt and and fertile >yBsinia, gOT- irince. It is cm pact state ade consider- years. Pop. the capital. the coasts of Sifr'tis Mar- rhom the na- very danger- itry ofWest- the Rokelle le, on whieh lettlement in xtremely nn- Europeans. ibersted ne- he capital ^of Nile, a place Pop. 1»,000. try of Upper theRioVoIta fbe InAan AFRICA. 2B1 IM mltas «Ml from iL ItismooBlaiaoas, ■a Moriuees the flaest aloeSi asfkto. tiM npuled Opkir of Serip- tore, a country, with a town of toe OB the coast of Bastem Mdl Soudan' or Nigri'tU, the name ap- Blad to thejpart of Central Africa . luff to the 8. of the Great Desert, •ad to: tlM B. of Benegambta. It oomprehsndsthe basin or Lake Chad Md the rsgions watered by the Niger and its tributaries. Bpar'tel, Cape, a promontory at the W. extremity of^the BtraiU of CMbraltar.— S5, 47 N. 5, 58 W. Boaldn, a seaport of Nubia, on the Red Bea, witn a good harbour. Pop. 8000.— 19, 5 N. 37, 20 E. Su'ea, a celebrated isthmus which eonneetsthe continents of Asia and Africa, and separates the Mediter- ranean from the Red Sea. It is about 70 miles broad. Bu'ea, a maritime town, at tlio {lead of the W. arm of the Red Bea. t is now the place of embarkation for the British Indian steam- vessels. Pop. SOOO.— 29, 59 N. 32, 34 E. Bye'niL See Assouan. TA'BLB BAY, in the Cape Co- lony, 8. Africa, formed by three lofty mountains. Tafilet, a large district south of Mount Atlas, tributary to Morocco. It is a vast level plain, of which dates are the chief produce. Tan'gier, a strong seaport of Mo- rocco, on the Straits of Gibraltar. Pop. 10,000.-35, 47 N. 5, 48 W. Tan'ta, a town of Lower Egypt, containing a sacred shrine, whfen is visited at a particular season by 150,000 pilgrims. Pop. 10,000. Taroudant', a city of Morocco, femous for the manufacture of leather. Pop. 81,000.-30, 10 N. 8, 50 W. TaVta, and Ak'lca, two towns on the S. frontier of Morocco, the prin- cipal stations from which the cara- vans for Timbuctoo take their de- , partnre. . TetlUB, a fortified seaport of Mo- rocco, within the Straits of Gibraltar. Pop. 20,000.-^, 58 N. 5, 18 W. Tikom'as, St, an ishuid hi the Gulf of Guinea, situate nearly on the ESqnator. It is remarkable for its ,jj^.»«i.«.,unh»ltt,. Pop. Tig'rft, the N. W. pm the bank of the Niger, on the borders of the Great Desert. Europeans for three oea* turies made fhiitless efforts to pene- trate to Timbuctoo; at last MaJor Laing succeeded in reaching it in 1820, but was murdered on his return home* wards. Pop.about80,0U0.— 18, 4 N. 1,46W. Trem'eien or Tlom'sen. a town of Algeria, once the capital of a Moorish kingdom. Pop. 14,165 — 35, 5 N. 1,6 W. Trip'oli and Barca, the most east- erly of the HarlMtry States, consisting of a long Une of coast. For a few miles inhmd it is extremely fertile, but beyond that is occupied with deserts of sand, or with mountainous districts. Pop. 1,600,000. Trip'oli, the capital of the abOTO state, stands on a rock washed by the sea, and is defended by munerous batteries. It is the chief seat of the intercourse with BomouandHoussa, the finest countries of Interior Africa. Pop. 15,500.-32, 53 N. 13, 11 E. Tris'tan d' Acunlia, three snwll islands in the S. Atlantic, about 1700 miles to tlie west of the Cape of Good Hope, and nearly midway between Africa and America.— 37, 2 S. IS, OW. Tu'nis, one of the Barbary States, situate between Algeria and Tripoli, and remarkable for its beauty and fertility. Stretching into the Medi- terranean, its northern extremity is only about 80 miles from the coast of Sicily. Pop. 2,000,000. Tu'nis, the capital of the above state, on a spacious bay, and strongly fortified. Its trade and nunufactures are extensive. Ancient Cartbaae, the rival of Rome, stood 10 miles n, B., and owed its greatness to the com- mercial advantMes of its situation. Pop. 100,000, of whom 30,000 are Jews.— 36, 48 N. 10, 16 E. VERDE, CAPE, a bold headland, stretching into the Atlantic, and forming the extreme western pohil of Africa.— 14, 44 N. 17, SO W. Verde, Cape, Ishinds, a group in the Atlantic, belonging to Portugal, about 320 miles W. from Cape Verde, of which the largest are St Jago, Bt Antonio, and St Nicholas. Ff^so, one of the smallest, haa a vokano m TIM fm hljrik Cotton. w.mm Mi alt ftrt tht ebltf producMi Popw Yom, a rivov of W. AMm, which fcrms tho boundary botwoon tbo Odd Const nnd tlio BInvo CoMt WA'LBT.n town of 0«ntml Af- rlon, tbo enpitnl of Beroo ; it cnrriM on n tene tmde in inlt. W«ri I n town of Upper Ouluoa, oapltal of a dlitriot of Benin. Pop. Ann). • Wara', a town of Central Africat tho oapital of Bergoo or Dar-Snieh. Wa'wa', a town of Central Africa, •ubjeot to Borgoo. Pop. 18,0iN*.— 10. N. 4, 02 E. WhydaA, a eeaport on tlie Slave Coast, subject to too King of Daho- mey. Pod. 7O0O. TAOU^I, a state of Central Af- rkM, productive in rico and otiier grains, and very populous. Yaou'ri, a large town, the capital of the above state, near the Niger.— U, lON.A, 12E. Yar'riba, a kinffdom of Central Africa, W. of the Niger. It is very fruitful, and is Inhabited by a mild and Industrious people. ZAOO'SHI, an island in the Niger, opposite Rabba, about lA miles long ▲nuoA. naiMtaN th«te«l£S8f8&{iil ofAfHoa. ZafM or Con'fo, » iMfiiwd mM river of Wosttm AfHe«r«iUibdl^ chargM itaolf Into tba Attala M^ though it baa boon tracidMtardOi miles upwards, its origto and iar|f course are still enveloped In myiloiy* Zambo'ii or Cua'ma, a lario riwr of Eastern Africa, wUoh Mis ftMo the Indhin Ocean by sevaral B0ii|iiai Zanguebar', a country of Eastom Africa, stretching along thoooast, to the north of Mosanibique. Zanxlbar', an island in tba Indian Ocean, near the coast of Zanguebar, subieet to tho Imam of Musoat. It is fertile, but very unhealtby. Pop. 2(Mi,(NN». The chief town, caUad Shangamy, has a good trada. Pna 40U0. — 6. 99 S. 3D, as B. m Zari'a. a town of Central Afrka* the capital of Zeg-Zeg. Pop. au.(HJO. —1 1,4 N. 8, 34 E. Zeg-Zeg, a flourishing country of Central Africa, S. of Kuio, now sub- ject to the Fellatahs. Zey'U, a seaport of Adel, on an islet near the Straits of Babelmandob, a place of conalderablt trade.— U, 16 N. 48, 66 E. AMERICA Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. by the Pa- cific Ocean ; S. bv the Southern Ocean ; E. by the At- lantic Ocean. The superficial area has been estimated at 14,000,000 squ£ re miles, and its population at 58 mil- lions. REHABKS. America extends from about 72** N. to 56* S. lat . and from 86' to 168" W. long. Its length from N. to S. is OOOO miles, and its average breadth about 2000 mUes. The discovery of America forms one of the most remark- able eras in the historv of the world. Till the close of the . fifteenth century thra vabt continent was unknown to Eufo- ' peans. The celebrated Chnstopher Columbus, a natiVe of Genoa, having engaged ixi. i:' - iorr 'oe of Ferdinand and Isa- bella of Spain, saued on the '6i\ 'ii Augupfc 1492 in search of ^ a western passage to India, an«^ ie of H' n^y VII. of^ England. Amengo Vespacci, a native ot Florence, tailed thither as pilot to I^jeda, a Spanieh commander, in 1499 ; and haying publiihed an account oi the country, of which he Insinuated tnat he was the discoyerer, it caine gradnaUr to he called after his ran'Q, America, which it has oyer iinoe retained. The discoyery <• "^^ tmmenno region excited. In a rery hiffh degree, ^o ruriottiy of Europe, and it became the grand olject of coc If ial adventure and scientific research. In marnitU' (" 't seenud far to exceed any of the ^reat continents hltherf : ; uwn; whilo the unusual aspect which Nature here asHumed, led tho heliolders to regard it as a New World, which had risen but recently under the Creator's hand. Forests of new species of trees, surpassing in extent and magnificence all that they had ever seen, vast mountain-ranja^es, with a ijyigle exception the loftiest on the globe, and nvers which rol^ to the ocean with the maiesty of seas, — were the sub- lime features of this Western Worm. Its animals differed no less from those with which Europeans were familiar, and it appeared inhabited by a peculiar race of human beings. Its sou abounded with the richest productions ; and mines of the precious metals offered the tempting prospect of immediate and incalculable wealth. The unhappy natives soon had reason to deplore the arrival of these strangers on their shores. The Spaniards and Por- tuguese, having obtained from the Pope a grant of those regions, as if tney had been at his absolute disposal, fitted oat large expeditions, waged a relentless and almost exteN minating war, and spread themselves widely over both {he Northern and Southern Continents. The natives, supposed by some to have Tiginally migrated from Asia by Behring's ■^traits, .£e of a copper colour, tall, and well formed, — in South America, generally slender, — in North America, more vigorous and robust. When first visited by the Spaniards, Peru and Mexico were populous and comparatively civilized kingdoms, and native tribes occupied, though partially, both continents from the Northern to the Southern Oceans. Ac- cording to recent estimates, the whole amoimt of the Indian population in the New World does not exceed 8,000,000. m-nrui- BXERCISES. How Is America bounded ? What is its extent in square miles? What is the amount of its population ? Between what degrees of 2wV MOBTfi: AMUaOA. latitude and longitude i« it situate? What are its length and breadth? When did America become known to Europeans? What island of America was first discoyered ? Br whom, and in what attempt ? What islands did he discover in his second v^- age? In what jear did he reach the American continent? By whom had it been discovered the year preceding? From whom did America receive its name ? What effect did the discovery of this continent produce in Europe ? Was this effect increased the farther it was explored ? In wnat light were the new visitants of this continent led to regard it ? What were the sublime features of the New World ? Did its animals and natives differ from those of other continents ? By what (xrcumstances was the cupidity of its adventurous discoverers inflamed? Had the natives reason to rejoice in the arrival of these strangers on their shores ? What European nations fitted out expeditions for America ? How did they treat the natives ? From whence are the natives of America supposed to have come ? Wliat was their personal appearance? In wliat state were Mexico and Peru when first visited by the Spaniards ? Were there many tribes scattered over the continent ? What is now the estimated amount of the Indian population? This continent is divided into North and South Ame- rica by the Isthmus of Panama or Darien. NORTH AMERICA Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. by the Pa- cific Ocean ; South by the Pacific Ocean, the Isthmus of Darien, and the Gulf of Mexico; E. by the Atlantic Ocean. It extends from 8** to 72° N. lat'., and from m" 20' to 168** W. long. Length, from N. to S., 4400 miles ; breadth, from the E. of Nova Scotia to the mouth of Columbia River, 3000 miles. The superficial area has been estimated at 8,500,000 square miles. Population estimated at 39 millions. The divisions of North America are, — Divisions. Chief Towns. British America Toronto, Montreal, Quebec. Russian America New Archangel. United States Washington, New York, Philadelphia. Mexico Mexico, Vera Cruz. Central America Guatemala. West India Islands Havannah, Port Republicain, Spanish Town, Kingston. Greenland. ■ I tgth and ■opeant? Of and in md yov' Dt? By m whom lovery of »8ed the sitants of I features om those ipidity of reason to ? What How did America learance? id hy thia mtinent ^ tion? ;h Ame- the Pa- hmus of Atlantic id from 5., 4400 3 mouth irea has pulation delphia. NOETn AMERICA, 2a5 f/ H'§'i."'$.-jmii^' f 'y- t^\ m^ .: 'T^nabT' '*--,~;?y;rr-» ■ " .-/-aj^-r^jwrr- t -(s^ *'^=!' >^.SmSI*^*F'?*<«*.: 5kO \iii^h'>'*^^m^- ^^ PUBl.IflHBU BT- OlAVWOL tt BOTD , KDIMBT IlT«»il>l>iyW»<>ylJIH^t HH IlM g i,. n> By ouvBB. %t Boni, EDnnnnLOS. AW vovmAmamjL. '■<' '.:...-P/: '-- . rf ^ ■ •* ' ^ kr •'.'■■' Il ) -1^ * ( i. - ,( A** .■?f'.*f.K; , . . ■« v-ifJiSix A. . -* "Kir MOBm AMEXICA* 286 Its Islands, besides the West Indies, are Newfound- land, Gi^e Breton, Prince Edward Island, Queen Char- lotte^s Isles, Vancouyer^s Island, Parry Islands, Cock- bum Island, Soutliampton Island. Peninsulas. — ^Nova Scotia, Florida, Yucatan, Cali- fornia, Aliaska. Lakes. — Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, Ontario; Great Bear Lfuce, Great Slave Lake, Athabasca, Win- nipeg, Mistassin ; Champlain ; Nicaragua. KiYERS. — Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio, St Lawrence, Hudson, Arkansas, Red River, Rio Colorado, Rio del Norte, Columbia or Oregon, Mackenzie River, Copper- mine River, Backus River. Gulps and Bays. — Baffin's Bay, Gulf of Boothia, Coronation Gulf, Hudson's Bay, James' Bay, Gulf of St Lawrence, Bay of Fundy, dhesapeake Bay, Florida Channel, Gulf of Mexico, Bay of Campeachy, Bay of Honduras, Gulf of California, Nootka Sound. Straits. — Davis' Straits, Barrow's Straits, Prince Regent's Inlet, Hudson's Straits, Straits of the Fury and Hecla, Straits of Belleisle, Behring's Straits. Capes. — Farewell, Chudleigh, 'Charles, Sable, Cod, Hatteras, Tancha or Sable Point, Catoche, St Lucas, Prince of Wales, Icy Cape. Mountains. — Appalachian or Alleghany Mountains, Rocky Mountains, Mount St Elias, Mount Fairweather, the Mountains of Mexico. EXEBCISES. What are the boundaries of North America? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude does it extend? What are its length and breadth ? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the estimated amount of its population ? w hat are the divi- sions of North America? Name its islands. Name its lakes. Name its rivers. Mention its bays, gulfs, and straits. Name its capes and mountains. Point out on the map its islands, lakes, &o. BRITISH AMERICA Is bounded N. by Baffin's Bay and the Arctic Ocean ; W. by Russian America and the Pacific Ocean ; S. by the United States ; E. by the Atlantic Ocean. Extent, including the Hudson's Bay Territories, estimated at 3,500,000 square miles, and the population at 2,652,000. BB1TI8U AMBMOA. Diyisi^nu. Chi«f Townt, >{. Hadgon's Bar Territories, in- ^^^ eluding Laorador. , York Fort, Nain. /I Upper Canada Toronto, Kingston. ' Lower Canada Qnebeo, Montreal. '^ New Brunswick Frederieton, St John. Nova Scotia Halifax, Annapolis, Piotou. - ^^ Islands. Newfoundland St John. Cape Breton Sydney. Prince Edward Charlotte Town. Antioosti, Southampton, Vancouver, Parry Islands. Capes. — Gasp^, Sable, Canso, Breton, Ray, Racd| Charles, Chudleigh. Bays, &c. — ^Baflfin's Bay, Davis' Straits, Barrow's Straits, Prince Regent's Inlet, Hudson's Straits, Hudson's Bay, James' Bay, Straits of Belleisle, Gulf of St I*w- rence, Bay of Fundy, Coronation Gulf. Lakes. — Superior, Huron, Erie, Ontario, Wumipeg, Athabasca, Great Slave Lake, Great Bear Lake, Mis- tassin. Rivers. — St Lawrence, Niagara, Ottawa, St John, Coppermine, Mackenzie, Back's River, Nelson. BEUARKS. The British dominions in North America, including the Indian countries, extend from 42° to 72** N. lat., and from 52° 43' to 141** W. long. ; their extreme length between east and west, from the Atlantic to the Pacific, is 3000 miles ; anid their breadth, from north to south, is 2000 miles. The great river St Lawrence, with the chain of immense fresh-water lakes, unequalled by any in the world, forms one of the most striking features of British America. The St Lawrence issues from Lake Superior, and, passing succes- sively through Lakes Huron, Erie, and Ontario, falls into the Atlantic, after a course of nearly 2000 miles. This maiestio stream is 90 miles wide at its mouth, and is navigable by ships of the line for 400 miles from the ocean. These mag- nificent expanses of water are bordered by deep and loffy forests ; and even the mountain-ranges, wmch are of great extent, arc in general covered with wood. Canada was colonized in 1608 by the French, and continued in their possession till 1759, when it was conquered^ b^ the British. It was divided into two provinces or goTMnaments, ' called Upper and Lower Cuiada ; but in consequence of dis- turbances which arose in the latter, these were umted iA^ BRtnSB AMERICA. 287 ton. ■in >ii ' T' ■■IS J ^, Race, Barrow^s ludson'ii St l*w- '^iimipeg, ke, Mis- ^t John, ding the d from een east les ; aiitd [mmeiise ^rms one The St Bucces- linto the OAJestic lUe by ke mag- id lofty ^f great itinaed by the lents,' lof dis. Ited \A 1836. Gold and heat are here felt hi thehr extremes; and the transition from winter to summer is very sndden. Al- though lying under the same parallel of latitude as IVance, the uiermometer sometimes sinks in -winter 31** below zero; while in summer it occasionally rises as high as 90** or even 100*. The year is divided between these seasons, — spring and autumn being almost unknown. The frost begins in October; and the ?now disappears about the end of April, when vegetation proceeds with great activity. The climate, however, is very congenial to health. The soil of Lower Canada, though various, is in many places fertile, producing good grain and pasturage. Upper Uanada has extensive and fruitful plains, scarcely excelled Dy any portion of North America, and there are large tracts of ricn land, stretching far to the north, covered with extensive forests. The most populous and improved districts are along the banks of the St Lawrence and the shores of Lake Ontario. Apples and pears arrive at great perfection in the neighbour- hood of Montreal' fruits of various kinds, particularly the melon, appear indigenous to the country. Oak, pine, maple, birch, elm, and lime, are the most common trees m the forests. The lakes and rivers abound with excellent fish. The moose-deer and the beaver may be mentioned among the wild animals; the Canadian humming-bird is the smallest known ; the rattlesnake is the most dangerous of its reptiles. The emorts are chiefly furs, oak, pine, and elm timber, pot- ash, fish, wheat, and flour. New Brunswick and Nova Scotia al^o abound in timber, and, like Canada, are undergoing great improvement by British emigi'ants. Newfounmand is re- markable for the most extensive cod-fishery in the world. ThjB population of Lower Canada is 890,000, of whom the greater number are still of French descent, and the French hnguage and manners are generally retained. Upper Canada has been colonized from Britain, and partly from the United States. The present population is 1,000,000. Both the Cana- das are now under one governor ; and the legislature consists of a house of assembly chosen by the people, and a legislative council, whose members are appointed by the sovereign for life. All the Regions North of Canada are claimed by Britain, and admitted by the other powers to belong to her, though occupied only by trading forts or factories of the Hudson's Bay Company at different points. This immense region is separated from the territory of the United States by the 49th degree of N. lat, and from Bussian America by the 14lBt de^de of W. long. The countries around Hudson's Bay and Labrador present jNiiiiji. mmmmmmmm J |l 'IHm i .| l | ill' !! ii I I 'li i SM i yMW i 288 BEinBH AMERICA. }f , ■: Ifr an agpeot drearj in tbe extreme, being bnried nndtr Mowlbr Iialf tne year. The chief natire tribes difiVued orer this re- gion are the EBqnimanx, who are scattered over the N. coaat of Hudson's Bay and along the shores of the Polar Ocean ; the Chi^pewya and Cree Indians; the Stone Indians or Assinibomes ; the Copper Indians; the Hare Indians; the Dog-rib, the Strong-bow, and the Blackfeet Indians. " It is mfficult," says Mr M. Martin, " to describe the character of the various tribes ; they have each some recognised differ- ence, and are most of them in a constant state of warfare with each other. The Sarcees are said to be the boldest. All have horses and firearms ; and horse-stealing is a favour- ite occupation with them. The Grees and Blackfeet have deadly feuds, and each combat with the Assiniboiues. Tlie small tribes are drawn into the contests of the larger, and are rarely at peace. Ambuscades, surprises by day or nigh^, and treacherous massacres of the old and young, of wome^ and the sick, constitute the moving interestB of their lives. No hardships or inducements will make them settle Piid cul- tivate their land ; and until thev do so, it is almost hopeless to expect any Christian results from the humane efioits of the Hudson's Bay Company and the missionaries. The most de- grading superstitions prevail; cunninp is employed where force cannot be used to plunder ; lying is systematic ; woman is treated as a slave ; and the wild Indian is, in many re- spects, more savage than the animals around him." The enterprise of British navigators has added lately to our knowledge some large tracts and islands within the Arc- tic zone, — Melville Peninsula, the Parry Islands, Boothia Fe- lix, &c. Nearly the whole northern coast of America has also been recently explored by Captain Ross and the Hudson's Bay Company ; these regions, being still more barren and dreary, are interesting almost solely to science and curiosity. For an account of New Brunswick, Nova Scotia, &c., see Descriptive Table. EXERCISESc- How is British America bounded ? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Name the divi- sions and chief towns. What are its capes, bays, &c., lakes and rivers? Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situate ? What is its extent in length and breadth ? What is the most striking feature in the aspect of British Ameirica? Name its great lakes. By what river are they connected ? What is the length of its course ? How vride is it at its mouth ? Sow far is it navigable for ships of the line ? With what are these lakes bordered? Whenandby whom was Canada colonized? When RUSSIAN AMERICA. 289 ffihitie- )K coast a Ocean; tidians or lians; the M18. "It character [ged differ- )f warfare LC boldest. 8 a fistvour- kfeet hare ines. Tlie arger, and ly or nigH of women their lives, le pM otd- st hopeless ffoiisofthe he most de- oyed where itic ; woman a many re- » ed lately to lin the Arc- Boothia Fe- dca has also le Hudson's barren and id curiosity. ia, &c., see tent in square ame the divi- c, lakes and ingitude is it What is the lica? Name What is the How far ia e these lakes Ized? When wis it eonotiercd by the British? What is remarkable in the climate? What are the states of the thermometer, occasionally, in winter and summer respectively? Into ivhat seasons is the year divided ? At what periods does winter begin and disappear ? Is its climate congenial to health? What is the quality of the soil of Lower Canada ? Wliat are the principal features of Upper Canada ? Which are the most populous and improved districts ? Name the principal fruits. What are the most common forest- trees? With what do the lakes and rivers abound? Mention some of the animals worthy of notice. What are the chief ex- ports? What is tlie amount of the population of Lovrer Canada, and of what descent is the greater part? What language and manners are generally retained ? From what countries has Upper Canada been colonized ? What is the amount of its population ? What is the form of government of the Canadas ? By whom are the regions north of Canada claimed ? How are they occupied ? By what parallel of latitude are they separated from the United States? And by what meridian of longitude from Eussian America? What aspect do the countries around Hudson's Bay present ? What are the chief native tribes diffused over this region ? What is their present condition ? What has the enteiyrise of British navigators lately added to our knowledge? What coast has recently been explored by Captain Ross and the Hudson's Bay Company? What are its peculiar featm'es? RUSSIAN AMERICA Comprehends the extreme north-western region of Ame- rica, and a narrow tract of coast extending to 55" N. lat. It is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. and S. by the N. Pacific ; E. by British America. Extent, 371,000 square miles. Population, 66,000. REMARKS. This region, which is in general dreary and unproductive, is thinly inhabited by tribes, many of which are very fero- cious. It yields valuable furs ; and the fisheries of the whale, sea-otter, and other animals, are very important. The long chain of the Aleutian Islands here extends between Asia and America. EXERCISES. What portion of North America belongs to Russia ? What are its bounOEU-ies ? AYliat is the general aspect of this region ? What is the character of its tribes ? What valuable productions does this renon afford? What chain of islands extends between Ame- rica and Asia? T null f 11 R90PW rr* mi rt n i r f «» « » «i « ~j. i > 290 UNITED BTATEf . THE UNITED STATES Are bounded N. bjr British America ; W. by the Pacifio Ocean ; S. by Mexico and the Gulf of Mexico ; E. by the Atlantic Ocean. The States contain 3,260|073 square miles, with a population in 1850 of 23,191,920, of whom 3,204,347 are slaves. Divisions. Chief Towns. Northern or New Eng- land States. Maine Augusta, Portland, Bangor, Bath. New Hampshire Concord, Manchester, Portsmouth, Dover Vermont Montpelier, Burlington, Middleburj. Massachusetts Boston, Salem, Cambridge, Lowell. ^ Hhode Island Providence, Newport. \ Connecticut Hartford, Newhaven, New London. ^ Middle States. New York Albany, New York, Brooklyn, Bufiklo. Pennsylvania Harrisburg, Philadelphia, Pittsburg. New Jersey Trenton, Newark, Paterson. Delaware Dover, Wilmin^on. Maryland Annapolis, Baltimore. District of ColumbiaWASUiKGTON, Georgetown. Southern States. Virginia Richmond, Norfolk, Petersburg. North Carolina Kaleigh, Wilmington, Newbem. South Carolina Columbia, Charleston. Georgia Milledgeville, Savannah, Augusta. Alabama ...Montgomery, Tuscaloosa, Mobile. Florida Tallahassee, St Augustine, Peusacola. Western States. Ohio Columbus, Cincinnati, Cleveland. Indiana Indianapolis, New Albany, Vincennes. Illinois Springfield, Chicago. Missouri Jefferson City, St Louis, Franklin. Kentucky Frankfort, Louisville, Lexington. Temiessee Nashville, Memphis, KnoxviHe. Mississippi.... Jackson, Natchez, Columbus. Louisiana Baton Rouge, New Orleans. Texas Austin, Houston, Galveston. Arkansas Little Rock. Michigan Lansing, Detroit. Wisconsin Madison, Milwaukie. Iowa Iowa Citr, Burlington. California. Benicia, Sfin Jos^, San Frandsco. Territories not yet erected into States. — Oregon, Minnesota, Utah, New Mexico, Washington, Kanzas, Nebraska. 4i UNITED STATES. M Islands. — ^Rhode Island, Long Island, Staten, Nan- tucket. Bays. — Penobscot, Massachusetti, Delaware, Clieta- peake. Long Island Sound, Florida UhanneL Gapes. — Ann, Cod, May, Charles, Henry, Hattems, Lookout, Fear, Point Tancna or Cape Sable. Mountains. — ^Alleghany or Appalachian Mountains, Kocky Mountains, Ozark Mountains. Lakes. — Michigan, Champlain, the southern shores of the Lakes of Canada, Pontchartrain. Rivers. — Mississippi, with its tributaries, Missouri, Arkansas, Red River, Ohio, Wabash, Tennessee, Illinois, St Peters; St Croix, Connecticut, Hudson, Delaware, Susquehannah, Potomac, Savannah, Columbia or Oregon. Rio del Norte, Rio Colorado. REMARKS. The United States extend irom 25** to 49** N. lat., and from 67" to 124'* W. lonff. Length, from east to west, 2700 miles; breadth, from north to south, 1600 miles. This vast region is traversed by two great chains of moun- tains, in a direction nearly N. and S., viz. the Alleghanies on the E. and the liocky Momitains on the W . These divide the country into the easteni, western, and middle regions ; the latter comprising the great and fertile basin or vaBey of the Mississippi. The range of the Alleghanies is about 800 miles in length, and stretches, in several ridges, nearly par- allel to the Atlantic, at a distance from the coast varying from 50 to 200 miles. Mount Washington, in New Hamp- shire, the highest peak, is 6234 feet above the sea, though the elevation of the range south of the Hudson rarely exceeds 3000 feet. The liocky Mountains, which are upon a grander scale, run parallel to the I*acific, and bound on the W. the valleys of the Missou i and the Mississippi. Long's Peak is 13,575 feet above the sea. Nearly midwav between the Alleghany and Rocky Mountains is a ridge called the Ozarks, extending from S. W. to N. E., and varying in height from 1000 to 3000 feet above the sea. Of the magnificent rivers that flow through the United States, the most important are the Mississippi and the Mis- souri. Although the latter has been classed as a tributary of the former, it has been ascertained to have the longer course before their junction, and consequently the better clfium to be reguded as the principal stream. The distance between its source in the Rocky Mountains and its ccmfln- ence with the Mississippi is 3000 miles ; thence to its mouth, » t.«^*Mt*-|irHt|IH|BM|M|||i| MIIW.t.««M »«. . 292 UNITED 8TATR8. iu the Gulf of Moxico, 1265 miles. The lenffth of the Mlft^ ijouri, includhiff Us windings, is therefore 4266 miles: whil* that of the Mississipp', Arom its source to the sea, is 8160 miles. The Missouri is deep and rapid, and receives numer- ous rivers in its course, many of them of considerable extent. The Mississippi has its source from Lake Itasca in lat. 47* 10' N. About 160 miles below its junction with the Missouri, it receives the Ohio, swelled by the waters of the Wabash, Cumberland, and Tennessee ; and lower down the Arkansas and Red River. The MissiBsippi flows thi-ough a vast plain, which is so gradual in its descent, that the river is navigable to the Falls of St Anthony, about 2000 miles from its mouth ; while most of its ^at tributaries are navigable nearly to their source. Such is the importance of these western streams, that there are now from 300 to 400 steam-vessels constantly plying on them. The United States are distinguished for the facilities af- forded to internal commerce, by means of magnificent canals and railroads. In 1849, there were 4000 mues of canal in operation, and in 1864 17,150 miles of railway. The climate is remarkable for its inconstancy; passing suddenly from extreme cold to scorching heat. To the west of the Alleghany Mountains the weather is more equable and temperate. The general aspect of the country is that of a vast forest, becoramg denser as the traveller proceeds west- ward. On the west of the Alleghany Mountains it expands into immense level meadows or savannahs, called prairies. The soil is in general fertile. Among the trees which it pro- duces are the larch and pine, several species of oak, walnut, poplar, maple, the white cedar, the occidental plane, the tufip-tree, and the magnolia. The last of these, for its gigantic size, its splendid flowers and fruit, stands unrivalled even amidst the wondei-s of these magnificent forests. In the northern and middle states, the common species of grain are produced. Wheat and maize are raised m «verv part of the Union. The potato is here in its native soil. Cotton, rice, indigo, tobacco, hemp, flax, and sugar, are the chief productions in the southern states. Apples and pears, of the finest flavour, abound in the northern and middle re^ons ; and there are large orchards of peaches, from which brandy is distilled. The bison or buffalo, the moose-deer, the elk, and the cari- bou or rein-deer, are fuund in the plains and forests ; the more ferocious animals are the bear, the wolf, the spotted tiger, and the couguar or American panther. The feathered creation are highly distin^shed by the splendour of their plumage ; pVLt in general their notes have little of beauty or vaxietyt UNITED STATK8. 293 though ihepower of imifation in the mocking-bird is very 9nr- porising. Tno humming-bird is the Buiallcst and most Doau- tiM m tho winged tribes. The serpents are numerous and formidablOf and various specicR iro mot with in tho forests. Tlie rattlesnake, armed with a dtufMy poison, is peculiarly ter- rible. The coasts abound with l.iib, generally of tho same species as in Europe : there are also numerous amphibia, tho most important of wnich is tho otter, inhabiting the western coast, and whose rich skin is a valuable article m commerce. The United States have the more useful metals in abund- ance. The gold mines of North Carolina wore of considerable importance until they were eclipsed by tho discovery of the gold fields of Califuniia in 1847. These rank next in richness to the auriferous regions of Australia, and are supposed to have produced, during the first four years and a half after their dis- covery, gold of the value of thirty-five millions sterling. Coal is found in the New England States, New York, Pennsyl- vania, and Virginia ; and on the west side of the Alleghany Mountains there is an immense coal-field. Illinois and Wis- consin possesR rich lead-mines. Copi)er is found in the vicin- ity of Lake Superior, and mercury in Kentucky and Ohio. Salt-springs are numerous in the great valley of tlie Missis- sippi ; and on its western side are extensive plains, which areperiodioally incrusted with salt. The government of the United States is republican. Tho administration of affairs is confided to a Congress, consisting of a Senate and House of Representatives, and to a president. The Senate consists of two members chosen from each state, for a term of six years, one-third of them being elected every two years. Tho vice-president of the United States is the president of the Senate. The House of Representatives is composed of members from tho several states, elected by the people for the term of two yeai*s ; the number of representa- tives being 233, besides one delegate from each territory. The president, chosen bv delegates from each state, holds his office four years. The Union at present consists of 31 states, 7 ter- ritories, and 1 district. Above three millions of people, how- ever, are kept in a state of slavery, and studiously debarred from the means of instruction. it; Each state regulates its own internal affairs, and makes or alters laws relatin]^ to property and private rights, police, judges and civil ofncers, the levying of taxes, and all other matters not vested in the federal government. There is no religious establishment supported by the state ; bat Cluistiamty in some form is generally professed. The most numerous sects are the Presbyterian, Episcopalian, Methodist, Baptist* and Independent; The Americans are 294 UNITED STATES. ohancterized by the good and bad quaUties that natnridlj spring from the freedom enjoyed under a ^are democracy. They are actiye, enterprising, acute, frank, high-spirited, and , brave. Much attention is paid to education, particularly in the northern and middle states. They have many literary institutions, and can boast of some very distinguished names ' in science and letters. This vast and important country belonged to Britain till the year 1775, when the colonists were roused to rebellion by tne attempts of the goyemment to tax them against their "mil, and they finally succeeded in throwing o£f the British yoke. Their independence was acknowledged in 1783. i EXERCISES. -'-''-■ "'■'■''''^■ How are the United States bounded ? What is their extent in square miles? What is the amount of the population? What states are included in the Northern Division ? Name their chief towns. What states are contained in the Middle Division ? Name their chief towns. Of what does the Southern Division consist? Name the chief towns. What are the Western States ? Name the chief towns. What are the territories not yet erected into states ? Name the islands, bays, capes, mountains, lakes, and rivers. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude does the ter- ritory extend? What are its length and breadth? Bv what chains of mountains, and in what directions, is it traversed ? Into what regions do those mountains divide the country ? At what distance are the Al-tsghanies from the Atlantic? What is the height of Mount Washington ? Describe the Rocky Mountains. In what direction do the Ozarks extend? What is their height? What are the most important rivers in the United States? Which is the larger of these two rivers? What is the whole length of its course ? What length of course has the Mississippi ? What is the character of the Missouri? What rivers does the Mississipi receive after its junction with the Missouri? How fiu: can vessels ascend the Mississippi and its tributaries? What are the number of steam- vessels constantly upon them ? For what are the United States distinguished ? What extent of canals and railways are in operation ? For what is the climate of the United States remarkable? What is the general aspect of the country? What is the general qaaJity of the soil ? Mention some of the forest-trees. Which of these IS the most remarkable ? What are the chief agricultural products ? Mention some of the fruits of this country. What wild animals are to be found? By what quality are the feathered creation distinguished ? Which of these is the most beautiful ? What power does the mocking-bird possess? What dangerous reptiles swarm in the forests? Do the coasts abound with fish? What valuable animal is to be found on the western coast ? Does this country possess much mineral wealth ? Where is coal found ? Wbtftt is remarkable abovd some of the plains in the valley of tlie Mississippi? MEXICO. 295 ' What is the form of goverament in the United States ? To whom is the administration of affiurs confided? Of how many members is the Senate composed? Mention the number compos- ing the House of Representatives. How and for what period is the president elected ? Of what does the union at present consist? How are the internal concerns of each state regulated ? What power have these local administrations ? Is there anv established religion? What religion is generally professed ? What are the most numerous sects ? Describe the manners of the Americans. Is much attention paid to education and literature ? Till what period did this important country belong to Britain ? By what were the colonists then roused to rebellion? When was their independence aelcnowledged ? m ^vtr^ -^y^-ii M -)■ -■/ MEXICO ■ ■' ^■'■' "'■•' '■'^^■^ Is bounded N. by the United States ; W. by the Pjiciiic Ocean; S. by the Pacific and Central America; E. by the Gulf of Mexico and the United States. Mexico con- tains 1,100,000 square miles. Pop. 7,200,000. Divisions. Chiet Towns. Tabasco Villa Hermosa. ?-; Ghiapa Ciudad de las Casas. ^^" Oaxaca Oaxaca. Vera Cruz Xalapa, Vera Cruz. Puebla. Puebla. Mexico Mexico, Tezcuco. Mechoacan Valladolid. 5 ' Xalisco Guadalaxara. Guanaxuato Guanaxuato. Queretaro Queretaro. San LuisPotosi San Luis Potosi. Zacatecas Zacatecas. ?•'■' Durango Durango or Victoritc tii<: Smaloa Villa del Fuerte. Sonoia Arispe, Guaymas. ^^ Chihuahua Chihuahua. • Cohahuila Saltillo. ^'^ New Leon Monterey. frf Tamaulipas New Santander. m if! Lower California Loreto. ^^ Capes.— St Lucas, Corrientes. Gulps and Bay.— Gulf of Mexico, Gulf of Califoniia, Bay of Campeachy. Mountains.— Popocatepetl or the Smoking Mountam, Peak of Orizaba, JoruUo. RiVEB. — Rio del Norte. Lakes. — Chapala, Pascuaro, Tezcuco. 296 MEXICO. REMARKS. Mexico extends from 16" to 34° N. lat., and from 92° to 117" W. long. The greatest length is about 1100 miles; the breadth varies from 140 to 600 miles. ' «' ■ iv'f The most remarkable feature in the aspect of Mexico is the extensive plateau or table-land of which the central portion chiefly consists, varying in elevation from 6000 to 8(K)0 feet above the sea, from which, as from a base, the volcanic peaks of Orizaba and Popocatepetl tower to the height of 17,373 and 17,884 feet. The climate in the more elevated parts is mild and genial ; in the maritime districts and the low plains, it is hot and mihealtliy. Indeed, the temperature of all the three zones, torrid, temperate, and frigid, is here ex- perienced according to the varying elevation ; and the tra- veller, in ascending from the burning coasts of Vera Cruz to Mexico, the capital, situate 7000 feet above the ocean, passes through several distinct climates and zones of vegetation. The soil is extremely fertile. The chief objects of culture are maize, most European grains and fruits, cocoa, coffee, sugar, cotton, indigo, and other productions of tropical climes. Among the alimentary plants the banana holds the first laiik. Immense herds of cattle and sheep, both in a tame and wild state, are fed in the northern prairies; the stag, the jaguar, the couguar, and the tapir, are the more remarkable among the wild animals. Until lately no region in the world was considered richer in minerals than this portion of the American continent. Previous to the revolution its mines produced gold and silver to the amount of £4,500,000 annually. Their produce was much diminished during the civil war, and, although several millions of British capital have since been invested in them, they have not yet reached their former productiveness. There are, besides, mines of copper, iron, lead, and tin. This fine country was wrested from the natives by the Spaniards under Cortez, in 1521. From that time it con- tmued in the possession of Spain till her oppressions roused the colonists to rebellion, and in 1821 Mexico became an in- dependent federal republic. Its constitution is modelled after that of the United States ; the government being vested in a congress, consisting of two houses and a president. The Ca- thohc religion is established by the new constitution, the public exercise of every other being prohibited. Texas, New Mexico, and Upper or New California, formerly provinces of Mexico, have been recently severed from it, and annexed to the United States; and Lower or Old California, though nominally ip- cluded within its limits, is now independent. jame an in- CENTRAL AMERICA. EXERCISES. 297 How is Mexico bounded? What is the extent of Mexico in Bquare miles ? What is the amount of the population of Mexico 9 What are the divisions of Mexico ? Name its chief towns. Name the capes, &c. Between what degrees of latitude and loneitude is Mexico situate V What are the length and breadth ? What is the most remarkable feature in its aspect ? What is the elevation of the table-land ? To what height ao some of the mountains rise from it ? Wliat effect has this elevation upon the climate ? To what changes of temperature is the traveller sometimes exposed ? iWhat are the chief iii. tides of cultivation? What holds the first "rank among the alimentary plants ? What species of cattle are fed in the northern prairies? What are the more remarkable among the wild animals ? Does the country abound in minerals ? What was the annual produce of its gold and silver mines? Has it diminished? What other metals does it possess ? By whom and at what time was this country wrested from ithe natives ? When did it become an independent republic? On what model is its constitution formed? What is the established religion? What provinces have been recently severed from Mexico ? To what state have they been annexed? Which is the independent province nominally included within its limits ? CENTRAL AMERICA Is bounded N. by Mexico and the Bay of Honduras ; W. and S. by the Pacific ; E. by New Granada and the Caribbean Sea. It contains 162,000 square miles. Pop. about 2,146,000. Divisions. Chief Towns. Guatemala Guatemala, Coban. San Salvador San Salvador. Honduras , Comayagua, Belize. Nicaragua Leon, Granada, Nicaragua. Costa Kica San Josd. Yucatan Merida. ima^i British Honduras Belize. . . Musquito Territory Grey Town. ,5 Gulfs. — Honduras, Dulce. *■:' ? Capes. — Gracias k Dios, Catoche. Lakes. — Nicaragua, Leon. " '^- River.— San Juan. REMARKS. Central America, formerly Guatemala, extends from 8° to 18° 3(y N. lat., and from 83" to 93" 20' W. long. Greatest length about 1000 miles ; breadth varying from 80 to 300 miles. Central America possesses a very diversified surface ; the 298 CENTRAL AMERICA. centre consisting of a high table-land averaging about 5000 feet above the sea, with a temperate and agreeable climate ; while the low plains near the Pacific are almost covered with forests, and besides are so exceedingly hot that most of the European settlements have been formed on the more elevated districts. Few countries are so subject to earthquakes and contain so great a number of active volcanoes. The soil is extremely rich, yielding abundantly ali the productions both of tropical and temperate climates ; but the staples of the country are indigo, cochineal, dyewoods, mahogany, sarsa- parilla, sugar, cotton, cocoa, and Peruvian balsam. Of mineral produce, gold, silver, copper, iron, zinc, and antimony, are found in several places. A water-communication between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans has long been projected through the Lake of Nica- ragua, which is 140 miles long by 40 miles broad, and is adapted for vessels of large burden, being 15 fathoms in depth. .i,> ■ ■[ :;':l ' ■/ ^ Central America was formerly a province of Mexico, but became an independent republic in 1823. After that period the political divisions of the five states of which it is com- posed haAdng become confused, Guatemala fell under the sway of Carrera, an Indian, when each of the other four erected itself into a petty republic. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Central America? What is its extent in square miles ? What is the amount of its population ? Name its divisions and their chief towns. Name its river and lakes. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is it situ- ate? What are its length and breadth? Describe its general features. Where are the European settlements formed? To what is the country subject ? What are its staple productions ? Through what lake has a water-communication between the At- hmtic and Pacific been long projected ? Of what country was Central America formerly a province ? THE WEST INDIA ISLANDS ? Are situate in the Atlantic Ocean, at the entrance of the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, and extend i& a curved line from the Gulf of Florida to the coast of South America. They contain about 95,000 square miles and a population of 3,870,000. Of these isknds there are three principal groups. utSOOO ilimate ; red with t of the glevated ikes and Q soil is ons both 8 of the ^, sarsa- am. Of itimony, d Pacific of Nica- 1, and is thomg in xico, but lat period t is com- mder the (ther four niiat is its apulation? river and 3 is it situ- its general ned? To oductions? en the At- auntry was '■--r^.,1;-*^^ itrance of id extend e coast of K) square aups. WEST INDIA ISLANDS. 1. The Bahakab. Islands. Belonging to O.'eat Bahama Britain, Ne?r Providence do Nassta. St Salvador do. 299 Chief Towns. 2. The Greater Atxtilles. Caba Spain Havannah. Jamaica.. Britom Spanish Town, Kingston. Hajti ox St Domingo Independent, Port-Uepublicain, ,^ ;_ . ,. ^ St Domingo. Porto fiico.....................i6ljpam San Juan. 3. The Lesser Antilles. Leeward Islands, Santa Cruz St Thomas St John Tortohi Virgin Qorda. . Anegada. Virgin^ Isles. ' DenmarTe Ghristianstad. do St Thomas.* do. Britain Tortola. do. do. Anguilla .'. .Britain,, St Christopher do. Barbuda do, Antigua do Montserrat do Nevis do Dominica do St Martin France ^ifoZ2(»u2Philipsbnrg. Saba Holland. St Eustatius do St Eustatins. St Bartholomew Sweden Gustavia. Guadeloupe France Basse-terre. Desirade do, ,.,..,-.. Marie-galante ch, Saintes do. r .1 .Anguilla. .Basse-terre. .St John. .Plymouth. .Cliarlestown. .Boseau. Windward Islands. St Lucia Britain St Vincent do Grenada.... do Barbadoes do Castries. Kingstown. St George. Bridgetown. Tobago do Scarborough. Trinidad do Port of Spain Martinique France. Margarita Venezuela, Buen Ayre Holland. Curacoa.... do .Fort Royal. .Assumption. .Williamstadt. Bermudas. Britain St Geoi^^. 300 WEST INDIA ISLANDS. Mountains. — Blue Mountainfl, Jamaica; Copper Mountains, Cuba ; Volcano of Mome Garou, St Vincent ; Volcano of SouffriSre, Guadeloupe. REMABKS. The West India Islands lie between 10" and 27' N. lat., and between 59" and 86" W. long. They received the name of West Indies from the belief at first entertained that they were connected with India. In honour of their discoverer they are sometimes called the Columbian Archipelago. The general aspect of the islands is mountainous, man^ of the mountains exhibiting striking proofs of volcanic ori- g'n, and all the islands bemg subject to violent earthquakes, ere, as in other tropical countries, the year is divided between the wet and the dry seasons. Spring may be said to commence about the middle of May, when the first po- riodicSiI rains set in ; these continue to fall every day at noon for about a fortnight, creating a bright verdure and a rapid and luxuriant vegetation. The weather then becomes dry, clear, and settled. The sun glows with a heat that is almost insupportable, till, the sea-breeze springing up about ten in the forenoon, all nature revives, and the temperature in the shade becomes pleasant. At this time the nights are extremely beautiful ; the moon is so bright that the smallest print may be read by her light ; and the planet Venus shines with such lustre that a shade is cast from trees, buildings, and other objects that intercept her rays. This state of the weather ceases about the middle of August, when the steady diurnal wind from the sea is succeeded by faint breezes and alternate calms, the preludes to the second or autumnal rainy s^son. In October the rains become general, pouring down in torrents. Between the beginning of August and the end of October, these islands are occasionally visited by dreadful hurricanes. In November or December the weather becomes serene and pleasant, and continues cool and refreshing till the end of April. In general the low parts of the islands may be described as hot and unhealthy ; while the climate of the mountainous regions is equable and salubrious. These islands are rich in almost every tropical production. Fruits are delicious and abundant, — as oranges, lemons, limes, shaddocks, cocoa-nuts, citrons, pomegranates, pine apples, and melons. A great variety of valuable trees grow on the moun- tains, as cedar, lignumvitee, mahogany, and others, which take the finest polish, and are admirably adapted for cabinet- work. The great staples of these islands, however, are the sugar-cane and coffee-plant, — the former yielding the three- fold produce of sugar, molasses, and rum; while tobacco, WEST INDIA ISLANDS. 301 finger, indigo, pimento, and various spices and medicinal rugs are likewise cultivated. The annual exports from tho British West Indies alone amount in value to about six millions sterling. The indigenous animals are in general small, the principal being the agouti, a creature resembling the rat, the armadillo, opossum, raccoon, and monkejrs ; one animal peculiar to these islands is the land-crab, which is esteemed excellent food. The feathered creation are distinguished by brilliancy of plumage and elegance of form, and comprise the parrot in ail its varieties, the flamingo, and tho humming-bird. In the woods and marshes wild fowl abound in the greatest variety, and of exquisite flavour. Lizards and different kinds of ser- pents are not mifrequent ; but few of them are noxious. A most important change in the social condition of the British West Indies was effected by the Slave Emancipation Act, which came into operation on the 1st of August 1834, when slavery ceased throughout the British dominions, and the sum of 20 millions sterling was appropriated by Parlia- ment as a compensation to the planters. Population of the British West India Islands 830,000, of whom about 75,000 are whites. '■■-•'•'"•''■■''•-""■""■'" EXERCISES.' '■i':'-'^'-t'' I' How are the West India Iislauds situate ? What is their extent m square miles ? What is the amount of their population ? How many principal groups are there ? Name the first group and the islands of which it consists. What is the chief town of New Pro- vidence ? Name the second group and its islands. What are the principal towns in the Greater Antilles ? Name the third group with its islands. Distinguish the Windward from the Leeward Islands ? Name the mountains. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude do the West India Islands lie? By what name are they sometimes called? How is the year divided in these islands? When do the first periodical rains set in? How long and at what time of the day do they continue to fall ? What kind of weather succeeds ? At what hour does the sea-breeze usually spric- up? What effect does it produce ? Describe the appearance of the nights during this season. When does this state of the weather cease ? By what is the steady sea-breeze then succeeded ? When do the rains become general ? At what season are these islands occasionally visited by hurricanes ? When does the weather become serene and pleasant ? How long does it continue so ? In what respects does the climate in general differ in the low grounds and the mountains ? Enumerate some of the fine fimits of the West India Islands. Mention some of their valuable trees. What are the staple articles of culture ? What other articles are to be numbered among their am 302 GREENLAND. E redactions ? What is the amonnt of the annual exports from ftha (lands belonging to Britain ? Mention the principal indigenous animals. For what are the feathered creation here distinguished ? Mention some of them. What important clumge has been re* cently effected in the British West Indies? At what period did slavery cease throughout the British dominions ? What sum was t appropriated by Parliament as a compensation to the planters?^ Wnat is the amount of the population of the British West India '^ Islands? 7 ... '0 V GREENLAND i')^ Is an extensive region which lies between Baffin^s Bay and the Northern Ocean ; extending from Cape Farewell, in lat. 59° 49'', indefinitely northward towards the Pole. 'f KEMABKS. •tten rep rioddid (um was lanters? MSt India a's Bay arewell, e Pole. but now lescribed blocks of Itivation. Qainlandf of winter borealis. Bubsist- animals ur, rein- iges, and barking. But the ieal. Its lem with idons are bsistence not com- flocks of f produc- the defi- fumishes ions with the ocean ties, that ;he short lundasto lOOB. they are of short stature, with long black hair, small eyes, and flat faces. The country is subject to Denmark, which maintains a few small settlements on the W. coast, whose laudable exertions for the conversion of the natives to ' ''Lnstianity are at length beginning to bo crowned with success. The popu- lation, including the Moravian establishments, is estimated at 9000 or 10,000. ,' . -r , EXERCISES. What is Greenland, and where is it situate ? What description is given of it ? How does the weather of the short summer differ on the mainland and in the islands ? How is the lon^ night of winter relieved ? In what does the wealth of the inhabitants con- sist ? What are the principal land animals ? What kinds of fish abound in the seas ? What marine animal is most prized by the natives ? To what useful purposes do they convert it ? How are the shores of Greenland and other arctic regions supplied with timber ? In what quantities and in what state of preservation does it arrive ? Of what people are the Grecnlanders a branch ? What is their personal appearance ? To what European power is Greenland subject ? At what number is the population estimated ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE OP NORTH AMERICA. AC APUT/CO, a seaport of Mexico, on the Pacific, with an excellent har- bour. Pop. 4000.— 16' 60' N. lat. 99» 49' W. long. Alaba'ma, one of the United States, to the west of Georgia ; it was formed into a state in 1819. The soil is fer- tile, producing cotton, sugar, wheat, oats, and barley. Area 50,7^2 square miles. Pop. 771 ,623, of whom 342.892 are slaves. Montgomery, on the Ala- bama, is the state capital. Pop. 8728. Al'bany, the state capital of New York, United States, situate on the Hudson, at its junction with the Erie Canal. It ia a place of great trade. Pop. 50,763 — 42, 39 N. 73, 44 W. Aleu'tian Islaitds, a volcanic group in the N. Pacific, between Cape Ali- aska and Kamtschatka, belonging to Russia. The seas swarm with fish and the sea-otter. The Fox Islands are the most important of the group, and of theseOonimac and Oonalashka are the principal. Alezan'dria, a town of the United States, state of Virginia, on the Po- tomac. Pop. 8795. AllasHEa, a peninsula of Russian America, 350 miles in length, on the N. W. coast, between Bristol Bay and Cook's Inlet. Ariegikany or Ap|Ala'chian Moua- taias. See Remurlu, p. 391. Am^erstbnrg, a town and fort of Upper Canada, on the Detroit, near its entrance into Lake Erie. P. 1880. A n'dover, a town of Massachusetts, United States, with several manufac- tures. Pop. 6945. Anega'da. See Virgin Isles. AngUil'la or Snake Island, one of the West India Islands. Pop. S934. Ann, Cape, the north point of Boston Bay, in Massachusetts, United States.— 42, 38 N. 70, 34 W. Annap'olis, a seaport of Nova Sco- tia, on the Bay of Fundy. P. 4198:— 44, 42 N. 65, 44 W. See also Maryland. Anticos'ti, an island in the mouth of the river St Lawrence, 125 miles in length by 30 in breadth. It is covered with wood, and dangerous rocky reefs extend to a considerable distance from the shore. Antig'ua, one of the British West India Islands, about 20 miles long, and nearly of the same breadth. The staple articles of export are sugar, molasses, and rum. Pop. 37,757. St John is the capital. Pop. 5000. Antil'les, a name given to the West India Islands. The French apply the term to the West Indies generally* exclusive of the Bahamas. Been. 890. Aris'pd, a .city of Mexico, in the province of Sonora. Pop. 7800. Arkaa'sas, a larg« riTer wiilch rises S04 NORTH AMERICA. in the Rocky MountAlna, and flow- ing 8. E. falls into the Mississippi after a course of 2000 mi leu. Arkan'sas, oneof the United States, extending from the Mississippi west- ward; it was admitted into the Union in 1836. The region along the lower course of the Arlcansas is fertile but swampy, and covered with dense fo- rests. Area 52,198 square miles. P. 209,697. of whom 47,100 are slaves. Little Rock, on the Arkansas, is the state capital. Pop. 3167. Athabas'ca. called also the Lake of the Hills, in British America, is situ- ate about 170 miles S. E. of the Great Slave Lake. It is nearly 200 miles long ; at its N. W. extremity is Fort Cbip'pewyan, a trading station. Au'burn, a town of New York, United States, containing a state pris- on, which is very extensive, and judi- ciously arranged with a view to the reform of offenders. Pop. 0548. Augus'ta,atownofQeorgia, Unit- ed States, on the Savannah , the great depdt for the cotton of Upper Geor- gia. Pop. 11, 753 See also Maine. BACK'S RIVER rises to the N. of Lake Aylmer, near the source of the Coppermine River, and flowing N. E. falls into a bay in the S. W. part of Boothia Gulf. Baffin's Bay, a large gulf, more Sroperly an inland sea, between the r. £. shores of the continent and the W. coast of Greenland, opening into the Atlantic by Davis' Strait, and in- to the Polar Sea by Barrow's Strait. Baha'mas, a numerous group of isl- ands belonging to Britain, stretching from Florida to St Domingo, on those remarkable sandbanks and coral reefs called the Bahama Banks. They ex- port cotton, fine timber, dyewoods, and salt. The principal islands are New Providence, St Salvador, Long Island, and Crooked Island. Total Sop. 27«519. Nassau', the capital of Tew Providence, is also the seat of government. Pop. 7000. Bal'timore, an important city and seaport of Maryland, United States, situate near the head of Chesapeake Bay. It has one of the finest harbours in America) and carries on a very ex- tensive trade. Pop. 169,054.-39, 17 N. 76, 37 W. Ban'gor, a flourishing commercial town of Maine, United States, on the Penobscot. Pop. 14,432. Barba'does, the most eastern of the British West India Islands, 21 miles In length and 14 In breadth. Beside* sugar, the great staple, it exports mo- lasses, ginger, cotton, and arrow- root. Pop. 135,931/, of whom 15,000 are whites. Bridge'town, the capi- tal, is one of the handsomest town« in the West Indies. Pop. 20,000 — 13, 5 N. 69, 41 W. Oarbu'da, one of the West India Islands, belonging to Britain, to the N. of Antigua. Pop. 1600. Barn'stable, a seaport of Massa- chusetts, on the bay of the same name. Pop. 4901. —41, 42 N. 70, 18 W. Burrow, Point, the extreme N.W. point of the continent.— 71 , 23 N. 166, 21 W. Barrow's Strait, a broad inlet from ' Baffin's Bay into the Polar Sea. Bath, a considerable seaport of Maine, United States, ut the mouth of tlie Kennebeck. Pop. 8020. BeA/ring's Straits. See Asia, p. 236. Belfast', a seaport of Maine, United States, situate on Belfast Bay. Pop. 6051.— 44, 27 N. 68, 68 W. Belize (Beleez'), the chief town of the British settlement of Honduras, on the coast of Yucatan, at the mouth of the river of the same name. Pop. of town and settlement, 10,000 ; of town alone, 4500.— 17, 29 N. 88, 8 W. Belleijie', a small rocky island at the N.E. end of the channel between Labrador and Newfoundland, called the Straits of Belleisle. Ben'nington, a town of Vermont, United States, at the foot of the Green Mountains. Pop. 3923. Bermu'das or Somers* Islands, a group in the Atlantic, about600 miles E. of S. Carolina, and surrounded by coralreefs. They produce arrow-root, cedar, coflTee, and cotton. Pop. 11,092. St George, the largest, has a town of the same name, with a pop. of 3(i(X). Booth'la, a large peninsula or isl- and in the most northern part of Ame- rica. This country, recently explored by Captain Ross, is naked and barren, but contains valuable fur-bearing an- imals, and is inhabited by some tribes of Esquimaux. Bos'ton, the principal city and sea- port of Massachusetts, United States, beautifully situate on a peninsula of Massachusetts Bay. It possesses a secure harbour, with a very extensive trade. Boston is celebrated as the birthplace of Franklin and the cradle of American independence, and may be considered as the literary capital of NORTH AMERICA. 806 tUa Union. Pop. 136,881.— 4S, 81 N. | 71, 4 W. Bria'toi, a seaport of Rhode Island, United States, situate on a liay. P. \ 4616.— A beautiful town of Pennsyl- vania, on ttie Delaware, 20 miles above Philadelpliia. Pop. 2570. j BrookLlyn, a town of New Yorli, United States, situate on /jng Island, opposite Mew Yoik. Pup. 96,838. Buen Ayre, a small island of the Caribbean Sea, belonging to Holland. '■ Buffalo, a tlourisliiru commercial town of New York, United States, situate at the junction of the Erie Canal with the lake, 20 miles from Niagara, and 523 from New York. Pop. 42,261.-42, 53 N. 7«, 55 W. Bnr'lington, a town of Vermont, United States, on the E. shore of Lake Champlain ; it is the seat of a university. Pop. 8110. Also the lar- ! gest town of Iowa. Pop. 4082. . I By'town, a town of Upper Canada, now named Ottawa, at the junction of the Rideau Canal with the Ottawa. Pop. 6273. I CAHAWBA, a town of Alaba- ma, United States, atthe Junctioi. of , the Cahawba with the Ambama, ^'0 miles from Mobile. ! Califor'nia, Lower or Old, a long narrow peninsula attached to Mexi- co, in the Pacific, separated from the continent by its gulf, 700 miles in length, and from 50 to 80 in breadth, i Pop. 10,000. ! Califor'nia, Upper or New, an ex- tensive country on the N. W., ex- tending from the Oregon territory to \ the head of the gulf of the same name, : formerly belonging to Mexico. It was ceded to the United States by the treaty of May 19, 1848, and part of it formed into a state in 1850. Area of state, 188,981 square miles. Pop. 264,435. Benicia is the present state capital. It Is traversed from N. to S. by two mountain-ridges, the Snowy Mountains and the Rocky Moun- tains ; from the latter the Rio Co- lorado takes its rise, and flowing S. W. enters the Gulf of California. The Sacramento with its tributary tlie San Joachim, from the N.W.falls into the noble bay of San Francisco. The discovery of gold mines along the course of the Sacramento was acci- duntally made in September 1847. The gold region extends nearly 500 miles along the branches of the Sa- cramento and San Joachim rivers. Cam'bridge, a town of Massachu- setts, United States, 3 miles from Boston, the seat of a univemity. P. 15,>215- Campeach')', a seaport of Yucatan, on the Day ot the same name. Pop. 15,000.-19, 50 N. 90, 33 W. Can'ada. Bee Remarks, p. 286. Can'so, a small island at tne N. E. extremity of Nova Scotia, with a cape of the same name.— 45, 17 N. 61, OW. Cape Bret'on, an island separated from Nova Scotia by the narrow strait called the Out of Canso. It is about 100 miles in icngtli and 72 in breadth, and is penetrated by a navi- gable arm of the sea, which divides it nearly into two parts. The climato, like that of Newfoundland, is cold and foggy The coal-mines and fish- eries are of great importance. Pop. 54,878. The once strong town of Louisburg is now deserted ; Sydney, the capital, has a population of 500. Cape Bret'on, the eastern point of the island of the same name.— 45, 56 N. 69, 50 W. Cape Cod, the eastern projection of Mussaclmsetts, United States, form- ing the S. E. point of Massachusetts Bay.— 42,2 N. 70, 4 W. Cape Hay'tien, formerly Cape Fran'faif, a seaport of Hayti, on its N. coast. Pop. 12,000.-19, 46 N. 72, 12 W. Car'ibbee Islands, that portion of the West India Islands, extending in a semicircle from Porto Rico to Ti-ini- dad, and divided into Leeward and Windward Islands. Caribbe'an Sea, that part of the Atlantic lying between Central and S. America, and the islands of Cuba, Hayti, and Porto Rico. Caroll'na, North, one of the United States, to the south of Virginia, which it resembles in soil andclimate. Its gold mines are productive, but its manufactures and commerce are limited. Area 43,800 square miles. Pop. 869,039, of wliom 288,548 are slaves. Ra'leigh is the state capitaL Pop. 4518. Caroli'na, South, one of the United Estates, to the south of North Caro- Ihia. For 100 miles inland from the coast the country is low, swampy, and unhealthy ; beyond this it is finely divei-sified with hill and dale, and is fertile and richly wooded. The chief products, cotton and lice, are I extensively cultivated. Area 88,SU0 I square miles. Pop. 668,507, of whom U 806 NORTH AMERICA. 384,064 are tUve*. Co1iiml>lA U th« ■tute capital. Pop. G(M(K Catoctie', a cape on tlie N. coaat of Yucatan.-2I, ^\ N. 87. W. Central America. Boe Remarka, p. 8»7. Charo'plain, Lake, in Verraont, United States, 105 miles in lengtli and 10 In its grcatetit breadth. Chapa'la, a lake of Mexico, state of Guudalaxara. Charles. Cape, at the oaKtcm ex- tremity of Labrador.— i52, 2() N. ftfl, AS W.— Another in Virginia, United States, on the N. point of Chesapeake Bay.— 37, 10 N. 7», 45 W. Cbarles'ton, the principal city and seaport of Soiitli Carolina, situate at the head of a bay on a peninsula formed by the Aslilcy and Cooper rivers. It carries on a good trade. Pop. 42,985.-32, 46 N. 79, *7 W. Charles'town, a town of Massa- chusetts, near the celebrated Diin- ker'sHIII,and connectod with Boston by a bridge. Pop. 17.216. Ches'apeake, the largest and safent bay of the United States, extending N. about ?00 miles, from between Capes Charles and Henrv, in Virginia. Chica'go, the largest town and chief seat of trade of Illinois, United States, on Lake Michigan. P. 2<>,963. Chihua'hua, a city of Mexico, ca- {>ital of the stave of the same name, n the vicinity of rich silver miney. Pop. 12,000.-28, 40 N. 105, 33 W. Chillico'thd, a manufacturing town of Ohio, United States. Pop. 7100. Cholu'la, a city of Mexico, state of Puebla. Here is a great pyramid 177 feet high ; each side of its base measures 1423 feet. Pop. 10,000.— 19, N. 98, 15 W. Chud'leigh, Cape, the northern Btint of Labrador, at the entrance of udson'c 8tralt8.-60 2.5 N.65, 20 W. Cinalo'a, a town of Mexico, state of Sonora. Pop. 9500. Cincrnna'tl, the chief town of Ohio, United States, flnelv situate on the Ohio. It has a college, flourishing manufactures, and is a great empo- rium of trade. Pop. 115,435.-39, 6 N. 84 27 W. Ciu'dad de las Casas, a town of Mexico, capital of the state of Chia- pa, which formerly belonged to Gua- temala. Pop. 40ltalofthe ilet. Pop. ilavw. large river the Rooky arse of 1000 ic Ocean. jwnofMia- uateonthe !6I1. of Central ate of Hon- the United ssachuietts. I, with con- inufocturOB. P. 370,798. Newhav'cn. itte capitals. )f the United 1 the N. bor- rHanipshire, Bland Bound, of the sea on , with Prince )8es a large 1 Territory, iacovered by yg northwaia arge bay of iscovered by its eastern gain. exico, state N.106,43W. e of Cwtral in the state of ranadn, and sa tc the Pa- re miles. P. le capital, the West In- liles in length ih, andis tra- )y a chain of ith noble for- fertile, pro- , coffee, and IS rich copper- oys a delight- anes are rare. miles. Pop. ut S00,000ar« „ Culia'can, a town of Mexico, state OfSonora. Pop 7000. Cura^o'a. an island of the Carib- bean Bea, belonglnor to the Dutch, off the N. coast of Vonesuela, about 40 miles Ioor and lo broad. Pop. 10,9IH). Wil'liuinstadt, its capital, has a fine harbour. Pop. 7(NM). DATIS STRAITS, a narrow sea. discovered by Captain John Davia in lA8d, when in searcli of a N. W. oassam. It extends about 10 degrees \. W., and conni'ots the Atlantic Ocean with Baffin's Day. Del'aware, one of the smallest of the United States, lying along the western coast of tlie bay of the same name. It produces fine wheat, and has some important manufacture.^. Area 2120 square miles. Pup. !)l Jv two streamy in the state of New York ; separating Pennsylvania from Now Jorsey, it flows pabt Pliiludelphia, and outers Delaware Bay. an arm of the seu about 65 miles long, between Dela- ware and New Jersey. Desirad«', one of the West India Islands, belonging to tliu French, to the east of Guadeloupe. Pop. 256H. Detroit (I)etroaw'), a city of tho United States, formcrlv the canitul of Michigan, on the W. side of the strait of the same name, between the lakes of St Clair and Erie. Pop. 21,019. Domini'ca, one of the British West India iHlands, about 29 miles in length and 9 in average breadth. Its lofty rugged mountains, inter- spersed with fertile valleys, yield large quantities of coffee, sugar, and fine timber. Pop. 22,469. Roseau' is the capital, with a population of 4U0O. Do'ver, atown of New Hampshire, United States. Pop.U196. See also Delaware, State of. Dulcc, Gulf of, an inlet of the At- 1 lantic, in the Gulf of Honduras, on the S. of British Honduras. I Duran'go or Victo'ria, a city of > Mexico, capital of the state of Du- 1 rango. Pop. 22,000. E'RIE, Lake, one of the great '. chain of lakes which divides Canada ' from the United States. It is 2U0 miles in length and 60 in breadth, covering an area of about 12,000 square miles, and discharging its waters by the Niagara into ijake | Ontario. It Is subject to violent storms, which, with rocks projeoting many niileii Irom the stiore, render the navigation (tangerous. FAlK'WEATUiiU, MOUNT, a mountain in tho Hussian territory, 14,7AO feet above the sea. Farc'woll, Cane, the H. extremity of Greenland.-£i), 41> N. 43, 54 W. Fayett«'vllle, a commercial town of North Carolina, United States. P. 4(i->(;. Fear, Cape, on the coast of N. Carolina, at the entrance of Cape Four River, where there is a danger- ous hhoal.— 33, 64 N. 78. W. Flat'tery, Cape, on the W. const of the United States.— 4H, 80 N. 124. la W. Florida, erected one of the United States in 1845, lies to the south of Georgia. It forms a peninsula 380 miles in length, »trctchhig southward between the Gulf of Mexico and the Atlantic. Tho seucoast and the banks of the rivers are swampy, but well adapted for i-ico and corn ; the Inte- rior is hilly, and covered with valu- able timber. Area 63,786 square miles. Pop. 87,445, of whom :19,310 are blaves. Tallahas'see is tho capi- tal. Pop. ISUl. Flor'ida Channel, between Flo- rida, Cuba, and the Bahamas, through which a remarkable cur- rent, called \\\^: ',ulf Stream, from the Gil' >, Mexico, rushes with such int^>etuosity to the N. £. as to bo p> reeptible upon the N. coasts of Enro^^. FuA li-slands. See Aleutian Islands, p. 303. Krank'lin, a town of Missouri, United States, on tho Missouri ; also the name of other towns in the Union. Pop. 201.'>. Fred'erick, a town in Maryland, United States. Pop. 6028. Fred'ericksburg, a town of Vir- ginia, United States. Pop. 4061. Fred'erickton, tho capital of New Brunswick, situate on the river St John, 66 miles from its mouth. Pop. 600O.— 45, 56 N. 66, 45 W . Fun'dy, a bay which extends 160 miles between Nova Scotia and New Brunswick, and at the upper part divides into two arms, where the rise of the tides sometimes exceeds 60 feet ; while in Yerto Bay, on the St Lawrence side of the Isthmus, the rise is not more than 10 feet. Fu'ry and Uec'la Strait, between 308 NORTH AMERICA. Cockbum Island and Melville Pen- insula, expanding into Boothia Gulf. GAL'YESTON, a seaport of tlie United States, Texas state, on an island in the Gulf of Mexico. Pop. 4177. Oas'pd, a Cape of Lower Canada, Gaspi Bay, at the mouth of the St Lawrence.--4a, 46 N. (j4, 12 W. George'town, a town in the dis- trict of Columbia, United States, on the Potomac, near NV ashingtoi^ Pop. 8366. — A seaport of S. Carolina, at tne mouth of the great Pedee. P. 1C28. Geor'gia, one of the United States, separated from South Carolina by the Savannah. In the lower districts the climate is unhealthy: its chief products are cotton, rice, and Indian com. Area 62,000 square miles. P. 903,185, of whom 381,682 are slaves. Milledgeville is the state capital. Gloucester (Glos'ter), a seaport of Massachusetts, United States, on Boston Bay. Pop. 7786. Gra'cias a Di'os, Cape, in the north of Central America, state of Honduras. -14. 59 N. 83, 11 W. Gran'ada, a city of Central Ame- rica, state of Nicaragua, on the S. W. shore of the lake, with a flourishing trade. Pop. 10,000. Great Bear Lake, in the N. W. of British America. It probably covers an area of 8000 square miles, and communicates with MackenzieRiver, and also with the Great Slave Lake. Fort Frank'lin is on its S. W. shore. Great Slave Lake, in the N. W. of British America, extends about 250 miles from E. to W., with an aver- age breadth of 60 miles. It receives from the south the Mackenzie, under the name of the Slave River, which again issues from its W. extremity. Green'land. See p. 302. Grena'da, one of the British West India Islands ; its greatest length is 25 miles, and breadth 12 miles. The island cannot be considered healthy, but is finely wooded, and produces sugar, rum, cocoa, and cotton. Pop. 32,671. St George is the capital, with an excellent harbour. Pop. 4000. Guadalaxa'ra, a city of Mexico, capital of the state of Xalisco, situ- ate on the Rio Grande. Pop. 60,000. —21, 9 N. 103, 4 VV. Guadeloupe (Gadeloop'), one of the West India Islands belonging to France, about 60 miles long and 25 broad, divided Into two parts by a narrow channel. Its plains are fhiit- ful, and it contains a volcano, called La Souffridre, or the Sulphur Hill, 5500 feet high. Pop. 132,81(». Bas8«- terrles. 150 in its greatest breadth. The soil TCY CAPE, on the N. W. coast, of the plains is exceedingly fertile, the farthest point reached by Cap* It abounds in excellent timber and tain Cook.— 70, 20 N. 161, 46 W. valuable mines. The western part Illinois (Il'linay), one of the United of this fine island is now a native States, admitted into the Union in empire, of which Port au-Prince is 1818, is bounded £. by Indiana; 8. the capital ; and the eastern part is by the Ohio ; and W. by the Missis- a republic, of whicli St Domingo is , sippi, which separates it from Mis- the capital. Pop. 943,000. I souri and Iowa. The greater por- Hen'ry, Cape, in Virginia, at the tion of this fine state is composed of 8. point of the entrance of Chesa- fertile prairies. It possesses rich peake Bay. — 36, 56 N. 75, 53 \V . '■ lead mines, abounds m coal and iu Honduras, a State of Central salt springs, and has besides the ad* America, lying along the Gulf of i vantage of extensive water-commu- Konduras, a wide inlet of the Carib- i nication. Area 56,405 square miles, bean Sea, having on the W. British I Pop. 851,470. Spring'neld is the Honduras, E. the Mosquito terri- : state capital. Pop. 453i3. tory. Area 38,088 square miles. Pop. 310,000. Comayag'ua is the capital. Hondu'ras, British. See Beliz^. Eous'ton, a town of Texas, United States, 60 miles N. W. of Galveston. Pop. 2396. Hud'son, a city of New York, United States, on the river Hudson, with a good trade. Pop. 6286. Il'linois, a river of the United States, flows 400 miles through Illi- nois, and falls into the Mississippi 18 miles above the Missoiui. India'na, one of the United States, between Illinois and Ohio, bounded on the S. by the Uiiio, which sepa- rates it from Kentucky; it was erected into a state in 1816. The Hud'son, a fine river of the United . soil is rich, resembling that of Illi- States, lias its source in the moun- nois. Area 38,809 square miles. Pup. tains between Lakes Ontario and ' 988,416. Indianap'olis is the state Champiain, and flowing southward, 1 capital. Pop. 809J. falls into the sea at New York, after | lo'wa, one of the United States, a course of 325 miles. formed in 1846, lying west of the Hud'son's Bay, a great inland sea, I Mississippi, and north of the state of its S. extremity being called James' : Missouri. It is very fertile. Area Bay. Itslength, from north to south, 50,914 square miles. Pop. 192,214. is about 1000 miles, and its greatest { State capital, lo'wa City, the seat breadth 560 miles ; communicatmg , of a university. Pop. 1582. with the Atlantic by Hudson's Strait, i Ith'aca, a town of New York, and on the north, by the Strait of United States, on the S. shore of the Fury and Hecla, with Baffin's Cayuga Lake. Pop. 6909. Bay and also with the Arctic Ocean, i JACK'SONV ILLK, a town of Its navigation is open during only i Illinois, United States. Pop. 2745. four months in the summer, and is, Jamai'ca, the largest and most besides, extremely dangerous from ' valuable of the British West India its numerous shoals, rocks, and Islands, situate nearly 100 miles W. islands. The British stations of of St Domingo, and the same dis- Churchill Fort, York Fort, Albany tance S. of Cuba, is 150 miles in Fort, and Moose Fort, are all on the length by 40 in average breadth. It western coast. | is traversed from E. to W. by the Hudson's Bay Territories. See lofty range of the Blue Mountains, Remarks, p. 287. I covered with majestic forests. The Hu'ron, Lake, one of the great | principal exports are sugar, rum, lakes which separate Canada from coffee, spices, and a great variety of the Ui'ited States; in length 250 tropical fruits. Pop. 377.433, of miles by 1 10 in breadth, with a depth whom 15,776 are Europeans. Span'- of 860 feet. It communicates by ish Town is the seat of government straits with Lake Superior and also Pop. 6000. with Lake Michigan on the W., and | James' Bay. See Hudson's Bay. by the Lake of St Clair and the river | James' River, in Virginia, United Detroit with Lake Erie on the S. E. States, rises in the Alleghany Moun- 310 NORTH AMERICA. &U8 tains, snd flowing eattward, into Chesapeake Bay. Jorulio, a remarkable volcano of Mexico, province of Mechoacan, idiicli rose from the plain to the height of 1640 feet, 28th September 17w ; since then manv of the small cones have disappeared, while others have chanii^ed their form. KAN'ZAS, a territory of thei United States, W. of the Missouri. I Kentuck'y, one of the United States, W. of Virginia, and bounded on the N. by the Ohio, separating it from Ohio and Indiana ; it was admit- ted into the Union in 1792. The soil is in general fertile ; wheat, maize, hemp, and tobacco being chief objects of culture. Area 40,6ti0 so. miles. Pop. 982,405, of whom 210,981 are slaves. Frank'fort, on the Kentucky, is the state capital. Pop. 4372. Kings'ton, the principal commer- cial city and seaport of Jamaica, situate on the N. side of Port Royal Bay. It is strongly fortified, and is the seat of a great trade. Pop. 36,000.-17, 58 N. 76, 48 W. Kings'ton, a strongly fortified town of Upper Canada, situate at the en- trance of the Rideau Canal, on the N. E. point of Lake Ontario, and near its outlet by the St Lawrence. It is a naval depdt, and a place of considerable trade. P. 11,585.-44, 13 N. 76, 33 W. Knox'ville, a town of Tennessee, U. S., on the Holston. Pop. 2076. Kotztf'bue Sound, a large bay in Behring's Straits, discovered by the Rnssiaf navigutor of that name. LABRADOR', a wild and sterile region, consisting of a vast peninsula between Hudson's Bay and the At- lantic, extending from 50° to 61° N. lai. and from 56° to 78° W. long. Its prevailingfeaturesarerock3,swamps, and mountains covered with forests. The Moravian missionaries have sev- eral settlements, which are inhabited chiefly by the Esquimaux. Lan'caster, a thriving town of Pennsylvania, United States, GO miles from Philadelphia. Pop. 12,369. Law'rence, a manufacturing town of Massachusetts, United States, situate on the Merrimac river. Pop. 8282. Le'on, a city of Central America, capital of the state of Nicaragua. Pop. 25,000.-12, 25 JN. 86, 50 VV. Leon, Lake of, a Lake of Central America, state of Nicaragua, 32 miles long and 14 mile^ broad, com* municating with Lake Nicaragua. Lex'ington, a town of Kentucky, United States, with a college ana several manufactures. Pop. 9180. Litch'fleld, a town of Connecticut, United States. Pop. 3953. Lon'don, a town of Upper Canada, on the Thames. Pop. 7035. Long I^l'and, an island of New York, United States, separated from Connecticut by Long Island Sound. It extends about 1 15 miles by 10 of average breadth. Pop. 212,6:^7. Looltout', Cape, on the coast of N. Carolina, United States, S. of Cape Hatteras.— 34, 30 N. 76, 36 W. Loret'o, the capital of Lower Cali- fornia, on the gulf of that name.'— 26. N. 110, 60 W. Louisia'na, one of the United States, bounded S. by the Gulf of Mexico, and W. by the river Sabine; it was erected hi to a state in 1812. It comprehends the Delta of the Mis- sissippi, which annually overflows a large extent of country. The soil generally is very rich, producing cotton, sugar, and rice. Area 46,431 square miles. Pop. 517,762, of whom 244,809 are slaves. Baton Rouge, situate on the Mississippi, 140 miles above New Orleans, is the capitaL Pop. 3S05. Lou'isville, the principal commer- cial town of Kentucky, United States, on the Ohio, just above the rapids. Pop. 43,194.-38, 13 N. 85, 40 W. Low'ell, a nourishing town of Mas- sachusetts, United States, at the junction of the Merrimac and the Concord, 20 miles from Boston. It is the chief seat of the cotton manu- facture. Pop. 33,3a3. MACKBNZIB RIVER, named from its discoverer in 1789, is formed by the union of the Athabasca and the Peace rivers, which have their I sources in the Rocky Mountains : I flowing northward, it passes through ; the Great Slave Lake, and falls into the Frozen Ocean, after a course estimated at 1600 miles. Maine, one of the United States, at the N. E. extremity; it was ! erected into a stitte in 1820. The soil I along the seacoast is fertile, but there I are large tracts consisting of {>wamps, and mountains covered with timber. I A great trade is carried on in ship- building and the flsheries. AreA 32,688 square miles. Pop. 083,169k NORTH ABfERICA. 311 'Oftd, con* (araguft. Kentucky, >Uege and p. 9180. tnnectteut, • er Canada, 36. d of New grated from knd Sound. es by 10 of tie coast of ates, S. of r. 76, 36 W. Lower Cali- at name- he United the Gulf of ver Sabine ; ite in 1812. I of the Mis- overflows a . The soil producing Area 46,431 52, of whom ton Rouge, ,, 140 miles the capitaL lal commer- ;y, United t above the B, 13 N. 85, own of Mas- tes, at the lac and the Boston. It )tton manu- SR, named 9, is formed labasca and I have their Mountains; sses through nd falls into it a course lited States, ty; it was HK The soil le, but there ;of fwamps, with timber, on in 8hip> srles. Areft >op. 683,160. Aogas'ta, on the Kennebec, is the ttate capital. Pop. 8825. Man'chester.a town of New Hamp- •hire, United SUtes. Pop. 13,938. narl>lehead, a seapDTt of Massa- chnsetta. United Rtates, 15 miles N. E. of Boston. Pop.6167> Margari'ta, an island in the Ca- ribbean Sea, belonging to Venezuela. Length 40 miles ; breadth from 5 to IS miles. Pop. 15,(M)U. Assump'tion is the capital. Marie-galant«', one of the French West India Islands, to the S. of Gua- deloupe. Pop. 13,H89. Martiniq'u«. or Martini'co, one of the French West India Islands, in which are three lofty mountains and several fertile valleys. Its greatest length is fiO miles, and its mean breadth about 16 miles. P. 123,701. Fort Royal is the capital. P. 7000. — 14,35 N. 61,4 VV. Ma'r>'Iand, one of the United States, situate on both sides of Che- sapeake Bay, and separat< '.im Virginia by the Potomac. . ■ x- ports iargelyiron, tobacco, un. •. , rad other agricultural products. Area 13,959 square miles. Pop. 583,034, of whom 9i),368 are slaves. An- nap'olis is the state capital. P. 4198. Massachu'setts, one of the United States. In manufactures it is rapidly rising into importance ; while in com- merce, shipping, and fidhery, it takes a decided lead of all the states. Area 7500 square miles. Pop. 994,514. Bos'ton is the capital. Massachu'setts, a bay of the United States, extending from Cape Ann on the N. to Cape Cod on the £*. Matan'zas, a fortified seaport of Cuba, with a considerable trade. P. 17,000.-23, N. 81, 40 W. May, Cape, the S. point of New Jersey, at the entrance of Delaware Bay.— 38, 56 N. 74, 46 W. Mazat'lan, a seaport of Mexico, near the entrance of the Gulf of Cali- fornia. P. 3000.-23, 12 N. 106, 22 \V. Mem'phia, a town of Tennessee, on the Mississippi. Pop. 8841. Mendoci'no, Cape, on the coast of Upper California.— 40, 29 N. 124, 32 W. Mer'ida, the capital of Yucatan, Bituateon an arid plain. P. 23,000. —20, 50 N. 89, 40 W. Mex'ico, thecapital city of Mexico, situate in the centre of an elevated plain, surrounded by lofty moun- tains, with the beautiful lake of Tcz- eneo in the viefailty. Its itrtiets and aauares are v^rv spacious, and many of its public edifices are of great ex« tent and magnificence. P. 820,000. —19, 25 N. 99, 5 W. Mex'ico, Gulf of, is a large inland sen, communicating by the Florida Channel with the Atlantic, and by the Channel of Yucatan with the Caribbean Sea, and on the other sides enclosed by the United States, Mexico, and Yucatan. It is nearly 12(Hi miles in length from E. toW. with an average breadth of 650 miles. Mi'chitmn, a large lake of the United States, 340 miles in length, with an average breadth of 60 miles, and navigable for vessels of any bur- den. It communicates with the N. W. extremity of L.ike Huron, by the Straits of Michilimakinac. Mi'chi^an.one of tlieUnited States of which the main portion is sur- rounded on three sides by Lakes Erie, St Clair, Huron, and Michigan ; it was p.dmitted intc siderable trade. Pop. 4230. Milwau'kie, a flourishing commer- cial town of W isconsin. United States, is situate on a river of the same name, near its entrance into Lake Mi- chigan. Pop. 20.061. Minnesota, erected into a territory of the United States in 1849, is situ- ate west of Wisconsin and Lake Su- perior, and north of Iowa. Area 83,0(10 square nyles. Pop. exclusive of Indians, 6(>77. Miramichi', a port and river of New Brunswick, the latter foiling into a bay of the samj name, and distinguished for the extensive forests on its banks, whence large shipments of timber are made. Ni i^sis'sippi. River. See Remarks, p. 291. Missis'sippi, one of the United States, bounded on the west by the great river of the same name, and eastward bordering on Alabama s it 312 NORTH AMERICA. was admitted Into the Union in 1817« Though liable to inundation, the soil in general is rich, producing corn, cotton, and tobacco. Area 47«151 square miles. Pop. 606,526, of vrhom 3(19,878 are slaves. Jacl<'son,on Pearl River, is the state capital. Pop. 1881. Missou'ri, River. See Rem.' ..s, p. 291. Missou'ri, one of the United States, lying on both sides of tbe Missouri , and bounded on the east by the Mis- Bissipi, which separates it from Illi- nois ; it was admitted into the Union In 1821. It possesses a fertile soil, and abounds in lead. Area 67,380 squaremiles. Pop. 682.044, of whom 87>422 are slaves. Jefferson city, on the Missouri, is the state capital. Pop. 1602. Mistas'sin, a lake of British Ame- rica, to the N. of Lower Canada. It is above 250 miles in circuit, sur- rounded by mountains, and dis- charges its waters by the Rupert into James' Bay. Mo'bile, the principal seaport of Alabama. United States, situate on the Mobile River, with a good trade. Pop. 20,515.-30, 45 N. 88, 25 W. Monte'go Bay, a seaport of Ja- maica, on the N.W. side of the island. Pop. 8000.— 18, 29 N. 77, 56 W. Mon'terey, a city of Mexico, ca- pital of the province of New Leon, on the Fernando. Pop. 12,000.— A seai>ort of Upper California, on Monterey Bay. Pop. 1092. Montreal', a city of Lower Canada, situate on the S. E. side of the island of Montreal, which is formed by the confluence of the St Lawrence and the Ottawa. It is the centre of the fur-trade and commerce between Ca- nada and the United States. Ves- sels of 600 tons come up to Montreal, which is 160 miles above Quebec. Pop. 57,715.-45, 31 N. 73, 35 W. Montserrat', a British West India Island, 12 miles long and 7 broad. Pop. 7053. Plym'outh is the capital. Pop. 600. Mosqui'tia or Mosquito Territory, a maritime district of Central Amer- ica, extending along the coast, from CapeHonduras to the river Snn Juan. The government is a native mon- archy. Grey Town,at the mouth of the San Juan, is the chief town. Mountplcas'ant, a town of New York, situate on the Hudson, re- markable as containing the state pris- on of Sing-sing, armngcd for the re- formation of criminals. Pop. 3323. NAIN, a town on the coast of Labrador, where there is a Moravian settlement. Nantuck'et, a toTm of Massachu-' setts. United States, on an island <^ the same name, 16 miles in length, with an average of 4 in breadth. It is a great seat of the southern whale- fishery. Pop. 8452.-41 , 17 N. 70, 8VV. Nassau. See Bahamas. Natch'ez, an important town of Mississippi, United States, situnteon the river of that name, with a thriv- ing trade. Pop. 4434. Nebras'ka, a territory of the Unit- ed States, W. of the Missouri. Nel'son, a river of British Ame- rica, which issues from Lake Win- nipeg, arid falls into Hudson's Bay near York Fort. Ne'vis, a British West India Island, 7 miles long and 6 broad, separated from St Christopher by a narrow channel. Pop. 10,200. Charles'tcwn is the capital. New Al'bany, a town of Indiana, United States, on the Ohio, carries on a considerable trade. Pop. 9895. New Archan'gel, the capital of Russian America, in Sitka Island, on the N. W. coast. Pop. 1000. New'ark, the principal town of New Jersey, United States, beauti- fully situate at the head of a bay, 9 miles from New York. It has ex- tensive manufactures. Pop. 38,894. —40,45 N. 74 lO^V. New Bed'ford, a seaport of Mas- sachusetts, U. 8., from which the whale-fishery is carried on. P. 16,443. Newbern', a town of Nofth Caro- lina, United States, carries on a con- siderable trade. Pop. 4681. New Bruns'wick, a large province of British America, to the N. W. of Nova Scotia, and E. of the United States. The greater part is covered with forests, intersected by numer- ous rivers and lakes. Extent 26,000 square miles. Pop. 211,473. New Bruns'wick, a town of New Jersey, United States, on the Rari- tan. Pop. 10,019. New'buryport, a flourishing sea- port of Massachusetts, United States, near the mouth of the Merrimac, over which is an iron suspension bridge 244 feet long. Pop. 9572. Newfound'land, a large island si- tuate near the entrance of the Gulf of St Lawrence, and 'separated from ^mmtt ii m m^ NORTH AMEHICA. 313 the coast of Labrador by tho Straits of Bellelsle. Dense (cg6 render the cli- mate narticnlarly n:i pleasant. New- fbundland is chicdy valuable for the great cod-flsbory on its banks and along its shores. Extent 36,000 square miles. Pop. about I06,U00. New Hamp'shire, one of the United States, bounded E. by Maine, and W. by the river Connecticut, which separates it fromVermont. Although ];')rincipally devoted to agriculture, its trade, manufactures, and fishery are considerable. Area 9411 square miles. Pop. 317,976. Con'cord, on the Mer- r:mi.c, is the state capital. P. (J576. Newhav'en, a seaport, and with Hartford tho joint state capital of Connecticut, United States, s^ituate on an inlet of Long Island Sound. It contains Yale College, a flourish- ing seminary, and has a good trade. Pop. 20,345.-41, 18 N. 72, 67 W.. I^ew Jer'sey, one of the United States, bounded on the E. by the Atlantic, and on the other sides by New York, Pennsylvania, and Dela- ware. The soil is various, but it pos- sesses thriving manufactures. Area 8320 square miles. Pop. 489,555, of whom 236 are slaves. Tren'ton, on the Delaware, is the state capital. P.6461. New Lon'don, a town of Connecti- cut, United States, on the Thames, with considerable trade. Pop. 8991. — 41,22N. 72, 6 W. New Mex'ico, formerly belonging to Mexico, but erected mto a terri- tory of the United States in 1850 ; bounded on the VV. by the Rio del Norte, which separates it from Up- per California, and on the E. by the state of Texas. Pop. 61,547. San'ta Fe' is the capital. Pop. 7713. New Or'leans, a city of Louisiana, United States, situate on the Missis- sippi, about 105 miles from its mouth. It has an extensive foreign trade, with a great command of internal navigation. It is built on low marshy ground, and is very un- healthy. Pop. 116,376.-29, 67 N. 90, 6 W. New'port, a seaport in Rhode Island, United States, with a fine harbour and considerable trade. Pop. 9563.— 41, SON. 71, low. New Prov'idence. See Bahamas. ■ New Santan'der, a city of Mexico, capital of the state of Taraaulipas, on the Santander. New York, the most populous and most important of the United Stat98, bounded N. and W. by the St Law- rence and Lakes OUtario and Erie ; S. by Pennsylvania and New Jersey. Its aspect and soil are equally vari- ous. Possessing a great extent of inland navigation, its trade and manufactures are in a flourishing state. Area46,085 square miles. Pop. 3,097,394. Al'bany is the state ca- pital. Pop. 60,763. New York, the commercial capital of the United States, situate on the S. extremitv of Manhattan Island, at the mouth of the Hudson. Many of its public buildings are elegant, and it Is distinguished T>y numerous benevolent and literary institutions. Its admirable situation and excellent harbour have rendered New York the greatest emporium of the New World. P..515,547.— 40,42 N.74,1 W. Niag'ara, River, issues from Lake Erie, and falls into Lake Ontario, Its course is only 35 miles, but it varies from half a mile to a mile and a half in breadth. Its falls are pecu- liarly stupendous, their magnificence consisting in the volume of water precipitated, which has been com- f)utecl at lui) millions of tous per lOur. That on the Canadian side is the Great, or, as it is called from its forming a crescent, the Horse-shoe Fall, where the breadth of the stream is 2100 feet, and it is precipitated over a height of 150 feet. The other on the United States side, is 1140 feet wide and 162 feet high. A cable suspension bridge 800 feet span, and at an eleva- tion of 23 feet, has been erected on the river a little above the cataract. Niag'ara, a town of New York, United States, defended by a fort. It is 15 miles N. from the falls of Niagara. Pop. 1951. Nicarag'ua, a state of Central America, between the states of San Salvador and Honduras on the W. , and that of Costa Rica on the E. Area 31 ,050 square miles. P. 396, COO. Le'on is the capital. P. 25,000. Nicarag'ua, a town of Central America, on the S. W. shore of the lake of the same name. P. 15,000. — 11, 28N.85, 47W. Nicarag'ua, Lake. See Remarks, p. 298. Noofka Sound, a bay of the Pa- cific, on Vancouver Island. Nor'folk, a seaport of Virginia, United States, on Elizabeth Riv.r. Its trade Is considerable. P. 14,32d\ —36, 65 N. 76, 18 W. 3t4 NORTH AMERICA^ Nor'wleh, » town of Conneetioat, United BtatesAwith considerable nuuiubctureg. Top. 10,265i No'va Sco'tia, a province nf Brlt- bh America. «ornected with New Brunewiclc by a narrow isthmuo, 16 miles across, and separated from Cape Breton Island by the Out of Canso. Althuiiffh the soil is in {feneral sterile, there are n^any fe/^ lie districts. It contains rich mir of coal and iron. A great pavt the country is covered with iore.>i^^ Interspersed with lakes. Fish, coal., and timber are the chief articles of export Extent 15,617 square miles. Pop. 221, 33». OAX'ACA, a city of Mexico, ^pital of the state of the same name, on the Rio Verde. It is a place of considerahfe trade. Pop. 25,000.-17. 8 N. 97, 16 W. Olii'o, one of the United States, between Pennsylvania and Indiana, bounded on the S. by the gre&t river of the same name, is in beauty, fer- tility, and climate, one of the finest states of the Union, into which it was admitted in 1802. It is watered by several navigable streams, and oflTers so many advantages, that it has risen with remarkable rapidity. Area .39.964 square miles. Pop. l,9UO,329. Columbus is the state capitaL. Pop. 17.B82. Ohi'o, an important river of the United States, is formed by the union of the Alleghany and Mon- ongahela at Pittsburg., and, after a south-westerly course of 1033 miles. Joins the Mississippi 160 miles bi low the Missouri. Onta'rio, the most easterly of the Great American Lakes, is 172 miles in length by 50 in breadth, and is of great depth. It receives the waters ofLake Erie by the Niagara, and uischarges them by the 6t Lawrence. 8team>vessels are constantly plying between the British and American sides. The country along its shores is rich and well wooded. Oonalash'ka. See Aleutian Islands. Or'egon, one of the recently or- sanired territories of the United States, is situate between the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean. Area 341 ,463 square miles. P. 1 3,294. Oriza'ha, a town of Mexico, pro- yince of Vera Cruz, near whicn is the Peak of Orizaba, a volcanic mountain 17^373 feet high. Pop. 15,500.-18, 25 N. 96, 36 W. Ot'tawa, a river of British Amtp rica : it forms tlie principal bound* ary between Upper and Lower Can- ada, and enters the St Lawrenot above the island of Montreal, after a course of 450 miles, in which an numerous rapids and islands. Oziurk' Mountains. See Remarks, p. 291. PARRY or N. Georgian Islands, a group in the Arctic Ocean, to the V/. of Barrow's Strait, discovered hi 1UI9-20. Pascua'ro, a town of Mexico, province of Mechoacun, beautifully situate near the E. shore of the lidie of the same name. Pop. 6000. Pat'erson, a town of New Jersey, United States, 14 miles from New York ; it has great cotton manufac- tures. Pop. 11,334. Pennsylva'nia, one of the United States, and, next to New York, the i.iOst important in the Union, is bounded N. by New York, and E. by the Delaware, which divides it from New Jersey. With a soil gen- erally rich, it abounds in cool and iron, while its trade and manufac- tures are extensive and flourinbing. Area44,0(K) sq. miles. P. 2,311,786. Har'risburg, on the Susquehannah, is the state capital. Pop. 7ai4. Penob'hcot, a river of Maine, United States, which flows into Penobscot Bay. Pensaco'la, a seaport of Florida, United States, on a bav of the Gulf of Mexico. Pop. 2164.'— 30, 24 N. 87, 12 W. Pe'tersbnrg, a thriving town of Virginia, United States, on the Ap- pomatox. Pop. 14,010.-37, 13 N. 77, 20 W. Philaderphia, the principal city of Pennsylvania, United States, situate on the Delaware, near its junction with the Schuylkill, 120 miles from the Atlantic. Besides a flourishing university, it contains Various liter- ary and scientific establishments. In extent of shipping, Philadelphia ranks next to New York and Boston. Pop, 340,045.— a9, 57 N. 75, 10 W. Pictou', a seaport of Nova Scotia, on its north coast, with a safe and capacious harbour. Its trade in timber, coal, and fish has rapidly increased. Pop. 4500. Pitts'burg, a flourishing town of Pennsylvania, United States, situate at the point wliere the Alleghany and Monongahela unite ip-JTorailiic.. i NORTH AMKRICA . 315 th« Ohio. Its nnmerouB maniifac* ttires. particulnrly its iron worka, are very extensive. Pop. 46,601.— 40, £8 N. 80, W. Platte, a river of the United States, has its source near that of the Arltansas, and, flowing east- ward. Joins the Missouri after a course of 6 illium's Sound, a gulf of the Pacific, on the N. W« coast, so named by Cook in 1778. Piov'idence, a flourishing seaport, the capital of Rhode Island, United ^tates, situate on both sides of the river of the same name. Pop. 41,513. —41, SON. 71,22 VV. Pueb'la, a city of Mexico, capital of the state of the s.ime name. Its churches are very jsplendid, and it lias flourishing manufactures. Pop. 60,(KH).— 19, 3 N. m, 4 VV. Puer'to Prin'cipfi, a town of Cuba, the capital of iche v"^ -al province of the island. Pop. - ,oOU.— 21, 14 N. 77 30 w. Quebec, a city of Lower Ca- nada, on the north bank of the St Itawrence, about 400 miles from its mouth, and the capital (f the United Province. It is very strongly forti- fled, and possesses an extensive trade. In 1 759 it was taken from the French by the British under General VV olfe, who fell in the engagement. Pop. 42,000.-46, 49 N. 71, 13 W. Queen Charlotte's Island, a British island on the N. W. coast, about 150 miles in length, and 60 miles broad. It is hilly and well wooded. Quereta'ro, a city of Mexico, capi- tal of the state of the same name, noted for the beauty of its edifices and its manufactures of woollen cloth. Pop. 30,000.-20, 36, N. IW, 10 w, RAY, CAPE, the S. W. extre- mity of Newfoundland.— 47, 30 N. 59, 30 W. Kead'ing, a town of Pennsylvania, United States, on the Schuylkill, with considerable trade and manu- factures. Pop. 15,743. Red River or Ri'o Rox'o, rises near the Rocky Mountains, in New Mexico, and, after a S. E. course of I500miles,joinstheMiHsiS8ippiabOUt 240 miles above New Orleans. 316 NORTH AMERICA. RAode Island, one of the United States, the Bmallest in the Union, iMtween Connecticut and Massa- chusetts. It is celebrated for its orchards and dairy' produce. Area 13408q. miles. P. 147,545. Providence Is the state capital. Pop. 41,.'iI3. Rich'uiond, the capital of Vir- gnia. United States, on James' iver, about 150 miles from its mouth. It is flourishing and opulent, and its situation is highly picturesque. Pop. 27,570.-37, 32 N. 77. 23 W. Rideau (Rido') Canal, in Upper Canada,extending From Kingston, on Lake Ontario, to the Ottawa, a dis- tance of 132 miles, has been executed by the British government, at an ex- pense of above £1,000,000 sterling. Ri'o Cplora'do, a river of Upper California, rises in the Rocky Moun- tains, and, after a S. W. course of 700 miles, falls into the Gulf of California. — A river of Texas, also rises in the Rocky Mountains, and flows into the Gulf of Mexico. Ri'o (Grande) del Norte, a river which rise.« in the Rocky Mountains, and, flowing S. E. forms the boun- dary l>etween Mexico and Texas, and falls into the Gulf of Mexico. Roch'ester, a flourishing city of New York, United States, on the Erie Canal, at the falls of tho Genesee, with a great trade in wheat and flour. Pop. 35,403.-43, 8 N. 77, 61 W. Hock'y Mountains. Fee Remarks, p. 291. Russian America. See p. 289. SA'BA, a Dutch West India island, N. W. of St Eustatius. Pop. 1617. Sa'ble Cape, the S. W. point of Nova Scotia.— 43, 24 N. 66, 3 W. See Tancha Point or Cape Sable. Sa'ble, a small and barren island in the Atlantic, about 85 miles S. E. of Cape Canso, in Nova Scotia, ex- tremely dangerous to mariners.— 43, 69 N. 69, 48 W. Sacramen'to, a town of the state of California. Pop. 10,000. Sack'ett's Harboui^ a town of New York, United States, on the shore of Lake Ontario, strongly fortified. —43, 66 N. 76, 30 W. St Au'giistine, a seaport of Flo- rida. Pop. 19.34.— 29, 51 N. 81, 30 W. St BartlJolomew, one of the West India Islands, belonging to Sweden, 24 miles in circuit. P. 10,000. Ous- ta'via is the capitaL 8t CAris'tqpher or St Kittt, onenf the British West India Islands, 72 miles in circuit. Principal exports, sugar, molas:»c>« and rum. Pop. 23,177« Basse-teue' is the capital. Pop. 6000.— 17. 17 N. 62, 48 W. Mt Croijr', a river which separates New Brunswick from the United States. St Domin'go, Island of. See Hayti. St Domin'go, a fortified seaport of theaboYjg island, capital of the east- ern division, on its S. E. coast. Pop. 15,000.-18, 29 N. 69, 69 W. St Eli'as, a lofty mountain on the N. W. coast, rising to the height of 17,900 feet above tlie level of the sea. St Eusta'tius, one cT the Dutch West India Islands, N. W. of St Christopher. Pop. 10,000. St Eus- ta'tius is the capital. Pop. 6000. St John, one of the Danish West India Islands, 12 miles in circuit. Pop. 2600. St John, the principal seaport of New Brunswick, on the Bay of Fundy, at the mouth of the river St John, which has a course of nearly 600 miles Pop. 21,000.-45, 15 N. 66, 3 W. St John, the chief town of New- foundland, on the S. E. coast. It is strongly fortified, and lias a great trade in the cod -fishery. Pop. about 27,000.-47, 33 N. 52, 44 W. St Kitts. See St Christopher. St Law'rence, River. See Re- marks, p. 286. St Law'rence, Gulf of, a large bay of the Atlantic, the principal entrance to which, from the ocean, is between Cape Breton and New- foundland. It receives the waters of the St Lawrence. St Lou'is, the principal town of Missouri, United States, situate on the Mississippi, 18 miles below the influx of the Missouri, and 1130 miles from New Orleans. It is th& centre of a considerable trade. Pop. 77,860.-38, 36 N. 89, 36 W. i^t Lu'eas, a cape of Mexico, the southern extremity of Lower Cali- fornia.— 22, 62 N. 109, 60 W. St Lu'cia, one of the British West India Islands, between Martinique and 6t Vincent, 32 miles long and 12 broad. Pop. 24,318. Cas'triesis the capital. Pop. 3300. St Mar'tin, one of the West India Islands, the N. part l)elonging to the French.and the S. part to the Dutch. NORTH AMERICA. 317 tta, onenf ilancU* 7S I exports, im. Pop. e capital. 8 W. Mparates e united of. Sec seaport of r the east- oast. Pop. v. \\n on the ) height of of the sea. :he Dutch W. of St . St Eus- ). 6U00. inish West in circuit. seaport o! e Bay of tie river St 9 of nearly -45, 15 N. n of New- )ast. It is 18 a great Pop. about V. ■.. topher. f. t aee Re- f, a large 9 principal the ocean, and New- le waters of al town of situate on below the and 1130 It is tb» ade. Pop. W. ^Iexico, the (ower Cali- W. ifitish West Martinique )S long and Cas'trieais West India ngingto the theDutch. It is 44 miles in circuit Pop. 6530. St Peter's, a river of the United States, flows into the Mississippi a few miles below the Falls of St An- thony. St Pierre*, the principal commer- cial town and seaport of Martinique, nest Indies. Pop. 30,000.-14, 45 N. 61,24 W. St Sal'vador or Guanaha'ni Island. Sec Bahamas. St Sal'vador, the capital of the state of the same name, Central America, has a great trade in indigo. Pop. 20,000.-13, 47 N. 08, 4? vv. St TAom'as, one of the Virgin Islands, belonging to Denmark, 25 miles in circuit. Pop. 12,800. St Thomas is the capital. Pop. 4000. St Vin'cent, one of tlie lJrlti«h West India Islands, 18 miles long and 1 1 broad. It is very mountain- ous, with fertile intermediate valleys. Chief exports, sugar, rum, and mo- lasses. Pop. 32,000. Kings'ton is the capital. Pop. 7000.-13, 12 N. 61, 16 VV. Saintes, three small French West India Inlands, between Guadeloupe and Dominica. Pop. 1160. Sa'lem, a flourishing seaport ofi Massachusetts, United States. Pop. 20,264.-42, 31 N. 70, 54 W. j Saltil'lo, a city of Mexico, capital of the state of Cohahuila. P. 12,000. Salt Lake City, a Mormon city and settlement in Utah Territory, United States. Pop. 50,000. Sal'vador, a state of Central Ame- rica, between the states of Guate- mala and Nicaragua. Area 6^20 square miles. Pop. 365,001). San Sal'vador is the capital. San Bias, a seaport of Mexico, state of Xalisco, on the Paciiic, at tlie mouth of the Santiago. Pop. 3000.— 21 , 32 N. 105, 16 W. j San Francis'co, a seaport of Upper California, on an extensive bay. Pop. 60,000.-37, 47 N. 122, 24 W. San Jo'sd, a city of Central Ame- rica, capital of the state of Costa llica, with considerable trade. Pop. ' 31,000. Also a town of the state of California. San Ju'an, See Porto Hico. San Ju'an, a rivei of Central Ame- rica, forming the outlet ol' the waters of the Lake of Nicaragua into the Caribbean Sea at Port San Juan. San Lu'isPoto'si, a city of Mexico, ' capital of the state of the same name. Pop. 16,000.-22, 2 N. 100, 40 W. San'dv-Hook, a sandy beach or peninsula of New Jersey, United Ctates, 7 miles S. W. of Long Island. San'ta Cruz or St Croix (Croaw'), one of the Virgin Islands, W. Indies, belonging to Denmark, 20 miles long and 6 broad. Pop. 42,0 Union In 1706. It ranks amonfir tiie most fertile states, and Is diatinguiHhed for pictiireHqiie scenery. Area 4S,322 square inilea. Pop. 1,(H»2,717, of whom 2.19.4S9 are slaves. Nash'ville, on the Cum- berland River, is the state capital. Pop. 10,165. Ten'nessce, a river of the United States, is formed by the union of the Holston and the Clinch, near Knox- ville, and, after a circuitous course, Joins the Ohio flO miles above its con- fluence witl) the Mississippi. Tep'ic, a town of Mexico, state of Xalisco, on the summit of a moun- tain. Pop. 7fl<'0. Tex'as, formerly a province of Mexico, and independent from 1R36 to 1845, when it was annexed to the United States, and admitted into the Union. It is bounded on the W. bv the llio Grande del Norte, which separates it from Mexico. Area 223,000 square miles. Pop. 212.502, of whom 58.161 are slaves. Texas consists chiefly of vast prairies, with a fertile soil, and yields in abundance cotton, tobacco, sugar, rice, wheat, and timber. Aus'tin, on the llio Colorado, is the state capital. Texcu'co, a city of Mexico, on a plain E. of the lake of the same name. Pop. 5000. Three Riv'ers, a town of Lower Canada, situate at the confluence of the St Maurice and the St Lawrence. Pop. 6000. Tlascal'a, a town of Mexico, in the state of Puebla, once a populous and important city. Pop. 4000. Toba'go, a British West India Island, N. E. of Trinidad, 28 miles long and 7 broad. It is flnely diver- •ifled by liills and valleys, but is very unhealthy. P. 14,.378. Scar'borough is the capital. Pop. 3000. Toron'to, the largest city of Upper Canada, situate near the head of Lake Ontario, 184 miles above King- ston, with an excellent harbour. P. 46,000l-43, 39 N. 79, 36 W. Trinidad', next to Jamaica, Is the Iargc«t of the British West India Islands, being 50 miles long by 34 miles broad. It is separated from the continent of S. America by Uie Oulf of Paria, and is equally distinguished for its uncommon fertility, beau- tiful scenery, and magnifleent for> ests. Exports, sugar, molasses, and cocoi. Pop. 68.600. Port of Spain, on tlie west coast, is the capital. P. 12.000.— 10, 38 N. 61, 32 W. Trinidad', a seaport of Cuba, on the S. coast of the island. P. 13,000.— 21. 40 N. 80, 21 VV. Troy, a flourishing town of New York, United States, on the Hud- son. 6 miles above Albany. Pop. 28.785.— 4-2, 44 N. 73, 40 W. Truxil'lo, a seaport of Central America, state of Honduras. Pop* 4000.-15, 52 N. 85, 50 W. Tuscaloo'sa, a tuwii of the United States, once the capital of Alabama. U'T A 1 1 , erected into a territory of the United States in 1850, is situate between New Mexico and Oregon. Area l87,923Bquare miles. P. 11,380, of whom 26 are slaves. U'tica, a flourishing town of New York. United States, on the Mo- hawk, where the Erie Canal Joins that river. P. 17.565.— 43, 6 N. 75, 21 W. VAL'LADOLID ,a city of Mexico, capital of the state of Mechoacan. Pop. 18,000.— A city of Yucatan. P. with suburbs 15,000. I Vancouv'er,ani8landontheN.W. coast, belonging to tlie Hudson's Bay Company. It is about 300 miles long ; and 75 broad, covered with immense woods. Estimated area 16,000 square miles. Pop. 11,463. I Ve'ra Cruz, the principal seaport of Mexico, in the state of the same name. It is situate on the Oulf of Mexico, and is defended by the strong ! castle of San Juan de Ulloa. Pop. 6500.-19, 12 N. 96, 8 W. Ver mont , one of the UnitedStates, j bounded on the west by New York, ; and on the east by the Connecticut, . which separates it from New Hamp- I shire ; it was admitted Juto the Union in 1791. The centre is traversed by parallel ranges of the Green Moun- tains, which enclose many fertila j valleys. It carries on a very activi» I commerce bjr Lake Champlain. Art* irirgifi Isles, J t to Great ind 4 broad. the capital. nalca, li th« Wett India 1 lonur by 34 ted from the by the Oulf listinguiahed tility, benu- niflcent for- olasset, and ort of Spain, capital. P. Cuba, on the P. I3,0(K).— own of New n the Hud* bany. Pop. >W. of Central iuros. Pop. W. r the United 1 of Alabama, i territory of W, is situate Mid Oregon. B. P. 11,380, town of New on the Mo- nal joins that f . 7«, 21 W. y of Mexico, Mechoacan. Ifucatan. P. mtheN.W. udson's Bay )0 miles long th immense S,000 square ipal seaport of the same the Oulf of ly the strong riloa. Pop. ■ nitedStates, New York, onnecticut, ifew Hamp- o the Union rayersed by recn Moun- ,ny fertile very active •' » *<>'<>j»i(> w I •^^' '■'^-"C "if ' "*■• 1^.^ Venezudk. .. Caraocas, La Quayra, Maracaybo, Cumaiut. nmiaiiBjsu bst oi.Tvmi fc noi nr «tai V£it|:r •*•& >i pnni^ciBi:!) isr o'ltvttc fcnoro. 1^11111 niTHOflL. iM P!iW»i!iiWiri -'J 'i ip.i i >'.iiPiiJWJi i .ig^ -rmmem^fTSiS^m^^iiS^ \ KORTH AMERICA. 319 10.912 tq. mU«9. P 314,120. Mont- peHer b the state capital. P. 2310. ▼il'la del Fuertd, a city of Mexico, capital of Sinaloa state. P. Sim. Villa Hermo'sa, a city of Mexico, capital of Tabasco state. Fop. 8(HN). Vincennef', a town of Indiana, on the Wabash. P. 207Q. Yirgin'ia, one of the United States, the largest and most powerful of all the southern states, is traversed by successive ranges ol the Alleghanies. Although the soil is various, it is highly favourable for agriculture. Tobacco, wlieat, and maise, are its great staples. Area 64,000 square mifes. Pop. 1,421,661, of whom 472,528 are slaves. Richmond is the capital. Pop. i7>570. vir'gin Isles, a numerous group in the West Indies, to tlie E. of Purto Rico, belonging to the Britisli and Danes. P. 52,0(K). Those in tlie pos- session of Britain are Tortola, Virgin Gorda, Anegada, &c. Pup. fVAW. WA'BASH, a river of tlie United States, rises on the W. border of Ohio, separates In^ana from Illinois, and joms theOhtb, 100 miles above itscon- fluence with the Mississippi. War'iciclc, a town of Rhode Island, at the head of Narraganset Bay, with cotton manufactures. Pop. 7740. Waslt'ington, the capital of the United States, situate in tlie district of Columbia, on the Potomac, about 120 miles from its junction with Che- sapealie Bay. Jt is supported en- tirely by being the seat or Congress. Pop.4O,001.--38, fa N. 77, J W.— Also a territory of the United States, N. of Oregon. Welland Canal, in Upper Canada, 42 miles long, connects Lake Erie and Laice Ontario. Wheel'ing u town of Virginia, United State8,on the Ohio. P. 11,435. Williams'burg, a town of New York, UnitedStates, situate onLong Island. Pop. 30,7iiO. Wirmingtnn, the principal town of D^ware, United States, with flour- ishing trade and manufactures. .P. 13,979. A thrivingseaport of N. Caro- Una, on Cape Fear River. P. 7184. Win'nipeg, a large lake of British America, N. W. of Lake Superior. Length 240 miles, a:id greatest breadth 55 miles. It receives several large rivers, and discharges its wa- ters into H udson's Bay , by the Nelson and the Severn. WisconVin, one of tho United States, on the east of the Mississippi, lying north of Illinois and west of Michigan ; it was admitted into the Union in 1847. The soil is fertile, and it abounds in valuable minerals. Area 53,924 square miles. P. 305,^1. Mad'ison is tlie state capital. P. 1871. XALAPA (Jal'apa), acity of Mex- ico, capital of the statu of Ver i Cruz. .Pop. 13.()0(» —19, 40 N. m, 50 W. YARMOUTH, a thrivingseaport of Nova Scotia, on the west coast. Pop. 450().-43, 50 N. 66, 6 W. \ork Fort, the most important station or factory of the Uudson'a Bay Company, on the W. shore of Hudson's Bay, nearthemuuthof tlie Nelson — 57, N. 92, 26 W. Yu'catan, a peninsula of Central America, projecting 360 miles from the continent between tlie Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea, and separated from the island of Cuba by a channel 120 miles broad. It is washed on the S.W. by the Gulf of Campeachy, and on the S. E. by the Gulf of Honduras, in which is a British settlement. Yucatan, until 1846, formed a province of Mexico, since which it has been independent. Ar*a5(),0i)()8quare miles. P. 681,000. ZACATE'CAS, a city of Mexico, capital of Zacatecas, surrounded by rich silver mines. Pop. 28,0U0. — ^22. 46 N. 1(«, 33 W. Zanes'villu, a manufacturing town of Ohio, United States. Pop. 7929. SOUTH AMERICA Is bounded N. by the Caribbean Sea ; W. by the Pacific Ocean ; S. by the Southern Ocean ; E. by the Atlantic Ocean. The superficial area has been estimated at 6,500,000 square miles, and its population at 15,000,000. Divulons. Chief Towns. New Oranada Bogota, Popayan, Panama, Cartagena, Yenerada Cantccas, La Guayra, Maracaybo, CnmaDA. 320 SOUTH AMERICA. Divisions* Chief Towns. ^ , Ecuador Quito, Guayaquil, Cuenca. Guiana George Town, Paramaribo, Cayenne. Brazil Rio Janeibo, Bahia, Pemambuco, Maranham, Para, San Paulo. Peru Lima, Callao, Cuzco, Giiamanga, Are- quipa, Puno, Truxillo. Bolivia Chuquisaca, La Paz, Potosi, Cocha- bamba. Paraguay Assumption. La Plata Buenos Ayres, Cordova, Mendoza, Tucuman. Uruguay or Banda OrientalMoNTE Video. Chili Santiago, Valparaiso, Coquim*^? Patagonia , Port St Julian. Capes. — St-Roque, Frio, St Maria, St Antonio, Horn. Gulfs, Bays, and Straits. — Gulf of Paria, Gulf of Maracaybo, Gulf of Darien, Bay of Panama, Gulf of Guayaquil, Bay of All Saints, Straits of Magellan, Straits of Le Maire. Isthmus. — Panama or Darien. Mountains. — Andes or Cordilleras, Parim^ Moim- tains, Moimtains of Brazil. LAKES.-^Maracaybo, Titieaca. Rivers. — Amazon or Maranon, La Plata, Orinoco, Magdalena, Essequibo, Para or Tocantins, San Francisco, Colorado, Madeira, Rio Negro, Paraguay, Parana, Uru- guay. Islands. — Margarita, Pearl Islands, Galapagos Islands, Marajo or Joannes, Juan Fernandez, Chilo^, Tierra del Fuego, Staten Island, Falkland Islands, South Georgia, Soutli Orkney, South Shetland. REMARKS. South America extends from 12 20' N. to 56° B. lat., and from 35* to 83* W. long. Length from N. to S. ibout 4700 miles ; and greatest breadth from E. to W. 3200 miles. In no part of the world are the features of nature so bold and marked as in South America. Its mountains, its rivers, and elevated plains, are on a scale of imusual magnificence. The gigantic Andes form the longest unbroken range of lofty summits on the globe. They extend above 4000 imles, from the Straits of Magellan to the Isthmus of Panama, and con> sist of parallel clmns or insulated mountains, rising £Etr above the region Of ^rpetual snow, and enclosing table-lands whose general elevation id 6000 feet above the levt^l of the ocean. S013TH AMERICA. 821 Cotopaxi, one of the loftiest, and the most dreaded of all the Tolcanoes of the Andes, is described by Humboldt as a per- fect cone, which, covered to an enormous depth with snow, shines with a dazzling splendour at sunset against the azure vault of heaven. Stul farther to the east rises another pla- teau, inferior in elevation and extent to the western taole- land. Chimborazo, whose summit is 21,440 feet above the level of the sea, was at one time supposed to be the loftiest of the Andes ; but it would appear that the peaks of Acon- cagua 23,910, Sahama 22,350, Farinacota 22,030, Gualateiri 21,960, and Pomarape 21,700 feet, are the highest in Ame- rica. The mountains and plateaus of Tibet may vie in elevation with those of Bouth America ; but in the magnitude of its streams the latter is altogether unrivalled. The Cordilleras contain the sources of the two greatest rivers in the world. Of these the Amazon, called likewise the Maranon, which is navigable for above 2000 miles, holds the first rank. It is composed of the united waters of the Ucayale and Tungura- gua; and is swelled in its coiurse hy numerous affluents, which are in themselves majestic rivers. It roUs nearly eastward through a space of about 4000 miles, expanding, before it reaches the Atlantic, under the equator, into an estuary 180 miles wide. So great is the force of its current, that it repels the waters of the ocean, and forces itself, pure and unmixed, upwards of 200 miles into the sea. The tide, on the other hand, is perceptible at Obidos, 400 mile« from its mouth. The second in magnitude is the La Plate , formed by the union of several large streams, of which the most im- portant are the Parana and the Paraguay. At Buenos Ayres, 200 miles from its mouth, this river is about 30 miles broad ; and after a southerly course of nearly 2350 miles, pom's its waters into the Atlantic by a magnificent estuary, 150 miles wide. Next, though much inferior to these, is the Orinoco, which issues from a small lake in the Parimd Mountains, and after winding round tliem, pursues a northerly direction. It is increased by many important streams, when, bending east- ward, it rolls along with great force and rapidity, until it enters the Atlantic to the south of Trinidad, by^ about fifty channels, and after a course of 1480 miles. It is navigable for about 1000 miles from its mouth, and in an early part of its course forms a remarkable communication by the Cassi- qumri with the Ria Negro, a tributary of the Amazon. In South America the climate varies with the elevation no less than with the latitude. Under the equator the inferior limit of perpetual snow is at the height of 15,800 feet, — and this boundary is invariably and stron gly defined. The climate 2L mmsmmum ;I22 SOUTH AM£B1CA. and vegetable productions of different regions of the globe are found in regular succession, as the traveller ascends from the levd of tlie ocean to the summit of the Andes. Betireen tlie toopics, cassava, cocoa, maize, plantains, indigo, sugar, cotton, and coffee, are cultivated from the level of the sea to the height of from 3000 to 5000 feet. There, too, cranes, pine-apples, and the most delicious fruits, , -row luxuriantly. Extreme fertility is the general char^ter of the soil in South America, and its magnificent rivtrs ^rnd internal re- sources seem to mark it out as destined o oecome the most important part of the globe. Under the thraldom of the old governments of Spain and Portugal, the colonists seemed scarcely aware of the advantages of their situation. Even now that they have succeeded in throwing off the yoke, and ostablisfaing a free government, the violent contests among themselves have prevented them from reaping the expected advantages. South America is rich in mineral produce. Gold is found- in New Granada, Peru, Chili, La Plata, and Brazil; and diamonds have been for some time a part of the Brazilian ex- ports. The silver-mines in Peru are very rich, and in Chili these are mines of silver, lead, and sulphur ; those of copper are still more abundant. There are mines of iron, sulphur, antimony, tin, lead, copper, and quicksilver, in Brazil; but the pursuit of the precious metals appears to have diverted attention from other mining speculations. America also sends to Europe pearls and precious stones. Of this vast continent, Spain, before the late revolutions, possessed New Granada and the Caraccas, Peru, Chili, and Paraguay, which are now independent countries; Brazil belonged to the Portuguese; Guiana now belongs to the British, Dutch, and French ; Patagonia is occupied by native tribes. Of her former extensive possessions in South Ame- rica, Spain retains not a single spot. Her oppression, long endured with servile patience, at last provoked her subjects to rebellion, and several important republics have been founded on the ruins of the old government. EXERmSES. "What are the boundaries of Sc ith America? What is its ex- tent in square miles ? What is the estimated amount of its popu- lation ? Name its divisions. What are the chief towns of New Granada? of Venezuela? of Ecuador? of Guiana? of Brazil? of Peru? of Bolivia? of Paraguay? of La Plata? of ChiH? What are the principal capes of South America? What are its golft, bays, and straits ? Mention its isthmus. Name its moun- tains, lakes, rivers, and islands. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude does South SOUTH AMERICA. 32a gkibe, g fraoi ttwecn •ugar, sea to ranges, antly . soil in nal Te- LO most the old seemed Even >ke, and among jxpected IS found zil; and ilian ex- in Chili ►f cooper S'llpntir, stzil; but diverted rica also rohitions, Hli, and Brazil PS to the by native ith Ame- don, long subjects founded is its ex- ►f its popu- as of New of Brazfl? of ChiU? hat are its its moun- loea South America extend? What are its length and breadth? Of what ohanoter are its features? Describe the Andes. What is their extent ? What is the height of the table-lands ? Describe Coto- paxi. What are the respective heights of Chimborazo and Acon- cagua? In what circumstance is South America unrivalled? Which is the greatest of its rivera:? Of what streams is it com- posed ? What is the length of its' course, and its width before reaching the Atlantic ? How far'does it penetrate pure and un- mixed into the ocean ? How far from its mouth is the influence of the tide distinctly felt ? What is the next river in magnitude V What are the most important of the streams which unite to form it ? What is its width at Buenos Ayres, and at its mouth ? What river is next to these in magnitude ? Where does it rise ? Hovv is it connected with the Amaz<^? What is the length of its course ? y^ With what circumstances does the climate of South America vary? What is the inferior limit of perpetual snow under Uie equator ? What products are cultivated hetween the tropics from the level of the sea to the height of from 3000 to 5000 feet? What is the general character of the soil in South America? By what eircumstance does it seem destined to hecome a most im- portant part of the globe ? What formerly prevented the colonists from availing themselves of their advantages ? By what circum- stances are they now likely to be stknulated to great energy? In what states 0" S. America are gola%i;(ines found? From which state do diamonds form an article of ekport ? What rich mines are found in Peru? Where is copper abundant? What part of South America did Spain possess before the late revolutions? Whpi portion of it belonged to Portugal ? To whom does Guiana belong? What country is occupied by native tribes? Does Spain retain any of her South American possessions ? DESCRIPTIVE TABLE OF SOUTH AMERICA. ALAGO'AS, a city of Brazil, in the province of the same name. Pop. 6001'. All Saints, Bay of, a large and sommodious bay of Brazil, on tiie coast of Bahia, containing several fertile islands. Am'azon or Mar'anon River. See Remarks, p. 321. An'des or Cordilleras. See Re- marks, p. 320. Arequi'pa, a citv ot Peru, capitnl of a province, on the Chila. Near it is a great volcano. Pop. 40,000.— ie» 24' S. lat. 71' 64' W. long. Assump'tion or Asun'cion, the capital of Paraguay, on the river of that name. Pop. 10,000.-25, 21 8. 67, 45 W. BAHI'A or Bt Barvador, a lar^e commercial city and seaport of Brazil, situate at the entrance of the noble bay of All Saints. Pop. 125,000.— 13, S. 38, 31 W. I Ban'da Oriental'. See Ur'ugaay. Berbice', a district of British Gui- ana, S. E. of Demerara. Pop. 22,(M)0. New Amsterdam, at the month of Ber- bice River, is the capital. Pop. 3400. Blan'co, Cape, the S. point of the Gulf of Guayaquil.— 4, 20 S. 81, IS W. I Bogota', formerly San'ta F6 de ; Bogota', the capital of New Granada, situate in a luxuriant plain, elevated 8720 feet above the sea, and sur- rounded by grand mountain scenery. Pop. 40,000.-4, 35 N. 74, 10 W. Boliv'ia, one of the recent republics of South America, was originally called Upper Peru, but became In^ I dependent of Spain in 1824. It «x- ! tends from 10° to 95° 40' S. lat., and from 58° to 7'»' 40' W. long. Al- though almost the whole of Bolivia ts '4«BMMkl 324 SOUTH AMERICA. I^J within the tropics, not more than one bftlfof its surface has a tropical cli- nnte ; the othet half is occupied by high mountain ranges and tablelands of great elevation. No portion of America has a greater abundan j of water than tliis region. The rivers which descend from the E. declivities are very numerous, and form the true sources of tlio Amazon and the La Plata. The wliole eastern portion is an extensive plain, ttie greater part of which is covered with Im- mense forests. Extent 375,000 square miles. Pop. 1,700,000, Brazil', an extenftiv\; ompire, occu- pying a large portic n ot the eastern and central part of ^r., America, ex- tending from 5" 30' N. f, . 34° S. lat., and from SS" to 7£" 40' W. loig. Length from N. to 6. 2700 mile? j greatest breadth from E. to W. ?6i ' miles. The climate of Brazil is warm , but healthjr ; ard the soil is uncom- monly fertile, yielding tobacco, cot- ton, sugar, coifeo, Tnaize, and various k^nds of fruit, dye- woods, and nit>'Ji- cinal fTrugs. Gold and diamond mi 1 1 e-j !in? numerous, and very valuable. Brazil !• }longed to Portugal till 1821, wiien it. asserted its independence, and, havii:;.; obtained a free (;;>n8tltu- tion, is now ^yoverned by a prince of the roval iavuily of Portugal, 'Vith the title of empt^ror. Extent 2,740,000 square miles, f op. 7,560,000. Bue'nos Ay'res^ a maritime city, the capital of La T'ata, situate on the S. shore of the lUo de la Plata, about 200 miles from tlte ocean. It is well fortified, and is a great emporium of trade. Though the river is here 30 miles broad, oving to its shallowness large vessels cat mot approach nearer tiian ft or 6 miles from the city. Pop. 100,000.-34, 35 S. 68, 22 W. CALL A'O, a seaport of Peru, with an excellent harbour. It is tlie port of Lima from which it is 6 miles distant. Pop. 9000.— 12, 4 S. 77, 14 W. Came'ta, a flourishing town of Bra- ail, province of Para, at the mouth of the Tocantins. Pop. 20,000. Carac'caSjthe capital ofVenezuela, in a fertile valley, surrounded by lofty mountains. It carries on considerable trade. Pop. 60,000.-10, 30 N. 67, 4W. Cartage'na, a seaport of New Ora- nada. It has a fine harbour, with a naval arsenal, and is strongly forti- fied. P. 10,000.-10, 26 N. 76, 34 W. Cazaniar'ca, a city of Peru, pro- viiice of Truxillo, distinguished hs the place where-, In 1633, Atahnalpa, the last of the Incas, was pnt to death by Pizairo. Pop. 7000. Caxoei'ra, a town of Brazil, pro- vince of Bahia, the mart for the pro- dv' :e.of the gold-mines. Pop. 16,000. Cayenne', it district of Guiana, be- longing to th:" French, bounded on the W. by the colony of Surinam. It is extremely unhealthy, being low and swampy, aiul covered with majes- tic forests. Extent 20,!a>0 square miles. Pop. 22.0(10. Cayer; e, the capital, is situate on "n isliirtd, it the mouth of a river, loth of the •rame name. Pop. 52('(). Cha'gre*, a seaport of New Gre- raarating it from La Pkta. Th • climate of Chili is iJiUd und heiiUhy, and the soil is in r. v, y places very fertile. The country al>'.r.ad8 in pasture and com ; and i'jere are valuable mines of gold, !;Uver, and copper. In 1818, it was proclaimed an independent state. Extent 144,000 square miles. Pop. 1,134,000. Chi'lo§, a cluster of islands at the S. extremity of Chili. Chilod, the largest , is 120 miles long and 40 broad. The soil is fertile, the air damp, yet the climate is healthy. Pop 44,000. Chimbora'zo, a celebrated moun- tain of Ecuador, one of the loftiest of the Andes, being 21,440 feet above the level of the sea. On 23d June 1802, Humboldt and Bonpland as- cended it to an elevation of 19,798 feet. The upper region is covered with perpetual snow. Chuquisa'ca, the capital of Bolivia, on the Cachimayo. Pop. 20,000.— 19, 3 S. 04, 30 W. Cochabani'ba, a town of Bolivia, in a fruitful valley. Pop. 30,000.-- 17, 21 S. 65, 43 W. Colom'bia, an extensive region, formerly the Spanish viceroyalty of New Granada and the Caraccas. It won its independence in 1819, aftejr a struggle of ten years, and is now divided into the republics of New Granada, Venezuela, and Ecuador. Concep'tion, a seaport of Ohili, on a fine bay. P. 10,000.-36, 44 8. 79, 66 W, Copia'po, a seaport of Chill, on fhe river of tlie same nkme. Fop:3/06^i — 27,20 S. 71,3 W. SOUTH AMERICA. 325 tfthtift1pa» AS put M rtzll, pta- >r the pro- op. 18,000. tuianft. be- ounded on [ Surinam. , being low (vith taajes- OO tquan yer '.e, the fund, -^t the f the ^ame New Grfi- he I8tbmu3 59 W. jw territory an and the ting it from of Chili is he soil is iti The country com ; and les of gold, 1818, it was ident state, miles. Pop. (lands at the Chilod, the and 40 broad. ir damp, yet Pop 44,000. rated moun- the loftiest of W feet above On 23d June Jonpland as- ion of 19,798 in is covered tal of Bolivia, op. 20,000.— n of Bolivia, ?op. 30,000.-- nsive region, vlceroyalty of Caraccas. It in 1819, aftet- ,8, and is now iblics of New »nd Ecuador, trt of Chili, oh -36,44 8.7*. jf Chill, on «i% e. Pop.30. Coquitn'bo, a seaport of Chilf, cupital of a province abounding in gold, silver, and copper. Pop. 8U00. —29, 54 8. 71, 25 VV. Cordil'lera, the Spanish name of a suountaui chain, frequently applied to tho A n..i'?». r!i}rdo'va, a <'Ay of La Plata, ca- j ':'fj of a proviirfe; with cotisider- ubJo mauufac; 7 ' Pop. 14,000.— Cotoruxi, a V'M.iinic mountain of Scuador, 34 miles 3. E. of Quito. It is a perfect cone, rising 18,858 feet above tbe level of the sea, and is the most beautiful of the colossal lieigbts oi the .Andes Cueii');a, ;? city of Ecuador, capital of R pro vine :■} i'vf the same name. Pop. 20,000 2. 53 S. 79, 13 W. CuDi '.a, a seaport of Venezuela, CHpital of the province of Cumana, on a gulf of the Caribbean Sea, noted for its commercial activity. Pop. 8,000.-10, 27 N. 64, 11 W. Cuya'ba, a town of Brazil, capital of the province Matto Grosso, on a river of^the same name. Pop. 10,000. Cuz'co, a city of Peru, formerly the capital of the Incas, and held sacred by tlie Peruvians. It retains traces of its ancient splendour. Pop. 45,000.-13. 30 S. 72, 4 W. DA'RIEN, an extensive ruU of the Caribbean Sea, on the north coast of the Isthmus of Panama or Durien. Demera'ra, a district of British Guiana, between Berbice and Esse- quibo. Pop. 56,420. ECPA'DOR (Equator), one of tlie three republics into which Colombia has been recently divided, having New Granada on the N. and Peru on the S. Length 750 miles, greatest breadth 415 miles. It is mountain- ous, but very fertile. Extent 212,000 square miles. Pop. 665,000. Essequi'bo, a district of British Guiana, bordering on Venezuela. Pop. 21,494. Essequi'bo, a river of Britisli Guiana, rises in the Parimd Moun- tains, and flows through magnificent forests. After a course of 450 miles, it falls into the Atlantic. P ALK'LAND ISLANDS, a group in the South Atlantic, to the E. ui the Straits of Magellan, consisting of two large and a number of small islands. They are rocky, but abound with seals, and contain large and safe harbours. A British settlement has lately been formed there. Fri'o, Cape, In Brazil, N. E. of Rio Janeiro.— 23, 8. 41, A8 W. O ALAPA'GOS, a group of islands in the Pacific Ocean, off ttie coast o( Ecuador, and immediately under the equator. They abound with turtle, and also with cedar. Goy'az (formerly Villa Boa), a city of Brazil, capital of the province of the same name. Pop. 8000. Guaman'ea or Uuxmian'ga, a handsome city of Peru ; near it are mines of gold, silver, and mercury. Pop. 16,000.-13, 8. 74 , W. Guay'aquil, a flourishing city and seaport ot Ecuador, the cupital of the province of Guayaquil, at the head of the gulf of the same name. Pop. 18,000.-2, 11 8. 79, 50 W. Guia'na, a countrv on the N. E. coast, between the Orinoco and the Amazon; bounded \V. by Vene- zuela, and 8. by Brazil. It ccnpre- hends the possessions of Deraernra, Essequibo, and Berbice, ceded in 1814 to the British ; the Uutch colony of Surinam ; and the French possession of Cayenne. Extent about 100,oiKi square miles. Pop. 214,0(K». Guia'na, British, a portion of the above country, comprising the three districts or countries just mentioned, watered by three rivers of the same name. The soil is naturally very rich, producing cotton, coffee, sugar, and similar products. Extent Td.oco square miles. Population 127,6.0J. George Town, near the mouth of the river Demerai-a, is the capital of the united colony. Pop* 25,500 6, 49 N. 58, U W. HORN, CAPE, a celebrated pro- montory, ill an island on the 8. of Tierra del Fu«jgo • tho most south- ern point of AnterW-^^ 59 S. 67, 16 W. Huanc*\-<>l'km a mining town of Peru, capital of .^ v^J^vincv, 80 miles N. W. of <.>uan>Hiv' 6 broad, and is noted as the solitary residence of Alexander Sel- kirii for upwards of four years,— «n event wjsm which Defoe founded his celebrated Adventures of Robinson Crusoe. I A GUAY'RA, a seaport of V^i^uezuela, about 16 miles from Car> accas, of which it is the port. Pop. 6000.-10, 36 N. 67,0 W. La Paz, a city of Bolivia, capital 326 SOUTU AMERICA. of tht inroTlnee of the lune name; near it are the niounteina llliniani and Sorata, the loftiest of the Andes. Pop. 60,0nU.— 16, 30 S. 68, 38 W. La Pla'ta or the Argentine Re- public, a large territory, extending nearly across tlie continent from the AtUuitic to tlie Andes, and bounded N. by Bolivia, and S. by Patagonia. It consists chieily of vast plains culled nampoUt covered with luxuriant hor- Dage. The principal exports are hides, provisions, furs, and wool. It threw off the Spanish yoke in 181U. Extent 726, DUO square miles. Pop. 750,000. Lutaouii'Ha, a town of Ecuador, near the loity volcanic mountain of Cotopftxi. P.IO,0(H> (l.ftOS.7H.45VV. Le Maire, Htialts of, a channel or DRHsage between Btaten lilaiid and Tierra del Fuegn, discovered in 161(] by the Dutch navigators Schuuten and Le Maire. who uuased through it, and round Cape llorn, into the Piiciflc Ocean. Ll'ma. the capital of Peru, situate on the Rimac, was founded by Pi- larro In 1335. Its numerons churehcd and convents, before the late revolu-, tion, were extremely rich. Tlir,line(| »|ia Ilea to tlie N. ch vale sur- . Pop. fiOttU. a capital cf 'lata, is forti- a strong wall, ities of hides. 56, Ifl VV. of Brazil, ca- Ao Grande do I, with an ex- wood. Pop. W. )iincipal dlyi- ! of GulomblAf Ue state. It on the N., and Bli and steep des the towns BO.ttOO square jmarks.p. 321. ling town of h of Quito. lyVllialllca), al of the pro- ?op. 8000. rlen, Isthmus and, in the N. I,, and uniting nerica. It ex- form of a cres- of Panama; 40 miles, but, more than S8 lOut flO miles in le coasts of the K Oceans, was ^seaport of New y of the »me Fa'ni, ftdtyMid seaport of Braill, eapital of the prorince of the same name, situate on the estuary of the Pam. The chief ex ports are cotton . eoeoa, rloe, and drugs. Pop. 10,000. — I,S8S. 48. .low. Pa'n, a river of Brnz l, formed by the union of the Tocantins and the Araguay ; it falls into the Atlantic, to the South of the Amaxon. Par'ainmy, a country to tlie 8. W. of Brazil, between tlie rivers Parana and Paraguay. It abounds in the valuable herb cnll«*d mati or Para- uaytea. Extent 74, (KMJaquaro miles 'ojb. 860,000. Paraguay, lliver, rises in firazil, Jknd, flowing southward isuo miles, orms the 13. bgunrjary of Uollvia, and almi of ifja Piattt to Its junr'tion wliti thp PftrtiiiM Parahy'iia, a BMHfiort of BrazH, capital of the prnvinee of the bbhio name, near the mouth of the I'arahy ba. Pop. l5,a, a town of Bcuadof, province of Quito ; near it are mines 328 SOUTH AMERICA. f ef gold And silver. Pop. 15,000 — 1,»8.78. 49W. Ri'o Oolora'do, a rirer of La Plata, riMi in the Cordilleras, runs across the Pampas, and falls into the At- lantic. Rl'o de la Pla'ta. Bee Remarks, p. 881. Ri'o Grande or San Pe'dro, n sea- Eort of Brazil, in the province of Rio frande, at the outlet of Lake Patos, a place of considerable trade. Pop. 3600.— 32, 7 8. 52, 8 W. Rio Ha'cha, a small seaport of Now Granada, at the mouth of^theHaclm, on the Caribbean Sea. Ri'o Janci'ro, the capital of Brazil, and the most important commercial city of South America. It is beauti- fullv situate on a noble bay studded vrith upwards of 100 islands, and lias one of the finest harbours in the world, which is defended by a citadel and several forts. Of its public build- Ings, the churches are very splendid. The principal exports are suirar, coffee, cotton, hides, drugs, cabinet and dye-woods, gold, diamonds, and precious stones. The trade of Rio is chiefly in the hands of the British. Pop. 200,000.-22, 54 S. 43, 16 W. Rl'o Ne'gro, a river of Brazil, has its source in New Granada, and Joins the Amajson, after a course of 1000 miles. See Remarks, p. 321. ST ANTO'NIO, a cape of La Plata, at the S. entrance of the Rio de la Plata.— 36, 20 S. 56, 46 W. St Mari'a, a cape of Uruguay, to the B. of Monte Vidwo.— 34, 35 8. 54, 20W. St Roque, a prominent cape on the coast of Brazil.— 5, 3 S. 35, 33 W. Salta, a town of La Plata, capital of a province of the same name. Pop. 8000.— 24, 15 S. 64, 50 W. San Francia'co, a river of Brazil, which rises in the south of the pro- vince of Minas Geraes, and after a circuitous N. £. course of 150U miles falls into the Atlantic. San Ju'an, a town of La Plata, at the foot of the Andes ; near it are gold-mines. Pop. 8000.-31, 6 S. 69, 6 W. San Paulo, a city of Brazil, capi- tal of the province of the same name. Pop. 12,000.-23, 30 S. 46, 40 W. San'ta Cruz de la Sier'ra, a city of Bolivia, capital of the province of the same name, in an extensive plain. Pop. 5000. Aan'ta Fd, a town of La Plata, on the Salado, with consid«rabIe trade Pop. 4000. San'ta Mnr'ta, a seaport of New Granada, capital of tne province Magdalena, on the Caribbean Sea. Pop. 80(K). Banta'rom, a town of Brazil, pro* vinoe of Para, on the Tapi^os, at its confluence with the Amazon. Pop. BOOO. Santla'go, the capital of Chili, situate on the Maypocho, in a richly wooded plain, 60 miles S. B. of Val- paraiso, its port. Pop. 120,000.— 33, 26 8. 70, 40 W. Socor'ro, a town of New Granada, capital of a province, on a tributary of the Magdalena. Pop. 12,000.— 6, 30 N. 73, 40 W. South Geor'gia, an island in the 8. Atlantic, situate to the east of the Falkland Islands. South Shet'lands, a cluster of islands, situate fn A RUMAMm la 4 Itf M> M M mUSBBB MV OUVIK * BOVD mOrBTKAB. *' T 80UTU AMERICA. 329 3%*ir> JliM,IU«.lU' W'X of the province of the lAine name, lituatu on tlie Diilco, in % fruitful alley. P. lo.OOo.— 26, 44 8. 64 •'») W. UR'UOUAY or Ban'da Oriental', bounded N. by nmzil, and W. by the Uruguay, which Mparatea It from La Plata. Climnto generally damp, but tomnerate and healthy. It was erected into an independent state in 1889. Extent lOO.UOO squuro miles. Pop. 13-2,(M)0. VALDl'VIA, a city and jenport of Chili, with n capaclouH liarbour, and defended by aovcral furt.i and batteries. Pop. 2U(I0.— 3i», fiO S. 73, SOW. Valen'cia, a city of Venezuela, in a fertile plain, near tho beautiful Lake Tacariguo. Pop. Hi.UOo.—lO, 8 N. 67, M W. Valporafso, the principal seaport of Chill, situate on a bay of the Pad- flc. It carries on a very oxtenslvt foreign trade. Pop. 40.0U0.-33. 2 8. 71,4i W. Venezue'la, one of the three Inde- pendent republics into which Colom- bia has been recently divided, having Now Oranada on tho west and Britlsn Ouiana on tho eant, and traversed by the Orinoco. Extent 4.^).00O square miles. Pop. l.asfl.ooo. Victoria, a seaport of Draiil, cat* pitkl of tho province of Espirito 8iin- to, on an island in tho tine bay of that name. Pop. 6000. Vil'la Vioo'ztt, a town of Braall, In tho province of Ceara, amidst groves cf cocoa palms. Pop. 5000. XAUAY'ES, a lake of Braill, formed by tho waters of the Paragtiay, which, in tho rainy season, spread over a vast extent of ground. PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND Is bounded N. bv Syria ; W. by the Mediterranean Sea ; S. by Arabia ; E. by Arabia and Syria. Extent 12,600 square miles. Population, in the time of David, upwards of 5,000,000. Provinces and Tribes. Chief Towns. 1. Galilee. Asher Accho or Ptolemais, Zarephath or Sarepta, Tyre and Sidon. Naphtali Kcdcsh-Naphtali, Harosheth, Capernaum, Chorazin, Bethsaida. Zebulun Tiberias, Nazareth, Cana. Issachar Jozreol, Shunem, Aphek, Nain. 2. Samarta. Manasseh (Halt-tribe) Cesarea, Tirzah, Bethshan, Dothan, Endor, Megiddo. Ephraim Samaria,Shechem,Shiloh,Lydda,Antipatris. 3. JUDEA. Bei^amin Jerusalem, Gibeo' , Mizpeh, Bethel, Jericho, Bethany, Emmaus. Judah Hebron, Bethshemesh, Makkedah, Tekoah, Bethlehem. Dan Gath, Ajalon, Ashdod, Arimathea, Joppa. Simeon Askelon, Gaza, Beersheba, Hormah. ;■>' 330 PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. Provinces and Tribes. Chief Tovms. 4. Ferea. Reuben Hesbbon, Bezer, Medeba, Jahaz, Bethabsra. Qad Ramoth-Gilead Succoth, Peniel, Msbansim, Mizpeh, Jabesh-Gilead. Manasseh (Half-tribe) Golan, Gadara, Dan, Ciesarea Pbilippi. BiYERS. — Jordan, An? on, Jabbok, Cherith, Kishon, Kanah, Gaash, Eshcol, Sorek, Besor, River of Egjrpt, Kidron or Cedron. Lakes. — Dead Sea or litVe of Sodom, Sea of Galilee or of Tiberias or Lake of Gennesareth, Waters of Merom. Mountains. — ^Lebanon, Hermon, Bashan, G3ead, Abarim, Heights of Baal, Pisgah, Peor, Nebo, Carmel, Tabor, Gilboa, Mount Ephraim, Ebal, Gerizim, Gaash, Rock of Rimmon, Moriah, Zion, Mount of Olives, Hachi* lah. Valleys, Plains, &c, — Vale of Siddim, Plains of Moab, Valley of Salt, Wilderness of Maon, Wilderness of Ziph, Wilderness of Engedi, Valley of Berachah, Forest of Hareth, Plain of Mamre, Valleys of Zephathah, Valley of Elah, Valley of Rephaim, Valley of Ajalon, Valley of Hinnom, Valley of Shaveh, Wilderness of Judea, Valley of Achor, Vallev of Bochim, Plain of Moreh, Wood of Ephraim, Vale of Sharon, Plain of Jezreel or Megiddo. \*>,: Ht» REMARKS. ,>:ir4 V/^^ttia Palestine extended from 30' 40' to 33" 35' N. lat., and from 33* 45' to 36" 25' E. long. Greatest length from N. to 8. 200 miles ; greatest breadth from E. to W. about 100 miles. This country is also called in Scripture the Land of Canacm; the Land of Promise; the Land oftlie Hebrews; the Land of Israel; the Land ofJudah; the Land of Jehovah; the Jaoly Land. It was originally inhabited by the Amorites on lioth sides of the Jordan ; the Hittites or Children of Heth, on the west of the Dead Sea ; the Jebusites on the north- west of the Dead Sea ; the Canaanites in the middle, between the Jordan and the Mediterranean ; the Perizzites between the Sea of Galilee and the Mediterranean ; the Gergashites or G«rgesenes, on the east of the Sea of Galilee ; the Hivites at the foot of Lebanon and Hermon ; the Sidonians in tiie north-west coast ; the Philistmes in the 80utl\-west coast. *' Palestine," says Dr Kitto, " is a country, small though it PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. S31 ethabinu [ahatmim, lip]^. Kishon, r Egypt, r Galilee aters of Gilead, , Carmel, tt, Gaash, IS, Hachi- Piains of /"ilderness Befachah, ephathah, / Ajalon, ferness of Plain of Plain of and from n N. to 8. 100 miles. of Canaan; the Lajid kovdh; the 9 Amorites en of Heth, the north- le, between 68 between ergashites the Hivites ians in the St coast, ill though it be, well^worthy of attention, and in some respects as peculiar as the people whose history is inseparably connected with it It does not, like most other small countries, constantly re* mind you that it is only conventionally separated ; but it is a compike covmlry — a compact, distinct, and well-proportioned territory. It ontrs, as it were, an epitome of all the physical features by which different countries are distinguished, and which very few possess in combination. It has its lofty mountains, its stern rocky wildernesses, and its smiling hills ; it has its pleasant valleys, its wide plains, and ekvated plateaus ; and, while on the one hand, it presents an extended seacoast, with its harbours, beaches, clins, and promontories; on the other, the solitary deserts extend their inhospitable wastes of sand. The principal river of this country, and the smaller streams, the large inland lakes — one of thera so re- markable in its characteristics, — the hot springs, and the various volcanic indications, complete the snigiuarly varied natural attributes of this ' gloiy of all lands.' " Palestine takes the character of a mountainous country, diversified, howevf^r, by some considerable plains and numer- ous valleys. Limestone is the prevailing constituent of its mountains, as it is also of those of Syria and of Asia Minor. Salt is produced in vast abundance, chiefly in tlie neighbour* liood of the Dead Sea. The territory abounds in caverns, to which there is frequent allusion in Scripture. The variations of sunshine and rain are in Palestine confi*''id chiefly to the latter part of autumn and winter. The cold of winter is not severe, and the ground is never frozen. In the lo\» -lying plains a little snow faUs, and it disappears early in the day; m the higher lands, as at Jerusalem, it often falls, chiefly in January and February, to the depth of a foot or more ; .but even there it does not lie long on the ground. In the plair^s and valleys the heat of summer is oppressive : in the more elevated tracts, as at Jerusalem, it is moderate, except when the south wind {sirocco) blows. In such high grounds tho nights are cool, often with heavy dew. The total absence of rain in summer soon destrr vs the verdure of the fields, and gives to the general landscape, an aspect of drought and barrenness. No green thing remains but the foliage of the scattered fruit-trees. In autumn the whole land becomes dry and parched, and all nature, animate and inanimate, languishes for the return of the rainy season. The climate of Pidestine has always been considered healthy, and the in- habitants have for the most part lived to a good old age. Jerusalem, in particular, from Us great elevation, clear sky and invigorating atmosphere, should be a healthy place, and so it is generally esteemed. 332 PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. EXERCISES. What are the boundaries of Palestine or the Holy Land ? What is its extent in square miles? Whatis the amount of its popuIa> tion? Name the provinces. What are the tribes in Galilee? In Samaria? In Judea? In Perea? What are their chief towns ? Name the rivers. Name the lakes. What arr^ the prin- cipal mountains ? Name the more remarkable plains and valle^^s. Between what degrees of latitude and longitude is PalestiTie situate ? What are its greatest length and breadth ? What names are given in Scripture to the countiy of Palestine ? By whom and in what localities was it orighially inhabited ? Give an outline of Dr Kitto's description of the country. What is the prevailing constituent of its mountains ? AVhere is salt found in great abundance ? Describe the seasons and climate of Palestine. DESCRIPTIVE TABLE. AB'ARIM, a range of rugged mountains which form thedistrict east of the Dead Sea and the Lower Jor- dan. It presents several reniarl^able elevations, as Nebo, Pisgah, Peor.and Baal ; from Mount Nebo, one of the highest of the range, Moses viewed the promised land before be died. Ac'cho, or Ptolema'is (Acre), a strong city and seaport of Asher, on a fine bav of the M!editerranean Sea. See Acre, Descriptive Table of Asia. A'chor, a valley of Benjamin, be- tween Jericho and Ai, where Achan was stoned to death. Adul'lam, a city of Judah, in the south of the tribe ; it is chiefly re- markable for the cave in its vicinity, in which David took refuge wheu he fled from Gath. Ai, a city of Benjamin near Bethel, noted for its capture and destruction by Joshua. A'jalon (Yalo), a town in the tribe of Dan, contiguous to which is the Valley of Ajalon, memorable as the scene of the miracle, when, while Jo- shua was in pursuit of the five kings of the Amorites, " the sun stood still upon Gibeon, and the moon in the Valley of Ajamn." An'athoth {Atiata), a citjr of Ben- jamin, memorable as the birthplace and usual residence of the prophet Jeremiah. Antip'atris (Ktfr Saba), a city of Ephraim, in the Plain of Sharon. Arimathe'a, in the Tribe of Dan, sup- posed to be tlic modern Ramleh, the native city of Joseph who begged the body of Jesus from Pilate. It is on the road between J op pa and Jerusalem. Ar'non (Mojib) , a river which rises in the Mountains of Gilead, on thd: east of Jordan, forming the northern boundary of Moab, and falling into the Dead Sea. In the rainy season it flows with impituosity in a deep channel, but in summer the stream is almoit dried up. Ar'oer, a city of Reuben, on the Amon, wiiich is supposed to have divided it into two parts, hence called " iue city in the midst of the river." It is memorable for tlje battle fought here between the Israelites and the Ammonites. Ash'dod, or Azo'tus (Esdud), a strong city in the Tribe of Dan, near the Mediterranean coast, one of the five cities of the Philistines, who brought the captured Ark to Ashdod, and deposited it in the temple of Dagon. Here Philip the Evangelist was found after he had baptized the Ethiopian eunuch. The destruction of Ashdod was foretold by several of the prophets. Ash'er, a Tribe whose territory was in a fruitful country, on the seacoast, bounded by Lebanon on the N., Mount Carmel and Zebulun on the S., and Naphtali on the E. On quitting Egypt, this tribe num- bered 41,500 adult males; in the plains of Moab it amounted to fi3,40U. Ash'taroth. or Ash'taroth Car'naim {Mezareib), a city of Manasseh, be- yond the Jordan, and one of the chief citJes of Og, king of B^shan. As'kclon, or As'calon {Askiilan),a strong seaport in the tribe of Simeon, on the Mediterranean , and one of the five cities of the Philistines. It suf- PALESTINE on THE HOLY LAND. 333 What popula' ralilee? r chief le prhi- irallej^s. alestnie lestme ? ? Give it is the found ill Eilestine. ,'hich rises d, on thfl i northern illing into y season it n a deep he fltreain jn, on the d to have ence called the river." ttle fought BS and the Etdud), a Dan, near one of the tines, who to Ashdod, temple of Evangelist iptized the destruction y several of ie territory ry, on the ^ebanon on nd Zebulun i on the E. tribe num- es; in the ed to 53,400. thCar'nalm inasseh, be- of the chief lan. [Askulan),Sk leofBlmeon, id one of the ues. It 8uf- fered much in the Jewish vrnr with the Romans, and bore a prominent part in the history of the crusades. Numerous ruins attest its ancient strength. BEER-SHE'BA {Blr-es-Seba), a town of Simeon, in the S. of the Tribe, a favourite residence of the patriarchs. The limits of the Holy Land are often expressed in Scripture l)y the terms, '* From Dan to Beer- sheba," Dan being the northern^ and Beer-sheba the southern extremity of the land. Ben'lamin, a Tribe which occupied the rich fertile country in the north of Judea; being bounded by Judah on the S., by Ephraim on the N., by the River Jordan on the E., and by Dan and Judah on the W. On quitting Egypt, this Tribe numbered 35,400 adult males ; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 45,600. Ber'achah, a valley of Judah, in the Wilderness of Tekoah. Be'sor, a brook which has its rise in Judah, and ^lls into the sea near Gaza. Betbab'ara, a town of Reuben, on the Jordan, where there was a ford or passage over the river;— the >lace where John baptized. Beth'any, a town or village of Ben- jamin, about two miles east of Jeru- salem, beyond the Mount of Olives, it was the residence of Lazarus and his sisters Mary and Martha; the scene of our Lord's miracle of raising Lazarus from the dead ; and where lie was parted from his disciples and ascended into heaven. Beth'el (Beltin), a city of Benja- min, originally called Luz, memor- able as the scene of Jacob's vision. Bethho'ron , two towns of this name in the S. of Ephraim, are distin- Siished in Scripture as Upper and ether Bethhoron ; between them was a pass, down which the five kings of the Amoriteg were driven by Joshua. Both towns were fortified by Solo- mon. Beth'lehem (Beit Lahm),a, city of Judah, about six miles snuth of Je- rusalem ; it was also called Ephratah and Bechlehem-Juvlah. Bethlehem is celebrated as the birthplace of Puvid, and as the scene of the Book of Ruth ; but its distinguishing glory consists in its being the birthplace of the Messiah. Ou the N. E. side of the town is a deep valley, where tra- dition says that the angels appeared to the shepherds, with the glad tidings of our Saviour's nativity. Bcth'phage, a village at the foot of the Mount of Olives, between Beth- any and Jerusalem. Mot a vestige of the place now exists. Bethsai'da, a town of Galilee, on the west side of the Sea of Tiberias. It was the native place of Peter, Andrew, and Philip, and the frequent residence of Jesus. Bethsai'da or Jul'ias, on the east side of Jordan, near its influx into the Sea of Tiberias, where Christ fed the five thou^nd. Beth'shan or Scythop'olis (Beisan), a city of Western Manasseh, within the territory of Issachar, near the Jordan. The body of Saul was fas- tened to the walls of Bethshan by the Philistines, whence the men of Jab- esh-Ciilead took it down and carried .it away. Beth'sliemesh {Ain Shems), a city of Judah, which is particularly no- ticed iu Scripture, as the place where many of the inhabitants were struck dead, for presuming to look into the Ark. Bo'zer, a city of Reuben, beyond the Jordan, and one of the cities of refuse. CiESARE'A or Caesarea of Pale- stine (Kaisariyeh) , a city and sea- port on the Mediterranean Sea, built by Herod the Great. It became the Roman metropolis of Palestine, and the residence of the proconsul. Cx- sarea was the scene of several remcrk- able events : here Peter converted Cornelius and his kinsmen ; here was the residence of Philip the Evange- list ; and here St Paul so admirably defended liimself against the Jews. CsDsareaPhilip'pi, originally called Paneas (Banias), a city of Upper Galilee, at the foot of Mount Le- banon, and near the springs of the Jordan. This city was much enlarged and beautified h\ Philip the TetrarcL, who called it Ceesarea in honour of Tiberius the emperor. During the Crusades it wo'i the scono of various changes and conflicts. It has now dwindled into an insignificant village. Ca'na, a small town of Galilee, on the north of Nazareth, where our Saviour performed his first miracle, by turning water into wine. Caper'naum, a city of Galilee, on the wesit side of the Lake of Gen- nesareth, and on the border of the tribes of Zebulun and Naphtali. This 334 PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. •eemi to have been, more thAP ^ny other place, the resideuce of our Sa- viour after he commenced his great raisaion ; and here he performed many mighty works, which brought a heavy woe upon the inhabitants for their unbelief; hence the force of the de- nunciation, which has been so com- pletely accomplished, that even the site of Capernaum is quite uncertain. Car'mel, Mount, a range of hills extendinp; nortli-west from the Plain of Esdraelon, and terminating in the Eromontory or capo which forms the lay of Acre. The heipht is about 1 500 feet, and p.t the foot of the moun- tain, on the south, nind the brook Kishon. On its siii^'.mit are oaks and Bines, and lower dt^wn oUves and laurel trees. Two or three villages and some scattered cottages are found on it, and its surface is covered with a rich and constant verdure. There are many caves in this mountainous rana;e, particularly on the west side. Che'rith, a brook, from whicli tlie prophet Elijah was supplied witli water during the time he was fed by tlie ravens ; it flowed through the Plain of Esdraelon into the Jordan. Chora'zin, a town of Galilee, on the west coast of- the Lake of Gen- resareth, near Capernaum. No tr.ice whatever remains of it at the present time. DAN, a Tribe, the district allotted to which, although contracted, was very fertile It had the country of the Philisti'ies on the W. ; part of J'ldah wit'i benjamin on the E. ; Ephraim on the N. ; and Simeon on the S. There is nn doubt that the territory as allotted, but not pos- sessed, extended to the Mediter- ranean, through the country of the Philistines. On quitting Egypt, this Tribe numbered 62,700 adult males ; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 64,400. Dan, originally called La'ish, a city at the northern extremity of Canaan, near the springs of the Jordan, be- longing to the tribe of Dan. Dead Sea, called in Scripture the Bait Sea, the Sea of the Plain, and the East Sea. It is also called the Lake or Sea qf Sodom, and by Jo- sephus Lake Asphaititts, tiiat is, the bituminous lake. Ilore formeriv stood the four cities of the plain, which were cotisumed by fire from he&ven. Its greatest length is fifty miles, and its general breadth ten to twelve miles, and it i» 131S feet below the level of the Mediterranean Baa. Do'than, a city of Western Man- asseh, about li miles north of Sa- maria. Joseph's brethren were in the vicinity of Dothan, when they sold him to the Ishniaelites who were travelling from Gilead to Egypt. E'BAL, Mount. See Oerixim, Mount. Ed'rei (Edhra), a town of Eastern Manassch, one of the chief towns of Ba^han beyond tlie Jordan. It was here that 0;j, king of Bashan. was defeated by the Israelities, and lost his kingdom. Ek'ron {Akir), a citv of Dan, the chief of the five Philistine states. The Ekronitcs were the first who proposed to send back the Ark, to be delivered from those calamities which it brought on their country. E'lah, a valley about eleven miles S. W. from Jerusalem, in which thb Israelites were encamped when David slew Goliath. Em'maus, a village of Benjamin, 7J miles N. VV. from Jerusalem, memorable for the jnrcresting con- versation between Christ and two of his disciples on the evening of the day of his resurrection. En'dor, a town of Western Man- asseh, in the territory of Lsachar, chiefly remarkable as the abode of the sorceress whom tiaul consulted, on the eve of the battle in which he perished. En^edi (Ainjidy), a city of Ju- dah on the W. shore of the Dead 8e!i. In the mountains by which l^rgedi was environed are numerous daves, in some of which David and his followers took up their abode when per.-ecuted by Saul. E'pliraim, a Tribe whose territory was one of the finest and most fruit- ful parts of Palestine. It extended from the r.Iediterranean on the W. to the .Jordan on the E. ; on the N. it had the Half-tribe of Manasseh, and on the S. Benjamin and Dan. On quitting Eeypt, this Tribe numbered 40,.'HM) adult males; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 32,fi00. E'phraim, a mountain or group of mountains, situate in the centre of the Holy Land, opposite to the mountains of Judah. ' E'phraim, Forest or Wood of» on the east of the Jordan, not far from M'^hanaim ; here Absalom was sus- pe.ided from an oak, and was slaiik PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. 336 elow tbe rn Mmi- b of Bn- w«re in hen they who were Gerlzim* if Eastern f towns of 1. It was shan. wa« , and lost Dan, the ne states. first who Ark, to be lities which y. even miles I which thb vhen David Benjamin, Jerusalem, esting con- and two of ning of the stem Man- »f I:sachar, le abode of i consulted, in which he city of Ju- if the Dead g by which e numerous 1 David and their abode ose territory . most fruit- It extended on the W. to >n the N. it unasseh.and „ Dan. On )e numbered he plains of fiOO. or group Of le centre of »site to the Wood of, on not far from (wn was •»»- dwaialain. BtdnMlon (the Armageddon of the Apocalypse), a plain often nien- tioned in laored historv as the great battlefield of tbe Jewish and other nationa, under the names of the Val- ley of Megiddo and the Valley of Jemel; and called by Josephus the Great Plain. In the nrst a^es of the Jewish history, as well as during the Roman empire, the Crusades, and even in later times, it has been the scene of many a memorable contert. Esh'col, Valley of, is situate a'» a short distance from Hebron, on the road to Jerusalem. Here Caleb and Joshua, while exploring the country, obtained the fine cluster of grapes which they took back with tliem, *' borne on a staff between two," as a specimen of tlte fruits of the Pro- mised Land. Esh'taol, a city of D?n, famed on account of the exploits of t'amson, who was buried in its vicinitv. GA'ASH, a hill in the Tribe of Ephraim, on the north side of whicli stood Timnatli Serah, memorable as hevD'^ the place where Joshua was buried. Gad, a Tribe whose territory was situate beyond Jordan, in Giiead; bounded on the W. by the River Jordan, on the N. by Manassch, on the E. by the Ammonites, and on the P. ^'j lieuben. On quitting Egypt, this Tribe numbered 45,6/W) adult males; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 40,5(iU. Gad'ara ({Tm-ftm), the cluef city and metropolis of Perea, or the region beyond Jordan, near the soutliern extremity of the Lake of Oennedareth. It was situate on a hill and fortified, and was one of the ten cities of the Decapolis. The ruins of many traces of its former celebrity still remain. Gal'ilee, the ..oithern province of Palestine, divided into Upper and Lower Galilee. The foimer was dis- tinctively called Galilee of the Na- tions, or of the Gentile!^. Gal'ilee, Sea of. See Gennesareth, Lake of. Gath, a strong city hi the Tribe of Dan, one of the Hve cities of the Philistines. Goliath was a native of Gath, and David fled, for fear of Saul, to Achiiih its king. During the Crusades it was destroyed by the Saracens. Gath-hepher, a town of Zebulun, tbe birtbnla wards Egypt, was strongly fortified. Gaza was the scene of several of the memorable deeds of Samron. It w a ridge of mountains which bounds the great plain of Esdraebn on the south-east. Mount Gilboa is memorable for the defeat of Saul by the Philistines, when his three sons were slain, and he himself died by his own hand. Gil'ead, a range of mountains be- Sond the Jordan, extending from fount Hermon soutiiward to the sources of the brook? Jabbok and Amon. Thisrcgioi vas distinguished for its rich pastures and aromatic simples ; the northern part, Imown by the name of ija&hau, was cele- brated for ito biutt;;y oaks and fertile soil. Gil'gal, li'ifxe on the east of Jericho, wLt ^ tlio Israelites formed their flr^t encam' • ".nt after their passage over tki' .dan; and here they set up the twelve stones, which they took out of the bed of the river. Go'lan, a town of Manasseh be- yond the Jordan, and one of the six cities of refuge, from which the pro- vince of Gaulonitis took its name. Gomor'rah. See Sodom. HACH'ILAH, a hill in the south of Jqdah, where David for some time hid himself from Saul. Ha'dad -rirn'mon, a city of Issachar, in the Valley of Megiddo, where Josiah, king of Judah, was slain, and his army defeated by Pharaoh • Necho, king of Egypt. Ua'reth, a forest in the tribe of Judah, to wliich David withdrew to avoid the fury of Saul. Har'osheth of the Gentiles, a city of Naphtali, near Lake Merom, the residence of Sisera, the general of Jabin, the Canaanitish king. Ha'zor, a strong city of Naphtali, the capital of Jabin, a powerful Canaanitish king who was defeated and slain by Joshua. nephron {el Khulil), anciently called Arba or Kirjath-arba, a city of Judah, 18 miles south from Jeru- salem. Abraham, Sarah, and Isaac were buried near Hebron, in the cave ofMachpelah. David, after the death of Saul, made Hebron the capital of his kingdom. Present pop. 5000. Her'mon, Mount, by the Sidoni- ans called Siricn {Jebel-eth-Sheikh), a branch of Andlibanus, and the highest of all the Lebanon Moun- tains ; it formed the northern bounds- ary of the countnr beyond Jordan. Hesh'bon {Huban), a city of Reuben beyond Jordan, the capital of Bihon, king of the Amorites. Numerous ruins attest its ancient splendour. Hin'nom, a narrow valley which bounds Jerusalem on the south, be- low Mount Zion. Hor'mah, a city of Simeon, on the south border of Palestine, originally called Zephthah, capital of the petty kingdom of Arad. IS'SACH AR, a Tribe whose terri- tory comprehended the whole of the plain of Esdraelon and the neigh- bouring districts — the granary of Palestine. It was bounded on the E. by tlie Jordan ; on the W. ard S. by the Half-tribe of Manasseh ; and on the N. by Zebulun. C^ quitting Egypt, this Tribe numbered 54,400 adult males ; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 64,300. JAB'BOK, Brook (Zurka), one of the streams east of the Jordan, which flows westward into that river. It separated the kingdom of Sihon, king of the Amorites, from that of Og, king of Bashan. Ja'besh or Jabesh-Gilead, a city of Manasseh beyond Jordan, in the Land of Gilead. It was sacked by the Israelites, for refusing to join in the war against Benjamin. See Bethshan. Ja'zer, a city of Gad, in the country of Moab, beyond Jordan ; it afterwards became one of the Levi- tical cities. Jehosh'aphat, Valley of, the name given to the valley which bounds Je- rusalem on the east, and separates it from the Mount of Olives. Jer'icho, a city of Benjau>!n, of which frequent mention is made in Scripture. It was the first city, after tlie passage of the Jo' .an, taken from the Canaanites by Joshua, who razed it to the ground, and pronounced a severe curse upon whoever should rebuild it. In an after-age it became a school of the prophets. At the commencement of tbo Christian era i( was a great and important city, second only to Jerusalem. It was once visiied by our Saviour when ho abode with Zaccheus, and healed the blinfi man. It was also the scene* of the beautiful narrative of the good Samaritan. It was destroyed during PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. 337 1 Moun* abound*- ordui. city of e capital Lmorites. ancient ey ^hicti outh, be- >n, on the originally the petty hose terri- lole of tlie lie neigli- ranary of ed on tlie le W. ard Manasseti ; ulun. Chi I iiumbereid e plains of WO. rfta), one of rdan, which t river. It Sihon.liing that of Og. ad, a city of an, in the I sacked by ing to join iamin. See lad, in the nd Jordan ; of the Levi- of , the name 1 bounds Je- separates it »8. Jenjairin, or 1 ia made in rst city, after )r an, talien Joshua, who d pronounced oever should age it became lets. At the Christian era iportant city, Jem. It was riour when ho ind healed the JO the scene- of 3 of the good itroyed during th« Moldumnedan eonqueat. The once celebrated '*City of Palms" cannot ijow boast of one of those beautiful trees in the adjoining plain ; a wretched village alone remains, while two or three miles westward considerable ruins are found, which are supposed to mark the site of the ancient city. Jeru'salem, originally named Salem or'Peace.'themetropoligof Palestine. It was situate on the confines of the Tribes of Judah and Beniamin, and was so strongly fortified, both by nature and art, that the Jebusites, who possessed it at the time of the conquest of Canaan, could not be driven out, nor were they completely dislodged till the time of David. The city was built on four hills, of which the chief wore Moriah on the east, aiid Zion on the south. On the east, nnd extending from N. to S., is the Mount of Olives, which commands a noble prospect of the city ; and on the N. W., formerly without the walls, is Calvary or Golgotha. Dur- ing the reigns of David and Solomon, Jerusalem was greatly enlarged , and adorned by numerous splendid build- ings. At that period it had ten or eleven gates, and was fortified by strong walld and towers. But its chief glory was the Temple, which was built by Solomon. This mag- nificent structure was erected on Mount Moriah. Jerusalem was cap- tured four times without being de- molished, namely, by Shibhak, king of Egypt, by Antiochus Epiphanes, by Porapey the Great, a.nd by Herod. It was first entirely destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, and again by the Emperor Titus. From the destruc- tion of Jerusalem by the Romans to the present time, that city has re- mained, for the most part, in a state of ruin and desolation, oppressed and broken down by a succession of foreign masters — Romans, Saracens, Franks,MameIukes, and at last Turks, to whom it is still subject ; and such is the present condition of the Jewish people, that they are dispersed over every region of the globe, and every- where treated with contumely and scorn. The present resident popula- tion may be estimated at from 12,000 to 15,000. Jez'reel (Zerin), a city of Western Manasseh. within the limits of the Tribe of Issachar, where the kings of Israel had a palacci although Sam iria was the metropoHi of the kinadom. Here was the yinevard of Naboth which Abab coveted ; and here the retributive justice of Ood overtook Jezebel. Jez'reel, Plain of. Bee Esdraelon. Jop'pa or Ja'pho (Jin^), a seaport of Dan on the Mediterranean, and the port of Jerusalem. It was a very ancient town. Here the materials brought from Mount Lebanon for Solomon's temple were landed, and from it the prophet Jonah embarked for Nineveh. Here also Peter raised Tabitha from the dead. During the Jewish war Joppa was strongly forti- fied, but being taken by surprise it was plundered and burnt. Its pre- sent population is about 4000. Jor'dan or river of Dan, the prin- cipal river of Palestine, has its source from two springs or fountains near Paneas at the foot of Antilibanus. It flows due south, intersecting the Lake Mcrom and the Lake of Gen- nesareth, and after a course of 60 miles, in a direct line, through the plains of the Jordan, loses itself in the Dead Sea. For two or three miles above the junction, the Jordan is impregnated with the saline and bituminous matter of the lake. The course of the Jordan is about 100 miles; its breadth and depth are various. Immediately above its en- trance into the Dead Sea it is ford- able, being not more than four feet deep, with a rapid current. Ju'dah, Mountains of, or the hill country of Judea, applies to the mountainous region south of Jeru- salem towards Hebron. Ju'dah, a Tribe whoso territory was bounded on the E. by the Dead Sea ; on the W. by Dan and Simeon ; on the N. by Benjamin ; and on the S. by Idumeaor the Desert of Paran. On quitting Egypl^this Tribe num- bered 74,600 adult males ; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 76,500. Jude'a, the metropolitan province of Palestine. Jude'a, Wilderness of, the region lying eastward of Jerusalem in the di- rection of the Jordan and Dead Sea. KA'DESH or Kadesh-Bar'nea, a city on the S. E. border of the Pro- mised Land. Here Miriam, the sister of Moses, died and was buried, and here the Israelites murmured against Ood. Ka'nah, a brook which rises in Samaria, and £aJls into the iMediter- 338 PALESTINE OR THE HOLY LA.ND. 1 to th« S. of CBsarea. It forms tb» boandftry between Ephraim and WMtern Mftnssseli. Ke'deih, a city of Naphtali, a Levi- ticalcity,andrineofthecUie>ofrefuge. Ki'dron or Cc'dron , n brook flow- ing througb tbeValley of Jehoshaphat on the east side of Jerusalem, between that city and the Mount of Olives. Kir'Jath-Je'arim, a city of Judah, to which the Ark was brought from Bethsheroesh, and where it remained twenty years, till removed to Jeru- salem by David. Ki'ahon, a river of Galilee which has its source in Mount Tabor, flows westward through the plain of Jez- reel, and, after receiving several streams from Mount Carmel, falls into the Bay of Acre. LA'CHISH, a city of Judah, to the S. W. of Lihnali, was rebuilt and strongly fortitlod by Rehoboam. Leb'anon, a long chain of mcun- tains, extending from the neighbour- hood of Sidon on the W. to the vicinity of Damascus on the E., and forming by its highest summit (Mount Hertnon ) at the southern termination, the N. boundary of the country be- yond the Jordan. It is dividea into two parallel ranges, the most west- erly of which is known by the name of Libanus, and the ea&terly by that of Antilibanus, which are sep&rated by the great valley or enclosed plain. The summits of these mountains are in many parts level, and form ex- tensive plains. Cultivation, how- ever, is chiefly found on the seaward slopes, where are a vast multitude of thnfty villages and a numerous popu- lace of hardy, industrious moun- taineers, amounting to nearly 200,000. Vineyards, and plantations of mul- berry, olive, ana fig trees are culti- vated on terraces formed by walls. The soil of the dedivities is excellent, producing com, oil, and wine. Lib'nah, a city of Judah, one of the royal cities of the Canaanites, taken by Joshua. It was strongly fortified, and became one of the Levi- tical towns. Lyd'da or DIos'polis (Xud), a city of Ephraim, within the frontier of Dan, 9 miles S. E. of Jopoa. It was the scene of Peter's miracle in heal- ins Eneas. MAG'DALA, a town on the west Bide of the lake of Oennesareth, the f>robable birthplace of Manr Magda- me. that is, Mary of Magdala. Mahana'im, a city of Oad, beyond the Jordan, which derived its name from Jacob's having tieen there met by the angels on liLi return from Padan-aram. Makka'dah, a city of Judah, in the neighbourhood of which was the cave, wherein the five kings, who con- federated against Israel, took refuge after their defeat by Joshua. Mam'rc, Valley of, celebrated for the oak (terebinth) tree, under which the patriarch dwelt near Hebron. Manas'seh, IJalf-tribe of, east of the river Jordan, occupied the country from Oad northward to Mount Her- mon, and from the Jordan eastward to the borders of Arabia. The other Half-tribe, on the west of Jordan, extended from that river to the Mediterranean, bounded on the N. by Issachar; and on the 8. by Ephraim. When this Tribe quitted Egypt, it numbered 33,2(K) adult males; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 62,700. Ma'on, a town of Judaii^ E. of Hebron, which gave name to a wil- derness where David hid himaelf from Saul, and around which the churlish Nabal had great possessions Med'eba, a town of Reuben, be- yond the Jordan. Here JoaO gained a memorable victory over the Am- monites and Syrians. Megid'do, a town of Western Manasseh, although within the boundary of Issachar. It was re< built and fortified by Solomon: thither Ahaziah king of Judah fled when wounded by Jehu, and died there. Josiah was slain in the battle near this place by Pharaoh-Necho, king of Egypt. Me'rom, Waters o" Lake of, after- wards called Sar jchonitis {Hu- leh), the upper or highest lake of the Jordan. It was in the vicinity of the Waters of Merom that Joshua obtained the signal victory over the five confederated kings of Canaan. Mich'mash (AfuftAnuix), atownof Benjamin. Here was encamped the army of the Philistines, which was completely routed by Saul and Jon- athan. Miz'pah or Miz'peh, a city of Benjamin, where assemblies of the Israelites were often convened Here Samuel resided, and here Saul WiU anointed king. It was fortified by Asa, to protect the frontier againjit the kingdom of Israel. PALESTINE OR THE If^Y LAND. 339 id, beyoiMl I its name there met turn fi'om Judah, in ch yiM the ;§, who con- took refuge ua. ebrated for inder which Hebron. ,f,ea»tofthe the country Mount Her- lan eastward . The other ', of Jordan t Iver to the d on the N. the B. hy rrlbe quitted 32,2()0 adult of Moab it fuda'Av B. of iine te> a wil- Ihimiidffrom h the churlish iBions Reuben, be- e Joab gained iver the Am- of Westcm within the It was re- hy Solomon: of Judah fled ihu, and died n in the battle laraoh-Necho, ^ake of, after- :honitis {Hu- ighest lake of in the vicinity m that Joshua ctory over the 8 of Canaan. nat)f a town of J encamped the les, which was Saul and Jon- jeh, a city of lemblies of the onvened. Here here Saul was ras fortified by rontier againi't 1. Mlc'jpeh of CHlead, a town of Gad, beyoM C^e Jordan, by which Jepth- tbah pRjsed in luf pursuit of the Ammoniteo. Mo'roh, Plain of, between Mounts Kbal and Qeru^m. Mori'ah, Mourt'', one of the hills of Jerusalem, on it'hich the Temple was built by Solomon NA'IN, a town of Issacliar, near Mount Tabor, where our Saviour rained the wkJow'.s son to life. Naph'tali, a Tribe w'lich possessed one of the most fertile ditttricts of Up- Eer Galilee, extend with the woman of Sama- ria. Huecheni suffered much In the war with tlio Romans, and wai re- built by Vespasian, when it took the name of Neapolic, which was laid waste by the Saracens. The modem town extends along the N. E. base of Mount Gerizim. Its pop. is esti- mated at from UOOO to 10,(M)0, of whom about 6l)(K) are Christians. Slii'liih (S^<7tfn), a city of Ephraim, cituate on a bill about 12 miles N. of Bethel, wheru the people a ssembled to set up tlie Tabernacle of the Con- gregation, which continued there till the time of Eli ; after this .t sank into insignificance. Shu'nem {Solum), a city of Issa- char, to the S. of Mount Tabor, where the Philistines encamped bo- fore Saul's last battle, and to which belonged the Shunammite wom^n with whom Elisha lodged. Sid'dim, Vale of, memorable for the overthrow by Chedorlaomer of the five kings. In this vale stood the cities of Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah, and Zeboim, which were destroyed ' v fire from heaven ; on which ac- <: >i;nt tiiis vale is also termed the SaVi. Sea. '^I'don, one of the most ancient dr;es of Phenicia, on the Medlter- r;.uiean. It was situate in the allot- p.ent of the tribe of Asher, but never conquered. About half-way between Sidon and Tyre are very ex- tensive ruins of towns which once connected these two cities; but of these ruins there is now scarcely one stone left upon another. Its modem name is Saida. Pop. about 6000, of whom 1500 are Christians. Sim'eon, a Tribe which occupied the country in the suntli-west towards the borders of Philistia and the southern desert. On quitting Egypt, it num> bered 59,.'100 adult males; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 22,200. Sod'om, a city in the Vale of Sid- dim, where Lot settled after his separation from Abraham. It was, with three other cities, destroyed by fire from heaven, and covered by the Dead Sea. So'rek, a brook which has its rise in the mountains of Judah, and flowing westward, falls into the Mediterranean, between Oaxa and Askelon. iP.kLESTINE OR THE HOLY LAND. 341 Sno'eoth, a ^v1yIl of Oad, bejond tha Jordan. H .ther Jacob Journeyed on his return from McMpotamia, " and built him nn houie, and made booths for his rnttle." TA'BOH {Jfiiel Tur), a mountain of Zebulun to tlie H. E. of Nazareth. The view from tlio Riimmii. which oonsitts of a level pintn, Ih both beau- tiful and extensive. Here Barak was encamped, when nt the siitru'tiHtion of Deborah ho descended with 1(),0 men and cliscomntcd the host of Sisora. Tabor is supposed to huve been the scene of our Lord's transtit^uration. Tel(o'ah, a city of J idah, south of Betlilehem, on the uordera of the desert to which it cave name. It wa* the birthplace of the prophet Amos, and noted as the residence of the wise woman who interceded for Absalom. It lies to the B. of Dethlehem, on an elevated hill, which commands ex- tensive proRjMscts. Tlie'bez (Tfifrer), acityof Ephraim, at the siege of which Abimelech was killed. Tibe'rias (Tabaria), a city of Zeb- ulun, and one of the principal cities of Galilee, on tlie western shore of the Lalce of Qennesareth or Sea of Tiberias. It was built by Herod An- tipas, and so called in honour of the Emperor Tiberius. Ruins of walls, columns, and foundations, indicate its ancient splendour. The modern town stands close to tlie lake upon a plain surrounded by mountains ; and 18 celebrated fur its hot baths. Ta- baria siifFercd greatly from tlu; earth- quake wliich devastated Syria, Janu- ary 1, 1837. Almost every building, with the exception of the walls and some part of the castle, was levelled to the ground. Tim'natlj (Tibneh)^ a city of Dan, but long in the possession of the Philistines ; it is chiefly noted as the native city of Samson's bride, and the place where he held his marriage feast. Tir'zah, a city of Western Man- Mseh, pleasantly situate to th« N. E. of Samaria. Jeroboam mad* it tha capital of his kingdom, a rank which it reUined till Samaria was built by OmrL Tyre (Sur), an ancient city and seaport of Phenicla, and a city al- lotted to Ai it numbered 57.400 adult males ; in the plains of Moab it amounted to 60,600. Zik'lag, n city of Simoon, but sub- {ect to the Philistines, which Achish, cingof Oath, gave to David while he toolc shelter in the land of the PIdlis- tines; after which it pertained to Judali. Ziph, a city of Judah, to the east of Hebron, with a wilderness or desert of the same name in its vicinity. Zo'ar, one of the five cities of trie Plain of Siddim. It was doomed with the rest to de truction, but spared at the intercession of Lot, as a place to which he might escape. Zo'rah (Surah), a city of Dan, not far from Eshtaol, and chiefly cele- brated as the birthplace of Samson. *'. :;■<}..•,., IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. 4^ X 1.0 I.I 1^128 |25 |jo *^~ RMH Ui Uii 12.2 U <4 u 14.0 12.0 JL25 1 u 1^ ^ 6" » ^.^* % '/ Hiotographic Sciences Corporation [V*" ^ >. '■^/O W-^*^ ^ ^\a ^J*^ '.^"^^ 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. MSIO (716) S73-4503 "(fc^ ^ v> TERRESTRIAL GLOBE. Th2 artificial terrestrial globe is a representation of the figure of the earth, on which are delineatea the different kingdoms, seas, lakes, islands, &c., with those circles which are neces- sary for determining the position of places on its surface, and for several other purposes. \^ The globe, suspended on an axis, revolves in a brass ring, which M called the Universal or Brass Meridian, and it is sup- ported on a wooden frame, the upper surface of which is flat. it ^vides the globe into two hemispheres, and represents the rational horizon of any place which lies in the zenith. The axis, on which the glooe turns, represents the imaginary axis or line round which the earth peiforms its diurnal revolution. At the north pole is placed a small brass circle, divided into 24 equal parts to represent the hours of the day; and it is therefore called the Horary or Hour Circle. On the best globes the horary circle is moveable, so that any^ hour may be brought to the meridian, which serves as an index ; but on others it is fixed, and has a moveable index, which may be brought to any hour. The globe is furnished with a pliable slip of brass, divided fifom 0" to 90° in one direction, and firom 0" to 18" in the other. It has a notch and screw, by which it may be fixed to the universal meridian in the zenith of any place, and as it turns round on a pivot, it supplies the place of vertical circles, and is therefore called the Quadrant of Altitude. On the globe itself are drawn several circles, such as the Equator or Equinoctial Line, the Ecliptic, the Arctic and Antarctic Circles, the Tropics of Cancer and Capricorn, as wdl as parallels of latitude at equal distances, and meridians generalfy- at the distance of 15 degrees from each pther. The brass meridian is divided into degrees and^ ^arts of a degree, and is numbered on the upper half from 0* at the el^uator both ways to 90" at the poles ; and on the Utider half fra^ 0" at each pole to 90" at the equator. PBOBLEMS. 348 ifignre neces- u 3S ring, ; is sup- . is flat, jnts the I. The Lryoxis )lu1ion. led into id it is tie best ur may x; but ch may divided e other, to the it turns es, and 1 as the itic and som, as Biidians er. rts of a at the der half The equator is divided into degrees and parts, whioh are nnmbered both eastward and westward firom the first meri- dian. It is also divided into 24 equal parts, to represent the honm of the day. The equator divides the globe into two equal parts, called the northern and southern hemispheres. The horizon is divided into degrees, &c., and numbered tcom 0" at the poles both ways to 90* on the east and west points, and also from 0** at these points to 90** at the poles. Besides these divisions, the 32 pomts of the compass, tne 12 signs of the ecliptic subdivided into degrees, &c., and the days of the 12 calendar months, answering to each degpree of the sun's place in the ecliptic, are likewise marked. The ecliptic is divided into 12 equal parts, called Bgns, and each sign is subdivided into 30 degrees. The names of the signs and the characters which represent them are: — Aries, the Eam An8. 61* Wy^ 48" eC;— 40" 25';— 41" 64' ;— 38" 4^ ;— 66" 67';-63" Syj—AS" 12' ;— 41*0' all north. What is the latitude of the Cape of Good Hope, Candy, Bombay, Madras, Calcutta, Pekin, Sydney, Valparaiso, Lima, Bogota, Bio Janelnv Buenot Ayres, Cape* Horn, Sierra Leone, Oondar, and Cairo? yM«ii»4**.-.*iii(V,*/,^.,.i>,..,,.; i f 844 problems; Pros. U^^-To/md the longitude ofapkuie, RuLB. — Bring the place to the edge of the meridian ; the degree of the equator cut by it shows the longitude of the place east or west from Greenwich, the first meridian on all British maps. Exv— What is the longitude of Petenburgt Calcntts, Naples, Feklnf— Ans. SO" 19' E. :-«8» 17' E. -.—U" ly E. ;— and 116" 28' E. What is the longitude of Cairo, Cape Town, St Helena, Amarapoora, Mezieo^ Rio Janeiro^ Kinnton in Jamaica, Sikokf; Juan Femandes, Qneheo, Lima, Valparaiso, Constantinople, Panama, and Jerusalem? Pros. III. — The longitude and latitude of a place being giveny to find that place, Buus. — Bring the given longitude to the meridian, then under the given degree of latitude on the meridian is the place required. Ex.— What places are situate in 31° 16' E. long, and 80" 2^ N. lat.? in 18° 29' E. long, and 84° 22' 8. lat. ? in 59° 46' W. long, and 13° 15' N. la^ ? — Ans. Cairo, Cape of Good Hope, Barbadoes. What places are situate in 44° 28' E. long, and 66° 19' N. lat.? in 67° 86' W. long, and 25° 16' S. lat.? in 27° 16' W. long, and 38° W N. lat.? in 67° 28' E. long. and 20° 9' S. lat. ; in 8° 42' W. long, and 40° 25' N. lat.? In 118° 84' E. long, and 22° 12' N. lat.? in 151° 18' E. long, and 83° 51' 8. lat.? in 82° 22' W. long, and 23° 9' N. lat. ? and in 149° 80' W. long, and 17° 29' S. lat.? Prob. IV.— To find the difference of latitude and the dif- ference of longitude between any two given places. KuLG. — Find the latitudes of the two places, and take the difference or the sum of these according as they lie on the same side or on diffei'ent sides of the equator ""he difference of longitude is the difference or the sum of longitudes of the two places according as they lie on the same side or on different sides of the first meridian. Ex. — What is the difference of latitude and the difference of longitude between Edinburgh and Cairo?— Ans. niff. of lat. 25° 51': diff. of long. 84° 87'. Find the difference of latitude and also of longitude between Edinburgh and Montreal, Mexico, Rio Janeiro, Valparaiso, Pekin, Calcutta, Bombay, and the Cape of Good Hope. Find the difference of latitude and also of longitude between Paris and St Petersburg, Vienna, Sychiey, Madras, Pewawur, Ispahan, Qondar, Timbuctoo, and Morocco. Prob. V. — To find the distance between any two places on the globe. Rule. — ^Lay the quadrant of altitude over the two places, and mark the numher of degrees between thomtf * When the distance is more than 90°, stretch a thread from the one place to the other, and measure the distance on the equator. ntOBLEMS. 845 Uan; the de ox the ianonall g, FeUnf— imanipoora, FenuoideB} isalem? lace being dian, then [ian is the Mat.? In 67" ,» 4fy N. lat.? )»26'N.lat.? and 33" 61' 8. W. long, and ,^- 1 1 \nd the dif- olaces, nd take the r lie on the e difference mgitudes of e side or on 56 of longitude diff.oflong. ten Edinburgh utta, Bombay, le and also of dney, Madras, yo places on two places, from the one t>r. ntr-^Wliat Is the dlstenoe between Qaebeo and Bio Janelmf Konui andLondoaf Calcutta and the Cate of Good Hope? The Cape of Good Hope and London ? Ana. 74* or 5116 miles ; 12}* or 881 miles ;T-88i* or 6110 miles ;— and 86}* or 6110 miles. What is the distance between Pekin and London ? Petersburg and the Nmrth Gape in Kamtaehatka? Paris and Cairo? Calcutta and Vai- p«raiso? Buenos A^s and Cape Town, measured east and west? EdiiH DUfgh and New York? Amsterdam and Batarla? Copenhagen and Trinoomalee? London and Sierrs Leone? Alexandria and the Cape of Good Hope ? Cape Mogadore and Buec ? Prob. yi. — The hour at anyplace being given^ toflndwhat hour it ia at any other place. Rule. — Bring the place at which the hoar is ^ven to the meridian, set the index to that hour, then turn the ^lobe until the other place comes to the meridian, and the mdez will show the hour at that place.* Ex.— When it is noon at Edinburgh, what is the time at Lima, Mecca, and Canton? When it is 6 o'clock a. v. at London, what o'clock is it at Sydney, Cape Comorin, and Cape Horn?— Ans. 7h. 6" M.:— 2h. SB' A.: — 7h. 4^ A. ;— 4h. 6' A. ;— lib. ir M. v-and lb. 81' M. When it is noon and 4 o'clock at London, what is the time at Pekin, Calcutta, Cairo, Constantinople, Quebec, Mexico, Rio Janeiro, and Ispa- han? When it is 8i p. h. and midnight at Jerusalem, what is the time at Ltondon, Fetersburs^ Paris, Berlin, the Azores, St Helena, the Mauritius, Penang or Prince of Wales Island, Nankin, Sydney, and Nootka Sound. Prob. VIT. — To rectify the globe for the latitude of any place. Rule. — ^Elevate the north or south pole above the horizon as many degrees as are equal to the latitude of the place. Ex.r-Rectify the globe for Edinburgh, London, Paris, Lisbon, Buenos Ayres, Madras, Pekin.— Ans. Elevate the N. Pole 65' 67'-61» 30',— 48" 50',— 88° 42^;— the S. Pole 34° 35' ;— the N. Pole 13» 4', and 89° 64' above the horizon. Rectify the globe for Melville Island, Petersburg, Cairo, Cape Town, Valdivia. Mecca, Ispahan, Tobolsk, Delhi, Sydney, Sagalien Oola, Bcn- coolen, Sierra Leone, Paramatta, and Berlin. Prob. VIII. — To find the sun's place in the ecliptic for any given time. RuLS. — ^Find the day of the month on the wooden horizon, and opposite to it, in the adjoining circle, are the sign and degree of the ecliptic in which the sun is for that day ; find the same sign and degree of the ecliptic on the globe, and that is the sun's place in the ecliptic.f * If the place where the hour is required be to the east of that of which the hour is given, then the hour will be later in the day, otherwise it will be earlier. t This problem may likewise be performed on the celestial globe. ■»*««rt«i«llb**^^l, .„ . „„ 846 FSOBLBlfB. Ezt— Wbftt Is the mn's pUee on «he flmt Jaaiuunr; th* SOIli Mu^ the Mfh December, the 21st June, and the S8d SeptenOMrr^-Ans. }f\ icr ly;— K »• 80';- 1^ a* is';-n 29» 80';-Mid ii|t w. What is the son's place on the Ist and 16th day of each month of the year? Prob. IX. — To find at what hour the sun rises and sets^ and the length of the day and nighty at anyplace not in Hie frigid zones ^ on a given day. BuLE. — ^Rectify tlie globe for tlie latitude of the place, find the sun's place in the ecliptic for the given day, and bring it to the meridian; set the Index to zu., and turn the sun's place to the eastern edge of the horizon, — ^the index will show the hour of rising ; then bring it to the western edge of the horizon, and the index will show the time of setting. The hour of sunrise, doubled, gives the length of the night ; and the hour of sunset, doubled, gives the length of the day.* \ \ Ezi — At what time does the sun rise and set at Dnblin, Archangel, Gibraltar, and the Cape of Good Hope, on the 16th Jnne? And what is the length of the day and night at those places?— Ans. Rises 8h. 86' M., sets 8h. 26' A. ;— rises Ih. W M^ sets lOh. 20^ A. ;— rises 4h. At/ M, sets 7h. 16' A.;— rises 7h. 6' M., sets 4h. 65' A. At what time does the sun rise and set at Cairo, St Helena, Bombay, Port Jackson, Cape Horn, Quebec, Mexico, and Pekin, respectively, on the 22d June, 10th September, 22d December, and 1st May? At what time does the sun rise and set at Constantinople, Ispahan, Calcutta, Canton, Lima, Valparaiso, Sierra Leone, Madeira, Paris, London, Edin- burgh, and Orkney, on the 1st and 16th of each month, from 1st Jane to 1st January? Prob. X. — To find the sun's amplitude or on what point of the compass the sun rises and sets, on a given day, at any particular pUiCp. Rule. — ^Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place, and find the sun's place for the particular day; then observe what place in the circle of rhumbs, on the wooden horizon, is cut by the sun's place in the ecliptic when brought to the eastern edge of the horizon, and also when brou^t to the western, and that will be the point required. * Thus, if the sun rise at 6, the length of the night is 12 hoars ; If he set at 9, toe length of the day is 18 hours. Places on the equator have sunrise at 6, and sunset at 6 ; and, of course, day and night equal tiirongh- out the whole year. The length of the longest day inCiseases with ue lalitade; and at the polar circles the longest day is 24 hours, and the longest night the same. From these circles to the poles, the days con- ttnue to lengthen into weeks and months : at the poles, the sun is visible for six months, and inTisU>le during the other six. PROBLEMS. 917 iiiifati^ irf— Ant. » ith of th« ce not in lace, find 1 bring it the son's willsbow ge of the inff. The Ight; and )day.« \\ , Archangel, And wbat la 38 8h. 86' H., , 46" M^ aeta ma, Bombay, ipectlvely, on y? Atvbat an, Calcutta, london, Edin- a 1st Jnne to wTiat point given datfy i place, and ten observe Len horizon, taght to the Lght to the jhonYs; if be A equator have equal throngh- Eases with we fours, and the , Ihe days con* t9un is visible Bz^'^At vbaipolati of the oompaas does the son rise and set at 01^ TBltar, on the 17th July, at Petexabnrg on the 10th October, and al Edinbnifh on the 9th Junet—Ans. Rises E. fl6|* N. sets W. %»* N.-w— risea £. llj* 8^ sets W. 12J" S.;-^rises N. E, sets N. W. At what points of the compass does the sun rise and set at Edinburgh, Archangel, Smyrna, Cairo, Cape Town, Calcutta, Pekin, Sydney, Monte Videos and Mecca, on the Ist and 16th of eacU month, from 1st Jane to 1st Jaaoaryf Prob. XI. — The day of the month Jmng giveUy to find the sun's declination^* and the places to which he is vertical, RciJB. — ^The sun's -^lace in the ecliptic for the given day beinff brought to the meridian, the degree marked over it is the &clination : torn the globe, and all the places -which pass under that degree wiU have the sun vertical on that day. Ex^—What is the sun*s declination, and to what places will he be vertical on the 7th May, the 10th February, the 4th June, and the 14th December ?>-An8. Sun's declination 162° N.:— 14^° S.;— 22}* N.:— and What Is the snn's declination, and to what places will he be yertleal on the 1st and 16th of each month, from Ist December to Ist July? Prob. Xn. — Given theplacey day of the months and hmw^ to find where the sun is then vertical. Rule. — ^Find the sun's declination ; bring the given place to the meridian, and set the index tc the given hour ; turn the globe till the index points to xn. noon ; all the places then under the meridian nave noon at the given hour; and the nlace whose latitude corresponds -with tne sun's declina- tion nas the sun vertical at the given hour. Ex.— Where is the sun vertical on the 8th of April, when it la 6 in the moraing at Dublin? Where is the sun vertical on the 19th September, when it is 4 o'clock in the, morning at Amsterdam? Ans. Candy, In Ceylon ; — island of Temate. Where is the sun vertical on the 1st and 15th of each month, from let December to 1st July, when it is 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 a. m., and 2, 4, 6^ 8, and 10 p. tf . at Edinburgh, London, Paris, Rome, Cairo, Calcutta, Pekin, Lima, Mexico, and Quebec, respectively? Prob. Xm. — The day, howy and place heing given^ to find where the sun is then rising and setting ^ where it is noon or midnight. Bulb. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the jtlace to which the sun is verti^ at the given hour, and bnng that place to the meridian. In this position of the globe, the sun IS rising to all those places on the western edge of the hori- * The dedlnaflon of the sun is its distance from the equator, north at tonth. 'V«i«*.»AK.1iM|fc.fc*VJ>. „ '•WW^-- 348 PROBLEMS. COB, and settinff to those on the eastern ; to those vncler ijbe upper half of the meridian it is noon or mid-day ; to those under the lower half, midnight EXiT—To what places la the Ban rising, to what plaoM Is be Mtttng, and where Is It noon and midnight, when at Edinburgh it is 7 in the morning, on the 14th of March? Where is it noon on the SOth June, when at London it is 9 in the evening ? Where is it midnight on the 6tii Fehniarjr, when it is noon at Petersburg?— Ans. Rising to the Madeira •nd Canary Isles and on the equator at 18}° W. long. ; setting to Kamt- ■chatka, Solomon Archipelago, New Caledonia, New Zealand, and on the equator at 161^" E. long. ; noon at Tobolsk, Kashgar, Attock, and Ker> gnelen's Land; midnight at Lake Athabasca, Los Alamos^ Ides of Rerillacrlgcdo, and Easter Island.— At King George's Island, N. W. coast of America, and Lord Hood's Island, in the South Sea^ — At Cook'a Inlet, N. W. coast of America, Walker's Isles, and Otahelte. To what places is the sun rising, to what places is he setting, and whero !• it noon and midnight on the 21st June, S^ September, 21stJ)ecember, and iMHh March, when it is 6 and 10 a. u., and 6 and 10 p. u^ at Edin< burgh, Paris, London, Rome, Coiibtantinoplo, Cairo, Bombay, Calcutta, Sydney, Pekin, Lima, Mexico, and Quebec, respectively? w Pbob. XIV. — Given the place and the day of the monm\ to find the beginning^ endj and duration of twilight. Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the given place, bring the sun's place in the ecliptic on the given day to' the brass meridian, set the hour circle to xii., and fix the quadrant of altitude on the brass meridian over the given latitude : turn the globe westward till the sun's place comes to the edge of the horizon, and the hours passed over on the hour circle will show the time of the sun's setting or the beginning of evening twilight ; continue the motion of the glolbe till the sun's place comes to 18° on the quadrant of al- titude below the horizon, then the time on the hour cu burgh, as April 80th and September Ist?— Ans. Aug. 12th and April 11th. What other days of the year are of the same length at Vienna, as March 1st, May 1st, July 1st, August 1st, October 1st, January 1st? Frob. XVII. — To find the sun's meridian altitude at any given place^ on a given day. Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place; bring the sun's place for the given day to the meridian ; the numoer of degrees between tl^t place and the horizon shows the altitude required. Ex.— What is the meridian altitude of the sun at London on the 11th January, at Constantinople on the 8th November, at Pekin on the 4th July?— Ans. 16i» ;— 32^" ;— and 73°. What is the sun's meridian altitude on the 1st and 15th of eacl ' '.nth, from 1st June to 1st January, at Edinburgh, London, Dublin, r^urls, Batavia, Sydney, Quebec, Sierra Leone. Mexico, Bankok, Mocha, Ispahan, Jerusalem, and the Mauritius, respectively? Prob. XVIII. — To find the altitude and ajsimuth of the sun at any given place and hour. Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude ; bring the sun's place to the meridian, and set the index to xii. noon ; turn the globe till the index points to the given hour, then fix tiie quauant of altitude in the zenith, and lay it over the sun's place ; the degree on the quadrant, over the sun's place, will show the altitude, and the number of degrees on the horizon, reckoned from the north or south pole to the graduated edge of the quadrant, shows the azimutn. Ex^^What Is the altitude and azimuth of the sun at Berlin on the 12tb August, at 10 o'clock forenoon? at Cadiz on the 8d October, at 1 e'oloek afio PBOBLBin. aAnaooBt at Hiunlmrf on the 17Ui ItoNb, at 10 o'eloak Am. Alt 46*. u. 48|* 'r-alt 47*, az. Mi* ^>alt 80*, aa. aH\ What ia tha altituda and aaimuth or tha ran on tha lit and ISfli of aaah month, ftom 1st Daoember to lit July, when It la 9 and 10 a. m, and 1 and 8j| p. M ^ at Bdinbnrgb, Fetenbnrg, Parla, LUbon. Madrid. Vianna, Boda, Naplos, Malta, Aljrien, Cape Town, Sydnej, Pekin. Qoabao^ New York, Areqaipa, Monte video, Santiago, and Jeaso, reepeettrelyt PROB. XIX. — To Jind at what hown ihA tun is dub eatt and due weatf on any day at a given pkux. Rule. — Rectify the globe for the httitnde of the pUce, bring the flun'8 place in the ediptio for the given day to the meridian, and set the index to zii. : fix the auadrant of altitude on the brass meridian over the latitude of the place, and bring the other end of it to the E. point of the horizon ; keep the quad- rant in this position, and turn the globe till the sun's place comes to the graduated edge of the quadrant; the hours passed over by the index show the time from noon Tvhen the sun is due east or west.^ £z« — At what hours is the sun due east and due west at EdinhnrghW the 1st of May f At what hours is the sun due east and due west at the Oape of Good Hope on the 1st of December? Ans. Due east at flh. 8(K A. M^ and due west at 6h. 8(K p. m. ; due east at 8h. 20^ a. m., and due west at8h.40'p.M. At ^ t hours is the sun due east and due west at Petersburg, Stock* holn ^uadon, Dublin, Glasgow, Paris, and Bome, on the 1st and 16th of April, May, June, July, and August? Pbob. XX. — Given the latitude of the place, day of Hhe month, and the aun^s altitude, to find the sun^e aztmiUh and the hour of the day, RuLB. — ^Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place, fix the quadrant of altitude on the brass meridian over the ffiven latitude, bring the sun's place in the ecliptic to the brass meridian, ana set the hour circle to zn. ; turn the ^lobe tiU the sun's place in the ecliptic coinddes T^ith the given alti- tude on the quadrant, the hours passed over on the hour circle shows the time from noon, and the azimuth will bo found on the horizon as in Frob. XYIII. Ex.— What is the hour of the day and the sun's aslmuth at Edinburgh on the 1st of August, the altituc^e of the sun being 86° ? Ans. 8h. 4S/ a. m^ and 8h. 20" p. m Azimuth 69° 37'. Find the hour of the day and the sun's azimuth at Edinburgh, Belfiust, Liverpool, Berlin, Romeu and Geneva, on the 16th of each month of tlie year, when the sun's amtude is respectively 20°, 80°, and 86°. Frob. XXI. — To Jind the latitude of a place from the sun's meridian altitude on a given day. Rule. — Bring the sun's place in the ediptio ^r the given * If the latitude and the declination are both north or both south, the Iraa wiU be due east and west, when he is above the faoriaon*, bnt V the ena ia north and the other aoath, then be ia below the horiaon. ll6«hof iueetut se, bring leridian, e on the ring ihe beqoAd- I'g plac6 le nonn vhen the nbnrghW rest ftt the t«teh.80r ,d due west org, and Stock- Iftthof ly of the Since, fix lie ffiven the brass ^lobe till ;iven alti- the hour h wUlbo Edinburgh )h.40'A.M^ •ghiBelfitBt, nth of the cmi the ^Ton LMmthtthe but If fhe PBOBLEMS. 9Mif to the mtper part of the brass meridian^ and count the number of aegrees of altitude from it, towards the north ot south pdnts m the horizon (aooording as the sun was norUi or south of the place of obserration),* and mark at what degree it ends, then bring this degree to the north or south point of the horizon, and the elevation of the contrary pole will show the latitude. Ez^*-On the lit of Mar 1885, the inn't meridian altitude waa obeerred to be at different places, S9*. 82*, 40*, and 68* : the lun being north of th« obeerrer: What waa the latitude of the placea of obaerrationf Ana. 68*;-48*;-36*;— «nd 19* 8. On the let of August the iun*s meridian altitude was obaerred at iOTeral placea to be 15*, 95*, 88*, 49*, the sun being to the south of the obaerrer ; «nd also IV, 31°, 87*, 43*, and 71*, the sun being to the north of the obserrer : What is tho latitude of these places ? Prod. XXn. — To find all the placea to which an ecUpte of the 8un or of the moon will oe visible at any instant. Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place to which the sun is verticuil at the given instant, and bring it to the meridian. The eclipse, if of the sun, will be visible to all those places which are above the horizon ; and, if of the moon, to all those places which are under the horizon. Ex.1— There was a total eclipse of the moon at Greenwich on the 2d September 1880, at 11 o'clock evening ; to what places was it then visible t There was an eclipse of the moon on the 2d February 1831, at Greenwich, partly visible at about 6 o'clock- in the evening; to what places was It then visible?— Ana. The line of visibility stretches from the Gulf of the 72 Islands at the mouth of the Yenesei, in Siberia, to Java Head, cutting the equator in 105* E. longitude, and on the W. nrom Discovery^Islano, in Davis' Straits, to Lima In Peru, cutting the equator in 75* W. longl- tude<— The line of visibility stretcnes from Iceland to Bathurst, in ue S. B. of Cape Colony, cutting the equator in 15* E. long. ; fit>m Iceland in a direct line, to Cape Fairweather, on the N. W. coast of America, and thence to the island of New Zealand, cutting the equator in 156* W. long. The moon was eclipsed at Greenwich on the 6th January 1888, at 8 o'clock a.H.: to what places was the eclipse then visible? The moon was eclipsed at Greenwich, on 1st July 1883, at midnight; to what S laces was the eclipse then visible ? The sun was eclipsed at Greenwich, uly 17th, 1888, at 6 o'clock A. M. j to what places was it then visible? The moon waa eclipsed at Greenwich, December 26th, 1888, at 9h. 80^ P.M.; to what places was it then visible? The moon was eclipsed at Paris. December 16th, 1884, at 5 o'clock a. k. ; to what places was it then visible? Prob. XXm. — Anyplace in the north frigid zone being giveny to find how long the sun shines there without set- tingj a/nd how long he is totally absent. Rule. — Subtract the latitude of the place firom 90**; the remainder is the sun's declination N. -mien the longest day * To limit the problem, it is necessary to mention whether the ami it to the north or sonth of the plaee of obaexvatton. 1168 begins and endi, or hit deoUnation B. when the kmgeit light begins and ends. Obsenre what degree in the ecliptic on each side of 80* II, and on each side of 80* # , agrees with the de- oUnationSi and find the days corresponding to them on the horizon. The days answering to the sun's place west of 80* n, and west of 80° f , will be, the former the commencement of the longest day, and the latter that of the longest night ; and the day's agreeing with the sun's place east of 80** n, and east of 80" ^ , will give, the former the end of the longest day, and the latter the end of the longest night. Ex.— What is the length of the longest day and night dt the North Oape In Lapland, the southern point of Spitsbergen, and tiie northern Kint of Nova Zembla? Captain Parnr wintered on Melrille Island. In * N. lat. How long was he InTolred In darkness? — Ans. Longest oay begins May 16th, ends July 20th ; longest night begins November 17th, ends January 26th ;— longest day begins April 25th, ends August 19tii : longest night begins October 28th, enda February 14th?— same •• last question:— from November 8d to February 8th. What is the length of the longest day and longest night at Fury and Heola Strait, Fair Foreland in Spitcbergen, Cape Munster in Nova Zem- bla, North-east Cape in Siberia, Icy Cape, Croker Bay, Port Bowen, ud at Discovery Island? Prob. XXiy,— 'To find the antoecH* of a place. Rule. — Find the latitude of the place given ; at the cor- responding latitude on the opposite side of the equator of Ihe same meridian are the antoecf. Ex.— Who are the antceoi of the Inhabitants of Baroa.— of Quebec,— of Oporto?— Ans. Cape Colony;— the Patagonians; — Gougn's Isle. Who are the antoeci of St Helena, of Cape Desolation, Greenland, For- tune Land, Valdivia, of Ripen in Denmark, of Alexandria, Niphon, and of Van Dlemen's Island? Prob. XXV. — To find (heperioecif of a place. Rule. — Bring the given place to the meridian, and observe the degree above it ; set the index to xii. noon, and turn the fflobe till the index points to xn. midnight ; under the same degree of the meridian on the same side of the equator as the given place, are the perioeci of that place. Ex.— Who are the perioeci of the people of Petersburg, Cashmere, Mooltan. Mexico?— Ans. Montagu Island; — ^Paso del Norte inMexioo; — Arispe in Mexico ; — Kimedy in Hindostan, nearly. * The Antoeci are those who live under the same meridian, and have the same latitude, but on opposite sides of tibe equator^, they have noon at the aame time, but their summer and winter at opposite periods of the year. t The perioeci live under the same degree of latitude, bq^ differ 180* in longitude ; consequently, they have ^eir summer and winter at the aame ,/ttmei but their day and night at opposite times. nOBLBllf. 868 Who tittfctpw i a rt of AmilehUm. QtUto^ II John ia NtwfrandlMd, St DomlnfOk BailMdoti, PkIawm, London f , PsOB. XKYl^'-ToJind the antipodes* of a place, RuLc. — Bring tlio givon place to the meridian, and observe ita latitude ; set the index to xii. noon, and turn the globe till the index points to xii. midnight ; under the same degree of latitude as the place glyen, but on the opposite side of the equator, will be found the antipodes. Ex^—Who «ro ttao ontipodoo of the Inhabitant! of Bantam, Botany Bay, liland of Bornoo, Capo Horn f— Ann. Tui\)a in New Oranada ;~tho Aaores, nearly;— Braail ana Eouador;— Klranak in Siberia, nearly. Who are the antlpedee of Quiana, Cambodia, Santa F« in La Plata, Coroa, laland of Hainan, Island of Kiuiiu t CELESTIAL GLOBE. Tin Celestial Globe Is a representation of the heavens, on which are traced the circles necessary for finding the position of the stars ; it is suspondod in a brass meridian supported on a wooden horizon, in the same manner as the Terrestrial Qlobe. The two points in which the equinoctial intersects the ecliptio are called the Equinoctial Points. The first point of Aries, or tliat at wliich tlio sun appearH to cross the equi- noctial towards the north, is the vernal equinoctial point; and the first point of Libra, at which the sun appears to re- cross the equinoctial towards the south, is the autumnal equi- noctial point. When the sun is in either of these two points, the day and night are equal on every part of the earth.! The first point of Cancer and the first point of Capricorn are called the Solstitial Points. When the sun is in that of Cfuicer, it is the summer solstice, and we have our longest day; when he is in the first point of Capricorn, it is the winter solstice, and we have our shortest day 4 The right asconsion of a star is the distance, measured eastward upon the equinoctial, from the first point of Aries * Antipodes have the same latitude on opposite sides of the equatoi) and dUTer 180* In longitude { consequently, they have their day and nieht, their snmmer and winter, at opposite times. T The Vernal Equinox happens on the 90th or 21st of March, and the Autumnal Equinox on the 88a of September. X The summer solstlee happens on the Slit or 92d of Jnne, and the winter solstioe on the 81st or SBd of Deoember. ^o*:-w*.;.*ik!AK«w4;»^^t*, 854 PBOBLEMIk to the point where a great circle drawn throngli tihevtart and perpendicular to the equinoctial, intersects it The latitude of a star is the distance hetweenHie star and the ecliptic measured upon a great circle drawn through the starl ana perpendicular to the ecliptic ; and the longitude is the distance between the first point of Aries and the point where the circle cuts the ecliptic. Longitude, latitude, and declina- tion,* are expressed in degrees, minutes, &c., and right ascen- sion in hours, minutes, &c. The sun has no latitude, as he is always in the ecliptic. The si^s and degrees are usually marked on one side of the ecliptic, and the days of the month on the other. A ConstellatioD is an assemblage of Qtars distinguished by the name of some animal or object to wliich the outline of the whole is supposed to bear a resemblance, — ^as the Bear, the Dragon, Orion, Bootes, the Crown, &c. The (Zodiac is an imaginary belt around the heavens, about 16 degrees broad, in which all the planets, except Ceres, Pailas, Juno, Vesta, AstrsBa, Hebe, Iris, and Flora move. Through the middle of this belt runs the ecliptic, or the apparent path of the sun. PROBLEMS TO BE SOLVED BY THE CELESTIAL GLOBE. Prob. I. — To find th6 latitude and longitvde of a star, KuLE. — Bring the pole of the ecliptic to the zenith, in which fix the quadrant, and lay it over the given star; the number of degrees between the ecliptic and the star shows the lati- tude ; the number of degrees between the edge of the qua- drant and the first point of Aries indicates the longitude. Ez<— What are the latitude and longitude of Procyon in Gania Minor, of Siriua in Canis Major, and of Arcturus in BoStes? — ^Ans. Lat 16° S> and long. 114°;— Lat 40° S., and long. 101°;— Lat 80^° N., anid long. 20r. What are the latitude and longitude of Aldebaran, Bellatriz, Deneb, Dnbhe, Alphecca, Altair, Markab, Fomalhaut, Antaies, Canopuis, Rigel, Baa Alhagus, and Achernar? Prob. II. — To find a star's place in the heavens^ its latitude and longitude being given. Rule. — Set the globe and quadrant as in last problem: then lay the graduated edge of the quadrant on the g^ven longitude in the ecliptic, and the star wiU be found under the g^ven latitude. W * The declination of a star ia its distanoe north at loath of the equinoctial. tav,aiid and the ie is the it where decUna- Ltascen- as he 18 e side of ishedby ae of the 3ear, the as, a|^)nt s, Pa0as, Through rent path BSTIAL a star, in which number the lati- the qua- de. [b Minor, of lie" 8, and c.aor. Deneb, pns, Blgel^ latitvde problem: le given iderthe Ith of the niOBLEMS. 866 lEz^Wh«t ater It that wlioMt longltade !• 86*, and whoM latltoda It ld*8.f What star to tbatwlMMloBgitDdeiaaor, and whoM latitude 18 80* N. ?— Ana. Betelguuz in Orion |— and Altair in Aanila. What art those start whose latitude and longltade are reapeellTelT 88P N. and long. M* ; 28|* N. and long. 79° ^ 00" M. and long. 88^98* N. 947*: ir a. and endlong. 40*; 86* N. ? - Pbob. VII. — To fiind the time token any of the heavenly bodies rises f setSf or comes to (he meridian^ on a particular day, ai a given place. jtrs. SuLE. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place; bring the sun's place to the meridian, and set the index to xn.; then turn the globe till the ffiven star comes to the eastern edge of the horizon, the in&x will show the time of rising ; carry it to the western edee, the index will show the time of settmg ; then brin^ it to the meridian, and the index shows the time of its culmmation or southing.* Ex«— At what time does Begulua, in Leo, rise, set, and culminiite at Edinburgh, on the 4th of February ? At what time does Alphecda, in Corona Borealls, riso, set, and culminate at Madrid, on the 7th of May? — Ans. Rises 6h. 26' A., souths Oh. 46' M., and sets 8h. b' M.;— rises 4^. W A., souths Oh. 86' M., and sets 8h. SO' M. At what time does each of the stars mentioned in Prob. I. rise, cul minate, and set, on the Ist and 16th of each month of the year, at ^e places mentioned in last Frob. ? Prob. Vm. — To find on what day of the year a star comes to the meridian at a given hour, KuLE. — Bring the star to the brass meridian, and set the index to the given hour ; turn the globe till the index points to xu. noon, and the da^ of the month which correspoi^ds to tiie degree of the ecliptic cut by the meridian is the day re- quired. Ex. — On what day does Rlgel, in Orion, come to the meridian at 8 o'clock in the evening ? On what day does Sirius come to the meridian at 10 o'clock evening?— Ans. February 8d ;— January 28th. On what day does Aldebaran come to the meridian at 7, 8, 10, 12 p. m. and 2, 4, 6 a. h. ?— On what days do each of the stars mentioned in Prob. I. come to the meridian at 7, 0, 11 p. m. and 1, 8, 6 a. m., respectively ? Pbot?^ IX. — To find the amplitude of any star, its oblique ascension and descension, and its diurnal arc, at any given place. Bulb. — ^Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place, and bring the given star to the eastern part of the horizon ; the * In turning round the globe It will be observed that liome of thb ^tars do not descend below the horison, while others in the opposite point of , the heavens continue always below It. The former never set at the given place for which the globe is rectified, and are called circui^tar HtarM/ and the latter never riM at the given place. enlngoB iti month ecwenly rticular \ place; ludexto 3 to the ) time of ihow the lie index iminilte at ghecoii,in of Hay? — rises 41i. . rise, cnl sar, at th( ar comes d Bet the ix points ipoi^ds to 3 day re- idian at 8 ) meridian 10, 12 P. M. ' InPBOB. tively? oblique at any ^ace, and &on : the Ifthfcitars I point of the Kiyen trMUcru FBOBLEXB. 367 mimber of d»%A between the eastem point of the horison and the star wlH ;)fi its riang ampfitnde, and the degree of the equinoctial cut h^ the horizon will he the ohliqne ascen- tion: set the hour circle to xa., and torn the giohe wesi- wara till the given star comes to the western edge of the horizon, the hours passed over on the hour circle will he the star's dinmal arc, or tlie time of its continuance ahoye the horizon. The setting amplitude is the numher of degrees hetween the western point of the horizon and the star, md the ohlique descension is that dej^ree of the equinoctial in- tercepted hj the horizon, reckonmg from the first point of Aries. EZiT— Seqoired the amplitude, the obliqne ascension and descenrion. and the diurnal are of Rigel at Edinburgh?— Ans. 16* E^ amplitude at rising; 16" W. at setting; oblique ascension 88^", descension 64", and its diurnal are l(tti. ac. Bequired the amplitude, the obliqne ascension and descension, and the diurnal arc of Aldebaran. Ciipella. Rigel, Sirius, Regulus, Arctums, and Vega, at London, Paris, Vieima, Constantinople, and Moscow. Pros. X. — To find the altitude and azimuth of the sun or a star ai any given place and tim£. Rule. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the place ; bring the sun's place in the ecliptic and xii. on the hour circle to the brass meridian; and fix the quadi'ant in the zenith. Then turn the globe till the given hour comes to the meridian, and lay the graduated edge of the quadrant on the star; the degree of the quadrant over the star will show its altitude, and the number of degrees counted upon the horizon, from its intersection by the quadrant to the north or south point, will be its azimuth. Ex.>— At Edinburgh, on the 4th August, at lOh. p. v., vhat are the alti- tude and azimuUi of Mirach, Almaacb, and Aitair ? — Ans. Alt. 29°, az. 69' from N. towards E.;— alt. 28i°, az. 56^° from N. towards £.;— alt 42° az. 121° ftom S. towards E.' At Edinburgh on the Slst December, at 9h. and llh. p. v., what are the altitude and azimuth of Capella, Dubho, Regulus, Alioth, Castor, Procyon, Bellatrix, Birius, Menkar, Algenib, Mirach, Algol, Shedir, Alderamin, Arided, and a Lyr«e ? At London, on the 1st March, at midnight, what are the altitude and azimuth of Kochab, Arided, a Lym, Albireo, Alphecca, Ras Alhagns, Yed, Arctums, Benetnach, Spica Virginis, Regulus. Cor Hydras, Blrins, Castor, Pollux, Betelgeux, Procyon, Capella, Aldebaran, the Pleiades, Algo^ Almaach, Shedhr? PROB. XI. — To find what stars are rising, setting, or cul- minating at any given time and place, Ruxje. — Rectify the globe for the latitude of the ^lace; bring the sun's place in the ecliptic to the brass meridian, 358 FBOiajSMB. tad get the lumr circle to zn. ; then tarn tiie globe eailiiwd or westward, aocorcling as the time if before or after noon, till the giyen hour comes to the meridian, then all those stellation Libra, bis R. A. being lib. 82", and his declination 4* 16|" N. What will be the place of Venus on the 19th December 1860^ 18i», end 1862 r What wiU be the place of the moon on the 26th March 186a 1861, and 1862 ? Find the place of the moon and of each of the planets lor the 1st snd 2Stti of each month of the yesrs 1880 to 1800 inclusiye. the sun's tiie qua- drant till ude, and ie of Alde- xe place, luary, what ■▲. M. ;— 7h. ^titude of [gpectivelyi Ictober and r, 49', Al- (ouTS of the when the [48", Mid 860 TABLE, 8H0WIK0 THB LENGTH OF A. DEOREE OF LOKGITUDS OH AKT PABALLEL OF LATITUDE, BETWEEN THE EQUATOR AND THB POLES, THB EARTH BEING SUPPOSED A SPHERE. ■#i Deg. of Geog. Eng. Deg. of Geog. Eng. 1 Deg. of Geog. I Eng. { Lat Miles. MUes. Lat Miles. 51.43 Miles.' Lat. Miles. MUes. f 1 59.99 69.10 31 59.24 61 29.09|33.61 2 59.96 69.07 32 50.88 58.61 62 28.1732.45 3 59.92 69.02 83 50.32 57.97 63 27.24131.38 4 59.85 68.94 34 49.74 67.30 64 26.30 80.29 5 59.77 68.85 35 49.15 66.62 65 25.36 29.21 28.11 6 59.67 68.74 36 48.54 55.91 66 24.40 7 59.55 68.60 37 47.92 65.20 67 23.44 27.00 1 8 59.42 68.45 38 47.28 54.46 68 22.48 25.89 1 9 59.26 68.26 39 46.63 53.72 69 21.60 24.76 1 10 59.09 68.06 40 45.96 62.941 70 20.52 23.64 1 11 58.89 67.34 41 45.28 52.16! 71 19.53 22.50 1 A« 12 58.68 67.60 42 44.59 61.36' 72 18.54 21.35 ■ AS ■ hn, 13 58.46 67.34 43 43.88 50.55 73 17.54 20.20 ■ DO 1 *' 14 58.22 67.07 44 43.16 49.72 74 16.64 19.06 15 57.95 66.76 45 42.43 48.88 75 16.53 17.89 1 16 57.67 66.43 46 41.68 48.01 76 14.62 16.72 17 57.38 66.10 47 40.92 47.14 77 13 60 15.66 rac 18 57.06 65.73 48 40.15 46.25 78 12.47 14.36 19 56.73 65.35 49 39.36 45.34 79 11.45 13.19 20 56.38 64.95 60 38.57 44.43 80 10.42 12.00 OUI 21 56.01 64.52 51 37.76 43.60 81 9.39 10.81 22 55.63 64.08 62 36.94 42.65 82 8.35 9.62 23 55.23 63.62 53 36.11 41.60 83 7.31 8.42 24 54.81 63.14 54 35.27 40.63 84 6.27 7.22 25 54.38 62.64 65 34.41 39.64 85 5.23 6.02 fl T... 26 53.93 62.12 66 33.55 38.65 86 4.19 4.82 ■ I HI 27 53.46 61.58 57 32.68 37.64 87 3.14 3.61 ■ or li 28 52.97 61.02 68 31.80 36.63 88 2.09 2.40 m and 29 52.47 60.44 59 30.90 35.59 89 1.05 1.21 1 ^^T 80 51.96 59.85 60 30.00 34.56 90 0.00 0.00 I fixm 4j'^:7v, i^ ox AKT JXD THB .i Eng. I. MUes. 9 33.51 7 32.45 i 31.38 30.29 29.21 28.Sl 27.00 25.89 24.76 23.64 22.50 21.35 --^Ai'■4u<**■.-r».■•»v■■'^n4iy»>.^ .^ ,.„ , 4120.20 19.05 17.89 16.72 15.55 14.36 13.19 12.00 10.81 9.62 8.42 7.22 6.02 4.82 3.61 2.40 1.21 0.00 9 5 I r OUTLINE OP MATHEMAnCAL GEOGRAPHY AND ASTRONOMY. A8TR0N0M7 is the science which describes the heavenly bodies — that is, the Sun, Moon, Earth, and Stars. It treats of their forms, magnitudes, distances, relative situations, real and apparent motions, and actions on each other. Mathematical Geographt treats of the form and mami- tude of the Earth, of the lines drawn on its surface to define the positions of places, and of the relative positions of its dif- ferent parts in respect to the heavenly booies, especially the Sun. CHAPTER I. THE SPHEBE OF THE HEAVENS. The surface of the sky or heavens appears to us as a concave or hollow sphere ; and it is convenient to regard it as such, and to imagine various lines drawn upon it, for the sake of defining with precision tiie positions of objects. The whole of the heavens appear to he m continual motion from east to ^est, carrying tne sun, moon, and stars along with them, and completmg one revolution in about 24 homs-^ or more correctly, 23 hours, 56 minutes, 4*09 seconds. , ^ But this is only an apparent motion— <»used by the rota- tion of Ihe earth on its axis from west to east in the same time. 86S HATHIMAnCilli OBOGBAPBT We know that we may be in motion without peroeifilig it, as in the cabin of a ship or canal boat movins gentty, we may be carried a long way without knowing wat we hare moved at all. — ^We do not perceive motion when it ia onifinrm, and when the bodies around us are moving at the same rate, 10 that we retain the same relative position to them. We know also that our motion ma^ cause other bodies to appear to move which are really stancung still, as when in a railway carriage, we see the trees, hedges, and banks appear to flit rapidly past us, in a direction opposite to that m which we are moving. The apparent revolution of the whole heavens round the earth may thus be explained by the earth'S^ rota- tion on its axis. When the motions of the stars are observed, they all seem to move together from the east side of the horizon towards the west. 8ome rise very far south, ascend but a little way above the horizon, and set far south on the "^V^st side of tne horizon : some rise in the east, ascend very m^h in the sky, and after describing a large curve in the heavens, set in the west : others rise and set north of due east and west : others do not set at a)l, but describe complete circles above the horizon round one point : others describe smfdler and smaller circles round that point; and the stars very near that point appear, to judge by the naked eye, not to move at dU. That point is the Nobth Pole of the Hbaveks. There is a similar point opposite to it in the southern regions of the sky. These two points are the extremities of the imaginary line or axis, about which the heavens appear to rotate daily. They are vertical at the poles of the earth, and in the horizon at its equator. And at any place on the earth's surface, the pole of the heavens, visible there, always appears in the same position in relation to fixed objects at that place, while every other point in the sky is continually changmg its position in relation to them. The poles of the heavens may also be defined as the points where the earth's axis produced would meet the sky. There is a pretty bright star very near the north pole of the heavens, called the North Polar Stab, which may be easily found out. The ancients had the starrv heavens mapped out into con- steUations, each consisting of a collection of adjoining stars, separated from the others oy an imannary line, ^d included under one name, expressive of some figure which the leading i^rs in the constellation were supposed to resemble. The stars in each constellation are named by the' letters of the Greek alphabet,-— the brightest being termed m (alpha) ; «lio lUy, we t We nifinrm, aente, a. We appear railway r to flit bich we beavem I'l^ TOta- ihey all horizon d but a he i^st ay m^h leayens, sast and ) circles smaller irs very ), not to Ihereis s of the aginary daily, horizon ace, the e same le every Itition in points pole of [may he itocon- |g stars, icluded leading Itters of Ipha); AMD junaommr, did next brightest $ (beta), «id so • Lj ov THB EouiTio. Thli polnt is in the constollatien ij'.Aj,^. < uttle fiurther from the north polo than the aukle of Oe^iUeus in Fig. 8. * Ue north pole of the hearens moves so as to describe a oiroic round tne pole of the ecliptic in 25,868 years. The movement thus made is too slight to be apparent in a life< tic e ; but in time the north pole will be far removed from the present pole-star, and will return to it again at tho en< of the above-mentioned period. From this motion, which will be explained afterwards, the equinoctial points move backwards upon the ecliptio : and tho signs of the zodiac, which wore originally named from col - stellations in these signs, do not now correspond with these constellations; the sign Aries — ^meaning tho first 80" from the sprinsr or vernal equinox, is in the constellation Pisces ; the sign Taurus in the constellation Aries, and so on. The pupil should now endeavour to mako himself acquainted with the positions and appearances of the following stars and constellationB :•— The brightest star in the Ghreat Bear, one of the pointers, marked a m Fig. 8, and termed Dudhb, is in K. A. lOn. &3m., or about 163" ;D. N. 62' 87'. A line drawn from about the middle of the tail of the Great Bear through the pole-star, and produced nearly as &.r on tjne other side of that star, will terminate in the constellation Gas- sfOiMAj or Lady in her Ghahr. The prominent stars in this constellation ore five in number, and arranged so as to make a figure somewhat like the letter W, but straggling, and with one angle of the W shorter than the other. Cassi(ypeia is one of the constellationa in the milky way. The first hour circle passes through JSeto of Cassiopeia, and close to Delta of the Great Bear, where the tidl Johas ^e body. A straight Une from the pole-star, penpendicular to the line j(Hning the pointers and pold'Star, and on the same side of thatlme as ue head ef the Baar, passes dose to a very bright star, CAPF.T.LA ; about twice as iar from the pointers as the 368 UATHElfATIOAL OEOOKAPHV pole-star. This star is in R. A. 61i. 4m., or about 76" ; D. N. 45"* 49^ This is the brightest and most northern of the stars in the constellation Auriga, or Charioteer. The principal stars in this constellation, along with one of Tannis, form an elongated five-sided figure, stretching fnnn north to soutii, and very well marked. A straight line from the pole-star, in the direction nearly opposite to the line passing by Capella, leads to another very bright star, Vega, the principal star in the constellation Lyra. Vega is in R. A. 18h. 31m., or about 277**; D. N. SS** 38'. Capella and Vega are almost always visible in Great Britain. In about 12,000 years, the north pole will have moved half of its course round the pole of the ecliptic, and Vega, the brightest star near the point it will then occupy, will serve for a pole-star. A straight line from the pole-star, passing near the star in the tip of the tail of the Great Bear, and t>vice the distance of the tad from the pole-star, leads to Arcturus, a very bright star, of a distinct reddish colour, the principal star in the con- stellation Bo(;TES, or Huntsman. Arcturus is in R. A. 14h. 8m., or about 212"; and D. N. 20" 1'. On the first hour-circle, south of Cassiopeia, in D. N. 28" 12' is Alphorat, the principal star in the constellation An- dromeda. Alphorat, along with three pretty bright stars of the constellation Pegasus, forms a prominent square in the heavens. Alde'3Aran, the brightest star in Taurus, is in R. A. 4h. 26m., about 66"; and D. N. 16" 10'. It has a marked ruddy colour. The Pleiades, or seven stars of Taurus, a cluster by themselves, are in R. A. about 54" ; D. N. 23" 30'. Castob and Pollux, the brightest stars in Gemini, are very near each other— in R. A. about l^h. ; D. N. 28" (Pollux), 32" (Castor). Regulus, the brightest star in Leo, is in R. A. 9h. 59m., about 150"; D.N. 12" 45'. The leading stars in this con- stellation form a figure like a sickle, of which Regulus is in the handle. This great constellation is nearly due south of the Great Bear. Spica, the brightest star in Vniao, is in R. A. 13h. 16m., or about 199"; D. S. 10" 19'. The southern constellations of interest that are frequently visible in Great Britain are, Orion, Canis Minor, and Canis Major. These constellations lie due south of Capella and Gemini, and are very prominent in the heavens during our winter. Orion forms a large stiiking four-sided figure, con- siderably elongated from north to south. In the middle are three stars, lying in a south-east and north-west direction, usually called Orion's Belt. Betelgeux, the brightest star, is in the north-east angle and of a ruddy colour. Birius, in AXD AflTBOXOMT. 869 the eonstelkiion Canis Majob, tbe greater dog, and the brighteBt of the fixod stars, is south-east from Onon, R. A., about 100"; D. S. 16** 80'. The Pleiades, Aldebaran, Orion's Belt, and Sirius, are nearly in one straight line. Pbooton, (R. A. 112"; D. N. S** 37'), a very bright star, in the con- stellation Canis Minor, or lesser dog, is nearly due south from the twins (Gemini), and due east from Betclgeux. Thb Milkt Way, a whitiBh belt passing round the heavens, lies between Procyon and Sirius, then north-west between Gemini and Orion, then through Auriga, south-west of Capella; then passes through several minor constellations, and Cassiopeia, and south-west, splitting into two divisions, south of the constellation Cyonus or the Swan, not far from Vega. With respect to the extent of the heavens visible at any place, the celestial sphere may be divided into three portions ; — 1. That part which never sets at the place {i. c. never sinks below the horizon), and the stars in which are always visible on clear nights. 2. That part which is only occasionidly visible, being sometimes above, sometimes below the horizon of the place. 3. That part which is always below the horizon of the place, and therefore can never be seen from that place. The Celestial Meridian of any place on earth means the Hour-circle which passes through the zenith of the place. The distance from the zenith to the horizon along that circle will be 90^ At any place, the height of the pole of the heavens above the horizon (called the devatlon of the pole) is always exactly equal to the latitude of the place. That is, if we measure Ihe number of degrees, &c., along the celestial meridian of a place from the horizon to the pole, there will be exactly as many as in the latitude of the place. The N. latitude of London is 51" 30' +, and there the north pole (or north polar star which is close to the pole) is 51° 30' + above the honzon. At Edinburgh, the elevation of the pole is 65° 57' +, for that city is in N. L. 55° 57' 4-. The distance in degrees, &c., of the zenith of a place from the equinoctial is the same as the elevation of the pole, or latitude of the place. The distance of the zenith from the pole (called th^ zenith distance of the pole) is equal to the difference between the elevation of the pole and 90° ; at London, 38° + ; at Edin- burgh, 34° +. And this is equal also to the elevation of the equmoctial above the horizon on one side, or its depression below tiie horizon on the other side of the heavens. Thus, at Londi D. 8. The part of the sky forming the intermediate belt is some- times aoove, sometimes below the horizon of the place. That belt extends as many degrees on each side of the equinoctial as are in the elevation of that line above the horizon. T^us, at London, the stars in the belt of sky from 38° + D. a, to 38° + D. S (a breadth of 76° +)» are sometimes above, some- times below the horizon. This will be understood from the following figure : — ▲HD ABTBOXOMT. 871 Let fhe BinaU oixole in the middle represent the earth, n an obserrer on its snrfiice, abont the latitude of London or Edin- burgh ; the great outer circle, his celestial meridian ; then Z will be his zenith. Let N be the north pole of the heavens^ S the south pole, and let £ Q represent the plane of the equinoctial; the part where it crosses the earth {eq) will represent the earth's equator. From £ to N will be 90 , and fh>m Q to N also 90^ From StoEandtoQwillbethe same number of degrees, making 360** all round. The dotted line a o will be the sensible horizon or the ob- server at n; the points a and o being the parts of the dcy below which he could not see the heavens for the earth inter- Eosing. Let H O R be a plane parallel to that of Hie sensible orizon, but passing through the centre of the earth. It is plain that, if the inner circle representing the earth were smaller, the place of the observer, n, and also the line a o, would be proportionably nearer to H O R ; and that if the space in the figure occupied by the earth were reduced to a mere point, the lines (or planes) a o and H O R would coalesce. Now this is actually the case with respect to the horizon of any place on the earth and the starry heavens. The distance from the earth's surface to its centre is as nothing — a mere point — ^in relation to the distances of the stars ; and hence, in relation to them there is no practical diiference between the sensible horizon a o, and a i)lane parallel to it passing through the earth's centre, which is called the Rational Horizon, and represented by the line H O R in the figure. We may therefore reason with respect to the starry heavens and the positions of the earth in relation to them, as if the observer at n were at the earth's centre O, and the distances a H, o R in the sky, and n O, reduced to nothing. H and R being the points whero the horizon meets the sky, the distances from Z to H and to R, Will be 90" each. From Z to R being 90% and from E to N 90', taking away the arc Z N, which is a part of each, there will remain the arc N R, the elevation of the pole, equal to the arc Z E, tlie zenith Stance of the equinoctial ; wmch it is manifest is the same number of de^ees in the celestial meridian as »e on the ter** restrial meridian, which is the latitude ofn. Since H Z, E N, and N Q are 90** each, bv taking E Z from each of the first two, and the equal arc N R from the last, there remain £ H, the elevation of the equinoctial above the horizon, Z N, the zenith distance of the pole, and R Q, the depression of the equinoctial below the horizon, all equal to each other, and equal to the difference between the elevation of the pole and 90 . Now, in considering the apparent daily rotation of the 872 ILLTHBICATIOAL OBOORAFHT spheie of the heayens, we may regard the obsenrer at n, or raHier at O, as fixed, and his horizon H O R as shutting out from his view all below Ihe line HOB. Also, the points K and S, the poles of the heavens, maintain the same places. Hence, in rotating, all the stars from N by o, B, Q, and A, to S, will in 12 hours have come to like distances from N and S on the other side of these points, along the line N Z E a H S ; and stars on that latter line will be on the opposite line from N by Q to Z. A star at r Tthe same distance from N as B) will in 12 hours be at B, just on the horizon ; stars at B will have been elevated to r; and all north of these points will have con- tinued above the horizon during the whole rotation ; that is, always^ to the observer at the place n. The stars from B by Q to A will in 12 hours come to the position r £ H, any stEir at h being just upon the horizon at H, and the stars from r to H then sinking oelow the horizon, as from B to A. The stars, from A by S to H, in the rotation of the celestial sphere, evidently cannot rise above tlie horizon at all. They are never seen at the latitude of n. It may easily be shown that the arcs SH, SA, are each equal to E Z or N B ; and that the arc Q A is equal to each of the arcs E H, Q B, or ZN. Thus at the latitude of w, the part of the heavens from r by N to B, never sets ; the part from B to A, or r to H, is some- times above, sometimes oelow the horizon ; the part from H by S to A, is never above the horizon. At London, Vega just skirts the horizon when at the lowest point of its daily course; and Gafella, in the opposite quarter Of the heavens, at its lowest point, is about 7° above the horizon ; so that these two very bright stars are almost always visiole in Great Britain, at about from 50° to 45** from the north polar star. '" ' -"^ It must be observed that the motion of the earth round the sun, by which we undergo a change of place to the extent of no less than 190 millions of miles, makes no sensible differ- ence in the relative positions of the earth and heavens. That enormous distance is but a mere point in comparison with the distance of the stars. At all times of the year, the pole of the heavens is in the same relative position to every place upon earth. It will be observed, that though the stars in their daily rotations preserve the same relative positions at each place, they arrive at these positions at different times of the day ; so that stars wluch are above the horizon during night at one season, are below the horizon during night, and cannot be r at n, or Ltting out points K le places, and^, to LNandS iEaHS; line from nil in 12 lave been lave con- i ; that is, ne to the [lorizon at e horizon, e celestial 11. They ., are each to each of from r by is some- rt from H the lowest opposite t 7** above ire almost 45" from round the J extent of ible differ- ns. That n with the the pole of rery place heir daily ach place, leday; so ght at one cannot be AXD ASTBOHOMT. 878 teen, at another season. This arises from the time of one complete daily rotation of the starry sphere being a little dif- ferent from the time occupied by the sun in its apparent daily revolution round the earth, wmch is called a solar daj, and by which the periods of night and day and our divisions of the day are determined. CHAPTER II. THE COMTEMTS OF SPACE. The old notions which prevailed so long, that our Earth is a vast extended plain, round which the heavens revolve daily, and that the Sun and Stars, as well as the Moon, are subor- dinate to the Earth, and exist only to minister to the wants of its inhabitants, have given place to much more extended ideas of the numbers, magnitudes, distances, and uses in creation, of the heavenly bodies. The Earth is now ascertained to be one of a number of bodies, several of them much larger than it is, which are connected with the sun, — an immense orb, upwards of a million of times larger than the earth — and dependent in many respects on that great luminary. These together con- stitute the Solar System, which extends through space, to a distance of about 3000 millions of miles from the sun ; or about 30 times the distance of the earth from the sun, which is 95 millions of miles. Five of the more brilliant stars which are usually visible to the naked eye, namely, Mebcury, Venus, Maes, Jupiter, and Saturn, lielong to the Solar System. They are readily distinguished by these marks: they are usually very near the ecliptic,— -do not twinkle, — expand into a msc of sensible breadth when viewed through the telescope, — and have a motion amongst the stars, besides their apparent daily motion with the whole heavens round the earth, so that they appear in different constella- tions, at different times. These stars are caMed planets from the Greek word planetes, wanderer. Other stars apparently more irregular in their movements, called comets, and bodies called ccrolites, make up the solar system- The solar system will be described in Chapter IV. The other stars which are usually seen in the heavens are called Fixed Stars, because they always appear to preserve the same positions in relation to each other. The stars in the consteUation " Great Bear" appear to the oldest man living to be clustered in the same form as in his childhood. We know from good records that that form has not materially altered for hundreds of years. We have reason to believe Ifi li I 874 ICATHBMATIClIi GSOORAPHT that all the great constellations appear to as now just a^thej did to the astronomers who flourished long before the Chris- tian era, and who arran^d the stars in constellations, and gave them the names which the^ still bear, — ^names deriyed from the great heroes and heromes of antiquity, and which have stamped on the heavens in indelible characters the heroic deeds and elegant fables of ancient times. The fixed stars are known to be at enormous distances. Yeoa is at a distance of upwards of seventy-five millions of millions of miles (75,000,000,000,000 miles) from our system — ^nearly a million of times the distance of the earth from the sun. The nearest of the fixed stars whose distance has been subjected to measurement {a Centauri) is yet 21 millions of millions of miles irom the sun. And it is probable that many of the fixed stars are at distances far beyond these ; becoming viaible to us only by their great magnitude or brilliancy. When viewed through the telescope, they, only appear brighter; they do not expand into sensible discs, as the planets do. Bodies so distant cannot shine by reflecting light received from our sun. They must be luminous in themselves — ^many of them much larger and brighter than our sun ; and they are believed to be themselves suns, probably performing, in the grand and wonderful scheme of creation, parts similar to that performed by the great centre of our solar sytem. Those which are visible to the naked eye are divided into six magnitudes^ as thev are called, according to their brilliancy. About twenty are reckoned as of the first magnitude, of which eleven are visible in Great Britain. It is supposed that not so many as 2000 are at any time visible to tne naked eye ; but the telescope brings myriads into view. The pole-star is of the second magniUide. > h- The " fixed stars " are not absolutely fixed. Many of them do change their positions in relation to each other. But this change, called their jproper motion^ is very slight, so much so, that it must go on for thousands of years before it amounts to a change in position sensible to the naked eye. Abctubus moves north about 2" yearly, that is 1' in thirty years, or 1** in 1800 years. Though apparently a slight movement, from the great distance — ^that very distance shows us that it must in reality be an extremely rapid motion — ^perhaps more rapid than any motion in our own system. Some of those fixed stars whidi appear single when -dewed through an ordinary telescope, become resolved into a cluster or mmtitude of stars when examined by a powerfol telescope. Perhaps each of these is a sun — ^the wnole being a system of suns, separated by vast distances, but apparently near each other, in consequence of their enoimous distance &om us. AmO AflTkONOMT. 375 Tbese are called 8tdUar Nehdas, that is nebnltt resolrable into lepsrate stars. Other stars, more properly called nebnlsBf appear as thin clotidy-looking masses of vapour. These, it has been con- jectured, maj be gaseous matter in the process of formation mto suns with their attendant planets. JBut of this nothing is known with certainty. Some stars are termed Multiple stars. These consist of two or more close to each other, and performing regular revolutions in orbits round each other, or rather round their common centre of gravity ; and for several of them the periods of their revolutions have been calculated. In one or two in- stances, a complete revolution has been ^one through, since this great discovery was made by Sir W. Herschel about the close of the last century. A pair of such stars is usually called a Binary star, as distmguisned from a double star, when the two component members may appear close together, though no physical connexion exists ; they may be very far apart, and merely appear, as seen from the earth, in the same direction. Other stars are termed Yabiable or Peiuodical. Of these, some present the singular phenomenon of undergoing a regu- lar alternate increase and diminution of their lustre ; while others disappea?!* altogether for a time. These phenomena are attributed to rotation in these bodies, while their surfiEices are of different degrees of brightness at different parts— or to the intervention of some large body revolving oetween us and them, which cuts off from them a portion of tiieir light.* Some stars, called Temforaby stars, have appeared for but a limited time, and then disappeared entirely : several stars marked in old catalogues are not now to be seen fti the heavens. Several of the stars appear arranged in clusters, apart from * The second star /3, in the constellation Perseus, is a vari- able star, the phenomena of which are visible to the naked eve. It is just on the margin of the milky way, on the side of it furthest from the north pole-star, and about the same distance from that star as Vega. It is in R. A. 44", D. N. 40*. It may be found by drawing a line from the pole-star in the direction of the letters Per in fig. 3, page 339. — " This star, named Algol, is usually visible as a star of the second magnitude, and such it continues for the space of 2 days 14 hours, when it suddenly begins to diminish in splendour, and in about 3^ hours is reduced to the fourth ma^tude. It then begins agam to increase, and in 3^ hours more is restored to its usual brightness, going thro^h all its changes in 2 days, 20 hours, 48 minutes." — Hermtd. 'fhe star Omicron ^t) of Cetus or the whale, which is called Misa, goes through its period in 334 days, disappearing altogether for a time. It is a star of the second magnitude when at its brightest. It is in R. A. about 32°, or 2 hours 10 minutes, D. S. 3* to 4*. 376 MATHBMATIOAL OIOOIAPHT ihe othen, as the Plbiadkb, in Taunu. The Miucr Wat owes its light to myriads of stars closely crowded together, of which it ui fonnd to be composedf when viewed throogh powerful telescopes. Our star, the sun, is supposed to belong to that cluster which forms the milky way, being placra near the middle of it. The Maoellakig Clouds, two remark- able objects near the south pole of the heavens, are collec- tions of clusters of stars.— -!Besides these bodies scattered about every where through the vast realms of space, it has been conjectured that a thin fluid called the Etuer, infinitely more rare than our atmosphere, is spread out through the intervening spaces, and that it actually exerts a certain amount of resistance against the motions of the heavenly bodies through it. This, it must be remembered, is no more than conjecture, Bavs of light and heat, and probably other influences, are also traversing space in all directions, bounding for J^ears over millions of millions of miles, — linking together the most remote of the works of creation — ^and revving to intelligent beings the existence of distant worlds — ^perhaps of worlds that nave long since ceased to exist. Li^ht, subtle as it is, has been measured in respect to its velocity. By means of two distinct astronomical phenomena, it has been ascertained that the velocity of light is 192,000 miles in a second. Hence the rays of light which reach us from the nearest fixed star, have left that star three years before they reach us, and inform us of its existence then. It has been calculated that light requires about 12 years to reach our system from Vega. It ft possible tiiat there may bo myriads of stars so remote from our system, that their light has never yet reached the earth ; while others, whose light still reaches us, may have been long since extinguished. There is no reason to suppose that the Doundaries of the sidereal system (if it have a umit) are within reach of even the most powerful telescones. The most remote of the stars which the best telescopes oring into view may owe their apparent minuteness not to inferior magni- tude, but to enormous distance ; and, perhaps an observer at the farthest of these would find the same appearance as we do, star beyond star, in countless myriads, and at incon- ceivable distances, of which it baffles the mind to form any adequate conception. Tne universe has no bounds that we can e^n fimcy — and wherever we know it, it is full of matter and of motion. There is no point in space that has not sOme body in it-ror gome influence passing through it. There are no roidiH-no objects truly fixed. Life, force and activity per^ado the boundless realms of creation. AVD AinOHOMr. m CHAPTER III. towoem amd mdtioiib ov thb ukitebn. 1. Definitioms. A VOBOH is whatever produces, or tends to produce, or preTent motion, or to change the direction of motion. A single force acttng on a body tends to make it more in a straight line. That line is called the Direction or Line of Action of the force. When two forces act upon a body, it moyes as it would if urged by a single force, represented in magnitude and dh«c- tion by the diagonal of a parallelogram, me sides of which represent the magnitudes and directions of the two forces. Fig. 6. Thus, if a force of the magnitude and direction of A C act upon a body at the same time as another of the magnitude and in the direction of A B, these two ^ forces wovld produce exactly the same effect upon it, as a single force represented in magnitude and direction by the line A D. Finding a single force which will produce the same effect as two others, is called the Composition of Fobces: the two forces are called eomjponents ; and the single force is called their residtant. Motion is called IJNiFOiuf when the moving body passes over equal spaces in equal times ; accelebated, when its velocity is increasing ; betarded, when its velocity decreases. The MEAN MOTION of a body is the rate at which, moving uniformly, it would still pass over the same space in the same time. An Ellipse is a curved line, such, that the sum of two straight lines, drawn from two points within, to any ^inton the curve, shall always be the same. These two pomts are termed the Foci of the Ellipse. Fig. 6. Fig. 6 represents an ellipse. F and E are its foci, and if G, K, L, be any points in its circumference, then G F and G E together will be of the same length as K F and k!£ to- fther, or L F and E together tti lUTHBIUTIOAli OtOeBAPBT Thk Major Axeb of an ellipie if the itiaiffht lino 4xiwn thiongb the foci, and terminated both ways kit the oiioain- ference, as A O. The middle point of uiia line, C, ia the Onrmi of the ellipse. The minor axis of the ellipse is the straight Ime through the centre at right angles to the major AXiB,as B D. A Tangisnt (or touching line) to a circle is a straight line which touches the circle, and bein^ produced both ways, does not cut it, that is, does not go mto it. In Fig. 1, D K and P H Q are tangents. A tangent of a circle is at right angles to the diameter drawn through the point of contact — There may be tangents to other curve hues as well as to circles. The path or course in which a heavenly body 'moves is called its Orbft. The orbits of the planets and comets are ellipses, the sun being in one of the foci. The Ezcrmtkktitt of a planet's orbit is the distance |rom the centre of the ellipse in which it revolves to eiiho* of its fod. In the last figure, if the ellipse represent the orbit of a planet, and F the position of the sun, F C is the cxcen- tricity. The point of the planet's orbit farthest from the sun is called its Aphelion, as O in the above figure — ^that nearest the sun, its PERraELioN, as A. These two points are some- times called The Apsides. A Pendulum is any body suspended ireely from a fixed point, about which it swings backwards and forwards. It performs its oscillations (or vibrations) in equal times, how- eirtit different in length they may be, so long as the pendulum continues of the same length — or the force which causes it to move remains the same. — ^But if the pendulum be made shorter, or the moving force be greater, it will move more quickly — and vice versa. Centre of Gravity. There is a certain point in every body, which bears such a relation to the whole mass, that the same effects would ensue fromitsweight,if its whole mass were concentrated in that point — ^and a similar point may be found for any number of bodies connected together. That ^int is the Centre op Gravity. It is the pomt through which the resultant of the forces of all its separate particles passes. 2. Gravitation. {Attractivey Centred^ or Centnpetal Fofre.) Every particle of matter is imbued with a tendency to move towards every other particle, which is called the Force of Universal Attraction, or Force of Gravitation, or i&nply Gravitation. AMD A0nU»QIIT. m Thi» force is ezemplified in the fklling of a body wli«a left onsupported in the air— in the downwurd force or piesran vrhlcn every bod^ exerts on those on which it rests, and which we call their weig^ht. (1.) Cframtation act* tn all directions^ spreading out firom A body like rays from a luminous object. This is snown by a plummet suspended near the top of a high rock leaning towards the rock — by bodies tending towards ^e eaxth on every side — by the action of the moon in raising the waters of the ocean aud forming the tides — by the phenomena observed in the mutual action of the sun, planets, and satellites — and by the consideration, that, as gravitation seems an inherent property of matter, . it is not likely that it will act in one direction, more than in any other. On the earth's surface gravitation acts in one predominating direction — ^namely, towards the centre of the earth — giving bodies that strong and invariable tendency downwards oalled GaAvrrv. This is not owing to any difference in nature be- tween the mass of the earth and bodies upon it — ^but to tiie circumstance of that mass being so very great compared with that of any body on its surface, that all lateral attractions are overpowered by the overwhelming force of the immense mass under our feet. Also, lateral attractions neutralize each other, while the force of the earth's attraction is not neutralized by any opposite force equally near. — The earth's centre is the (Jentrb of Gravity of the earth, so that we mav reason with respect to the earth's gravity as if its whole force were collected at its centre. (2.) The force of gravitation ia in direct proportion to the qvxmtity of matter or mass — that is, any body will exert twice the force that its half would, three times the force that its third would, and so on. (3.) The force of gravitation is in inverse proportion to the square of the distance. This means that the attraction be- tween two bodies placed successively at different distances, in as much greater as the square of the distance is less— or as n ach less as the square of the distance is greater. Thus, the force of attraction between two bodies at any distance, called 1, is as much greater than their attraction at a distance of 2, as the square of 2 (4) is greater than the square of 1 (1), in like manner. Attraction at distance, 7 Attraction at distance 8 9 49 The diminution in the above proportion of an influence radiating from a central point, may be illustrated by the •I ml 88d MATimiATlOAL GMMBAPHI^ ftllowinff fiffore. Lei Q npreient any Inmlnoni bod j, A B, C Df ana £ F, boardi at the lame suooeMive dif tantiM ai A B firom G; A B being at 1, G D at 2, £ F at 8. The mme light which spreade over A B, would at C D, tioiee the Fig. 7. distance, spread over four times the surface ; at E F, ihrice the distance, it would spread over nine limes the surface. But the same amount of light diffused over 4 timei^ the space will have only l-4th of the intensity, over 9 times the space, l-9th of the intensity. Hence the strength of light at 1 is to that at 3 as 9 is to 1 or (which is the same), as 1 to |. This great force is known to extend to the utmost limits of the solar system ; and from the phenomena of multiple stars, is believed, combined with the force to be next described, to prevail in the most distant I'egions of space. As it tends to draw the planets towards the centre round which they re- volve — the sun — ^it is called a central, or centripetal (centre- seeking) force. If acting alone, it would precipitate the moon on the earth, and all the nianets on ihe surface of the sun. But its action is restrained oy the operation of the centrifugal force. 3. The Centrifugal Force. , (Called also, Projectile or Tangental Force.) As a single force causes a body to move in a straight line, and the planets move in curved lines, they must be impelled by some other force besides that of gravitation. This other force is called centrifugal (centre-flying), be- cause its tendency is to make the planet fly from the centre round which it revolves; tangental, oecaaBQ the line in which the planet would move, were the central force to cease to act, would be a tangent to the curve or orbit in which ii previously moved. It is called prcjectile^ as it tends to throw the body out of its orbit, and resembles the force with which a projec- tile is impelled from the surface of the earth. AVD JktraoiroMT. 881 Thai, if A, Fig. 8, be « body moving round F, in the circle Af B, C, D, and if; the body being »t A, Fig. 8 the prqiectile force were tuddmily to cease, the central force would draw the body in the line A F to the centre. Were tne central f<^rce to be Busponded when the bodv ^^a at A, the projoc* -q tile or centritugal force would carry the body out of the orbit, in the line A G, a tangent to the circle at tho point where it was when tho central force ceased. In giving tho pla:not8 their orbitual motions, these two forces act on tho principle t)f tho composition of forces. Any curved line may do considered as made iip of a number of infinitely small straight lines, which will be the diagonals of a series of parallelograms, whose sides will be lines iu the directions of the centripetal and centrifVigal forces at each point, and of lengths proportionate to the mtensities of these forces. As the directions of the tangent and radius change at eveiy point, the body enters every moment upon a new diagonal, the series of which will form the curve which it describes in its orbit. 4. Obbitual Motions of th« Flakets. — Kepler's Laws. The following general laws are found to prevail through- out the solar system. They wore discovered by Kepler, a celebrated astronomer, who flourished during the early part of the seventeenth century. 1. Tho planets move round tho sun in such a manner, that the line drawn from a planet to the sun (called radius vector)^ passes over areas proportional to the times of the motions ; — that is, describes equal areas in equal times. 2. The orbits of the planets are Ellipses, having the sun in one of the foci. 3. llio squares of tho periodic times of the planets are in the same proportion as tlio cubes of then* mean distances from the sun. The radius vector of a planet is an imaginary straight line from the sun to the planet, supposed to remain fixed at the former, but to follow the planet in its coursa round that orb, expanding or contracting according to the planet's distance from the sun. ■ i1 883 If ATHEMATIOAL QEOOBAFBT In the adjoining figure, let S oe the sun, and A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, succes- sive positions of a planet revolying in the ellipse A C E G. SA,SB,SC,&c.will be the radius vector in these several posi- tions. Now, if it be supposed that the planet has moved from B to C in the same time as from D to E,then, bv Kepler's first law, the radius vector in passing from the position S B to S C, nas passed over the same space (or area) as in passing fromSDtoSE—that is, the area S B C is equal to the area S D E ; and so on. From this, and the second law that the orbits are ellipses, the important truths are derived, that a planet does not move round the sun at a uniform rate — ^that its motion is at one time accelerated, at another retarded. For, as the planet is at different distances from the sun at different parts of its orbit, and its radius vector describes equal areas in equal times, any area, when the planet is near the sun, is broader than an equal area when the planet is remote ; the part of the orbit which bounds the broad area must be longer than that which bounds the narrow one ; and as they are both described in the same time, the planet must move more quickly when in that part nearest to the sun. The velocity of a planet is least when farthest from the sun — becomes accelerated as it becomes nearer- -is at its highest when the planet is nearest to the sun, and retarded as its distance from the sun increases. The third law of Kepler describes the relation between the distances of the planets from the sun and their periodic times or periods ; that is, the times occupied by the planets in com- pleting their revolutions round tiie sun. This law signifies, that the square of the number of days which any planet talces to complete its revolution round the tun, is to the square of the number of days which any other AHD AaTRONOMT. 888 Slanet takes to moye once round the sun, as the cube of the istance of the first planet from the sun, to the cube of the distance of the second planet from the sun.* Or, in the case of Mercury and the Earth, square of square of cube of cube of 88 r 366 : : 37 : 96 88 and 366 are th^ respective number of da^s in the periods of Mercury and the Earth — 37 and 96, their respective dis- tances from the sun, in millions of miles. 6. SoTATORT Motions Am> Fobms of the Heavenly Bodies. The sun, planets, and satellites have a motion of rotation by which they turn upon themselves in various periods called the Day of the rotating body ; this motion goes on simul- taneously with their motion in space, just as tne wheel of a carriage rotates while moving onwards, or a ball in rolling along the ground. The sun and planets are known to have this rotatory mo- tion by the observed motion of spots upon their surfaces ; and the time of rotation, or day of the body, is found by noting the time a spot takes to move through an arc. They may also be inferred to have this motion, from their forms, which are such as would be produced by a rotatory motion: they are Spheroids, and the flattening (or polar compression, as it is called) is at the poles or ends of the axis, which is the shortest diameter. The diameter through the planet at its equator is the longest : each bulges out more or less at its equator. The parts at the surface of a rotating body move with dif- ferent degi'ces of rapidity, and consequently different degrees of force. The polar points do not move out of their places, but simply turn round ; each point describes a larger daily circle of rotation as it is nearer the equator. Thus, while a person at the equator of our earth is carried 24,897 miles in nis daily rotation, those at the arctic circle are carried only about 10,100 miles in the same time. Thus, every part of the surface of a rotating body has a tendency to fly off from the surface (just as a planet has a tendency to fly off from its orbit) in a tangental direction ; which tendency increases towards the equator. By the force of gravitation m the planet, the parts at the surface have also a tendency towards the centre, in the direction of the radius. * The square of a number is the nnmber produced hv multi- plying it by itself-'^-as, 9 is the square of 3. — Its cube is the nnm- oer produced by multiplying it twice by itself; 27 is the cube of 3. 1 I 384 MATHEMATICAL GBOOBAPHT Under the influence of these two forces, the parts tend to a middle course which brings them from the poles towards the > middle regions, and causes an accumulation or bulging out at the equator. It is supposed, from geological considerations, that the earth assumed this spheroidal form while it was mainly or entirely in the fluid state ; the opinion being held that the earth was formerly entirely fluid, and that even now it is so in the interior. The rotatory motion lessens the force of gravity towards the equatorial regions of a planet. 1. By the greater centri- fugal force imparted to these regions, which in some degree neutralizes the central force or weight of a body. 2. By the alteration of form, which brings the polar regions to be nearer to the planet's centre of gravity — ^its centre. This difference between the polar and equatorial regions in the force of gravity cannot be shown by an ordinary ba lance, as the weights used would be as much affected as the body to be weighed. But it is proved by the spring balance or by the pendulum. The spring is more stretched by any body, and the pendulum moves more quickly, in proportion as it is nearer to the poles, showing an increase of gravitating force in that direction. The spheroidal form of the earth is also proved by the in- crease in the length of the degree of latitude in passing from the equator to the poles. If the earth were a true sphere, arcs in the celestial meridian would correspond with arcs of lik( numbers of degrees in the terrestrial meridian, which is founc not to be the case. On going due north or south, the change in the height of the polo does not vary exactly in proportion to the distance north or south moved over. And the devia tion from exact coiTespondence indicates a flattening towards the poles of the earth. Besides gravitation, the force of Heat spreads throughout tho solar system, and on our earth at least and in some of thef comets, gives rise to motions among the particles, which»| occasion various important and interesting phenomena. Though we know little of its operation in other parts of the solar system or universe, its action, as a probable element ir astronomical changes, must not be overlooked in enumeratin the forces of the universe. Heat, Light, and Gravitation link us with far distant worlds; and perhaps there are still other influences, alsc binding together in one connected chain the remote parts o creation, so fine and inappreciable as to have hitherto esca our notice. rts tend to a towards the bulging out 18, that the IS mainly or eld that the now it is 80 vity towards :eater centri- some degree \ 2. By the 3 to be nearer orial regions ordinary ba- fFected as the ng balance or by any body, ortion as it is \ritating force ed by the in- passing from e sphere, arcs arcs of like hich is founc h, the change in proportion id the devia- jning towards Is throughout n some of the rticles, which phenomena. ;r parts of th' >le element in I enumeratinj ;h far distant fluences, alsc jmote parts o ;hertoescai •ilw'£v*>'*( AKD ASTBOVOMY. CHAPTER IV. THB 80LAB BTSTElf . 8dd Thb Solar System consists of the Sun and certain^ other heavenly bodies which are connected with that luminary; namely. Planets, Satellites, Comets, Zeolites. The planets, comets, and aerolites revolve roudA the sun in regular periods of time, receive light and heat from him, and arejpreserved by his attraction in their proper orbits. Tne Planets at present known, forty-three in number, are, MERcnRY, Venus, the Ea&th, Mars, thirty-five Asteroids, Jupiter, Saturn, Uranus, and Neptune. They are Jicre named in the order of their distance from the sun. All these are visible to the naked eye, excepting the Asteroids, Uranus, and Neptune. All the planets move round the sun in the same direction as the earth — west by south to east; and their rotations on their axes are in the same direction — ^west to east. Their orbits are ellipses, but with the major and minor axes nearly equal, so that they are not far from being circles. The planes of the orbits of the planets are not much in- clined to that of the earth's orbit; but all are inclined to it a little, so that one half of a planet's course lies north of the pLuie of the ecKptic — the other naif, south of it. The points where a planet crosses the plane of the ecliptic are called its Nodes. From the orbits of the planets being little above or below the plane of the ecliptic, they are usually near the ecliptic, few Doing beyond the zodiac. From the earth being in motion round the sun, as well as each of the planets, the latter appear at times to be actually staticTiary in the heavens, or even to move back (in a retro- grade direction). But these apparent irregularities can be explained and calculated ; and the real motion is from west to east through the sky, near the ecliptic. The planets appear to be worlds like our earth. They are opaque and dark in themselves, but shine by reflecting the hght received from the sun. This is known by the Phases which they present (see Moon). A planet varies in the extent of its illuminated surface which is turned towards us: and of that side next us, that part only appears luminoHS which is also turned towards the sun, so as to be receiving light from him. These varied appearances are called Phases. The Satblutes are those smaller planets which revolve 2b / 386 MATUEHATICAL OEOGRAIMiy round some of the preceding planets as their centres, as our moon round the Earth. They are sometimes called moons, or secondary planets, in contradistinction to the others, which are then considered as pi'imary. The satellites at present known are twenty in number. The earth has one; Jupiter, four; Saturn, eight; Uranus six; Neptune, one. The Comets also revolve round the sun, hut in very elon- gated ellipses, or parabolas ; they are often beyond me zo- iac ; and ^o not appear to be of the same solid substance as the planets and satellites. There are vast numbers of comets. .^ROLiTES or Meteoric Stones are supposed to be frag- ments revolving round the sun till they come within the sphere of attraction of some planet, when they are drawn out of their course and precipitated on its surface. The Zodiacal Light. — This is a faint luminosity in the sky, visible in the west, immediately after twilight in spring; and in the east, towards the close of autumn, just before sunrise ; it is very distinct in tropical regions, and is particularly described by Humboldt, who speaks of " the mild radiance with which the zodiacal light, shooting pyramidallv upwards, illumines a part of the uniform length ot tropical nights." It is supposed to be a vast nebulous ring revolAdng between the orbits of Ve- nus and Mars ; or, the exterior portion of the solar atmosphere. The Sun; Sol, or © The sun is the centre of the solar system; and is a globu- lar body 882,000 miles in diameter. It is slightly flattened at its poles, and is believed to turn on its axis in about twenty-five days. Its mean distance from the earth is 95,000,000 miles; and its bulk or magnitude is about 1,384,472 times that of the earth. But its density is believed to be less than that of the earth. The force of gravity at its surface is 27 '9 times that of the force of gravity at the earth's surface. The sun is supposed to be opaque in its body or substance ; but to be surrounded by a highly luminous atmosphere, from which emanate the rays which cause light and heat upon the earth. When examined through a telescope, large dark spots, which change both in size and form, are seen upon its surface. These are called Maculae : they consist of a dark or black part in the middle, called nucleus, with a part around, not so dark, called «e7iM?»6ra. Luminous streaks seen near the spots are called Faculae. It is conjectured that the ap- pearance of spots is caused by breaks or gaps in the lumi- nous atmosphere, which permit the dark body to be seen. It is supposed also that the sun has an inner atmosphere be- tween its body and the outer luminous atmosphere^ Aim ASTBOKOMT. 887 The sun lias two (wparent motions ; one daily, tinrotigh the sky, giving rise to the alternations of night and day, and eausea hy the earth's rotation on its axis ; — another yearly, through the constellations of the zodiac, its centre descrihing the great circle of the heavens, called the ecliptic, which is caused by the earth's annual revolution round the sun. It has been conjectured, that besides its rotatory motion, the sun has a motion through space, towards the constella- tion Hercules. The Planets. Mercurt, ^ This small planet is 3140 miles in diameter, 37,000,000 miles from the sun, revolves round him in about 87 days 23 hours, and turns on his axis in 24 hours 5 min- utes. He can be seldom seen, and only for a short time ; being so near the sun, he is always in that part of the sky close around the sun, and his inferior light is lost amid the sun's rays. Ho never departs above 29° from the sun ; and when he is visible, can be seen only a little before sumise or after sunset. Mercury exhibits well marked phases, as the moon does, when viewed through the telescope at various parts of his orbit. Mercury sometimes passes directly between the earth and sun, appearing then as a black spot traversing the sun's sur- face. This is called a transit of Mercury over the surOa disc. It takes place seldom, as the orbit of Mercury is inclined about 7" to the plane of the ecliptic, so that the planet is seldom in that plane. Venus, 9 . — This planet's diameter is nearly the same as that of the earth— 7800 miles. She is 69,000,000 miles from the sun, revolves round him in 224 days 16 hours, and turns upon her axis in 23 hours 21 minutes. Venus is the most beautiful of the planets — ^whence her name — and, being near us, she appears as bright and large as Jupiter. She is never more than 47** from the sun, and hence is seen only before sunrise and after sunset, but for a longer time than Mercury. Seen before sunrise, Venus is called PkosphoruSj I/udfer^ or the morning star; when seen after sunset, she is termed, Hesperus^ Vesper^ or the evening star. Venus exhibits well marked phases. Her transit over the sun's disc takes place seldom. The next will be in 1874. This phenomenon has been taken advantage of to aid us in determining the sun's distance. The axis of this planet leans no less than 75" towards the plane of her orbit — ^forming an angle of 15** with that |>iaBe. Her tropics are only 15" from her poles — and polar circles 15** from her equator. This gives nse to great pecnliaritiee 388 MATHEMATICAL OEOORAPHY in the phenomena of day and night and seasons in that planet (3ee Seasons). Venus and Mercury, which are nearer to the sun than the earth, are sometimes called inferior planets — ^those which are farther from the sun than the earth heing called superior planets. The Earth ^Tellus) 9. — ^The mean distance of the earth from the sun is 95,000,000 miles. Her least distance is 93,500,000 miles, on 31st December; her ereatest distance, 96,500,000 miles, on 1st July. The mean y^ocity of the earth in her orbit being 1*00000, her Telocity on 3l8t December is 1 '03386 ; on 1st July -96614. She moves round the sun in 365 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes, 49*7 seconds. This is called the tropcal or equinoctial year. (See Divisions of Time.) The earth's orbit is 597,000,000 miles ; and her daily mo* tion in her orbit, 1,635,616 miles, or 68,130 nules an hour. The mean diameter of the earth is 7912 miles, — ^the polar diameter or axis is 7899 miles, — ^the equatorial dimneter, 7925 miles. The difference between the longest and shortest diameters is 26 miles — about l-299th of the longer. The earth turns upon her axis in 23 hours, 56 minutes, 4'09 seconds. This is a true or sidereal day. (See Divi- sions of Time.) The equatorial parts of the earth move by the rotation about 1038 miles an nour. The force of gravity at the equator is l-289th less than at the poles by centrifugal force, and l-590th from the spheroidal form. The sum of these two iiiactions is 1-1 94th, which is the amount by which a body at the poles weighs more than at the equator. The axis of the earth leans 23° 28' towards the plane of its orbit, making in angle of 66** 32' with that plane. The amoimt of the inclination maybe seen in Fig. 2, page 12. If a be the ecliptic, then N S will represent the axis, making an angle of 23° 28' with Z N, the perpendicular to the plane of the orbit ; or, of 66° 32' with a o, the plane of the orbit. Hence the changes in the length of the day and night, and in the seasons. (See Chapter v.) The earth's axis preserves the same direction during its whole yearly revolution, its position at any one time being parallel to its position at any other time. Tet it always Soints to the same part of the heavens during the year, the istance between the two opposite points of the orbit (190 millions of miles), being nothmg in comparison with the dis- tances of the stars. The Moon (Luna) }> . — ^The diameter of llie moon is 2153 miles, a little more than ^ of the earth's diameter; and her mean distance from the earth is about 237«000 miles. . Her distance ipuinet ban the lich are mjperior le earth banco is iiAtance, he earth imber is nm36d tiled the •vily mO' hour, he polar iiameter, shortest minutes, ee Divi- move by ) than at )heroidal Lch is the than at me of its The page 12. , making he plane he orbit, ght, and iiring its ae Ming always year, tne •bit (190 i the dis- 1 is 2153 lermean distance AVD ASTRONOMT. 3S9 ftom the earth does not vary much, her exceutricity (p. 378), bebjof about l-20th of her moan distance, or 12,000 miles. The bulk of the moon is about l-49th of that of the eurth ; and at the moon the earth will appear about 13 times larger than $he does to us. The moon performs her revolution round the earth in 29 days, 12 hours, 44 minutes ; and turns upon her axis in the same time. This is the period from one new moon to the next ; and is termed a synodical month. A sidereal month is less. (See Chapter VI). From the period of the moon's rotation on her axis being the same as that of her revolution round the earth (a singulis law — ^found in most other satellites), she always presents the same side to the earth. That side is never totally dark, having one fortnight of sun-li^t, and beine illummed by the ei^th the other fortnight. The other sidehas alternately a fortnight of sun-light, and a fortnight of darkness. The moon's orbit makes an angle of 5° 8' with the plane of the ecliptic ; and her axis is nearly perpendicular to the plane of the ecliptic, so that she can have little change of seasons, or in the length of the day. Mass, 6 . The diameter of this planet is 4100 miles, and its mean distance from the sun is 144,500,000 miles. Its excentricity is considerable, nearly 1-lOth of the mean dis* tauce. Mars performs his revolution round the sun in 686 days, 23 hours, and rotates on his axis in 24 hours 37 minutes. Mars shines with a reddish light, and though a small planet, often appears bright, as he is near the earth. He exhibits PHASES as Mercury and Venus do : and the regions about the pules are bright, which, it has been supposed, is owing to masses of ice and snow in these regions. Mars leans 28 25' towards the plane of his orbit, and has therefore considerable variety in his seasons. Asteroids. — ^There are nineteen small planets situate be- tween the orbits of Mars and Jupiter, invisible to the naked eye, namely, Ceres, Pallas, Juno, Vesta, discovered in the yaars 1801-7; and Astraea, Hebe, Iris, Plora,^ Metis, Hyoeia, Parthenopb, Victoria, Eqebia, Irene, Ednomla, Melpomene, and three others, discovered since the end of 1845. The diameters of the Asteroids are generally too small to admit of measuxement ; the largest are from 80 to 250 miles in diameter; their mean distances from the sun about 209 to 266 millions of miles; and their periods of revolving round him from about 1193 to 1686 days. These planets are extremely small, while, generally, the planets rather increase in size as they are more distant from the sun ; — they are all at nearly the same distance from the d90 MATUEMATIOAL OEOQRAl'UT sun ; — ^their excentricities are considerable ; and their orUits are greatly inclined to the plane of the ecliptiCf whereas the orbits of the other planets nearly coincide with that plane. The orbit of Pallas makes an angle of 34^ 4- with the earth's orbit, and the inclinations of the orbits of the other asteroids are considerable. Hence has arisen the bold conjecture that the asteroids originally formed one planet, which has been broken up by some great convulsion; the fragments being thereby thrown into orbits, deviating much from that in which the entire planet may have revolved. Jupiter, % . The equatorial diameter of this, the largest of the planets, is 87,000 miles, and his moan distance from the sun 494,000,000 miles. He revolves round the sun In 4332^ davs, or a little less than 12 years ; and turns on his axis in about 10 hours (9h. 56m.). The polar diameter of Jupiter is about l-14th, or 6000 miles less than the equatorial, which is attributed to the great centrifugal force caused by his very rapid rotation on his axis : and, when viewed in the telescope, he appears of a distinctly oval form. The axis of Jupiter is nearly perpendicular to the plane of his orbit, so that his seasons can exhibit but little variety. Near his equator, and parallel to it, a number of zones, or striae are observed, called Belts, subject to considerable varia- tions, and supposed to be caused by atmospheric phenomena on the planet. Jupiter is attended by four Satellites or Moons, which cannot be seen by the naked eye. They were discovered by Galileo in 1610, shortly after the invention of the telescope. They are from a quarter of a million to upwards of a million of miles from the planet ; revolve round him in periods from a little less than 2 days to 16 days; and they are of about the magnitude of our moon. When the body of Jupiter interposes between the sun and any of his satellites, that satellite will disappear from our view, or be eclipsed. These eclipses afford an accurate me- thod of finding the longitude of places on the earth's surface; and have led to the great discovery of the velocity of light. These eclipses take place sooner when Jupiter is near the earth than when he is remote ; and the difference has been attributed to the greater time which light takes to reach us from Jupiter's greater distance ; the rate of movement of light being thence inferred. — 192,000 miles in a second. Saturn, h . The equatorial diameter of Saturn is 79,000 miles; his mean distance from the sun 904,000,000 miles. He moves round the sun in 10,759 days (29f years), and turns on his axis in 10 hours 29 minutes. Saturn is accompanied by a very remarkable object, a stu- AKD A8TR0M0MT. 891 pendons Riko, or rather three Binos, the middle of which is 19,000 miles from the planet, 17,000 miles broad, and 1790 miles from the outer ring, which is about 10,000 miles broad. They rotate, in their own p^ane, in about the same time as the planet : and probably, nke moons, aid in illuminating its surface. Saturn has eight satellites, one of which, much larger than the rest, is about the size of Mars : at a distance of from 130,000 to 2,500,000 miles from the body of the planet, and revolving round him in periods from about a day to 80 days. Ueanus, If. The diameter of Uranus is about 84,S00 miles, his mean distance from the sun 1,819,000,000 miles. He moves round the sun in 30,686 days, about 84 years. He is attended by about eight satellites; of which some present the remarkable peculiarities, that the planes of their orbits are nearly perpendicular to the plane of Uranus' orbit, and move round him from east to west^ while all other motions throughout the solar system take place from west to east. This planet is not visible to the naked eye, and was dis- covered by Sir William Herschel in 1781. Neptune, ^» The diameter of Neptune is 41,600 miles, his mean distance from the sun 2,852,000,000 miles ; and he moves round liim in 60,126 days, about 164 years. One satel- lite of this planet has been discovered. The existeiTce of this planet was predicted simultaneously by Adams and Leverrier m 1847 ; its orbit, position, and mass having been inferred from irregularities in tne motions of Uranus. The telescope re- vealed it in the position thus indicated, and on examining as- tronomical records, it was foimd that it had been previously observed by astronomers, though not known to be a planet. Comets. Comets are so named from the Greek word coma, hair. They exhibit a brilliant luminous point, called the mtcleua; a more diffuse light surrounding the nucleus, called coma or hair; and, often, a long luminous appendage, called the tail, turned from the sun. They are supposed to be masses of vaporous matter, or of solid nuclei, surroimded by much aerial matter. Stars have been seen through several of them ; and they have passed near the satellites of Jupiter without de- ranging their motions, while they themselves have been thereby diverted from their course; — ^indications that they are mostly of aerial matter, and their mass small. They revolve in orbits of which the excentricity is great, being very elon- gated ellipses, so that at one time they approach very near the sun, and at Another recede very far from that body. The periods of several have been calculated, as that of Haulgt's Ui 899 MATHSUATIOAL OBOORAPHY comet, which moves round the smi in 75 yean, and raturned to our view, m predicted, in 1835; — Encke's and Bibla'b, which perform their courses round the sun in 8^ and 6| years. The latter passes little beyond the orbit of Jupiter. CHAPTER V. DAY AND NIGHT — SEASONS. 1. Day and Night. Thb regular alternation of a period of light, called Day, and a period of darkness called Night, is caused by the earth's rotation on its axis, which alternately turns each part towards anAfrom the sun. The daily circle through which each person passes in con- sequence of the earth's rotation, is his paralUil of laiiiude; and the proportion of his night to his day at any time depends upon the manner in which that parallel lies, as regards the TBRMINATOB. If, in rotating, the terminator does not cross his parallel at all, he will then have no day, or no night, according as he is on the dark or illumined si^e of the terminator; if the ter- minator cuts his parallel unequally, he will have his day and night unequal at that time; but if it cuts his parallel into two equal parts, he will then have equal day and night. It must be remembered that the terminator is a great circle extending round the world, always ninety degrees from the place at which the sun is vertical. As every great circle on a sphere cuts every other great circle into two equal parts, the terminator must always cut the equator into two semicircles, one dark, the other illumined, so that day and night at the equator are always equal, or, each is of 12 hours' duration. At 20th March and 23d September, the sun is vertical at the equator ; so that the terminator passes through both poles and cuts every paraUel into two equal parts. Hence, there is equal day and night all over the world at these periods, called THE Equinoxes. At 20th March, the vernal equinox, the sun enters the sign Abies; the first point of which is where the sun's centre crosses the equinoctial at that date. At 2dd September, the autumnal equinox, the sun enters the sign Ijbba, the first point of which is where the sun's centre crosses the equinoctial at that date. \ At other times, the sun is vertical at some point north or south of the equator; the terminator then extends beyond one pole, axiA falls short of the other pde. Some parallels are not cut by it at all ; — at these there is no day or no night ; — ^the . AND AflTBONOMY. 898 other parallels are cut nneqnally, and at these, day and night are unequal. Da^ and night are more nearly equal in proportion as the time IS nearer to an equinox, or the place nearer the equator. From the arctic to tne antarctic circle, that is, in the torrid and temperate zones, there is always some day and some night during each rotation (every 24 hours), however unequal l\ey may be. Within the polar circles, at one time there is both day and night in each rotation, — ^at another, no day, the sun remain- inff below the horizon for several rotations together, — at an- other time no night, the sun remaining above the horizon for several rotations together. At the poles, there is six months day, and six months night. The nordiem and southern hemispheres are always in ex- actly opposite states, at correspouvill be better understood by the aid of the following figure:* * And best of all by acting it. This may be done with the floor for the plane of the eoliptio, and a cane in the proper position moved round any body taken as the sun. The cane will repre- AND AdTBOXfOMY Fig. 12. 397 The twelve outer circles are intended to represent the earth in twelve successive positions in its course round the sun. The line n « is a meridian, n the north pole, 8 the south. The terminator is seen 90° from the point at which the sun is vertical, and leaving one half white in each figure illumined, while the other hau, shaded, is in darkness. The line n a may also be taken to represent the axis seen to be at any time parallel to its position at any other time. The circle at the top represents the position of the earth at the winter solstice, the north pole within the dark half, and turned from the sun; the south pole in the illumined half, and turned toioarda the sun. At the left and right, the relative positions of the earth and sun at the eq ainoxes are exhibited, the axis l3dng side- ways towards the sun, the terminator passing through both Soles, so that each pole is equally under the sun's influence, 'he circle below shows tlie eartn's position on 21st June, the nozj^ pole in the sun's rays, the south pole in the shade. sent the half of the axis, and its constant parallelism being re- membered, will at once exhibit the nature of these changes. ^ 896 IfATHBM ATIOAL OEOORA?HY CHAPTER YI DIVISIONS OF TIME. The principal divisions of time are, the Day, the Month, and the Year. The day is of three principal kinds — ^the Sidereal, the Solar, and the Mean-solar or Ommon Dat. The sidereal day is the time which the earth takes to make one complete rotation on its axis — 23 hours, 56 minutes, 4'09 seconds. It is called sidereal, from the Latin word sidus, a star, because it is estimated by the time from the moment of any star being on the meridian, of a place till its return to that meridian : the reason for which mode of estimating the true period ot the earth's rotation will be explained in the next paragraph. The solar day is tlie time from the sun's being On the meridian of any place till he returns to that meridian. This is longer than the true time of the earth's rotation, in con- sequence of itd orbitual motion round the sim. To under- stand this, it will be best to suppose (what would bo the same in effect) the earth rotating in one spot, and the sun moving in the same direction (west to cast) round the earth in a year. One 365th of this apparent .course of the sun will be per- formed dally. If the sun had not this apparent motion, the earth, after one complete rotation, would oring the same me- ridian back to the sun ; but as the sim has moved through the sky while the earth was rotating, when the meridian, on which the sun was at the commencement of the rotation, has come rornd to bo ornosite the spot where the sun was, the sun has moved on\vard8 from tliat spot, and that meridian does not overtake the sun till the cai^h has turned a little farther than one rotation: hence, the solar day is a little longer than the true time of the rotation of the earth upon its axis. As the stars are so extremely remote, that the whole diameter of the earth's orbit is a mere point in com- parison of their distance, the orbitual motion of the earth can make no sensible difference between the true time of rotation and a sidereal day, which is therefore taken as the means of measuring the time occupied in that rotation. From the unequal rate of motion of the earth in its orbit, and the inclination of the axis to the ecliptic, the solar day varies a little at different times. ;,. .^.^ ^t^^,:^ The mean solar, or common dav, is ike average of the solar days throughout the year. Clocks are adjusted to this time, no that they may give equal time throughout the year. The SoN-DiAL gives time by the solar day, or by apparent time — Tlv- ▲VD AffTBOKOMT. |I99 the'clock by mean or common time. The vibration of a pen- dulum is employed as a relator of time ; and a pendulum 39*13 + incneSf at the latitude of London, vibrates 86,400 times in a mean solar day: these 86,400 seconds are divided into 24 periods of 3600 each, called hours ; and each 3600 into 60 periods of 60 seconds each, called minutes. The month is of three kinds, — the sidereal or periodiedl mouth of 27 days, 7 hours, 43 minutes — the time of one com- plete revolution of the moon round the earth, judged of by the stars ; the si/nodical or lunar month, 29 days, 12 hours, 44 minutes, being the time from one new moon to the next, or the time of a revdution of the moon, judged of by her position as regards the sun ; and the calendar or common month, January, February, &c., 31 or 30 days, excepting February, which has 28 or ?9 days. In each year there are 12 calendar or common months, and a little less than 12^ limar months. The Yeak is the period between two returns of the sun to the same equinox, and is therefore sometimes called the Equinoctial or Tropical year. Its duration is 365 days, 5 ho^-f^^v 48 minutes, and 49'7 seconds. Tl V .EKDAK, or Common Year, contains 365 days. The odd ; 5 hours, 48 minutes, &c., would soon amount to a serious error. It is nearly a quarter of a day, and is allowed to accumulate till every fowrth year, when it amounts to a day, and the year is increased by a day to got rid of this time, and is called Leap Year. This additional day is added in February, which has then 29 days. But the excess of the equinoctial year over 365 days is not quite a quarter of a day, being about 11 minutes less : hence, one day every four years is too much to add. This error is compensated for (within a very trifling amount), by rejecting the additional, or inter- calary day from every hundreth year, whose number is not divisible by 4. Thus every hundredth year, which leaves no remainder when divided by 400 (as 2000, 2400), and every other year which is divisible by 4 without a remainder, are leap years of 366 days each. All the others are years of 365 days. There are also astronomical periods differing slightly from the equinoctial year, calLed sidereal and anomalistic years. ^?r,t CHAPTER VII. moon's phases — ECLIPSES — TIDES. Moon^s Phases. ki one time themoon appears to us as a slender crescent : this gradually increases in magnitude, till a full illumined cii'de 400 UATHBICATICAL QEOORAPHY is seen; which then diminishes, until the moon disappears altogether for a short time, to reappear and undergo the same changes as hefore. These changes in the moon's appeatance are termed Phabx». The moon in herself is a dark body, and she shines only by reflecting the sun's light ; so that only one-half of the moon shiD^s at a time — that half which is turned towards the sun. Ad :he only visible part of the moon's surface is that part which is turned towards both earth and sun. Tlje amount of this risible part varies according to the position of the moon in her orbit. Hence hev phases. Mercury and Venus are found by the telescope to exhibit similar phenomena. The following figure illustrates the moon's motions and phases. Let S oe the sun, E the earth, and A, B, C, D, F, G, H, K, in the inner circle, the moon revolving round the earth in the direction of the order of the letters just given ; while the earth moves round the sun in the orbit represented by tbo dotted line, carrying the moon with her. The figures in the outer circle show the phases or appearances which the moon j^resents when in the corresponding positions in the inner circle, her orbit. At A, the sun and moon are in con' Fig. 13. G only l^ 16 moon the Run. lat part amount I of the I Venus ena. >iis and =), F, G, le earth ; while ited by furesin ich the in the in con,' e AND A8TB0H01CT. 401 juneHcn (on the eame meridian), the dark side of the moon is towards tha^earth, and the moon is not seen at all, as repre* sented by the blaok circle at A' : we have then new moon, or change of the moon. At C, the moon has moved through a quarter of her orbit; half of each side (dark and iUummed) is turned towards the earth, and we have half moon ; at F, the moon and sun are in opposition (opposite meridians), the iUu- minod half is fully turned towards the earth, and there lafuU moon. Continuing her course, the amount of the illummed half turned towar& the earth gradually lessens till she arrives at A, when she disappears altogether for a short time. The earth affords to the moon a very considerable light, and appears about thii'teen times larger to the moon than the latter to us. Indeed the light which the eartih gives the moon is so great as to render the dark parts of the moon just visible, by reflecting back this light, a little before and after new moon — ^forming the appearance popularly called " tiie old moon in the new moon's arms." Mercury, Venus, and Mars, the planets nearest to us, ex- hibit phases as the moon does, and for the like reason, when they are viewed through the telescope. Eclipses. - k These are among the most stiiking of the celestial phenomena. At times the sun or moon is entirely, or in part, obscured by a shadow which gi'adually comes over its surface and then glides off. This is called an ^cursE. An eclipse of the moon occurs when the moon, earth, and sun come to be in one straight line, with the earth between — an eclipse of the sun when they are in one straight line, with the moon between : the former happens only when the moon is in opposition, or at full moon, as at Fin figure 13; the lat- ter, when the moon is in conjunction, as at A in that figure, or at new moon. If the earth, smi, and moon were always in one plane (as represented in the figure), that is, if the orbits of tne earth and moon were in the same plane, there would be an eclipse of the earth every fortnight ; of the moon, every full moon ; of the sun, every new moon. But the moon's orbit is in- clined to the earth's orbit at an angle of 5° 8' -f , so that she is sometimes above, sometimes below, the plane of the earth's orbit. And, therefore, eclipses take place only when there is new or full moon at the same times when the moon is crossing the plane of the earth's orbit, which coincidence happens seldom. The points where the moon crosses the earth's orbit are called her nodes. 402 ltATH£UATIOAL OKOORAPHT AKD ASTBONOliy. The Tides. By the action of the sun and moon, especially the latter, the waters of the large oceans of the earth are ^awn in the directions of these Imies, so as to rise and fall according to their position in relation to them. These regfular movements are called The Tides. The movement of the waters in the tides chiefly follows the co>' ^e of the moon. The lunar day, or hiterval from the mocn In<^ on the meridian of any place, till she is again on that ki^wridian, is 24 hours 50 minutes, in consequence of the rapid motion of the moon through the sk^. Hence the phe- nomena of the tides take place in this period. There are two High- Waters or Floods at the same time, one on the meri- dian next the moon, the other on the opposite meridian ; and at every place there are two high-tides In the lunar day, at an interval of about 12 hours 25 minutes. High-water is about three hours after the moon has been on the meridian of a place. '_he tides are highest when the sun and moon are in conjunction or opposition — then called sprina-tidcs ; lowest when the moon is m her quarters — ^then called neap-tides. The tides are affected by the moon's distance, the sun's dis- tance and elevation, and by local causes, to be mentioned in the Physical Geography. The tide on the side of the earth naxt the moon is caused by the direct action of the moon, in drawing towards her the waters there. But the moon also acts on the mass of the earth, as well as on the waters under her ; hence she, in a manner, gives the earth a tendency ./rom the waters on the farther side of the earth, which produces a high tide on that side also. •.)■■:,■,/ ,-\.i,. % PHYSICAL GEOGEAPHY. The subject of Geography, token in its literal and most com- prehensive meaning, a description of the earth, consists essentially of four parts, Physical Geoghaphy, Obdinaby or Political GEOGiiAruY, Mathematical Geoouaphy, Geolgot. Physical Geography might, not inappropriately, be termed Natural Geography, in contradistinccion to ordinary or political geography. Disregarding the artificial divisions of the land into states or countries, physical geography marks the broad, striking, natural features of the earth's surface ; that is, the arrangement, form, and extent of land and water, of the coasts, mountain-ranges, elevated lands and plains, lakes and rivers ; the great oceanic and atmospheric move- ments ; and the distributir over the various regions of the earth's surface, of heat, ^ti^gnetism, and the natural families of mankind, the lower animals, and plants. Ordinapy or Political Geography describea the divisions of the land made by mankind into countries, provinces, &c. ; — their inhabitants, government, towns, natural productions, agriculture, manufactures, and commerce ; every thing being viewed with reference to the artificial divisions and works made by man. Mathematical Geography treats of the form and magni- tude of the earth, its movements, the positions of its parts as regards the heavenly bodies, the phenomena flowing from these positions and movements, and the various imaginary lines and divisions, which are made to assist in defining these relations. Geology describes the structure of the earth, and the changes which take place on its sm*face and in the interior; that IS, the arrangement and composition of the various rocky masses comprising the earth's crust ; the remains of animals land plants which they contain ; and the changes going on at ^the surface of the land or in tlie sea. The greater portion of this volume is occupied with ordinary or Political Geography ; Mathematical Geography is treated of in the definitions and along with the Astronomy ; and we now proceed to a short account of Physical Geography and Geology, 404 PaTSIOAL QBOCmAPBY. h PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY. Extent of Land and Water on the Earth's Scbfack. The area of the surface of the earth is nearly 197,000,000 square miles.* Of this, the land forms a little more than one- fourth, the water a little less than three-fourthsy as follows : — Land 51,500,000 square miles. Water 145,500,000 Earth's Surface 197,000,000 Dividing this quantity hy 2, we ohtain 98,600,000 as the number of square miles in a hemisphere, whether we take the northern and southern hemispheres separated by the equator, or an eastern or western hemisphere divided by a meridian circle. Considered in hemispheres, northern and southern, the pro- portions of land and water are nearly as follows : — Northern Hemisphere, Land 38,000,000 square miles. Do. do. Water... .60,500,000 Southern Hemisphere, Land 13,500,000 Do. do. Water.... 85,000,000 Earth's Surface ..197,000,000 There is thus about three times as much land in the northern as in the southern hemisphere. Viewed in eastern and western hemispheres (20° W. L. to 160"* E. L.), there are about 37 millions of square miles of land in the former, 14^ millions in the latter ; being a proportion of 2^ to 1. Considered with reference to the zones, the earth's surface may be divided as follows : f North Frigid Zone r. 8,132,797 + square miles; or parts North Temperate Zone... 51,041,592 + Torrid Zone 78,314,115 + South Temperate Zone... 51,041,592 + South Frigid Zone 8,132,797 + JlA-.&'"Sy •••••• 4 26 40 26 4 100 Earth's Surface 196,662,893 + The distribution of land and water in the different zones is nearly as follows : — The land forms about one-third of the * The surface of a sphere is found by multiplying the square of the diameter by 3*1416, or 3^. Thus, the sumce of the earth is equal to the number of square miles found by multiplying 7912 by it&elf, and then by 3.1416, or 3|. t Ingram's Mathi^matics, p. 212 ; the earth being coAsidered as a penect sphere diameter 7912 miles. PHYSICAL OBOOBAPHT. 405 north frigid zone; one-half of the north temperate zone; one-JuUf of the torrid zone ; and (me-tenth of the south tem- perate zone. In these estimates, the recently discovered lands in the south frigid zone are omitted : their extent is unknown : that zone is reckoned as heing all water. If we suppose the world to he divided into two hemispheres by the plane of the horizon of London, the dividing line being 90" all round from London, we would find Euro^, Africa, North America, all Asia, excepting the Malay Penmsula and a little of the Chino-Indian btates, and two-thirds of South America, in the same hemisphere with London; which is therefore nearly in the middle of the land of the world. The other henusphere would be almost entirely water.* Leading Natural Divisions of the Land. The land of the world is formed into two principal masses of vast extent, called Continents, and a number of ksser parts of various magnitudes, called Islands. The common dis- tinction between islands and continents, that the former are surrounded by water, while the latter are not so, is correct only as applied to a part of a continent, not to the whole of it. In the literal sense of the definition of an island, the con- tinents also are islands. In stating that the land is collected chiefly in two principal masses; the land around the north pole is disregarded, or supposed to be joined to America, and the land in the south frigid zone is also disregarded. The largest of these continental masses is that which has been known to man from the earliest times. It is called the Gkeat Continent, or Great Eastern Continent; and is almost entirely (a very small part of the north-east of Asia only excepted; contained within the hemisphere lying east of the meridian 20" west longitude, — between that meriman and the meridian 160° E. L. This is called the eastern hemisphere. Cape Verde, in Africa, W. L. 17° 30', is the most westerly point of the great continent; East Cape, in Siberia, W. L. 170" 6', adjoining Behring's Straits, is its most easterly- point. It stretches north to Cape Severe, in Asia, N. L. 78 , and south to the Cape Agulhas, in Africa, S. L. 34" 51'. In the south-eastern part of the eastern hemisphere, divided by the tropic of Capricorn, is found the vast island of Aus- tralia, sometimes spoken of as a continent, with other large islands to the north and north-west of it. In the eastern hemisphere the great continent contains a ' * See the outline sketch of the world divided in this manner in the physical chart of the globe. 406 FHTBIOAL GBOORAPRT. little leflg than 33 millions, Australia 3 millions, and the other islands a little more than 1 million, of square miles. The other continent is the western continent or New World : with the exception of a very small part of the east of Greenland (which is considered a separate continent), it is con- tained in the other hemisphere, west of the meridian, 20" W. L. Its most westerly point is Cape Prince of Wales, in W. L. 168°, adjoining Behring's Stiaits; its most easterly point. Cape Branco, a little north of Pemambiico, in Brazil, W. L. 34* 48'. It stretches from Barrow's Straits, aiaout N. L. 74", to Cape I* reward on the Straits of Magellan, S. L. 63° 53'. The great eastern continent is very naturally divided into two parts, almost entirely separated by tlie Mediterranean and Red Seas, joined only by the narrow Isthmus of Suez ; Africa in the south-west; Europe and Asia, forming one compact mass in the north and north-east. In like manner, the western continent is divided into two portions, — North America and South America, joined by the narrow isthmus of Panama. . North-east of the Western continent we find Greenland, the northern and eastern extent of which, and its connexion with America, are yet undetermined. The islands are often found in clusters or arcliipdagos ; as the great Polynesian cluster, the Sandwich Island^}, the West India Islands, the Isles of Greece, the great Indian Archi- pelago, the Japan Islands ; and several of these, as well as many of the large solitary isles, afe at the extremity of some Peninsula, as Tierra del Fuego, Sicily, Ceylon, Van Diemen's sland. These, with Iceland, Spitzbergen, Nova Zembla, Madagascar, New Zealand, are the leading groups of islands. The Atlantic Ocean has but few islands scattered through it. The European and Asiatic part of the great continent ex- tends from east to west, its greater axis lying parallel to the equator. Africa and America stretch from north to south. Most part of Greenland and small parts of North America, Europe, and Asia are in the north frigid zone ; the greater parts of North America, Europe, and Asia, and about one-fourth of Africa, in the north temperate. The greater parts of Africa and South America, nearly half of Australia, and small parts of Asia and North America, are in the torrid zone. About one-third of South America, one-half of Australia, and a small part of Africa, are in the south temperate zone. It has been observed that the land has a great tendency to assume a peninsular form, and that by far the greater num- ber of the peninsulas stretch out into the ocean in a southerly direction. This is seen in the western hemisphere in Green- "'S»j' land, in the peninsulas of Florida^Califomia, South America; niTBIOAL OBOOlUPHr. 407 in the eastern continontf in Norway and Sweden, Italy, Greece, Arabia, Hindostan, the Malay Peninsula, Corea, Kamtschatka, and Africa. But there are a few exceptions to this — as Yucatan, Denmark, &c. Resemblances have been pointed out between Asia and North America, in which Hindostan, Malacca, and the East Indian Archipelago have been compared to Mexico, Florida, and the West Indian Archipelago; and between Asia and Europe, in which Spain, Ital^., Greece, and the Archipelago, baye been compared to Arabia, Hindostan, Malacca, and ue Indian Archipelago ; the Pyrenees and Alps to the Caucasus and the Himalaya; the Po to the Ganges; Genoa, Milan, and Venice, to- Bombay, Delhi, and Calcutta. Considering how nearly Asia and America are joined at Behring's Straits and by the islands of the Aleutian Archi- pelago; the proximity of Newtbuiulland, Greenland, Iceland, and the British Isles; and that Borneo, Australia, and tlie Poljrnesian group of islands are like a continuation of Asia; it may be said that the great mass of the land stretches round from east to west about the region of the north temper- ate zone ; sending out three great prolongations to the 8. S. E., Africa, Oceanica, and Soutli America. These interesting resemblances, with others which have been noticed, have not yet been traced to any general law. South America, Africa, Australia, and the north of Asia, present coasts veiy little broken or indented by bays or rivers — -particularly Africa. Europe, on the other hand, is indented in many* places, and deeply, by bays, gulfs, and estuaries, which penetrate far inland, extend greatly the line of coast, and prove highly favourable for commerce and navi- gation. The south and east of Asia, and east of North America, partake of the same advantages in a somewhat less degree. The length of European coast from the Straits of Waigatz to the JSca of Azov is about 17,000 miles. Leading Divisions of the Water. The great' waters of the globe are not, like the masses of land, in distinct portions, each with a well defined boundary, separating it from the adjoining space; they are united throughout into one great mass, and the divisions we form between them are only imaginary. This huge body of water is divided into five principal oceans, the Atlantic, Pacific, Indian, Arctic, and Antarctic Oceana. The Atlantic Ocean extends from the arctic to tiie ant- arctic circle, lying to the west of the great continent. Its ; breadth varies from about 900 to 4000 miles, and its area is 26,000,000 square miles. It is quite open at the south where » 406 PHT810AL aSOOBAPHT. it Joins tho Antarctic Ocean, but if paiily encloMd at the north by Labrador, Greenland, and Iceland, terminating in Davis' Straits at the north-west, and at the north and north- east in comparatively narrow passages between Qreenlaad and Iceland, and Iceland and Norway. Its leading branches are Baffin's and Hudson's Bays, tho Gulf of St Lawrence, Bay of Fundy, Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean 8ea on the west ; on the east, the North ISea, tho Baltic Bea, the English Channel, the Bay of Biscay, the Mediterranean Sea, and the Gulf of Guinea. The Pacipio Ocean extends westward from America to Asia, Sumatra, and Australia, open to tho Antarctic Ocuan at the south, but almost entirely closed at the north by tho (p'eat continents of Asia and America, which stretch out as if to join, and are only about thirty-six miles apart at the narrow passage of Behring's Straits, where the Pacific and Arctic Oceans meet. This vast expanse of water is about 12,000 miles broad and 50,000,000 square miles in area. Its leading branches are the Sea of Okhotsk, Japan Sea, Yellow Sea, Chinese Sea, on the west, penetrating into Asia ; the Gulfs of California and Pan- ama, in America, on the east. The Indian Ocean, between Asia and the Antarctic Ocean, Africa, and Australia, is about 4500 miles broad, and has an area of 20,000,000 square miles. It penetrates the land on the north by the Red Sea, Persian Gulf, Arabian Sea, Bay of Bengal. The Arctic Ocean lies north of the great continents, being almost enclosed by them, penetrating Europe by the White Sea and Sea of Kara, Asia by the Gulf of Obi, and a few small inlets. Large portions of this ocean are constantly blocked up by ice. The Antarctic Ocean lies within the antarctic circle. It is open on all sides to the Atlantic, l^acific, and Indian Oceans. Portions of land have recently been discovered in it; but, like the Arctic Ocean, great parts of it are blocked up by ice. Mountain-Ranges and Table-Lands. The most prominent features of the land are the high ranges of mountains, towering to a height of many thousand feet above the neighbouring plains, while some reach an elevation of nearly 30,000 feet above the sea, — the level from which their heights are estimated. Generally speaking, the mountain-ranges lie in the direc- tion of the greatest lengths of the continents. One grand range, with few deviations or interruptions, extends along the great continent south-west by west from Behring's Straits to the Bay of Biscay. The first are the Aldan Mquntains. 1 rUYSlOAL OBOORArHT. 400 oommenoing at EMt Capet fVom which a branch shooU into Kamtsohat£a : thew are continued in tho Btamkoyoi and Yabloskoi rangoi, and the Altai and Tuian-Shan liJoimtaini between Chineae Tai'tai'v and Aiiatic Russia. Kunning south- weit and loath in tho Ubloor-Taou range, the grand range meet! with the Hdialata range running east and south-east between Hindostdn and Tibet — the two ranges unitingr in the groat Himuoo-Koosii Mountains, llie grand range tnen stretohcs west to tho Elburb Mountains, which skirt the south of the Caspian Bea, and mav bo considered as continued in the Armbmian Mountains and Taurus range in Turkey i. Asia, and in the great Caucasus range running from the Caspian to the Black Seas. Tlio range is continued in Europe by the Balkan Mountains and Eamtern A-lps in Turkey, and by the Carpathian Mountains in Austria, anrl Her- CYNiAN Mountains in Bohemia and Germany. All these seem to centre in the Tyuolehk and Swiss Ai.rs, wuich by the Cevennes, in the south-east of France, pads into Jie grei , range of tho Tyreneics and tho Cantadiuan Mountains, te' minating at Capo Finisten'e, nearly the most westerly p ur.t of continental Europe. Such is the mighty moun' in-range which sweeps fVom east to west across Asia and I iuoie. The leading mountain -ranges not strictly belonging to this great ridge from East (.'ape to Cape Finisterre, are, the In- SiiAN Mountains, north of China ; the Peling and Yunglino Mountains, about the west of China ; the Himalaya, the Western GnAurs, and Neiloherries ixmning alorg tlie west coast of Hindostan, the groat Ural range, mnning south be- tween Europe and Asia, the Dofrine and Kolen Mountains in the Scandinavian peninsula, and the Apennine range in Italy. But the In-Snan, Pelinp, Yungling, and Apennine Mountains, may almost be considered as spurs or branches of the great leading ran^e. In Afnca ilio mountain-ranges are i; I- red. They are, the Atlas Mountains in the nortli-west ; tiie Kong Mountains, Mountains op tub Moon, and Donga Mountains, stretching nearly across the continent, a few logrees north of the equa- tor ; the IjUpata Mountains, nenr the Mozambique Channel ; and the Nieuwybld Mountains, near the Cape of Good Hope. The leading feature of the moimtain-system of the Ameri- can continent is a vast range near or cloRe to the west coast, extending from tho Mackenzie River in tho north to the Straits of Magellan. This range is far inland in North America, where it receives the 8ucces3ive names of Rocky Mountains, Oreqom Mountains, Mountains of Mexico, but approaches the sea in Central America, and is continued near the coast in South America, in several ridges, under the names of tho Andes, or ConntLLBiUB of the Andes. 410 rUYSIOAL QEOGRAFHr. Besides these, there are, in North America, a ridge of Galiforniak mountains running along the remarkable pen- insula of California, the Appalachian or Alleghant range, running north-east through the United States, and broken ranges from the north of the Alleghany Mountains to the norm of the Kocky Mountains, on the line of the great lakes. In South America, a great ridge stretches west from the mouth of the Amazon, and another range extends south-west near the east coast of Brazil, with several irregular ridges in the interior. The highest mountains of the Old World are formed of granite ; and gneiss and mica-slate (metamorphic rocks) also form large mountain-masses. In the New World, porphyry and bassut (igneous rocks) form the summits of the Andes. Table Lands. Few mountains rise abruptly from the plains beneath, most of them slope gradually upwards, and they often form leviel or gently inclined plains of considerable extent, at a high eleva- tion, called Table-Lands or Plateaus. The following are the most extensive table-lands on the globe. Central Asia, between the Altai and Himalaya mountains, from 200C to 4000 feet above the level of the sea in the north, 4000 feet about the middle ; at the eastern part of which is the great desert of Gobi. This plain is about 10,000 feet in elevation where it approaches the great Himalaya range. Afghanistan and Persia, an extensive high land, about 7000 feet in elevation, at tlie east of the former, sinking to about 4000 feet in Persia. The Deccan, or interior of Hmdostan, about 3000 feet in elevation. Arjienia, at the north-east of Turkey in Asia, about 6000 feet. The interior of Asia Minor, and of Arabia, particularly at the west, presents table-lands of considerable elevation. A large part of the Spanish Peninsula is elevated to a height of from 2000 to 3000 feet. Bavapia is mostly a table-land 20o0 feet above the level of the sea. And in the south of Norway there is a table-land nearly 4000 feet in elevation. Little is known of the African table-lands. Some large tracts of lands in Abyssinia are considerably elevated. The Sahara, or Great Desert, and the interior of Africa, from a little north of the equator to Cape Colony, are also elevated lands, attaining a great height in some parts of the south of Africa. The table-lands in North America are, the country along the fee froi FHTBICAL a£0QRAPH7. 411 the Eastekn Base of the RocKr Mountains, from 2000 to 3000 feet in height ; the great Table-Land op Mexico, extending from th3 north of California to Central America, 9000 feet high near the city of Mexico; and a less elevated Plateau in Cbn- TBAL America, from 4000 to 6000 feet. In South America there are three leading tahle-lands of vast height and extent, lying between the lofty ridges of the Andes ; the Table-Land of Quito, on the equator, about 9000 feet high; the Table-Land of Pasco (Peru), 11,000 feet, extending from 10" to 12" south latitude ; and the vast pla- teau of Titicaca or Potosi, extending from 14° to 21" south, containing the great lake of Titicaca, and elevated nearly 13,000 feet above the sea. Volcanoes. Evidences of volcanic action, in remote or recent times, are found almost everywhere; nowhere more remarkable than in the coimtry around Edinburgh, and Auvergne in the centre of France. I'he sites of existhig volcanic action are, Kamts- chatka, the Kurile Isles, Japan and islands south of it; Central Asia, S. W. of the Altai Mountains; Hecla, Vesuvius, Etna, the Lipari Isles, and Stromboli ; the Peak of Teneriffe, the West India Islands, Mexico, California, the Andes in South America, and the Sandwich Islands. Volcanoes emit vast volumes of flame and smoke, asheSt often carried in showers to great distances, melted rock or lava, and mud. Plains or Lowi ands, and De.si:rts. In Asia the district between the Altai Mountains and the Arctic Ocean is a vast plain ; also the north-east of China west of the Yellow Sea; Hindostan, in the north-east, be- tween the Deccan and the Himalaya Mountains ; the country around the Sea of Aral in Turkestan, and the south-east of Turkey in Asia. Several of the lowlands in the south-east of Russia, and neighbouring districts of Independent Tartary, are called steppes. The principal plains in Europe are, — 1. That vast district extending from the north of France east through Belgium, Holland, the north of Germany, and Prussia, and over the whole of Russia, which, except in the Valdai Hills in the centre, and the north-west where it joins the Scandinavian peninsula, is almost one level. 2. The plain of Hungary, watered by the Theiss and Danube. The leading lowland plains in Africa are Lower Egypt, and Soudan, where watered by the Quorra river and LjBUs.e Chad. The interior of North America, between the Rocky and nArUritffc-- j i* in >i tfi * ' i fi * i i ^ ^i 412 PHYSICAL OEOaRAPHT. Alleghany Mountains, is one vast plain, watered at the lower part oy the Mississippi and its trioutaries ; the great grassy plains in this district are called Prairies or Savannahs. The interior of South America is also for the most part a plain of little elevation ; naturally divided into three great sections, the plains of the Orinoco, Amazon, and La Plata. The plains of the Orinoco are termed Llanos, those of the Amazon, Silvas, and those of La Plata, Pampas. The principal deserts, or sandy and barren districts, are the desert of Gobi in Central Asia ; the great salt desert in Persia ; the deserts of Syria, arid the interior and north-west of Ara- bia ; the Sahara or Great Desert in the north of Africa ; the Libyan Desert, west of the Upper Nile ; the Deserts of Nubia, between the Upper Nile and t ib lied Sea ; many parts of the interior of Australia; extensile tracts of Patagonia in South America; and some districts in the other parts of South America and in North America, particularly at the western part of the great North American plain, in the basin of the river Platte, east of the Rocky Mountains. These deserts, particularly in Africa and Arabia, are often vast trackless plains, composed of burning sand, without water, vegetation, or shelter from the fierce rays of a tropical sun. The sand is raised in clouds which blind and often have overwhelmed travellers. Occasionally green spots are met with around a spring, which give relief to the parched and exhausted wan- derer. These are called Oases. Mountains serve great purposes in the economy of nature. They elevate the various strata of which the earth's crust is composed, thus bring to the surface beds of rock that would otherwise be deep and inaccessible, and place within the reach of man valuable mineral treasures, and different soils suited for various crops. By raising the land and rendering it slop- ing, they give us lar^e tracts of constantly dry land, confin- ing the waters in nvers and valleys, and in the elevated table-lands of the torrid zone they greatiy augment the amount of habitable ground. By attracting the clouds and vapours, they aid in their condensation, and in causing the condensed vapour to collect in certain channels or reservoirs, instead of spreading over a vast flat in marshos or sudden floods. By raising the surface into declivities they give rise to rivers, and enable them to wear away and transport to the plains the substance of which they are composed, for soils to distant pkces. They protect from the encroachments of the ocean, and give shelter from the blasts of winter. The following table and wood-cut represent the heights of the most elevated mountains in the eastern and western hemispheres :— PHrSICAL OEOQRAPHY. 41« EASTERN HEMISPHERE. — EUROPE. The Mountains marked * are Volcanoes. Feet abox'e Mountain. Situation. Country. the Sea. 1. Mount Blanc Alps Savoy 15,732 2. Mount Rosa Alps Switzerland 15,152 3. Schreckhom Alps Switzerland 13,386 4. Ortler Spitz Alps Tyrol 12,862 5. Mulhacen Sierra Nevada ....Spain 11,678 6. Simplon Alps Switzerland 11,542 7. Maladetta Pyrenees Spain 11,436 8. Mount Perdu Pyrenees France 11,170 9. *Etna. Sicily 10,874 10. StGothard Alps Switiserland 10,595 11. Ruska •. Carpathians .Hungary 9,912 12. Olympus Turkey 9,754 13. Mount Como Apennines Italy 9,521 14. Lomnitz Carpathians Hungary 8,675 15. Sneehatten Dofrines Norway 8,120 16. Parnassus Greece 8,<>6* 17. Mount Dot6 Auvergne France 6,221 18. Mezin Cevennes France 5,819 19. *Hecla Iceland 5,210 20. Ben Nevis Scotland 4,368 21. Ben Macdhui Grampians Scotland 4,305 22. Cairngorm Grampians Scotland 4,050 23. *Vesuviu8 Naples 3,932 24. Snowdon Wales 3,521 25. Magillicuddy's Reeks Ireland 3,400 26. Ben Lomond Grampians Scotland 3,175 27. Helvellyn ...England 3,055 28. Skiddaw England 3,038 29. Cader Idris Wales 2,914 ASIA. 1. Kunchin-ganga Himalaya N. of Hindostan. .28,177 2- Dhawalagu'i Himalaya N. of Hindostan.. 26,862 3. Javahir Himalaya N. of Hindostan. .25,749 4. Highest Peak of Hindoo-Koosh N. of Cabul 20,000 ft. Elburz Caucasus Circassia 17,785 6. Ararat Armenia 17,230 7. Ophir Sumatra.. 13,842 8. Mowna Roa Sandwich Islands 13,430 9. Highest Peak of Lebanon Palestine 12,000 10. Italitzkoi Altai .Siberia 10,736 11. *Awatsha Kamtschatka 9,600 12. Olympus Asia Minor 9,000 13. Highost Peak of Neilgherries Hindostan 8,960 14. Sinai Arabia 7,498 15. Adam's Peak Ceylon 6,152 16. Ida Asia Minor 5,292 17. Carmel Palestine 2,250 ji I 414 FHT8ICAL GEOORAFHT. AFRICA. Feet above Mountain. Situation. Country, the Sea. 1. Mount Hente^ Atlas Range Morocco 15,000 2. Highest Peak of the Cameroons W. Africa 13,000 3. *PeakofTeneriffe Canaries 12,236 4. Compass Snowy Mountains S. Africa 7,400 5. Pico Ruivo.. Madeira 6,993 6. Table MouTiuin , Cape Colony 3,582 7. Diana's Peak..... St Helena 2,693 :■»•■,'■ Ascent of Gay Lussac, at Paris, in 1804, the greatest height ever attained by a balloon 23,040 Greatest height attained on the Himalaya by Dr Gerard... 20,000 Height of Snow-line on the N. side of the Himalaya 17,000 Mansarowara Lake, in Tibet 14,500 Height of Snow-lme on the Alps 10,800 Convent of the Great St Bernard, Alps 8,180 Pass of the Little St Bernard, Alps 7,192 WESTERN HEMISPHERE. — AMERICA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 16. Aconcagua .Andes Chimborazo Andes Sorata Andes niimani ...Andes ^Antisana Andes *^Cotopaxi Andes ^Popocatepetl ^Orizaba Mount St Ellas ^Pichincha Andes Mount Fairweather CoSre de Perote James' Peak Rocky Mountains Highest Peak of Blue Mountains Mt. Washington.. ..Alleghanies Chili :..;:....23,912 Ecuador 21,440 Bolivia 21,286 BoUvia 21,145 Ecuador 19,305 Ecuador 18,889 Mexico 17,884 Mexico 17,373 N. America 16,775 Ecuador 15,976 N. America 14,750 Mexico ....13,413 United States. ...11^320 Jamaica 7,278 Unitad States 6,630 Greatest altitude attained by Humboldt and Bonpland on Chimborazo, in 1802 19,286 Height attained on Illimani bv Pentland 19,000 Height of inow-line on Chimborazo 15,800 Heights of Assuay, the ancient Peruvian Road, Ecuador... 15,540 Farm of Antisana, the highest inhabited spot on the Andes 13,437 City of Potosi, Bolivia 13,350 Lake Titicaca, Bolivia 12,795 City of Quito, Ecuador 9,542 City of Mexico 7,476 L4,750 L3,413 Llj320 7,278 6.630 ,286 ,000 ,800 ,540 ,437 ,350 ,795 ,542 ,476 PHYBIOAL OBOORAPHY. R1VBR8 AND LaKE8. Tl^a next strikingfeatures of the land are the waters run- ning through it, or Rivebs. These rise in the most elerated districts, and flow theuce in various directions {towards the .' ^a. Ti\e hieh land or ridge hetween ithb souicfos of iho riTers, which flow in opposite directions throupli a tiowntry, in called the waier-ahed; the tract of countij, vyDish sends iti, waters intoMiy groat river, is nallefl the liiiv.Ti. cf L^iat , mvr Rivers form an important part of that grand natural ^.'ir- culation of watex, constantly going on throng r air, earth, and ocean. They are fonncd from the water which has descended in rain, or been deposiicd as derlting of ho/il^ snow, hoar-frost, and ice. This flows ilonf the surfisuifj, fcnn- ing streams or rimdets, wliich unite and ibrmWwrff; or uhik^ into the ground, when it is absorhed, I'rj enetrates a. c- issue's at otii(:r parts in springs. T>.^ course of a rfver necessarily depends on the form of the C\)uiitrf through which it flows, , Turning in whatever directiori its course is favoured by the sinking of the level of the laud, iz often lakes a very circuitons route to the sea. In time it uoars away the ground beneath it, and cuts for itself a channel or bed, the sides of which are ci^Ued its hanks. Rivers generally run at right angles to the mountain-chains, from whose upper ridges they flow ; and from the arrange- ment of the leading mountain-chains, the greater number of large rivers flow from west to east towards ilie ocean ; some to north or soutJi; few towards the west. They are not navigable if they slope more than one foot in 200 ; a jnreater slope gives rise to rapids. The Rhone, a rapi^^ flowing river, has a slope of one foot in 2620, and its speed is 120 feet in a minute. Rivers cany down with them a large quantify of solid matter in suspension, by the wearing away of their beds. This is in part deposited when their velocity becomes small; when they overflow their banks; and in large banks of a somewhat triangular form at their mouths, cimed deltas. The most of the great rivers discharge their waters into the sea by several mouths, as the Granges, the Volga, the Rhine, the Nile, the Orinoco. Many rivers periodically overflow their banks, as the Ganges, the Indus, the Nile, the Mississippi. This pheno> menon occurs chiefly in the torrid zone, ana is caused oy the sudden and heavy rains which fall there in the wet season ; or by the melting of snows on the mountains. Hie latter cause, operating suddenly, often gives rise to floods in other districts. The rivers in northern Asia are often floodet). from their lower portions near the Arctic Ocean being still g "f I l 'l).W PHT8I0AL OBOORAPOr. 417 iti^ some bound up in ice, while their sonrceB are opened xxp and repleniBhed by the inflaenoe of summer. In seyend riren, whose channek are entered by the tide, a remarkable phenomenon is witnessed at high-tide— a wave, often many feet in height ascending the stream in opposition to tibe descending current. This is called the oare; uid is of a remarkable height and Telocity at the months of the Hoogly (of the Ganges) and Amazon. The following table exhibits the situations, terminations, and lengths of uxe leading rivers of the world. It has been comput^ that the Volga drains an area of abont 520,000 square miles ;-~the Danube, 310,000— Dnieper, 200,000— Don, 206,000— Obi, 1,300,000— Yenesei, 1,110,000— Lena, 960,000— Yang-tse-kiang, 760,000— Hoang-ho, 400,000— Ganges, 420,000— Indus, 400,000— Euphrates and Tigris, 230,000— Nile and Niger, above 500,000 each— Mississippi, 1,368,000— Amazon, 2,400,000— La Plata, l,240,000--«t Lawrence, 600,000— Orinoco, 385,000. EUROPE. Length Name. Country. Tormiuation. in miles. Volga Russia Caspian Sea 2200 Danube Germany, &c Black Sea 1700 Dnieper Russia Black Sea 126^) Don Russia Sea of Azov 1100 Rhine Switzerland, Ger- many, & HoUand.North Sp' , 760 Dwma Russia. White f 760 Dniester Russia Black Sea TOO Elbe Gennany North Sea 690 Vistula Poland, &c Baltic Sea 62$ Loire .France Bay of Biscay ^ Oder. Prussia BJtic Sea 550 Tagus Si^aitt and Por- tu^ Atlantic Ov>ean 510 Rhone v««««sxx*>.S>i^'itzerland and Fraiwe Mediterranean ^^Mt 490 Douro ..,,«..<... Spain, &c Atlantic Oceau 460 Guadiana. » Spain GulfofCadlt 460 Po Italy ...Adriatic Sea 460 Seine France English Channel... 430 Ebro Spain Meditetvanean Sea 420 Garonne » France Bay of Biscay 360 Guada'^ttiv^«. Spain Gulf of Cadiz 200 Severn. v.^^...... ...England Bristol Chauuu\.... 240 Shaanon.. Ireland iVtlantio Ocean 224 Tiber Italy Mediterranean Sea 215 Thames England North Sea 215 Humber England North Sea <..... 180 2d 418 nmXOAL QSOORAfBr. Lencdi 17ame. Country. Termination, in mUie. Tay. Scotland North Sea 190 Forth Scotland North Sea 115 Qyde Scotland Frith of Clyde 100 ASIA. Tang-tse-kiang China Pacific Ocean 8200 Yenesei Siberia Northern Ocean... .8900 Hoang-ho China Pac(6c Ocean 2600 Ohi and Irtish Siberia Northern Ocean... .2500 Lena Siberia Northern Ocean.. ..2400 Amoor or Saghalien Mongolia Gulf of Tartary.... 2300 Suphratps Turkey in Asia... Persian Oulf. IBOO [enam-kong or Me- kong Tibet, &c Chinese Sea 1700 Indus or Sinda iiMuiii*j||i>i|nHtiiii {{Mllnn Ocuun |70n Granges Hln(io.stan liay of Bengal InlJO Brahmapootra. Assam, &c Bay of Bengal 1.500 Oxus or Amoo Turkestan Sea of Aral.<«.MM«il800 Jaxartes or Sihon Turkestan.... Sea of Aral 1200 Irravrady Birmah Bay of Bengal 1200 Choo-klang China Chinese Sea 1050 Ural Russia Caspian Sea 1020 Tigris Turkey in Asia... Euphrates 800 Menam Siam Qulfof Slam 800 Qodavery Hindostan.. Bay of Bengal BOO AFRICA. Nile Nubia & Egypt... Metllterranefln SeaflOOO Niger or Quorra Nigritia Qulfof Guinea 2300 Zaire or Congo Congo Atlantic Ocean 1400 Orange or Gariep... South Africa .Atlantic Ocean 1050 Senegal Senegambia Atlantic (^cean 1000 Zambezi Mozambique... Indian Ocean 950 Gambia Senegambia Atlantic Ocean 700 AMERICA. Amazon or Maranon.... Brazil Atlantic Ocean 4000 Mississippi United States Gulf of Mexico 3160 From source of theMissouri 4205 La Plata and Parana ...Brazil and La Plata Atlantic Ocean .2350 St Lawrence (including tiie lakes) Canada G. of St La>Trence.20OO Arkansas United States Mississippi 2000 Madeira Peru and Brazil... Amazon 1800 Mackenzie British America..Northem Ocean.. ..1600 Para and Tocantins Brazil Athmtic Ocean 1500 Bed River United States Mississipni 1500 OrinooQ .Venezuela. Athmtio Ocean 1480 . ^mmmm^*mmm^ PHTOOAL OXOOBAPHT. 419 Lenfftti Name. Country. Tennination. in nulM. San Fjraaoiaoo Brazil Atlantic Ocean 1500 Rio del Norte Mexico Qulf of Mexico 1400 Paragoaj Brazil, &c Parana 1200 Ohio United States Mississippi 1088 Bio Ne^ Brazil Amazon 1000 Columbia or Oregon.... United States Parifio Ocean 1000 Nelson British America.. Hudson's Bay SCO Hagdaloiia New Granada Caribbean Sea 860 Rio Colorado La Plata Atlantic Ocean 850 Rio Colorado Mexico Galf of California.. 700 St)8(|uchannah United States Chesapeake Bay.... 500 Ottawa / Canada St Lawrence 450 Essequibo Guiana Atlantic Ocean 450 Hudson United States Atlantic Ocean 325 il6laware...;;;fflfif bottom: As might be expected, the water is shallow a considerable way out to sea, where the adjoining land is low — ^and often presents vast depths close to high mountains or precipices. y tne action of the sun's ' been dis- Ontario, , 13,600; •0; Great ese lakes i^at line, PHTtlC^XOBOOlUPlIY. 491 The temperature of the u'jean is much more unifonB than that of the air. At the depth of about 300 feet it ii aappoaed the influence of changes in the Reasons ceases. At a certain depth, varying with the latitude, the great body of water encircling the globe has a constant temperature of about 39*5^ Fahrenheit. At the equator, this temperature is found at a depth of about 7200 feet ; and on going south Uie posi- tion of this temperature gradually rises till latitude 6^ 26' S., where the water at the surface and all depths has that temperature. From this latitude the depth of the temperature 39*5 gradually descends to latitude 70" S., where it is at 4500 feet below the surface. Similar changes are observed north of the equator^ At the equator, and for about 10** on each side of it, the temperature of the water is nearly 80* Fahren- heit. It is about 75° at the tropics : about 50** at latitude 60* N., when the sea is free from iceoergs, and at about 32* or lower in the Arctic Ocean, even in summer. Movements op the Ocean. The waters of the ocean pre- sent three great varieties of movement. — Tidal Waves, Wikd Waves, and Currents, different in their sources and general characters ; but mixing with and modifying each other. The action of the moon, strengthened by the sun at new and full moon — lessened by his influence about the first and third quarters — raises the water of the ocean into a great Hdal wave, which follows the course of the moon over the various meridians. There are two such waves every whMe daily, one on the meridian next the moon (or upper meridian), caused by the direct action of the moon on the waters there ; the other on the opposite or lower meridian, caused by the action of the moon on the mass of the earth, which has the effect of raising the water on the aide farthest from the moon. The great Atlantic tidal wave moves north, and strikes upon the shores of Europe and America. In the British Isles, it first reaches the west coasts of England and Ireland, then passes round the north of Scotland, through the North Sea, and thus reaches the mouth of the Thames, w!hi':h is also reached by a smaller branch of the tidal Wiife through the English Channel. In the centres of the great oceans, the tides are not high but move with great rapidity; they are raised to a great height, however, in various places fitom local causes, as near Bristol, where they rise nearly 40 feet j and in the Bay of Fundy in Kova Scotia, where they risri 50 feet. At the open sea the tidal wave is merely a toavef that is, a rising of tne water, which sinks again and remains in the same place ; but near the coasts there is a real advance or receding of tlio waters, as the tidal wave rises or sinks. The action of the moon raises tides only in the great 429 FRT8I0AL OVOnBArRT. ooewift— -not in tmall foas and lakot : and tl ' %f^ ibuAd only in thoM lesser seas or inlets which aro in ,*. position to M eaailT afiected bv the groat ocean tidal wave. He.ico, the Baltfo Boa, and tne Mediterranean have no perceptible tides ; while Hudson's Bay, in Uie direction of the tidal current has distinct tides. The action of the wind is another great cause of move- ments in the waters of the globe; producing waves of various heights from a ripple of a few inclios or less to 40 feet, a heignt said to be observed near t)ie Cape of Good Hope. Besides the agitation of the sui-face water by tlio wind blowing over it, the sea is often affected, to a conHider- able distance fi*om the seat of the storm, by a lower movement called a ground swell. I'his sometimes indicates a tempest post, sometimes one approacliing. Grand movements of the waters of the ocean, as regular as the tides, but in which there is every where a real onward movement of the mass, are continually going on ; they are called currents. The greatest and most constant of these ore produced by the action of the sun's heat, in evaporating and raising the temperature of the water of the toiTid zone ; while that of the polar regions is dense from the low temperature, and fVom centrifugal force tends towards the equator. Great polar currents set in towards the torrid zone ; as is manifest irom the course of the icebergs in both hemispheres, which have been found near the Azores and the Cape of Good Hope. In the 'torrid zone these currents, by the more rapid rotatory motion, aided by the action of the trade-winds, are turned into a general movement of the equatorial waters from east to west. . More local or temporary currents are also produced by the tides, long-continued winds, melting ice, &c. A great oceanic current seems to commence in the Ant- arctic Ocean, flows north-east, and, bending to the west near the tropic of Capricorn, joins tlie great western eq^uatorial current in the racific Ocean. This cun'cnt is continued in the Indian Ocean, bends south-west on both sides of Mada- Sscar, doubles the Cape of Good Hope, nearly follo^vs the Hcan coast to the Guff of Guinea, and thence forms a great Atlantic western current, divides into a north and south branch, the latter of which divides into one light current along the South American coast, and another returns to- warcb the Cape of Good Hope. The main branch of the snceat Atlantic current, which divides near Cape St Boque in Brazil, flows north-west in the direction of the American coast, through the Caribbean Sea, round the Gulf of Mexico. There its temperature is about 88" Fahrenheit. It then passes through the Straits of Florida towards Newfoundland, taking rBTUOAL OIOORAPHT. now the name of the Gulp Sthiam . North of the BormudM, it boffini to bond oattwanl towards the Azoron, sendhig a branon toward* the north-west of Europe, the main branch retolning the groat Atlantic current near the Gulf of Guinea. The groat Gulf l^troain Is of a high temperature, and moyea with a speed of about 80 miles a-cUy at the quickest, off the coast of North America. The high temperature of the Gtdf Stream giyos rise to the fogs of Newfoundland, Arom its meet- ing there with the groat polar currents ; and contributes to the mildness of the climates of Ireland and the South of Knffland. (See the Physical Giart of the Globe.) Those are the loading currents, but there are many minor and local streamH in the ocoan, as that into the Red ^ea from October to May, and out of it tho other half of the year; the reverse in the J'ursian Gulf; tho currents caused by the monsoons in tho Indian Ocoan and Chinese Sea ; and remarlc- able currents, of a velocity of 15 miles an hour amongst the Orknoy and Shetland itilands, caused chiefly by the tides, and the peculiar furm of the coasts. Climate and Seasons. The climate of a place means " tlie prevailing character of the weathor at that placo," which, as is well known, is different, moi-e or loss, every where. The main C(\usoh of difTcrencos of climate are, the amount of B4)lar heat, elevation, position as to large masses of land or watM, aspoct, diraction and position of mountain-ranges, direction of tho pravailing winds, composition and state of cultivation of the soil. 1. Solar Heat. — The amount of solar heat received at any place is in proportion to tho NUMnER of the sun's rats which PALL UPON IT. This depends upon the direction in which they fall; and THE time ok tiik sun's continuance above rnz: horizon. Any surface receives more rays, tho more perpendicularly they Btiike upon it, and fewer in proportion as thov fall more obliauely. If, in tho adjoining figure, R and R do rays pro- ceedmg from S towards T, falling upon the eoual surfaces, A B, A C, A D, &o., all differently inclined to the rays, it is **HirsiCAL GEOOKArHY. 424 t^X^ff'f^^t'r^r^Z^^^^os .Ways vertiC . ^. Ji/levation. — This i« ♦!.« requires more heat to warm if fWi ^ ^''* '«'* and rare air t reqm-res the more S.! ^"^ '^^"«^ »»'; the rarer iM« FahS-f; ^^^- thfettor'S ^ *^"P"^^^^^^^^ J^anrenheit for every 334 fppf tJI^.^^^ one decree nf TMimg at the base of a hiirh m™,!;.? • """""S heat pre- ttoa or the Peak of Tenefiff? JS^.,." ''»'™ countries as PHIHIOAL QBOQHAPUr. 425 43» . 37*" . . 37* . . 9,000 . 9,500 . 11,200 ASIA. 49" to 51* 30" to 31" i 7,000 . 16,600 . 13,000 AMERICA. 43" N. . . 19" . U"S. . , IB" S. . 12,500 14,800 . 15,800 18,500 FVreneeSf . Sicily pionnt Etna) Spain (Granada), Altai Mountains, Himalaya, North side*) Himalaya, South side/ Rocky Mountains, Mexico, Andes (near Quito), Andes (West Bolivian), The snow-line is not highest at the ec[iiator, as mi^ht have been 8upT>osed ; it is higher near the tropics. This is owing to the greater length oi the day as the latitude increases, by which the sun's summer action on the snow is considerably increased. :5r >vv.i'"ij''./J- :. , ;/. .. The line of perpetual snow is above the summit of the hi^est mountains in the British Isles. The decrease of temperature with the elevation alx)ve the level of the sea incriases greatly the amount of habitable land in the torrid zone- The cities of Mexico and Quito enjoy a delightful climate, and the table-lands of the Andes, the Dec^an, the Punjab, and many other districts in the countries near tho equator, owe tlieir temperate and salu- brious climates to their elevation above the sea level. 3. Position in respect to large tracts of la 48t OnrUia l^oal winds, found only in certain (iltoM, have had poQinUi^r names *PPliod to them. The principal of these are the foUowing: — The Simoom, a hot, dry, Iraming wind, of a roost noxious and irritating character, which frequently OQOUrs in the deserts of Arahia and Africa^, the arid sands of which impart a liigh temperature to the air, unmitigated hy the tempering influence of water, while it is freouently aggra* vated hy the presence of particles of sand. The sand, and the extreme dryness, which causes the skin, mouth, and throat to hecome parched, have rendered this wind often fiittl to Irayellers. This wind is called the Harmattav in the west of Africa, whero it hlows from the great desert towards the Crulf of Guinea : it affects the vegetable m tre than the animal creation. A burning south-east wind proTailing in the Mediterranean, Sicily, and the south of Italy, is called the BiROGco. North-east winds which blow in the daytime during .fuJy and August, in the east of the Mediterranean, are called Ktrsi an Winds. The hurricanes in the Chinese Seas are called Typhoons. Atmospheric Moisture. — Everywhere the air contain.'' a quantity of moisture, the varying amounts and conditions of which produce important effects in the economy of nature. This moisture arises from the spontaneous evaporation almost continually going on from the suifaces of the various waters of the globe. It is called vapour, and the vapour is driven off from the water, and sustained in that state, solely by the influence of heat. Any space can contain only a certain amount of vapour at each temperature. If it contain all that ft can hold, it is said to be aatvrated; any reduction of tern? perature will then cause a portion to be condensed, or deposited in rain, snow, hoar-frost, or dew. If a portion of air be not saturated with moisture, none will be deposited till it is lowered in temperature, below the temperature which the ex- isting vapour would saturate. This point is called the deio^ point; and it is an important element in considerations relate mg to the weather, as the distance between the actual tem- perature and the dewrpoint determines the probability of rain falling or not. If the two temperatures are near, a small re- duction may bring the temperature below the dew-point ; if they are far removed, a groat reduction of temperature is requisite to effect this. Evaporation takes place ai all temperatures — even from ice and snow — if the air above be not saturated. The vapour then rises into the atmosphere, is spread abroad by winds, and dif- fused over the land. When sufficiently cooled, it forms thin veudes, or a fine powder, a mass of which forms a log or aloud. Condensed into tl)e liquid state, it foims rain-d^opi if 2B I / 484 I'MinUU^ U aKOa&APHT. tli« condeniAatioti Uko placo in Uie atmosphere; deiodr6r,'e into the solid state, crystals are formed, called snow when the congelation takes placo in the air ; Jwar-frost when the vapour is frozen by contact with cold solid bodies, as the ground, leaves, &c. diouds at a great elevation are believed to be in the state of minute crystals. The gpreatest amount of evaporation takes place in the torrid Kone, from the great heat prevalent there ; and the atmosphera there contains much moisture, held in the state of invisible vapour by the high temperature. The quantity diminishes towards the poles, owing to the cold ; and towards the interior of the gi'eat continents, owing to distance from the sea. In colder regions, the vapour is frc(|uently in the semi-condensed state of cloud or fog. The latter occurs, "where the soil is moist and warm, and the air damp and cold ; thick and fre- quent fogs arise in England, where the coasts are washed by a sea of elevated temperature ; and the excess of the heat of the gulf-stream above the cold moist air is the cause of tho perpetual fogs in Newfoundland." — " When two masses of air of cbfferent temperature meet, the colder, by abstracting the heat which holds the moisture in solution, causes the particles to coalcisoc; > treme north of America ai« of this race. OBOLOor* 49$ V Tin Malayan »ee occupies the Malay Peninsola and In- lUan Archipelago. They resemble the Mongolians in a 0004 ■ideiable degree, being mtermediate between that race and the Ethiopians. The £uiio]nan race, marked by the black and woolly haii; low and slanting forehead, projecting jaw and flattenea nose, with thick lips, occapy the greater part of Africa, south of the Great Desert, part of Madagascar, Australia^ and New Zealand, and numbers of the Polynesian Islands. The American race is characterized by the reffnlar fea* tnres, often aquiline nose, high but retreating forehead, and reddish copper-colour. This family is exemplified in tibe native tribes of Am«>rica; -excepting the Esquimaux in the extreme north, who i'esembie the Mongolian tribes. .•*, GEOLOGY. This science, we have seen, describes the structure of the earth and the changes which go on at its suriace. At first sight, it would appear that the materials at the sur- face of the earth are not arranged in any regular order, and that they are subjected to but few changes. But this is not the case. It has been found that the various matters %t the earth's surface are arranged on a definite plan, and that they are undergoing, though very slowly, changes, which in time will greatly m melted rock or lava which has issued from the interior of the earth ; sometimes firom showers of ashes which have issued from the craters of volcanoes, and spread over the adjoining country. Volcanic heat alters the sedimentary rocks ; gives rise to gases and hot spring which issue in many places; causes earthonakes; and is believed to produce that gradual rising of the land, which takes place, and is going on even at the present day, as In Sweden. £ver]rwhere the earth is wanner the deeper the place ex« amined — about 1" Fahrenheit for every 54 feet. From this, the existence of volcanoes at so many parts of the earth's surface, of hot springs at others, from the water of artesiab wells being everywhere warmer the greater the depth finom which it comes, and other considerations, it has been thought not improbable, that at a great depth the matter of the etaih is so hot as to be in the fluid state, like molten lava; and it has been conjectured, that at one time the whole of the earth was one intensely hot fluid mass, and that the solid land hat been formed by the more rapid cooling of the parts at the surflstce. Extensive rocks are also formed by animals such as the coral, m3rriads of which have raised, and are still raising, vast rteta in the tropical seas. The surface of the earth is also altered by the action of the sea on the rocks or land at its shores. It gradually wears away the lower parts, and undermines them ; when ihey fidl, and are gradually broken down into fragments by the beating of the waves, in this way some conglomerate rocks are formed. Changes also go on fh)m the action of encrusting wateifly which deposit mineral matter on bodies with which they come in contact ; and petrifjring springs, which penetrate the sub^ stance of plants and animals, remove the organic matter, and replace it with mineral matter, still retaining the same out- ward form, and even the internal structure. The netrifying matter is usually carbonate of lime or siliceous eartn. CSianges are also produced in the arrangement of the soUi 89 4tt OBOLOor. matter of the earth by the force of the wind on drifting md, hy the great enrrente of the oceaui and by the ioebergi, whioH transp(urt to great dietanoei huge maaiei of rocks, and the bodiea of animals which are emMdded in tbMn. The solid matter of the earth conaista ohieflir of tUex, called alio the earth of sand and flints; Ume^ united with oarbenie aoidj forminff carbonate of lime,—- the principal Ingredient in marUe, chalky limestone, and the sheUs of animals, and whiclf enters also into the composition of other rooks; dtuminut or the earth of cliys ; magnena; and osddeofircn, EHlex fdrrns neariy one-half of the solid matter of the known parte of tho globe. Considered with respect to their order of superposition, and commencing with those which «re undermost, and are there- fore considered the oldest, the solid masses of the earth's crust may be arranged as follows : — IL Unstratified Rooks.— Of these, GRAinm is the mo|t extensive, the lowest, and the oldest. It is supposed to fonii one vast bed underlying aU the others, and forms some of the highest mountain-peaks. Granite and the other unstratified rocks, tm porphyry J serpentinet trap^ hastdt, &c., are often found in irreeular masses and veins, breaking through and overlying the otners, changing their position and mineral character. All these are believed to have once been in the fused sfate^, by the action of heat They contein no organic remains. II. Stratified Mbtahorphig Bocks. — These are the lowest stratified rocks, and usually overlie the granite. They are composed of the Gneiss and Mica Schist systems, of which the former is the lower. They consist chiefly of gneiss, mica slate, chlorite schist, crystalline limestone, and quartz rock; and form great part of the Scottish Highlands. They con- tain no cranio remains; and appear to have been altered liter deposition by the action of heat, whence the name me^ morphic, Tne two preceding, with one or two of the next in the ascendinff series, have often been classed together under the name of Primary Strata or FoRMATion s. ' III. Sbookdart Strata, or Jjower SffiOified Rocks toUh^ Organic JRemaina. — ^This great division consists of several subdivisions or groups, variously arranged by different geo- lo^ste. Lowest in tne series are beds of slate and sandstone rocks, with limestones, containing impressions of corals, shells, &c They are found in Cumberland, Walesv Devon, and Oomwall, uid the south of Scotland, and are called the Cambrian or Grauwacke System; the Silurian System; TsANsmoN Series, &c. Next comes the great Carbonifbrodb fft 6